内部因缘的解说巴利
Abbhantaranidānavaṇṇanā
那么,请以清净的心聆听诸佛的传记吧;
圆满三十种波罗蜜、不可计数的法王。巴利
‘‘Atha buddhāpadānāni, suṇātha suddhamānasā; Tiṃsapāramisampuṇṇā, dhammarājā asaṅkhiyā’’ti. –
在这里,“atha”是一个不变词,用来指出接下来要讨论另一个主题;在带格变化和不带格变化这两种不变词当中,它属于带格变化的那一类。或者也可以说——巴利
Ettha athāti adhikārantarūpadassanatthe nipātapadaṃ, vibhattiyuttāyuttanipātadvayesu vibhattiyuttanipātapadaṃ. Atha vā –
“atha”这个词,用在表示主题、吉祥、完成和决定等意义的时候;
在无间与起始等用法中,atha 这个词出现。巴利
‘‘Adhikāre maṅgale ceva, nipphannatthevadhāraṇe; Anantarepagamane, atha-saddo pavattati’’.
阐明增上事、决意与增上义。巴利
‘‘Adhikiccaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, adhiatthaṃ vibhāsati;
以“最胜”和“最年长”的身份,安立了“资格(或主题/权利)”。巴利
Seṭṭhajeṭṭhakabhāvena, adhikāro vidhīyate’’ti. –
因为已经说过,诸佛所圆满的三十种波罗蜜法,从“所关涉”的角度、从“最胜与最尊”的角度,也就是以“增上”之义,所以“atha”这个词与这些譬喻是相应的。因为三种菩萨的本性就是供养与吉祥,依据“供养应受供养者,这是最上的吉祥”这句话,从“吉祥”之义来说,“atha”这个词与这些譬喻是相应的。因为诸佛等世尊成就事业是由阿拉汉道所圆满的,从“已圆满”之义来说,“atha”这个词与这些譬喻是相应的。因为除了诸佛等的阿拉汉道等善法之外,再没有别的善法,从“决定”和“遮止”之义来说,“atha”这个词与这些譬喻是相应的。因为是在《小诵》结集之后紧接着结集的,从“无间”之义来说,“atha”这个词与这些譬喻是相应的。因为是从这部《小诵》开始往后展开的,从“离去”之义来说,“atha”这个词与这些譬喻是相应的。巴利
Vuttattā buddhānaṃ samattiṃsapāramidhammānaṃ adhikiccato, seṭṭhajeṭṭhato adhikāraṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti. Tividhabodhisattānaṃ pūjāmaṅgalasabhāvato ‘‘pūjā ca pūjaneyyānaṃ, etaṃ maṅgalamuttama’’nti vacanato (khu. pā. 5.3; su. ni. 262) maṅgalaṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti . Buddhādīnaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sampattikiccassa arahattamaggena nipphannato nipphannaṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti . Buddhādīnaṃ arahattamaggādikusalato aññakusalānaṃ abhāvato avadhāraṇaṭṭhena nivāraṇaṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti. Khuddakapāṭhasaṅgahānantaraṃ saṅgahitanti anantaraṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti. Ito khuddakapāṭhato paṭṭhāyāti apagamanaṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti.
在这里,“佛陀”一词的意思是:因为觉悟了诸真理,所以称为佛陀;因为能让众生觉悟,所以称为佛陀;因为具足一切知智,所以称为佛陀;因为能遍见一切,所以称为佛陀;因为不需要靠别人引导,所以称为佛陀;因为具足自在主宰,所以称为佛陀;因为被称为漏尽者,所以称为佛陀;因为被称为无随烦恼者,所以称为佛陀;因为被称为出家者,所以称为佛陀;因为是独一无二的存在,所以称为佛陀;因为已断除渴爱,所以称为佛陀;因为已走上唯一之道,所以称为佛陀;因为独自证得无上正等正觉,所以称为佛陀;因为破除了无智、获得了智慧,所以称为佛陀。“慧”“佛”“菩提”这几个词,含义并没有差别。就像一块布,因为染上了蓝、红等颜色,就被叫作“蓝布”“红布”;同样,因为具足佛的功德,所以称为佛陀。或者也可以这样说:四道中的智慧叫作“菩提”,以那种智慧灭尽全部一千五百种烦恼怨敌,从而证得涅槃,所以那种智慧就叫作“菩提”。与那种智慧相应、具足那种智慧的人,就是佛陀。以同样的智慧,独觉佛也能灭尽一切烦恼而证得涅槃。然而诸佛是在四大阿僧祇劫又十万大劫中圆满诸波罗蜜、证得菩提智之后,又证得根熟智、大悲定智、双神变智、一切知智,以及无碍智、意乐随眠智等不共诸智;由于凭借这种智慧,即使只作一次说法,也能让无数众生类饮到法之甘露、走向涅槃,而且这种智慧唯独诸佛更为殊胜,所以这些正等觉者的事迹,就叫作“佛之所行传”。这又分为善与不善两类。至于独觉佛,则不能这样(教化众生),他们在对施与食物等资具的人作饶益时——巴利
Buddhoti ettha bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho, sabbaññutāya buddho, sabbadassāvitāya buddho, anaññaneyyatāya buddho, visavitāya buddho, khīṇāsavasaṅkhātena buddho, nirupakkilesasaṅkhātena buddho, pabbajjāsaṅkhātena buddho, adutiyaṭṭhena buddho, taṇhāpahānaṭṭhena buddho, ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti buddho, eko anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti buddho, abuddhivihatattā buddhipaṭilābhā buddho, buddhi buddhaṃ bodhoti anatthantarametaṃ. Yathā nīlādivaṇṇayogato paṭo ‘‘nīlo paṭo, ratto paṭo’’ti vuccati, evaṃ buddhaguṇayogato buddho. Atha vā ‘‘bodhi’’vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ, tena ñāṇena sakaladiyaḍḍhasahassakilesārigaṇe khepetvā nibbānādhigamanato ñāṇaṃ ‘‘bodhī’’ti vuccati. Tena sampayutto samaṅgīpuggalo buddho. Teneva ñāṇena paccekabuddhopi sabbakilese khepetvā nibbānamadhigacchati. Buddhānaṃ pana catūsu asaṅkhyeyyesu kappasatasahassesu ca pāramiyo pūretvā bodhiñāṇassādhigatattā ca indriyaparopariyattañāṇamahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇayamakapāṭihīrañāṇasabbaññutaññāṇa- anāvaraṇaāsayānusayādiasādhāraṇañāṇānaṃ samadhigatattā ca ekāyapi dhammadesanāya asaṅkhyeyyāsattanikāye dhammāmataṃ pāyetvā nibbānassa pāpanato ca tadeva ñāṇaṃ buddhānamevādhikabhāvato tesameva sambuddhānaṃ apadānaṃ kāraṇaṃ buddhāpadānaṃ. Tañhi duvidhaṃ kusalākusalavasena. Paccekabuddhā pana na tathā kātuṃ samatthā, annādipaccayadāyakānaṃ saṅgahaṃ karontāpi –
愿你心中所想、所希求的一切,速得圆满成就;
愿一切心中所愿都圆满,就像十五的月亮那样圆满。
你心中所欲、所愿者,愿速速成就;
愿一切心中的愿望都圆满实现,就像宝珠的光明那样。巴利
‘‘Icchitaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, khippameva samijjhatu; Pūrentu cittasaṅkappā, cando pannaraso yathā. ‘‘Icchitaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, khippameva samijjhatu; Pūrentu cittasaṅkappā, maṇi jotiraso yathā’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.95 pubbūpanissayasampattikathā; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.192; dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.sāmāvatīvatthu) –
他们只用这两首偈颂来说法。即使说法,也无法让无量众生觉悟。因此,他们不像一切知佛那样,而是各自分别觉悟,所以叫独觉佛。关于他们的譬喻因缘,就是《独觉佛譬喻》。巴利
Imāhi dvīhiyeva gāthāhi dhammaṃ desenti. Desentāpi asaṅkhyeyyasattanikāye bodhetuṃ na sakkuṇanti, tasmā na sabbaññubuddhasadisā hutvā pāṭiekkaṃ visuṃ buddhāti paccekabuddhā. Tesaṃ apadānaṃ kāraṇaṃ paccekabuddhāpadānaṃ.
“长久安住者”就是长老。或者,具足极坚固的戒、行、柔和等功德的人,就是长老。或者,具足极坚固的殊胜戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱知见等功德的人,就是长老。或者,已经证得被称为极坚固、殊胜、无上寂静的涅槃的人,就是长老。诸长老的譬喻故事,就是《长老譬喻》。同样,具足如此功德的人就是长老尼,诸长老尼的譬喻故事就是《长老尼譬喻》。其中,《佛譬喻》正好有五篇譬喻、五部经。因此古代长老们说:巴利
Ciraṃ ṭhitāti therā. Atha vā thiratarasīlācāramaddavādiguṇehi yuttāti therā. Atha vā thiravarasīlasamādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanaguṇehi yuttāti therā. Atha vā thiratarasaṅkhātapaṇītānuttarasantinibbānamadhigatāti therā, therānaṃ apadānāni therāpadānāni. Tathā tādiguṇehi yuttāti therī, therīnaṃ apadānāni therīpadānāni. Tesu buddhāpadāne pañceva apadānāni, pañceva suttantā. Tenāhu porāṇā –
他正好有五个譬喻和五部经;
这就是《佛本行》,按顺序排列的第一篇。巴利
‘‘Pañceva apadānāni, pañca suttāni yassa ca; Idaṃ buddhāpadānanti, paṭhamaṃ anulomato’’ti.
在《独觉佛譬喻》里也只有五篇譬喻、五部经。所以古代的长老们说:巴利
Paccekabuddhāpadānepi pañceva apadānāni, pañceva suttantā. Tenāhu porāṇā –
正好有五篇譬喻,还有五部经属于他;
这是《独觉佛譬喻》,按顺序是第二篇。巴利
‘‘Pañceva apadānāni, pañca suttāni yassa ca; Idaṃ paccekabuddhāpadānanti, dutiyaṃ anulomato’’ti.
《长老譬喻》里有五百一十篇譬喻,按品来分是五十一品。所以古代的长老们这样说:巴利
Therāpadānesu dasādhikapañcasatāpadānāni, vaggato ekapaññāsa vaggā. Tenāhu porāṇā –
五百一十篇譬喻,归为五十一品;
这是《长老譬喻》,按顺序是第三篇。巴利
‘‘Pañcasatadasapadānāni, ekapaññāsa vaggato; Idaṃ therāpadānanti, tatiyaṃ anulomato’’ti.
《长老尼譬喻》里有四十四篇譬喻,按品来分是四品。所以古德们说:巴利
Therīapadānesu cattālīsaṃ apadānāni, vaggato caturo vaggā. Tenāhu porāṇā –
有四十篇本行,还有四品;
这是《长老尼本行》,按顺序排列的第四篇。巴利
‘‘Cattālīsaṃpadānāni, catuvaggāni yassa ca; Idaṃ therīpadānanti, catutthaṃ anulomato’’ti.
在这里说到“譬喻”这个词,它出现在表示原因、执取、离去、次第、呵责等意思的地方。比如在“刹帝利的譬喻,婆罗门的譬喻”这类说法里,它表示原因,意思是刹帝利的原因、婆罗门的原因。在“近事男的譬喻”这类说法里,它表示执取,意思是好好地执取。在“商人的譬喻,首陀罗的譬喻”这类说法里,它表示离去,意思是他们从各处离去。在“常行乞食的比丘,以次第乞食的方式行乞”这类说法里,它表示次第,意思是按家户的顺序行乞。在“他以‘这些人已从沙门性离去,这些人已从婆罗门性离去’来呵责”这类说法里,它表示呵责,意思是呵骂、诽谤。但在这里,它表示原因。所以,诸佛的譬喻就是佛譬喻,意思是诸佛的原因。应当知道,如同恒河沙数那样无量诸佛的布施波罗蜜等三十种波罗蜜,就是原因。接着,与论题等相应的譬喻,请以纯净之心谛听——这是上下文的连接。巴利
Apadānanti ettha apadāna-saddo kāraṇagahaṇaapagamanapaṭipāṭiakkosanādīsu dissati. Tathā hi esa ‘‘khattiyānaṃ apadānaṃ, brāhmaṇānaṃ apadāna’’ntiādīsu kāraṇe dissati, khattiyānaṃ kāraṇaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ kāraṇanti attho. ‘‘Upāsakānaṃ apadāna’’ntiādīsu gahaṇe dissati, saṃsuṭṭhu gahaṇanti attho. ‘‘Vāṇijānaṃ apadānaṃ, suddānaṃ apadāna’’ntiādīsu apagamane dissati, tato tato tesaṃ apagamananti attho. ‘‘Piṇḍapātiko bhikkhu sapadānacāravasena piṇḍāya caratī’’tiādīsu paṭipāṭiyā dissati, gharapaṭipāṭiyā caratīti attho. ‘‘Apagatā ime sāmaññā, apagatā ime brahmaññāti apadānetī’’tiādīsu akkosane dissati, akkosati paribhāsatīti attho. Idha pana kāraṇe dissati. Tasmā buddhānaṃ apadānāni buddhāpadāni, buddhakāraṇānīti attho. Gaṅgāvālukūpamānaṃ anekesaṃ buddhānaṃ dānapāramitādisamattiṃsapāramitā kāraṇanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha adhikārādīsu yuttaapadānāni suddhamānasā suṇāthāti sambandho.
在这里,“净意者”是指:因为已经用阿罗汉道智断尽了一千五百种烦恼而安住,所以是“净意者”,也就是心清净、内心纯净的五百位漏尽者。他们如今聚集在这个法堂里,请你们听,也就是请你们倾耳注意、用心作意——这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Tattha suddhamānasāti arahattamaggañāṇena diyaḍḍhakilesasahassaṃ khepetvā ṭhitattā suddhamānasā parisuddhacittā suddhahadayā pañcasatā khīṇāsavā imasmiṃ dhammasabhāye sannisinnā suṇātha, ohitasotā manasi karothāti attho.
在这里,虽然也有独觉佛譬喻、长老譬喻、长老尼譬喻,却没有说“诸譬喻”,而是说“复次,诸佛譬喻”。应当知道,这就像在蕴双、处双、界双、谛双、行双、随眠双等虽然都存在的情况下,仍以主要和为首的原则而说“根本双论”;又像在十三僧残、二不定、三十舍堕虽然都存在的情况下,仍以主要和为首的原则而说“波罗夷篇”一样,这里也是依主要和为首的原则而说的。巴利
Ettha pana ‘‘apadānānī’’ti avatvā paccekabuddhāpadānatherāpadānatherīapadānesu vijjamānesupi ‘‘atha buddhāpadānānī’’ti vacanaṃ khandhayamakaāyatanadhātusaccasaṅkhāraanusayayamakesu vijjamānesupi padhānavasena ādivasena ca ‘‘mūlayamaka’’nti vacanaṃ viya, terasasaṅghādisesadveaniyatatiṃsanissaggiyesu vijjamānesupi padhānavasena ādivasena ca ‘‘pārājikakaṇḍo’’ti vacanaṃ viya ca idhāpi padhānavasena ādivasena ca vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
本来应该说“正自觉者的譬喻”,但按照“增音……五种词法规则”的词法原则,或者依据“在这些当中,有增音、脱落、替换、变形、颠倒替换”的经文,把表示第三义的不变词sammā和表示“自己”这一含义的前缀saṃ省略掉,只取表示过去分词的buddha一词,为了便于编成偈颂而说成“buddhāpadānāni”。因此,意思是“正自觉者的譬喻”。巴利
‘‘Sammāsambuddhāpadānānī’’ti vattabbe ‘‘vaṇṇāgamo…pe… pañcavidhaṃ nirutta’’nti niruttinayena vā ‘‘tesu vuddhilopāgamavikāraviparītādesā cā’’ti suttena vā tatiyatthavācakassa sammātinipātapadassa, sayaṃsaddatthavācakassa sa-ntiupasaggapadassa ca lopaṃ katvā kitantavācībuddhasaddameva gahetvā gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ ‘‘buddhāpadānānī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tasmā sammāsambuddhāpadānānīti attho.
佛陀譬喻的解说巴利
1. Buddhaapadānavaṇṇanā
现在,在讲完内在因缘之后,想要接着讲述《譬喻注》——巴利
Idāni abbhantaranidānānantaraṃ apadānaṭṭhakathaṃ kathetukāmo –
有次第的,也有不是次第的,以种种方式宣说教法;
那些大仙们在《小部》里结集的那部——
现在,该对它进行义理解说的次第已经到来了。巴利
‘‘Sapadānaṃ apadānaṃ, vicitranayadesanaṃ; Yaṃ khuddakanikāyasmiṃ, saṅgāyiṃsu mahesayo; Tassa dāni anuppatto, atthasaṃvaṇṇanākkamo’’ti.
在这其中,先说《譬喻经》,因为“一切佛语都是同一解脱味”这句话,所以归入一味这一类;在按法与律分成两类时,归入法;在初期、中期、后期佛语中,归入中期佛语;在律藏、论藏、经藏三藏中,归入经藏;在长部、中部、相应部、增支部、小部五部中,归入小部;在契经、应颂、记说、偈颂、感兴语、如是语、本生、未曾有法、方广九分教中,归入偈颂。巴利
Tattha yaṃ apadānaṃ tāva ‘‘sakalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ ekavimuttirasa’’nti vuttattā ekarase saṅgahaṃ gacchati, dhammavinayavasena dvidhāsaṅgahe dhamme saṅgahaṃ gacchati, paṭhamamajjhimapacchimabuddhavacanesu majjhimabuddhavacane saṅgahaṃ gacchati, vinayābhidhammasuttantapiṭakesu suttantapiṭake saṅgahaṃ gacchati, dīghanikāyamajjhimasaṃyuttaaṅguttarakhuddakanikāyesu pañcasu khuddakanikāye saṅgahaṃ gacchati, suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallanti navasu sāsanaṅgesu gāthāya saṅgahitaṃ.
我从佛陀那里领受了八万二千法蕴,从比丘们那里领受了二千法蕴。
我所拥有的这些转起的法,总计八万。巴利
‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dvesahassāni bhikkhuto; Caturāsītisahassāni, yeme dhammā pavattino’’ti. –
在所说的八万四千法蕴当中,它只含摄了其中少数几个法蕴。巴利
Evaṃ vuttacaturāsītisahassadhammakkhandhesu katipayadhammakkhandhasaṅgahitaṃ hotīti.
现在,为了说明他的譬喻,世尊说了这句颂文:“三十波罗蜜圆满,法王,不可计数。”其中,十波罗蜜按低、中、高三种层次来分,就成了十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十最胜义波罗蜜,合起来就是三十波罗蜜。以这三十波罗蜜彻底圆满、完全具足、具备、成就、通达、相应,就是“三十波罗蜜圆满”。他们以慈、悲、喜、舍这四种被称为梵住的等至,或者以果等至而安住,以一颗心让三界一切众生欢喜、依附,所以称为“王”;如法而王,就是“法王”,也就是诸佛。用十、百、千、万、十万、千万、俱胝、百俱胝、千俱胝、那由他、频那由他、阿僧祇、大阿僧祇等数目都无法计算,超越一切算计,所以叫“不可计数”。意思是说,那些已经过去、已经消逝、已经灭尽、已经归于无有的法王,就是“不可计数的法王”。巴利
Idāni taṃ apadānaṃ dassento ‘‘tiṃsapāramisampuṇṇā, dhammarājā asaṅkhiyā’’ti āha. Tattha dasapāramitāva pacchimamajjhimukkaṭṭhavasena dasapāramīdasaupapāramīdasaparamatthapāramīnaṃ vasena samattiṃsapāramī. Tāhi saṃsuṭṭhu puṇṇā sampuṇṇā samannāgatā samaṅgībhūtā ajjhāpannā saṃyuttāti tiṃsapāramisampuṇṇā. Sakalalokattayavāsine sattanikāye mettākaruṇāmuditāupekkhāsaṅkhātāhi catūhi brahmavihārasamāpattīhi vā phalasamāpattivihārena vā ekacittabhāvena attano ca kāye rañjenti allīyāpentīti rājāno, dhammena rājāno dhammarājā, itthambhūtā buddhā. Dasasataṃ sahassaṃ dasasahassaṃ satasahassaṃ dasasatasahassaṃ koṭi pakoṭi koṭippakoṭi nahutaṃ ninnahutaṃ akkhobhiṇi bindu abbudaṃ nirabbudaṃ ahahaṃ ababaṃ aṭaṭaṃ sogandhikaṃ uppalaṃ kumudaṃ puṇḍarikaṃ padumaṃ kathānaṃ mahākathānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ vasena asaṅkhiyā saṅkhārahitā dhammarājāno atītā vigatā niruddhā abbhatthaṃ gatāti adhippāyo.
6 世尊被阿难尊者问起:在过去诸佛那里,自己身为菩萨时曾积下的功德,以及做转轮王时所积集的资粮,于是说了“对于最胜诸佛的正觉……”等话。意思是:“阿难,请听我的本行事迹。阿难,我过去在圆满菩提资粮的时候,曾做转轮王,对最上、被称扬的、已通达四圣谛的诸佛的正觉——也就是四圣谛的道智,或者一切知智——我以头顶礼。”这就是这段话的意思:对有比丘僧团围绕的、与声闻僧众俱在的、作为世间导师、世间最胜的佛陀,我以十指合掌,以头顶、以头首恭敬地礼拜、赞颂,这样表达敬意而顶礼。巴利
6. Tesu atītabuddhesu katādhikārañca attanā bodhisattabhūtena cakkavattiraññā hutvā katasambhārañca ānandattherena puṭṭho bhagavā ‘‘sambodhiṃ buddhaseṭṭhāna’’ntiādimāha. Bho ānanda, mama apadānaṃ suṇohīti adhippāyo. Ānanda, ahaṃ pubbe bodhisambhārapūraṇakāle cakkavattirājā hutvā seṭṭhānaṃ pasaṭṭhānaṃ paṭividdhacatusaccānaṃ buddhānaṃ sambodhiṃ catusaccamaggañāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ vā sirasā abhivādayeti sambandho . Sasaṅghe sāvakasaṅghasahite lokanāyake lokajeṭṭhe buddhe dasahi aṅgulīhi ubhohi hatthapuṭehi namassitvā vanditvā sirasā sīsena abhivādaye ādarena thomanaṃ katvā paṇāmaṃ karomīti attho.
7 “诸佛刹中”是指一万个轮围世界里的佛刹。存在于空中的、飘在虚空里的,存在于地上的、落在大地表面的,琉璃等七宝,多得数不清,无法计算。凡是有的,无论有多少,全都用意识和心把它们收拢过来,心里坚定地决意之后,要把它们带来,也就是在我宫殿的四周堆成一大堆。巴利
7.Yāvatā buddhakhettesūti dasasahassacakkavāḷesu buddhakhettesu, ākāsaṭṭhā ākāsagatā, bhūmaṭṭhā bhūmitalagatā, veḷuriyādayo satta ratanā asaṅkhiyā saṅkhārahitā, yāvatā yattakā, vijjanti. Tāni sabbāni manasā cittena samāhare, saṃ suṭṭhu cittena adhiṭṭhahitvā āharissāmīti attho, mama pāsādassa sāmantā rāsiṃ karomīti attho.
8 在这里,“白银地”的意思是:在那座有许多层的宫殿里,化现出一片白银做成的地面。“我化出”的意思是:我化现出一座由七宝做成、有几百层高的宫殿,它高耸、挺拔,升到空中,在虚空里闪闪发光。巴利
8.Tattha rūpiyabhūmiyanti tasmiṃ anekabhūmimhi pāsāde rūpiyamayaṃ rajatamayaṃ bhūmiṃ nimmitanti attho. Ahaṃ ratanamayaṃ sattahi ratanehi nimmitaṃ anekasatabhūmikaṃ pāsādaṃ ubbiddhaṃ uggataṃ nabhamuggataṃ ākāse jotamānaṃ māpayinti attho.
9 为了赞叹那座宫殿,经文接着说了“种种柱”等话。所谓“以种种柱子支撑”,是指用许多颜色像摩娑罗伽罗石等那样的彩色柱子把它撑立起来。“善作”是说造得精巧,“作得很好”是说做得极为完善。“具足相”是说在高度和周长方面比例匀称、分布得当。“极为珍贵”则是因为化现出了价值数十亿的门楼。那还有什么殊胜之处呢?“金造椽群”,就是用黄金做成的椽条组合,并与黄金所制的椽条环套相连;在那里,又以高高竖起的幢幡和伞盖作装饰,使这座宫殿华丽庄严——这就是这一段的意思。巴利
9. Tameva pāsādaṃ vaṇṇento ‘‘vicittathambha’’ntyādimāha. Vicittehi anekehi masāragallādivaṇṇehi thambhehi ussāpitaṃ sukataṃ suṭṭhu kataṃ lakkhaṇayuttaṃ ārohapariṇāhavasena suṭṭhu vibhattaṃ anekakoṭisatagghanatoraṇanimmitattā mahārahaṃ. Punapi kiṃ visiṭṭhaṃ? Kanakamayasaṅghāṭaṃ suvaṇṇehi katatulāsaṅghāṭavalayehi yuttaṃ, tattha ussāpitakontehi ca chattehi ca maṇḍitaṃ sobhitaṃ pāsādanti sambandho.
10 接着,为了再次赞叹那座宫殿的庄严,说了“第一层是琉璃地”等话。意思是:那座有数百层地面的宫殿,第一层地面是琉璃宝所成,呈青色,美丽、可爱、称心、令人欢喜,像云母一样,像云层一样,洁净无垢。意思是:布满水生那利那与莲花、具足这些,以最殊胜、最上等的黄金地——金地——而显得庄严。巴利
10. Punapi pāsādasseva sobhaṃ vaṇṇento ‘‘paṭhamā veḷuriyā bhūmī’’tyādimāha. Tassa anekasatabhūmipāsādassa subhā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā abbhasamā valāhakapaṭalasadisā vimalā nimmalā veḷuriyamaṇimayā nīlavaṇṇā paṭhamā bhūmi ahosīti attho. Jalajanaḷinapadumehi ākiṇṇā samaṅgībhūtā varāya uttamāya kañcanabhūmiyā suvaṇṇabhūmiyāva sobhatīti attho.
11 这座宫殿有些地面是珊瑚堆积成的,由珊瑚块组成,呈现珊瑚的颜色;有些地面是红色的,呈现红的颜色;有些地面美丽动人,放射出像紫胶虫颜色的光芒;有些地面照亮十个方向。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
11. Tasseva pāsādassa kāci bhūmi pavāḷaṃsā pavāḷakoṭṭhāsā pavāḷavaṇṇā, kāci bhūmi lohitakā lohitavaṇṇā, kāci bhūmi subhā manoharā indagopakavaṇṇābhā rasmiyo niccharamānā, kāci bhūmi dasa disā obhāsatīti attho.
12 就在那座宫殿里,突出的楼阁和前厅也划分得清清楚楚,各部分都分得整整齐齐、各自独立,还有狮子窗和狮子门。“四重栏楯”的意思是:有四重栏楯环绕和格子窗,悬挂着令人愉悦、引人入胜的香绳与花鬘。巴利
12. Tasmiṃyeva pāsāde niyyūhā niggatapamukhasālā ca suvibhattā suṭṭhu vibhattā koṭṭhāsato visuṃ visuṃ katā sīhapañjarā sīhadvārā ca. Caturo vedikāti catūhi vedikāvalayehi jālakavāṭehi ca manoramā manaallīyanakā gandhāveḷā gandhadāmā ca olambantīti attho.
13 就在那座宫殿里,有以七宝装饰、以七宝庄严的尖顶屋。它们是怎样的呢?蓝色的呈蓝色,黄色的呈金色,红色的呈红色,白色的呈白色,纯黑色的则呈现纯一无杂的黑色。具足殊胜的尖顶屋、拥有殊胜的尖顶屋和最上的脊顶尖顶屋者,就是那座宫殿,此为其义。巴利
13. Tasmiṃyeva pāsāde sattaratanabhūsitā sattaratanehi sobhitā kūṭāgārā. Kiṃ bhūtā? Nīlā nīlavaṇṇā, pītā pītavaṇṇā suvaṇṇavaṇṇā, lohitakā lohitakavaṇṇā rattavaṇṇā, odātā odātavaṇṇā setavaṇṇā, suddhakāḷakā amissakāḷavaṇṇā, kūṭāgāravarūpetā kūṭāgāravarehi kaṇṇikakūṭāgāravarehi upeto samannāgato so pāsādoti attho.
14 就在那座宫殿里,向上仰立的莲花盛开着,光彩夺目;又有狮子、老虎等猛兽群,以及天鹅、苍鹭、孔雀等种种鸟群,把这座宫殿点缀得庄严美丽,这就是这段话的意思。由于它极高,直入云霄,所以看上去布满了星宿群星,并以日月和日月般的形象作为装饰,这就是这座宫殿庄严华丽的意思。巴利
14. Tasmiṃyeva pāsāde olokamayā uddhammukhā padumā supupphitā padumā sobhanti, sīhabyagghādīhi vāḷamigagaṇehi ca haṃsakoñcamayūrādipakkhisamūhehi ca sobhito so pāsādoti attho. Atiucco hutvā nabhamuggatattā nakkhattatārakāhi ākiṇṇo candasūrehi candasūriyarūpehi ca maṇḍito so pāsādoti attho.
15 那位转轮王的宫殿,被金网、被黄金网覆盖着;它配有金铃,配有金铃网,具备、拥有金铃网,这就是其含义。那些令人愉悦、能吸引心意的金色花环、金色花朵串,在风的推动、风的吹拂下,发出声音,作响,这就是其含义。巴利
15. So eva cakkavattissa pāsādo hemajālena suvaṇṇajālena sañchannā, soṇṇakiṅkaṇikāyuto suvaṇṇakiṅkaṇikajālehi yuto samannāgatoti attho. Manoramā manallīyanakā soṇṇamālā suvaṇṇapupphapantiyo vātavegena vātappahārena kūjanti saddaṃ karontīti attho.
16 茜草色的旗帜是茜草的颜色,红色的旗帜是红颜色,黄色的旗帜是黄颜色,haripiñjara 色的旗帜是阎浮河金色与笼色。这面旗帜用种种不同的色彩浸染、染成,在那座宫殿上被高高竖起。所谓“有旗鬘”,是就语法性别颠倒而言的,意思是那座宫殿连着旗鬘。巴利
16.Mañjeṭṭhakaṃ mañjiṭṭhavaṇṇaṃ, lohitakaṃ lohitavaṇṇaṃ, pītakaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ, haripiñjaraṃ jambonadasuvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ pañjaravaṇṇañca dhajaṃ nānāraṅgehi anekehi vaṇṇehi, sampītaṃ rañjitaṃ dhajaṃ, ussitaṃ tasmiṃ pāsāde ussāpitaṃ. Dhajamālinīti liṅgavipallāsavasena vuttaṃ, dhajamālāyutto so pāsādoti attho.
17 在描述那座宫殿里的铺设物等时,说了“na naṃ bahū”等话。这里的意思是:那座宫殿并非缺少众多铺设物,这种事根本不存在。种种床座以各式各样的铺设物点缀,以各种覆盖物装饰得华丽美观,床、椅等坐卧具数量有数百种、数以百计。它们是什么样的呢?有的是水晶宝石所制,也就是纯以水晶做成;有的是银所制,也就是以银做成;有的是宝石所制,也就是以蓝宝石做成;有的是赤色宝石所制,也就是以红色宝石做成;有的是猫眼石所制,也就是以杂色宝石做成;而且都铺上了细软的迦尸布,也就是以细密柔软的迦尸布铺设。巴利
17. Tasmiṃ pāsāde attharaṇādayo vaṇṇento ‘‘na naṃ bahū’’tyādimāha. Tattha naṃ pāsādaṃ bahūhi avijjamānaṃ nāma natthīti attho, nānāsayanavicittā anekehi attharaṇehi vicittā sobhitā mañcapīṭhādisayanā anekasatā anekasatasaṅkhyā, kiṃ bhūtā? Phalikā phalikamaṇimayā phalikāhi katā, rajatāmayā rajatehi katā, maṇimayā nīlamaṇīhi katā, lohitaṅgā rattajātimaṇīhi katā, masāragallamayā kabaravaṇṇamaṇīhi katā, saṇhakāsikasanthatā saṇhehi sukhumehi kāsikavatthehi atthatā.
18 Pāvurā 就是覆盖物。是哪些呢?羊毛毯,是用毛线织成的;杜库拉细布,是用杜库拉布制成的;中国丝绸,是用中国丝绸制成的;pattuṇṇa 布,是用产于 pattuṇṇa 地方的布制成的;苍白布,是苍白颜色的。所谓种种铺设与覆盖之物,就是用许多不同的铺设物和覆盖物装饰得色彩斑斓;一切坐卧具,我都以心、以意铺设——意思是我用心念把它们铺设开来。巴利
18.Pāvurāti pāvuraṇā. Kīdisā? Kambalā lomasuttehi katā, dukūlā dukūlapaṭehi katā, cīnā cīnapaṭehi katā, pattuṇṇā pattuṇṇadese jātapaṭehi katā, paṇḍu paṇḍuvaṇṇā, vicittattharaṇaṃ anekehi attharaṇehi pāvuraṇehi ca vicittaṃ, sabbaṃ sayanaṃ, manasā cittena, ahaṃ paññapesinti attho.
19 19. 他接着描绘那座宫殿,说了“就在那些各层地上”等话。其中,“以宝顶装饰”的意思是:用宝石做的塔尖和宝珠饰物装饰得光彩夺目。“宝石光芒火炬”是指用放光宝石和红宝石做成的火炬,也就是带柄的灯。“执持着善住”的意思是:在虚空中稳稳地举着、拿着火炬的数百人,稳稳地站立着。巴利
19. Tadeva pāsādaṃ vaṇṇento ‘‘tāsu tāsveva bhūmīsū’’tiādimāha. Tattha ratanakūṭalaṅkatanti ratanamayakūṭehi ratanakaṇṇikāhi alaṅkataṃ sobhitanti attho. Maṇiverocanā ukkāti verocanamaṇīhi rattamaṇīhi katā, ukkā daṇḍapadīpā. Dhārayantā sutiṭṭhareti ākāse suṭṭhu dhārayantā gaṇhantā anekasatajanā suṭṭhu tiṭṭhantīti attho.
20 20. 接着,他又用“sobhanti esikāthambhā”(门柱闪耀)等话来赞叹那座宫殿。其中,所谓“门柱”(esikāthambhā),是为了让城门显得庄严而竖立的柱子,美丽可爱。“金色的拱门”(kañcanatoraṇā)有黄金制成的,也有阎浮金制成的;还有以心材木制成的,即以佉提罗树心材制成的,以及以白银制成的拱门,都闪耀美观。这些门柱和拱门共同庄严着那座宫殿,就是这个意思。巴利
20. Puna tadeva pāsādaṃ vaṇṇento ‘‘sobhanti esikāthambhā’’tiādimāha. Tattha esikāthambhā nāma nagaradvāre sobhanatthāya nikhātā thambhā, subhā iṭṭhā, kañcanatoraṇā suvaṇṇamayā, jambonadā jambonadasuvaṇṇamayā ca, sāramayā khadirarukkhasāramayā ca rajatamayā ca toraṇā sobhanti, esikā ca toraṇā ca taṃ pāsādaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
21 在那座宫殿里,许多分隔得匀称整齐的间隔,用门扇和门闩装饰起来,显得庄严美观;意思是这些间隔的围壁让宫殿更加辉煌。“两边”是指那座宫殿的两侧;满瓶用许多莲花和青莲花装饰,彼此相连、充盈饱满,庄严着那座宫殿。巴利
21. Tasmiṃ pāsāde suvibhattā anekā sandhī kavāṭehi ca aggaḷehi ca cittitā sobhitā sandhiparikkhepā sobhayantīti attho, ubhatoti tassa pāsādassa ubhosu passesu, puṇṇaghaṭā anekehi padumehi anekehi ca uppalehi, saṃyutā puṇṇā taṃ pāsādaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
22-23 22-23. 这样赞叹了宫殿的壮丽之后,为了说明宝石所成的宫殿以及恭敬与尊敬,他说了“过去一切诸佛……”等话。其中,“过去”指已经过去、已经消逝的时间里所生起的、已存在的;“与僧团”指与声闻众团体在一起。化现出一切世间导师——诸佛,连同他们的声闻弟子,具有本来的自然色泽、相貌和形体;诸佛与声闻众从应当进入的那道门进入宫殿后,就坐在纯金所成的、通体黄金所造的宝座上,成为圣众,也就是圣者的团体。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
22-23. Evaṃ pāsādassa sobhaṃ vaṇṇetvā ratanamayaṃ pāsādañca sakkārasammānañca pakāsento ‘‘atīte sabbabuddhe cā’’tiādimāha. Tattha atīteti atikkante vigate kāle jāte bhūte, sasaṅghe sāvakasamūhasahite, sabbe lokanāyake buddhe sabhāvena pakativaṇṇena rūpena saṇṭhānena ca, sasāvake sāvakasahite, buddhe nimminitvā yena dvārena pāsādo pavisitabbo hoti , tena dvārena pavisitvā sasāvakā sabbe buddhā sabbasoṇṇamaye sakalasuvaṇṇamaye, pīṭhe nisinnā ariyamaṇḍalā ariyasamūhā ahesunti attho.
24-25 现在,在当下正在延续的时间里,那些无上的、没有比之更高的诸佛确实存在着;他让这些诸佛以及数百位独觉佛——他们自己觉悟、不依靠别的老师,不被蕴、烦恼、行、死和天子魔所战胜——感到满足,让这些获胜者感到满足,这就是这段话的意思。我的宫殿,在过去和现在,一切诸佛都曾登上,也就是好好地登了上去。巴利
24-25.Etarahi vattamāne kāle anuttarā uttaravirahitā ye ca buddhāatthi saṃvijjanti, te ca paccekabuddhe anekasate sayambhū sayameva bhūte aññācariyarahite, aparājite khandhakilesābhisaṅkhāramaccudevaputtamārehi aparājite, jayamāpanne santappesinti attho. Bhavanaṃ mayhaṃ pāsādaṃ atītakāle ca vattamānakāle ca, sabbe buddhā samāruhuṃ saṃ suṭṭhu āruhiṃsūti attho.
26 凡是生于天界、属于天界众生的天神,以及人间出生的人类,他们那里都有许多如意树。从这一切处收集布料,好好取来之后,做成三衣,再用这三衣去覆盖那些独觉佛——这就是这段文的关联。巴利
26.Ye dibbā divi bhavā dibbā devaloke jātā, ye ca bahū kapparukkhā atthi. Ye ca mānusā manusse jātā ye ca bahū kapparukkhā atthi, tato sabbaṃ dussaṃ samāhantvā saṃ suṭṭhu āharitvā tecīvarāni kāretvā te paccekabuddhe ticīvarehi acchādemīti sambandho.
27 就这样,用三衣给他们覆盖、披好之后,对那些坐着的独觉佛,我把具足而甘美的嚼食——比如饼之类可以嚼的东西,甘美的啖食——应该吃的饭食,甘美的可尝食与舔食,具足而甘美的饮品——也就是八种饮料,以及应该吃的食物和饭食,都满满地盛在美妙可爱的摩尼宝钵和石钵里,献给他们,让他们接受。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
27. Evaṃ ticīvarehi acchādetvā pārupāpetvā tesaṃ nisinnānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ sampannaṃ madhuraṃ khajjaṃ khāditabbaṃ pūvādi kiñci, madhuraṃ bhojjaṃ bhuñjitabbaṃ āhārañca, madhuraṃ sāyanīyaṃ lehanīyañca, sampannaṃ madhuraṃ pivitabbaṃ aṭṭhapānañca, bhojanaṃ bhuñjitabbaṃ āhārañca, subhe sundare maṇimaye selamaye patte saṃ suṭṭhu pūretvā adāsiṃ paṭiggahāpesinti attho.
28 所有这些圣众,所有这些圣者的团体,他们具足天眼,因此清净——意思是:具足天眼的人就是清净的人,因为远离了烦恼,所以柔和、光洁、明亮;他们披着袈裟,也就是具足三衣。我用甘甜的糖、油、蜂蜜、糖浆,以及最上等、最殊胜的食物,让他们得到满足、得到享用、完全吃饱。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
28.Sabbe te ariyamaṇḍalā sabbe te ariyasamūhā, dibbacakkhu samā hutvā maṭṭhāti dibbacakkhusamaṅgino hutvā maṭṭhā kilesehi rahitattā siliṭṭhā sobhamānā cīvarasaṃyutā ticīvarehi samaṅgībhūtā madhurasakkharāhi ca telena ca madhuphāṇitehi ca paramannena uttamena annena ca mayā tappitā appitā paripūritā ahesunti attho.
29 他们就这样被满足后,这些圣众进入以七宝造出的宝室——如同宝胎般的内室之屋,像窟居者卧在洞窟里,又像鬃狮一样,在那极珍贵、无价的卧具和床座上,作了狮子卧:正如兽王狮子向右胁而卧,一足叠在一足上,把右手当作枕头,左手平直地放在身侧,尾巴收在双腿之间,一动不动地躺着;同样,他们也这样安排卧姿、这样躺下。这就是这句话的意思。巴利
29. Te evaṃ santappitā ariyamaṇḍalā ratanagabbhaṃ sattahi ratanehi nimmitagabbhaṃ gehaṃ, pavisitvā guhāsayā guhāyaṃ sayamānā, kesarīva kesarasīhā iva, mahārahamhi sayane anagghe mañce, sīhaseyyamakappayuṃ yathā sīho migarājā dakkhiṇapassena sayanto pāde pādaṃ accādhāya dakkhiṇahatthaṃ sīsūpadhānaṃ katvā vāmahatthaṃ ujukaṃ ṭhapetvā vāladhiṃ antarasatthiyaṃ katvā niccalo sayati, evaṃ seyyaṃ kappayuṃ kariṃsūti attho.
30 他们这样摆好狮子卧的姿势,具足正知,也就是具备了念与正知。起身——好好地起来之后,在卧处盘腿而坐,也就是把双腿盘起来坐着。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
30. Te evaṃ sīhaseyyaṃ kappetvā sampajānā satisampajaññasampannā. Samuṭṭhāya saṃ suṭṭhu uṭṭhahitvā sayane pallaṅkamābhujuṃ ūrubaddhāsanaṃ kariṃsūti attho.
31 “一切诸佛的行境”:意思是,对于一切过去、未来诸佛的行境,也就是作为所缘的禅那之乐,他们已完全投入于禅那之乐、善加投入、成为具足者。有些则宣说诸法:在那些独觉佛当中,有些宣说某些法,另一些则以神通,在初禅等禅那的游戏中嬉戏、享乐。巴利
31.Gocaraṃsabbabuddhānanti sabbesaṃ atītānāgatānaṃ buddhānaṃ gocaraṃ ārammaṇabhūtaṃ jhānaratisamappitā jhānaratiyā saṃ suṭṭhu appitā samaṅgībhūtā ahesunti attho, aññe dhammāni desentīti tesu paccekabuddhesu aññe ekacce dhamme desenti, aññe ekacce iddhiyā paṭhamādijjhānakīḷāya kīḷanti ramanti.
32 还有些人把五种神通修到纯熟自在,能在五种神通里做到转向、入定、出定、决意、观察这五种自在,已经达到并证得了神通的自在,能够随时入定。还有些人示现无数千种变化神通:一个人变成许多人,许多人变成一个人……他们就这样展现种种神通变化。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
32.Aññe ekacce abhiññā pañca abhiññāyo vasibhāvitā vasīkariṃsu, pañcasu abhiññāsu āvajjanasamāpajjanavuṭṭhānaadhiṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇasaṅkhātāhi pañcavasitāhi vasībhāvaṃ itā gatā pattā abhiññāyo , appenti samāpajjanti. Aññe ekacce anekasahassiyo vikubbanāni ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotīti evamādīni iddhivikubbanāni vikubbanti karontīti attho.
33 33. 当独觉佛们这样聚集在一起时,佛陀们向佛陀们提出那个作为一切知智的境与所缘的问题。这就是“佛陀即佛陀”这句话的意思。那些佛陀因为义理深奥,所以以智慧特别地、毫无剩余地了悟那深奥、精细、微妙的道理和原因。巴利
33.Buddhāpi buddheti evaṃ sannipatitesu paccekabuddhesu sabbaññutaññāṇassa visayaṃ ārammaṇabhūtaṃ pañhaṃ buddhā buddhe pucchantīti attho. Te buddhā atthagambhīratāya gambhīraṃ nipuṇaṃ sukhumaṃ, ṭhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ, paññāya vinibujjhare visesena niravasesato bujjhanti.
34 那时,聚集在我宫殿里的声闻们也向佛陀提问,佛陀们也向作为弟子的声闻提问。这些佛陀和声闻互相提问之后,又互相解答、说明。巴利
34. Tadā mama pāsāde sannipatitā sāvakāpi buddhe pañhaṃ pucchanti, buddhā sāvake sisse pañhaṃ pucchanti, te buddhā ca sāvakā ca aññamaññaṃ pañhaṃ pucchitvā aññamaññaṃ byākaronti vissajjenti.
35 35. 接着,为了说明他们全都聚在一起,说了“诸佛、独觉佛以及……”等话。其中,“佛陀”指正自觉者;“独觉佛”“声闻”“弟子”“侍者”“依附者”——所有这些人,各自沉浸在自己的喜悦中,安住寂静,在我的宫殿里享受快乐。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
35. Puna te sabbe ekato dassento ‘‘buddhā paccekabuddhā cā’’tiādimāha. Tattha buddhā sammāsambuddhā, paccekabuddhā ca sāvakā ca sissā paricārakā nissitakā ete sabbe, sakāya sakāya ratiyā ramamānā sallīnā mama pāsāde abhiramantīti attho.
36 36. 这样,在胜殿中展示了辟支佛们的行仪成就之后,现在为了显示自己的威神力,那位征服三界的转轮王说了“愿伞盖等宝安住”等话。其中,“宝”是指七宝所制成的;“伞盖”是指以金藤为边、垂挂金网的伞盖,愿它们安住。被珍珠网遍覆、被珍珠网环绕的一切伞盖,愿它们在我的头顶上方撑持——仅仅这样一想,伞盖就立刻显现出来:这就是这段话的意思。巴利
36. Evaṃ tasmiṃ vejayantapāsāde paccekabuddhānaṃ ācārasampattiṃ dassetvā idāni attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento so tilokavijayo cakkavattirājā ‘‘chattā tiṭṭhantu ratanā’’tiādimāha. Tattha ratanā sattaratanamayā, chattā kañcanāveḷapantikā suvaṇṇajālehi olambitā tiṭṭhantu. Muttājālaparikkhittā muttājālehi parivāritā, sabbe chattā mama matthake muddhani, dhārentūti cintitamatteyeva chattā pātubhūtā hontīti attho.
37 愿它们变成并以金星星装饰、闪耀着金光的布制天幕,愿它们化现出来。色彩缤纷、具有种种颜色的,用花鬘铺开、鲜花散布的,所有种种不同的天幕,愿它们撑持在头顶座席的上方——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
37.Soṇṇatārakacittitā suvaṇṇatārakāhi daddallamānā celavitānā bhavantu nibbattantu . Vicittā anekavaṇṇā, malyavitatā pupphapatthaṭā, sabbe anekavitānā, matthake nisīdanaṭṭhānassa uparibhāge dhārentūti attho.
38-40 莲池四周散布着许多芳香的花鬘,又用香鬘——旃檀、藏红花、多伽罗等妙香做成的香鬘——来庄严。这里的关联是这样:莲池周围散布着布鬘,也就是绢布、支那绸等贵重布料做成的布鬘,又以七宝鬘装饰、打扮。莲池上撒满了花,瞻波花、娑罗花、麝香香味花等芳香花朵撒满各处,非常绚丽庄严。这莲池又是什么样子呢?它被芬芳的香气所庄严、熏染,四周用五指香装饰,也就是用五个手指涂抹的香来打扮。宫殿以金顶覆盖,用金盖、金帷幔遮覆,宫殿四方的莲池,莲花和青莲花铺展得很好、遍布开阔,呈现金色的形相和金色的光泽,愿它们显现;莲池弥漫着莲花花粉和微尘,愿它们美丽动人——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
38-40.Malyadāmehi anekasugandhapupphadāmehi vitatā parikiṇṇā, gandhadāmehi candanakuṅkumatagarādisugandhadāmehi, sobhitā pokkharaṇīti sambandho . Dussadāmehi pattuṇṇacīnādianagghadussadāmehi, parikiṇṇā sattaratanadāmehi bhūsitā alaṅkatā pokkharaṇī, pupphābhikiṇṇā campakasaḷalasogandhikādisugandhapupphehi abhikiṇṇā suṭṭhu vicittā sobhitā. Punarapi kiṃ bhūtā pokkharaṇī? Surabhigandhasugandhehi bhūsitā vāsitā. Samantato gandhapañcaṅgulalaṅkatā pañcahi aṅgulehi limpitagandhehi alaṅkatā, hemacchadanachāditā suvaṇṇachadanehi suvaṇṇavitānehi chāditā, pāsādassa cātuddisā pokkharaṇiyo padumehi ca uppalehi ca suṭṭhu santhatā patthaṭā suvaṇṇarūpe suvaṇṇavaṇṇā, khāyantu, padmareṇurajuggatā padumareṇūhi dhūlīhi ca ākiṇṇā pokkharaṇiyo sobhantūti attho.
41 在我的韦贾延塔宫殿四周,那些树——瞻波树等花树,愿它们全都开花。愿这些花自己脱落、飘散,然后去到宫殿,把花撒在宫殿上;意思是愿这些花撒落、散布在宫殿上方。巴利
41. Mama vejayantapāsādassa samantato pādapā campakādayo rukkhā sabbe pupphantu ete puppharukkhā. Sayameva pupphā muñcitvā vigaḷitvā gantvā bhavanaṃ okiruṃ, okiṇṇā pāsādassa upari karontūti attho.
42 在那里,在我的胜利殿中,愿有冠的孔雀起舞,愿天鹅、神圣天鹅发出鸣声,愿美音鸟和声音甜美的杜鹃歌唱,唱出歌声。愿其他种种未提到的鸟群,这些鸟类在宫殿四周发出甜美的鸣叫。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
42.Tattha tasmiṃ mama vejayantapāsāde sikhino mayūrā naccantū, dibbahaṃsā devatāhaṃsā, pakūjare saddaṃ karontu, karavīkā ca madhurasaddā kokilā gāyantu gītavākyaṃ karontu, apare anuttā ca dijasaṅghā pakkhino samūhā pāsādassa samantato madhuraravaṃ ravantūti attho.
43 愿宫殿四周所有那些皮面鼓之类的各种鼓都奏响、被敲击,愿所有那些多弦的琵琶都发出声音、奏出乐音,愿种种歌唱在宫殿四周流转、进行、被演唱。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
43.Pāsādassa samantako sabbā ātatavitatādayo bheriyo vajjantu haññantu, sabbā tā anekatantiyo vīṇā rasantu saddaṃ karontu, sabbā anekappakārā saṅgītiyo pāsādassa samantato vattantu pavattantu gāyantūti attho.
44-5 在佛陀教化的区域内,从一万个轮围世界到更远的轮围世界,凡是这样的地方,愿那些光辉具足、光明具足、无间断的广大宝座——由七宝所成、以七宝镶嵌、黄金所造——都安立着。愿宫殿四周的灯树、持灯者、油树都燃烧起来,以灯盏点亮。愿一万又一万、一万又一万相续不断的一万个轮围世界,都成为一片光明,像一盏大灯、一盏明灯那样照耀——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
44-5.Yāvatā yattake ṭhāne buddhakhettamhi dasasahassicakkavāḷe tato pare cakkavāḷe, jotisampannā pabhāsampannā acchinnā mahantā samantato ratanāmayā sattahi ratanehi katā khacitā soṇṇapallaṅkā suvaṇṇapallaṅkā tiṭṭhantu, pāsādassa samantato dīparukkhā padīpadhāraṇā telarukkhā jalantu, padīpehi pajjalantu, dasasahassiparamparā dasasahassīnaṃ paramparā dasasahassiyo ekapajjotā ekapadīpā viya bhavantu ujjotantūti attho.
46 愿那些擅长歌舞的妓女、舞女,以及舞伎和用口发声的人,都在宫殿四周跳舞;愿天女众,也就是女神群体,在宫殿四周跳舞;愿那些具有种种色彩、种种形貌、种种彩环的舞者,都在宫殿四周跳舞——意思是,让她们显现出来,变得清晰可见。巴利
46. Naccagītesu chekā gaṇikā naccitthiyo ca lāsikā mukhena saddakārikā ca pāsādassa samantato naccantu, accharāgaṇā devitthisamūhā naccantu, nānāraṅgā anekavaṇṇā nānāraṅgamaṇḍalā pāsādassa samantato naccantu, padissantu pākaṭā hontūti attho.
47 那时,我成为名叫“三界胜者”的转轮王,在整个轮围世界里,在树梢、树顶、山顶、雪山和轮围山等一切山的顶端,以及须弥山顶,在所有地方,我都升起色彩斑斓、种种不同颜色、由青黄等五种颜色组成的五彩旗帜——这就是这句话的意思。巴利
47. Tadā ahaṃ tilokavijayo nāma cakkavattirājā hutvā sakalacakkavāḷe dumagge rukkhagge pabbatagge himavantacakkavāḷapabbatādīnaṃ agge sinerūpabbatamuddhani ca sabbaṭṭhānesu vicittaṃ anekavaṇṇavicittaṃ pañcavaṇṇikaṃ nīlapītādipañcavaṇṇaṃ sabbaṃ dhajaṃ ussāpemīti attho.
48 48. 愿人们从世界之间来,人们从龙的世界来,龙从龙的世界来,干闼婆从天界来,天人们也都前来、趋近;这些人和龙等众生,都对我表示尊敬,向我行礼,双手合掌、捧手成皿状,围绕我的最胜殿——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
48.Narā lokantarā narā ca nāgalokato nāgā ca devalokato gandhabbā ca devā ca sabbe upentu upagacchantu, te narādayo namassantā mama namakkāraṃ karontā pañjalikā katahatthapuṭā mama vejayantaṃ pāsādaṃ parivārayunti attho.
49 这位三界胜者转轮王这样赞叹了宫殿和自己的威德之后,现在为了劝勉自己行持福业所感的果报,就说了“无论什么善业”等话。意思是:凡是应当做的、属于善业的行为,这一切都是我用身、语、意三门所做的,做得很好,做得圆满,足以投生到三十三天。巴利
49. Evaṃ so tilokavijayo cakkavattirājā pāsādassa ca attano ca ānubhāvaṃ vaṇṇetvā idāni attanā sampattikatapuññaphalaṃ samādapento ‘‘yaṃ kiñci kusalaṃ kamma’’ntiādimāha. Yaṃ kiñci kusalakammasaṅkhātaṃ kiriyaṃ kattabbaṃ atthi, taṃ sabbaṃ mama mayā kāyena vā vācāya vā manasā vā tīhi dvārehi kataṃ tidase sukataṃ suṭṭhu kataṃ, tāvatiṃsabhavane uppajjanārahaṃ katanti attho.
50 接着,为了再次劝勉,他说“凡有想众生”等话。其中意思是:凡是人、天人或梵天这些有想、具备想的众生,以及那些无想、没有想的无想众生,愿这一切众生都能分享我所造的福德果报,愿他们都成为有福德者。巴利
50. Puna samādapento ‘‘ye sattā saññino’’tiādimāha. Tattha ye sattā manussā vā devā vā brahmāno vā saññino saññāsahitā atthi, ye ca sattā asaññino saññārahitā asaññā sattā santi, te sabbe sattā mayhaṃ mayā kataṃ puññaphalaṃ, bhāgī bhavantu puññavantā hontūti attho.
51 菩萨又一次劝勉,说出“那些已作”等话。意思是:我所修的福德,被那些人、龙、乾闼婆、天人们清楚地知道、了解,我已把福德的果报布施给他们;那些人等不知道在我所修的福德中已经布施了福报,愿天人们前去告诉他们、向他们宣告。巴利
51. Punapi samādapento bodhisatto ‘‘yesaṃ kata’’ntiādimāha. Mayā kataṃ puññaṃ yehi naranāgagandhabbadevehi suviditaṃ ñātaṃ, tesaṃ mayā dinnaṃ puññaphalaṃ, tasmiṃ mayā kate puññe dinnabhāvaṃ ye narādayo na jānanti, devā gantvā tesaṃ taṃ nivedayuṃ ārocayunti attho.
52 世间所有众生都依靠食物才能活命,愿这一切众生都能凭我的心、我的意,得到所有合意的食物,愿他们靠我福德的力量得到这些。巴利
52.Sabbalokamhiye sattā āhāranissitā jīvanti, te sabbe sattā manuññaṃ bhojanaṃ sabbaṃ mama cetasā mama cittena labhantu, mama puññiddhiyā labhantūti attho.
53 我用清净的信心与心意做了布施;对那份布施,我在心里生起了净信。一切正等正觉者、独觉以及胜者的弟子们,都曾被我这位转轮王供养过。巴利
53.Manasā pasannena cittena yaṃ dānaṃ mayā dinnaṃ tasmiṃ dāne cittena pasādaṃ āvahiṃ uppādesiṃ. Sabbasambuddhā ca paccekā paṭiekkā jinasāvakā ca mayā cakkavattiraññā pūjitā.
54 我凭着那善作的业,凭着以信心所作的善业,以及心中的思愿和祈愿,舍弃了人的身体,就像从睡梦中醒来一样,往生到了三十三天。巴利
54.Sukatena tena kammena saddahitvā katena kusalakammena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca cittena katapatthanāhi ca, mānusaṃ dehaṃ manussasarīraṃ, jahitvā chaḍḍetvā, ahaṃ tāvatiṃsaṃ devalokaṃ agacchiṃ agamāsiṃ, suttappabuddho viya tattha uppajjinti attho.
55 55. 从那以后,那位战胜三界的转轮王命终了。从那时起,对于后来所经历的二有、二生,我都能清楚了知:在天界是天身,在人间是人身。除了这两种生之外,其他的趣、其他的投生处,我不知也不见。心意与心所祈愿的果报,就是所祈愿之愿的果报——这是这段话的含义。巴利
55. Tato tilokavijayo cakkavattirājā kālaṅkato, tato paṭṭhāya āgate duve bhave dve jātiyo pajānāmi devatte devattabhāve mānuse manussattabhāve ca, tato jātidvayato aññaṃ gatiṃ aññaṃ upapattiṃ na jānāmi na passāmi, manasā cittena patthanāphalaṃ patthitapatthanāphalanti attho.
56 “我比诸天更超胜”——如果生在诸天之中,就是在寿命、容貌、体力、威光方面都超过诸天,成为诸天中最尊、最上,这就是这句话的意思。如果生在人间,就成为人中之王,是众人的主宰和统治者。同样,作为国王,具足端严的容貌成就,也具足身量高大、体态匀称等相好而圆满无缺;在每一次所生的生命中,以智慧——即了知究竟真理的智慧——无人能比、无人能及,意思是没有任何人能和我相等。巴利
56.Devānaṃ adhiko homīti yadi devesu jāto, āyuvaṇṇabalatejehi devānaṃ adhiko jeṭṭho seṭṭho ahosinti attho. Yadi manussesu jāto, manujādhipo manussānaṃ adhipati issaro bhavāmi, tathā rājabhūto abhirūpena rūpasampattiyā ca lakkhaṇena ārohapariṇāhādilakkhaṇena ca sampanno sampuṇṇo uppannuppannabhave paññāya paramatthajānanapaññāya asamo samarahito, mayā sadiso koci natthīti attho.
57 由于我在每一世中积累的福德资粮和福报之果,最殊胜、最受人称赞、甘美、种种多样、各式各样的食物,以及数量众多的各种珍宝,还有绢布、丝绸等种种不同的布料,都从空中、从虚空迅速飞快地来到我面前。巴利
57. Mayā katapuññasambhārena puññaphalena uppannuppannabhave seṭṭhaṃ pasaṭṭhaṃ madhuraṃ vividhaṃ anekappakāraṃ bhojanañca anappakaṃ bahusattaratanañca vividhāni, anekappakārāni pattuṇṇakoseyyādivatthāni ca nabhā ākāsato maṃ mama santikaṃ khippaṃ sīghaṃ upenti upagacchanti.
58-66 无论我把手伸向大地、山地、虚空、水中还是树林,天界的食物、天界的饮食就会从那里来到我面前,出现在我身边。同样,按顺序还有:一切宝物,栴檀等一切香,一切车乘与坐骑,瞻波花、龙树花、般那伽花等一切花环与花朵,一切装饰与饰品,一切天女,一切蜜与糖,糕饼等一切需要咀嚼、可以吃的东西,也都来到我面前,出现在我身边。巴利
58-66.Pathabyā pathaviyā pabbate ca ākāse ca udake ca vane ca yaṃ yaṃ yattha yattha hatthaṃ pasāremi nikkhipāmi, tato tato dibbā bhakkhā dibbā āhārā maṃ mama santikaṃ upenti upagacchanti, pātubhavantīti attho. Tathā yathākkamaṃ sabbe ratanā. Sabbe candanādayo gandhā. Sabbe yānā vāhanā. Sabbe campakanāgapunnāgādayo mālā pupphā. Sabbe alaṅkārā ābharaṇā. Sabbā dibbakaññā. Sabbe madhusakkharā. Sabbe pūpādayo khajjā khāditabbā maṃ mama santikaṃ upenti upagacchanti.
67-68 为了证得殊胜的正觉,也就是为了达到、获得最上的四道智。我所做、所圆满的那份最上布施,凭着这份最上布施,让那座叫做“岩石”的大山整座发出同一个声音,轰鸣出厚重、宽广、巨大的吼声,让包括天界在内的整个世界、一切人天世间都欢欣鼓舞,生起喜悦。我在一切世间、在三界之中,破除了一切覆盖障蔽,成为了佛陀——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
67-68.Sambodhivarapattiyāti uttamacatumaggañāṇapattiyā pāpuṇanatthāya. Mayā yaṃ uttamadānaṃ kataṃ pūritaṃ, tena uttamadānena selasaṅkhātaṃ pabbataṃ sakalaṃ ekaninnādaṃ karonto bahalaṃ giraṃ puthulaṃ ghosaṃ gajjento, sadevakaṃ lokaṃ sakalaṃ manussadevalokaṃ hāsayanto somanassappattaṃ karonto loke sakalalokattaye vivaṭṭacchado buddho ahaṃ bhavāmīti attho.
69 所谓“世间有十方”:在轮围世间里,方位有十种,也就是十个区域。在那里,往返周游、行走的人无论走到哪个区域,都找不到尽头,这就是这句话的意思。在转轮王时代,在我所到过的每一个地方、每一个方向的区域,佛土和佛所化的境界都是无法计算、离诸行的。巴利
69.Disā dasavidhā loketi cakkavāḷaloke dasavidhā dasakoṭṭhāsā disā honti, tattha koṭṭhāse yāyato yāyantassa gacchantassa antakaṃ natthīti attho, cakkavattikāle tasmiṃ mayā gatagataṭṭhāne disābhāge vā buddhakhettā buddhavisayā asaṅkhiyā saṅkhārahitā.
70 “光明被称扬”是说:在转轮王时代,我的光明——也就是轮宝、摩尼宝等宝物的光明——一对一对地出现,放射光芒,被广泛称扬,人人皆知。在这期间,一万个轮围世界之内,光网、光芒聚集和广大的光明,比之前更加增盛。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
70.Pabhā pakittitāti tadā cakkavattirājakāle mayhaṃ pabhā cakkaratanamaṇiratanādīnaṃ pabhā ālokā yamakā yugaḷayugaḷā hutvā raṃsivāhanā raṃsiṃ muñcamānā pakittitā pākaṭā, etthantare dasasahassicakkavāḷantare raṃsijālaṃ raṃsisamūhaṃ, āloko vipulo bahutaro bhave ahosīti attho.
71 在这多达一万个轮围世界的范围内,愿一切众生都能看见我、见到我。愿所有天人,直到梵天居所、直到梵天界,都随顺我、顺从于我。巴利
71.Ettake lokadhātumhīti dasasahassicakkavāḷesu sabbe janā maṃ passantu dakkhantūti attho. Sabbe devā yāva brahmanivesanā yāva brahmalokā maṃ anuvattantu anukūlā bhavantu.
72 以流布的甜蜜音声:就是以流布开来的甜美音声。我已击响不死鼓与天鼓:就是我已经擂响了不死鼓和天鼓。在这整个一万个轮围世界之内,愿一切众生都以心聆听我甜美的言语音声,并用心留意。巴利
72.Visiṭṭhamadhunādenāti visaṭṭhena madhurena nādena, amatabherimāhaninti amatabheriṃ devadundubhiṃ pahariṃ, etthantare etasmiṃ dasasahassicakkavāḷabbhantare sabbe janā mana madhuraṃ giraṃ saddaṃ suṇantu manasi karontu.
73 当法云降雨时,随着由说法所成的音声降下、洒落那世俗与究竟的、甚深、甘甜、微细之义雨,凭借正等正觉者的威神力,愿一切比丘、比丘尼等众都成为漏尽者、离染者。这里说“那些后位的众生”,意思是:在这些聚集为众的四种弟子群体当中,那些在功德方面较为后位的众生,愿他们全都成为入流者。这就是这段话的意趣。巴利
73.Dhammameghena vassante dhammadesanāmayena nādena tabbohāraparamatthagambhīramadhurasukhumatthavasse vassante vassamāne sammāsambuddhānubhāvena sabbe bhikkhubhikkhunīādayo anāsavā nikkilesā hontu bhavantu. Yettha pacchimakā sattāti ettha etesu rāsibhūtesu catūsu parisasattesu ye sattā pacchimakā guṇavasena heṭṭhimakā, te sabbe sotāpannā bhavantūti adhippāyo.
74 那时,在三界无敌的转轮王时代,该布施的、适合布施的,我都布施了;毫无保留、没有欠缺地圆满了戒,也就是戒波罗蜜;在出离上,达到出离波罗蜜的顶点;我已经证得、也愿证得那最上的正觉,也就是四道智。巴利
74. Tadā tilokavijayacakkavattirājakāle dātabbakaṃ dātabbayuttakaṃ, dānaṃ katvā, asesato nissesena, sīlaṃ sīlapāramiṃ, pūretvā nekkhamme nekkhammapāramitāya, pāramiṃ koṭiṃ patvā, uttamaṃ sambodhiṃ catumaggañāṇaṃ, patto bhavāmi bhaveyyaṃ.
75 向贤者、有智慧的人、明达的人反复请教,问:“尊者,什么该做?什么不该做?什么是善?什么是不善?做了什么,才能得到天界和解脱这两者?”这样问过之后,就以这种方式圆满了智慧波罗蜜。所谓“修习最上精进”,意思是:在行、住、坐、卧等一切姿势中,不间断地修习最上、最殊胜的精进,从而圆满精进波罗蜜。以忍受一切敌对之人所作的不敬与轻蔑,达到忍耐波罗蜜的顶点,圆满忍耐波罗蜜之后,便证得最上正觉、成为最上正自觉者——我已成就,亦当成就。巴利
75.Paṇḍite paññavante medhāvino paripucchitvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kattabbaṃ? Kiṃ na kattabbaṃ? Kiṃ kusalaṃ? Kiṃ akusalaṃ? Kiṃ katvā saggamokkhadvayassa bhāgī hotī’’ti pucchitvā, evaṃ paññāpāramiṃ pūretvāti attho. Katvā vīriyamuttamanti uttamaṃ seṭṭhaṃ ṭhānanisajjādīsu avicchinnaṃ vīriyaṃ katvā, vīriyapāramiṃ pūretvāti attho. Sakalaviruddhajanehi kataanādarādhivāsanākhantiyā pāramiṃ koṭiṃ gantvā khantipāramiṃ pūretvā uttamaṃ sambodhiṃ uttamaṃ sambuddhattaṃ patto bhavāmi bhaveyyaṃ.
76 完成了坚定的决意:他心里想,“就算我的身体和性命都毁坏了,我也绝不从善行中退转”,以毫不动摇的方式完成了坚定的决意波罗蜜;又想,“就算头被砍掉,我也绝不说妄语”,由此把真实波罗蜜修到了顶点;再以“愿一切众生快乐、无怨”等,把慈爱波罗蜜修到了顶点,最终证得了最上正觉。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
76.Katvā daḷhamadhiṭṭhānanti ‘‘mama sarīrajīvitesu vinassantesupi puññakammato na viramissāmī’’ti acalavasena daḷhaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ katvā ‘‘sīse chijjamānepi musāvādaṃ na kathessāmī’’ti saccapāramitāya koṭiṃ pūriya pūretvā ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhī averā’’tiādinā mettāpāramitāya koṭiṃ patvā uttamaṃ sambodhiṃ pattoti attho.
77 面对活着与活命的资具,得到也好,得不到也好;面对恭敬的人与不恭敬的人所带来的身体和心里的快乐,同样地,所带来的痛苦;面对尊敬与轻蔑,在这一切境况中都保持平等,心态平等;圆满舍波罗蜜之后,证得最上正觉——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
77. Sajīvakājīvakavatthūnaṃ lābhe ca tesaṃ alābhe ca kāyikacetasikasukhe ceva tathā dukkhe ca sādarajanehi kate, sammāne ceva omāne, ca sabbattha samako samānamānaso upekkhāpāramiṃ pūretvā uttamaṃ sambodhiṃ patto pāpuṇeyyanti attho.
78 把懈怠看成是懒惰的状态,从怖畏的角度去看、去了解,心想“这会让人承受恶趣的痛苦”;把不懈怠看成是不懒惰的状态、不退堕的行为,把精进看成是安稳,从安稳的角度去看、去了解,心想“这能通向涅槃”。你们要这样看清、这样了知之后,发起精进,努力去做。这就是诸佛的教导,这就是诸佛的训示。巴利
78.Kosajjaṃ kusītabhāvaṃ, bhayato bhayavasena ‘‘apāyadukkhabhāgī’’ti disvā ñatvā akosajjaṃ akusītabhāvaṃ alīnavuttiṃ, vīriyaṃ khemato khemavasena ‘‘nibbānagāmī’’ti disvā ñatvā āraddhavīriyā hotha bhavatha. Esā buddhānusāsanī esā buddhānaṃ anusiṭṭhi.
79 看到争论和争吵是可怕的,知道“这会让人堕入恶趣”;看到没有争论、远离争吵,知道“这能证得涅槃”,从安稳的角度来看。你们应当和合、一心、言语柔和、融洽,以慈心为先导而安住,光耀地生活——这就是这段话的涵义。这番话就是诸佛的教导、劝诫和教诲。巴利
79.Vivādaṃ bhayato disvāti vivādaṃ kalahaṃ bhayato disvā ‘‘apāyabhāgī’’ti disvā ñatvā avivādaṃ vivādato viramaṇaṃ ‘‘nibbānappattī’’ti, khemato disvā ñatvā samaggā ekaggacittā sakhilā siliṭṭhā mettāya dhuragatāya sobhamānā hothāti attho. Esā kathā mantanā udīraṇā buddhānaṃ anusāsanī ovādadānaṃ.
80 把放逸看成可怕的事:在站立、坐下等时候,心离开正念而安住,这就是放逸。要看到并明白,放逸会在一次次投生的地方带来痛苦、相貌丑陋、缺少饮食等果报,还会让人堕入恶趣等。把不放逸看成安稳的事:在一切行为中都以正念而安住,这就是不放逸。要直接看到并明白,不放逸能不断增长,最终达到涅槃。所以,你们应当修习、增长、作意八支圣道,也就是正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。这条由八个部分组成的道路,是导向正觉的道路,是证悟的方法。这就是这段话的内容、宣说和表达,是诸佛的教导,是诸佛的训示,这就是它的意思。巴利
80.Pamādaṃ ṭhānanisajjādīsu sativippavāsena viharaṇaṃ bhayato ‘‘nibbattanibbattaṭṭhānesu dukkhitadurūpaappannapānatādisaṃvattanakaṃ apāyādigamanañcā’’ti disvā ñatvā, appamādaṃ sabbakiriyāsu satiyā viharaṇaṃ, khemato vaḍḍhito ‘‘nibbānasampāpuṇana’’nti disvā paccakkhato ñatvā aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhīti aṭṭhaavayavaṃ sammāsambodhiyā maggaṃ adhigamūpāyaṃ bhāvetha vaḍḍhetha manasi karotha, esā kathā bhāsanā udīraṇā buddhānusāsanī buddhānaṃ anusiṭṭhīti attho.
81 众多佛聚集在一起:数以百千计的独觉佛聚集到一起,汇成一群;一切以各种方式断尽诸漏的阿拉汉们,也数以百千计地聚集到一起,汇成一群。因此,对那些应受礼敬的佛陀和阿拉汉们,你们要以全身各个部分来恭敬、致敬、顶礼。巴利
81.Samāgatā bahū buddhāti anekasatasahassasaṅkhyā paccekabuddhā samāgatā rāsibhūtā, sabbaso sabbappakārena arahantā ca khīṇāsavā anekasatasahassā samāgatā rāsibhūtā. Tasmā te buddhe ca arahante ca vandamāne vandanārahe namassatha aṅgapaccaṅganamakkārena namassatha vandatha.
82 像这样,按照我刚才所说的方式,诸佛是不可思议、无法被思量的;诸佛所宣说的法——也就是四念处……乃至八圣道、五蕴,以及因缘、所缘缘等这些法——还有诸佛的自性,也都是不可思议、无法被思量的。对于那些生起净信的天与人来说,他们的果报——也就是天界成就、人间成就和涅槃成就——同样是不可思议的,超越了思量的范围,无法被计算。巴利
82.Evaṃ iminā mayā vuttappakārena acintiyā cintetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā, buddhā, buddhadhammāti buddhehi desitā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā…pe… aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, pañcakkhandhā, hetupaccayo ārammaṇapaccayotiādayo dhammā, buddhānaṃ vā sabhāvā acintiyā cintetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā, acintiye cintāvisayātikkante pasannānaṃ devamanussānaṃ vipāko devamanussasampattinibbānasampattisaṅkhāto cintetuṃ asakkuṇeyyo saṅkhyātikkanto hoti bhavati.
就这样,打个比方来说:赶路的人被问到“请告诉我们路怎么走”,有人告诉他“放开左边的路,走右边的路”;他沿着那条路走,办完了在村庄、集镇、王都里该办的事,然后又放开那条路,走另一条左边的路,同样也能办完在村庄、集镇等地该办的事。同样地,借助善业把佛陀的传记讲完之后,为了再把同样的内容按不善业详细展开,就引出了这个提问——巴利
Iti ettāvatā ca yathā addhānagāmino ‘‘maggaṃ no ācikkhā’’ti puṭṭhena ‘‘vāmaṃ muñcitvā dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vutte tena maggena gāmanigamarājadhānīsu kattabbakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā puna muñcitena aparena vāmamaggena gatāpi gāmanigamādīsu kattabbakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpenti, evameva buddhāpadānaṃ kusalāpadānavasena niṭṭhāpetvā tadeva akusalāpadānavasena vitthāretuṃ idaṃ pañhakammaṃ –
难行,还有诽谤,以及另一种诽谤;
诽谤、石击,以及碎石片造成的受。
那罗祇梨象、刀斫截、头痛、吃麦食。
背痛和肛门热,这些就是不善的原因。巴利
‘‘Dukkarañca abbhakkhānaṃ, abbhakkhānaṃ punāparaṃ; Abbhakkhānaṃ silāvedho, sakalikāpi ca vedanā. ‘‘Nāḷāgiri sattacchedo, sīsadukkhaṃ yavakhādanaṃ; Piṭṭhidukkhamatīsāro, ime akusalakāraṇā’’ti.
关于第一个问题,“难行”指的是六年苦行。过去迦叶正自觉者住世时,菩萨曾投生为一个名叫护明的婆罗门青年。因为婆罗门种姓的习气,他对教法没有生起净信。由于过去对那位世尊说过轻慢话的业力余报,他听到“迦叶世尊”这个名号时,就说:“一个剃头的沙门哪里会有菩提?菩提是极难得到的。”因为这个业力的果报,他在几百次生命中遭受地狱等痛苦,后来在那位世尊之后,凭借他由此获得授记的那个业,了结了生死轮回,最终投生为须大拏。从那里死后,他投生到兜率天。因为天神的请求,他从兜率天去世,降生在释迦族中。由于智慧已经成熟,他舍弃了整个赡部洲的王位,在阿诺玛河畔用极其锋利的剑割下整束螺髻,接受了梵天带来的、在劫初形成时生于莲花苞中的八种神变所成资具,出家修行。当时,菩提的如实知见还未成熟,对成佛的道路和非道路还不了解,于是他在乌汝韦喇地区,以一天一顿饭、一口之食、独自一人、只走一条路、只在一处坐食的方式,坚持了六年。身体消瘦得只剩下骨头、皮肤、筋和腱,血肉干枯,像饿鬼的形状一样。正如《精进经》等所说,他修习大精进、大苦行。后来他想到:“这种苦行并不是证得正觉的道路。”于是开始在村庄、集镇和王都中食用精美的食物,使诸根饱满,具足三十二种大丈夫相,逐渐来到菩提道场,降伏五魔,成为佛陀。巴利
Attha paṭhamapañhe – dukkaranti chabbassāni dukkarakārikā. Atīte kassapasammāsambuddhakāle bodhisatto jotipālo nāma brāhmaṇamāṇavo hutvā nibbatto brāhmaṇajātivasena sāsane appasanno tassa bhagavato pilotikakammanissandena ‘‘kassapo bhagavā’’ti sutvā ‘‘kuto muṇḍakassa samaṇassa bodhi, bodhi paramadullabhā’’ti āha. So tena kammanissandena anekajātisatesu narakādidukkhamanubhavitvā tasseva bhagavato anantaraṃ teneva laddhabyākaraṇena kammena jātisaṃsāraṃ khepetvā pariyosāne vessantarattabhāvaṃ patvā tato cuto tusitabhavane nibbatto. Devatāyācanena tato cavitvā sakyakule nibbatto ñāṇassa paripākattā sakalajambudīparajjaṃ pahāya anomānadītīre sunisitenāsinā samakuṭakesakalāpaṃ chinditvā brahmunā ānīte iddhimaye kappassa saṇṭhānakāle padumagabbhe nibbatte aṭṭha parikkhāre paṭiggahetvā pabbajitvā bodhiñāṇadassanassa tāva aparipakkattā buddhabhāvāya maggāmaggaṃ ajānitvā chabbassāni uruvelajanapade ekāhāraekālopaekapuggalaekamaggaekāsanabhojanavasena aṭṭhicammanahārusesaṃ nimmaṃsarudhirapetarūpasadisasarīro padhānasutte (su. ni. 427 ādayo) vuttanayeneva padhānaṃ mahāvīriyaṃ dukkarakārikaṃ akāsi. So imaṃ dukkarakārikaṃ ‘‘sambodhiyā maggaṃ na hotī’’ti cintetvā gāmanigamarājadhānīsu paṇītāhāraṃ paribhuñjitvā pīṇindriyo paripuṇṇadvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇo kamena bodhimaṇḍamupagantvā pañca māre jinitvā buddho jātoti.
那时我叫护明,曾这样对善逝迦叶说:
一个剃了头的人,凭什么能证得菩提?菩提实在是极难证得的。
因为那个业报,我修了很多难行的苦行。
在优楼频螺的六年之后,我证得了菩提。
我并不是靠这条道路证得无上菩提的。
我沿着邪道去寻找,却被过去的业力挡住了。
福德和罪业都已灭尽,远离了一切热恼。
没有忧愁,没有疲惫,我将成为无烦恼者。巴利
‘‘Avacāhaṃ jotipālo, sugataṃ kassapaṃ tadā; Kuto nu bodhi muṇḍassa, bodhi paramadullabhā. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, acariṃ dukkaraṃ bahuṃ; Chabbassānuruvelāyaṃ, tato bodhimapāpuṇiṃ. ‘‘Nāhaṃ etena maggena, pāpuṇiṃ bodhimuttamaṃ; Kummaggena gavesissaṃ, pubbakammena vārito. ‘‘Puññapāpaparikkhīṇo, sabbasantāpavajjito; Asoko anupāyāso, nibbāyissamanāsavo’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.92-95);
第二个问题里说的“诽谤”,就是诬蔑、辱骂。据说过去菩萨生在一个低贱的家庭,默默无闻,后来成了一个名叫穆纳利的赌徒,就那样过活。那时,有一位名叫须罗比、具大神力大威力的独觉佛,因为某件事来到他附近。他一见到那位独觉佛,就用“这个沙门是破戒的、是恶法的”这样的话来诽谤。他因为那不善业的果报,在地狱等处受了无数千年的大苦,到了这一生,也就是他最后一生的时候,那些外道早在世尊还住在兜率天时就已出名,欺骗大众,宣扬六十二种邪见,到处游走。那时菩萨从兜率天去世,投生在释迦王族中,逐渐修行,最终成佛。外道们就像太阳升起时的萤火虫一样,利养和恭敬全都没了,怀着对世尊的怨恨到处活动。就在那时,王舍城有一位长者,在恒河撒网玩乐时,看见一块红旃檀木,心想:我家里有很多旃檀,把这块木头安在旋轮上,让旋轮匠把它做成一个钵,再用竹子一节节接起来挂上去。然后他让人敲鼓宣告:谁能用神通飞来取走这个钵,我就做他的供养者。巴利
Dutiyapañhe – abbhakkhānanti abhi akkhānaṃ paribhāsanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto suddakule jāto apākaṭo appasiddho munāḷi nāma dhutto hutvā paṭivasati. Tadā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo surabhi nāma paccekabuddho kenaci karaṇīyena tassa samīpaṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇi. So taṃ disvāva ‘‘dussīlo pāpadhammo ayaṃ samaṇo’’tiādinā abbhācikkhi. So tena akusalanissandena narakādīsu anekavassasahassāni dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve yadā titthiyā paṭhamataraṃ bhagavato tusitabhavane vasanasamaye ca pākaṭā hutvā sakalajanaṃ vañcetvā dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhiyo dīpetvā vicaranti, tadā tusitapurā cavitvā sakyarājakule nibbattitvā kamena buddho jāto. Titthiyā sūriyuggamane khajjopanakā viya vihatalābhasakkārā bhagavati āghātaṃ bandhitvā vicaranti. Tasmiṃ samaye rājagahaseṭṭhi gaṅgāya jālaṃ bandhitvā kīḷanto rattacandanaghaṭikaṃ disvā amhākaṃ gehe candanāni bahūni, imaṃ bhamaṃ āropetvā tena bhamakārehi pattaṃ likhāpetvā veḷuparamparāya laggetvā ‘‘ye imaṃ pattaṃ iddhiyā āgantvā gaṇhanti, tesaṃ bhattiko bhavissāmī’’ti bheriṃ carāpesi.
那时,外道们商量说:“我们现在完了,我们现在彻底完了!”尼乾陀·若提子便对自己的徒众这样说:“我要走到竹林附近,在虚空中做出飞跃的姿势,你们就抓住我的肩膀拦住我,说:‘你们不要为了那个死尸木头做的钵去施展神通。’”他们就照这样过去,照这样做了。巴利
Tadā titthiyā ‘‘naṭṭhamhā dāni naṭṭhamhā dānī’’ti mantetvā nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto sakaparisaṃ evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ veḷusamīpaṃ gantvā ākāse ullaṅganākāraṃ karomi, ‘tumhe chavadārumayaṃ pattaṃ paṭicca mā iddhiṃ karothā’ti maṃ khandhe gahetvā vārethā’’ti, te tathā gantvā tathā akaṃsu.
那时,宾头卢婆罗堕阇和目犍连站在三伽浮他高的石山顶上,为了托钵取食而披上袈裟,听到了那片喧哗声。他们两人中,目犍连对宾头卢婆罗堕阇说:“你用神通从空中飞去,把那个钵拿过来吧。”宾头卢婆罗堕阇回答:“尊者,您才是被世尊安立为神通第一的人,应该您去拿。”目犍连还是命令他:“我让你去,你就去拿。”宾头卢婆罗堕阇被这样命令后,用脚掌把整座三伽浮他高的石山粘住提了起来,像锅盖一样,覆盖了整个王舍城。那时,城里的居民看见这位长老就像一根红线穿过水晶山一样,都大声呼喊:“婆罗堕阇尊者,请保护我们!”大家惊恐害怕,纷纷把簸箕之类的东西顶在头上。于是,长老把石山放回原处,以神通力飞去,拿到了那个钵。这时,城里的居民发出了巨大的喧哗声。巴利
Tadā piṇḍolabhāradvājo ca moggallāno ca tigāvute selapabbatamatthake ṭhatvā piṇḍapātagaṇhanatthāya cīvaraṃ pārupantā taṃ kolāhalaṃ suṇiṃsu. Tesu moggallāno piṇḍolabhāradvājaṃ ‘‘tvaṃ ākāsena gantvā taṃ pattaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti āha. So ‘‘bhante, tumheyeva bhagavatā iddhimantānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapitā, tumheva gaṇhathā’’ti āha. Tathāpi ‘‘mayā āṇatto tvameva gaṇhāhī’’ti āṇatto attanā ṭhitaṃ tigāvutaṃ selapabbataṃ pādatale laggetvā ukkhaliyā pidhānaṃ viya sakalarājagahanagaraṃ chādesi, tadā nagaravāsino phaḷikapabbate āvutaṃ rattasuttamiva taṃ theraṃ passitvā ‘‘bhante bhāradvāja, amhe rakkhathā’’ti ugghosayiṃsu, bhītā suppādīni sīse akaṃsu. Tadā thero taṃ pabbataṃ ṭhitaṭṭhāne vissajjetvā iddhiyā gantvā taṃ pattaṃ aggahesi, tadā nagaravāsino mahākolāhalamakaṃsu.
世尊坐在竹林精舍里,听到那个声音,就问阿难:“这是什么声音?”阿难回答说:“尊者,因为宾头卢婆罗堕阇拿到了那个钵,城里居民满心欢喜,就发出了这样的欢呼声。”于是,世尊为了将来遮止他人的讥嫌毁谤,就让人把那个钵取来,打碎后磨成眼药粉,分给比丘们。分给比丘们之后,世尊又制定了这条学处:“比丘们,不应当示现神通变化,谁示现,就犯恶作罪。”巴利
Bhagavā veḷuvanārāme nisinno taṃ saddaṃ sutvā ‘‘kiṃ eso saddo’’ti ānandaṃ pucchi. ‘‘Bhāradvājena, bhante, pattassa gahitattā santuṭṭhā nagaravāsino ukkuṭṭhisaddamakaṃsū’’ti āha. Tadā bhagavā āyatiṃ parūpavādamocanatthaṃ taṃ pattaṃ āharāpetvā bhedāpetvā añjanupapisanaṃ katvā bhikkhūnaṃ dāpesi, dāpetvā ca pana ‘‘na, bhikkhave, iddhivikubbanā kātabbā, yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 252 thokaṃ visadisaṃ) sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpesi.
外道们听说沙门乔达摩为弟子们制定了学处,那些弟子就算丢掉性命也不违犯,于是到处聚成一堆一堆地嚷嚷:“我们要显神通了。”频婆娑罗王听到这话,就来到世尊面前,顶礼之后坐在一边,对世尊这样说:“尊者,外道们在到处宣扬‘我们要显神通’。”世尊说:“大王,我也会显。”国王说:“尊者,世尊不是已经为弟子们制定了学处吗?”世尊说:“大王,我正要问你这件事:假如有人在你园子里偷吃芒果之类,你定下‘罚这么多’的罚金,这条罚则是不是也把你一起算进去了?”国王说:“尊者,罚则管不到我。”世尊说:“正是这样,大王,我制定的学处,对我并不适用。”国王问:“尊者,神通要在哪里显现?”世尊说:“大王,在舍卫城附近的甘达芒果树下。”国王说:“太好了,尊者,我们要去看。”外道们听说“神通要在甘达芒果树下显现”,就派人把城郊的芒果树都砍了。城中居民在大广场上搭起了层层高床和看台。整个赡部洲的居民都聚拢过来,光是向东一个方向,人群就铺开了十二由旬。其他几个方向也同样挤满了人。巴利
Tato titthiyā ‘‘samaṇena kira gotamena sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, te jīvitahetupi taṃ nātikkamanti, mayaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissāmā’’ti tattha tattha rāsibhūtā kolāhalamakaṃsu. Atha rājā bimbisāro taṃ sutvā bhagavato santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisinno bhagavantamevamāha – ‘‘titthiyā, bhante, ‘iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissāmā’ti ugghosentī’’ti. ‘‘Ahampi, mahārāja, karissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, bhante, bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññatta’’nti. ‘‘Tameva, mahārāja, pucchissāmi, tavuyyāne ambaphalādīni khādantānaṃ ‘ettako daṇḍo’ti daṇḍaṃ ṭhapento tavāpi ekato katvā ṭhapesī’’ti. ‘‘Na mayhaṃ, bhante, daṇḍo’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, mahārāja, na mayhaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ atthī’’ti. ‘‘Kattha, bhante, pāṭihāriyaṃ bhavissatī’’ti? ‘‘Sāvatthiyā samīpe kaṇḍambarukkhamūle, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante, taṃ passissāmā’’ti. Tato titthiyā ‘‘kaṇḍambarukkhamūle kira pāṭihāriyaṃ bhavissatī’’ti sutvā nagarassa sāmantā ambarukkhe chedāpesuṃ, nāgarā mahāaṅgaṇaṭṭhāne mañcātimañcaṃ aṭṭādayo bandhiṃsu, sakalajambudīpavāsino rāsibhūtā puratthimadisāyameva dvādasayojanāni pharitvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Sesadisāsupi tadanurūpenākārena sannipatiṃsu.
世尊也在阿沙荼月满月日那天,清晨做完该做的事,就去了那个地方坐下。就在那时,一个叫甘达的守园人在蚁丘里看到一颗熟透的芒果,心想:“我要是把这颗芒果献给国王,就能得到钱之类的报酬;可要是供养给世尊,今生来世都能得到福报。”于是就把芒果献给了世尊。世尊收下后,吩咐阿难长老:“把这颗芒果捣碎,做成饮料拿来。”长老照办了。世尊喝了芒果汁,把果核交给守园人,说:“把它种下去。”守园人拨开沙土,把果核种下,阿难长老用水罐浇水。就在那一刻,芒果幼苗破土而出,在众人眼前,长出了枝干、花、果和嫩叶,成了一棵茂盛的大树。整个赡部洲的人都来吃落下的芒果,怎么吃也吃不完。巴利
Bhagavāpi kāle sampatte āsāḷhipuṇṇamāsiyaṃ pātova kattabbakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ gantvā nisīdi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe kaṇḍo nāma uyyānapālo kipillikapuṭe supakkaṃ ambaphalaṃ disvā ‘‘sacāhaṃ imaṃ rañño dadeyyaṃ, kahāpaṇādisāraṃ labheyyaṃ, bhagavato upanāmite pana idhalokaparalokesu sampatti bhavissatī’’ti bhagavato upanāmesi. Bhagavā taṃ paṭiggahetvā ānandattheraṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘imaṃ phalaṃ madditvā pānaṃ dehī’’ti. Thero tathā akāsi. Bhagavā ambarasaṃ pivitvā ambaṭṭhiṃ uyyānapālassa datvā ‘‘imaṃ ropehī’’ti āha. So vālukaṃ viyūhitvā taṃ ropesi, ānandatthero kuṇḍikāya udakaṃ āsiñci. Tasmiṃ khaṇe ambaṅkuro uṭṭhahitvā mahājanassa passantasseva sākhāviṭapapupphaphalapallavabharito paññāyittha. Patitaṃ ambaphalaṃ khādantā sakalajambudīpavāsino khayaṃ pāpetuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu.
那时,世尊从东边的轮围山到西边的轮围山,在这整个轮围山范围内,于大须弥山顶变现出一条横跨东西的宝石经行道,在众多会众中作狮子吼,按照《法句注》中所说的方式示现大神变,摧伏外道,使他们遭受挫败。神变结束后,依照过去诸佛的惯例,前往三十三天,在那里入雨安居,整整三个月不间断地宣说阿毗达摩,使以母亲为首的众多天神证得入流道。雨安居结束后,举行天降,在无数天神和梵天众的围绕下,降至僧伽舍城的城门,做了利益世间的事。那时,世尊获得的利养和恭敬遍满整个赡部洲,就像五条大河奔流一样。巴利
Atha bhagavā puratthimacakkavāḷato yāva pacchimacakkavāḷaṃ, tāva imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe mahāmerumuddhani ratanacaṅkamaṃ māpetvā anekaparisāhi sīhanādaṃ nadāpento dhammapadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayena mahāiddhipāṭihāriyaṃ katvā titthiye madditvā te vippakāraṃ pāpetvā pāṭihīrāvasāne purimabuddhāciṇṇavasena tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ gantvā tattha vassaṃvuṭṭho nirantaraṃ temāsaṃ abhidhammaṃ desetvā mātuppamukhānaṃ anekadevatānaṃ sotāpattimaggādhigamanaṃ katvā, vuṭṭhavasso devorohanaṃ katvā anekadevabrahmagaṇaparivuto saṅkassapuradvāraṃ oruyha lokānuggahaṃ akāsi. Tadā bhagavato lābhasakkāro jambudīpamajjhottharamāno pañcamahāgaṅgā viya ahosi.
那时,外道们失去了利养和恭敬,痛苦忧愁,垂头丧气,低头而坐。当时,他们的一位近事女名叫旃遮摩纳维,容貌极其美丽,看见他们那样坐着,就问道:“尊者,你们为什么这样痛苦忧愁地坐着?”外道们说:“姊妹,你倒是很悠闲啊?”“尊者,怎么了?”“姊妹,自从沙门乔达摩出现以来,我们的利养和恭敬就被破坏了,城里的人根本不把我们放在眼里。”“那我能做些什么呢?”“你应该去毁谤沙门乔达摩。”她说:“这事包在我身上,不算什么。”于是她便积极行动,在非时进入祇园精舍,住在外道们的住处附近。第二天清晨,城里人拿着香花等物前去礼敬世尊时,她也装作从祇园精舍出来的样子走出来。有人问她:“你在哪里睡的?”她答道:“我在哪里睡,关你们什么事?”说完就走了。后来随着时日过去,又有人问起时,她便说:“我和沙门乔达摩在同一间香室里睡了一夜,刚从那里出来。”那些愚痴的凡夫信以为真,有智慧的贤者以及入流者等人则不信。有一天,她把一块圆木绑在肚子上,外面披上红衣,来到有国王和大众在场、世尊正在说法的地方,对世尊这样说:“喂,沙门!你在说法,可对我这个因你而怀孕的人,却连蒜和胡椒之类都不给我张罗?”世尊说:“姊妹,这件事是否属实,只有你自己知道,我也知道。”她便说:“正是如此!交合的时候,只有那两个人自己知道,别人并不知道。”巴利
Atha titthiyā parihīnalābhasakkārā dukkhī dummanā pattakkhandhā adhomukhā nisīdiṃsu. Tadā tesaṃ upāsikā ciñcamāṇavikā nāma ativiya rūpaggappattā te tathā nisinne disvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, evaṃdukkhī dummanā nisinnā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, bhagini, appossukkāsī’’ti? ‘‘Kiṃ, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Bhagini, samaṇassa gotamassa uppādakālato paṭṭhāya mayaṃ hatalābhasakkārā, nagaravāsino amhe na kiñci maññantī’’ti. ‘‘Mayā ettha kiṃ kātabba’’nti? ‘‘Tayā samaṇassa gotamassa avaṇṇaṃ uppādetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Sā ‘‘na mayhaṃ bhāro’’ti vatvā tattha ussāhaṃ karontī vikāle jetavanavihāraṃ gantvā titthiyānaṃ upassaye vasitvā pāto nagaravāsīnaṃ gandhādīni gahetvā bhagavantaṃ vandanatthāya gamanasamaye jetavanā viya nikkhantā, ‘‘kattha sayitā’’ti puṭṭhā ‘‘kiṃ tumhākaṃ mama sayitaṭṭhānenā’’ti vatvā pakkāmi. Sā kamena gacchante kāle pucchitā ‘‘samaṇenāhaṃ gotamena ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ sayitvā nikkhantā’’ti āha. Taṃ bālaputhujjanā saddahiṃsu, paṇḍitā sotāpannādayo na saddahiṃsu. Ekadivasaṃ sā dārumaṇḍalaṃ udare bandhitvā upari rattapaṭaṃ paridahitvā gantvā sarājikāya parisāya dhammadesanatthāya nisinnaṃ bhagavantaṃ evamāha – ‘‘bho samaṇa, tvaṃ dhammaṃ desesi, tuyhaṃ paṭicca uppannadārakagabbhiniyā mayhaṃ lasuṇamaricādīni na vicāresī’’ti? ‘‘Tathābhāvaṃ, bhagini, tvañceva pajānāsi, ahañcā’’ti. Sā ‘‘evameva methunasaṃsaggasamayaṃ dveyeva jānanti, na aññe’’ti āha.
就在那一刻,帝释天的黄毯石座现出热相。帝释天观察后明白了缘由,便命令两位天子:“你们中一位化作鼠形,咬断她绑扎木轮的带子;另一位发起一阵旋风,将她披裹的衣布向上掀起。”两位天子便去如此而行。木轮坠下,砸碎了她的脚背。聚集在法堂中的凡夫众全都站起来说:“唉!你这恶贼!对如此三界之主的世尊,你竟作出这般诽谤!”众人各给她一拳,将她逐出法堂。当她从众人视线中消失时,大地裂开了缝隙。就在那时,无间地狱的火焰升腾而起,犹如用她家传的红毛毯覆盖她一般,将她投入了无间地狱。从此,世尊的利养与恭敬更为超胜。因此这么说:巴利
Tasmiṃ khaṇe sakkassa paṇḍukambalasilāsanaṃ uṇhākāraṃ dassesi. Sakko āvajjento taṃ kāraṇaṃ ñatvā dve devaputte āṇāpesi – ‘‘tumhesu eko mūsikavaṇṇaṃ māpetvā tassā dārumaṇḍalassa bandhanaṃ chindatu, eko vātamaṇḍalaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā pārutapaṭaṃ uddhaṃ khipatū’’ti. Te gantvā tathā akaṃsu. Dārumaṇḍalaṃ patamānaṃ tassā pādapiṭṭhiṃ bhindi. Dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatitā puthujjanā sabbe ‘‘are, duṭṭhacori, tvaṃ evarūpassa lokattayasāmino evarūpaṃ abbhakkhānaṃ akāsī’’ti uṭṭhahitvā ekekamuṭṭhipahāraṃ datvā sabhāya nīhariṃsu, dassanātikkantāya pathavī vivaramadāsi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe avīcito jālā uṭṭhahitvā kuladattikena rattakambaleneva taṃ acchādetvā avīcimhi pakkhipi, bhagavato lābhasakkāro atirekataro ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –
一切征服者的佛陀有位名叫难陀的弟子;
我因为诽谤了他,长久在地狱里轮回流转。
我在地狱里轮回了整整一万年,很久很久。
我得到人身之后,却遭到了很多诽谤。
因为那残余的业力,旃遮摩纳维对我
他在大众面前用不实的话诽谤。巴利
‘‘Sabbābhibhussa buddhassa, nando nāmāsi sāvako; Taṃ abbhakkhāya niraye, ciraṃ saṃsaritaṃ mayā. ‘‘Dasavassasahassāni, niraye saṃsariṃ ciraṃ; Manussabhāvaṃ laddhāhaṃ, abbhakkhānaṃ bahuṃ labhiṃ. ‘‘Tena kammāvasesena, ciñcamāṇavikā mamaṃ; Abbhācikkhi abhūtena, janakāyassa aggato’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.70-72);
第三问中,“诽谤”就是恶口责骂、侮辱。据说在过去,菩萨出生在一个出身低微的家族里,当时是个名叫穆那利的骗子,因为结交恶人的力量,他辱骂了一位名叫苏拉比的独觉佛,说:“这个比丘是破戒的、有恶法的。”因为这种不善的口业,他在地狱里被烧煮了很多千年,到了这最后一生,依靠十波罗蜜圆满的力量而成佛,达到了利养和名声的顶峰。后来,外道们生起了劲头,心想:“我们怎样才能让沙门乔达摩名声扫地呢?”他们痛苦、沮丧地坐着。那时,有一个名叫孙德莉的游行女尼来到他们那里,行礼后站在一旁,看见他们沉默不语、什么也不说,就问道:“我有什么过错吗?”他们说:“沙门乔达摩正在伤害我们,你却满不在乎地待着,这就是你的过错。”她说:“那我为此能做什么呢?”他们说:“你能让沙门乔达摩名声变坏吗?”她说:“我能,诸位贤者。”从那时起,她就按下面说的那样,在人们都看得见的地方说:“我和沙门乔达摩在香室里睡过之后才出来的。”这样辱骂、诽谤。外道们也辱骂、诽谤说:“诸位请看,这就是沙门乔达摩干的事。”巴利
Tatiyapañhe – abbhakkhānanti abhi akkhānaṃ akkosanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto apākaṭajātiyaṃ uppanno munāḷi nāma dhutto hutvā dujjanasaṃsaggabalena surabhiṃ nāma paccekabuddhaṃ ‘‘dussīlo pāpadhammo ayaṃ bhikkhū’’ti akkosi. So tena akusalena vacīkammena bahūni vassasahassāni niraye paccitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve dasapāramitāsaṃsiddhibalena buddho jāto lābhaggayasaggappatto ahosi. Puna titthiyā ussāhajātā – ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho samaṇassa gotamassa ayasaṃ uppādessāmā’’ti dukkhī dummanā nisīdiṃsu. Tadā sundarī nāmekā paribbājikā te upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā ṭhitā tuṇhībhūte kiñci avadante disvā ‘‘kiṃ mayhaṃ doso’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Samaṇena gotamena amhe viheṭhiyamāne tvaṃ appossukkā viharissasi, idaṃ tava doso’’ti. ‘‘Evamahaṃ tattha kiṃ karissāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tvaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa avaṇṇaṃ uppādetuṃ sakkhissasī’’ti? ‘‘Sakkhissāmi, ayyā’’ti vatvā tato paṭṭhāya vuttanayena diṭṭhadiṭṭhānaṃ ‘‘samaṇena gotamena ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ sayitvā nikkhantā’’ti vatvā akkosati paribhāsati. Titthiyāpi ‘‘passatha, bho, samaṇassa gotamassa kamma’’nti akkosanti paribhāsanti. Vuttañhetaṃ –
在过去其他世里,我曾是个名叫Munāḷi的狡诈之徒;
我曾诽谤过一位无过失的、散发妙香的辟支佛。
因为那个业报,我在地狱里轮回了很久;
你受了数千年的苦受。
凭着那残余的业力,在这最后一生里;
我因为孙陀利迦这件事,遭到了诽谤。巴利
‘‘Munāḷi nāmahaṃ dhutto, pubbe aññāsu jātisu; Paccekabuddhaṃ surabhiṃ, abbhācikkhiṃ adūsakaṃ. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, niraye saṃsariṃ ciraṃ; Bahū vassasahassāni, dukkhaṃ vedesi vedanaṃ. ‘‘Tena kammāvasesena, idha pacchimake bhave; Abbhakkhānaṃ mayā laddhaṃ, sundarikāya kāraṇā’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.67-69);
第四问:诽谤,就是特别严重的辱骂和责难。据说在过去,菩萨出生在婆罗门家庭,博学多闻,受到很多人尊敬和供养。他出家修苦行,住在雪山,以林中树根和果实为食,同时教很多年轻人念咒。有一位证得五神通和八等至的苦行仙人来到他那里。那人一见到他,就因嫉妒而对这位没有过错的仙人诽谤说:“这个仙人是个贪图欲乐的人,是个骗子。”又对自己的弟子们说:“这个仙人就是这样行为不端的人。”那些弟子也照样辱骂他、责难他。他因为这种不善业的果报,在地狱里受了数千年的苦,到了这最后一生,成了佛陀,在利养和名声上都达到顶峰,像虚空中的满月一样广为人知。同样,外道们对诽谤还不满足,又制造了孙陀利的事。他们叫来一些酗酒的恶棍,给了贿赂,命令说:“你们把孙陀利杀了,然后用花环和衣服把她的尸体裹起来,丢在祇园大门附近。”那些人照办了。然后外道们向国王报告说:“我们找不到孙陀利了。”国王说:“去找找看。”他们就从自己丢尸的地方把尸体抬起来,放在担架上给国王看,然后在整个城里到处宣扬,败坏世尊和比丘僧团的名声。他们把孙陀利的尸体放在坟场的一个木架上。国王下令:“去查杀害孙陀利的凶手。”那时那些恶棍喝了酒,互相争吵说:“是你杀了孙陀利,是你杀的。”国王的差役把那些恶棍抓起来,带到国王面前。国王问:“喂,你们杀了孙陀利吗?”他们说:“是的,大王。”国王问:“是谁指使的?”他们说:“是外道们,大王。”国王就命人把外道们带来,绑起来,说:“喂,你们去到处宣布:‘我们是为了败坏佛陀的名声,自己叫人杀了孙陀利,世尊和他的弟子们并没有做这件事。’”他们照做了。全城的人都消除了疑惑。国王把外道们和那些恶棍处死,扔掉了尸体。从此,世尊的利养和恭敬更加增长。因此说——巴利
Catutthapañhe – abbhakkhānaṃ abhi visesena akkosanaṃ paribhāsanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto brāhmaṇakule uppanno bahussuto bahūhi sakkato pūjito tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā himavante vanamūlaphalāhāro bahumāṇave mante vācento vāsaṃ kappesi. Eko pañcābhiññāaṭṭhasamāpattilābhī tāpaso tassa santikaṃ agamāsi. So taṃ disvāva issāpakato taṃ adūsakaṃ isiṃ ‘‘kāmabhogī kuhako ayaṃ isī’’ti abbhācikkhi, attano sisse ca āha – ‘‘ayaṃ isi evarūpo anācārako’’ti. Tepi tatheva akkosiṃsu paribhāsiṃsu. So tena akusalakammavipākena vassasahassāni niraye dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve buddho hutvā lābhaggayasaggappatto ākāse puṇṇacando viya pākaṭo jāto. Tatheva titthiyā abbhakkhānenapi asantuṭṭhā punapi sundariyā abbhakkhānaṃ kāretvā surādhutte pakkosāpetvā lañjaṃ datvā ‘‘tumhe sundariṃ māretvā jetavanadvārasamīpe mālākacavarena chādethā’’ti āṇāpesuṃ. Te tathā kariṃsu. Tato titthiyā ‘‘sundariṃ na passāmā’’ti rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘pariyesathā’’ti āha. Te attanā pātitaṭṭhānato gahetvā mañcakaṃ āropetvā rañño dassetvā ‘‘passatha, bho, samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakānaṃ kamma’’nti bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca sakalanagare avaṇṇaṃ ugghosentā vicariṃsu. Sundariṃ āmakasusāne aṭṭake ṭhapesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘sundarimārake pariyesathā’’ti āṇāpesi. Tadā dhuttā suraṃ pivitvā ‘‘tvaṃ sundariṃ māresi, tvaṃ māresī’’ti kalahaṃ kariṃsu. Rājapurisā te dhutte gahetvā rañño dassesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ, bhaṇe, tumhehi sundarī māritā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, devā’’ti. ‘‘Kehi āṇattā’’ti? ‘‘Titthiyehi, devā’’ti. Rājā titthiye āharāpetvā bandhāpetvā ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, ‘buddhassa avaṇṇatthāya amhehi sayameva sundarī mārāpitā, bhagavā tassa sāvakā ca akārakā’ti ugghosathā’’ti āha. Te tathā akaṃsu . Sakalanagaravāsino nikkaṅkhā ahesuṃ. Rājā titthiye ca dhutte ca mārāpetvā chaḍḍāpeti . Tato bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya lābhasakkāro vaḍḍhi. Tena vuttaṃ –
我曾是婆罗门,多闻博学,受人敬重供养;
我在大林里,教导五百个青年念诵咒语。
那里来了一位名叫“怖畏”的仙人,他具备五种神通,拥有强大的神通力。
我看见他来了,就诬告这个没犯错的人。
那时我对弟子们说:这位仙人是个享受欲乐的人。
我说话的时候,那些青年也随喜赞同。
从那以后,所有的年轻学子,挨家挨户托钵乞食的
他们对大众说:这位仙人是享受欲乐的人。
因为那个业报,这五百位比丘,
所有人都因为孙陀利那件事而遭到诽谤。巴利
‘‘Brāhmaṇo sutavā āsiṃ, ahaṃ sakkatapūjito; Mahāvane pañcasate, mante vācemi māṇave. ‘‘Tatthāgato isi bhīmo, pañcābhiñño mahiddhiko; Tañcāhaṃ āgataṃ disvā, abbhācikkhiṃ adūsakaṃ. ‘‘Tatohaṃ avacaṃ sisse, kāmabhogī ayaṃ isi; Mayhampi bhāsamānassa, anumodiṃsu māṇavā. ‘‘Tato māṇavakā sabbe, bhikkhamānaṃ kule kule; Mahājanassa āhaṃsu, kāmabhogī ayaṃ isi. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, pañcabhikkhusatā ime; Abbhakkhānaṃ labhuṃ sabbe, sundarikāya kāraṇā’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.73-77);
在第五个问题中,“投掷石块”是说,他被嗔怒冲昏了心,就投出了石块。据说在过去世,菩萨和他的弟弟是同一个父亲所生的儿子。父亲去世后,他们因为奴隶的事争吵起来,彼此成了仇敌。菩萨仗着自己力气大,压住了弟弟,把石头扔到他身上。因为那个业报,他在地狱等处受了很多千年的苦,在这一世最后身中成了佛陀。提婆达多是罗睺罗王子的舅舅,过去做塞利商人时,曾和菩萨一起当商人。他们来到一个港口村,说:“你走一条街,我也走一条街。”两个人都进去了。在提婆达多走进的那条街上,只有一位年老富翁的妻子和她的孙女两个人。她们有一只沾满污垢的大金碗,放在别的器皿中间。老妇人不知道那是金碗,就说:“把这个碗拿去,给我孙女一些首饰吧。”提婆达多拿起碗,用针划了一下,知道是金碗,心想:“我只给一点点东西,就把它拿到手。”然后就走了。接着,他看见菩萨来到门口附近,就说:“孙女啊,夫人,请给我的龟甲筐一些首饰吧。”老妇人把菩萨叫进来,请他坐下,然后把那只碗给了他,说:“把这个拿去,给我孙女的龟甲筐一些首饰吧。”菩萨接过碗,知道是金碗,明白“他是被骗了”,就把自己包里放着的八个铜钱和剩下的货物都给了,把龟甲筐首饰戴到女孩手上,然后走了。那个商人回来后再问。老妇人说:“孩子啊,你没拿到,我的儿子给了这个那个,把碗拿走就走了。”他一听,就像心被劈开一样跑着追了上去。菩萨上了船,跳了进去。他喊道:“站住,别跑,别跑!”然后发愿说:“愿我在未来一生又一生中,都能毁掉你。”巴利
Pañcame pañhe – silāvedhoti āhatacitto silaṃ pavijjhi. Atīte kira bodhisatto ca kaniṭṭhabhātā ca ekapituputtā ahesuṃ. Te pitu accayena dāse paṭicca kalahaṃ karontā aññamaññaṃ viruddhā ahesuṃ. Bodhisatto attano balavabhāvena kaniṭṭhabhātaraṃ ajjhottharitvā tassupari pāsāṇaṃ pavijjhesi. So tena kammavipākena narakādīsu anekavassasahassāni dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve buddho jāto. Devadatto rāhulakumārassa mātulo pubbe serivāṇijakāle bodhisattena saddhiṃ vāṇijo ahosi, te ekaṃ paṭṭanagāmaṃ patvā ‘‘tvaṃ ekavīthiṃ gaṇhāhi, ahampi ekavīthiṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti dvepi paviṭṭhā. Tesu devadattassa paviṭṭhavīthiyaṃ jiṇṇaseṭṭhibhariyā ca nattā ca dveyeva ahesuṃ, tesaṃ mahantaṃ suvaṇṇathālakaṃ malaggahitaṃ bhājanantare ṭhapitaṃ hoti, taṃ suvaṇṇathālakabhāvaṃ ajānantī ‘‘imaṃ thālakaṃ gahetvā piḷandhanaṃ dethā’’ti āha. So taṃ gahetvā sūciyā lekhaṃ kaḍḍhitvā suvaṇṇathālakabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘thokaṃ datvā gaṇhissāmī’’ti cintetvā gato. Atha bodhisattaṃ dvārasamīpaṃ āgataṃ disvā ‘‘nattā, ayye , mayhaṃ kacchapuṭaṃ piḷandhanaṃ dethā’’ti. Sā taṃ pakkosāpetvā nisīdāpetvā taṃ thālakaṃ datvā ‘‘imaṃ gahetvā mayhaṃ nattāya kacchapuṭaṃ piḷandhanaṃ dethā’’ti. Bodhisatto taṃ gahetvā suvaṇṇathālakabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘tena vañcitā’’ti ñatvā attano pasibbakāya ṭhapitaaṭṭhakahāpaṇe avasesabhaṇḍañca datvā kacchapuṭaṃ piḷandhanaṃ kumārikāya hatthe piḷandhāpetvā agamāsi. So vāṇijo punāgantvā pucchi. ‘‘Tāta, tvaṃ na gaṇhittha, mayhaṃ putto idañcidañca datvā taṃ gahetvā gato’’ti. So taṃ sutvāva hadayena phālitena viya dhāvitvā anubandhi. Bodhisatto nāvaṃ āruyha pakkhandi. So ‘‘tiṭṭha, mā palāyi mā palāyī’’ti vatvā ‘‘nibbattanibbattabhave taṃ nāsetuṃ samattho bhaveyya’’nti patthanaṃ akāsi.
他因为过去的誓愿之力,在无数百千生中互相伤害。这一生他投生在释迦族,后来在世尊证得一切知智、住在王舍城时,他和阿那律等人一起到世尊那里出家,证得禅那,出了名。他向世尊请求一个恩典:“尊者,请让整个比丘僧团都受持常乞食等十三种头陀支,让整个比丘僧团都归我管。”世尊没有答应。提婆达多因此怀恨在心,退失了禅那,想杀害世尊。有一天,世尊站在维巴罗山山脚,提婆达多站在上面,推下一块山岩。由于世尊的威德,另一块山岩接住了那块落下的岩石。两岩相撞迸出的碎片飞过来,打中了世尊的脚背。因此说:巴利
So patthanāvasena anekesu jātisatasahassesu aññamaññaṃ viheṭhetvā imasmiṃ attabhāve sakyakule nibbattitvā kamena bhagavati sabbaññutaṃ patvā rājagahe viharante anuruddhādīhi saddhiṃ bhagavato santikaṃ gantvā pabbajitvā jhānalābhī hutvā pākaṭo bhagavantaṃ varaṃ yāci – ‘‘bhante, sabbo bhikkhusaṅgho piṇḍapātikādīni terasa dhutaṅgāni samādiyatu, sakalo bhikkhusaṅgho mama bhāro hotū’’ti. Bhagavā na anujāni. Devadatto veraṃ bandhitvā parihīnajjhāno bhagavantaṃ māretukāmo ekadivasaṃ vebhārapabbatapāde ṭhitassa bhagavato upari ṭhito pabbatakūṭaṃ paviddhesi. Bhagavato ānubhāvena aparo pabbatakūṭo taṃ patamānaṃ sampaṭicchi. Tesaṃ ghaṭṭanena uṭṭhitā papaṭikā āgantvā bhagavato pādapiṭṭhiyaṃ pahari. Tena vuttaṃ –
过去,我曾为了钱财杀害了同父异母的兄弟;
我把他扔进了险峻难行的山谷,还用石头砸他。
因为那个业报,提婆达多把戒扔掉了;
碎石片砸伤了我脚上的拇趾。巴利
‘‘Vemātubhātaraṃ pubbe, dhanahetu haniṃ ahaṃ; Pakkhipiṃ giriduggasmiṃ, silāya ca apiṃsayiṃ. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, devadatto silaṃ khipi; Aṅguṭṭhaṃ piṃsayī pāde, mama pāsāṇasakkharā’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.78-79);
第六问:所谓“碎石片击打”,就是用碎石片去打。据说过去菩萨出生在某户人家,年幼时在大街上玩耍,看见一位独觉佛沿街托钵乞食,就说:“这个剃头的沙门要去哪里?”于是捡起一块碎石片,朝他的脚底扔去。碎石片划破脚底的皮,血流了出来。因为这一恶业,他在地狱里受了几千年的大苦;即使成佛以后,也因为残余业力的缘故,脚底仍会因碎石片击打而流血。因此说:巴利
Chaṭṭhapañhe – sakalikāvedhoti sakalikāya ghaṭṭanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto ekasmiṃ kule nibbatto daharakāle mahāvīthiyaṃ kīḷamāno vīthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caramānaṃ paccekabuddhaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ muṇḍako samaṇo kuhiṃ gacchatī’’ti pāsāṇasakalikaṃ gahetvā tassa pādapiṭṭhiyaṃ khipi . Pādapiṭṭhicammaṃ chinditvā ruhiraṃ nikkhami. So tena pāpakammena anekavassasahassāni niraye mahādukkhaṃ anubhavitvā buddhabhūtopi kammapilotikavasena pādapiṭṭhiyaṃ pāsāṇasakalikaghaṭṭanena ruhiruppādaṃ labhi. Tena vuttaṃ –
从前我还是个小孩时,曾在大路上玩耍;
看见独觉佛之后,我在路上朝他扔了一片碎石。
因为那个业报,在这最后一生中,
提婆达多为了杀我,派出了刺客来害我。巴利
‘‘Purehaṃ dārako hutvā, kīḷamāno mahāpathe; Paccekabuddhaṃ disvāna, magge sakalikaṃ khipiṃ. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, idha pacchimake bhave; Vadhatthaṃ maṃ devadatto, abhimāre payyojayī’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.80-81);
第七问——那罗祇梨,就是那头名叫财护的象,被派去杀害世尊。据说在过去世,菩萨投生为象夫,骑着象到处游走,在大路上看见一位独觉佛,心里生起恶意,冷酷地想:“这个秃头是从哪儿来的?”就驱象去撞他。因为那个业,他在恶道里受了数千年苦,到最后一世才成佛。提婆达多拉拢阿阇世王做同伙,劝他说:“大王,您杀了父亲就能当国王,我杀了佛陀就能成佛。”有一天,得到国王允许后,他来到象舍,命令象夫们:“明天你们用十六坛烈酒把那罗祇梨灌醉,等世尊进城乞食的时候把它放出去。”全城顿时大乱,人们说:“我们要看佛陀龙象和象王大战!”大家在王宫大道两边搭起一层又一层的看台,一大早就聚了过来。世尊也整理好衣服,由比丘僧团围绕,进入王舍城乞食。就在那时,那些人按计划放出了那罗祇梨。那象一路横冲直撞,毁坏街道和十字路口。当时有个女人抱着男孩从一条街走到另一条街,象看见她就追了过去。世尊说:“那罗祇梨,你不是被派来杀她的,到我这里来。”象听到这个声音,就朝世尊的方向奔去。世尊把本可遍及无量世界、无边众生的慈心,只集中在那罗祇梨一头象身上。它被世尊的慈心触及,变得毫无恐惧,伏倒在世尊脚下。世尊把手放在它头上。那时,诸天、梵天等心生稀有惊叹,用花粉等供养。全城堆起了齐膝高的财宝。国王击鼓宣告:“西门的财宝归城中居民,东门的财宝归入王库。”大家都照办了。那时,那罗祇梨就得名“财护”。世尊随后前往竹林精舍。因此说道——巴利
Sattamapañhe – nāḷāgirīti dhanapālako hatthī māraṇatthāya pesito. Atīte kira bodhisatto hatthigopako hutvā nibbatto hatthiṃ āruyha vicaramāno mahāpathe paccekabuddhaṃ disvā ‘‘kuto āgacchati ayaṃ muṇḍako’’ti āhatacitto khilajāto hatthinā āsādesi. So tena kammena apāyesu anekavassasahassāni dukkhaṃ anubhavitvā pacchimattabhāve buddho jāto. Devadatto ajātasatturājānaṃ sahāyaṃ katvā ‘‘tvaṃ, mahārāja, pitaraṃ ghātetvā rājā hohi, ahaṃ buddhaṃ māretvā buddho bhavissāmī’’ti saññāpetvā ekadivasaṃ rañño anuññātāya hatthisālaṃ gantvā – ‘‘sve tumhe nāḷāgiriṃ soḷasasurāghaṭe pāyetvā bhagavato piṇḍāya caraṇavelāyaṃ pesethā’’ti hatthigopake āṇāpesi. Sakalanagaraṃ mahākolāhalaṃ ahosi, ‘‘buddhanāgena hatthināgassa yuddhaṃ passissāmā’’ti ubhato rājavīthiyaṃ mañcātimañcaṃ bandhitvā pātova sannipatiṃsu. Bhagavāpi katasarīrapaṭijaggano bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe vuttaniyāmeneva nāḷāgiriṃ vissajjesuṃ. So vīthicaccarādayo vidhamento āgacchati. Tadā ekā itthī dārakaṃ gahetvā vīthito vīthiṃ gacchati, hatthī taṃ itthiṃ disvā anubandhi. Bhagavā ‘‘nāḷāgiri, na taṃ hanatthāya pesito, idhāgacchāhī’’ti āha. So taṃ saddaṃ sutvā bhagavantābhimukho dhāvi. Bhagavā aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu anantasattesu pharaṇārahaṃ mettaṃ ekasmiṃyeva nāḷāgirimhi phari. So bhagavato mettāya phuṭo nibbhayo hutvā bhagavato pādamūle nipati. Bhagavā tassa matthake hatthaṃ ṭhapesi. Tadā devabrahmādayo acchariyabbhutajātacittā pupphaparāgādīhi pūjesuṃ. Sakalanagare jaṇṇukamattā dhanarāsayo ahesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘pacchimadvāre dhanāni nagaravāsīnaṃ hontu, puratthimadvāre dhanāni rājabhaṇḍāgāre hontū’’ti bheriṃ carāpesi. Sabbe tathā kariṃsu. Tadā nāḷāgiri dhanapālo nāma ahosi. Bhagavā veḷuvanārāmaṃ agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
过去我曾是驯象师,最殊胜的独觉佛。
他正在为乞食而游行时,我用大象去撞他。
因为那业的果报,那罗祇梨狂象
在狮子山这座最胜城中,凶暴地逼近了。巴利
‘‘Hatthāroho pure āsiṃ, paccekamunimuttamaṃ; Piṇḍāya vicarantaṃ taṃ, āsādesiṃ gajenahaṃ. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, bhanto nāḷāgirī gajo; Giribbaje puravare, dāruṇo samupāgamī’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.82-83);
第八问——“刀割”:所谓“刀割”,就是用刀剑把肿疮剖开,也就是用斧头之类的利器去切割。据说在过去世,菩萨曾是一个边地的国王。他因为结交恶人,又长期住在边地,变得奸诈凶暴。有一天,他手持利剑,徒步在城里游荡,见人就挥剑砍杀,伤害的都是无辜百姓。由于这种恶业的果报,他在地狱里受了数千年之苦,又在畜生道等恶趣中受苦;靠着剩余业力的牵引,到了最后这一世,即使已经成佛,仍然像前面所说的那样,被提婆达多扔来的石片击中,身上生出了肿疮。耆婆以慈心剖开了那个肿疮。对心怀敌意的提婆达多来说,造成佛陀流血的行为构成了无间业;而对心怀慈心的耆婆来说,剖开肿疮纯粹是福德。因此说——巴利
Aṭṭhamapañhe – satthacchedoti satthena gaṇḍaphālanaṃ kuṭhārāya satthena chedo. Atīte kira bodhisatto paccantadese rājā ahosi. So dujjanasaṃsaggavasena paccantadese vāsavasena ca dhutto sāhasiko ekadivasaṃ khaggahattho pattikova nagare vicaranto nirāparādhe jane khaggena phālento agamāsi. So tena pāpakammavipākena bahūni vassasahassāni niraye paccitvā tiracchānādīsu dukkhamanubhavitvā pakkāvasesena pacchimattabhāve buddhabhūtopi heṭṭhā vuttanayena devadattena khittapāsāṇasakkhalikapahārena uṭṭhitagaṇḍo ahosi. Jīvako mettacittena taṃ gaṇḍaṃ phālesi. Vericittassa devadattassa ruhiruppādakammaṃ anantarikaṃ ahosi, mettacittassa jīvakassa gaṇḍaphālanaṃ puññameva ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –
我曾是个国王,是步兵,用矛刺杀人;
因为那个业报,我在地狱里受尽剧烈煎熬。
靠着那业的残余,如今我这一切……
他把脚上的皮肤切开,因为业确实不会消失。巴利
‘‘Rājāhaṃ pattiko āsiṃ, sattiyā purise haniṃ; Tena kammavipākena, niraye paccisaṃ bhusaṃ. ‘‘Kammuno tassa sesena, idāni sakalaṃ mama; Pāde chaviṃ pakappesi, na hi kammaṃ vinassatī’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.84-85);
第九问——“头痛”:“头痛”就是头部疾病,也就是头部的疼痛。据说在过去世,菩萨出生在渔夫村,做了渔夫。有一天,他和渔夫们一起去捕鱼的地方,看见鱼被杀,心里生起了欢喜;同行的人也照样生起了欢喜。因为这种不善业,他在四恶趣中受苦之后,在这最后一生里,又和那些人一起投生在释迦王族中,逐渐成佛之后,自己也仍然承受头痛的果报。而那些释迦族人,正如《法句经注》里所说的那样,在毗琉璃王的战争中全都灭亡了。因此说:巴利
Navame pañhe – ‘‘sīsadukkhanti sīsābādho sīsavedanā. Atīte kira bodhisatto kevaṭṭagāme kevaṭṭo hutvā nibbatti. So ekadivasaṃ kevaṭṭapurisehi saddhiṃ macchamāraṇaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā macche mārente disvā tattha somanassaṃ uppādesi, sahagatāpi tatheva somanassaṃ uppādayiṃsu. So tena akusalakammena caturāpāye dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve tehi purisehi saddhiṃ sakyarājakule nibbattitvā kamena buddhattaṃ pattopi sayaṃ sīsābādhaṃ paccanubhosi. Te ca sakyarājāno dhammapadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.viḍaḍūbhavatthu) vuttanayena viḍaḍūbhasaṅgāme sabbe vināsaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –
我曾经出生在渔夫村,做过渔夫的儿子。
看见鱼被杀时,我生起了欢喜心。
因为那个业报,我头痛了起来。
当毗琉璃王屠杀时,所有释迦族人都被杀光了。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ kevaṭṭagāmasmiṃ, ahuṃ kevaṭṭadārako; Macchake ghātite disvā, janayiṃ somanassakaṃ. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, sīsadukkhaṃ ahū mama; Sabbe sakkā ca haññiṃsu, yadā hani viṭaṭūbho’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.86-87);
第十问的回答:“吃大麦”说的是在毗兰若吃大麦粒的事。据说过去世时,菩萨出生在某户人家。因为出身和愚痴的缘故,他看见普沙世尊的弟子们享用甘美的饮食、粳米饭等食物,就骂道:“喂,你们这些剃头的沙门,去吃大麦吧!别吃粳米饭!”由于这个不善业的果报,他在四恶道中受苦无数千年。到了这最后一生,他逐渐成就佛果,为利益世间而游化于村落、城镇和王都。有一次,他来到毗兰若婆罗门村附近一棵枝叶茂盛的苦楝树下。毗兰若婆罗门前来拜见世尊,用种种方式想驳倒世尊都没能成功,于是证得入流果,禀告世尊说:“尊者,请您就在这里结夏安居吧。”世尊默然应允。可是从第二天起,魔就蛊惑了毗兰若婆罗门村的全体居民。世尊进村乞食时,因为魔的干扰,连一个布施一勺饭的人都没有。世尊托着空钵,在比丘僧众的围绕下回来了。当地住着的马贩子们见世尊这样空手回来,就在那天做了布施。从那天起,他们邀请世尊和五百位比丘,把五百匹马的饲料分出一份,舂好大麦,放进比丘们的钵里。整个千轮围世界的天神,像须阇多煮乳粥那天一样,注入了天界精华。世尊受用了,就这样吃了三个月的大麦。三个月过后,魔的干扰消失了。在自恣日那天,毗兰若婆罗门想起这件事,生起极大的警醒,向以佛陀为首的比丘僧众做了大布施,顶礼并请求原谅。因此说道——巴利
Dasamapañhe – yavakhādananti verañjāyaṃ yavataṇḍulakhādanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto aññatarasmiṃ kule nibbatto jātivasena ca andhabālabhāvena ca phussassa bhagavato sāvake madhurannapāne sālibhojanādayo ca bhuñjamāne disvā ‘‘are muṇḍakasamaṇā, yavaṃ khādatha, mā sālibhojanaṃ bhuñjathā’’ti akkosi. So tena akusalakammavipākena anekavassasahassāni caturāpāye dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve kamena buddhattaṃ patvā lokasaṅgahaṃ karonto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu caritvā ekasmiṃ samaye verañjabrāhmaṇagāmasamīpe sākhāviṭapasampannaṃ pucimandarukkhamūlaṃ pāpuṇi. Verañjabrāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā anekapariyāyena bhagavantaṃ jinituṃ asakkonto sotāpanno hutvā ‘‘bhante, idheva vassaṃ upagantuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ārocesi. Bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena adhivāsesi. Atha punadivasato paṭṭhāya māro pāpimā sakalaverañjabrāhmaṇagāmavāsīnaṃ mārāvaṭṭanaṃ akāsi. Piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa bhagavato mārāvaṭṭanavasena ekopi kaṭacchubhikkhāmattaṃ dātā nāhosi. Bhagavā tucchapattova bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto punāgañchi. Tasmiṃ evaṃ āgate tattheva nivuṭṭhā assavāṇijā taṃ divasaṃ dānaṃ datvā tato paṭṭhāya bhagavantaṃ pañcasatabhikkhuparivāraṃ nimantetvā pañcannaṃ assasatānaṃ bhattato vibhāgaṃ katvā yavaṃ koṭṭetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pattesu pakkhipiṃsu . Sakalassa sahassacakkavāḷadevatā sujātāya pāyāsapacanadivase viya dibbojaṃ pakkhipiṃsu. Bhagavā paribhuñji , evaṃ temāsaṃ yavaṃ paribhuñji. Temāsaccayena mārāvaṭṭane vigate pavāraṇādivase verañjo brāhmaṇo saritvā mahāsaṃvegappatto buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā vanditvā khamāpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
我在弗沙佛的教法里,辱骂过他的弟子。
你们吃大麦、享用大麦吧,别吃粳米饭。
因为那个业报,我吃了三个月的大麦;
那时,我受到一位婆罗门的邀请,住在毗兰若。巴利
‘‘Phussassāhaṃ pāvacane, sāvake paribhāsayiṃ; Yavaṃ khādatha bhuñjatha, mā ca bhuñjatha sālayo. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, temāsaṃ khāditaṃ yavaṃ; Nimantito brāhmaṇena, verañjāyaṃ vasiṃ tadā’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.88-89);
第十一个问题:“背痛”就是背部的病痛。据说在过去世,菩萨出生在一个居士家庭,身体强壮,但个子有点矮。那时候有一个角力武士,在整个赡部洲的村镇和王都里到处参加角力比赛,把对手一个个摔倒,所到之处都赢了,渐渐来到菩萨住的城市,在那里也把人们摔倒,然后准备离开。当时菩萨心想:“这家伙在我住的地方赢了就想走。”于是走到城中心,拍手挑战说:“来,跟我比一场再走!”那人笑着说:“我摔倒的都是高大的人,你这么个矮子、侏儒,连我一只手都比不上!”于是拍手吼叫着冲了过来。两人互相抓住对方的手,菩萨把他举起来,在空中旋转后摔到地上,摔断了他的脊椎骨。全城居民高声欢呼,拍手用衣物、饰品等供养菩萨。菩萨让那个角力武士平躺下来,把他的脊椎骨接正,说:“走吧,从今以后别再干这种事了!”就让他走了。由于这个业报,他在一次又一次投生中,身体和头部等部位都遭受痛苦,在这最后一生中,即使已经成佛,也仍然遭受背痛等病苦。所以有时候背痛发作时,他就对舍利弗和目犍连说:“从今以后你们来说法。”然后自己铺好善逝的袈裟躺下休息。所谓业的牵引,连佛也摆脱不了。巴利
Ekādasamapañhe – piṭṭhidukkhanti piṭṭhiābādho. Atīte kira bodhisatto gahapatikule nibbatto thāmasampanno kiñci rassadhātuko ahosi. Tena samayena eko mallayuddhayodho sakalajambudīpe gāmanigamarājadhānīsu mallayuddhe vattamāne purise pātetvā jayappatto kamena bodhisattassa vasananagaraṃ patvā tasmimpi jane pātetvā gantumāraddho. Tadā bodhisatto ‘‘mayhaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne esa jayaṃ patvā gacchatī’’ti tattha nagaramaṇḍalamāgamma appoṭetvā āgaccha mayā saddhiṃ yujjhitvā gacchāti. So hasitvā ‘‘ahaṃ mahante purise pātesiṃ, ayaṃ rassadhātuko vāmanako mama ekahatthassāpi nappahotī’’ti appoṭetvā naditvā āgacchi. Te ubhopi aññamaññaṃ hatthaṃ parāmasiṃsu, bodhisatto taṃ ukkhipitvā ākāse bhamitvā bhūmiyaṃ pātento khandhaṭṭhiṃ bhinditvā pātesi. Sakalanagaravāsino ukkuṭṭhiṃ karontā appoṭetvā vatthābharaṇādīhi bodhisattaṃ pūjesuṃ. Bodhisatto taṃ mallayodhaṃ ujuṃ sayāpetvā khandhaṭṭhiṃ ujukaṃ katvā ‘‘gaccha ito paṭṭhāya evarūpaṃ mā karosī’’ti vatvā uyyojesi. So tena kammavipākena nibbattanibbattabhave sarīrasīsādi dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve buddhabhūtopi piṭṭhirujādidukkhamanubhosi. Tasmā kadāci piṭṭhidukkhe uppanne sāriputtamoggallāne ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya dhammaṃ desethā’’ti vatvā sayaṃ sugatacīvaraṃ paññāpetvā sayati, kammapilotikaṃ nāma buddhamapi na muñcati. Vuttañhetaṃ –
我在进行相扑时,把那位力士之子摔倒了;
因为那个业的果报,我有了背痛。巴利
‘‘Nibbuddhe vattamānamhi, mallaputtaṃ niheṭhayiṃ; Tena kammavipākena, piṭṭhidukkhaṃ ahū mamā’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.90);
第十二问中,atisāra(过度腹泻)指的是便血性腹泻。据说在过去,菩萨出生在一个居士家庭,靠行医维持生计。他治疗一位被疾病折磨的长者之子,配药、诊治,在应当给予药物的布施上疏忽大意,给了另一种药,导致病人上吐下泻。那位长者给了他很多钱财。由于这个业报,他在一次又一次投生的生命中都遭受便血腹泻的病症折磨。在这一最后一生中,般涅槃时,铁匠之子准陀为他烹煮了猪肉软食,全轮围界的天神在其中投入了天界养分,他吃下那食物的当下就发生了便血性腹泻。一万亿头大象的力量都耗尽了。世尊在毗舍佉月月圆日前往古西那勒准备般涅槃,途中在许多地方坐下,口渴时喝了水,历经巨大痛苦才抵达古西那勒,在破晓时分般涅槃。这样的业残报,即使对三界之主也不会放过。因此说道:巴利
Dvādasamapañhe – atisāroti lohitapakkhandikāvirecanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto gahapatikule nibbatto vejjakammena jīvikaṃ kappesi. So ekaṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ rogena vicchitaṃ tikicchanto bhesajjaṃ katvā tikicchitvā tassa deyyadhammadāne pamādamāgamma aparaṃ osadhaṃ datvā vamanavirecanaṃ akāsi. Seṭṭhi bahudhanaṃ adāsi. So tena kammavipākena nibbattanibbattabhave lohitapakkhandikābādhena vicchito ahosi. Imasmimpi pacchimattabhāve parinibbānasamaye cundena kammāraputtena pacitasūkaramaddavassa sakalacakkavāḷadevatāhi pakkhittadibbojena āhārena saha bhuttakkhaṇe lohitapakkhandikāvirecanaṃ ahosi. Koṭisatasahassānaṃ hatthīnaṃ balaṃ khayamagamāsi. Bhagavā visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ kusinārāyaṃ parinibbānatthāya gacchanto anekesu ṭhānesu nisīdanto pipāsito pānīyaṃ pivitvā mahādukkhena kusināraṃ patvā paccūsasamaye parinibbāyi. Kammapilotikaṃ evarūpaṃ lokattayasāmimpi na vijahati. Tena vuttaṃ –
我曾是个医生,给一位富商之子用了泻药。
因为那个业报,我得了痢疾。
胜者这样解说,在比丘僧团面前;
证得一切神通力的人,是在阿耨达大湖中。巴利
‘‘Tikicchako ahaṃ āsiṃ, seṭṭhiputtaṃ virecayiṃ; Tena kammavipākena, hoti pakkhandikā mamāti. ‘‘Evaṃ jino viyākāsi, bhikkhusaṅghassa aggato; Sabbābhiññābalappatto, anotatte mahāsare’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.91, 96);
这样,对于所承诺的提问,依安立论母的方式,不善的叙述就名为圆满,这里所说的“sudanti”就是如此,以这种方式,按下文所说的方式。“Sudanti”是一个不变词,用来补足语句。世尊具足福德、圆满波罗蜜的大士——巴利
Evaṃ paṭiññātapañhānaṃ, mātikāṭhapanavasena akusalāpadānaṃ samattaṃ nāma hotīti vuttaṃ itthaṃ sudanti itthaṃ iminā pakārena heṭṭhā vuttanayena. Sudanti nipāto padapūraṇatthe āgato. Bhagavā bhāgyasampanno pūritapāramimahāsatto –
具福者,已破者,勤行者,与福分离者。
世尊已受用食物,已往村中,因此在诸有之中被称为世尊。巴利
‘‘Bhāgyavā bhaggavā yutto, bhagehi ca vibhattavā; Bhattavā vantagamano, bhavesu bhagavā tato’’ti. –
具足如此功德的、超越天人的天、超越帝释的帝释、超越梵天的梵天、超越佛陀的佛陀——那位大悲的世尊,为了让自己的佛行与成佛因缘彰显出来、广为人知,便宣说了名为《佛譬喻》的、阐明成佛因缘的法门、说法、经。这就是“宣说了”“开示了”的意思。巴利
Evamādiguṇayutto devātidevo sakkātisakko brahmātibrahmā buddhātibuddho so mahākāruṇiko bhagavā attano buddhacariyaṃ buddhakāraṇaṃ sambhāvayamāno pākaṭaṃ kurumāno buddhāpadāniyaṃ nāma buddhakāraṇapakāsakaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ dhammadesanaṃ suttaṃ abhāsittha kathesīti.
2. 独觉佛譬喻的注释巴利
2.Paccekabuddhaapadānavaṇṇanā
接着,在结集《譬喻经》时,有人问:“贤友阿难,世尊是在哪里宣说独觉佛譬喻的?”他回答说:“那么,请听独觉佛譬喻。”关于这些独觉佛譬喻的含义,和前面所说的一样。巴利
Tato anantaraṃ apadānaṃ saṅgāyanto ‘‘paccekabuddhāpadānaṃ, āvuso ānanda, bhagavatā kattha paññatta’’nti puṭṭho ‘‘atha paccekabuddhāpadānaṃ suṇāthā’’ti āha. Tesaṃ apadānattho heṭṭhā vuttoyeva.
83 “请听”这句话,是为了说明它从何而生、如何产生,才接着说出“如来在祇园安住”等话。其中,在因祇陀太子而得名的精舍里,以四种威仪而住,或以天住、梵住、圣住而住。就像过去的毗婆尸等诸佛,圆满三十种波罗蜜之后而来,我们的世尊也是如此而来,所以叫“如来”。那位如来在祇园安住——这是上下文的关系。“韦提河牟尼”:生在毗提诃国的女子叫“韦提希”,韦提希的儿子就是“韦提希子”。“牟那”指智慧,凭智慧而到达、而行,所以叫“牟尼”。既是韦提希子又是牟尼,本该说“韦提希子牟尼”,但按照“插入字母”等语源规则,把i音变成a音,又省略了“子”这个词,所以说成“韦提河牟尼”。“诸比丘,在我的比丘弟子中,具念者、具勤者、正行者、多闻者、侍者,最上者就是阿难”——被安立在这个最上位的阿难尊者,便屈身、俯首、合掌,问道:“尊者,独觉佛是什么样的?”——这是文句的关联。那些独觉佛,是以什么因、什么缘而成、而生的呢?“英雄”是称呼世尊的话。巴利
83. ‘‘Suṇāthā’’ti vuttapadaṃ uppattinibbattivasena pakāsento ‘‘tathāgataṃ jetavane vasanta’’ntiādimāha. Tattha jetakumārassa nāmavasena tathāsaññite vihāre catūhi iriyāpathavihārehi dibbabrahmaariyavihārehi vā vasantaṃ viharantaṃ yathā purimakā vipassiādayo buddhā samattiṃsapāramiyo pūretvā āgatā, tathā amhākampi bhagavā āgatoti tathāgato. Taṃ tathāgataṃ jetavane vasantanti sambandho. Vedehamunīti vedeharaṭṭhe jātā vedehī, vedehiyā putto vedehiputto. Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ, tena ito gato pavattoti muni. Vedehiputto ca so muni ceti ‘‘vedehiputtamunī’’ti vattabbe ‘‘vaṇṇāgamo’’tiādinā niruttinayena i-kārassa attaṃ putta-saddassa ca lopaṃ katvā ‘‘vedehamunī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ satimantānaṃ dhitimantānaṃ gatimantānaṃ bahussutānaṃ upaṭṭhākānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando’’ti (a. ni. 1.219-223) etadagge ṭhapito āyasmā ānando nataṅgo namanakāyaṅgo añjaliko hutvā ‘‘bhante, paccekabuddhā nāma kīdisā hontī’’ti apucchīti sambandho. Te paccekabuddhā kehi hetubhi kehi kāraṇehi bhavanti uppajjanti. Vīrāti bhagavantaṃ ālapati.
84-85 接着,为了说明回答的方式,说了“那时,一切知者、最胜者、大仙”等话。他能像看掌中的余甘子果一样,了知一切过去等种种法,所以叫“一切知者”;他既是一切知者,又是最胜者、无上者,所以叫“一切知者、最胜者”。他寻求、遍求广大的戒蕴、定蕴、慧蕴、解脱蕴、广大的解脱知见蕴,所以叫“大仙”。那时,在被提问的时候,他以甜美的声音说出了这番悦意可人的话——这是文句之间的连接。贤者阿难,那些独觉佛,在过去诸佛、往昔诸佛那里已经做过该做的事,积集了福德资粮,却没有在胜者的教法中得到解脱、没有证入涅槃。他们所有这些独觉佛、这些坚定者,就是在这世间,以悚惧为入口,以一个人为主,修习精勤,而成为独觉佛——这是这段话的意思。极利慧,就是具有非常锐利的智慧。即使没有诸佛出现,即使没有诸佛的教诫和教授,他们也能仅仅依靠极微少、极细微的所缘,各自证得辟支菩提,即在正自觉者之后的那种菩提,证悟、通达它。巴利
84-85. Tato paraṃ vissajjitākāraṃ dassento ‘‘tadāha sabbaññuvaro mahesī’’tiādimāha. Sabbaṃ atītādibhedaṃ hatthāmalakaṃ viya jānātīti sabbaññū, sabbaññū ca so varo uttamo ceti sabbaññuvaro. Mahantaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ, samādhikkhandhaṃ, paññākkhandhaṃ, vimuttikkhandhaṃ, mahantaṃ vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ esati gavesatīti mahesi. Ānandabhaddaṃ madhurena sarena tadā tasmiṃ pucchitakāle āha kathesīti sambandho. Bho ānanda, ye paccekabuddhā pubbabuddhesu pubbesu atītabuddhesu katādhikārā katapuññasambhārā jinasāsanesu aladdhamokkhā appattanibbānā. Te sabbe paccekabuddhā dhīrā idha imasmiṃ loke saṃvegamukhena ekapuggalaṃ padhānaṃ katvā paccekabuddhā jātāti attho. Sutikkhapaññā suṭṭhu tikkhapaññā. Vināpi buddhehi buddhānaṃ ovādānusāsanīhi rahitā api. Parittakenapi appamattakenapi ārammaṇenapaccekabodhiṃ paṭiekkaṃ bodhiṃ sammāsambuddhānantaraṃ bodhiṃ anupāpuṇanti paṭivijjhanti.
86 在整个世间、在全部三界之中,除了我以外,没有任何人真正和诸辟支佛相等、相似。对于那些大牟尼、辟支佛们的这种功德、这种德性,哪怕只是一部分、只是一个概要,我现在就为你们好好地、善巧地宣说、讲述——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
86.Sabbamhilokamhi sakalasmiṃ lokattaye mamaṃ ṭhapetvā maṃ vihāya pacekabuddhehi samova sadiso eva natthi, tesaṃ mahāmunīnaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ imaṃ vaṇṇaṃ imaṃ guṇaṃ padesamattaṃ saṅkhepamattaṃ ahaṃ tumhākaṃ sādhu sādhukaṃ vakkhāmi kathessāmīti attho.
87 无师自悟、自己成为佛陀、自己通达的诸仙人之中,那些大仙人们善妙甘美的语句、感兴之语,就像一小片蜜糖、一小块蜜脾一样。你们所有渴望、希求无上之药、无上而无可超越的涅槃的人,都以极清净的信心、极清净的心意,来听、来作意。巴利
87. Anācariyakā hutvā sayameva buddhānaṃ attanāva paṭividdhānaṃ isīnaṃ antare mahāisīnaṃ madhūvakhuddaṃ khuddakamadhupaṭalaṃ iva sādhūni madhurāni vākyāni udānavacanāni anuttaraṃ uttaravirahitaṃ bhesajaṃ osadhaṃ nibbānaṃ patthayantā icchantā sabbe tumhe supasannacittā suppasannamanā suṇātha manasi karothāti attho.
88-89 88-89. “诸独觉佛之会集”:指已聚集、已出现的诸独觉佛,即阿利吒、优波利吒、多伽罗尸弃、有名声、喜见、阿西德……等数百位独觉佛。关于他们各自的圣传,即一代代逐一解说;他们如何见到过患,什么是离染之事、不耽着之因,又如何以何因由证得菩提、现观四道智。“于可染着事作离染想”:在可染着的事物——即所依之欲与烦恼之欲上,具有离染之想、已远离贪染之想。在有贪的世界、具有耽着自性的世间,他们生起了离染之心、不耽着之思。舍弃了“戏论”:贪是戏论,嗔是戏论,一切烦恼都是戏论。舍弃了称为戏论的诸烦恼;“战胜了颤动”:战胜了六十二种颤动的见解,正是以那个因缘如是证得菩提、现证辟支菩提智——这就是句意。巴利
88-89.Paccekabuddhānaṃ samāgatānanti rāsibhūtānaṃ uppannānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ. Ariṭṭho, upariṭṭho, tagarasikhi, yasassī, sudassano, piyadassī, gandhāro, piṇḍolo, upāsabho, nitho, tatho, sutavā, bhāvitatto, sumbho, subho, methulo, aṭṭhamo, sumedho, anīgho, sudāṭho, hiṅgu, hiṅgo, dvejālino, aṭṭhako, kosalo, subāhu, upanemiso, nemiso, santacitto, sacco, tatho, virajo, paṇḍito, kālo, upakālo, vijito, jito, aṅgo, paṅgo, guttijjito, passī, jahī, upadhiṃ, dukkhamūlaṃ, aparājito, sarabhaṅgo, lomahaṃso , uccaṅgamāyo, asito, anāsavo, manomayo, mānacchido, bandhumā, tadādhimutto, vimalo, ketumā, kotumbaraṅgo, mātaṅgo, ariyo, accuto, accutagāmi, byāmako, sumaṅgalo, dibbilo cātiādīnaṃ paccekabuddhasatānaṃ yāni apadānāni paramparaṃ paccekaṃ byākaraṇāni yo ca ādīnavo yañca virāgavatthuṃ anallīyanakāraṇaṃ yathā ca yena kāraṇena bodhiṃ anupāpuṇiṃsu catumaggañāṇaṃ paccakkhaṃ kariṃsu. Sarāgavatthusūti suṭṭhu allīyitabbavatthūsu vatthukāmakilesakāmesu virāgasaññī virattasaññavanto rattamhi lokamhi allīyanasabhāvaloke viratacittā anallīyanamanā hitvā papañceti rāgo papañcaṃ doso papañcaṃ sabbakilesā papañcāti papañcasaṅkhāte kilese hitvā jiya phanditānīti phanditāni dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni jinitvā tatheva tena kāraṇena evaṃ bodhiṃ anupāpuṇiṃsu paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ paccakkhaṃ kariṃsūti attho.
90-91 在一切众生中放下杖:所谓杖,就是威胁、砍劈、杀害、捆绑;把它放下、搁置起来。对一切众生中的任何一个,都不伤害、不恼害、不让它受苦,以慈心、以“愿一切众生快乐”的与慈俱行之心,希望他们得到利益、怜悯他们,也就是以利益为本质而怀着怜悯。或者,“在一切众生中放下杖”:“一切”是以一切方式、一切方面、毫无剩余、毫无遗漏、彻底穷尽的意思。“众生”指的是动者和不动者。那些渴爱、贪爱还没有断除的,以及那些怖畏、恐惧还没有断除的,就是动者。为什么叫动者?因为他们动摇、惊恐、遍惊、害怕、生起怖畏,所以叫动者。那些渴爱、贪爱已经断除的,以及那些怖畏、恐惧已经断除的,就是不动者。为什么叫不动者?因为他们稳固,不动摇、不惊恐、不遍惊、不害怕、不生起怖畏,所以叫不动者。巴利
90-91.Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍanti tajjanaphālanavadhabandhanaṃ nidhāya ṭhapetvā tesaṃ sabbasattānaṃ antare aññataraṃ kañci ekampi sattaṃ aviheṭhayaṃ aviheṭhayanto adukkhāpento mettena cittena ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhitā hontū’’ti mettāsahagatena cetasā hitānukampī hitena anukampanasabhāvo. Atha vā sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍanti sabbesūti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ. Bhūtesūti bhūtā vuccanti tasā ca thāvarā ca. Yesaṃ tasiṇā taṇhā appahīnā, yesañca bhayabheravā appahīnā, te tasā. Kiṃ kāraṇā vuccanti tasā? Tasanti uttasanti paritasanti bhāyanti santāsaṃ āpajjanti, taṃ kāraṇā vuccanti tasā. Yesaṃ tasiṇā taṇhā pahīnā, yesañca bhayabheravā pahīnā, te thāvarā. Kiṃ kāraṇā vuccanti thāvarā? Thiranti na tasanti na uttasanti na paritasanti na bhāyanti na santāsaṃ āpajjanti, taṃ kāraṇā vuccanti thāvarā.
有三种“杖”:身杖、语杖、意杖。三种身恶行就是身杖,四种语恶行就是语杖,三种意恶行就是意杖。对一切众生、一切有情,把这三种杖放下、搁下、卸下、彻底舍弃、止息,不为了伤害而拿起来——这就是对一切众生放下杖。不用手、石头、棍棒、刀、镣铐或绳子去伤害任何一个众生,也不去伤害一切众生中的任何一位。“不应希求儿子,何况同伴?”这里的“不”是否定词。“儿子”有四种:亲生的儿子、田生的儿子、别人给的儿子、弟子儿子。“同伴”是指:和他一起来时舒服,走时舒服,站时舒服,坐时舒服,打招呼舒服,交谈舒服,一起说话舒服的人。“不应希求儿子,何况同伴?”——连儿子都不应希求、不应接受、不应渴望、不应贪求、不应企求,何况是朋友、熟人、密友、同伴,怎么会去希求、接受、渴望、贪求、企求呢?“应像犀牛角一样独自游行。”那位独觉佛,以出家之义为“独”,以没有伴侣之义为“独”,以断除渴爱之义为“独”,以彻底离贪为“独”,以彻底离嗔为“独”,以彻底离痴为“独”,以彻底没有烦恼为“独”,以已走上唯一之道为“独”,以独自证悟无上辟支菩提为“独”。巴利
Tayo daṇḍā – kāyadaṇḍo, vacīdaṇḍo, manodaṇḍoti. Tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ kāyadaṇḍo, catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ vacīdaṇḍo, tividhaṃ manoduccaritaṃ manodaṇḍo. Sabbesu sakalesu bhūtesu sattesu taṃ tividhaṃ daṇḍaṃ nidhāya nidahitvā oropayitvā samoropayitvā nikkhipitvā paṭippassambhetvā hiṃsanatthaṃ agahetvāti sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ. Aviheṭhayaṃ aññatarampi tesanti ekamekampi sattaṃ pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā anduyā vā rajjuyā vā aviheṭhayanto, sabbepi satte pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā anduyā vā rajjuyā vā aviheṭhayaṃ aviheṭhayanto aññatarampi tesaṃ. Na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāyanti nāti paṭikkhepo. Puttanti cattāro puttā atrajo putto, khettajo, dinnako, antevāsiko putto. Sahāyanti sahāyo vuccati yena saha āgamanaṃ phāsu, gamanaṃ phāsu, ṭhānaṃ phāsu, nisajjā phāsu, ālapanaṃ phāsu, sallapanaṃ phāsu, samullapanaṃ phāsu. Na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāyanti puttampi na iccheyya na sādiyeyya na pattheyya na pihayeyya nābhijappeyya, kuto mittaṃ vā sandiṭṭhaṃ vā sambhattaṃ vā sahāyaṃ vā iccheyya sādiyeyya pattheyya pihayeyya abhijappeyyāti na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāyaṃ. Eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti so paccekasambuddho pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko, adutiyaṭṭhena eko, taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko, ekantavītarāgoti eko, ekantavītadosoti eko, ekantavītamohoti eko, ekantanikkilesoti eko, ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko, eko anuttaraṃ paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
这位独觉佛怎样以“出家”这一含义而称为独?因为他切断了一切居家生活的束缚,切断了妻子儿女的束缚,切断了亲属的束缚,切断了朋友同伴的束缚,切断了积蓄财物的束缚;剃掉头发和胡须,披上袈裟,从家里出来,进入没有家的出家生活,达到一无所有的境地,然后独自游行、安住、行动、运作、守护、维持、延续生命。这样,这位独觉佛就以“出家”这一含义而称为独。巴利
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko? So hi paccekasambuddho sabbaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhaṃ chinditvā, puttadārapalibodhaṃ chinditvā, ñātipalibodhaṃ, mittāmaccapalibodhaṃ, sannidhipalibodhaṃ chinditvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā nikkhamma anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā akiñcanabhāvaṃ upagantvā ekova carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpetīti evaṃ so paccekasambuddho pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko.
这位辟支佛怎样以“没有同伴”这一含义而独居呢?他这样出家之后,独自住在森林、荒野、偏远的坐卧处——那些声音少、喧闹小、远离人群、人迹罕至、适合独自禅修的地方。他独自站着,独自走着,独自坐着,独自躺下,独自进村乞食,独自返回,独自在僻静处坐着,独自经行,独自四处游走、安住、活动、做事、维持、延续生命、过日子。就是这样,他以“没有同伴”这一含义而独居。巴利
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho adutiyaṭṭhena eko? So evaṃ pabbajito samāno eko araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. So eko tiṭṭhati, eko gacchati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, eko paṭikkamati, eko raho nisīdati, eko caṅkamati, eko carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpetīti evaṃ so adutiyaṭṭhena eko.
这位辟支佛是怎样以断除渴爱这一点而成为“独”的?他独自一人,没有伴侣,不放逸,热诚,心志投向解脱,安住修行,勤修大精进。他击溃了带着魔军的魔罗——那牟质、黑者、放逸者的亲族——然后把那结网、四处蔓延、紧紧黏缚的渴爱彻底舍弃、驱除、灭尽,使它不复存在。巴利
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko? So eko adutiyo appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto mahāpadhānaṃ padahanto māraṃ sasenakaṃ namuciṃ kaṇhaṃ pamattabandhuṃ vidhametvā ca taṇhājāliniṃ visaritaṃ visattikaṃ pajahi vinodesi byantiṃ akāsi anabhāvaṃ gamesi.
以渴爱为伴侣的人,在漫长的轮回中不断流转;
此有与异有,不能超越轮回。
认识到这是过患,知道渴爱是苦的根源,
已离渴爱、不执取、具正念的比丘应当四处游行。巴利
‘‘Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhāna saṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. ‘‘Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, taṇhaṃ dukkhassa sambhavaṃ; Vītataṇho anādāno, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti. (itivu. 15, 105; mahāni. 191) –
这位辟支佛就是这样,因为断除了渴爱,所以称为“独一”。巴利
Evaṃ so paccekasambuddho taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko.
这位独觉佛怎么是“完全离贪”的独一呢?因为已经断除了贪,所以是“完全离贪”的独一;因为已经断除了嗔,所以是“完全离嗔”的独一;因为已经断除了痴,所以是“完全离痴”的独一;因为已经断除了烦恼,所以是“完全无烦恼”的独一。这样,这位独觉佛就是“完全离贪”的独一。巴利
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho ekantavītarāgoti eko? Rāgassa pahīnattā ekantavītarāgoti eko, dosassa pahīnattā ekantavītadosoti eko, mohassa pahīnattā ekantavītamohoti eko, kilesānaṃ pahīnattā ekantanikkilesoti eko, evaṃ so paccekasambuddho ekantavītarāgoti eko.
这位独觉佛是怎样“已走上唯一之道”而成为独一的呢?称为唯一之道的,就是四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八支圣道。巴利
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko? Ekāyanamaggo vuccati cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.
悲悯利益者、亲见生尽者,了知这条唯一之道。
过去的人沿着这条道渡过了,未来的人也会渡过,现在的人正在渡过那瀑流。巴利
‘‘Ekāyanaṃ jātikhayantadassī, maggaṃ pajānāti hitānukampī; Etena maggena tariṃsu pubbe, tarissanti ye ca taranti ogha’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 5.384; mahāni. 191) –
他就是这样走上那条唯一之道,所以称为“独一”。巴利
Evaṃ so ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko.
这位独觉佛为什么是“独一”呢?也就是说,他独自证得了无上的辟支菩提,所以称为“独一”。所谓“菩提”,指的是在四种道中的智,也就是慧、慧根、慧力、择法觉支、审察、观、正见。这位独觉佛以这种辟支菩提智觉悟了“一切行都是无常的”,觉悟了“一切行都是苦的”,觉悟了“一切法都是无我的”。他觉悟了“因为有无明,所以有行”,觉悟了“因为有行,所以有识”,觉悟了“因为有识,所以有名色”,觉悟了“因为有名色,所以有六处”,觉悟了“因为有六处,所以有触”,觉悟了“因为有触,所以有受”,觉悟了“因为有受,所以有爱”,觉悟了“因为有爱,所以有取”,觉悟了“因为有取,所以有有”,觉悟了“因为有有,所以有生”,觉悟了“因为有生,所以有老死”。他觉悟了“无明灭则行灭”,觉悟了“行灭则识灭”……中间省略……觉悟了“有灭则生灭”,觉悟了“生灭则老死灭”。他觉悟了“这是苦”,觉悟了“这是苦的集起”,觉悟了“这是苦的灭尽”,觉悟了“这是通向苦灭的道路”。他觉悟了“这些是漏”,觉悟了“这是漏的集起”……中间省略……觉悟了“这是道路”,觉悟了“这些法应当被证知”,觉悟了“这些法应当被断除”,觉悟了“这些法应当被现证”,觉悟了“这些法应当被修习”。他觉悟了六触处的集起、灭尽、滋味、过患和出离,觉悟了五取蕴的集起……中间省略……和出离,觉悟了四大种的集起、灭尽、滋味、过患和出离,觉悟了“凡是集起之法,全都是灭尽之法”。巴利
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho eko anuttaraṃ paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko? Bodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ (mahāni. 191; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 121). Paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo vīmaṃsā vipassanā sammādiṭṭhi. So paccekasambuddho tena paccekabodhiñāṇena ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti bujjhi. ‘‘Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘phassapaccayā vedanā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘upādānapaccayā bhavo’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘bhavapaccayā jātī’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti bujjhi. ‘‘Avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho’’ti bujjhi…pe… ‘‘bhavanirodhā jātinirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’ti bujjhi. ‘‘Idaṃ dukkha’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadā’’ti bujjhi. ‘‘Ime āsavā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’’ti bujjhi…pe… ‘‘paṭipadā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ime dhammā abhiññeyyā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ime dhammā pahātabbā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ime dhammā sacchikātabbā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ime dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti bujjhi. Channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca bujjhi, pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca…pe… nissaraṇañca bujjhi, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca bujjhi, ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti bujjhi.
或者也可以这样说:凡是应当了知、应当随了知、应当彻了知、应当正了知、应当证得、应当触达、应当现证的这一切,他都以那辟支菩提智了知、随了知、彻了知、正了知、证得、触达、现证。如此,这位独觉佛就是“独一”——因为他独自证悟了无上的辟支菩提,所以称为“独一”。巴利
Atha vā yaṃ bujjhitabbaṃ anubujjhitabbaṃ paṭibujjhitabbaṃ sambujjhitabbaṃ adhigantabbaṃ phassitabbaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ tena paccekabodhiñāṇena bujjhi anubujjhi paṭibujjhi sambujjhi adhigañchi phassesi sacchākāsīti, evaṃ so paccekasambuddho eko anuttaraṃ paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
“行”有八种(《小部·犀牛角经释》121):威仪行、处行、念行、定行、智行、道行、证得行、利世间行。其中,威仪行是指行于四种威仪;处行是指行于内六处和外六处;念行是指行于四念处;定行是指行于四禅那;智行是指行于四圣谛;道行是指行于四圣道;证得行是指行于四种沙门果;利世间行,则是完全行于如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者,部分行于独觉佛,部分行于声闻。巴利
Careti aṭṭha cariyāyo (cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 121) – iriyāpathacariyā, āyatanacariyā, saticariyā, samādhicariyā, ñāṇacariyā, maggacariyā, patticariyā, lokatthacariyā. Iriyāpathacariyāti catūsu iriyāpathesu, āyatanacariyāti chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu, saticariyāti catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu, samādhicariyāti catūsu jhānesu, ñāṇacariyāti catūsu ariyasaccesu, maggacariyāti catūsu ariyamaggesu, patticariyāti catūsu sāmaññaphalesu, lokatthacariyāti tathāgatesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu, padesato paccekasambuddhesu, padesato sāvakesu.
威仪行属于誓愿圆满的人,处行属于守护根门的人,念行属于安住于不放逸的人,定行属于致力于增上心的人,智行属于智慧成就的人,道行属于正确修行的人,得行属于已证得果位的人,利益世间行则属于如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者,部分属于独觉佛,部分属于声闻弟子。这就是八种行。巴利
Iriyāpathacariyā ca paṇidhisampannānaṃ, āyatanacariyā ca indriyesu guttadvārānaṃ, saticariyā ca appamādavihārīnaṃ, samādhicariyā ca adhicittamanuyuttānaṃ, ñāṇacariyā ca buddhisampannānaṃ, maggacariyā ca sammāpaṭipannānaṃ, patticariyā ca adhigataphalānaṃ, lokatthacariyā ca tathāgatānaṃ arahantānaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ, padesato paccekasambuddhānaṃ, padesato sāvakānaṃ. Imā aṭṭha cariyāyo.
还有另外八种行:以信心决意而行,就是依信而行;以精进努力而行,就是依精进而行;以正念现前而行,就是依念而行;令心不散乱而行,就是依定而行;以智慧清楚了知而行,就是依慧而行;以识知辨别而行,就是依识而行;这样行道的人,善法成为他的所依处,所以是依处而行;这样行道的人证得殊胜,所以是依殊胜而行。这就是八种行。巴利
Aparāpi aṭṭha cariyāyo – adhimuccanto saddhāya carati, paggaṇhanto vīriyena carati, upaṭṭhapento satiyā carati, avikkhepaṃ karonto samādhinā carati, pajānanto paññāya carati, vijānanto viññāṇacariyāya carati, evaṃ paṭipannassa kusalā dhammā āyatananti āyatanacariyāya carati. Evaṃ paṭipanno visesamadhigacchatīti visesacariyāya carati. Imā aṭṭha cariyāyo.
还有另外八种行:以“见”作为正见的行,以“导向”作为正思惟的行,以“摄受”作为正语的行,以“发动”作为正业的行,以“清净”作为正命的行,以“策励”作为正精进的行,以“安住”作为正念的行,以“不散乱”作为正定的行。这就是那八种行。巴利
Aparāpi aṭṭha cariyāyo – dassanacariyā ca sammādiṭṭhiyā, abhiniropanacariyā ca sammāsaṅkappassa, pariggahacariyā ca sammāvācāya, samuṭṭhānacariyā ca sammākammantassa, vodānacariyā ca sammāājīvassa, paggahacariyā ca sammāvāyāmassa, upaṭṭhānacariyā ca sammāsatiyā, avikkhepacariyā ca sammāsamādhissa. Imā aṭṭha cariyāyo.
“犀牛角喻”是这样的:就像犀牛的角,天生只有一个,没有第二个;同样,这位辟支佛就是那种状态,和它一样,和它相似。比如太咸了就叫“咸喻”,太苦了就叫“苦喻”,太甜了就叫“甜喻”,太热了就叫“火喻”,太冷了就叫“雪喻”,巨大的水聚就叫“海喻”,证得大神通力的声闻弟子就叫“师喻”。同样,这位辟支佛就是“犀牛角喻”,与犀牛角相似,与犀牛角同类,独自一个,没有伴侣,解脱了束缚,正确地在这世间行走、安住、行动、运转、守护、维持、活下去。所以说,应当像犀牛角那样独自而行。因此,辟支佛们说:巴利
Khaggavisāṇakappoti yathā khaggassa nāma visāṇaṃ ekameva hoti, adutiyaṃ, evameva so paccekasambuddho takkappo tassadiso tappaṭibhāgo. Yathā atiloṇaṃ vuccati loṇakappo, atitittakaṃ vuccati tittakappo, atimadhuraṃ vuccati madhurakappo, atiuṇhaṃ vuccati aggikappo, atisītaṃ vuccati himakappo, mahāudakakkhandho vuccati samuddakappo, mahābhiññābalappatto sāvako vuccati satthukappoti. Evameva so paccekasambuddho khaggavisāṇakappo, khaggavisāṇasadiso khaggavisāṇapaṭibhāgo eko adutiyo muttabandhano sammā loke carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpetīti eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāhu paccekasambuddhā –
于一切众生,放下棍杖,不伤害其中任何一个;
不应期求儿子,何况同伴?当如犀牛角一般独自游行。
和人来往多了,就会生出贪恋;有了贪恋,这份苦就跟着来了。
看清了由爱恋带来的过患,就该像犀牛角一样独自生活。
对朋友和密友怀着悲悯,心被系缚就会损害自己的利益;
见到这种亲密交往中的怖畏,便如犀牛角般独自游行。
就像缠结在一起的宽大竹丛,人对儿女和妻子的牵挂也是这样。
就像竹丛里的竹笋,互不纠缠粘连,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。
就像林中的鹿没有被绑住,想去哪儿吃草就去哪儿。
有智慧的人视世间为孤独,就该独自修行,像犀牛角一样独来独往。
在朋友中间会有交谈,在住处、停留处、路上、游行时也会有。
不贪求、持戒,看着这样的境界,就该独自而行,像犀牛角一样。
在朋友中间有嬉戏和欢乐,对子女也有深厚的爱;
厌离与所爱者别离,应如犀牛角独自游行。
四方无碍而无嗔,随所得而恒知足;
忍受诸危难而无畏惧,应如犀角独自游行。
有些出家人很难相处,也有一些在家人住在家里,同样很难相处;
不牵挂他人子女,应如犀牛角一般独自游行。
脱下在家人标志,像拘毗陀罗树落尽了叶子;
勇士已经斩断在家的种种束缚,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。
如果能找到一位有智慧的同伴,一起同行,安住于善行,坚定又明智;
战胜一切危难之后,当心意满足、具足正念而行。
如果找不到一位有智慧、能一起同行、善于共住且明智的同伴,
就像国王舍弃了已经征服的国土,他应当独自而行,如同林中大象。
确实,我们称赞同伴的具足,只有最胜或同等的同伴才值得亲近。
如果得不到这样的同伴,就该吃没有过失的食物,像犀牛角一样独自游行。
看见金匠之子精心打造得光亮闪耀的黄金,
两只手镯在一只手臂上互相碰撞,应像犀牛角一样独自而行。
像这样,如果有了第二个同伴和我在一起,就会有言语交谈,或者会有执著。
预见到未来有这样的恐惧,就该像犀牛角一样独自而行。
诸欲确实缤纷多彩、甜蜜诱人、令人心动,却以种种形相搅乱人心。
见欲功德中的过患,应如犀角独行。”
这于我是灾难,是疮疖,是祸殃,是疾病,是利箭,是恐惧。
看清了欲乐里的这种危险,就该像犀牛角一样独自而行。
寒冷、炎热、饥饿、口渴,风吹日晒,牛虻和蛇;
战胜了这一切之后,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。
就像一头大象舍弃了象群,身躯已经长成,如红莲般高贵庄严;
在森林里随自己高兴而住,应当独自一人行,像犀牛角那样。
喜欢群居的人,想体验到暂时的解脱,那是不可能的。
听闻太阳族人之教言已,应如犀牛之角,独自而行。
已经超越了邪见的荆棘,达到了决定之位,证得了圣道;
我已生起智慧,不依他人引导,应如犀牛角独自游行。
不贪求、不欺诈、无渴爱,不虚伪,已经洗净了烦恼污垢和愚痴;
于一切世间无所希求,应如犀牛角独自游行。
要避开恶友,避开那些教你做无益之事、走上邪路的人;
不应亲近沉溺、放逸之人,当如犀牛角独自游行。
应当亲近多闻、持法、崇高、有辩才的善友;
明白了种种道理、断除了疑惑之后,应当独自一人行走,像犀牛角一样。
不把世间的嬉戏、享乐和欲乐当回事,也不对它们抱有期待;
远离打扮装饰,说真实语,应当像犀牛角一样独自而行。
儿子、妻子、父亲、母亲,钱财、谷物与亲属,
舍断诸欲,各如其分,应如犀牛角独行。
这是束缚,这里的快乐很少,其中的滋味淡薄,苦却更多。
有智慧的人知道这是钩子,就该像犀牛角一样独自修行。
粉碎了诸结之后,就像水中的鱼冲破渔网,
犹如火焰不再返回已烧之处,如犀牛角般独自前行。
眼睛低垂,脚不乱走,守护感官,看住自己的心;
不染着、不被烧灼,应独自而行,如犀牛角一般。
脱下在家人的标志,就像波利质多树落尽了叶子。
身披袈裟衣,出家已,应如犀牛角,独自游行。
在种种味道上不产生贪着,不贪求,不养育别人,挨家挨户次第乞食;
对每一家都不执着于心,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。
“舍断心中五盖,驱除一切随烦恼,
不依赖任何事物,斩断爱恋的过失,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。
已把乐和苦抛到一边,先前就已舍弃了高兴和难过;
获得清净寂静的舍,应如犀牛角独自游行。
为了证得最高目标,他发起精进,心不退缩,不懈怠地行动;
坚定精勤,具足体力与精力,应如犀牛角般独自游行。
不舍弃独处静修与禅定,始终随法而行于诸法之中;
已洞察诸有的过患,应如犀牛角般独自游行。
一心追求渴爱的灭尽,不放逸,不愚痴也不沉默,多闻,具足正念;
已了知诸法、决定不移、具足精进,应独自而行,如犀牛角。
就像狮子听到各种声音也不害怕,就像风吹进网里也不会被缠住;
就像莲花不被水沾湿,应当像犀牛角一样独自而行。
就像狮子凭借牙齿的力量强行降伏,作为群兽之王,游行而行;
应亲近僻静的坐卧处,如犀牛角般独自游行。
修习慈、舍、悲、解脱,并于适时修习喜;
不与一切世间相争,像犀牛角一样独自游走。
舍弃了贪、嗔和痴,彻底摧毁了种种结缚;
于命尽时无所怖畏,应如犀角独行。
人们亲近和侍奉别人,都是有目的的;今天,不带任何目的的朋友实在难得。
求自利之慧的不净人,一人应独自游走,如犀牛角。巴利
‘‘Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, aviheṭhayaṃ aññatarampi tesaṃ; Na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāyaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Saṃsaggajātassa bhavanti snehā, snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti; Ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno; Eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Mitte suhajje anukampamāno, hāpeti atthaṃ paṭibaddhacitto; Etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Vaṃso visālova yathā visatto, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā; Vaṃse kaḷīrova asajjamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Migo araññamhi yathā abaddho, yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya; Viññū naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Āmantanā hoti sahāyamajjhe, vāse ca ṭhāne gamane cārikāya; Anabhijjhitaṃ seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Khiḍḍā ratī hoti sahāyamajjhe, puttesu pemaṃ vipulañca hoti; Piyavippayogaṃ vijigucchamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Cātuddiso appaṭigho ca hoti, santussamāno itarītarena; Parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Dussaṅgahā pabbajitāpi eke, atho gahaṭṭhā gharamāvasantā; Appossukko paraputtesu hutvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Oropayitvā gihibyañjanāni, sañchinnapatto yathā koviḷāro; Chetvāna vīro gihibandhanāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāridhīraṃ; Abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni, careyya tenattamano satīmā. ‘‘No ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāridhīraṃ; Rājāva raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya, eko care mātaṅgaraññeva nāgo. ‘‘Addhā pasaṃsāma sahāyasampadaṃ, seṭṭhā samā sevitabbā sahāyā; Ete aladdhā anavajjabhojī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Disvā suvaṇṇassa pabhassarāni, kammāraputtena suniṭṭhitāni; Saṅghaṭṭamānāni duve bhujasmiṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Evaṃ dutīyena sahā mamassa, vācābhilāpo abhisajjanā vā; Etaṃ bhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, virūparūpena mathenti cittaṃ; Ādīnavaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Ītī ca gaṇḍo ca upaddavo ca, rogo ca sallañca bhayañca metaṃ; Etaṃ bhayaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Sītañca uṇhañca khudaṃ pipāsaṃ, vātātape ḍaṃsasarīsape ca; Sabbānipetāni abhibbhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Nāgova yūthāni vivajjayitvā, sañjātakhandho padumī uḷāro; Yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Aṭṭhānataṃ saṅgaṇikāratassa, yaṃ phassaye sāmayikaṃ vimuttiṃ; Ādiccabandhussa vaco nisamma, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Diṭṭhīvisūkāni upātivatto, patto niyāmaṃ paṭiladdhamaggo; Uppannañāṇomhi anaññaneyyo, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Nillolupo nikkuho nippipāso, nimmakkha niddhantakasāvamoho; Nirāsayo sabbaloke bhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayetha, anatthadassiṃ visame niviṭṭhaṃ; Sayaṃ na seve pasutaṃ pamattaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ bhajetha, mittaṃ uḷāraṃ paṭibhānavantaṃ; Aññāya atthāni vineyya kaṅkhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ kāmasukhañca loke, analaṅkaritvā anapekkhamāno; Vibhūsaṭṭhānā virato saccavādī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Puttañca dāraṃ pitarañca mātaraṃ, dhanāni dhaññāni ca bandhavāni; Hitvāna kāmāni yathodhikāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Saṅgo eso parittamettha sokhyaṃ, appassādo dukkhamevettha bhiyyo; Gaḷo eso iti ñatvā matimā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni, jālaṃva bhetvā salilambucārī, Aggīva daḍḍhaṃ anivattamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Okkhittacakkhū na ca pādalolo, guttindriyo rakkhitamānasāno; Anavassuto apariḍayhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Ohārayitvā gihibyañjanāni, sañchannapatto yathā pārichatto; Kāsāyavattho abhinikkhamitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Rasesu gedhaṃ akaraṃ alolo, anaññaposī sapadānacārī; Kule kule appaṭibaddhacitto, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Pahāya pañcāvaraṇāni cetaso, upakkilese byapanujja sabbe; Anissito chejja sinehadosaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Vipiṭṭhikatvāna sukhañca dukkhaṃ, pubbeva somanassadomanassaṃ; Laddhānupekkhaṃ samathaṃ visuddhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Āraddhavīriyo paramatthapattiyā, alīnacitto akusītavutti; Daḷhanikkamo thāmabalūpapanno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Paṭisallānaṃ jhānamariñcamāno, dhammesu niccaṃ anudhammacārī; Ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesu, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Taṇhakkhayaṃ patthayamappamatto, aneḷamūgo sutavā satīmā; Saṅkhātadhammo niyato padhānavā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Sīhova saddesu asantasanto, vātova jālamhi asajjamāno; Padumaṃva toyena alimpamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Sīho yathā dāṭhabalī pasayha, rājā migānaṃ abhibhuyya cārī; Sevetha pantāni senāsanāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Mettaṃ upekkhaṃ karuṇaṃ vimuttiṃ, āsevamāno muditañca kāle; Sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Rāgañca dosañca pahāya mohaṃ, sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni; Asantasaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhi, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Bhajanti sevanti ca kāraṇatthā, nikkāraṇā dullabhā ajja mittā; Attatthapaññā asucīmanussā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里说到“于一切众生中”等语句,出自《犀牛角独觉佛譬喻经》。它的缘起是什么?一切经典的缘起共有四种:由自己的意乐、由他人的意乐、随事而发、以请问为归结。其中,《犀牛角经》总的来说,缘起是以请问为归结。但特别来说,因为在这部经里,有些偈颂是那位独觉佛在被请问之后说出的,有些则是没有被请问,随顺自己所证悟的道而自然发出的感兴语,所以有些偈颂的缘起是以请问为归结,有些则是由自己的意乐。这里,这个总的以请问为归结的缘起,应当从开头就这样来理解——巴利
Tattha sabbesu bhūtesūti khaggavisāṇapaccekabuddhāpadānasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Sabbasuttānaṃ catubbidhā uppatti – attajjhāsayato, parajjhāsayato, aṭṭhuppattito, pucchāvasitoti. Tattha khaggavisāṇasuttassa avisesena pucchāvasito uppatti. Visesena pana yasmā ettha kāci gāthā tena tena paccekabuddhena puṭṭhena vuttā, kāci apuṭṭhena attanā adhigatamagganayānurūpaṃ udānaṃyeva udānentena, tasmā kāyaci gāthāya pucchāvasito, kāyaci attajjhāsayato uppatti. Tattha yā ayaṃ avisesena pucchāvasito uppatti, sā ādito pabhuti evaṃ veditabbā –
有一次,世尊住在舍卫城。那时,尊者阿难独自静坐时,心里生起这样的念头:“诸佛的发愿与志行可见,声闻弟子的亦可见,但独觉佛的却不可见。我何不去世尊那里请问呢?”于是他从静坐中起来,来到世尊面前,按顺序请教了这个问题。当时,世尊便为他说了《前宿行处经》。巴利
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘buddhānaṃ patthanā ca abhinīhāro ca dissati, tathā sāvakānaṃ, paccekabuddhānaṃ na dissati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyya’’nti? So paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā yathākkamena etamatthaṃ pucchi. Athassa bhagavā pubbayogāvacarasuttaṃ abhāsi –
阿难,有五种利益能让过去已修习前行的修行者在现世就证得另一种果位。如果在现世没能证得另一种果位,那么就在临终时证得。如果临终时也没能证得,那么投生为天子时证得。如果投生为天子时也没能证得,那么在值遇诸佛面前时就能迅速证知。如果到最后时期,就成为独觉佛。巴利
‘‘Pañcime, ānanda, ānisaṃsā pubbayogāvacare diṭṭheva dhamme paṭikacceva aññaṃ ārādheti. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme paṭikacceva aññaṃ ārādheti, atha maraṇakāle aññaṃ ārādheti. Atha devaputto samāno aññaṃ ārādheti. Atha buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāve khippābhiñño hoti. Atha pacchime kāle paccekasambuddho hotī’’ti.
说完这些,他又说道:巴利
Evaṃ vatvā puna āha –
阿难,所谓辟支佛,是已经圆满誓愿、具备前世修行基础的人。因此,辟支佛、佛陀和声闻弟子,他们所有人的祈愿和誓愿,都应当被希求。巴利
‘‘Paccekasambuddhā nāma, ānanda, abhinīhārasampannā pubbayogāvacarā honti, tasmā paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ sabbesaṃ patthanā ca abhinīhāro ca icchitabbo’’ti.
他问道:“尊者,诸佛的誓愿要多久才能圆满?”阿难,诸佛的誓愿,按下限来说,是四阿僧祇劫加十万劫;按中限来说,是八阿僧祇劫加十万劫;按上限来说,是十六阿僧祇劫加十万劫。这些差别应当根据慧增上者、信增上者、精进增上者来理解。慧增上的人,信力弱,慧力锐利;信增上的人,慧力中等,信力锐利;精进增上的人,信力和慧力都弱,精进锐利。然而,如果不圆满四阿僧祇劫加十万劫,即使每天布施像须大拏王子那样的布施,并修集与之相应的戒等波罗蜜,也不可能在中途成佛。为什么呢?因为智慧还没有入胎,还没有广大,还没有成熟。就像需要三个月、四个月或五个月才能成熟的庄稼,如果时间没到,即使每天百次千次地玩弄它、给它浇水,也不可能在半个月或一个月内就让它成熟。为什么呢?因为庄稼还没有入胎,还没有长大,还没有成熟。同样,如果不圆满四阿僧祇劫加十万劫,就不可能在中途成佛。因此,必须按照所说的那样,用那么长的时间来圆满波罗蜜,以使智慧成熟。而且,在这段时间里,想要成佛、发起誓愿的人,还应当具备八种成就。这就是——巴利
So āha – ‘‘buddhānaṃ, bhante, patthanā kīva ciraṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Buddhānaṃ, ānanda, heṭṭhimaparicchedena cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca, majjhimaparicchedena aṭṭha asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca, uparimaparicchedena soḷasa asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca. Ete ca bhedā paññādhikasaddhādhikavīriyādhikānaṃ vasena ñātabbā. Paññādhikānañhi saddhā mandā hoti, paññā tikkhā. Saddhādhikānaṃ paññā majjhimā hoti, saddhā tikkhā. Vīriyādhikānaṃ saddhā paññā mandā hoti, vīriyaṃ tikkhanti. Appatvā pana cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca divase divase vessantaradānasadisaṃ dānaṃ dentopi tadanurūpe sīlādipāramidhamme ācinantopi antarā buddho bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Kasmā? Ñāṇaṃ gabbhaṃ na gaṇhāti, vepullaṃ nāpajjati, paripākaṃ na gacchatīti. Yathā nāma timāsacatumāsapañcamāsaccayena nipphajjanakaṃ sassaṃ taṃ taṃ kālaṃ appatvā divase divase satakkhattuṃ sahassakkhattuṃ keḷāyantopi udakena siñcantopi antarā pakkhena vā māsena vā nipphādessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Kasmā? Sassaṃ gabbhaṃ na gaṇhāti, vepullaṃ nāpajjati, paripākaṃ na gacchatīti. Evamevaṃ appatvā cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca antarā buddho bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Tasmā yathāvuttameva kālaṃ pāramipūraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ ñāṇaparipākatthāya. Ettakenāpi ca kālena buddhattaṃ patthayato abhinīhārakaraṇe aṭṭha sampattiyo icchitabbā. Ayañhi –
人的身份、性别的完备、内在的因由、能遇见导师;
出家、具足功德、资格与志欲;
八法具备,誓愿就成就。巴利
‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ; Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhati’’. (bu. vaṃ. 2.59);
Abhinīhāro(趋向/发愿)是“根本誓愿”的另一种说法。其中,manussatta 指投生为人。因为除了投生为人之外,在其他任何生处——比如投生为天人的状态——立下的誓愿都不会实现。所以,处在那种状态中的人如果想成佛,就应该通过布施等福德善业,先发愿投生为人,然后在获得人身的基础上立下誓愿。这样才会实现。Liṅgasampatti(性别具足)指男性身份。因为女人、非男非女以及双性人,即使投生为人,立下的誓愿也不会实现。所以,处在那种状态中的人如果想成佛,就应该通过布施等福德善业,先发愿获得男性身份,然后在获得男性身份的基础上立下誓愿。这样才会实现。Hetu(因)指证得阿罗汉果的助缘具足。凡是能在那一生中精勤而堪能证得阿罗汉果的人,他的誓愿才会实现,反之则不然,正如善慧智者那样。他曾在燃灯佛足下出家,以那一生即堪能证得阿罗汉果。Satthāradassana(见师)指亲见诸佛。这样才会实现,否则不然,正如善慧智者那样。他亲见燃灯佛后立下誓愿。Pabbajjā(出家)指出家离俗的状态。而这必须在佛教中,或在主张业论、作论的外道苦行游行者众中,才适合,正如善慧智者那样。他名为善慧,成为苦行者后立下誓愿。Guṇasampatti(具德)指获得禅那等功德。因为即使是出家者,也唯有具足功德者才能实现,反之则不然,正如善慧智者那样。他具足五神通并证得八等至后立下誓愿。Adhikāro(增上行)指增上行作,意为舍离。因为唯有以舍离生命等之后立下誓愿者才能实现,反之则不然,正如善慧智者那样。他——巴利
Abhinīhāroti mūlapaṇidhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha manussattanti manussajāti. Aññatra hi manussajātiyā avasesajātīsu devajātiyampi ṭhitassa paṇidhi na ijjhati, tattha ṭhitena pana buddhattaṃ patthayantena dānādīni puññakammāni katvā manussattaṃyeva patthetabbaṃ, tattha ṭhatvā paṇidhi kātabbo. Evañhi samijjhati. Liṅgasampattīti purisabhāvo. Mātugāmanapuṃsakaubhatobyañjanakānañhi manussajātiyaṃ ṭhitānampi paṇidhi na ijjhati. Tattha ṭhitena pana buddhattaṃ patthentena dānādīni puññakammāni katvā purisabhāvoyeva patthetabbo, tattha ṭhatvā paṇidhi kātabbo. Evañhi samijjhati. Hetūti arahattassa upanissayasampatti. Yo hi tasmiṃ attabhāve vāyamanto arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho, tassa paṇidhi samijjhati, no itarassa yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi dīpaṅkarapādamūle pabbajitvā tenattabhāvena arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho ahosi. Satthāradassananti buddhānaṃ sammukhādassanaṃ. Evañhi ijjhati, no aññathā yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi dīpaṅkaraṃ sammukhā disvā paṇidhiṃ akāsi. Pabbajjāti anagāriyabhāvo. So ca kho sāsane vā kammavādikiriyavāditāpasaparibbājakanikāye vā vaṭṭati yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi sumedho nāma tāpaso hutvā paṇidhiṃ akāsi. Guṇasampattīti jhānādiguṇapaṭilābho . Pabbajitassapi hi guṇasampannasseva ijjhati, no itarassa yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi pañcābhiñño ca aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī ca hutvā paṇidhesi. Adhikāroti adhikakāro, pariccāgoti attho. Jīvitādipariccāgañhi katvā paṇidahatoyeva ijjhati, no itarassa yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi –
佛陀已从我身上踩过,请带着弟子们一起走吧;
你们别在泥里踩踏他,这会对我有好处。巴利
‘‘Akkamitvāna maṃ buddho, saha sissehi gacchatu; Mā naṃ kalale akkamittha, hitāya me bhavissatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.53);
他这样彻底舍弃自身之后,就立下了誓愿。“志欲”就是指想要去做的意愿。谁的这种志欲强大,谁的誓愿就能实现。这种志欲应当这样理解:假如有人对某个人说:“谁愿意在地狱里被烧煮四个无数劫又十万劫之后,还想要成佛?”听了这话,如果有人敢说“我愿意”,那就应当知道他的志欲是强大的。同样地,假如有人对某个人说:“谁愿意踩过充满整个轮围世界、已经不再冒火焰的炽热火炭,还想要成佛?谁愿意踩着遍布整个轮围世界的锋利矛尖越过去,还想要成佛?谁愿意渡过满满当当、齐岸皆水的整个轮围世界,还想要成佛?谁愿意踩断密密覆盖整个轮围世界的竹丛,穿越过去,还想要成佛?”听了这话,如果有人敢说“我愿意”,那就应当知道他的志欲是强大的。善慧贤者正是具足了这样强烈的、想要去做的志欲,才立下了誓愿。巴利
Evaṃ attapariccāgaṃ katvā paṇidhesi. Chandatāti kattukamyatā. Sā yassa balavatī hoti, tassa ijjhati paṇidhi. Sā ca sace koci vadeyya ‘‘ko cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca niraye paccitvā buddhattaṃ icchatī’’ti. Taṃ sutvā yo ‘‘aha’’nti vattuṃ ussahati, tassa balavatīti veditabbā. Tathā yadi koci vadeyya ‘‘ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ vītaccikānaṃ aṅgārānaṃ pūraṃ akkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ sattisūlehi ākiṇṇaṃ akkamanto atikkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ samatittikaṃ udakapuṇṇaṃ uttaritvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ nirantaraṃ veḷugumbasañchannaṃ maddanto atikkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchatī’’ti, taṃ sutvā yo ‘‘aha’’nti vattuṃ ussahati, tassa balavatīti veditabbā. Evarūpena ca kattukamyatāchandena samannāgato sumedhapaṇḍito paṇidhesīti.
菩萨这样成就了誓愿之后,就不会落入这十八种不可能的情况。因为从那时起,他不会生来就是瞎子,不会生来就是聋子,不会发疯,不会哑巴,不会跛脚,不会投生在蛮族之中,不会出生在女奴的肚子里,不会持有决定性的邪见,不会转变性别,不会造下五无间业,不会得麻风病,不会在畜生道中体型小于鹌鹑,也不会大于大象,不会投生在受饥渴煎熬、被干渴烧灼的饿鬼中,不会投生在迦罗迦遮阿修罗中,不会投生在阿鼻地狱,不会投生在世界之间的地狱。但在欲界中,他不会成为魔罗;在色界中,他不会投生在无想有情处,不会投生在净居天;他不会投生在无色界;也不会转生到别的轮围世界去。巴利
Evaṃ samiddhābhinīhāro ca bodhisatto imāni aṭṭhārasa abhabbaṭṭhānāni na upeti. So hi tato pabhuti na jaccandho hoti na jaccapadhiro, na ummattako, na eḷamugo, na pīṭhasappi , na milakkhesu uppajjati, na dāsiyā kucchimhi nibbattati, na niyatamicchādiṭṭhiko hoti, nāssa liṅgaṃ parivattati, na pañcānantariyakammāni karoti, na kuṭṭhī hoti, na tiracchānayoniyaṃ vaṭṭakato pacchimattabhāvo hatthito adhikattabhāvo hoti, na khuppipāsikanijjhāmataṇhikapetesu uppajjati, na kālakañcikāsuresu, na avīciniraye, na lokantarikesu uppajjati. Kāmāvacaresu pana na māro hoti, rūpāvacaresu na asaññībhave, na suddhāvāsesu uppajjati, na arūpabhavesu, na aññaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ saṅkamati.
这四种佛陀地,就是精进、活力、坚定和利益行。他具足这四种。其中——巴利
Yā cimā ussāho ca ummaṅgo ca avatthānañca hitacariyā cāti catasso buddhabhūmiyo, tāhi samannāgato hoti. Tattha –
勇猛被说成精进,审察抉择被称为慧。
安住就是决意,利益行就是慈心修习。巴利
‘‘Ussāho vīriyaṃ vuttaṃ, ummaṅgo paññā pavuccati; Avatthānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, hitacariyā mettābhāvanā’’ti. –
应当知道:还有这六种志向——出离志、远离志、无贪志、无嗔志、无痴志、解脱志,它们都能促成菩提的成熟。菩萨因为具备这些志向,所以被称为:具备出离志的菩萨,能看见诸欲的过患;具备远离志的菩萨,能看见交际往来的过患;具备无贪志的菩萨,能看见贪欲的过患;具备无嗔志的菩萨,能看见嗔恚的过患;具备无痴志的菩萨,能看见愚痴的过患;具备解脱志的菩萨,能看见一切生存状态的过患。菩萨正是具备了这些志向。巴利
Veditabbā. Ye ca ime nekkhammajjhāsayo, pavivekajjhāsayo, alobhajjhāsayo, adosajjhāsayo, amohajjhāsayo, nissaraṇajjhāsayoti cha ajjhāsayā bodhiparipākāya saṃvattanti, yehi samannāgatattā nekkhammajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā kāmesu dosadassāvino, pavivekajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā saṅgaṇikāya dosadassāvino, alobhajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā lobhe dosadassāvino, adosajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā dose dosadassāvino, amohajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā mohe dosadassāvino, nissaraṇajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā sabbabhavesu dosadassāvinoti vuccanti, tehi ca samannāgato hoti.
独觉佛的誓愿要经过多久才成立呢?独觉佛需要两大阿僧祇劫再加十万劫,比这更短是不可能的。其中的道理应当按前面所说的方式来了知。即使经过这么长的时间在希求独觉佛果,在发起愿行的时候也需要具备五种成就。因为他们——巴利
Paccekabuddhānaṃ pana kīva ciraṃ patthanā vaṭṭatīti? Paccekabuddhānaṃ dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca, tato oraṃ na sakkā, pubbe vuttanayenevettha kāraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ettakenāpi ca kālena paccekabuddhattaṃ patthayato abhinīhārakaraṇe pañca sampattiyo icchitabbā. Tesañhi –
人的身份、性根的圆满、见到已断尽诸漏的人;
资格与意愿,这些就是决意的因。巴利
‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, vigatāsavadassanaṃ; Adhikāro ca chandatā, ete abhinīhārakāraṇā’’.
其中,“见离漏者”的意思是:见到佛陀、独觉佛或佛陀弟子中的任何人。其余部分按前面所说的方式理解。巴利
Tattha vigatāsavadassananti buddhapaccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ yassa kassaci dassananti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
那么,“弟子的祈愿要多少才算合适呢?”两位上首弟子是一阿僧祇劫加十万劫,八十位大弟子则只是十万劫。同样,佛陀的父母、侍者和儿子也是如此。比这更少就不行,其中的道理和前面所说的一样。不过,对所有这些来说,都要具备“增上”和“意欲”这两支,才是圆满的决意。巴利
Atha ‘‘sāvakānaṃ patthanā kittakaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti? Dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ kappasatasahassañca, asītimahāsāvakānaṃ kappasatasahassameva. Tathā buddhassa mātāpitūnaṃ upaṭṭhākassa puttassa cāti, tato oraṃ na sakkā, tattha kāraṇaṃ vuttanayameva. Imesaṃ pana sabbesampi adhikāro ca chandatāti dvaṅgasamannāgatoyeva abhinīhāro hoti.
就这样,凭着这样的祈愿和这样的志向,在如前所说的各个时期圆满波罗蜜之后,诸佛出现于世间时,会出生在刹帝利家或婆罗门家;独觉佛则出生在刹帝利、婆罗门、居士这三种家庭中的某一种;而上首弟子和诸佛一样,只出生在刹帝利家或婆罗门家。一切诸佛不会在坏劫时出现,只在成劫时出现;独觉佛也是这样。不过他们在诸佛出世的时期不会出现。诸佛自己觉悟,也让别人觉悟;独觉佛只自己觉悟,不让别人觉悟。他们只通达义味,不通达法味。因为他们没办法把出世间法安立成教说讲出来,所以他们对法的现观,就像哑巴所见的梦,又像住在山林里的人尝到城市菜肴的味道一样。他们成就一切神通、等至和无碍解等种种功德。因为功德殊胜,他们位在诸佛之下、声闻之上。他们不给人剃度出家,不教导增上行持,只用“应当削减心念,不应半途而废”这样的教诫来做布萨,或者只说一句“今天是布萨日”。他们做布萨时,聚集在香山的文殊树下宝石厅中。世尊就这样向具寿阿难讲述了独觉佛的祈愿和志向的一切圆满相之后,为了宣说凭着这样的祈愿和这样的志向而成就的那些独觉佛,便以“对一切众生放下棍杖”等方式,宣说了这部《犀角经》。这就是就提问而言,《犀角经》缘起的总说。巴利
Evaṃ imāya patthanāya iminā ca abhinīhārena yathāvuttappabhedaṃ kālaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā buddhā loke uppajjantā khattiyakule vā brāhmaṇakule vā uppajjanti, paccekabuddhā khattiyabrāhmaṇagahapatikulānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ, aggasāvakā pana buddhā viya khattiyabrāhmaṇakulesveva. Sabbabuddhā saṃvaṭṭamāne kappe na uppajjanti, vivaṭṭamāne kappe uppajjanti, tathā paccekabuddhā. Te pana buddhānaṃ uppajjanakāle na uppajjanti. Buddhā sayañca bujjhanti, pare ca bodhenti. Paccekabuddhā sayameva bujjhanti, na pare bodhenti. Attharasameva paṭivijjhanti, na dhammarasaṃ. Na hi te lokuttaradhammaṃ paññattiṃ āropetvā desetuṃ sakkonti, mūgena diṭṭhasupino viya vanacarakena nagare sāyitabyañjanaraso viya ca nesaṃ dhammābhisamayo hoti. Sabbaṃ iddhisamāpattipaṭisambhidāpabhedaṃ pāpuṇanti. Guṇavisiṭṭhatāya buddhānaṃ heṭṭhā sāvakānaṃ upari honti, na aññe pabbājetvā ābhisamācārikaṃ sikkhāpenti, ‘‘cittasallekho kātabbo, vosānaṃ nāpajjitabba’’nti iminā uddesena uposathaṃ karonti, ajja uposathoti vacanamattena vā, uposathaṃ karontā ca gandhamādane mañjūsakarukkhamūle ratanamāḷe sannipatitvā karontīti. Evaṃ bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa paccekabuddhānaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ patthanañca abhinīhārañca kathetvā idāni imāya patthanāya iminā ca abhinīhārena samudāgate te te paccekabuddhe kathetuṃ ‘‘sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍa’’ntiādinā nayena imaṃ khaggavisāṇasuttaṃ abhāsi. Ayaṃ tāva avisesena pucchāvasito khaggavisāṇasuttassa uppatti.
现在要特别说明。关于这首偈颂的由来,应当这样理解:据说这位独觉佛在进入独觉菩萨的阶段时,用两大阿僧祇劫加十万劫圆满了各种波罗蜜,然后在迦叶世尊的教法下出家,成为住在林野中的人,履行“去来义务”而修习沙门之法。据说,没有谁还没圆满这项义务就能证得独觉菩提的。那么,什么是“去来义务”呢?就是“带去与带回”。下面我们会把它清楚地讲出来。巴利
Idāni visesena vattabbā. Tattha imissā tāva gāthāya evaṃ uppatti veditabbā – ayaṃ kira paccekabuddho paccekabodhisattabhūmiṃ ogāhanto dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvā āraññiko hutvā gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento samaṇadhammaṃ akāsi. Etaṃ kira vattaṃ aparipūretvā paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇanto nāma natthi . Kiṃ panetaṃ gatapaccāgatavattaṃ nāma? Haraṇapaccāharaṇanti. Taṃ yathā vibhūtaṃ hoti, tathā kathessāma.
在这里,有些比丘持去而不持回,有些持回而不持去,有些既不持去也不持回,有些既持去也持回。其中,某位比丘天还没亮就起身,先完成塔院和菩提院的义务,给菩提树浇水,把水罐装满放在饮水棚里,再履行对阿阇梨和亲教师的义务,受持八十二种犍度义务和十四种大义务而行持。然后他整理身体,进入住处,在乞食时间到来之前,在安静的地方度过。到了时候,他穿好下衣,系上腰带,披上上衣,把大衣搭在肩上,钵挂在肩上,一边作意业处,一边前往塔院,礼敬塔和菩提树。然后在村子附近把衣穿好,拿着钵进村乞食。这样进村之后,这位得到利养的比丘有福德,受到在家信众的恭敬尊重。无论是在施主家还是在托钵归来休息的厅堂里,当在家信众问他各种问题时,他因回答问题和说法而散乱,就把那个作意丢掉了,然后离开。回到精舍后,比丘们问他问题,他也讲说,也说法,还处理各种事务。午饭后也是这样,初夜、中夜也这样和比丘们一起闲聊浪费时间,被身体的沉重所压倒,后夜也照样睡觉,根本不作意业处。这就叫“持去而不持回”。巴利
Idha ekacco bhikkhu harati na paccāharati, ekacco paccāharati na harati, ekacco neva harati na paccāharati, ekacco harati ca paccāharati ca. Tattha yo bhikkhu pageva vuṭṭhāya cetiyaṅgaṇabodhiyaṅgaṇavattaṃ katvā bodhirukkhe udakaṃ āsiñcitvā pānīyaghaṭaṃ pūretvā pānīyamāḷe ṭhapetvā ācariyavattaṃ upajjhāyavattaṃ katvā dveasīti khandhakavattāni ca cuddasa mahāvattāni samādāya vattati. So sarīraparikammaṃ katvā senāsanaṃ pavisitvā yāva bhikkhācāravelā, tāva vivittāsane vītināmetvā velaṃ ñatvā nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā uttarāsaṅgaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiṃ khandhe karitvā pattaṃ aṃse ālaggetvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karonto cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ gantvā cetiyañca bodhiñca vanditvā gāmasamīpe cīvaraṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ ādāya gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati. Evaṃ paviṭṭho ca lābhī bhikkhu puññavā upāsakehi sakkato garukato upaṭṭhākakule vā paṭikkamanasālāyaṃ vā paṭikkamitvā upāsakehi taṃ taṃ pañhaṃ pucchiyamāno tesaṃ pañhavissajjanena dhammadesanāvikkhepena ca taṃ manasikāraṃ chaḍḍetvā nikkhamati. Vihāraṃ āgatopi bhikkhūhi pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, dhammaṃ bhaṇati, taṃ taṃ byāpārañca āpajjati. Pacchābhattampi purimayāmampi majjhimayāmampi evaṃ bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ papañcetvā kāyaduṭṭhullābhibhūto pacchimayāmepi sayati, neva kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. Ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘harati na paccāharatī’’ti.
如果一位比丘多病,吃下的食物到天亮时还没能好好消化,那他更不可能清早起来完成前面说的那些事务,也没法作意业处。他反而一心想着粥、点心、药或者饭食,一大早就拿着衣钵进村去了。在村里得到粥、点心、药或饭食之后,他取出钵,吃完饭,在安排好的座位上坐下,作意业处。就在那里,他或者证得了殊胜的果位,或者没有证得,然后回到精舍,仍旧靠着那同一个作意而安住。这种情况就叫作“持回而不持去”。像这样的比丘,喝了粥之后增长观智,在佛陀的教法中证得阿罗汉果,这样的人多得数不清。光是在锡兰岛,各个村子的讲堂里,几乎找不到哪个座位是没有比丘坐过、喝过粥之后证得阿罗汉果的。巴利
Yo pana byādhibahulo hoti, bhuttāhāro paccūsasamaye na sammā pariṇamati. Pageva vuṭṭhāya yathāvuttaṃ vattaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti kammaṭṭhānaṃ vā manasi kātuṃ, aññadatthu yāguṃ vā khajjakaṃ vā bhesajjaṃ vā bhattaṃ vā patthayamāno kālasseva pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ pavisati. Tattha yāguṃ vā khajjakaṃ vā bhesajjaṃ vā bhattaṃ vā laddhā pattaṃ nīharitvā bhattakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā paññattāsane nisinno kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karitvā visesaṃ patvā vā apatvā vā vihāraṃ āgantvā teneva manasikārena viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘paccāharati na haratī’’ti. Edisā hi bhikkhū yāguṃ pivitvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā buddhasāsane arahattaṃ pattā gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, sīhaḷadīpeyeva tesu tesu gāmesu āsanasālāyaṃ taṃ āsanaṃ natthi, yattha bhikkhū nisinnā yāguṃ pivitvā arahattaṃ appattā.
如果有人放逸地过日子,把该负的责任丢在一边,破坏了一切应做的义务,内心被五种心的荒芜和系缚捆绑着,从不把心思放在业处上,那么他进村乞食时,跟在家人东拉西扯、闲聊不休,被这些闲话缠住,结果空手而回。这种人就叫作“既不持去,也不持回”。巴利
Yo pana pamādavihārī hoti nikkhittadhuro, sabbavattāni bhinditvā pañcavidhacetokhilavinibandhanabaddhacitto viharanto kammaṭṭhānamanasikāramananuyutto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā gihīhi saddhiṃ kathāpapañcena papañcito tucchakova nikkhamati. Ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘neva harati na paccāharatī’’ti.
如果有人更早起来,按照前面说的方式完成所有日常事务后,在还没到托钵时间之前,就盘腿坐下,把心投向业处。业处有两种:一切处业处和保护业处。其中,一切处业处就是慈和死随念。因为这两种在一切地方都应该修习、都应该希求,所以叫“一切处”。慈确实在住所等一切地方都应该修习。在住所里,修慈的比丘会被同梵行者喜爱、觉得可亲,因此他能安稳无争地安住。对诸天修慈,修慈者会受到诸天的守护看顾,安乐而住。对国王、大臣等人修慈,修慈者会被他们当作自己人,安乐而住。在村落、城镇等地,修慈者在托钵等一切场合都会受到人们恭敬尊重,安乐而住。通过修习死随念,就能舍弃对生命的贪恋,不放逸地安住。巴利
Yo pana pageva vuṭṭhāya purimanayeneva sabbavattāni paripūretvā yāva bhikkhācāravelā, tāva pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. Kammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma duvidhaṃ – sabbatthakañca pārihāriyañca. Tattha sabbatthakaṃ nāma mettā ca maraṇānussati ca. Tañhi sabbattha atthayitabbaṃ icchitabbanti ‘‘sabbatthaka’’nti vuccati. Mettā nāma āvāsādīsu sabbattha icchitabbā. Āvāsesu hi mettāvihārī bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo hoti manāpo, tena phāsu asaṅghaṭṭho viharati. Devatāsu mettāvihārī devatāhi rakkhitagopito sukhaṃ viharati. Rājarājamahāmattādīsu mettāvihārī tehi mamāyito sukhaṃ viharati. Gāmanigamādīsu mettāvihārī sabbattha bhikkhācariyādīsu manussehi sakkato garukato sukhaṃ viharati. Maraṇānussatibhāvanāya jīvitanikantiṃ pahāya appamatto viharati.
还有一种是应当始终随身护持的,它随顺修行方式而取。这可以是十不净、十遍、十随念中的任何一种,或者就是四界分别。因为它必须始终护持、始终守护、始终修习,所以称为“保护业处”,也就是根本业处。确实,希求利益的善男子在圣教中出家后,无论十人、二十人、三十人、四十人、五十人还是一百人住在一起,都会立下公约而安住:“贤友们,你们不是因为欠债、不是因为恐惧、也不是因为生活所迫而出家,你们是为了从苦中解脱才在这里出家。因此,行走时生起的烦恼,就在行走时降伏它;站立时生起的烦恼,就在站立时降伏它;坐着时生起的烦恼,就在坐着时降伏它;躺卧时生起的烦恼,就在躺卧时降伏它。”巴利
Yaṃ pana sadā pariharitabbaṃ cariyānukūlena gahitaṃ. Taṃ dasāsubhakasiṇānussatīsu aññataraṃ, catudhātuvavatthānameva vā, taṃ sadā pariharitabbato rakkhitabbato bhāvetabbato ca ‘‘pārihāriya’’nti vuccati, mūlakammaṭṭhānantipi tadeva. Atthakāmā hi kulaputtā sāsane pabbajitvā dasapi vīsampi tiṃsampi cattālīsampi paññāsampi satampi ekato vasantā katikavattaṃ katvā viharanti – ‘‘āvuso, tumhe na iṇaṭṭā na bhayaṭṭā na jīvikāpakatā pabbajitā, dukkhā muccitukāmā panettha pabbajitā. Tasmā gamane uppannakilese gamaneyeva niggaṇhatha, ṭhāne, nisajjāya, sayane uppannakilese sayaneyeva niggaṇhathā’’ti.
他们这样立下约定后,就去乞食。走在路上时,彼此之间保持半牛距、一牛距、半牛呼距、一牛呼距的间隔。他们就以那个想相持续作意业处,一边走一边修。如果谁在行走时生起了烦恼,他就在那里当场把它压伏。如果压伏不了,他就停下来;这时走在他后面的人也跟着停下来。于是他提醒自己:“这位比丘已经知道你心里生起的念头了,这对你很不合适。”然后就增长观智,就在那里证入圣位。如果还是做不到,他就坐下来;这时走在他后面的人也跟着坐下来。同样的道理,即使还没能证入圣位,他也会先镇伏那个烦恼,继续以作意业处的心往前走,绝不会以离开业处的心抬起脚来。万一真的抬起了脚,他就转身回到刚才那个地方,站在那里不动。就像住在经行廊道的大弗沙长老那样。巴利
Te evaṃ katikavattaṃ katvā bhikkhācāraṃ gacchantā aḍḍhausabhausabhaaḍḍhagāvutagāvutantaresu pāsāṇā honti, tāya saññāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontāva gacchanti. Sace kassaci gamane kileso uppajjati, so tattheva naṃ niggaṇhāti. Tathā asakkonto tiṭṭhati, athassa pacchato āgacchantopi tiṭṭhati. So ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhu tuyhaṃ uppannaṃ vitakkaṃ jānāti, ananucchavikaṃ te eta’’nti attānaṃ paṭicodetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā tattheva ariyabhūmiṃ okkamati. Tathā asakkonto nisīdati. Athassa pacchato āgacchantopi nisīdatīti. Soyeva nayo ariyabhūmiṃ okkamituṃ asakkontopi taṃ kilesaṃ vikkhambhetvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontova gacchati , na kammaṭṭhānavippayuttena cittena pādaṃ uddharati. Uddharati ce, paṭinivattitvā purimapadeseyeva tiṭṭhati. Ālindakavāsī mahāphussadevatthero viya.
据说,这位长老在十九年里一心履行往返的常行,就这样安住。人们在路上耕地、播种、踩泥、做各种活计时,看见长老那样走来走去,就议论说:“这位长老老是转身往回走,到底是迷路了,还是忘了什么东西?”长老对这些话毫不理会,只以与业处相应的心继续修行沙门之道。结果他在二十年内证得了阿罗汉果。就在他证得阿罗汉果的那天,住在经行道尽头的一位天神用手指点亮了灯,站在那里;四大天王、帝释天和娑婆主梵天也都前来侍奉。住在林间的大提舍长老看见那片光明,第二天就问他说:“尊者,夜里您附近有光明出现,那是什么?”长老想岔开话题,就说:“所谓光明嘛,有灯光,也有珠光等等。”大提舍长老坚持追问:“请您如实说吧。”长老这才承认:“是的。”然后把事情告诉了他。巴利
So kira ekūnavīsativassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento evaṃ vihāsi. Manussāpi sudaṃ antarāmagge kasantā ca vapantā ca maddantā ca kammāni karontā ca theraṃ tathā gacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ thero punappunaṃ nivattitvā gacchati, kiṃ nu kho maggamūḷho, udāhu kiñci pamuṭṭho’’ti samullapanti. So taṃ anādiyitvā kammaṭṭhānayuttena citteneva samaṇadhammaṃ karonto vīsativassabbhantare arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Arahattapattadivaseyevassa caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ adhivatthā devatā aṅgulīhi dīpaṃ ujjāletvā aṭṭhāsi, cattāropi mahārājāno sakko ca devānamindo brahmā ca sahampati upaṭṭhānaṃ āgamiṃsu. Tañca obhāsaṃ disvā vanavāsī mahātissatthero taṃ dutiyadivase pucchi – ‘‘rattibhāge āyasmato santike obhāso ahosi, kiṃ so’’ti? Thero vikkhepaṃ karonto ‘‘obhāso nāma dīpobhāsopi hoti maṇiobhāsopī’’ti evamādimāha. So ‘‘paṭicchādetha tumhe’’ti nibaddho ‘‘āmā’’ti paṭijānitvā ārocesi.
就像住在黑藤亭的大那伽长老一样。据说,他在履行往返义务时,心想:“我先礼敬世尊的大精进。”于是七年间只站立和经行。之后又用十六年履行往返义务,证得了阿罗汉果。就这样,他抬脚时,心始终与业处相应;如果心离开了业处而抬脚,他就退回去重来。走到村落附近,在容易让人怀疑“这是牛还是出家人”的地方,他停下来,披好僧伽梨,拿起钵,走到村口,从腋下取水漱口,然后进村,心想:“如果有人前来布施食物或礼拜,哪怕只是对我说一句‘愿你们长寿’,恐怕都会让我的心偏离业处。”如果有人问他:“尊者,今天是初七还是初八?”他就吞下水再回答。如果没有人问日期,他就在出村时把水吐在村口,然后离去。巴利
Kāḷavallimaṇḍapavāsī mahānāgatthero viya ca. Sopi kira gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento ‘‘paṭhamaṃ tāva bhagavato mahāpadhānaṃ pūjessāmī’’ti satta vassāni ṭhānacaṅkamameva adhiṭṭhāsi, puna soḷasa vassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Evaṃ kammaṭṭhānamanuyuttacitteneva pādaṃ uddharanto vippayuttena cittena uddhaṭe paṭinivattanto gāmasamīpaṃ gantvā ‘‘gāvī nu kho pabbajito nu kho’’ti āsaṅkanīyappadese ṭhatvā saṅghāṭiṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ gahetvā gāmadvāraṃ patvā kacchakantarato udakaṃ gahetvā gaṇḍūsaṃ katvā gāmaṃ pavisati ‘‘bhikkhaṃ vā dātuṃ vandituṃ vā upagate manusse ‘dīghāyukā hothā’ti vacanamattenāpi mā me kammaṭṭhānavikkhepo ahosī’’ti. Sace pana naṃ ‘‘ajja, bhante, kiṃ sattamī, udāhu aṭṭhamī’’ti divasaṃ pucchanti, udakaṃ gilitvā āroceti. Sace divasapucchakā na honti, nikkhamanavelāyaṃ gāmadvāre niṭṭhubhitvāva yāti.
就像斯里兰卡卡拉跋谛陀寺里入雨安居的五十位比丘一样。据说,他们在入雨安居的布萨日立下约定:“只要还没证得阿罗汉果,彼此就不说话。”他们进村乞食时,在村口含水漱口后再进村;如果有人问今天是初几,就把水吞下去再回答;如果没人问,就在村口把水吐掉,然后回寺院。那里的人看到吐水的地方,就知道:“今天来了一个,今天来了两个。”他们又这样想:“这些比丘是不跟我们说话呢,还是彼此之间也不说话?如果彼此之间也不说话,那肯定是起了争执。走吧,我们去让他们互相原谅。”于是大家都去了寺院。到了那里,发现五十位入雨安居的比丘中,没有两个人待在同一个地方。这时,他们当中一个有眼力的人说:“诸位,起争执的人住的地方可不是这样的。你看,塔院和菩提树院扫得干干净净,扫帚摆放得整整齐齐,饮用水和洗漱用水都准备得妥妥当当。”大家听了就回去了。那些比丘在雨安居期间精修观禅,证得阿罗汉果,在大自恣日举行了清净自恣。巴利
Sīhaḷadīpe kalambatitthavihāre vassūpagatā paññāsa bhikkhū viya ca. Te kira vassūpanāyikauposathadivase katikavattaṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘arahattaṃ appatvā na aññamaññaṃ ālapissāmā’’ti. Gāmañca piṇḍāya pavisantā gāmadvāre udakagaṇḍūsaṃ katvā pavisiṃsu, divase pucchite udakaṃ gilitvā ārocesuṃ, apucchite gāmadvāre niṭṭhubhitvā vihāraṃ āgamaṃsu. Tattha manussā niṭṭhubhanaṭṭhānaṃ disvā jāniṃsu – ‘‘ajja eko āgato, ajja dve’’ti . Evañca cintesuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho ete amheheva saddhiṃ na sallapanti , udāhu aññamaññampi, yadi aññamaññampi na sallapanti, addhā vivādajātā bhavissanti, handa nesaṃ aññamaññaṃ khamāpessāmā’’ti. Sabbe vihāraṃ agamaṃsu. Tattha paññāsāya bhikkhūsu vassaṃ upagatesu dve bhikkhū ekokāse nāddasaṃsu. Tato tesu yo cakkhumā puriso, so evamāha – ‘‘na, bho, kalahakārakānaṃ vasanokāso īdiso hoti, susammaṭṭhaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ bodhiyaṅgaṇaṃ, sunikkhittā sammajjaniyo, sūpaṭṭhapitaṃ pānīyaparibhojanīya’’nti, te tato nivattā. Tepi bhikkhū antovasseyeva vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ patvā mahāpavāraṇāya visuddhipavāraṇaṃ pavāresuṃ.
就像住在黑藤亭的大那伽长老那样,也像在卡拉跋谛陀寺入雨安居的比丘们那样,比丘抬脚走路时,心始终与业处相应。他走到村子附近,含水漱口,观察街道,选一条没有酒鬼、赌徒之类爱争吵的人,也没有凶暴的象、马等的路走。在那里乞食时,他不会急急忙忙、快步赶路,因为并没有所谓“快步乞食头陀支”这回事。遇到不平整的地面,他就像一辆装满水的车那样,稳稳当当地走。走进每一家时,他先观察对方是想布施还是不想布施,等到合适的时机才接受食物。拿到食物后,在合适的地方坐下,把心放在业处上,对食物提起厌逆想,以车轴润滑油、疮口涂药、儿子肉这些比喻来反复审察,然后吃下具足八支的饮食,不是为了玩乐,不是为了骄慢……吃完后,做完喝水等事,用片刻时间消除饭后的疲倦,然后就像午前一样,在午后、初夜和后夜,继续把心放在业处上。这就叫作“持去又持来”。这样的一持去一持来,就称为“往返义务”。巴利
Evaṃ kāḷavallimaṇḍapavāsī mahānāgatthero viya kalambatitthavihāre vassūpagatā bhikkhū viya ca kammaṭṭhānayutteneva cittena pādaṃ uddharanto gāmasamīpaṃ gantvā udakagaṇḍūsaṃ katvā vīthiyo sallakkhetvā yattha surāsoṇḍadhuttādayo kalahakārakā caṇḍahatthiassādayo vā natthi, taṃ vīthiṃ paṭipajjati. Tattha ca piṇḍāya caranto na turitaturito javena gacchati, javanapiṇḍapātikadhutaṅgaṃ nāma natthi, visamabhūmibhāgappattaṃ pana udakabharitasakaṭamiva niccalo hutvā gacchati. Anugharaṃ paviṭṭho ca dātukāmaṃ vā adātukāmaṃ vā sallakkhetuṃ tadanurūpaṃ kālaṃ āgamento bhikkhaṃ gahetvā patirūpe okāse nisīditvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikaronto āhāre paṭikkūlasaññaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā akkhabbhañjanavaṇālepanaputtamaṃsūpamāvasena paccavekkhanto aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti neva davāya na madāya…pe… bhuttāvī ca udakakiccaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ bhattakilamathaṃ vinodetvā yathā purebhattaṃ, evaṃ pacchābhattaṃ, purimayāmaṃ pacchimayāmañca kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. Ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘harati ca paccāharati cā’’ti. Evametaṃ haraṇapaccāharaṇaṃ gatapaccāgatavattanti vuccati.
圆满这个义务的人,如果具备亲近依止的善根条件,在青年时期就能证得阿罗汉果。如果青年时期没能证得,那么到中年时期证得。如果中年时期没能证得,那么到临终时证得。如果临终时没能证得,那么投生为天子之后证得。如果投生为天子之后仍没能证得,那么成为独觉佛而入般涅槃。如果成为独觉佛之后仍没能般涅槃,那么就在诸佛面前成为速通智者,像婆醯长老那样;或者成为大智慧者,像舍利弗长老那样。巴利
Etaṃ pūrento yadi upanissayasampanno hoti, paṭhamavaye eva arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. No ce paṭhamavaye pāpuṇāti, atha majjhimavaye pāpuṇāti. No ce majjhimavaye pāpuṇāti, atha maraṇasamaye pāpuṇāti. No ce maraṇasamaye pāpuṇāti, atha devaputto hutvā pāpuṇāti. No ce devaputto hutvā pāpuṇāti, atha paccekasambuddho hutvā parinibbāti. No ce paccekasambuddho hutvā parinibbāti, atha buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāve khippābhiñño hoti seyyathāpi thero bāhiyo, mahāpañño vā hoti seyyathāpi thero sāriputtoti.
这位辟支菩萨在迦叶世尊的教法中出家,成为林野住者,在两万年中圆满这个往返义务,命终之后投生到欲界天。从那里死后,他结生于波罗奈城国王正夫人的胎中。善巧的女人们当天就能知道胎已着床。她也是那些女人中的一个,所以她也把怀孕的事禀告了国王。这是法性:福德众生入胎时,女人就能得到安胎的照顾。因此国王给了她安胎的照顾。从那时起,她不能吃任何太热的东西,也不能吃太冷、太酸、太咸、太辣、太苦的东西。因为母亲若吃太热的东西,胎儿就像住在热锅里;若吃太冷的东西,就像住在世界中间的地狱;若吃太酸、太咸、太辣、太苦的东西,就像被刀割开后又浇上酸汁等,胎儿的肢体会生起强烈的痛苦。人们也阻止她过度经行、站立、坐卧,以免腹中胎儿因摇动而受苦。由于地上铺设了柔软的垫褥,她可以适度地在地上经行等,也可以吃具足色泽、香气等的美味、适宜的食物和饮料。人们扶持着她经行、坐下、起身。巴利
Ayaṃ pana paccekabodhisatto kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvā āraññiko hutvā vīsati vassasahassāni etaṃ gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā kālaṃ katvā kāmāvacaradevaloke uppajji. Tato cavitvā bārāṇasirañño aggamahesiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Kusalā itthiyo tadaheva gabbhasaṇṭhānaṃ jānanti. Sā ca tāsaṃ aññatarā , tasmā esāpi taṃ gabbhapatiṭṭhānaṃ rañño nivedesi. Dhammatā esā, yaṃ puññavante satte gabbhe uppanne mātugāmo gabbhaparihāraṃ labhati. Tasmā rājā tassā gabbhaparihāraṃ adāsi. Sā tato pabhuti nāccuṇhaṃ kiñci ajjhoharituṃ labhati, nātisītaṃ nāccambilaṃ nātiloṇaṃ nātikaṭukaṃ nātitittakaṃ. Accuṇhe hi mātarā ajjhohaṭe gabbhassa lohakumbhivāso viya hoti, atisīte lokantarikavāso viya, accambilaloṇakaṭukatittakesu bhuttesu satthena phāletvā ambilādīhi sittāni viya dārakassa aṅgāni tibbavedanāni honti. Aticaṅkamanaṭṭhānanisajjasayanatopi naṃ nivārenti ‘‘kucchigatassa sañcalanadukkhaṃ mā ahosī’’ti. Mudukattharaṇatthatāya bhūmiyā caṅkamanādīni mattāya kātuṃ labhati, vaṇṇagandhādisampannaṃ sāduṃ sappāyaṃ annapānaṃ bhuñjituṃ labhati. Pariggahetvāva naṃ caṅkamāpenti nisīdāpenti vuṭṭhāpenti.
她就这样被精心照料着,到了胎儿成熟的时候,进入产房,在破晓时分生下了一个儿子。这孩子的肤色像以熟酥揉捏的银团,具足谷堆般的福相。到了第五天,人们把打扮得整整齐齐的孩子抱给国王看。国王满心欢喜,安排了六十六位乳母来照料他。这孩子在一应优越条件中成长,不久就到了懂事的年纪。到他十六岁时,国王为他灌顶,让他继承王位,又用各种歌舞伎乐来侍奉他。灌顶之后,这位王子名叫梵授,统治着整个赡部洲的两万座城。据说,从前赡部洲有八万四千座城,后来逐渐减少到六万座,再减到四万座,到了全面衰退的时期,就只剩两万座了。这位梵授王正是出生在全面衰退的时期,所以他拥有两万座城、两万座宫殿、两万头象、两万匹马、两万辆战车、两万步兵、两万宫妃和舞女、两万大臣。巴利
Sā evaṃ parihariyamānā gabbhaparipākakāle sūtigharaṃ pavisitvā paccūsasamaye puttaṃ vijāyi pakkatelamadditamanosilāpiṇḍisadisaṃ dhaññapuññalakkhaṇūpetaṃ. Tato naṃ pañcamadivase alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ rañño dassesuṃ, rājā tuṭṭho chasaṭṭhiyā dhātīhi upaṭṭhāpesi. So sabbasampattīhi vaḍḍhamāno nacirasseva viññutaṃ pāpuṇi. Soḷasavassuddesikaṃ naṃ rājā rajjena abhisiñci, vividhanāṭakāhi ca upaṭṭhāpesi. Abhisitto rājaputto rajjaṃ kāresi nāmena brahmadatto, sakalajambudīpe vīsatiyā nagarasahassesu. Jambudīpe kira pubbe caturāsīti nagarasatasahassāni ahesuṃ, tāni parihāyantāni saṭṭhi ahesuṃ, tato parihāyantāni cattālīsaṃ, sabbaparihāyanakāle pana vīsatisahassāni honti. Ayañca brahmadatto sabbaparihāyanakāle uppajji, tenassa vīsati nagarasahassāni ahesuṃ vīsati pāsādasahassāni, vīsati hatthisahassāni, vīsati assasahassāni, vīsati rathasahassāni, vīsati pattisahassāni, vīsati itthisahassāni orodhā ca nāṭakitthiyo ca, vīsati amaccasahassāni.
他一边治理着这个大王国,一边修习遍的准备工作,成就了五种神通和八种等至。不过,作为已经灌顶登位的国王,终究还是得坐在议事厅里处理政务,所以有一天,他早早吃完早饭,就坐到裁决诉讼的地方去了。在那里,众人吵吵嚷嚷,声音很大。他想:“这声音是等至的杂染。”于是登上宫殿顶层坐下,想进入等至,却因为心里总被国事牵扯而没能进入,等至就退失了。他接着想:“到底是王权好,还是沙门法好?”然后他明白了:“王权之乐很小,过患却很多;沙门法之乐广大,利益众多,而且是最上之人所修行的。”于是命令一位大臣:“你依法、公正地治理这个国家,千万不要做不如法的事。”把一切交托给他之后,自己登上宫殿,以等至之乐度过时光。除了送洗脸水、齿木和饭食的人以外,谁也不能到他跟前。巴利
So mahārajjaṃ kārayamānoyeva kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā pañca abhiññāyo, aṭṭha samāpattiyo ca nibbattesi. Yasmā pana abhisittaraññā nāma avassaṃ aṭṭakaraṇe nisīditabbaṃ, tasmā ekadivasaṃ pageva pātarāsaṃ bhuñjitvā vinicchayaṭṭhāne nisīdi. Tattha uccāsaddamahāsaddaṃ akaṃsu, so ‘‘ayaṃ saddo samāpattiyā upakkileso’’ti pāsādatalaṃ abhiruhitvā ‘‘samāpattiṃ appemī’’ti nisinno nāsakkhi appetuṃ rajjavikkhepena samāpatti parihīnā. Tato cintesi – ‘‘kiṃ rajjaṃ varaṃ, udāhu samaṇadhammo’’ti? Tato ‘‘rajjasukhaṃ parittaṃ anekādīnavaṃ, samaṇadhammasukhaṃ pana vipulaṃ anekānisaṃsaṃ uttamapurisehi sevitañcā’’ti ñatvā aññataraṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘imaṃ rajjaṃ dhammena samena anusāsa, mā kho adhammakāraṃ kāresī’’ti sabbaṃ tassa niyyātetvā pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā samāpattisukhena vītināmesi, na koci upasaṅkamituṃ labhati aññatra mukhadhovanadantakaṭṭhadāyakabhattanīhārakādīhi.
过了大约半个月,王后问:“国王在游园、阅兵、看戏这些场合都不见人影,他去哪儿了?”侍从们就把事情的原委告诉了她。她派人去给那位代理国政的大臣传话:“王国既然已经托付给你,我也一样被托付给你了。让他来跟我一起生活吧。”那位大臣捂住两只耳朵,说:“这种事听都不该听。”她又派了两三次人去说,见他不肯,就威胁他:“你要是不答应,我就把你从官位上赶下来,甚至要你的命。”大臣害怕了,心想:“女人一旦拿定主意,说不定真干得出来。”有一天,他私下前去,和她在御榻上同宿。她是个有福报的女人,身体触感舒适,大臣被与她接触的贪欲所染,从此常怀戒惧,却还是不断前去。渐渐地,他就好像自己家里的主人一样,毫无顾忌地进进出出了。巴利
Tato addhamāsamatte vītikkante mahesī pucchi – ‘‘rājā uyyānagamanabaladassananāṭakādīsu katthaci na dissati, kuhiṃ gato’’ti? Tassā tamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Sā amaccassa pāhesi – ‘‘rajje paṭicchite ahampi paṭicchitā homi, etu mayā saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ kappetū’’ti. So ubho kaṇṇe thaketvā ‘‘asavanīyameta’’nti paṭikkhipi. Sā punapi dvattikkhattuṃ pesetvā anicchamānaṃ santajjāpesi ‘‘yadi na karosi, ṭhānāpi taṃ cāvemi. Jīvitāpi taṃ voropemī’’ti. So bhīto ‘‘mātugāmo nāma daḷhanicchayo, kadāci evampi kārāpeyyā’’ti. Ekadivasaṃ raho gantvā tāya saddhiṃ sirisayane saṃvāsaṃ kappesi. Sā puññavatī sukhasamphassā, so tassā samphassarāgena ratto tattha abhikkhaṇaṃ saṅkitasaṅkitova agamāsi. Anukkamena attano gharasāmiko viya nibbisaṅko pavisitumāraddho.
于是国王的侍从们把这件事禀报了国王。国王不相信。他们又禀报了第二次、第三次,国王这才悄悄躲起来,亲眼看到之后,召集所有大臣,告诉了他们。大臣们说:“这人冒犯了国王,该砍掉双手,该砍掉双脚。”他们宣判了从砍手砍脚直到钉桩示众的各种刑罚。国王说:“对他处刑、捆绑、鞭打,我会生起伤害之心;夺他性命,就是杀生;夺他财物,就是偷盗。这样做都不合适,把他从我的国土赶出去吧。”大臣们就把他驱逐出境。他带上自己最值钱的财物和妻儿,去了别的国家。那个国家的国王听说后问道:“你来做什么?”他说:“大王,我想侍奉您。”国王接受了他。过了几天,这位大臣取得了信任,就对那位国王说:“大王,我看到没有苍蝇的蜜,却没人去吃它。”国王心想:“他这是在故意嘲讽什么吧?”便没有理会。他找到机会,又更加详细地描述了一番。国王问:“那到底是什么?”他答道:“波罗奈国,大王。”国王说:“你是想把我引去害死吗?”他说:“大王,千万别这样说。如果您不信,就派人去看看。”国王便派了人。那些人到了那里,挖开城门,出现在国王的寝宫里。巴利
Tato rājamanussā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā na saddahati. Dutiyampi tatiyampi ārocesuṃ, tato rājā nilīno sayameva disvā sabbe amacce sannipātāpetvā ārocesi. Te ‘‘ayaṃ rājāparādhiko hatthacchedaṃ arahati, pādacchedaṃ arahatī’’ti yāva sūle uttāsanaṃ, tāva sabbakammakāraṇāni niddisiṃsu. Rājā ‘‘etassa vadhabandhanatāḷane mayhaṃ vihiṃsā uppajjeyya, jīvitā voropane pāṇātipāto bhaveyya, dhanaharaṇe adinnādānaṃ bhaveyya, alaṃ evarūpehi katehi, imaṃ mama rajjā nikkaḍḍhathā’’ti āha. Amaccā taṃ nibbisayaṃ akaṃsu. So attano dhanasārañca puttadārañca gahetvā paravisayaṃ agamāsi. Tattha rājā sutvā ‘‘kiṃ āgatosī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Deva, icchāmi taṃ upaṭṭhātu’’nti. So taṃ sampaṭicchi. Amacco katipāhaccayena laddhavissāso taṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mahārāja , amakkhikaṃ madhuṃ passāmi, taṃ khādanto natthī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ uppaṇḍetukāmo bhaṇatī’’ti na suṇāti. So antaraṃ labhitvā punapi suṭṭhutaraṃ vaṇṇetvā avoca. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ eta’’nti pucchi. ‘‘Bārāṇasirajjaṃ, devā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ maṃ netvā māretukāmosī’’ti āha. So ‘‘mā, deva, evaṃ avaca, yadi na saddahasi, manusse pesehī’’ti. So manusse pesesi. Te gantvā gopuraṃ khaṇitvā rañño sayanaghare uṭṭhahiṃsu.
国王看见后问道:“你们为什么来这里?”他们回答:“大王,我们是盗贼。”国王让人给他们财物,又告诫说:“以后不要再这样做了。”然后把他们打发走了。他们回去后,把这件事禀报给那位国王。那位国王又同样试探了两次,确认“这是一位具戒的国王”后,便集结四支军队,逼近边界的一座城,派使者到那里对那位大臣说:“要么把城交给我,要么就开战。”那位大臣便派人向梵授王禀报此事:“大王,请下令,我是该作战,还是该交出城池?”国王传话回去:“不要作战,把城交出去,然后到我这里来。”他便照做了。敌国国王拿下那座城后,又同样向其余各城派遣使者。那些大臣也同样向梵授王禀报,按照他说的“不要作战,到这里来”,回到了波罗奈城。巴利
Rājā disvā ‘‘kissa āgatatthā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Corā mayaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. Rājā tesaṃ dhanaṃ dāpetvā ‘‘mā puna evaṃ akatthā’’ti ovaditvā vissajjesi. Te āgantvā tassa rañño ārocesuṃ. So punapi dvattikkhattuṃ tatheva vīmaṃsitvā ‘‘sīlavā rājā’’ti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā sīmantare ekaṃ nagaraṃ upagamma tattha amaccassa pāhesi ‘‘nagaraṃ vā me dehi, yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. So brahmadattassa rañño tamatthaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘āṇāpetu, deva, ‘kiṃ yujjhāmi, udāhu nagaraṃ demī’’’ti. Rājā ‘‘na yujjhitabbaṃ, nagaraṃ datvā idhāgacchā’’ti pesesi. So tathā akāsi. Paṭirājāpi taṃ nagaraṃ gahetvā avasesanagaresupi tatheva dūtaṃ pesesi. Tepi amaccā tatheva brahmadattassa ārocetvā tena ‘‘na yujjhitabbaṃ, idhāgantabba’’nti vuttā bārāṇasiṃ āgamaṃsu.
于是大臣们对梵授王说:“大王,我们跟他打吧。”国王说:“那样我就犯了杀生。”便阻止了他们。大臣们用各种办法劝说国王,说:“大王,我们把他活捉了带到这里来。”他们开始动身,说:“来吧,大王。”国王说:“只要你们不做杀生、打杀、抢劫的事,我就去。”大臣们说:“大王,不会的,我们只是吓唬他们,把他们赶跑。”他们集结了象马车步四兵种组成的军队,把灯放进陶罐里,趁夜出发了。敌国国王那天已经攻取了波罗奈附近的一座城,这时正想着接下来怎么办,便卸下武装,和军队一起疏忽大意地睡着了。于是大臣们带着梵授王来到敌国国王的营地,让人把所有陶罐里的灯取出来,聚成一片光明,然后大声呐喊。敌国国王的大臣看到大军,吓得跑到自己国王跟前,大声喊道:“起来,吃无蝇之蜜吧!”第二位、第三位大臣也这样喊。敌国国王被这声音惊醒,陷入恐惧和惊慌。成百的呐喊声此起彼伏。他整夜都在胡言乱语,心想:“我听信了别人的话,落到了敌人手里。”第二天,他想着:“这位是法王,应该不会害我,我去向他求原谅吧。”便走到国王面前,跪在地上说:“大王,请原谅我的过错。”国王训诫了他一番,说:“起来吧,我原谅你。”他一听国王这么说,顿时感到极大的安慰。他在波罗奈王附近的地区得到了一个王国。他们两人成了朋友。巴利
Tato amaccā brahmadattaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘mahārāja, tena saha yujjhamā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘mama pāṇātipāto bhavissatī’’ti vāresi. Amaccā ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, taṃ jīvaggāhaṃ gahetvā idheva ānessāmā’’ti nānāupāyehi rājānaṃ saññāpetvā ‘‘ehi, mahārājā’’ti gantumāraddhā. Rājā ‘‘sace sattamāraṇappaharaṇavilumpanakammaṃ na karotha, gacchāmī’’ti bhaṇati. Amaccā ‘‘na, deva, karoma, bhayaṃ dassetvā palāpemā’’ti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā ghaṭesu dīpe pakkhipitvā rattiṃ gacchiṃsu. Paṭirājā taṃ divasaṃ bārāṇasisamīpe nagaraṃ gahetvā idāni kinti rattiṃ sannāhaṃ mocāpetvā pamatto niddaṃ okkami saddhiṃ balakāyena. Tato amaccā brahmadattarājānaṃ ādāya paṭirañño khandhāvāraṃ gantvā sabbaghaṭehi dīpe nīharāpetvā ekapajjotaṃ katvā ukkuṭṭhiṃ akaṃsu. Paṭirañño amacco mahābalakāyaṃ disvā bhīto attano rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘uṭṭhehi amakkhikaṃ madhuṃ khādāhī’’ti mahāsaddaṃ akāsi. Tathā dutiyopi tatiyopi. Paṭirājā tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā bhayaṃ santāsaṃ āpajji. Ukkuṭṭhisatāni pavattiṃsu. So ‘‘paravacanaṃ saddahitvā amittahatthaṃ pattomhī’’ti sabbarattiṃ taṃ taṃ vippalapitvā dutiyadivase ‘‘dhammiko rājā, uparodhaṃ na kareyya gantvā khamāpemī’’ti cintetvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā jaṇṇukehi patiṭṭhahitvā ‘‘khama, mahārāja, mayhaṃ aparādha’’nti āha. Rājā taṃ ovaditvā ‘‘uṭṭhehi, khamāmi te’’ti āha. So raññā evaṃ vuttamatteyeva paramassāsappatto ahosi. Bārāṇasirañño samīpeyeva janapade rajjaṃ labhi. Te aññamaññaṃ sahāyakā ahesuṃ.
这时,梵授王看见两支军队和好欢喜地站在一起,心里想:“为了守护我一个人的心念,在这么多人中,连一只小苍蝇吸一口那么小的血滴都没有出现。啊,真好!啊,太好了!愿一切众生快乐,愿他们没有怨恨,愿他们没有恶意。”于是他生起了慈心禅那,以那慈心禅那作为基础,观照诸行,证悟了独觉菩提智,达到了自觉的境界。大臣们向坐在象背上、沉浸在道果之乐中的他顶礼,然后说:“大王,该出发了。应当对得胜的军队表示敬意,给战败的军队提供食物和物资。”他说:“喂,我不是国王,我是独觉佛。”大臣们说:“大王您在说什么?独觉佛不是这样的。”他问:“喂,独觉佛是什么样的?”大臣们回答:“所谓独觉佛,是头发和胡须有两指长、具备八种资具的人。”他用右手摸了摸头,就在那时,在家人的形相消失了,出家人的样子显现出来。他有着两指长的头发和胡须,具备八种资具,看起来就像一位戒腊百年的长老。他进入第四禅那,从象背上腾空而起,坐在莲花上。大臣们顶礼后问:“尊者,您修的是什么业处?您是怎么证悟的?”他因为是以慈心禅那作为业处,又依此修观而证悟,所以为了说明这个道理,说出了这首感兴偈和记说偈,也就是这首偈:“对一切众生放下棍杖。”巴利
Atha brahmadatto dvepi senā sammodamānā ekato ṭhitā disvā ‘‘mamevekassa cittānurakkhaṇāya asmiṃ mahājanakāye khuddakamakkhikāya pivanamattampi lohitabindu na uppannaṃ, aho sādhu, aho suṭṭhu, sabbe sattā sukhitā hontu, averā hontu, abyāpajjā hontū’’ti mettājhānaṃ uppādetvā tadeva pādakaṃ katvā saṅkhāre sammasitvā paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ sacchikatvā sayambhutaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ maggaphalasukhena sukhitaṃ hatthikkhandhe nisinnaṃ amaccā paṇipātaṃ katvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘yānakālo, mahārāja, vijitabalakāyassa sakkāro kātabbo, parājitabalakāyassa bhattaparibbayo dātabbo’’ti. So āha – ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhaṇe, rājā, paccekabuddho nāmāha’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ devo bhaṇati, na edisā paccekabuddhā hontī’’ti. ‘‘Kīdisā, bhaṇe, paccekabuddhā’’ti? ‘‘Paccekabuddhā nāma dvaṅgulakesamassū aṭṭhaparikkhārayuttā bhavantī’’ti. So dakkhiṇahatthena sīsaṃ parāmasi, tāvadeva gihiliṅgaṃ antaradhāyi, pabbajitaveso pāturahosi. Dvaṅgulakesamassu aṭṭhaparikkhārasamannāgato vassasatikattherasadiso ahosi. So catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā hatthikkhandhato vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā padumapupphe nisīdi. Amaccā vanditvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kammaṭṭhānaṃ, kathaṃ adhigatosī’’ti pucchiṃsu. So yato assa mettājhānakammaṭṭhānaṃ ahosi, tañca vipassanaṃ vipassitvā adhigato, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento udānagāthañca byākaraṇagāthañca imaṃyeva gāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍa’’nti.
这里,“一切”是指没有剩余、毫无遗漏。“众生”是指有情。这是这里的简要说明,详细解释我们会在《宝经释》里讲。“收起了”意思是放下了。“杖”指身杖、语杖、意杖,是身恶行等的同义词。因为身恶行会像用杖打人一样伤害人,也就是恼害人、给人带来不幸和灾祸,所以叫“杖”。语恶行和意恶行也是这样。或者也可以直接把“杖”理解为打人的棍杖,“收起了那杖”也是这个意思。“不恼害”就是不作恼害。“任何一者”指无论哪一个,哪怕只有一个。“他们”指那一切众生。“不希望得子”指在四种儿子——亲生子、田生子、养子、弟子——当中,不希望得到其中任何一个儿子。“何况同伴”意思是,怎么还可能希望得到朋友呢?巴利
Tattha sabbesūti anavasesesu. Bhūtesūti sattesu. Ayamettha saṅkhepo , vitthāraṃ pana ratanasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma. Nidhāyāti nikkhipitvā. Daṇḍanti kāyavacīmanodaṇḍaṃ, kāyaduccaritādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kāyaduccaritañhi daṇḍayatīti daṇḍaṃ, bādheti anayabyasanaṃ pāpetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritañca. Paharaṇadaṇḍo eva vā daṇḍo, taṃ nidhāyātipi vuttaṃ hoti. Aviheṭhayanti aviheṭhayanto. Aññatarampīti yaṃkiñci ekampi. Tesanti tesaṃ sabbabhūtānaṃ. Na puttamiccheyyāti atrajo, khettajo, dinnako, antevāsikoti imesu catūsu puttesu yaṃkiñci puttaṃ na iccheyya. Kuto sahāyanti sahāyaṃ pana iccheyyāti kuto eva etaṃ.
所谓“独”,从出家的意义来说是独一,从没有伴侣的意义来说是独一,从断除渴爱的意义来说是独一,从彻底远离烦恼的意义来说是独一,从独自证悟辟支菩提、已经正觉的意义来说是独一。确实,即使身处一千位沙门中间,由于已经断除了在家生活的结缚,他仍然是独一——这样,就是就出家的意义说“独”。他独自站着,独自行走,独自坐着,独自躺卧,在一切行住坐卧中独自而行——这样,就是就无伴侣的意义说“独”。巴利
Ekoti pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko, adutiyaṭṭhena eko, taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko, ekantavigatakilesoti eko, eko paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko. Samaṇasahassassāpi hi majjhe vattamāno gihisaṃyojanassa chinnattā eko, evaṃ pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko. Eko tiṭṭhati, eko gacchati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko iriyati vattatīti evaṃ adutiyaṭṭhena eko.
以渴爱为伴的人,在漫长的轮回中流转。
以此态与异态不能超越轮回。
知道了这个过患,知道渴爱是苦的根源,
比丘应无渴爱、不执取、具正念,四处游行。巴利
‘‘Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhānasaṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. ‘‘Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, taṇhaṃ dukkhassa sambhavaṃ; Vītataṇho anādāno, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti. (itivu. 15, 105; mahāni. 191; cūḷani.pārāyanānugītigāthāniddesa 107) –
就这样,从断除渴爱的角度来说,他是独一者。他的一切烦恼都已断除,根已彻底切断,像截断的多罗树桩一样,不再存在,未来不会再产生——就这样,从彻底远离烦恼的角度来说,他是独一者。他没有老师,是自己觉悟的,凭自己就正确觉悟了辟支菩提——就这样,从独自证得辟支菩提、已成正觉的角度来说,他是独一者。巴利
Evaṃ taṇhāpahānaṭṭhena eko. Sabbakilesāssa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti evaṃ ekantavigatakilesoti eko. Anācariyako hutvā sayambhū sāmaṃyeva paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti evaṃ eko paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
所谓“行”,就是指这八种行。具体来说:具足愿求的人在四种威仪中的威仪行;守护根门的人在六种内处中的处行;安住于不放逸的人在四念处中的念行;致力于增上心的人在四禅中的定行;具足智慧的人在四圣谛中的智行;正确行道的人在四圣谛中的道行;已证果的人在四沙门果中的证果行;三世诸佛为一切众生谋求世间利益的利世间行,其中一部分也属于独觉佛和佛弟子。正如《无碍解道》中所广说的:“行,就是八种行:威仪行……”意思是:应当具足这些行。另外,还有另一种八种行的说法:以信心决意而行,以精进努力而行,以正念安住而行,以禅定不散乱而行,以智慧了知而行,以识辨别而行——这样修行的人,善法就会增长,所以是以处行而行;这样修行的人,能证得殊胜,所以是以殊胜行而行。意思也是:应当具足这些行。关于“如犀牛角”:这里的“犀牛角”就是指犀牛的角。“劫”这个字的意义,将在《吉祥经》注释中详细说明,而在这里,应当像“啊,诸位,真的呀,据说正与等同于导师的弟子一起讨论”这类用法那样,理解为“类似”。说“如犀牛角”,就是如同犀牛角一般。以上是就词句而言的意义解说。巴利
Careti yā imā aṭṭha cariyāyo. Seyyathidaṃ – paṇidhisampannānaṃ catūsu iriyāpathesu iriyāpathacariyā, indriyesu guttadvārānaṃ chasu ajjhattikāyatanesu āyatanacariyā, appamādavihārīnaṃ catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu saticariyā, adhicittamanuyuttānaṃ catūsu jhānesu samādhicariyā, buddhisampannānaṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu ñāṇacariyā, sammāpaṭipannānaṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu maggacariyā, adhigatapphalānaṃ catūsu sāmaññaphalesu patticariyā, tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ sabbasattesu lokatthacariyā, tattha padesato paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānanti. Yathāha – ‘‘cariyāti aṭṭha cariyāyo iriyāpathacariyā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.197; 3.28) vitthāro. Tāhi cariyāhi samannāgato bhaveyyāti attho. Atha vā yā imā adhimuccanto saddhāya carati, paggaṇhanto vīriyena carati, upaṭṭhahanto satiyā carati, avikkhitto samādhinā carati, pajānanto paññāya carati, vijānanto viññāṇena carati, evaṃ paṭipannassa kusalā dhammā āyatantīti āyatanacariyāya carati, evaṃ paṭipanno visesaṃ adhigacchatīti visesacariyāya caratīti (paṭi. ma. 1.197; 3.28) evaṃ aparāpi aṭṭha cariyāyo vuttā, tāhipi samannāgato bhaveyyāti attho. Khaggavisāṇakappoti ettha khaggavisāṇaṃ nāma khaggamigasiṅgaṃ. Kappa-saddassa atthaṃ vitthārato maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ pakāsayissāma, idha panāyaṃ ‘‘satthukappena vata, bho, kira sāvakena saddhiṃ mantayamānā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.260) viya paṭibhāgo veditabbo. Khaggavisāṇakappoti khaggavisāṇasadisoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ tāvettha padato atthavaṇṇanā.
从意旨的连贯来看,应该这样理解:前面所说的那种刀杖,如果对众生施加,就是有害的。通过不对他们施加刀杖,并以与施加刀杖相反的慈心去利益他人,就对一切众生放下了刀杖。正因为放下了刀杖,所以不像那些没有放下刀杖的众生那样,用刀杖、刀剑、手或石块去伤害众生,而是不加伤害。其中,某位修行者依止这个慈心业处,观照当中属于受、想、行、识所摄的法,并随顺着继续观照其他属于行所摄的法,由此证得这个辟支菩提。这就是它的意旨。巴利
Adhippāyānusandhito pana evaṃ veditabbo – yvāyaṃ vuttappakāro daṇḍo bhūtesu pavattiyamāno ahito hoti, taṃ tesu appavattanena tappaṭipakkhabhūtāya mettāya parahitūpasaṃhārena ca sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, nihitadaṇḍattā eva ca yathā anihitadaṇḍā sattā bhūtāni daṇḍena vā satthena vā pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā viheṭhayanti, tathā aviheṭhayaṃ, aññatarampi tesaṃ imaṃ mettākammaṭṭhānamāgamma yadeva tattha vedanāgataṃ saññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇagataṃ tañca tadanusāreneva tadaññañca saṅkhāragataṃ vipassitvā imaṃ paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti ayaṃ tāva adhippāyo.
这里的连结是这样的:大臣们听了这话以后,问道:“尊者,您现在要去哪里?”于是,他作意观察“过去的独觉佛们住在哪里”,知道之后,回答说“在香山”。大臣们又说:“尊者,您现在是要舍弃我们、不要我们了吗?”这时,独觉佛说出“不求子”等全部偈颂。这里的意思是:我现在对这些地方等等,连任何一个儿子都不想要,更何况像你们这样的同伴?所以,你们当中如果有人想和我一起走、想成为像我这样的人,他就应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。或者也可以这样理解:当他们说“尊者,您现在是要舍弃我们、不要我们了吗”时,那位独觉佛说了“不求子,何况同伴”,然后看到前面所说的独自而行的功德,心生欢喜,生起喜悦和满足,于是说出这句感兴语:“应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。”这样说完之后,就在大众注视之下腾空而起,前往香山。巴利
Ayaṃ pana anusandhi – evaṃ vutte te amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘idāni, bhante, kuhiṃ gacchathā’’ti? Tato tena ‘‘pubbe paccekabuddhā kattha vasantī’’ti āvajjetvā ñatvā ‘‘gandhamādanapabbate’’ti vutte puna āhaṃsu – ‘‘amhe dāni, bhante, pajahatha na icchathā’’ti. Atha paccekasambuddho āha ‘‘na puttamiccheyyā’’ti sabbaṃ. Tatrādhippāyo – ahaṃ idāni atrajādīsu yaṃkiñci puttampi na iccheyyaṃ, kuto pana tumhādisaṃ sahāyaṃ. Tasmā tumhesupi yo mayā saddhiṃ gantuṃ mādiso vā hotuṃ icchati, so eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Atha vā tehi ‘‘amhe dāni, bhante, pajahatha na icchathā’’ti vutte so paccekasambuddho ‘‘na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāya’’nti vatvā attano yathāvuttenatthena ekacariyāya guṇaṃ disvā pamudito pītisomanassajāto imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. Evaṃ vatvā pekkhamānasseva mahājanassa ākāse uppatitvā gandhamādanaṃ agamāsi.
名叫香山的地方,在雪山之中,要越过小黑山、大黑山、龙绕山、月宫山、日宫山、金胁山和雪山这七座山才能到达。那里有一处叫欢喜根的岩窟,是独觉佛们居住的地方,还有三个洞窟:金洞、宝洞、银洞。在宝洞的门口,有一棵叫末邱沙的树,高有一由旬,宽也有一由旬。无论水中还是陆地上的花,它都能让它们开放,尤其在独觉佛到来的那天更是如此。树的上面有各种宝物做成的彩亭。那里有扫风把垃圾吹走,有平风把各种宝物做成的沙子铺平,有洒水风从阿那跋达多湖取水来洒,有香风从雪山把一切香树的气味吹来,有折花风把花摘下来撒落,有铺花风把花铺满各处。那里的座位总是铺设得整整齐齐,在独觉佛出现的那天以及布萨日,所有的独觉佛都会聚集起来坐在上面。这是那里的常态。这位独觉佛到了那里,就在铺好的座位上坐下。那时,如果还有其他独觉佛在,他们也会在那一刹那聚集过来,各自在铺好的座位上坐下。坐下之后,他们进入某种定境,然后出定。接着,僧团中的长老为了让大家随喜,就问新来的独觉佛:“你是怎么证得的?”这样问他的修行方法,那时他也只是说出自己那首感兴的偈颂。后来,世尊被阿难尊者问到,也说出同一首偈颂。阿难在结集时也是如此。这样一来,每一首偈颂在独觉佛证悟的地方、在末邱沙彩亭中、在阿难提问的时候、在结集的时候,一共被说了四次。巴利
Gandhamādano nāma himavati cūḷakāḷapabbataṃ mahākāḷapabbataṃ nāgapaliveṭhanaṃ candagabbhaṃ sūriyagabbhaṃ suvaṇṇapassaṃ himavantapabbatanti satta pabbate atikkamma hoti. Tattha nandamūlakaṃ nāma pabbhāraṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ vasanokāso, tisso ca guhāyo – suvaṇṇaguhā, maṇiguhā, rajataguhāti . Tattha maṇiguhādvāre mañjūsako nāma rukkho yojanaṃ ubbedhena, yojanaṃ vitthārena. So yattakāni udake vā thale vā pupphāni, sabbāni tāni pupphayati, visesena paccekabuddhāgamanadivase. Tassūparito sabbaratanamāḷo hoti. Tattha sammajjanakavāto kacavaraṃ chaḍḍeti, samakaraṇavāto sabbaratanamayavālukaṃ samaṃ karoti, siñcanakavāto anotattadahato ānetvā udakaṃ siñcati, sugandhakaraṇavāto himavantato sabbesaṃ sugandharukkhānaṃ gandhe āneti, ocinakavāto pupphāni ocinitvā pāteti, santharakavāto sabbattha santharati. Sadā supaññattāneva cettha āsanāni honti, yesu paccekabuddhuppādadivase, uposathadivase ca sabbe paccekabuddhā sannipatitvā nisīdanti. Ayaṃ tattha pakati. Ayaṃ paccekabuddho tattha gantvā paññattāsane nisīdati. Tato sace tasmiṃ kāle aññepi paccekabuddhā saṃvijjanti, tepi taṅkhaṇeyeva sannipatitvā paññattāsanesu nisīdanti. Nisīditvā ca kiñcideva samāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahanti. Tato saṅghatthero adhunāgatapaccekabuddhaṃ sabbesaṃ anumodanatthāya ‘‘kathamadhigata’’nti evaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchati, tadāpi so tameva attano udānabyākaraṇagāthaṃ bhāsati. Puna bhagavāpi āyasmatā ānandena puṭṭho tameva gāthaṃ bhāsati. Ānandopi saṅgītiyanti evaṃ ekekā gāthā paccekasambodhiabhisambuddhaṭṭhāne, mañjūsakamāḷe, ānandena pucchitakāle, saṅgītiyanti catukkhattuṃ bhāsitā hotīti.
92 “交往所生”这个偈颂是怎么来的呢?这位辟支菩萨在迦叶世尊的教法时期,按照前面说的方式,做了两万年的沙门修行,修习遍处业处,证得初禅,确定名色,作了特相审察的观修,但没有证得圣道,死后投生到梵天界。从那里命终后,投生到波罗奈国王第一王后的腹中,也按前面说的方式长大。自从他能分辨“这是女人,这是男人”的差别以后,就不喜欢女人扶他,连涂油、沐浴、装饰这些事也不肯接受,全由男人来照顾他。喂奶的时候,乳母们要穿上胸甲,扮成男人的样子给他喂奶。他只要闻到女人的气味或听到女人的声音就会哭。即使已经懂事,他也不愿看见女人。因此,人们就认定他“没有女人的气味”。巴利
92.Saṃsaggajātassāti gāthā kā uppatti? Ayampi paccekabodhisatto kassapassa bhagavato sāsane vīsati vassasahassāni purimanayeneva samaṇadhammaṃ karonto kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ nibbattetvā nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā lakkhaṇasammasanaṃ katvā ariyamaggaṃ anadhigamma brahmaloke nibbatti. So tato cuto bārāṇasirañño aggamahesiyā kucchimhi uppajjitvā purimanayeneva vaḍḍhamāno yato pabhuti ‘‘ayaṃ itthī, ayaṃ puriso’’ti visesaṃ aññāsi. Tadupādāya itthīnaṃ hatthe na ramati , ucchādananhāpanamaṇḍanādimattampi na sādiyati. Taṃ purisā eva posenti. Thaññapāyanakāle dhātiyo kañcukaṃ paṭimuñcitvā purisavesena thaññaṃ pāyenti. So itthīnaṃ gandhaṃ ghāyitvā saddaṃ vā sutvā rodati, viññutaṃ pattopi itthiyo passituṃ na icchati. Tena taṃ anitthigandhotveva sañjāniṃsu.
王子满十六岁时,国王心想:“我要把家族血脉延续下去。”于是从各个家族找来与他相配的少女,又命令一位大臣:“让王子开心起来。”大臣想用个办法让王子高兴,就在离他不远的地方围起布幕,安排演出歌舞戏剧。王子听到歌声和乐器声,问:“这是什么声音?”大臣说:“王子,这是为您演的戏,是那些有福之人才会有的。王子,尽情享受吧,您是个有大福报的人。”王子叫人用棍子把大臣打了一顿,赶了出去。大臣把这事报告了国王。国王和王子的母亲一起去安抚王子,然后又命令那位大臣去办。王子被他们催得实在受不了,就拿出上等黄金,命令金匠:“打造一个美丽的女人像。”金匠们造出一尊像毗首羯磨天所造一样、用各种饰品庄严起来的女人金像,拿给他看。王子一看,惊叹得摇了摇头,派人传话给父母:“如果我能得到这样的女人,我就娶。”父母心想:“我们的儿子有大福报,世间一定有一个过去和他一起修过福业的女子。”于是他们把金像放到车上,交给大臣们:“去吧,去找这样的女子。”大臣们带着金像,走遍十六大国。每到一个村庄,在水边等众人聚集的地方,他们把金像像天神一样安放好,用各种花和布装饰供养,搭起布帐,站在一旁,心想:“如果有人以前见过这样的女子,他会怎么说起呢?”他们用这个办法走遍了除末罗国以外的所有地方,因为看不起末罗国,觉得那是个“小国”,所以没有先去那里,就折返回来了。巴利
Tasmiṃ soḷasavassuddesike jāte rājā ‘‘kulavaṃsaṃ saṇṭhapessāmī’’ti nānākulehi tassa anurūpā kaññāyo ānetvā aññataraṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘kumāraṃ ramāpehī’’ti. Amacco upāyena taṃ ramāpetukāmo tassa avidūre sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā nāṭakāni payojāpesi. Kumāro gītavāditasaddaṃ sutvā ‘‘kasseso saddo’’ti āha. Amacco ‘‘taveso, deva , nāṭakitthīnaṃ saddo, puññavantānaṃ īdisāni nāṭakāni honti. Abhirama, deva, mahāpuññosi tva’’nti āha. Kumāro amaccaṃ daṇḍena tāḷāpetvā nikkaḍḍhāpesi. So rañño ārocesi. Rājā kumārassa mātarā saha gantvā kumāraṃ khamāpetvā puna amaccaṃ āṇāpesi. Kumāro tehi atinippīḷiyamāno seṭṭhasuvaṇṇaṃ datvā suvaṇṇakāre āṇāpesi ‘‘sundaraṃ itthirūpaṃ karothā’’ti. Te vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitaṃ itthirūpaṃ karitvā dassesuṃ. Kumāro disvā vimhayena sīsaṃ cāletvā mātāpitūnaṃ pesesi – ‘‘yadi īdisiṃ itthiṃ labhissāmi, gaṇhissāmī’’ti. Mātāpitaro ‘‘amhākaṃ putto mahāpuñño, avassaṃ tena saha katapuññā kāci dārikā loke uppannā bhavissatī’’ti taṃ suvaṇṇarūpaṃ rathaṃ āropetvā amaccānaṃ appesuṃ – ‘‘gacchatha, īdisiṃ dārikaṃ gavesathā’’ti. Te taṃ gahetvā soḷasamahājanapade vicarantā taṃ taṃ gāmaṃ gantvā udakatitthādīsu yattha yattha janasamūhaṃ passanti, tattha tattha devataṃ viya suvaṇṇarūpaṃ ṭhapetvā nānāpupphavatthālaṅkārehi pūjaṃ katvā vitānaṃ bandhitvā ekamantaṃ tiṭṭhanti ‘‘yadi kenaci evarūpā diṭṭhapubbā bhavissati, so kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti? Etenupāyena aññatra maddaraṭṭhā sabbajanapade āhiṇḍitvā taṃ ‘‘khuddakaraṭṭha’’nti avamaññamānā tattha paṭhamaṃ agantvā nivattiṃsu.
他们于是想:我们还是先去末罗国吧,免得回到波罗奈城后国王又派人把我们支出去。于是他们去了末罗国的娑迦罗城。娑迦罗城里有一位名叫末罗的国王,他的女儿年方十六,容貌美丽。她的侍女们为了取洗澡水而前往渡口,在那里远远看见大臣们安放的金像,便说:我们被派来取水,怎么公主自己来了?走近之后又说:这不是我们的女主人,我们的女主人比这还要美。大臣们听到这话,就去见国王,以合适的方式求娶那位少女,国王也答应了。他们便派人去禀报波罗奈城的国王:大王,已经找到那位少女了。是您亲自来,还是我们把她送过去?国王传话说:我若亲自前往,恐怕会扰害沿途百姓,你们把她送来吧。巴利
Tato nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘maddaraṭṭhampi tāva gacchāma, mā no bārāṇasiṃ paviṭṭhepi rājā puna pesesī’’ti maddaraṭṭhe sāgalanagaraṃ agamaṃsu. Sāgalanagare ca maddavo nāma rājā. Tassa dhītā soḷasavassuddesikā abhirūpā ahosi. Tassā vaṇṇadāsiyo nhānodakatthāya titthaṃ gacchanti. Tattha amaccehi ṭhapitaṃ taṃ suvaṇṇarūpaṃ dūratova disvā ‘‘amhe udakatthāya pesetvā rājaputtī sayameva āgatā’’ti bhaṇantiyo samīpaṃ gantvā ‘‘nāyaṃ sāminī, amhākaṃ sāminī ito abhirūpatarā’’ti āhaṃsu. Amaccā taṃ sutvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā anurūpena nayena dārikaṃ yāciṃsu. Sopi adāsi. Te bārāṇasirañño pāhesuṃ – ‘‘laddhā, deva, kumārikā, sāmaṃ āgacchatha, udāhu amheva ānemā’’ti. So ‘‘mayi āgacchante janapadapīḷā bhavissati, tumheva naṃ ānethā’’ti pesesi.
大臣们带着那个少女出了城,派人去给王子送信:“已经找到和金像相似的少女了。”王子一听,就被贪欲压倒,退失了初禅。他接连派使者传话:“快点带来!快点带来!”他们一路每处只住一夜,到了波罗奈城,留在城外,向国王请示:“今天该不该进城?”国王说:“这是从高贵家族迎来的少女,我们要先举行吉祥仪式,用盛大的礼遇迎她进城。先把她带到御苑去。”他们就照办了。那位少女极其娇贵,因乘车颠簸、长途劳累,得了风病,像枯萎的花环一样,夜里就死了。大臣们悲叹:“我们的荣耀全完了。”国王和市民也悲叹:“王族血脉断绝了!”全城一片喧哗。王子刚听到这个消息,就生起了极大的忧愁。巴利
Amaccāpi dārikaṃ gahetvā nagarā nikkhamitvā kumārassa pāhesuṃ – ‘‘laddhā suvaṇṇarūpasadisā kumārikā’’ti. Kumāro sutvāva rāgena abhibhūto paṭhamajjhānā parihāyi. So dūtaparamparāya pesesi – ‘‘sīghaṃ ānetha, sīghaṃ ānethā’’ti. Te sabbattha ekarattivāsena bārāṇasiṃ patvā bahinagare ṭhitā rañño pesesuṃ – ‘‘ajjeva pavisitabbaṃ, no’’ti. Rājā ‘‘seṭṭhakulā ānītā dārikā, maṅgalakiriyaṃ katvā mahāsakkārena pavesessāma, uyyānaṃ tāva naṃ nethā’’ti āha. Te tathā akaṃsu. Sā accantasukhumālā kumārikā yānugghāṭena ubbāḷhā addhānaparissamena uppannavātarogā milātamālā viya hutvā rattibhāge kālamakāsi. Amaccā ‘‘sakkārā paribhaṭṭhamhā’’ti parideviṃsu. Rājā ca nāgarā ca ‘‘kulavaṃso vinaṭṭho’’ti parideviṃsu. Sakalanagaraṃ kolāhalaṃ ahosi. Kumārassa sutamatteyeva mahāsoko udapādi.
于是王子开始挖掘忧愁的根源。他这样想:“所谓忧愁,并不是还没出生的人会有的,只有已经出生的人才会有的。所以忧愁是以生为条件的。那么生又以什么为条件呢?生是以有为条件的。”他就这样依靠过去修行积累的力量,如理作意,顺逆观察缘起,又顺着观察诸行,就坐在原地证得了独觉菩提。大臣们看到他安住在道果之乐中,身心愉悦,诸根寂静,内心平静地坐在那里,便向他行礼,说道:“大王不要忧愁了,赡部洲这么大,我们会给您找来比那位更美的女子。”他说:“我不忧愁,我是没有忧愁的独觉佛。”从这里往后,除了偈颂注释的部分,其余都和前面所说的偈颂一样。巴利
Tato kumāro sokassa mūlaṃ khanituṃ āraddho. So evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ soko nāma na ajātassa hoti, jātassa pana hoti. Tasmā jātiṃ paṭicca soko. Jāti pana kiṃ paṭiccāti? Bhavaṃ paṭicca jātī’’ti. Evaṃ pubbabhāvanānubhāvena yoniso manasikaronto anulomapaṭilomaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ disvā puna anulomañca saṅkhāre sammasanto tattheva nisinno paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Amaccā taṃ maggaphalasukhena sukhitaṃ santindriyaṃ santamānasaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā paṇipātaṃ katvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mā soci, deva, mahanto jambudīpo, aññaṃ tato sundarataraṃ kaññaṃ ānessāmā’’ti. So āha – ‘‘na socāmi, nissoko paccekabuddho aha’’nti. Ito paraṃ sabbaṃ vuttapurimagāthāsadisameva ṭhapetvā gāthāvaṇṇanaṃ.
偈颂的注释应当这样理解:saṃsaggajātassa 的意思是“已经产生了交往的人”。其中,交往有五种:因看见而交往、因听闻而交往、因身体接触而交往、因交谈而交往、因共同受用而交往。其中,彼此看见之后,通过眼识的运作过程而生起贪爱,这叫“见交往”。这里有个例子:在锡兰岛的迦利长湖村,一位居士的女儿看见一位在善见寺住、擅长长诵的年轻比丘正在村里乞食,心就系在了他身上,用尽各种办法也得不到他,后来就死了;还有一个情况是,那位年轻比丘看到她穿过的一块衣布碎片,心想:“穿着这样衣布的女子,我竟然没能和她一起生活。”于是心碎而死。那位年轻比丘就是例证。巴利
Gāthāvaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – saṃsaggajātassāti jātasaṃsaggassa. Tattha dassanasavanakāyasamullapanasambhogasaṃsaggavasena pañcavidho saṃsaggo. Tattha aññamaññaṃ disvā cakkhuviññāṇavīthivasena uppannarāgo dassanasaṃsaggo nāma. Tattha sīhaḷadīpe kāḷadīghavāpī gāme piṇḍāya carantaṃ kalyāṇavihāravāsidīghabhāṇakadaharabhikkhuṃ disvā paṭibaddhacittā kenaci upāyena taṃ alabhitvā kālaṅkatā kuṭumbiyadhītā ca tassā nivāsanacoḷakhaṇḍaṃ disvā ‘‘evarūpaṃ vatthaṃ dhāriniyā nāma saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ nālabhi’’nti phalitahadayo kālaṅkato. So eva daharo ca nidassanaṃ.
另外,还有一种情况:自己听到别人谈论容貌等种种美好,或者听到嬉笑、谈话、歌声等声音,依耳识路而生起贪爱,这叫闻交往。这里的例证是:住在山村的铁匠女儿和五位少女一起到莲花池去,沐浴后戴上花环,放声歌唱。一位在空中飞行的青年比丘——住在五窗窟的提舍——听到她的歌声,因为欲贪而从殊胜的境界退失,陷入灾难。这就是例证。巴利
Parehi pana kathiyamānaṃ rūpādisampattiṃ attanā vā hasitalapitagītasaddaṃ sutvā sotaviññāṇavīthivasena uppannarāgo savanasaṃsaggo nāma. Tatrāpi girigāmavāsikammāradhītāya pañcahi kumārikāhi saddhiṃ padumassaraṃ gantvā nhatvā mālaṃ āropetvā uccāsaddena gāyantiyā saddaṃ sutvā ākāsena gacchanto kāmarāgena visesā parihāyitvā byasanaṃ patto pañcaggaḷaleṇavāsī tissadaharo nidassanaṃ.
彼此抚摸对方身体而生起的贪爱,叫做身交往。说法青年比丘和国王的女儿就是这里的例子。据说在大寺里,有位青年比丘在说法。当时众人前来,国王也带着王后和公主一起来了。公主因为那位比丘的相貌和声音,生起了强烈的贪爱,那位青年比丘对公主也是如此。国王看到后察觉了,就命人用布幔把他们围起来。他们互相抚摸、拥抱。后来撤去布幔再看时,两人都已经死了。巴利
Aññamaññaṃ aṅgaparāmasanena uppannarāgo kāyasaṃsaggo nāma. Dhammabhāsanadaharabhikkhu ca rājadhītā cettha nidassanaṃ. Mahāvihāre kira daharabhikkhu dhammaṃ bhāsati. Tattha mahājano āgato, rājāpi aggamahesiyā rājadhītāya ca saddhiṃ agamāsi. Tato rājadhītāya tassa rūpañca sarañca āgamma balavarāgo uppanno, tassa daharassāpi. Taṃ disvā rājā sallakkhetvā sāṇipākārena parikkhipāpesi. Te aññamaññaṃ parāmasitvā āliṅgiṃsu. Puna sāṇipākāraṃ apanetvā passantā dvepi kālaṅkateyeva addasaṃsūti.
彼此互相招呼、攀谈而生起的贪欲,叫作交谈交往。比丘与比丘尼一起受用物品时生起的贪欲,叫作受用交往。在这两种交往中,犯波罗夷的比丘和比丘尼就是例子。据说在摩利迦瓦提大寺的法会上,杜他迦摩尼·阿巴耶王备好大布施,供养两众僧伽。当时在施热粥时,一位新入僧团的沙弥尼给了一位没有靠背的新入僧团沙弥一个牙环,并和他攀谈起来。后来两人都受了具足戒,到六十岁时去了对岸,因为彼此攀谈而回忆起从前的事,当下就生起了爱恋,违犯学处,成了波罗夷。就这样,在五种交往中,无论以哪一种交往,对生起交往的人来说就会有爱恋,以先前的贪为缘,强烈的贪欲就会生起。然后,随着爱恋而来,这苦就产生了;跟着那爱恋走,现世与后世的愁、悲等种种苦就发生、产生、生起。巴利
Aññamaññaṃ ālapanasamullapanavasena uppannarāgo pana samullapanasaṃsaggo nāma. Bhikkhu bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ paribhogakaraṇe uppannarāgo sambhogasaṃsaggo nāma. Dvīsupi etesu pārājikappatto bhikkhu ca bhikkhunī ca nidassanaṃ. Maricavaṭṭināmamahāvihāramahe kira duṭṭhagāmaṇiabhayarājā mahādānaṃ paṭiyādetvā ubhatosaṅghaṃ parivisati. Tattha uṇhayāguyā dinnāya saṅghanavakasāmaṇerī anādhārakassa saṅghanavakassa sāmaṇerassa dantavalayaṃ datvā samullapanamakāsi. Te ubhopi upasampajjitvā saṭṭhivassā hutvā paratīraṃ gatā aññamaññaṃ samullapanena pubbasaññaṃ paṭilabhitvā tāvadeva sañjātasinehā sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamitvā pārājikā ahesunti. Evaṃ pañcavidhe saṃsagge yena kenaci saṃsaggena jātasaṃsaggassa bhavati sneho, purimarāgapaccayo balavarāgo uppajjati. Tato snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti tameva snehaṃ anugacchantaṃ sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikaṃ sokaparidevādinānappakārakaṃ idaṃ dukkhaṃ pahoti pabhavati jāyati.
另外一些人说:“心在对象上的放逸,就是交往。”由此产生爱恋,这爱恋就是苦。那位辟支佛这样说明了义理上的区分之后,说出这半偈:“这追随爱恋而来的愁等诸苦能够生起,我就是在挖掘那追随爱恋之苦的根源时,证得了辟支菩提。”巴利
Apare ‘‘ārammaṇe cittassa vossaggo saṃsaggo’’ti bhaṇanti. Tato sneho, snehadukkhamidanti. Evamatthappabhedaṃ imaṃ aḍḍhagāthaṃ vatvā so paccekabuddho āha – ‘‘svāyaṃ yamidaṃ snehanvayaṃ sokādidukkhaṃ pahoti, tameva snehaṃ anugatassa dukkhassa mūlaṃ khananto paccekabodhiṃ adhigato’’ti.
听完这番话,那些大臣问道:“尊者,那我们现在该做什么呢?”于是他答道:“如果你们之中,或者任何一个人,想要从这苦中解脱出来,就应该看清一切由爱恋所生的过患,独自而行,像犀牛角一样。这里应当知道,前面所说的‘因为爱恋相随,这苦才生起’,正是针对‘看清由爱恋所生的过患’这句话而说的。或者也可以这样理解:就像前面解释交往时所说的‘有了交往,爱恋就生起;因为爱恋相随,这苦就生起’,如此如实看清由爱恋所生的过患之后,我证得了——这样把第四句连接起来理解,应当知道这也是从爱恋的角度来说的,和前面所讲的方式一样。此后的所有内容,都和前一偈颂的解说相同。巴利
Evaṃ vutte te amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘amhehi dāni, bhante, kiṃ kattabba’’nti? Tato so āha – ‘‘tumhe vā aññataro vā imamhā dukkhā muccitukāmo, so sabbopi ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. Ettha ca yaṃ taṃ ‘‘snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahotī’’ti vuttaṃ, tadeva sandhāya ‘‘ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno’’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Atha vā yathāvuttena saṃsaggena ‘saṃsaggajātassa bhavati sneho, snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti’, evaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno ahamadhigatoti evaṃ sambandhitvā catutthapādo pubbe vuttanayeneva snehavasena vuttoti veditabbo. Tato paraṃ sabbaṃ purimagāthāya vuttasadisamevāti.
93 “朋友与心友”这一偈的缘起是什么?这位辟支菩萨像前面那首偈颂所说的那样出生后,在波罗奈城治理国政时,证得了初禅。他思考“沙门法更殊胜,还是王位更殊胜”,于是把王位交给大臣们,自己修行沙门法。大臣们虽然被嘱咐“要依法、公正地办事”,却收受贿赂,做不公正的事。他们收了贿赂,让物主败诉,有一次让一位国王的宠臣输了官司。那人就同国王的侍膳人员一起进宫,把全部经过禀告了国王。第二天,国王亲自去了审判处。于是大众高声喧嚷:“大王啊,大臣们把物主判成了非物主!”吵闹得像大战一样。国王从审判处起身,登上宫殿,坐下来想入定。但因为那吵闹声,他心神散乱,无法入定。他想:“我要这王位有什么用?沙门法更殊胜。”于是舍弃了王位的快乐,重新证得禅定,像前面所说的那样修观,亲证了辟支菩提。当有人问他修行法门时,他说了这首偈。巴利
93.Mitte suhajjeti kā uppatti? Ayaṃ paccekabodhisatto purimagāthāya vuttanayeneva uppajjitvā bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kārento paṭhamajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā ‘‘kiṃ samaṇadhammo varo, rajjaṃ vara’’nti vīmaṃsitvā amaccānaṃ rajjaṃ niyyātetvā samaṇadhammaṃ akāsi. Amaccā ‘‘dhammena samena karothā’’ti vuttāpi lañjaṃ gahetvā adhammena karonti. Te lañjaṃ gahetvā sāmike parājayantā ekadā aññataraṃ rājavallabhaṃ parājesuṃ. So rañño bhattakārakehi saddhiṃ pavisitvā sabbaṃ ārocesi. Rājā dutiyadivase sayaṃ vinicchayaṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi. Tato mahājanā – ‘‘amaccā, deva, sāmike asāmike karontī’’ti uccāsaddaṃ karontā mahāyuddhaṃ viya akaṃsu. Atha rājā vinicchayaṭṭhānā vuṭṭhāya pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā samāpattiṃ appetuṃ nisinno. Tena saddena vikkhittacitto na sakkoti appetuṃ. So ‘‘kiṃ me rajjena, samaṇadhammo vara’’nti rajjasukhaṃ pahāya puna samāpattiṃ nibbattetvā pubbe vuttanayeneva vipassitvā paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Kammaṭṭhānañca pucchito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi.
在这里,因为慈爱而成为朋友;因为心地善良而成为心友。有些人只是一心希望对方得到利益,所以是朋友,但不是心友。有些人在来来去去、同处同坐、交谈等事情上,能让人心生欢喜,所以是心友,但不是朋友。有些人兼具这两方面,既是心友,也是朋友。他们分两种:在家人和出家人。其中,在家人有三种:能提供帮助的、能同甘共苦的、心怀怜悯的;出家人则特别是指那些开示义理的人。他们具备四种特质,正如所说——巴利
Tattha mettāyanavasena mittā. Suhadayabhāvena suhajjā. Keci ekantahitakāmatāya mittāva honti na suhajjā. Keci gamanāgamanaṭṭhānanisajjāsamullāpādīsu, hadayasukhajananena suhajjāva honti, na mittā. Keci tadubhayavasena suhajjā ceva mittā ca honti. Te duvidhā agāriyā ca anagāriyā ca. Tattha agāriyā tividhā honti upakāro samānasukhadukkho anukampakoti. Anagāriyā visesena atthakkhāyino eva. Te catūhi aṅgehi samannāgatā honti. Yathāha –
居士子,要知道,能提供帮助、真心为对方好的朋友,可以从四个方面来辨认:他会保护疏忽大意的人,看护疏忽大意者的财物,成为恐惧者的依靠,在有事要办的时候,会给出双倍的财物支持。巴利
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi upakāro mitto suhado veditabbo. Pamattaṃ rakkhati, pamattassa sāpateyyaṃ rakkhati, bhītassa saraṇaṃ hoti, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu taddiguṇaṃ bhogaṃ anuppadeti’’ (dī. ni. 3.261).
居士子,应当知道,同甘共苦的朋友是真心朋友,可以从四个方面来辨认:他把自己的秘密告诉你,他会替你保守秘密,在你遇到危难时不会抛弃你,甚至愿意为了你舍弃自己的生命。巴利
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi samānasukhadukkho mitto suhado veditabbo. Guyhamassa ācikkhati, guyhamassa parigūhati, āpadāsu na vijahati, jīvitaṃpissa atthāya pariccattaṃ hoti’’ (dī. ni. 3.262).
居士子,应当知道,有悲悯心的朋友、真心为你好的人,可以从四种表现来辨认:朋友落魄时他不高兴,朋友发达时他高兴,有人说朋友坏话他会制止,有人说朋友好话他会称赞。巴利
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi anukampako mitto suhado veditabbo. Abhavenassa na nandati, bhavenassa nandati, avaṇṇaṃ bhaṇamānaṃ nivāreti, vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇamānaṃ pasaṃsati’’ (dī. ni. 3.264).
居士子,要知道,能指出利益的善友,可以从四个方面来辨认:他远离恶行,引导你向善,让你听到没听过的东西,为你指明通往天界的路。巴利
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi atthakkhāyī mittā suhado veditabbo. Pāpā nivāreti, kalyāṇe niveseti, assutaṃ sāveti, saggassa maggaṃ ācikkhatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.263).
这里说的“三种”是指三种在家人,但从含义上说,其实也适用于所有人。“他悲悯这些朋友与心友”,意思是心怀怜惜,想为他们带来安乐、去除痛苦。巴利
Tesvidha agāriyā adhippetā, atthato pana sabbepi yujjanti. Te mitte suhajje anukampamānoti anudayamāno, tesaṃ sukhaṃ upasaṃharitukāmo dukkhaṃ apaharitukāmo ca.
“削减利益”:从现世利益、来世利益和究竟利益来说,有三种利益;同样,从自利、他利、自他两利来说,也有三种利益。已得到的利益被毁掉,未得到的利益不产生,这样也有两种方式的削减、破坏。“依着心”:心里想“我离开这个人就活不下去,他是我的去处,他是我的归宿”,这样把自己放在低下的位置,也是依着心;或者想“他们离开我就活不下去,我是他们的去处,我是他们的归宿”,这样把自己放在高高的位置,也是依着心。这里所指的就是这样的依着心。“这是怖畏”:这是指利益削减的怖畏,是就自己禅那退失而说的。“交际”:依贪、见、友伴三种交际而有三种交际。其中,有一百零八种的贪是贪交际,有六十二种的见是见交际,因依着心而对朋友怜愍是友伴交际。在这里所指的就是那(友伴交际)。因为他由此禅那退失了。所以说:“见此交际有怖畏,我已达(此定)。”其余所说相同。巴利
Hāpeti atthanti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthavasena tividhaṃ, tathā attatthaparatthaubhayatthavasenāpi tividhaṃ atthaṃ laddhavināsanena aladdhānuppādanenāti dvidhāpi hāpeti vināseti. Paṭibaddhacittoti ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ vinā na jīvāmi, esa me gati, esa me parāyaṇa’’nti evaṃ attānaṃ nīce ṭhāne ṭhapentopi paṭibaddhacitto hoti. ‘‘Ime maṃ vinā na jīvanti, ahaṃ tesaṃ gati, ahaṃ tesaṃ parāyaṇa’’nti evaṃ attānaṃ ucce ṭhāne ṭhapentopi paṭibaddhacitto hoti. Idha pana evaṃ paṭibaddhacitto adhippeto. Etaṃ bhayanti etaṃ atthahāpanabhayaṃ, attano samāpattihāniṃ sandhāyāha. Santhaveti tividho santhavo taṇhādiṭṭhimittasanthavavasena. Tattha aṭṭhasatapabhedāpi taṇhā taṇhāsanthavo, dvāsaṭṭhibhedāpi diṭṭhi diṭṭhisanthavo, paṭibaddhacittatāya mittānukampanā mittasanthavo. Tesu so idha adhippeto. Tena hissa samāpatti parihīnā. Tenāha – ‘‘etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno ahaṃ adhigato’’ti. Sesaṃ vuttasadisamevāti.
94 “竹与广”这个说法的由来是什么?据说,从前在迦叶世尊的教法时期,有三位辟支菩萨出家,在两万年里圆满履行了去而复返的修行义务,死后投生到天界。从那里死后,他们中最年长的那位投生在波罗奈的王族中,另外两位则投生在边地的王族中。那两位都学好了业处,舍弃王位出家,逐渐证得独觉佛,住在欢喜根山窟。有一天,他们从等至出定,心想:“我们是做了什么业,才得到这种出世间之乐?”于是观察,便看见自己各自在迦叶佛时期的行为。接着又想:“第三位在哪里?”继续观察,看见他正在治理波罗奈国。他们忆念起他的功德,心想:“他天生就具足少欲等功德,能做我们的教导者、劝诫者,能接受别人的话,还能呵责恶行。来吧,我们给他指示所缘,告诉他。”于是寻找机会。有一天,他们看见这位国王盛装打扮,正前往园林,便从空中飞来,停在园林门口的竹丛根部。大众对见国王百看不厌,都抬头望着国王。这时国王心想:“有没有谁对我的出现毫不在意?”他环视四周,看见了那几位独觉佛。仅仅一见,国王便对他们生起了亲切之感。于是他从象背上下来,以安详的举止走近,问道:“尊者,你们叫什么名字?”他们答道:“大王,我们叫无著。”国王问:“尊者,无著是什么意思?”他们答道:“大王,就是不执著之义。”于是他们指着竹丛说:“大王,譬如这丛竹子,根、干、枝、小枝完全交织在一起而立,若有人手持利斧从根部砍断后拉扯,也无法将它拔出;同样,你内外都被结缚缠住,执著、贪染,在那里黏着。大王,又譬如这竹丛中间的一根竹笋,因为尚未长出枝条,对任何东西都不黏着而独立,可以从顶端或根部砍断后拔出;同样,我们对任何地方都不执著,能去往一切方向。”说完,他们立刻入第四禅,就在国王眼前从空中前往欢喜根山窟。于是国王心想:“我什么时候也能这样无著呢?”他就站在那里观照,证得了辟支菩提。像前面那样被问及业处时,他说了这首偈。巴利
94.Vaṃso visāloti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane tayo paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasirājakule nibbatto, itare dve paccantarājakulesu. Te ubhopi kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā anukkamena paccekabuddhā hutvā nandamūlakapabbhāre vasantā ekadivasaṃ samāpattito vuṭṭhāya ‘‘mayaṃ kiṃ kammaṃ katvā imaṃ lokuttarasukhaṃ anuppattā’’ti āvajjetvā paccavekkhamānā kassapabuddhakāle attano attano cariyaṃ addasaṃsu. Tato ‘‘tatiyo kuhi’’nti āvajjentā bārāṇasirajjaṃ kārentaṃ disvā tassa guṇe saritvā ‘‘so pakatiyāva appicchatādiguṇasamannāgato hoti, amhākaṃyeva ovādako vattā vacanakkhamo pāpagarahī, handa, naṃ ārammaṇaṃ dassetvā ārocemā’’ti okāsaṃ gavesantā taṃ ekadivasaṃ sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchantaṃ disvā ākāsenāgantvā uyyānadvāre veḷugumbamūle aṭṭhaṃsu. Mahājano atitto rājadassanena rājānaṃ ulloketi. Tato rājā ‘‘atthi nu kho koci mama dassane byāpāraṃ na karotī’’ti olokento paccekabuddhe addakkhi. Saha dassaneneva cassa tesu sineho uppajji. So hatthikkhandhā oruyha santena ācārena upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘bhante, kiṃ nāma tumhe’’ti pucchi. Te ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, asajjamānā nāmā’’ti āhaṃsu . ‘‘Bhante, asajjamānāti etassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Alagganattho, mahārājā’’ti. Tato veḷugumbaṃ dassetvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘seyyathāpi, mahārāja, imaṃ veḷugumbaṃ sabbaso mūlakhandhasākhānusākhāhi saṃsibbitvā ṭhitaṃ asihattho puriso mūle chetvā āviñchanto na sakkuṇeyya uddharituṃ, evameva tvaṃ anto ca bahi ca jaṭāya jaṭito āsattavisatto tattha vilaggo. Seyyathāpi vā panassa vemajjhagatopi ayaṃ vaṃsakaḷīro asañjātasākhattā kenaci alaggova ṭhito, sakkā ca pana agge vā mūle vā chetvā uddharituṃ, evameva mayaṃ katthaci asajjamānā sabbā disā gacchāmā’’ti tāvadeva catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā passato eva rañño ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamaṃsu. Tato rājā cintesi – ‘‘kadā nu kho ahampi evaṃ asajjamāno bhaveyya’’nti tattheva ṭhito vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Purimanayeneva kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi.
这里,“竹”就是竹子。“广”是宽广、铺展的意思。“va”这个音是用来强调限定的,或者它其实就是“eva”(正是、就是),因为连音的关系,这里的“e”音消失了。它和后面的词有关联,我们后面再一起解释。“如”是比喻、好像的意思。“执著”是粘住、缠结、紧紧纠结在一起。“于儿女、妻子”是指对儿女和妻子。“那份爱恋”是指那种渴爱,那种情感上的黏着。“犹如竹笋,无所粘着”就是像竹笋一样不粘附任何东西。这说的是什么呢?就像竹子蔓延宽广、互相缠结在一起,对儿女和妻子的爱恋也是这样,因为在那样的对象上紧紧缠结而住,所以也就是执著。我(国王)过去正是带着那样的爱恋,像蔓延的竹子一样执著——当他这样看清了爱恋的过患之后,就用道智斩断了那份爱恋。这个人就像一株竹笋,对于色等诸法、利养等、欲有等、邪见等,不再因为渴爱、慢心和邪见而粘着,从而证得了独觉菩提。其余部分按照前面的方式理解即可。巴利
Tattha vaṃsoti veḷu. Visāloti vitthiṇṇo. Va-kāro avadhāraṇattho, eva-kāro vā ayaṃ, sandhivasena ettha e-kāro naṭṭhā. Tassa parapadena sambandho. Taṃ pacchā yojessāma. Yathāti paṭibhāge. Visattoti laggo jaṭito saṃsibbito. Puttesu dāresu cāti puttadhītubhariyāsu. Yā apekkhāti yā taṇhā yo sineho. Vaṃsakkaḷīrova asajjamānoti vaṃsakaḷīro viya alaggamāno. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā vaṃso visālo visatto eva hoti, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā, sāpi evaṃ tāni vatthūni, saṃsibbitvā ṭhitattā visattā eva. Svāhaṃ tāya apekkhāya apekkhavā visālo vaṃso viya visattoti evaṃ apekkhāya ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ apekkhaṃ maggañāṇena chindanto ayaṃ vaṃsakaḷīrova rūpādīsu vā lābhādīsu vā kāmabhavādīsu vā diṭṭhādīsu vā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena asajjamāno paccekabodhiṃ adhigatoti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
95 “林中鹿”这个说法,是怎么来的呢?据说,有一位比丘,在迦叶世尊的教法里修习瑜伽行。他命终之后,投生在波罗奈城一户巨富的长者家中,家财万贯,受用丰厚。他长得相貌端正,后来却与人妻私通。死后堕入地狱,在那里受了苦报。靠着剩余业力的牵引,他以女身投生到那位长者妻子的腹中。从地狱投生来的众生,身体都是滚烫的。因此长者妻怀着她时,腹部像被火烧一样,艰难辛苦地熬过孕期,足月生下了一个女孩。这女孩从出生那天起,就被父母以及所有亲族眷属厌恶。到了出嫁的年纪,无论嫁到哪家,丈夫和公婆也都厌弃她,觉得她不讨喜、不称心。后来,有一次宣布要庆祝星宿节,长者子不想和她一起游乐,便叫了妓女来玩。她从婢女那里听到这事,就走到长者子面前,用种种方式恳求,然后说道:“夫君啊,女人这东西,就算是十位国王的妹妹,或者是转轮圣王的女儿,终究也得听丈夫使唤。丈夫连话都不跟自己说,那痛苦就像被钉在刑桩上一样。如果我还值得您照顾,就请您照顾我;如果不值得,就请放我走。我要回娘家去。”长者子说:“好吧,贤妻,别难过,去准备游乐的东西吧,我们要庆祝星宿节。”长者女就因为这几句话,满心欢喜,心想:“明天我要庆祝星宿节。”于是准备了许多好吃的。第二天,长者子没跟她说一声,就自己去了游乐的地方。她坐在那里望着路,心想:“现在该派人来了,现在该派人来了。”一直等到太阳西斜,才派人去找。那些人回来禀报说:“长者子已经走了。”她便带上准备好的所有东西,登上车,出发前往园林。巴利
95.Migoaraññamhīti kā uppatti? Eko kira bhikkhu kassapassa bhagavato sāsane yogāvacaro kālaṃ katvā bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhikule uppanno aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge. So subhago ahosi, tato paradāriko hutvā kālaṅkato niraye nibbatto tattha paccitvā pakkāvasesena seṭṭhibhariyāya kucchimhi itthī hutvā paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Nirayato āgatānaṃ sattānaṃ gattāni uṇhāni honti. Tena seṭṭhibhariyā ḍayhamānena udarena kicchena kasirena taṃ gabbhaṃ dhāretvā kālena dārikaṃ vijāyi. Sā jātadivasato pabhuti mātāpitūnaṃ sesabandhuparijanānañca dessā ahosi. Vayappattā ca yamhi kule dinnā, tatthāpi sāmikasassusasurānaṃ dessāva ahosi appiyā amanāpā. Atha nakkhatte ghosite seṭṭhiputto tāya saddhiṃ kīḷituṃ anicchanto vesiṃ ānetvā kīḷati. Sā taṃ dāsīnaṃ santikā sutvā seṭṭhiputtaṃ upasaṅkamitvā nānappakārehi anunayitvā ca āha – ‘‘ayyaputta, itthī nāma sacepi dasannaṃ rājūnaṃ kaniṭṭhā hoti, cakkavattino vā dhītā, tathāpi sāmikassa pesanakarā hoti. Sāmike anālapante sūle āropitā viya dukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Sace ahaṃ anuggahārahā anuggahetabbā, no ce, vissajjetabbā. Attano ñātikulaṃ gamissāmī’’ti. Seṭṭhiputto – ‘‘hotu, bhadde, mā soci kīḷanasajjā hohi, nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmā’’ti āha. Seṭṭhidhītā tāvattakena sallāpamattena ussāhajātā ‘‘sve nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmī’’ti bahuṃ khajjabhojjaṃ paṭiyādeti. Seṭṭhiputto dutiyadivase anārocetvāva kīḷanaṭṭhānaṃ gato. Sā ‘‘idāni pesessati, idāni pesessatī’’ti maggaṃ olokentī nisinnā ussūraṃ disvā manusse pesesi. Te paccāgantvā ‘‘seṭṭhiputto gato’’ti ārocesuṃ. Sā taṃ sabbaṃ paṭiyāditaṃ ādāya yānaṃ abhiruhitvā uyyānaṃ gantuṃ āraddhā.
这时,在欢喜根山窟有一位独觉佛,在第七天从灭尽定出定,嚼了龙藤齿木,在阿耨达池洗了脸,心里想:“今天要去哪里乞食呢?”他观察时看见了那位长者女,知道:“如果让她对我生起净信,那业就会消尽。”于是,他站在山窟附近六十由旬的殊胜红石板上,拿着钵和衣,进入能引发神通的禅那,从空中飞来,在她要走的路上降下,朝波罗奈城方向走去。婢女们一看见他,就禀告了长者女。她立刻下车,恭敬地礼拜,用种种美味具足的嚼食、啖食把钵装满,上面用莲花盖住,下面也垫了莲花,手里拿着一束花。她把钵奉到独觉佛手中,顶礼之后,手持花束发愿:“尊者,就像这朵花一样,无论我投生到哪里,愿我在那里都为人所爱、令人悦意。”这样发愿后,又发了第二愿:“尊者,住胎实在苦,愿我不再经历住胎,唯在莲花中化生。”又发了第三愿:“尊者,女身实在可厌,即使是转轮圣王的女儿,也要受他人支配。因此,愿我不再得女身,得成男子。”又发了第四愿:“尊者,愿我超越这轮回之苦,最终证得您所证得的甘露。”这样发了四愿后,她以那束莲花作供养,五体投地顶礼,又发了第五愿:“愿我的香气和色泽都像这花一样。”巴利
Atha nandamūlakapabbhāre paccekasambuddho sattame divase nirodhā vuṭṭhāya nāgalatādantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā anotattadahe mukhaṃ dhovitvā ‘‘kattha ajja bhikkhaṃ carissāmā’’ti āvajjento taṃ seṭṭhidhītaraṃ disvā ‘‘mayi imissā saddhākāraṃ kāretvā taṃ kammaṃ parikkhayaṃ gamissatī’’ti ñatvā pabbhārasamīpe saṭṭhiyojanamanosilātale ṭhatvā pattacīvaramādāya abhiññāpādakaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā ākāsenāgantvā tassā paṭipathe oruyha bārāṇasiṃ abhimukho agamāsi. Taṃ disvāva dāsiyo seṭṭhidhītāya ārocesuṃ. Sā yānā oruyha sakkaccaṃ vanditvā pattaṃ sabbarasasampannena khādanīyena bhojanīyena pūretvā padumapupphena paṭicchādetvā heṭṭhāpi padumapupphaṃ katvā pupphakalāpaṃ hatthena gahetvā paccekabuddhassa hatthe pattaṃ datvā vanditvā pupphakalāpahatthā patthanaṃ akāsi – ‘‘bhante, yathā idaṃ pupphaṃ, evāhaṃ yattha yattha upapajjāmi, tattha tattha mahājanassa piyā bhaveyyaṃ manāpā’’ti. Evaṃ patthetvā dutiyampi patthesi – ‘‘bhante, dukkho gabbhavāso , taṃ anupagamma padumapupphe eva paṭisandhi bhaveyyā’’ti. Tatiyampi patthesi – ‘‘bhante, jeguccho mātugāmo, cakkavattidhītāpi paravasaṃ gacchati. Tasmā ahaṃ itthibhāvaṃ anupagamma puriso bhaveyya’’nti. Catutthampi patthesi – ‘‘bhante, imaṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ atikkamma pariyosāne tumhehi pattaṃ amataṃ pāpuṇeyya’’nti. Evaṃ caturo paṇidhī katvā taṃ padumapupphakalāpaṃ pūjetvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā ‘‘pupphasadiso eva me gandho ceva vaṇṇo ca hotū’’ti imaṃ pañcamaṃ paṇidhiṃ akāsi.
于是,独觉佛接过钵和花束,站在虚空中——巴利
Tato paccekabuddho pattañca pupphakalāpañca gahetvā ākāse ṭhatvā –
愿你所欲求、所愿求者迅速成就。
愿一切心愿都圆满实现,就像十五的月亮一样。巴利
‘‘Icchitaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, khippameva samijjhatu; Sabbe pūrentu saṅkappā, cando pannaraso yathā’’ti. –
她用这首偈颂随喜了长者女之后,又发愿说:“愿长者女看见我离开。”接着便从空中前往欢喜根山窟。长者女看着他离去,心中生起了极大的喜。她过去生中所造的不善业,因为再也没有成熟的机会而彻底耗尽,她就像用罗望子酸汁洗净的铜器一样,变得清净。就在那一刻,她的夫家和娘家所有人都对她欢喜起来,纷纷想着“我们能做些什么呢”,送来亲切的话语和礼物。她的丈夫也派人来说:“快把长者女接回来,我是忘了她,才去了园子。”从那时起,丈夫就像珍爱涂在胸前的栴檀香、佩戴的珍珠璎珞、花鬘一样珍爱她,悉心照料。她在那里尽享一生自在、财富和称心的快乐,命终之后以男子之身化生在天界的莲花中。这位天子无论是走、是站、是坐、是卧,都在莲花苞里。人们称他为“大莲花天子”。他就以这样的威神力,顺着、逆着,只在六欲天中轮回。巴利
Imāya gāthāya seṭṭhidhītāya anumodanaṃ katvā ‘‘seṭṭhidhītā maṃ gacchantaṃ passatū’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Seṭṭhidhītāya taṃ passantiyā mahatī pīti uppajji. Bhavantare kataṃ akusalaṃ kammaṃ anokāsatāya parikkhīṇaṃ ciñcambiladhotatambalohabhājanamiva suddhā jātā. Tāvadevassā patikule ñātikule ca sabbo jano tuṭṭho. ‘‘Kiṃ karomā’’ti piyavacanāni ca paṇṇākārāni ca pesesi. Sāmikopi manusse pesesi – ‘‘seṭṭhidhītaraṃ sīghaṃ ānetha, ahaṃ vissaritvā uyyānaṃ āgato’’ti. Tato pabhuti ca naṃ ure vilittacandanaṃ viya āmuttamuttāhāraṃ viya pupphamālā viya ca piyāyanto parihari. Sā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ issariyabhogayuttasukhaṃ anubhavitvā kālaṃ katvā purisabhāvena devaloke padumapupphe uppajji. So devaputto gacchantopi padumapupphagabbhe eva gacchati, tiṭṭhantopi nisīdantopi sayantopi padumapupphagabbheyeva sayati. ‘‘Mahāpadumadevaputto’’ti ca naṃ vohariṃsu. Evaṃ so tena iddhānubhāvena anulomapaṭilomaṃ cha devaloke eva saṃsarati.
那时候,波罗奈国王有两万名嫔妃。她们当中连一个都没能生下儿子。大臣们向国王禀告:“大王,为了延续家族血脉,应该求个儿子。如果没有亲生儿子,庶出的孩子也能继承家业。”于是国王说:“除了王后以外,其余嫔妃在七天之内,随她们的心意,举行法乐之戏,让她们随意到外面去走动。”即便如此,他还是没能得到儿子。大臣们又说:“大王,王后在所有女子中,福德和智慧都是第一的,或许大王能让王后怀上儿子。”国王把这件事告诉了王后。王后说:“大王,只有持戒、说真话的女人才生得出儿子。一个丢掉了惭与愧的女人,哪来的儿子?”她登上宫殿,受持五戒,一遍又一遍地忆念。这位持戒的王后心中刚生起求子之念,帝释天的宝座就震动了。巴利
Tena ca samayena bārāṇasirañño vīsati itthisahassāni honti. Tāsu ekāpi puttaṃ na labhati. Amaccā rājānaṃ viññāpesuṃ – ‘‘deva, kulavaṃsānupālako putto icchitabbo, atraje avijjamāne khettajopi kulavaṃsadharo hotī’’ti. Atha rājā ‘‘ṭhapetvā mahesiṃ avasesā itthiyo sattāhaṃ dhammanāṭakaṃ karothā’’ti yathākāmaṃ bahi carāpesi, tathāpi puttaṃ nālattha. Puna amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mahārāja, mahesī nāma puññena ca paññāya ca sabbaitthīnaṃ aggā, appeva nāma devo mahesiyā kucchimhi puttaṃ labheyyā’’ti. Rājā mahesiyā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Sā āha – ‘‘mahārāja, yā itthī sīlavatī saccavādinī, sā puttaṃ labheyya, hirottapparahitāya kuto putto’’ti pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā pañca sīlāni samādiyitvā punappunaṃ āvajjesi, sīlavatiyā rājadhītāya pañca sīlāni āvajjentiyā puttapatthanācitte uppannamatte sakkassa āsanaṃ saṃkampi.
这时,帝释天观察后知道了这件事,心想:“我要给这位持戒的王女一个最好的儿子。”于是从空中来到王后面前,站着问她:“王后,你求什么?”她说:“大王,我求一个儿子。”帝释天说:“王后,我给你一个儿子,别担心了。”说完就回到天界,观察有没有寿命已尽的天子,发现这位大莲花天子想要往生到更高的天界,便去他的天宫,请求他说:“亲爱的孩子大莲花,请你去人间投生吧。”大莲花天子说:“大王,别这么说,人间太令人厌恶了。”帝释天说:“孩子,你正是因为过去在人间修了福德才生到这里,更应该留在那里圆满种种波罗蜜。去吧,孩子。”大莲花天子说:“大王,住胎太痛苦了,我没法在那里安住。”帝释天说:“孩子,你不会经历住胎之苦。因为你所造的业,你将只会在莲花苞中出生。去吧,孩子。”这样反复劝说后,大莲花天子才答应了。巴利
Atha sakko āvajjento etamatthaṃ viditvā – ‘‘sīlavatiyā rājadhītāya puttavaraṃ demī’’ti ākāsenāgantvā deviyā sammukhe ṭhito ‘‘kiṃ varesi, devī’’ti? ‘‘Puttaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Dammi te, devi, puttaṃ, mā cintayī’’ti vatvā devalokaṃ gantvā ‘‘atthi nu kho ettha khīṇāyuko’’ti āvajjento ‘‘ayaṃ mahāpadumo uparidevalokaṃ gantukāmo ca bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā tassa vimānaṃ gantvā ‘‘tāta mahāpaduma, manussalokaṃ gacchāhī’’ti yāci. So ‘‘mā evaṃ, mahārāja, bhaṇa, jegucchito manussaloko’’ti . ‘‘Tāta, tvaṃ manussaloke puññaṃ katvā idhūpapanno, tattheva ṭhatvā pāramiyo pūretabbā, gaccha, tātā’’ti. ‘‘Dukkho, mahārāja, gabbhavāso, na sakkomi tattha vasitu’’nti. ‘‘Tāta, te gabbhavāso natthi, tathā hi tvaṃ kammamakāsi, yathā padumagabbheyeva nibbattissasi, gaccha, tātā’’ti punappunaṃ vuccamāno adhivāsesi.
他从天界死后,投生在波罗奈国王园林里一座石板池的莲花苞中。那天夜里快天亮时,王后梦见自己带着两万名宫女去游园,在石板池的莲花苞里得到了一个儿子。天亮后,她守持戒行,来到那个地方,看见一朵莲花,既不在岸边,也不在深水里。她一见到那朵花,心里就生起了对儿子的疼爱。她自己下水把花摘了下来,花刚被摘到手,花瓣就绽开了。她在里面看见一个像黄金雕像一样的男婴,一见就喊出声来:“我得到儿子了!”大众发出成千上万声赞叹,又派人去禀报国王。国王听说后,问:“在哪里得到的?”听完经过,他说:“园林、池塘和莲花都是我的,所以这孩子生在我的地界上,就叫‘田生’吧。”于是把孩子迎进城里,让两万名宫女都来当他的乳母。哪个乳母摸清了王子的喜好,能喂他吃他想吃的东西,就能得到一千金。整个波罗奈城都轰动了,所有百姓都给王子送来成千上万的礼物。王子被大家不停地催着吃这个、吃那个,吃得受不了,心生厌烦,就走到城门那里,玩起了紫胶球。巴利
So devalokā cavitvā bārāṇasirañño uyyāne silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ padumagabbhe nibbatto. Tañca rattiṃ paccūsasamaye mahesī supinantena vīsatiitthisahassaparivutā uyyānaṃ gantvā silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ padumagabbhe puttaṃ laddhā viya ahosi. Sā pabhātāya rattiyā sīlāni rakkhamānā tattha gantvā ekaṃ padumapupphaṃ addasa, taṃ neva tīre hoti na gambhīre. Saha dassaneneva cassā tattha puttasineho uppajji. Sā sayaṃ eva otaritvā taṃ pupphaṃ aggahesi, pupphe gahitamatteyeva pattāni vikasiṃsu. Tattha suvaṇṇapaṭimaṃ viya dārakaṃ addasa, disvāva ‘‘putto me laddho’’ti saddaṃ nicchāresi. Mahājano sādhukārasahassāni pavattesi. Rañño ca pesesi. Rājā sutvā ‘‘kattha laddho’’ti pucchitvā laddhokāsaṃ sutvā ‘‘uyyānañca pokkharaṇiyaṃ padumañca amhākaṃyeva, tasmā amhākaṃ khette jātattā khettajo nāmāyaṃ putto’’ti vatvā nagaraṃ pavesetvā vīsatisahassaitthiyo dhātikiccaṃ kāresi. Yā yā kumārassa ruciṃ ñatvā patthitaṃ patthitaṃ khādanīyaṃ khādāpeti, sā sā sahassaṃ labhati. Sakalabārāṇasī calitā, sabbo jano kumārassa paṇṇākārasahassāni pesesi. Kumāro taṃ taṃ atinetvā ‘‘imaṃ khāda, imaṃ bhuñjā’’ti vuccamāno bhojanena ubbāḷho ukkaṇṭhito hutvā gopuradvāraṃ gantvā lākhāguḷakena kīḷati.
那时,有一位独觉佛依止波罗奈城,住在仙人堕处。他清晨起身,做完住处事务、身体清洁、作意等一切该做的事,从静坐中起来后,心里观察:“今天我要去哪里乞食?”他看见王子的福报,就探究:“这人过去造了什么业?”他进一步观察后知道:“他曾把食物布施给像我这样的人,还发了四个愿,其中三个已经实现,还有一个至今没有满愿。我该用善巧的方法,给他显示一个所缘。”于是,他为了乞食,来到王子那里。王子看见他,说:“沙门,别到这里来,这里的人也会对你说‘吃这个,吃这个’。”那位独觉佛听了这一句话,就从那里转身回到自己的住处。王子对随从说:“这位沙门被我说了一句就回去了,他是不是生我的气了?”随从们说:“出家修行的人不会以嗔怒为依靠,他们是靠别人以清净信心布施的东西来维持生活的。”尽管他们这样说,王子还是想:“这样的沙门一定是生气了,我要去向他道歉。”于是他把这事禀告父母,乘上大象,以盛大的王者威势前往仙人堕处。途中看见一群鹿,就问:“这些叫什么?”随从回答:“主人,这些叫鹿。”王子又问:“有没有人对它们说‘吃这个,吃这个,尝这个’,然后照顾它们?”随从回答:“没有,主人。哪里草和水容易得到,它们就住在哪里。”巴利
Tadā aññataro paccekabuddho bārāṇasiṃ nissāya isipatane vasati. So kālasseva vuṭṭhāya senāsanavattasarīraparikammamanasikārādīni sabbakiccāni katvā paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito ‘‘ajja kattha bhikkhaṃ gahessāmī’’ti āvajjento kumārassa sampattiṃ disvā ‘‘esa pubbe kiṃ kammaṃ karī’’ti vīmaṃsanto ‘‘mādisassa piṇḍapātaṃ datvā catasso patthanā patthesi, tattha tisso siddhā, ekā tāva na sijjhati, tassa upāyena ārammaṇaṃ dassemī’’ti bhikkhācāravasena kumārassa santikaṃ agamāsi. Kumāro taṃ disvā ‘‘samaṇa, mā idha āgacchi, ime hi tampi ‘imaṃ khāda, imaṃ bhuñjā’ti vadeyyu’’nti āha. So ekavacaneneva tato nivattitvā attano senāsanaṃ agamāsi. Kumāro parijanaṃ āha – ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo mayā vuttamattova nivatto, kuddho nu kho mamā’’ti. So tehi ‘‘pabbajitā nāma na kodhaparāyaṇā honti, parena pasannamanena yaṃ dinnaṃ, tena yāpentī’’ti vuccamānepi ‘‘duṭṭho evarūpo nāma samaṇo, khamāpessāmi na’’nti mātāpitūnaṃ ārocetvā hatthiṃ abhiruhitvā mahatā rājānubhāvena isipatanaṃ gantvā migayūthaṃ disvā pucchi – ‘‘kinnāmete’’ti? ‘‘Ete, sāmi, migā nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Etesaṃ ‘imaṃ khādatha, imaṃ bhuñjatha, imaṃ sāyathā’ti vatvā paṭijaggantā atthī’’ti? ‘‘Natthi, sāmi, yattha tiṇodakaṃ sulabhaṃ tattha vasantī’’ti.
王子心想:“就像这些鹿没人看管,想去哪儿就在哪儿待着,我什么时候也能这样自在呢?”他把这个情景当作了修行的所缘。那位独觉佛知道王子要来,就把通往住处和经行处的路都扫得干干净净,自己在上面走了一两趟或三趟,留下脚印;又把白天休息的地方和树叶搭的茅屋也打扫平整,只留下进去的脚印,不留下出来的脚印,然后就去了别处。王子到了那里,看见那片地方打扫得那么平整,又听到随从们说:“那位独觉佛大概就住在这里吧。”于是说道:“今天早上那位沙门就不高兴了,现在要是看到自己的地方被大象、马匹什么的踩过,肯定更不高兴。你们就待在这儿吧。”他从象背上下来,一个人走进住处,看到那些按规矩打扫干净的地方留着脚印,心想:“这位沙门在这里经行的时候,心里想的肯定不是做生意之类的事,他一定是一心只想着自己的修行吧。”他心里生起了清净的信心,就走上经行道,放下了种种杂念,走到一块石板那儿坐下,心变得专注起来;然后走进树叶茅屋,修观证得了辟支菩提。和前面一样,当国师问他修行方法时,他坐在虚空中,说出了这首偈子。巴利
Kumāro ‘‘yathā ime arakkhiyamānāva yattha icchanti, tattha vasanti, kadā nu kho ahampi evaṃ vaseyya’’nti etaṃ ārammaṇaṃ aggahesi. Paccekabuddhopi tassa āgamanaṃ ñatvā senāsanamaggañca caṅkamanañca sammajjitvā maṭṭhaṃ katvā ekadvattikkhattuṃ caṅkamitvā padanikkhepaṃ dassetvā divāvihārokāsañca paṇṇasālañca sammajjitvā maṭṭhaṃ katvā pavisanapadanikkhepaṃ dassetvā nikkhamanapadanikkhepaṃ adassetvā aññatra agamāsi. Kumāro tattha gantvā taṃ padesaṃ sammajjitvā maṭṭhakataṃ disvā ‘‘vasati maññe ettha so paccekabuddho’’ti parijanena bhāsitaṃ sutvā āha – ‘‘pātopi so samaṇo dussati, idāni hatthiassādīhi attano okāsaṃ akkantaṃ disvā suṭṭhutaraṃ dusseyya, idheva tumhe tiṭṭhathā’’ti hatthikkhandhā oruyha ekakova senāsanaṃ paviṭṭho vattasīsena susammaṭṭhokāse padanikkhepaṃ disvā ‘‘so dānāyaṃ samaṇo ettha caṅkamanto na vaṇijjādikammaṃ cintesi, addhāyaṃ attano hitameva cintesi maññe’’ti pasannamānaso caṅkamaṃ abhiruhitvā dūrīkataputhuvitakko gantvā pāsāṇaphalake nisīditvā sañjātaekaggo hutvā paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ adhigantvā purimanayeneva purohitena kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchito gaganatale nisinno imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这里,“鹿”有两种:黑鹿和花斑鹿。另外,这也是对所有林中四足动物的通称。不过在这里,注释者说指的是花斑鹿。“在林中”,是指除了村落和村落周边以外剩下的林地,但这里指的是园林,所以说就是“在园林中”。“犹如”是表示比喻。“无束缚”,是指没有被绳索等绑住,这是为了显示它行动自在。“随意而行,为觅食故”,是说它想往哪个方向去,就往哪个方向去觅食。关于这一点,世尊也说过:巴利
Tattha migoti dve migā – eṇīmigo ca pasadamigo ca. Apica sabbesaṃ āraññikānaṃ catuppadānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana pasadamigo adhippetoti vadanti. Araññamhīti gāmañca gāmūpacārañca ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ araññaṃ, idha pana uyyānaṃ adhippetaṃ, tasmā ‘‘uyyānamhī’’ti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathāti paṭibhāge. Abaddhoti rajjubandhanādīhi abaddho, etena vissatthacariyaṃ dīpeti. Yenicchakaṃ gacchati vocarāyāti yena yena disābhāgena gantumicchati, tena tena disābhāgena gocarāya gacchati. Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,就像林中的一只鹿,在森林和灌木丛里走动时,能放心地走、放心地站、放心地坐、放心地躺下休息。这是什么原因呢?比丘们,因为它不在猎人的射程范围内。同样地,比丘们,一位比丘远离欲乐……(中略)……进入并安住在初禅中。比丘们,这就叫做比丘让魔罗无迹可寻,摧毁了魔罗的眼睛,使邪恶的魔看不见他。(《中部》1.287;《小部·犀牛角经义释》125)广说。巴利
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, āraññako migo araññe pavane caramāno vissattho gacchati, vissattho tiṭṭhati, vissattho nisīdati, vissattho seyyaṃ kappeti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Anāpāthagato, bhikkhave, luddassa, evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu antamakāsi māraṃ apadaṃ, vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’’ti (ma. ni. 1.287; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 125) vitthāro.
自在而行,指的是随自己的心意而行,或者不依赖他人。这里说的是:就像林中的野鹿,无拘无束,想去哪里觅食就去哪里;什么时候我也能斩断渴爱的束缚,像这样自在地行走呢?有智慧、贤明的人,看到这种自在而行,就应当独自修行。巴利
Seritanti sacchandavuttitaṃ aparāyattataṃ vā, idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā migo araññamhi abaddho yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya, tathā kadā nu kho ahampi taṇhābandhanaṃ chinditvā evaṃ gaccheyyanti. Viññū paṇḍito naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno eko careti.
96 96.“召唤”是怎么来的呢?据说,在波罗奈国国王举行大朝会的时候,大臣们都来觐见。其中一位大臣说:“大王,有件事您应该听一听。”他请求到一边单独说话。国王就从座位上起身,跟他过去了。后来又有一位大臣,在国王坐在大朝会上时请求说话;一位在国王坐在象背上时请求说话;一位在国王骑在马背上时请求说话;一位在国王坐在金车上时请求说话;一位在国王坐着轿子去园林时请求说话。国王都从那些地方下来,跟他过去了。还有一位大臣,在国王巡视地方时请求说话;国王听了他的话,也从象背上下来,走到一边去了。国王就这样被他们弄得厌烦透顶,于是出家了。那些大臣们凭着权势,越来越膨胀。其中一个人跑去对国王说:“大王,请把某某地方赐给我。”国王回答说:“那个地方是某某人在享用。”那人不接受国王的话,说:“我自己去把那个地方拿下来享用!”于是就到那里去,挑起了争执。后来双方都跑到国王跟前,互相告对方的状。国王心想:“这些人是不可能都满足的。”他看清了他们贪欲的过患,修观,证悟了辟支菩提。他按照前面所说的方式,说出了这段感叹。巴利
96.Āmantanā hotīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira mahāupaṭṭhānasamaye amaccā upasaṅkamiṃsu. Tesu eko amacco ‘‘deva, sotabbaṃ atthī’’ti ekamantaṃ gamanaṃ yāci. So uṭṭhāyāsanā agamāsi. Puna eko mahāupaṭṭhāne nisinnaṃ yāci, eko hatthikkhandhe nisinnaṃ, eko assapiṭṭhiyaṃ nisinnaṃ, eko suvaṇṇarathe nisinnaṃ, eko sivikāya nisīditvā uyyānaṃ gacchantaṃ yāci. Rājā tato orohitvā agamāsi. Aparo janapadacārikaṃ gacchantaṃ yāci, tassapi vacanaṃ sutvā hatthikkhandhato oruyha ekamantaṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ so tehi nibbinno hutvā pabbaji. Amaccā issariyena vaḍḍhanti. Tesu eko gantvā rājānaṃ āha – ‘‘asukaṃ nāma, mahārāja, janapadaṃ mayhaṃ dehī’’ti. Rājā taṃ ‘‘itthannāmo bhuñjatī’’ti bhaṇati. So rañño vacanaṃ anādiyitvā ‘‘gacchāmahaṃ taṃ janapadaṃ gahetvā bhuñjāmī’’ti tattha gantvā kalahaṃ katvā puna ubhopi rañño santikaṃ āgantvā aññamaññassa dosaṃ ārocenti. Rājā ‘‘na sakkā ime tosetu’’nti tesaṃ lobhe ādīnavaṃ disvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. So purimanayena imaṃ udānaṃ abhāsi.
这段话的意思是:当一个人站在朋友中间时,在叫作“午休”的住处,在叫作“大朝会”的场所,在叫作“游园”的外出中,在叫作“地方巡行”的游历中,总会用“你听我说这个,你把那个给我”这一类方式,一次又一次地被叫住。所以我对这些事感到厌离。那种被圣者们所实践、有许多利益、纯粹快乐的出家生活,虽然确实存在,却被那些被贪欲压倒的卑劣之人所不想要。我正是看到那不被贪求的出家生活,以及它因不依赖他人、依有能力的人而自在,于是开始修观,逐渐证得了辟支菩提。其余内容按前面所说的方式理解。巴利
Tassattho – sahāyamajjhe ṭhitassa divāseyyasaṅkhāte vāse ca, mahāupaṭṭhānasaṅkhāte ṭhāne ca, uyyānagamanasaṅkhāte gamane ca, janapadacārikasaṅkhātāya cārikāya ca, ‘‘idaṃ me suṇa, idaṃ me dehī’’tiādinā nayena tathā tathā āmantanā hoti, tasmā ahaṃ tattha nibbijjitvā yāyaṃ ariyajanasevitā anekānisaṃsā ekantasukhā, evaṃ santepi lobhābhibhūtehi sabbakāpurisehi anabhipatthitā pabbajjā, taṃ anabhijjhitaṃ paresaṃ avasavattanena bhabbapuggalavasena seritañca pekkhamāno vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā anukkamena paccekabodhiṃ adhigatosmi. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
97 「嬉戏乐」这个说法的来历是什么?据说在波罗奈城,有一位名叫独子梵授的国王。他有一个独生子,国王非常疼爱他,把他当作自己的命一样。国王无论行住坐卧,到哪里都带着这个儿子。有一天,国王要去园林游玩,就把儿子留在宫里自己去了。结果王子就在那一天得了急病死了。大臣们心想:“国王这么爱儿子,怕是要心碎。”于是没有禀报国王,就直接把王子火化了。国王在园林里喝得酩酊大醉,完全没有想起儿子,第二天洗澡吃饭的时候也没想起来。后来吃完饭坐下来,才忽然想起来,说道:“把我儿子带来!”大臣们就用委婉的方式把这件事禀报了他。国王被忧愁压垮,坐在那里如理作意:“有这个存在,那个才存在;这个生起,那个才生起。”他就这样依次顺观、逆观缘起,证得了辟支菩提。剩下的部分,和「交往偈」注释里所说的一样,只是偈颂词句的解释。巴利
97.Khiḍḍāratīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira ekaputtakabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So tassa ekaputtako piyo ahosi manāpo pāṇasamo, rājā sabbairiyāpathesu puttakaṃ gahetvāva vattati. So ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchanto taṃ ṭhapetvā gato. Kumāropi taṃ divasaṃyeva uppannena byādhinā mato. Amaccā ‘‘puttasinehena rañño hadayampi phaleyyā’’ti anārocetvāva naṃ jhāpesuṃ. Rājā uyyāne surāmadena matto puttaṃ neva sarati, tathā dutiyadivasepi nhānabhojanavelāsu. Atha bhuttāvī nisinno saritvā ‘‘puttaṃ me ānethā’’ti āha. Tassa anurūpena vidhānena taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesuṃ. Tato sokābhibhūto nisinno evaṃ yoniso manasākāsi – ‘‘imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjatī’’ti. Evaṃ anukkamena anulomapaṭilomaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ sammasanto paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Sesaṃ saṃsaggagāthāvaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttasadisameva ṭhapetvā gāthāyatthavaṇṇanaṃ.
词句解释如下:“嬉戏”就是玩耍。它有两种:身体上的和言语上的。其中,身体上的嬉戏,比如跟大象玩、跟马玩、跟车玩、跟弓玩、跟刀玩等等。言语上的嬉戏,比如唱歌、诵诗、口技鼓声、击打小鼓等等。“乐”指对五种欲乐的贪爱。“广大”指遍满整个身体,直到穿透骨髓。其余部分很容易明白。至于这里与偈颂主题的连结方式,也应当依照“交往偈”所说的那样来理解,此后的一切也是如此。巴利
Atthavaṇṇanā pana – khiḍḍāti kīḷanā. Sā duvidhā hoti kāyikā ca vācasikā ca. Tattha kāyikā nāma hatthīhipi kīḷanti, assehipi rathehipi dhanūhipi tharūhipīti evamādi. Vācasikā nāma gītaṃ silokabhaṇanaṃ mukhabheriālambarabherīti evamādi. Ratīti pañcakāmaguṇarati. Vipulanti yāva aṭṭhimiñjaṃ ahacca ṭhānena sakalattabhāvabyāpakaṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva . Anusandhiyojanāpi cettha saṃsaggagāthāya vuttanayeneva veditabbā, tato parañca sabbaṃ.
98 “四方”这个说法的来历是什么?据说过去在迦叶世尊的教法时期,有五位辟支菩萨出家,在两万年中完成了去而复返的修行义务,死后投生到天界。从天界命终后,他们当中最年长的那位成了波罗奈城的国王,其余四位则成了普通的小国王。那四个人也修学了业处,舍弃王位出家,逐渐证得独觉佛,住在欢喜窟山麓。有一天,他们从等至出定,按照《竹楔偈》里所说的方式观察自己的业和同伴,了知之后,为了用方便法门向波罗奈城王显示所缘,便寻找机会。那位国王一夜之中三次受到惊吓,恐惧地发出惨叫,跑到大平台上。国师清晨早早起来,前去问安:“大王睡得好吗?”国王回答:“老师,我哪有什么好觉可睡!”就把整件事都告诉了他。国师心想:“这种病不是靠催吐、泻下之类的药物所能治好的,不过我倒有了一个欺诳的办法。”于是进一步吓唬国王:“大王,这是失位、丧命等灾祸的前兆。”并劝他举行祭祀:“为了平息这场灾祸,应当布施这么多的大象、马、车等以及金银作为祭品,举行祭祀。”巴利
98.Cātuddisoti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pañca paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke nibbattā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasirājā ahosi, sesā pākatikarājāno. Te cattāropi kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhitvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā anukkamena paccekabuddhā hutvā nandamūlakapabbhāre vasantā ekadivasaṃ samāpattito vuṭṭhāya vaṃsakkaḷīragāthāyaṃ vuttanayeneva attano kammañca sahāyañca āvajjetvā ñatvā bārāṇasirañño upāyena ārammaṇaṃ dassetuṃ okāsaṃ gavesanti. So ca rājā tikkhattuṃ rattiyā ubbijjati, bhīto vissaraṃ karoti, mahātale dhāvati. Purohitena kālasseva vuṭṭhāya sukhaseyyaṃ pucchitopi ‘‘kuto me, ācariya, sukha’’nti sabbaṃ taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Purohitopi ‘‘ayaṃ rogo na sakkā yena kenaci uddhaṃ virecanādinā bhesajjakammena vinetuṃ, mayhaṃ pana khādanūpāyo uppanno’’ti cintetvā ‘‘rajjahānijīvitantarāyādīnaṃ pubbanimittaṃ etaṃ, mahārājā’’ti rājānaṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ ubbejetvā ‘‘tassa vūpasamanatthaṃ ettake ca ettake ca hatthiassarathādayo hiraññasuvaṇṇañca dakkhiṇaṃ datvā yañño yajitabbo’’ti yaññayajane samādapesi.
那时,独觉佛们看见成千上万的众生正被聚集起来准备祭祀,心想:“一旦造下这种业,他将来就很难被教化了。我们还是趁早去见他一面吧。”于是他们按照《竹楔偈》里所说的方式前来,为托钵乞食而依次走到王宫庭院里。国王正站在狮子窗边眺望庭院,看见了他们,一见之下心里就生起了亲切感。于是他把他们请来,在空中敷设好座位请他们坐下,恭敬地供养食物。吃完饭,国王问:“你们是谁?”他们回答:“大王,我们是四方者。”“尊者,这‘四方者’是什么意思?”“大王,无论在四方何处,我们都没有恐惧,也不会心惊。”“尊者,你们为什么没有那种恐惧?”“大王,我们修习慈、修习悲、修习喜、修习舍,因此没有那种恐惧。”说完,他们从座位上起身,回到自己住的地方。巴利
Tato paccekabuddhā anekāni pāṇasahassāni yaññatthāya sampiṇḍiyamānāni disvā ‘‘etasmiṃ kamme kate dubbodhaneyyo bhavissati, handa naṃ paṭikacceva gantvā pekkhāmā’’ti vaṃsakkaḷīragāthāyaṃ vuttanayena āgantvā piṇḍāya caramānā rājaṅgaṇe paṭipāṭiyā agamaṃsu. Rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito rājaṅgaṇaṃ olokayamāno te addakkhi, saha dassaneneva cassa sineho uppajji. Tato te pakkosāpetvā ākāsatale paññattāsane nisīdāpetvā sakkaccaṃ bhojetvā katabhattakicce ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Mayaṃ, mahārāja, cātuddisā nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, cātuddisāti imassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Catūsu disāsu katthaci kutoci bhayaṃ vā cittutrāso vā amhākaṃ natthi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, tumhākaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ kiṃ kāraṇā na hotī’’ti? ‘‘Mayaṃ, mahārāja, mettaṃ bhāvema, karuṇaṃ bhāvema, muditaṃ bhāvema, upekkhaṃ bhāvema. Tena no taṃ bhayaṃ na hotī’’ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ agamaṃsu.
国王于是想:“这些沙门说‘修习慈等就不会有恐惧’,婆罗门却称赞杀害成千上万的生命,到底谁的话才是真的?”接着他心里又想:“沙门是用干净的东西去洗不干净的东西,婆罗门却是用不干净的东西去洗不干净的东西。用不干净的东西根本不可能洗不干净的东西,只有出家者的话才是真的。”于是他以“愿一切众生快乐”等方式,修习慈、悲、喜、舍这四种梵住,以遍满利益之心命令大臣们:“把一切众生都放掉,让它们喝清凉的水,吃青绿的草,让凉风吹拂它们。”大臣们就照办了。巴利
Tato rājā cintesi – ‘‘ime samaṇā ‘mettādibhāvanāya bhayaṃ na hotī’ti bhaṇanti, brāhmaṇā pana anekasahassapāṇavadhaṃ vaṇṇayanti, kesaṃ nu kho vacanaṃ sacca’’nti? Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘samaṇā suddhena asuddhaṃ dhovanti, brāhmaṇā pana asuddhena asuddhaṃ. Na sakkā kho pana asuddhena asuddhaṃ dhovituṃ, pabbajitānaṃ eva vacanaṃ sacca’’nti. So ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhitā hontū’’tiādinā nayena mettādayo cattāropi brahmavihāre bhāvetvā hitapharaṇena cittena amacce āṇāpesi – ‘‘sabbe pāṇe muñcatha, sītāni pānīyāni pivantu, haritāni tiṇāni khādantu, sīto ca vāto tesaṃ upavāyatū’’ti . Te tathā akaṃsu.
国王听了之后心想:“靠着善友的教导,我已经从恶业中解脱出来了。”他就坐在原地修观,证得了辟支菩提。到了吃饭的时候,大臣们对他说:“大王,请用饭吧,时候到了。”他说:“我不是国王。”然后像之前那样把一切说明了一遍,说出这首感兴偈颂。巴利
Tato rājā ‘‘kalyāṇamittānaṃ vacanena pāpakammato muttomhī’’ti tattheva nisinno vipassitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Amaccehi ca bhojanavelāyaṃ ‘‘bhuñja, mahārāja, kālo’’ti vutte ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’ti purimanayeneva sabbaṃ vatvā imaṃ udānabyākaraṇagāthaṃ abhāsi.
在这里,“四方者”是指:在四个方向都能随自己的心意安乐而住;或者按照“遍满一个方向而住”这类方法修习梵住,由于他拥有遍满四方的修习,所以叫“四方者”。在这四个方向中,无论对众生还是对诸行,都不会因为恐惧而抗拒,所以叫“无嗔”。“满足者”是指:依靠十二种知足而满足。“以任何所得”:指无论粗劣还是殊胜的资具。这里的“能忍受诸难,无所畏惧”中,“难”是指折磨身心、使人的成就退失,或者依之而存在的灾患,所以叫“难”。这是对外在的狮子、老虎等,以及内在的欲贪等身心逼恼的称呼。以安忍的堪忍和精进等法战胜那些难,就叫“能忍受诸难”。因为没有能导致僵硬恐惧的怖畏,所以叫“无所畏惧”。这话说的是什么呢?就像那四位沙门一样,我对于任何所得的资具都能知足,立足于这修行处的知足,以慈等修习遍满四方,因此成为四方者;因为对众生和诸行没有抗拒和恐惧,所以成为无嗔。由于是四方者,就能忍受上述那些难;由于无嗔,就成为无所畏惧。我这样看到修行的功德,如理修行,证得了辟支菩提。或者,了知“如同那些沙门,满足于任何所得,按前面所说的方式成为四方者”,了知这一点后,这样希求成为四方者,如理修行,而得以证悟。因此,其他人如果也希求这样的境地,就应当成为四方者,能忍受诸难,因无嗔而无所畏惧,独自游行,如犀牛角一般。其余部分,如前所说。巴利
Tattha cātuddisoti catūsu disāsu yathāsukhavihārī, ‘‘ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādinā vā nayena brahmavihārabhāvanāya pharitā catasso disā assa santīti cātuddiso. Tāsu catūsu disāsu katthaci satte vā saṅkhāre vā bhayena na paṭihanatīti appaṭigho. Santussamānoti dvādasavidhassa santosassa vasena santussako ca. Itarītarenāti uccāvacena paccayena. Parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhīti ettha parissayanti kāyacittāni, parihāpenti vā tesaṃ sampattiṃ, tāni vā paṭicca sayantīti parissayā, bāhirānaṃ sīhabyagghādīnaṃ abbhantarānañca kāmacchandādīnaṃ kāyacittupaddavānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Te parissaye adhivāsanakhantiyā ca vīriyādīhi dhammehi ca sahatīti parissayānaṃ sahitā. Thaddhabhāvakarabhayābhāvena achambhī. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā te cattāro samaṇā, evaṃ itarītarena paccayena santussamāno ettha paṭipattipadaṭṭhāne santose ṭhito catūsu disāsu mettādibhāvanāya cātuddiso, sattasaṅkhāresu paṭihananabhayābhāvena appaṭigho ca hoti. So cātuddisattā vuttappakārānaṃ parissayānaṃ sahitā, appaṭighattā achambhī ca hotīti evaṃ paṭipattiguṇaṃ disvā yoniso paṭipajjitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Atha vā te samaṇā viya santussamāno itarītarena vuttanayena cātuddiso hotīti ñatvā evaṃ cātuddisabhāvaṃ patthayanto yoniso paṭipajjitvā adhigatomhi. Tasmā aññopi īdisaṃ ṭhānaṃ patthayanto cātuddisatāya parissayānaṃ sahitā appaṭighatāya ca achambhī hutvā eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
99 “难摄护”这个说法是怎么来的?据说,波罗奈国王的王后去世了。在悲伤的日子过去之后,有一天,大臣们请求说:“大王在各种事务中都需要有一位王后,请大王再迎娶一位王后吧。”国王说:“既然如此,你们去办吧。”他们四处寻找,在邻国,国王已经去世,王后治理国家,而且怀有身孕。大臣们知道她配得上国王,就去向她提亲。她说:“怀孕的女人是不讨人喜欢的。如果你们愿意等,等我生下孩子,那就好。如果不愿意,就另找别人吧。”他们把这件事禀告了国王。国王说:“就算怀孕也没关系,把她带来。”他们就把她带来了。国王为她举行了灌顶礼,把王后应有的一切荣华都给了她,还用各种礼物来笼络她的随从。她后来按时生下一个儿子。国王把这个孩子当作自己的儿子一样,在一切行住坐卧中,都把他抱在膝上或搂在怀里。那时,王后的随从们心想:“国王太宠爱他了,对王子太信任了。来吧,我们去离间他们。”巴利
99.Dussaṅgahāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira aggamahesī kālamakāsi. Tato vītivattesu sokadivasesu ekadivasaṃ amaccā ‘‘rājūnaṃ nāma tesu tesu kiccesu aggamahesī avassaṃ icchitabbā, sādhu devo aññampi deviṃ ānetū’’ti yāciṃsu. Rājā ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, jānāthā’’ti āha. Te pariyesantā sāmantarajje rājā mato , tassa devī rajjaṃ anusāsati, sā ca gabbhinī ahosi, amaccā ‘‘ayaṃ rañño anurūpā’’ti ñatvā taṃ yāciṃsu. Sā ‘‘gabbhinī nāma manussānaṃ amanāpā hoti. Sace āgametha, yāva vijāyāmi, evaṃ sādhu. No ce, aññaṃ pariyesathā’’ti āha. Te raññopi etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘gabbhinīpi hotu, ānethā’’ti āha. Te ānesuṃ. Rājā taṃ abhisiñcitvā sabbaṃ mahesiyā bhogaṃ adāsi, tassā parijanānañca nānāvidhehi paṇṇākārehi saṅgaṇhāti. Sā kālena puttaṃ vijāyi. Rājā taṃ attano puttaṃ viya sabbiriyāpathesu aṅke ca ure ca katvā viharati. Tadā deviyā parijanā cintesuṃ – ‘‘rājā ativiya saṅgaṇhāti, kumāre ativissāsaṃ karoti, handa, naṃ paribhindissāmā’’ti.
于是他们对王子说:“孩子,你是我们国王的儿子,不是这位国王的儿子。不要在这里对他产生信任。”听了这话,王子即使被国王叫着“来吧,孩子”,又被用手拉扯,也不像以前那样亲近国王了。国王想弄清“这是什么原因”,了解到这件事后,心想:“这些人虽然受过我的照顾,却还是这样忘恩负义。”于是心生厌离,舍弃王位出家了。“国王出家了!”许多大臣和随从也跟着出家了。国王虽然带着随从出家,人们仍然供养精美的资具,国王就按年资把这些精美资具分发下去。得到好东西的人很满意,其他人则抱怨说:“我们打扫住处、做各种杂活,却只得到粗劣的饭食和破旧的衣服。”国王知道后,心想:“这些人即使按年资分配,也还是抱怨。唉,这真是个难以照顾的群体!”于是拿起钵和袈裟,独自进入山林,开始修观,证得了辟支菩提。后来有人来到他那里,问他修行方法,他就说了这首偈颂。这首偈颂的意思本身很清楚。这里的连接是:所谓“难以照顾”,就是指有些出家人被不满足所压倒,同样也包括那些住在家里过日子的在家人。我厌嫌这种难以照顾的状态,所以开始修观并证得了果位。其余部分应如前所述来理解。巴利
Tato kumāraṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘tvaṃ, tāta, amhākaṃ rañño putto, na imassa rañño putto. Mā ettha vissāsaṃ āpajjī’’ti. Atha kumāro ‘‘ehi puttā’’ti raññā vuccamānopi hatthena ākaḍḍhiyamānopi pubbe viya rājānaṃ na allīyati. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ kāraṇa’’nti vīmaṃsanto taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā ‘‘ete mayā saṅgahitāpi paṭikkūlavuttino evā’’ti nibbijjitvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito. ‘‘Rājā pabbajito’’ti amaccaparijanāpi bahū pabbajiṃsu. Saparijano rājā pabbajitopi manussā paṇīte paccaye upanenti, rājā paṇīte paccaye yathāvuḍḍhaṃ dāpesi. Tattha ye sundaraṃ labhanti, te tussanti. Itare ujjhāyanti ‘‘mayaṃ pariveṇādīni sammajjantā sabbakiccāni karonti, lūkhabhattaṃ jiṇṇavatthañca labhāmā’’ti. So tampi ñatvā ‘‘ime yathāvuḍḍhaṃ dīyamānāpi ujjhāyanti, aho dussaṅgahā parisā’’ti pattacīvaramādāya ekova araññaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tattha āgatehi ca kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchito imaṃ gāthamabhāsi. Sā atthato pākaṭā eva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – dussaṅgahā pabbajitāpi eke, ye asantosābhibhūtā, tathāvidhā eva ca atho gahaṭṭhā gharamāvasantā. Etāhaṃ dussaṅgahabhāvaṃ jigucchanto vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā adhigatoti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbanti.
100 “放下”这个说法是怎么来的呢?据说在波罗奈城,有一位叫四月梵授的国王。夏季第一个月,他去了园林,在那里一处宜人的地方,看见一棵羊蹄甲树,枝叶浓密翠绿,就说:“在羊蹄甲树下给我铺好卧具。”在园中游玩之后,傍晚时分他就在那里躺下休息。夏季第二个月,他又去了园林,那时羊蹄甲树正开着花,他也同样在那里休息。夏季最后一个月,他再去时,羊蹄甲树叶子已经落尽,像一棵枯树。这次国王根本没注意到那棵树,只是因为过去的习惯,还是命令在那里铺卧具。大臣们虽然知道情况,但遵照王命,还是在那里铺好了卧具。国王在园中游玩后,傍晚躺下休息时,看见了那棵树,心里想:“唉!这棵树以前枝叶茂密,像宝石做的一样,看起来非常庄严;后来在宝石般的枝叶间开出像珊瑚嫩芽一样的花,光彩夺目;树下铺满像珍珠网一样的细沙,上面又覆盖着从枝头飘落的花,仿佛铺了一层红毯。可如今它只剩些枝条,像棵枯树一样立着。唉,这棵羊蹄甲树已经被衰老摧残了!”接着又想:“连没有执取的东西都被衰老所毁,何况是有执取的呢?”于是他获得了无常想。顺着这个思路,他对一切有为法从苦和无我的角度进行观照,心中发愿:“啊,但愿我也能像这棵叶子落尽的羊蹄甲树一样,舍去在家的标志。”就这样逐步深入观照,他右侧卧在那张卧具上,就在那里观照,证得了辟支菩提。后来到了该走的时候,大臣们说:“大王,该走了。”他说:“我不是国王了。”等等,然后像前面那样说了这首偈颂。巴利
100.Oropayitvāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira cātumāsikabrahmadatto nāma rājā gimhānaṃ paṭhame māse uyyānaṃ gato. Tattha ramaṇīye bhūmibhāge nīlaghanapattasañchannaṃ koviḷārarukkhaṃ disvā ‘‘koviḷāramūle mama sayanaṃ paññāpethā’’ti vatvā uyyāne kīḷitvā sāyanhasamayaṃ tattha seyyaṃ kappesi. Puna gimhānaṃ majjhime māse uyyānaṃ gato, tadā koviḷāro pupphito hoti, tadāpi tatheva akāsi. Punapi gimhānaṃ pacchime māse gato, tadā koviḷāro sañchinnapatto sukkharukkho viya hoti, tadāpi rājā adisvāva taṃ rukkhaṃ pubbaparicayena tattheva seyyaṃ āṇāpesi. Amaccā jānantāpi rañño āṇattiyā tattha sayanaṃ paññāpesuṃ. So uyyāne kīḷitvā sāyanhasamaye tattha seyyaṃ kappento taṃ rukkhaṃ disvā ‘‘are, ayaṃ pubbe sañchannapatto maṇimayo viya abhirūpadassano ahosi, tato maṇivaṇṇasākhantare ṭhapitapavāḷaṅkurasadisehi pupphehi sassirikadassano ahosi, muttajālasadisavālikākiṇṇo cassa heṭṭhābhūmibhāgo bandhanā pavuttapupphasañchanno rattakambalasanthato viya ahosi. So nāmajja sukkharukkho viya sākhāmattāvaseso ṭhito, aho jarāya upahato koviḷāro’’ti cintetvā ‘‘anupādiṇṇampi tāya jarāya haññati, kimaṅgaṃ pana upādiṇṇa’’nti aniccasaññaṃ paṭilabhi. Tadanusāreneva sabbasaṅkhāre dukkhato anattato ca vipassantova ‘‘aho vatāhampi sañchinnapatto koviḷāro viya apagatagihibyañjano bhaveyya’’nti patthayamāno anupubbena tasmiṃ sayanatale dakkhiṇena passena nipannoyeva vipassitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tato gamanakāle amaccehi ‘‘kālo, deva, gantu’’nti vutte ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’tiādīni vatvā purimanayeneva imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这里,“放下”就是除去。“在家相”指须发、白衣、装饰、花鬘、香、涂香、妻儿、奴婢等。这些是显示在家身份的标志,所以称为“在家相”。“叶子落尽”指树叶已掉落。“已断除”指以道智断除。“英雄”指具足道上精进的人。“在家缚”指欲的束缚,因为欲确实是在家人的束缚。以上是字面意思。而这里的用意是:他这样思惟——“啊,愿我也能放下在家相,像羊蹄甲树一样叶子落尽。”如此思惟而开始修观,便证得了。其余按前面的方式应当了知。巴利
Tattha oropayitvāti apanetvā. Gihibyañjanānīti kesamassuodātavatthālaṅkāramālāgandhavilepanaputtadāradāsidāsādīni. Etāni gihibhāvaṃ byañjayanti, tasmā ‘‘gihibyañjanānī’’ti vuccanti. Sañchinnapattoti patitapatto. Chetvānāti maggañāṇena chinditvā. Vīroti maggavīriyena samannāgato. Gihibandhanānīti kāmabandhanāni. Kāmā hi gihīnaṃ bandhanāni. Ayaṃ tāva padattho. Ayaṃ pana adhippāyo – ‘‘aho vatāhampi oropayitvā gihibyañjanāni sañchinnapatto yathā koviḷāro bhaveyya’’nti evaṃ cintayamāno vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā adhigatoti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbanti.
101-2 “若得”这个说法的来源是什么?据说,过去在迦叶世尊的教法时期,有两位辟支菩提萨埵出家,圆满了两万年的往返修行义务后,投生到了天界。从那里死后,他们中年长的那位成了波罗奈国王的儿子,年幼的那位成了国师的儿子。他们在同一天结生,同一天从母胎出生,从小就是一起玩泥沙的伙伴。国师的儿子很有智慧,他对王子说:“朋友,你父王去世后,你会得到王位,我会得到国师的位置。要治理国家,必须好好学一门技艺。来,我们去学技艺吧。”于是两人都精通了祭祀,之后在村落城镇中乞食,来到了边境的一个村庄。那时,有五位独觉佛在托钵的时间走进了那个村子。村里的人见到独觉佛,生起了恭敬心,铺设座位,供养上好的嚼食和软食。那两人心想:“像我们这样出身高贵的人,人们并不特别恭敬,愿意就给点布施,不愿意就不给;可他们对这些出家人却这样供养尊重。这些出家人一定懂得什么技艺。来,我们向他们学技艺。”等村民们离开后,他们得到机会,便请求道:“尊者,你们所知道的技艺,请教导我们。”独觉佛说:“不出家是学不了的。”于是他们请求出家,就出家了。然后独觉佛教导他们:“应该这样穿下衣,应该这样披上衣”等等,讲说了出家人的行为准则,又说:“这项技艺的成就,在于乐于独处,所以应当独自坐、独自经行、独自站立、独自躺卧。”并分给他们每人一间单独的茅屋。他们便各自进入自己的茅屋坐下。国师的儿子从坐下那一刻起,心就安定下来,证得了禅那。而王子才过了一会儿就感到厌倦,来到国师之子那里。国师之子见到他,问:“怎么了,朋友?”他说:“我厌倦了。”国师之子说:“那你坐在这里吧。”王子在那里坐了一会儿,问:“朋友,听说这项技艺的成就在于乐于独处,是吗?”国师之子说:“是的,朋友。所以你还是回到你自己坐的地方去吧,我要成就这项技艺。”王子回去了,但过了片刻又厌倦了,就这样按照前面同样的方式,前后一共来了三次。巴利
101-2.Sacelabhethāti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane dve paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasirañño putto, kaniṭṭho purohitassa putto ahosi. Te ekadivasaṃyeva paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā ekadivasameva mātu kucchito nikkhamitvā sahapaṃsukīḷakā sahāyakā ahesuṃ. Purohitaputto paññavā ahosi. So rājaputtaṃ āha – ‘‘samma, tvaṃ tava pituno accayena rajjaṃ labhissasi, ahaṃ purohitaṭṭhānaṃ, susikkhitena ca rajjaṃ anusāsituṃ sakkā, ehi sippaṃ uggaṇhissāmā’’ti. Tato ubhopi yaññopacitā hutvā gāmanigamādīsu bhikkhaṃ caramānā paccantajanapadagāmaṃ gatā. Tañca gāmaṃ pañca paccekabuddhā bhikkhācāravelāya pavisiṃsu. Tattha manussā paccekabuddhe disvā ussāhajātā āsanāni paññāpetvā paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā upanāmetvā pūjenti. Tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘amhehi sadisā uccākulikā nāma natthi, api ca panime manussā yadi icchanti, amhākaṃ bhikkhaṃ denti, yadi nicchanti, na denti, imesaṃ pana pabbajitānaṃ evarūpaṃ sakkāraṃ karonti, addhā ete kiñci sippaṃ jānanti, handa, nesaṃ santike sippaṃ uggaṇhāmā’’ti. Te manussesu paṭikkantesu okāsaṃ labhitvā ‘‘yaṃ, bhante, tumhe sippaṃ jānātha, taṃ amhehi sikkhāpethā’’ti yāciṃsu. Paccekabuddhā ‘‘na sakkā apabbajitena sikkhitu’’nti āhaṃsu. Te pabbajjaṃ yācitvā pabbajiṃsu. Tato nesaṃ paccekabuddhā ‘‘evaṃ vo nivāsetabbaṃ, evaṃ pārupitabba’’ntiādinā nayena ābhisamācārikaṃ ācikkhitvā ‘‘imassa sippassa ekībhāvābhirati nipphatti, tasmā ekeneva nisīditabbaṃ, ekena caṅkamitabbaṃ, ekena ṭhātabbaṃ, ekena sayitabba’’nti pāṭiyekkaṃ paṇṇasālaṃ adaṃsu, tato te attano attano paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā nisīdiṃsu. Purohitaputto nisinnakālato pabhuti cittasamādhānaṃ laddhā jhānaṃ paṭilabhi. Rājaputto muhutteneva ukkaṇṭhito tassa santikaṃ āgato. So taṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ, sammā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Ukkaṇṭhitomhī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tena hi idha nisīdā’’ti. So tattha muhuttaṃ nisīditvā āha – ‘‘imassa kira, samma, sippassa ekībhāvābhirati nipphattī’’ti? Purohitaputto ‘‘evaṃ, samma, tena hi tvaṃ attano nisinnokāsaṃ eva gaccha, uggaṇhissāmi imassa sippassa nipphatti’’nti āha. So gantvā punapi muhuttakeneva ukkaṇṭhito purimanayeneva tikkhattuṃ āgato.
于是,国师的儿子又像之前那样把他打发走。等他离开后,国师的儿子心想:“这个人既耽误了自己的修行,也耽误了我的修行,还老是往这里跑。”于是他从茅屋出来,走进了森林。而那位王子,独自坐在自己的茅屋里,没过多久又觉得待不住了,就又来到国师儿子那里,四处寻找却不见人影,便心想:“以前我在家时,别人带着礼物来,想见我一面都很难。如今我来找他,他却不肯见我,自己走掉了。唉,心啊,你真不知羞耻,竟然让我往这里跑了四次。从现在起,我不再听你的了,反过来,我要让你听我的。”于是他进入自己的住处,开始修观,证悟了独觉菩提,然后从空中前往难陀姆罗山窟。另一位也进入森林,开始修观,证悟了独觉菩提,也去了同一个地方。他们两人坐在摩尼石板上,各自诵出了这些优陀那偈颂。巴利
Tato naṃ purohitaputto tatheva uyyojetvā tasmiṃ gate cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ attano ca kammaṃ hāpeti mama ca, idhābhikkhaṇaṃ āgacchatī’’ti. So paṇṇasālato nikkhamma araññaṃ paviṭṭho. Itaro attano paṇṇasālāyeva nisinno punapi muhuttakeneva ukkaṇṭhito tassa santikaṃ āgantvā ito cito ca maggantopi taṃ adisvā cintesi – ‘‘yo gahaṭṭhakāle paṇṇākāraṃ ādāya āgatopi maṃ daṭṭhuṃ na labhati, so dāni mayi āgate dassanampi adātukāmo apakkami. Aho are, citta, na lajjasi, yaṃ maṃ catukkhattuṃ idhānesi, na so dāni te vase vattissāmi, aññadatthu taṃyeva mama vase vattāpessāmī’’ti attano senāsanaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Itaropi araññaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā tattheva agamāsi. Te ubhopi manosilātale nisīditvā pāṭiyekkaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ imā udānagāthāyo abhāsiṃsu.
在这里,“贤善者”是指本性贤善、有智慧,并且善于修习遍处预备业处等善法的人。“善住者”是指具备安止定或近行定的人。“坚忍者”是指具足坚忍的人。这里通过“贤善者”一语说明了坚忍的成就,而在此处,意思就是“具足坚忍者”。所谓坚忍,就是指不懈怠的精进力,这个词是用来称呼那种即使“只剩下皮、筋……”也照样持续精进的人。另外,对恶法心怀惭耻的人也可以叫“坚忍者”。至于“就像国王舍弃已征服的国土”这一句,意思是:如同一位普通的国王,知道“所征服的国土会带来祸患”,于是舍弃王位,独自游走;同样,也应该舍弃愚昧的同伴,独自游走。或者也可以这样理解:如同须陀素摩王舍弃已征服的国土而独自游走,又如摩诃遮那迦王那样独自游走。这也是这句话的含义。其余部分依照前面所说的内容就可以理解,所以不再详细展开。巴利
Tattha nipakanti pakatinipakaṃ paṇḍitaṃ kasiṇaparikammādikusalaṃ. Sādhuvihārinti appanāvihārena vā upacārena vā samannāgataṃ. Dhīranti dhitisampannaṃ. Tattha nipakattena dhitisampadā vuttā. Idha pana dhitisampannamevāti attho. Dhiti nāma asithilaparakkamatā, ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru cā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.184; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196) evaṃ pavattavīriyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Apica dhikkatapāpotipi dhīro. Rājāva raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāyāti yathā pakatirājā ‘‘vijitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ anatthāvaha’’nti ñatvā rajjaṃ pahāya eko carati, evaṃ bālasahāyaṃ pahāya eko care. Atha vā rājāva raṭṭhanti yathā sutasomo rājā raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya eko cari, yathā ca mahājanako rājā, evaṃ eko carīti ayampi tassa attho. Sesaṃ vuttānusārena sakkā jānitunti na vitthāritanti.
103 “我们确实称赞”这一偈的缘起,从独觉佛们坐在虚空中化现的座位上这一段开始,都和《四方偈》的缘起差不多。但这里有一点不同:那位国王夜里三次惊醒,这位国王却没有,而且他也没有筹办祭祀。他请独觉佛们坐在虚空中化现的座位上,然后问:“你们是谁?”他们回答:“大王,我们是‘无过失食者’。”“尊者,‘无过失食者’是什么意思?”“大王,不管拿到好的还是不好的食物,我们都毫无分别地吃下去。”国王听了,心里想:“我何不检验一下,看他们到底是不是这样?”那天,他用带糠的酸粥配着野菜端上去。独觉佛们像吃甘露一样,毫无分别地吃了。国王想:“他们因为已经承诺了,也许一天之内能做到毫无分别,我明天再试试。”于是邀请他们第二天再来。第二天他还是照样做,他们也照样毫无分别地吃了。接着国王又想:“我要用精美的食物来考验他们。”于是再次邀请,连续两天办了盛大的供养,用精致、极为丰盛的嚼食和啖食来供养。他们同样毫无分别地吃完,为国王祝福后就离开了。他们走后不久,国王心想:“这些人确实是无过失食者。唉,但愿我也能成为无过失食者。”于是他舍弃了庞大的王国,出家修行,开始修观,后来成为独觉佛,在曼殊沙树下,于众独觉佛中间,阐明自己的所缘境界,说了这首偈。这首偈从字面上看意思很浅显。不过这里“同伴具足”应当理解为:由具足无学戒等诸蕴的同伴,才是同伴具足。巴利
103.Addhā pasaṃsāmāti imissā gāthāya yāva ākāsatale paññattāsane paccekabuddhānaṃ nisajjā, tāva cātuddisagāthāya uppattisadisā eva uppatti. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yathā so rājā rattiyā tikkhattuṃ ubbijji, na tathā ayaṃ, nevassa yañño paccupaṭṭhito ahosi. So ākāsatale paññattesu āsanesu paccekabuddhe nisīdāpetvā ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Mayaṃ, mahārāja, anavajjabhojino nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante , anavajjabhojinoti imassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Sundaraṃ vā asundaraṃ vā laddhā nibbikārā bhuñjāma, mahārājā’’ti. Taṃ sutvā rañño etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ime upaparikkheyyaṃ ‘edisā vā no vā’’’ti? Taṃ divasaṃ kaṇājakena bilaṅgadutiyena parivisi. Taṃ paccekabuddhā amataṃ viya nibbikārā bhuñjiṃsu. Rājā ‘‘ime paṭiññātattā ekadivasaṃ nibbikārā honti, puna sve jānissāmī’’ti svātanāya nimantesi. Dutiyadivasepi tathevākāsi. Tepi tatheva paribhuñjiṃsu. Atha rājā ‘‘sundaraṃ datvā vīmaṃsissāmī’’ti punapi nimantetvā dve divase mahāsakkāraṃ katvā paṇītena ativicitrena khādanīyena bhojanīyena parivisi. Tepi tatheva nibbikārā paribhuñjitvā rañño maṅgalaṃ vatvā pakkamiṃsu. Rājā acirapakkantesu tesu ‘‘anavajjabhojino ete, aho vatāhampi anavajjabhojī bhaveyya’’nti cintetvā mahārajjaṃ pahāya pabbajjaṃ samādāya vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabuddho hutvā mañjūsakarukkhamūle paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe attano ārammaṇaṃ vibhāvento imaṃ gāthamabhāsi. Sā padatthato uttānameva. Kevalaṃ pana sahāyasampadanti ettha asekhehi sīlādikkhandhehi sampannā sahāyā eva sahāyasampadāti veditabbā.
这里所说的关联是这样的:前面讲的那种“同伴具足”,我们确实要赞叹它,也就是说,要毫不含糊地称赞它。怎么讲呢?应当亲近最胜的同伴和与自己相等的同伴。为什么呢?因为亲近在戒等各方面胜过自己的人时,那些还没生起的戒等善法就会生起,已经生起的则会增长、壮大、趋于圆满。亲近与自己相等的人时,彼此共同消除追悔,已得到的善法就不会退失。但是,如果找不到这样最胜或相等的同伴,就应当舍弃诡诈等邪命,以合乎正法、公平的方式受用所得的食物,对食物不生起嗔恨和贪恋,成为无过失的受食者。这样的善男子,怀着想要利益自己的心,应当像犀牛角一样独自游行。我也是这样修行,才获得了这样的成就。巴利
Ayaṃ panettha yojanā – yā ayaṃ vuttā sahāyasampadā, taṃ sahāyasampadaṃ addhā pasaṃsāma, ekaṃseneva thomemāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kathaṃ? Seṭṭhā samā sevitabbā sahāyāti. Kasmā? Attano sīlādīhi seṭṭhe sevamānassa sīlādayo dhammā anuppannā uppajjanti, uppannā ca vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇanti. Same sevamānassa aññamaññaṃ sādhāraṇena kukkuccassa vinodanena ca laddhā na parihāyanti. Ete pana sahāyake seṭṭhe ca same ca aladdhā kuhanādimicchājīvaṃ pahāya dhammena samena uppannaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjanto tattha ca paṭighānunayaṃ anuppādento anavajjabhojī hutvā atthakāmo kulaputto eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Ahampi evaṃ caranto imaṃ sampattiṃ adhigatomhīti.
104 104.“看见金镯”这个说法的由来是什么?据说,在波罗奈城有一位国王,夏天白天午休时躺下休息。他身边有个容貌美丽的侍女在研磨栴檀香。那侍女一只手臂上戴着一个金镯,另一只手臂上戴着两个金镯。那两个金镯互相碰撞发出声响,而单独那个不碰撞、不发声。国王看到后心想:“同样,在众人共住的地方就会有碰撞摩擦,独自居住就不会碰撞。”于是再三注视那个侍女。那时,盛装打扮、佩戴一切饰物的王后正站在旁边为国王扇风。她心想:“国王好像对那个美貌侍女起了贪恋。”于是让那侍女起身,自己开始研磨栴檀。当时她两臂上有许多金镯,那些金镯互相碰撞,发出了很大的声音。国王因此更加极度厌离,就右侧而卧,开始修观,证得了辟支菩提。他安住在无上之乐中躺着。这时,手拿栴檀的王后走近说:“大王,我来为您涂香。”国王说:“走开,不要涂。”她问:“为什么,大王?”国王说:“我已不是国王了。”大臣们听到他们这样交谈后走了过来,也用“大王”来称呼他,国王说:“喂,我已不是国王。”其余部分和第一首偈所说的一样。巴利
104.Disvā suvaṇṇassāti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasiyaṃ rājā gimhasamaye divāseyyaṃ upagato ahosi, santike cassa vaṇṇadāsī gosītacandanaṃ pisati. Tassā ekabāhāya ekaṃ suvaṇṇavalayaṃ, ekabāhāya dve. Tāni saṅghaṭṭenti, itaraṃ na saṅghaṭṭati. Rājā taṃ disvā ‘‘evameva gaṇavāse saṅghaṭṭanā, ekavāse asaṅghaṭṭanā’’ti cintetvā punappunaṃ dāsiṃ olokesi. Tena ca samayena sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitā devī taṃ bījayantī ṭhitā hoti. Sā ‘‘vaṇṇadāsiyā paṭibaddhacitto maññe rājā’’ti cintetvā taṃ dāsiṃ uṭṭhāpetvā sayameva pisitumāraddhā. Athassā ca ubhosu bāhāsu aneke suvaṇṇavalayā, te saṅghaṭṭayantā mahāsaddaṃ janayiṃsu. Rājā atisuṭṭhutaraṃ nibbindo dakkhiṇapassena nipannoyeva vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Taṃ anuttarasukhena sukhitaṃ nipannaṃ candanahatthā devī upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘ālimpāmi , mahārājā’’ti āha. So ‘‘apehi, mā ālimpāhī’’ti āha. Sā ‘‘kissa, mahārājā’’ti? So ‘‘nāhaṃ, rājā’’ti. Evametesaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ sutvā amaccā upasaṅkamiṃsu, tehipi mahārājavādena ālapito ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhaṇe, rājā’’ti āha. Sesaṃ paṭhamagāthāya vuttasadisameva.
这段偈颂的注释如下:其中,“看见”就是看到。“金”指黄金。“镯”是省略了而需要补出来的词,因为这里省略了剩下的词义。“光耀的”是说具有照耀的性质,也就是有光泽。其余的词义都很浅显。这里的整体意思是:看见手臂上的金镯后,心想:“众人共住就会有碰撞摩擦,独自居住就没有碰撞摩擦。”这样想之后,就开始修观,并且证悟了。其余部分很容易理解。巴利
Ayaṃ pana gāthāvaṇṇanā – tattha disvāti oloketvā. Suvaṇṇassāti kañcanassa. ‘‘Valayānī’’ti pāṭhaseso. Sāvasesapadattho hi ayaṃ attho. Pabhassarānīti pabhāsanasīlāni, jutimantānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ uttānapadatthameva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – disvā bhujasmiṃ suvaṇṇassa valayāni ‘‘gaṇavāse sati saṅghaṭṭanā, ekavāse asaṅghaṭṭanā’’ti evaṃ cintetvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyamevāti.
105 “如是,由第二”这句话的缘起是什么?据说,波罗奈有一位国王,年纪轻轻就想出家,便命令大臣们:“你们带着王后治理国家,我要出家了。”大臣们劝他说:“大王,没有国王的国家我们守不住,邻国的国王们会来抢夺。请等到哪怕有一个王子出生再说吧。”心软的国王答应了。后来王后怀了孕。国王又命令他们:“王后怀孕了,等王子出生后,给他灌顶即位,你们治理国家,我要出家。”大臣们又说:“大王,这还说不准,不知道王后会生儿子还是女儿,请等到分娩的时候再说吧。”他们又一次说服了国王。后来王后生了个儿子。那时国王又同样命令大臣们。大臣们又用种种理由劝国王:“大王,请等到他长大有能力的时候吧。”等到王子长大成人、有了能力,国王召集大臣们,没给他们劝阻的机会,就从集市取来袈裟等一切出家用具,就在王宫里出了家,然后像摩诃遮那迦王一样出城而去。所有眷属都种种悲哭,跟在国王后面追赶。国王走到自己国土的边界,用竹杖划了一道线,说:“这条线不能越过。”大众以线为界,扑倒在地,悲泣着说:“孩子啊,现在是国王您的命令了,王子又能怎样呢?”他们让王子越过了那条线。王子喊着“父亲,父亲”跑了过去,追上了国王。国王看见王子,心想:“我带着这一大群人治理国家,现在难道连一个孩子都带不了吗?”于是带着王子进入森林,在那里看见过去诸辟支佛住过的树叶茅屋,便和儿子一起住了下来。巴利
105.Evaṃ dutiyenāti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā daharova pabbajitukāmo amacce āṇāpesi – ‘‘deviṃ gahetvā rajjaṃ pariharatha, ahaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. Amaccā – ‘‘mahārāja, arājakaṃ rajjaṃ amhehi na sakkā rakkhituṃ sāmantarājāno āgamma vilumpissanti, yāva ekopi putto uppajjati, tāva āgamehī’’ti saññāpesuṃ. Muducitto rājā adhivāsesi. Atha devī gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Rājā puna te āṇāpesi – ‘‘devī gabbhinī, puttaṃ jātaṃ rajje abhisiñcitvā rajjaṃ pariharatha, ahaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. Amaccā ‘‘dujjānaṃ, mahārāja, etaṃ, yaṃ devī puttaṃ vā vijāyissati, dhītaraṃ vāti, tāva vijāyanakālaṃ āgamehī’’ti punapi rājānaṃ saññāpesuṃ. Atha sā puttaṃ vijāyi. Tadāpi rājā tatheva amacce āṇāpesi. Amaccā punapi rājānaṃ – ‘‘āgamehi, mahārāja, yāva paṭibalo hotī’’ti bahūhi kāraṇehi saññāpesuṃ. Tato kumāre paṭibale jāte amacce sannipātāpetvā ‘‘paṭibalo dāni ayaṃ, taṃ rajje abhisiñcitvā paṭipajjathā’’ti amaccānaṃ okāsaṃ adatvā antarāpaṇato kāsāyavatthādayo sabbaparikkhāre āharāpetvā antepure eva pabbajitvā mahājanako viya nikkhamitvā gato. Sabbaparijano nānappakāraṃ paridevamāno rājānaṃ anubandhi. So rājā yāva attano rajjasīmā, tāva gantvā kattaradaṇḍena lekhaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā – ‘‘ayaṃ lekhā nātikkamitabbā’’ti āha . Mahājano lekhāya sīsaṃ katvā bhūmiyaṃ nipanno paridevamāno ‘‘tuyhaṃ dāni, tāta, rañño āṇā, kiṃ karissatī’’ti kumāraṃ lekhaṃ atikkamāpesi. Kumāro ‘‘tāta, tātā’’ti dhāvitvā rājānaṃ sampāpuṇi. Rājā kumāraṃ disvā ‘‘etaṃ mahājanaṃ pariharanto rajjaṃ kāresiṃ, kiṃ dāni ekaṃ dārakaṃ pariharituṃ na sakkhissa’’nti kumāraṃ gahetvā araññaṃ paviṭṭho, tattha pubbapaccekabuddhehi vasitapaṇṇasālaṃ disvā vāsaṃ kappesi saddhiṃ puttena.
从那以后,王子因为习惯了上等的床铺等舒适环境,现在睡在草席或绳床上,就哭闹起来。碰到寒风等的时候,他就说:“爸爸,我冷;爸爸,我热;爸爸,蚊子咬我。爸爸,我饿了;爸爸,我渴了。”国王就这样哄着他,熬过了一整夜。白天,国王去托钵乞食,把饭食端来给他。王子吃的饭里掺了很多稗子、野豆之类的杂粮,他因为饥饿才勉强吃下去,可过了几天,就像太阳底下放着的莲花一样蔫了。而国王靠着如理观察的力量,吃下去毫无异样。于是国王劝王子说:“孩子,城里能吃到精美的食物,我们去那里吧。”王子说:“好的,爸爸。”国王便让他走在前面,沿着来时的路往回走。王子的母亲——那位王后心想:“现在国王带着王子,不会在森林里住太久了,过不了几天就会回来。”于是她就在国王用竹杖划线的那个地方,让人筑起了围墙,住了下来。国王站在离那道围墙不远的地方,打发王子过去,说:“孩子,你母亲就坐在那里,去吧。”他站在那里一直望着,直到王子走到那个地方,心里想:“但愿没有人伤害他。”王子便跑着到了母亲身边。巴利
Tato kumāro varasayanādīsu kataparicayo tiṇasanthārake vā rajjumañcake vā sayamāno rodati. Sītavātādīhi phuṭṭho samāno – ‘‘sītaṃ tāta uṇhaṃ tāta makasā tāta ḍaṃsanti. Chātomhi tāta, pipāsitomhi tātā’’ti vadati. Rājā taṃ saññāpentoyeva rattiṃ vītināmesi. Divāpissa piṇḍāya caritvā bhattaṃ upanāmesi, kumāro missakabhattaṃ kaṅguvarakamuggādibahulaṃ acchādentampi taṃ jighacchāvasena bhuñjamāno katipāhaccayena uṇhe ṭhapitapadumaṃ viya milāyi. Rājā pana paṭisaṅkhānabalena nibbikāro bhuñjati. Tato so kumāraṃ saññāpento āha – ‘‘nagare, tāta, paṇītāhāro labbhati, tattha gacchāmā’’ti. Kumāro ‘‘āma, tātā’’ti. Tato naṃ purakkhatvā āgatamaggeneva nivatti. Kumāramātāpi devī ‘‘na dāni rājā kumāraṃ gaṇhitvā araññe ciraṃ vasissati, katipāheneva nivattissatī’’ti cintetvā raññā kattaradaṇḍena likhitaṭṭhāneyeva vatiṃ kārāpetvā vāsaṃ kappesi. Rājā tassā vatiyā avidūre ṭhatvā ‘‘ettha te, tāta, mātā nisinnā, gacchāhī’’ti pesesi. Yāva so taṃ ṭhānaṃ pāpuṇāti, tāva udikkhanto aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘mā heva naṃ koci viheṭheyyā’’ti. Kumāro mātu santikaṃ dhāvanto agamāsi.
守卫的人看见王子走来,就禀告了王后。王后由两万名舞女簇拥着,亲自出去迎接,把王子接了过来,又问起国王的情况。听说“随后就来”,她就派人去接。国王这时也已经立刻回到自己的住处。派去的人没见到国王,就折返回来了。于是王后像是彻底断了指望,带着王子进城,为他灌顶立为国王。国王则在自己的住处坐下,修观,证得了辟支菩提,在宝匣树下的一群辟支佛中间,说出了这首优陀那偈。它的含义本来就很浅显。巴利
Ārakkhapurisā kumāraṃ āgacchantaṃ disvā deviyā ārocesi. Devī vīsatināṭakitthisahassaparivutā paccuggantvā paṭiggahesi. Rañño ca pavattiṃ pucchi. ‘‘Pacchato āgacchatī’’ti sutvā manusse pesesi. Rājāpi tāvadeva sakavasanaṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi. Manussā rājānaṃ adisvā nivattiṃsu. Tato devī nirāsāva hutvā puttaṃ gahetvā nagaraṃ gantvā rajje abhisiñci. Rājāpi attano vasanaṭṭhāne nisinno vipassitvā paccekabodhiṃ patvā mañjūsakarukkhamūle paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi. Sā atthato uttānā eva.
不过,这里要表达的意思是:那个小儿子用冷热等事情来告诉我,和我一起生活,我为了让他明白,就对他有了言语交谈;因为那份亲爱之情,也就产生了言语交谈或因爱而生的执著。如果我不肯放下这个,那将来还是会像现在一样,因为和第二个儿子一起生活而有言语交谈或因爱而生的执著。我预见将来有这种危险,这两种情况都会障碍我证得殊胜的成就,就舍弃了他,如理修行,证得了辟支菩提。剩下的内容,按照前面说的方法理解就好。巴利
Ayaṃ panetthādhippāyo – yvāyaṃ ekena dutiyena kumārena sītuṇhādīhi nivedentena sahavāsena taṃ saññāpentassa mama vācābhilāpo tasmiṃ sinehavasena abhisajjanā vā jātā. Sacāhaṃ imaṃ na pariccajāmi, tato āyatimpi tatheva hessati, yathā idāni, evaṃ dutiyena saha mamassa vācābhilāpo abhisajjanā vā. ‘‘Ubhayampetaṃ antarāyakaraṃ visesādhigamassā’’ti etaṃbhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno taṃ chaḍḍetvā yoniso paṭipajjitvā paccekabodhimadhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
106 “诸欲实在缤纷”这个说法是怎么来的呢?据说在波罗奈城,有一位长者的儿子,年纪轻轻就继承了长者的地位。他有适合三个季节的三座高楼,具足一切享受,像天界的少年一样被人服侍。后来他年纪还轻的时候,就对父母说:“我要出家。”父母劝阻他,他还是照样坚持。父母又用种种方式劝他:“孩子啊,你娇生惯养,出家是很难做到的,就像在刀刃上行走一样。”他还是照样坚持。父母心想:“如果这孩子出家,我们会忧愁;如果我们拦住他,他会忧愁。算了,宁可我们忧愁,别让他忧愁。”于是就答应了。于是他不理会所有眷属的哭泣哀叹,前往仙人堕处,在辟支佛们跟前出家了。他得不到上好的住处,只能在床上铺一张草席睡觉。习惯了华贵卧具的他,整夜都极度痛苦。天亮后,他做完身体清洁,拿着钵和衣,和辟支佛们一起进城乞食。在那里,年长的比丘得到上座和上等的食物,新学比丘只能得到随便一个粗糙的座位和食物。他也因为粗劣的食物而极度痛苦。仅仅过了几天,他就消瘦憔悴,心生厌烦,因为他的沙门修行还没有成熟。于是他派人送信给父母,就还俗了。仅仅几天恢复了体力,他又想出家,于是第二次出家,后来又还俗了。第三次出家时,他正确修行,修观之后证得辟支菩提,说出这首感兴偈,又在辟支佛众中说出这同一首记说偈。巴利
106.Kāmā hi citrāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira seṭṭhiputto daharova seṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ labhi. Tassa tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavikā tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. So sabbasampattīhi devakumāro viya paricāreti. Atha so daharova samāno ‘‘pabbajissāmī’’ti mātāpitaro āpucchi, te naṃ nivārenti. So tatheva nibandhati. Punapi naṃ mātāpitaro ‘‘tvaṃ, tāta, sukhumālo, dukkarā pabbajjā, khuradhārāya upari caṅkamanasadisā’’ti nānappakārehi nivārenti. So tatheva nibandhati. Te cintesuṃ – ‘‘sacāyaṃ pabbajati, amhākaṃ domanassaṃ hoti. Sace naṃ nivārema, etassa domanassaṃ hoti. Apica amhākaṃ domanassaṃ hotu, mā ca etassā’’ti anujāniṃsu. Tato so sabbaṃ parijanaṃ paridevamānaṃ anādiyitvā isipatanaṃ gantvā paccekabuddhānaṃ santike pabbaji. Tassa uḷārasenāsanaṃ na pāpuṇāti, mañcake taṭṭikaṃ attharitvā sayi. So varasayane kataparicayo sabbarattiṃ atidukkhito ahosi. Pabhāte sarīraparikammaṃ katvā pattacīvaramādāya paccekabuddhehi saddhiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tattha vuḍḍhā aggāsanañca aggapiṇḍañca labhanti, navakā yaṃkiñcideva āsanalūkhaṃ bhojanañca. So tena lūkhabhojanenāpi atidukkhito ahosi. So katipāhaṃyeva kiso dubbaṇṇo hutvā nibbijji, yathā taṃ aparipakkagate samaṇadhamme. Tato mātāpitūnaṃ dūtaṃ pesetvā uppabbaji. So katipāhaṃyeva balaṃ gahetvā punapi pabbajitukāmo ahosi, tato dutiyampi pabbajitvā punapi uppabbaji. Tatiyavāre pana pabbajitvā sammā paṭipanno vipassitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ vatvā puna paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe imameva byākaraṇagāthampi abhāsi.
在这里,“诸欲”有两种:事欲和烦恼欲。其中,事欲是指令人欢喜的色等可爱所缘;烦恼欲是指一切种类的贪。这里指的是事欲。它们以色等种种方式呈现,所以说是“缤纷”;因为能让人尝到世间的滋味,所以说是“甘甜”;它们能让愚痴凡夫的心感到快乐,所以叫“令人愉悦的”。“以种种形色”,是说以种种不同的形色、种种不同的自性。因为它们以色等而缤纷多样,色等之中又有青、黄等种种不同的形色。就这样,它们以各种不同的形色,在各方面展示出滋味,搅动人心,让人无法乐于出家。这里其余的意思都很明白。结语部分,也应当结合两三个要点,按照前面几首偈颂所说的方式来理解。巴利
Tattha kāmāti dve kāmā vatthukāmo ca kilesakāmo ca. Tattha vatthukāmo nāma piyarūpādiārammaṇadhammo, kilesakāmo nāma sabbo rāgappabhedo. Idha pana vatthukāmo adhippeto. Rūpādianekappakāravasena citrā. Lokassādavasena madhurā. Bālaputhujjanānaṃ manaṃ ramāpentīti manoramā. Virūparūpenāti vividhena rūpena, anekavidhena sabhāvenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Te hi rūpādivasena citrā, rūpādīsupi nīlādivasena vividharūpā. Evaṃ tena tena virūparūpena tathā tathā assādaṃ dassetvā mathenti cittaṃ, pabbajjāya abhiramituṃ na dentīti. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Nigamanampi dvīhi tīhi vā padehi yojetvā purimagāthāsu vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
107 107.“灾祸”是怎么来的呢?据说,在波罗奈城,国王身上长了一个痈疮,剧烈的疼痛不断加剧。医生们说:“不做切开手术,就好不了。”国王赐给他们无畏,让他们为他做手术。他们切开那个痈疮,取出脓血,处理完后,用破布包扎了伤口,并嘱咐他吃粗劣的肉食。国王因粗劣的饮食而身体消瘦,他的痈疮也萎缩了。他觉得自己已经康复,便享用油腻的食物,由此体力恢复,又沉溺于感官享乐,他的痈疮又恢复到原来的样子。如此反复做了三次手术之后,他被医生们厌弃,心生厌离,舍弃大国而出家,进入森林,开始修观,经过七年证得辟支菩提,说了这首优陀那偈颂后,前往难陀摩罗卡岩。巴利
107.Ītī cāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira rañño gaṇḍo udapādi, bāḷhā vedanā vaḍḍhanti. Vejjā ‘‘satthakammena vinā phāsu na hotī’’ti bhaṇanti . Rājā tesaṃ abhayaṃ datvā satthakammaṃ kārāpesi. Te taṃ phāletvā pubbalohitaṃ nīharitvā nivedanaṃ katvā vaṇaṃ pilotikena bandhiṃsu. Lūkhamaṃsāhāresu ca naṃ sammā ovadiṃsu. Rājā lūkhabhojanena kisasarīro ahosi, gaṇḍo cassa milāyi. So phāsukasaññī hutvā siniddhāhāraṃ bhuñji, tena sañjātabalo visayeyeva paṭisevi, tassa gaṇḍo purimasabhāvameva sampāpuṇi. Evaṃ yāva tikkhattuṃ satthakammaṃ kārāpetvā vejjehi parivajjito nibbinditvā mahārajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā araññaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā sattahi vassehi paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ bhāsitvā nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi.
在这里,“灾祸”就是“来”的意思,是对外来的、属于不善一类的、能带来灾祸之因的称呼。因此,这些五欲也因为会带来种种不幸,又因为是无益之事的聚集处,所以也是“灾祸”。而“痈疮”则不断流出不净之物,并且会肿胀、成熟、溃烂。因此,这些烦恼因为不断流出不净,又因为因生起、老、坏灭而呈现肿胀、成熟、溃烂的状态,所以是“痈疮”。带来危难,所以是“危难”,意思是它生起无益之事,征服、压迫人,这是对贪欲之痈等的称呼。因此,这些五欲也因为带来无法了知的涅槃利益之因,又因为是一切危难之业的所依处,所以是“危难”。然而,因为这些能造成烦恼逼迫的状态,夺走名为戒的健康,或者引生贪求而夺走原本的健康,所以从夺走健康这一点来说,它是“疾病”。又因为钻入内部、在深处刺痛、难以拔除,所以是“箭”。因为能带来现世与来世的怖畏,所以是“怖畏”。“我这些”就是“此于我”。这里其余的部分都很明显。结语也应当按前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
Tattha etīti īti, āgantukānaṃ akusalabhāgīnaṃ byasanahetūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmā kāmaguṇāpi ete anekabyasanāvahaṭṭhena anatthānaṃ sannipātaṭṭhena ca īti. Gaṇḍopi asuciṃ paggharati, uddhumātaparipakkaparibhinno hoti. Tasmā ete kilesāsucipaggharaṇato uppādajarābhaṅgehi uddhumātaparipakkaparibhinnabhāvato ca gaṇḍo. Upaddavatīti upaddavo, anatthaṃ janento abhibhavati ajjhottharatīti attho, rāgagaṇḍādīnametamadhivacanaṃ. Tasmā kāmaguṇāpete aviditanibbānatthāvahahetutāya sabbupaddavakammaparivatthutāya ca upaddavo. Yasmā panete kilesāturabhāvaṃ janentā sīlasaṅkhātaṃ ārogyaṃ loluppaṃ vā uppādentā pākatikameva ārogyaṃ vilumpanti, tasmā iminā ārogyavilumpanaṭṭhena rogo. Abbhantaramanupaviṭṭhaṭṭhena pana antotudanaṭṭhena ca dunnīharaṇīyaṭṭhena ca sallaṃ. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikabhayāvahanato bhayaṃ. Me etanti metaṃ. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Nigamanampi vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
108 “寒冷”这一段是怎么来的呢?据说,在波罗奈城有一位名叫清凉梵授的国王。他出家以后,住在森林里的一间草屋中。那个地方因为是露天地带,冷的时候就非常冷,热的时候就酷热难当。到村里乞食,也得不到足够的食物,连喝水都很难,风、日晒、蚊虻、蛇虫也来侵扰他。他于是想:“离这里大约半由旬的地方,有一片很好的区域,那里完全没有这些困扰,我何不去那里呢?如果能安适地住在那里,应该可以得到安乐吧。”但他接着又想:“出家人本来就不应该贪著生活条件,应该让自己的心受自己掌控,而不是跟着心跑。我不去了。”他这样反复省察之后,就没有去。像这样,他三次生起离开的念头,都通过省察把念头压了下去。后来,他就在那里住了七年,依正道理修行,证得了辟支菩提,说出这首优陀那偈之后,就前往欢喜根本窟了。巴利
108.Sītañcāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira sītālukabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So pabbajitvā araññe tiṇakuṭikāya viharati. Tasmiñca padese sīte sītaṃ, uṇhe daṇhameva hoti abbhokāsattā padesassa. Gocaragāme bhikkhā yāvadatthaṃ na labbhati, pānīyampi dullabhaṃ, vātātapaḍaṃsasarīsapāpi bādhenti. Tassa etadahosi – ‘‘ito aḍḍhayojanamatte sampanno padeso, tattha sabbepi ete parissayā natthi, yaṃnūnāhaṃ tattha gaccheyyaṃ, phāsukaṃ viharantena sakkā sukhamadhigantu’’nti? Tassa puna ahosi – ‘‘pabbajitā nāma na paccayagiddhā honti, evarūpañca cittaṃ attano vase vattāpenti, na cittassa vase vattanti, nāhaṃ gamissāmī’’ti evaṃ paccavekkhitvā na agamāsi. Evaṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ uppannacittaṃ paccavekkhitvā nivattesi. Tato tattheva satta vassāni vasitvā sammā paṭipajjamāno paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ bhāsitvā nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi.
这里,“冷”有两种:一种是由内在界的扰动引起的,一种是由外在界的扰动引起的;热也是这样。“虻”指的是黄苍蝇。“爬虫”指的是任何身体细长、爬行移动的众生。其余的意思都很明白。结语部分也应当按前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
Tattha sītañcāti sītaṃ duvidhaṃ abbhantaradhātukkhobhapaccayañca bāhiradhātukkhobhapaccayañca, tathā uṇhampi. Ḍaṃsāti piṅgalamakkhikā. Sarīsapāti ye keci dīghajātikā sarantā gacchanti. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Nigamanampi vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
109 “如象”这个说法的来源是什么?据说在波罗奈城,有一位国王治理国家二十年后去世,在地狱里受了整整二十年的苦,然后在雪山地区投生为象。他一出生就身躯完整,全身像莲花一样的颜色,成了一头高大威武、统领象群的大象王。小象们啃咬他折断的树枝,母象们下水时也用污泥涂抹他,他的遭遇完全和巴利雷亚象一样。于是他厌倦了象群,独自离开。象群顺着他的足迹跟了上来,他这样离开了三次,象群还是紧追不舍。于是他心想:“现在我的孙子在波罗奈城治理国家,我何不回到自己前世的那座园林去呢?他在那里会保护我。”于是到了夜里,等象群都睡着了,他离开象群,独自进入了那座园林。守园人看见后报告了国王。国王说:“我要抓住这头象!”便率领军队把它包围起来。大象径直朝国王走去。国王心想:“它正朝我冲过来。”便搭好箭,站在那里严阵以待。这时大象心想:“他可能会射我。”便用人类的语言说道:“梵授王,不要射我,我是你的祖父。”国王问:“你在说什么?”然后问了一切。大象便把他在治国、堕入地狱以及投生为象的全部经过都告诉了他。国王说:“太好了,你不要害怕,也不要吓唬任何人。”随后为这头象安排了随从、守卫和象具。巴利
109.Nāgovāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā vīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāretvā kālaṅkato niraye vīsati vassāni eva paccitvā, himavantappadese hatthiyoniyaṃ uppajjitvā sañjātakkhandho padumavaṇṇasakalasarīro uḷāro yūthapati mahānāgo ahosi. Tassa obhaggobhaggasākhābhaṅgāni hatthichāpāva khādanti, ogāhepi naṃ hatthiniyo kaddamena vilimpiṃsu, sabbaṃ pālileyyakanāgasseva ahosi. So yūthā nibbijjitvā pakkāmi. Tato naṃ padānusārena yūthā anubandhanti, evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ pakkantampi anubandhiṃsuyeva. Tato cintesi ‘‘idāni mayhaṃ nattako bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti, yaṃnūnāhaṃ attano purimajātiyā uyyānaṃ gaccheyyaṃ. Tatra so maṃ rakkhissatī’’ti. Tato rattiyaṃ niddupagate yūthe yūthaṃ pahāya tameva uyyānaṃ pāvisi. Uyyānapālo disvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘hatthiṃ gahessāmī’’ti senāya parivāresi. Hatthī rājānameva abhimukho gacchati. Rājā ‘‘maṃ abhimukho etī’’ti khurappaṃ sannayhitvā aṭṭhāsi. Tato hatthī ‘‘vijjheyyāpi maṃ eso’’ti mānusikāya vācāya ‘‘brahmadatta, mā maṃ vijjha, ahaṃ te ayyako’’ti āha. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ bhaṇasī’’ti sabbaṃ pucchi. Hatthīpi rajje ca narake ca hatthiyoniyañca pavattiṃ sabbaṃ ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘sundaraṃ mā bhāyi, mā kañci bhiṃsāpehī’’ti hatthino vaṭṭañca ārakkhake ca hatthibhaṇḍe ca upaṭṭhāpesi.
有一天,国王坐在最尊贵的大象背上,心里想:“这个人治理了二十年王国,死后在地狱里受了苦,又因为剩余业力投生到畜生道,在那里也受不了群体共处的冲突摩擦,才来到这里。唉,跟众人共处真是苦,只有独自一人才能真正安乐。”他就在大象背上开始修观,证悟了辟支菩提。他沉浸在出世间的安乐中,大臣们走上前来,向他顶礼,说道:“大王,该启程了。”他回答说:“我不是国王。”然后像之前那样说了这首偈。这首偈从词义上看就很明白了。巴利
Athekadivasaṃ rājā hatthikkhandhavaragato ‘‘ayaṃ vīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāretvā niraye paccitvā pakkāvasesena tiracchānayoniyaṃ uppanno, tatthāpi gaṇasaṃvāsasaṅghaṭṭanaṃ asahanto idhāgatosi, aho dukkhova gaṇasaṃvāso, ekībhāvo eva pana sukho’’ti cintetvā tattheva vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Taṃ lokuttarasukhena sukhitaṃ amaccā upasaṅkamitvā paṇipātaṃ katvā ‘‘yānakālo, mahārājā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato ‘‘nāhaṃ, rājā’’ti vatvā purimanayeneva imaṃ gāthamabhāsi. Sā padatthato pākaṭā eva.
这里所说的意趣是这样:而且它完全是根据道理来成立的,不是靠传闻。就像这头象,因为已在圣者所喜爱的戒中调伏,所以不再进入未调伏的状态;或者因为身体巨大,所以叫龙象。同样,我什么时候才能因为已在圣者所喜爱的戒中调伏,而不再进入未调伏的状态,不再造恶,不再回到这样的生命状态,并且以功德之身的广大而成为龙象呢?又像这头象,避开象群,以独处的快乐随意而住,在林中独自游走,如同犀牛角一样。同样,我什么时候才能这样避开群体,以独居的快乐随意而住,在林中随自己的意愿,想住多久就住多久,独自在林中安住,像犀牛角一样独自而行?这就是这里的意思。又像这头象,因为肩背安立、广大,所以称为肩背丰满之象。同样,我什么时候才能因为无学戒蕴广大,而成为戒蕴丰满之人呢?又像这头象,因为身体像莲花,或者因为生在莲花族中,所以叫有莲者。同样,我什么时候才能因为像莲花一样端正,或者因为生在圣者种姓的莲花中,而成为有莲者呢?又像这头象,因为力量等而显得尊贵。同样,我什么时候才能因为身行清净等,或者因为戒、定、通达慧等,而成为尊贵者呢?这样思惟之后,我便开始修观,证得了辟支菩提。巴利
Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyayojanā – sā ca kho yuttivaseneva, na anussavavasena. Yathā ayaṃ hatthī ariyakantesu sīlesu dantattā adantabhūmiṃ nāgacchatīti vā, sarīramahantatāya vā nāgo, evaṃ kudāssu nāmāhampi ariyakantesu sīlesu dantattā adantabhūmiṃ nāgamanena, āgumakaraṇena, puna itthattaṃ anāgamanena ca guṇasarīramahantatāya vā nāgo bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa yūthāni vivajjayitvā ekacariyasukhena yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe eko care khaggavisāṇakappo, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ gaṇaṃ vivajjetvā ekavihārasukhena yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe attano yathā yathā sukhaṃ, tathā tathā yattakaṃ vā icchāmi, tattakaṃ araññe nivāsaṃ eko care khaggavisāṇakappo eko careyyanti attho. Yathā cesa susaṇṭhitakkhandhamahantatāya sañjātakkhandho, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ asekhasīlakkhandhamahantatāya sañjātakkhandho bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa padumasadisagattatāya vā, padumakule uppannatāya vā padumī, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ padumasadisaujukatāya vā, ariyajātipadume uppannatāya vā padumī bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa thāmabalādīhi uḷāro, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ parisuddhakāyasamācāratādīhi sīlasamādhinibbedhikapaññādīhi vā uḷāro bhaveyyanti. Evaṃ cintento vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti.
110 110.“非处”等偈的缘起是怎样的呢?据说,波罗奈国王有个儿子,年纪还小就想出家,便去恳求父母。父母不同意。他虽被劝阻,却仍坚持说:“我一定要出家。”于是像前面说过的那个长者子一样,把种种理由都说了,父母才答应。他们让他承诺:“出家以后只能住在园苑里。”他就照办了。他的母亲清早带着两万名舞女来到园苑,让儿子喝粥,期间又给他吃各种点心,一直和他谈话到正午,然后才进城。父亲也在正午时分前来,让他吃饭,自己也一起吃了,白天都和他交谈,到了傍晚,留下看守的人,便回城去了。他就这样日夜都被人群围绕,没有独处的时候。巴利
110.Aṭṭhānatanti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira putto daharo eva samāno pabbajitukāmo mātāpitaro yāci. Mātāpitaro naṃ nivārenti. So nivāriyamānopi nibandhatiyeva ‘‘pabbajissāmī’’ti. Tato pubbe vuttaseṭṭhiputtaṃ viya sabbaṃ vatvā anujāniṃsu. ‘‘Pabbajitvā ca uyyāneyeva vasitabba’’nti paṭijānāpesuṃ, so tathā akāsi. Tassa mātā pātova vīsatisahassanāṭakitthiparivutā uyyānaṃ gantvā puttaṃ yāguṃ pāyetvā antarā khajjakādīni ca khādāpetvā yāva majjhanhikasamayā tena saddhiṃ samullapitvā nagaraṃ pavisati. Pitāpi majjhanhike āgantvā taṃ bhojetvā attanāpi bhuñjitvā divasaṃ tena saddhiṃ samullapitvā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭijagganakapurise ṭhapetvā nagaraṃ pavisati. So evaṃ rattindivaṃ avivitto viharati.
那时,有一位名叫太阳族的独觉佛,住在欢喜根窟。他观察时看见了这位王子,心想:“这位王子虽然出家了,却还断不了那些缠缚。”接着又观察:“他会不会自己生起厌离呢?还是不会?”随后知道:“如果只靠他自己生起厌离,那要拖很久。”于是想:“我来给他示现一个所缘。”便像前面说的那样,从黄石坪过来,站在园苑里。王宫的人看见后禀报:“大王,独觉佛来了。”国王心想:“现在我儿子有独觉佛作伴,就不会觉得无聊了。”于是满心欢喜,恭敬地侍奉独觉佛,请他就住在这里,并让人建好叶屋、住处、经行处等一切设施,安顿他住下。独觉佛住在那里,有一天得到机会,问王子:“你是谁?”王子说:“我是出家的人。”独觉佛说:“出家的人可不是你这样的。”王子问:“尊者,那出家的人是什么样的?我有什么不合适的地方吗?”独觉佛说:“你自己看不见自己哪里不合适。你母亲上午带着两万女人来到园苑,把这里弄得吵吵闹闹;你父亲傍晚带着大批军队来,整夜还有守卫。出家的人不像你这样,而是像那样的。”说着,就站在原地用神通,示现了喜马拉雅山中某一处住处。王子在那里看见独觉佛们有的靠着支架站着,有的在经行,有的在做染衣、缝衣等事,便问:“你们不到这里来吗?出家是你们自己允许的吗?”他们回答:“是的,出家是允许的。从出家那时起,沙门就可以自己决定去留,想去哪个地方、想求什么地方,都能去,这样就可以了。”说完,他们停在虚空中,说了这半首偈:“乐于群聚的人,没有机会触证暂时的解脱。”说完,就当着王子的面,从空中飞回欢喜根窟去了。独觉佛这样走后,王子就进入自己的叶屋躺下。守卫的人心想:“王子已经睡了,现在还能去哪儿呢?”便放松警惕,睡着了。王子知道守卫放松了,就拿起钵和衣,进入森林。他在那里开始修观,证得独觉菩提,就到了独觉佛们所在的地方。在那里,太阳族独觉佛问他:“你是怎么证得的?”他就把太阳族独觉佛先前说的那半首偈补全,说了出来。巴利
Tena kho pana samayena ādiccabandhu nāma paccekabuddho nandamūlakapabbhāre viharati. So āvajjento taṃ addasa – ‘‘ayaṃ kumāro pabbajituṃ asakkhi, jaṭaṃ chindituṃ na sakkotī’’ti. Tato paraṃ āvajji – ‘‘attano dhammatāya nibbijjissati nu kho, no’’ti. Atha ‘‘dhammatāya nibbindanto aticiraṃ bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘tassa ārammaṇaṃ dassessāmī’’ti purimanayeneva manosilātalato āgantvā uyyāne aṭṭhāsi. Rājaparisā disvā ‘‘paccekabuddho āgato, mahārājā’’ti ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘idāni me putto paccekabuddhena saddhiṃ anukkaṇṭhito vasissatī’’ti pamuditamano hutvā paccekabuddhaṃ sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahitvā tattheva vāsaṃ yācitvā paṇṇasālādivāvihāracaṅkamādisabbaṃ kāretvā vāsesi. So tattha vasanto ekadivasaṃ okāsaṃ labhitvā kumāraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kosi tva’’nti? ‘‘Ahaṃ pabbajito’’ti. ‘‘Pabbajitā nāma na īdisā hontī’’ti. Atha ‘‘bhante, kīdisā honti, kiṃ mayhaṃ ananucchavika’’nti vutte ‘‘tvaṃ attano ananucchavikaṃ na pekkhasi, nanu te mātā vīsatisahassitthīti saddhiṃ pubbaṇhasamaye āgacchantī uyyānaṃ avivittaṃ karoti, pitā cassa mahatā balakāyena sāyanhasamaye jagganakaparisā sakalaṃ rattiṃ, pabbajitā nāma tava sadisā na honti, īdisā pana hontī’’ti tattha ṭhitasseva iddhiyā himavante aññataraṃ vihāraṃ dassesi. So tattha paccekabuddhe ālambanaphalakaṃ nissāya ṭhite ca caṅkamante ca rajanakakammasūcikammādīni karonte ca disvā āha – ‘‘tumhe idha nāgacchatha, pabbajjā ca tumhehi anuññātā’’ti ? ‘‘Āma, pabbajjā anuññātā, pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya samaṇā nāma attano nissaraṇaṃ kātuṃ, padesañca icchitaṃ patthitaṃ gantuṃ labhanti, ettakaṃva vaṭṭatī’’ti vatvā ākāse ṭhatvā aṭṭhāna taṃ saṅgaṇikāratassa, yaṃ phassaye sāmayikaṃ vimuttinti imaṃ upaḍḍhugāthaṃ vatvā dissamānoyeva ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ gate paccekabuddhe so attano paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā nipajji. Ārakkhapurisopi ‘‘sayito kumāro, idāni kuhiṃ gamissatī’’ti pamatto niddaṃ okkami. So tassa pamattabhāvaṃ ñatvā pattacīvaramādāya araññaṃ pāvisi. Tatra ca ṭhito vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā paccekabuddhaṭṭhānaṃ gato. Tatra ca ‘‘kathamadhigata’’nti pucchito ādiccabandhunā vuttaṃ upaḍḍhagāthaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā abhāsi.
这句话的意思是:“非处”,就是指那是不可能的事,是没有道理的事。这里省略了鼻音,就像“见诸圣谛”等说法里那样。“乐于众聚者”,就是喜欢与群体相处的人。“那”,是一个表示原因的用法,就像“以应惭而惭”等说法里那样。“能触证”,就是获得、证得。“暂时解脱”,指的是世间定。因为这种定只是在入定和安住的时段里暂时摆脱了对立之敌,所以称为“暂时解脱”。那一分暂时解脱,对于一个乐于群体生活的人来说,是不可能存在的道理;没有任何理由能让他触证解脱。他仔细审察了太阳族独觉佛的这番话,舍离了对群体生活的喜爱,如理修行而证得——他是这样说明的。其余的解释,就按前面所说的方法去理解。巴利
Tassattho – aṭṭhāna tanti aṭṭhānaṃ taṃ, akāraṇaṃ tanti vuttaṃ hoti. Anunāsikalopo kato ‘‘ariyasaccāna dassana’’ntiādīsu (khu. pā. 5.11; su. ni. 270) viya. Saṅgaṇikāratassāti gaṇābhiratassa. Yanti kāraṇavacanametaṃ ‘‘yaṃ hirīyati hirīyitabbenā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 30) viya. Phassayeti adhigacche. Sāmayikaṃ vimuttinti lokiyasamāpattiṃ. Sā hi appitappitasamaye eva paccatthikehi vimuccanato ‘‘sāmayikā vimuttī’’ti vuccati. Taṃ sāmayikaṃ vimuttiṃ. Aṭṭhānaṃ taṃ, na taṃ kāraṇaṃ vijjati saṅgaṇikāratassa, yena kāraṇena vimuttiṃ phassaye iti etaṃ ādiccabandhussa paccekabuddhassa vaco nisamma saṅgaṇikāratiṃ pahāya yoniso paṭipajjanto adhigatomhīti āha. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
111 “诸见曲”这一颂的起因是什么?据说,波罗奈有一位国王,独自静处时心里想:“就像有暖等东西能对治寒冷等一样,是否也存在一种能对治轮回的逆转呢?”他问大臣们:“你们知道逆转吗?”大臣们说:“我们知道,大王。”国王问:“那是什么?”于是他们就用“世间有边”等说法,讲了常见和断见。国王心想:“这些人不懂,他们全都是执持恶见的人。”他自己看清了这些见解的颠倒和不合道理,又想:“能对治轮回的逆转是存在的,应该去寻找它。”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,修观之后证得了辟支菩提。他在诸辟支佛中间说出了这首优陀那偈,也说出了记别偈。巴利
111.Diṭṭhīvisūkānīti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā rahogato cintesi – ‘‘yathā sītādīnaṃ paṭighātakāni uṇhādīni atthi, atthi nu kho evaṃ vaṭṭapaṭighātakaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ, no’’ti? So amacce pucchi – ‘‘vivaṭṭaṃ jānāthā’’ti? Te ‘‘jānāma, mahārājā’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ ta’’nti? Tato ‘‘antavā loko’’tiādinā nayena sassatucchedaṃ kathesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘ime na jānanti, sabbepime diṭṭhigatikā’’ti sayameva tesaṃ vilomatañca ayuttatañca disvā ‘‘vaṭṭapaṭighātakaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ atthi, taṃ gavesitabba’’nti cintetvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Imañca udānagāthaṃ abhāsi paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe byākaraṇagāthañca.
它的意思是:所谓“诸见曲”,就是指六十二种恶见。这些恶见相对于道正见来说,具有扭曲、刺入和违逆的作用,所以叫“曲”。这样,由见而成的曲,或者见本身就是曲,就叫“诸见曲”。“已超越”,是指通过见道而超越了它们。“已达决定”,是指因为具有不退堕法和以正觉为归宿的性质,所以证得了决定不退的状态;或者是指证得了名为正性决定的第一道。到这里,说的是第一道作用的完成以及它的获得。接下来,“已得道”这一句,显示的是其余诸道的获得。“我是生起智者”,意思是“我是已经生起辟支菩提智的人”,这一句显示的是果的证得。“非他可导”,是指不会被别人引导说“这才是真实的”。这一句显示的是独觉的特质;或者说,因为证得辟支菩提智时不再有被他人引导的可能,所以能够自在而住。或者说,以止观超越了诸见曲,以初道证得决定,以其余诸道获得道,以果智而成为生起智者,这一切都是自己证得的,所以是“非他可导”。其余部分,应当依照前面所说的方式理解。巴利
Tassattho – diṭṭhīvisūkānīti dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni. Tāni hi maggasammādiṭṭhiyā visūkaṭṭhena vijjhanaṭṭhena vilomaṭṭhena ca visūkāni, evaṃ diṭṭhiyā visūkāni, diṭṭhi eva vā visūkāni diṭṭhivisūkāni. Upātivattoti dassanamaggena atikkanto. Patto niyāmanti avinipātadhammatāya sambodhiparāyaṇatāya ca niyatabhāvaṃ adhigato, sammattaniyāmasaṅkhātaṃ vā paṭhamamagganti. Ettāvatā paṭhamamaggakiccanipphatti ca tassa paṭilābho ca vutto. Idāni paṭiladdhamaggoti iminā sesamaggapaṭilābhaṃ dasseti. Uppannañāṇomhīti uppannapaccekabodhiñāṇo amhi. Etena phalaṃ dasseti. Anaññaneyyoti aññehi idaṃ saccanti na netabbo. Etena sayambhutaṃ dasseti, patte vā paccekabodhiñāṇe aññaneyyatāya abhāvā sayaṃvasitaṃ. Samathavipassanāya vā diṭṭhivisūkāni upātivatto, ādimaggena niyāmaṃ patto, sesehi paṭiladdhamaggo, phalañāṇena uppannañāṇo, taṃ sabbaṃ attanāva adhigatoti anaññaneyyoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
112 112.「无贪」这件事是怎么来的呢?据说,波罗奈国王的厨师在正餐之间做好饭菜,端上去给国王。那饭菜看起来悦目,味道又鲜美。厨师心想:「说不定国王会因此赏我钱财。」那饭菜的香气一飘到国王那里,就勾起了他想吃的欲望,嘴里也生出了口水。可是第一口饭刚送进嘴里,一万七千条味觉神经就像被甘露浸润了一样。厨师心想:「现在他要给我了,现在他要给我了。」国王也在想:「这厨师值得奖赏。」但他又想:「我要是尝到美味就奖赏他,我的坏名声就会传出去:『这个国王贪嘴,是个重口味的人。』」于是他什么也没说。就这样,一直到吃完饭,厨师都在想:「现在他要给了,现在他要给了。」国王也因为怕坏名声,什么也没说。于是厨师心想:「我看这国王大概没有舌识吧。」第二天,他端上了难吃的饭菜。国王一边吃,一边心里明白:「哎呀,今天这厨师该受罚了。」但他还是像之前那样想了想,因为怕坏名声,什么也没说。于是厨师心想:「这国王既分不出好吃,也分不出难吃。」于是他把所有开销都自己吞了,随便做点什么就给国王吃。国王心想:「唉,贪欲真是可怕啊!我明明享用着两万座城市,却因为这个厨师的贪心,连一顿饭都吃不好。」他对此感到厌烦,就舍弃王位出家,修观,证得了辟支佛的觉悟。他依照前面的方式,说了这首偈颂。巴利
112.Nillolupoti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira sūdo antarabhattaṃ pacitvā upanāmesi manuññadassanaṃ sādurasaṃ ‘‘appeva nāma me rājā dhanamanuppādeyyā’’ti. Taṃ rañño gandheneva bhottukamyataṃ janesi, mukhe kheḷaṃ uppādeti. Paṭhamakabaḷe pana mukhe pakkhittamatte sattarasaharaṇisahassāni amateneva phusitāni ahesuṃ. Sūdo ‘‘idāni me dassati, idāni me dassatī’’ti cintesi. Rājāpi ‘‘sakkārāraho sūdo’’ti cintesi, ‘‘rasaṃ sāyitvā pana sakkarontaṃ maṃ pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggaccheyya ‘lolo ayaṃ rājā rasagaruko’’’ti na kiñci abhaṇi. Evaṃ yāva bhojanapariyosānaṃ, tāva sūdo ‘‘idāni dassati, idāni dassatī’’ti cintesi. Rājāpi avaṇṇabhayena na kiñci abhaṇi. Tato sūdo ‘‘natthi maññe imassa rañño jivhāviññāṇa’’nti. Dutiyadivase asādurasaṃ upanāmesi. Rājā bhuñjanto ‘‘niggahāraho vata, bho, ajja sūdo’’ti jānantopi pubbe viya paccavekkhitvā avaṇṇabhayena na kiñci abhaṇi. Tato sūdo ‘‘rājā neva sundaraṃ nāsundaraṃ jānātī’’ti cintetvā sabbaṃ paribbayaṃ attanāva gahetvā kiñcideva pacitvā rañño deti. Rājā ‘‘aho vata lobho, ahaṃ nāma vīsati nagarasahassāni bhuñjanto imassa lobhena bhattamattampi na labhāmī’’ti nibbijjitvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Purimanayeneva imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi.
这里,“无贪”就是没有贪欲。一个人如果被对味道的贪爱压倒,他就会强烈地贪著,一次又一次地贪著,因此被称为“贪者”。所以,为了否定这种状态,说“无贪”。关于“无诡诈”:在这里,虽然一般来说,没有那三种诡诈之事的人就称为“无诡诈”,但在这首偈颂里,意思是面对可口的食物等时不会惊讶、不会露出得意的神情,所以说是“无诡诈”。关于“无渴”:在这里,“渴”就是想喝的欲望,因为没有这种欲望,所以是“无渴”,意思是因为不贪著美妙的味道,所以没有想吃想喝的欲求。关于“无贬损”:在这里,“贬损”的特征是破坏他人的功德,因为没有它,所以是“无贬损”。这是针对他在家时没有抹杀厨师的功德而说的。关于“已荡除垢秽与愚痴”:在这里,贪等三种以及身恶行等三种,这六种法,按各自的情况,因为不清净而使人舍弃自性、执取他性,又因为污浊,所以应当知道它们是“垢秽”。正如所说的——巴利
Tattha nillolupoti alolupo. Yo hi rasataṇhābhibhūto hoti, so bhusaṃ luppati punappunaṃ luppati, tena ‘‘lolupo’’ti vuccati. Tasmā esa taṃ paṭikkhipanto ‘‘nillolupo’’ti āha. Nikkuhoti ettha kiñcāpi yassa tividhaṃ kuhanavatthu natthi, so ‘‘nikkuho’’ti vuccati. Imissā pana gāthāya manuññabhojanādīsu vimhayamanāpajjanato nikkuhoti ayamadhippāyo. Nippipāsoti ettha pātumicchā pipāsā, tassā abhāvena nippipāso, sādurasalobhena bhottukamyatāvirahitoti attho. Nimmakkhoti ettha paraguṇavināsanalakkhaṇo makkho, tassa abhāvena nimmakkho. Attano gihikāle sūdassa guṇamakkhanābhāvaṃ sandhāyāha. Niddhantakasāvamohoti ettha rāgādayo tayo kāyaduccaritādīni ca tīṇīti cha dhammā yathāsambhavaṃ appasannaṭṭhena sakabhāvaṃ vijahāpetvā parabhāvaṃ gaṇhāpanaṭṭhena kasaṭaṭṭhena ca ‘‘kasāvā’’ti veditabbā. Yathāha –
在这里,哪三种是垢秽?贪垢秽、嗔垢秽、痴垢秽,这就是三种垢秽。在这里,另外还有哪三种是垢秽?身垢秽、语垢秽、意垢秽。巴利
‘‘Tattha katame tayo kasāvā? Rāgakasāvo, dosakasāvo, mohakasāvo. Ime tayo kasāvā. Tattha katame aparepi tayo kasāvā? Kāyakasāvo, vacīkasāvo, manokasāvo’’ti (vibha. 924).
在这些当中,除了愚痴之外,五种垢秽以及作为那一切根本的愚痴都已被涤除,所以叫“已涤除垢秽与愚痴”。或者说,身、语、意三种垢秽以及愚痴都已被涤除,所以叫“已涤除垢秽与愚痴”。至于其他方面,通过“无贪”等,贪垢秽已被涤除;通过“无嗔害”,嗔垢秽已被涤除,这个道理自然成立。“无希求”就是没有渴爱。“于一切世间已存在”是指:在一切世间,也就是在三有或十二处中,成为远离有爱与无有爱之人。“应独行”是指能独行。其余内容应依照前面所说的方式理解。或者在说了前三句之后,“应独行”即“应当能够独行”,这里应当这样连接。巴利
Tesu mohaṃ ṭhapetvā pañcannaṃ kasāvānaṃ tesañca sabbesaṃ mūlabhūtassa mohassa niddhantattā niddhantakasāvamoho. Tiṇṇaṃ eva vā kāyavacīmanokasāvānaṃ mohassa ca niddhantattā niddhantakasāvamoho. Itaresu nillolupatādīhi rāgakasāvassa, nimmakkhatāya dosakasāvassa niddhantabhāvo siddho eva. Nirāsayoti nittaṇho. Sabbaloke bhavitvāti sakalaloke, tīsu bhavesu dvādasasu vā āyatanesu bhavavibhavataṇhāvirahito hutvāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Atha vā tayopi pāde vatvā eko careti eko carituṃ sakkuṇeyyāti evampettha sambandho kātabbo.
113 “恶友”这个说法的来历是什么?据说,在波罗奈城,有一位国王以极大的王威绕城巡视,看见人们正从仓库里把陈粮等物搬出来丢到外面,就问大臣们:“喂,这是怎么回事?”大臣们回答说:“大王,新粮等物快要收上来了,这些人是为了给新粮腾出地方,才把陈粮等物丢弃的。”国王问:“喂,后宫、军队等各方面的需要都充足吗?”他们说:“是的,大王,都充足。”国王说:“那么,喂,你们去建一座布施堂吧,我要行布施,别让这些粮食白白毁掉。”这时,有一个持邪见的大臣,从“大王,没有布施这回事”开始说起,一直说到“愚者和智者流转轮回之后,终究会走到苦的尽头”,用这些话来劝阻国王。国王第二次、第三次看见仓库被搬空时,又下了同样的命令。那个大臣第三次也用“大王,所谓布施,不过是别人教唆出来的说法”等话劝阻他。国王心想:“唉,我连自己的东西都不能拿来布施,要这些恶友有什么用?”于是心生厌离,舍弃王位出家,修习观禅,证得了辟支菩提。他在呵责那个恶友时,说出了这首感兴偈。巴利
113.Pāpaṃ sahāyanti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā mahaccarājānubhāvena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karonto manusse koṭṭhāgārato purāṇadhaññādīni bahiddhā nīharante disvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhaṇe, ida’’nti amacce pucchi. Amaccā ‘‘idāni, mahārāja, navadhaññādīni uppajjissanti, tesaṃ okāsaṃ kātuṃ ime manussā purāṇadhaññādīni chaḍḍentī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ, bhaṇe, itthāgārabalakāyādīnaṃ vattaṃ paripuṇṇa’’nti āha. ‘‘Āma, mahārāja, paripuṇṇa’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe, dānasālaṃ kāretha, dānaṃ dassāmi, mā imāni dhaññāni anupakārāni vinassantū’’ti. Tato naṃ aññataro diṭṭhigatiko amacco ‘‘mahārāja, natthi dinna’’nti ārabbha yāva ‘‘bāle ca paṇḍite ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karissantī’’ti vatvā nivāresi. Rājā dutiyampi tatiyampi koṭṭhāgāre vilumpante disvā tatheva āṇāpesi. Sopi tatiyampi naṃ ‘‘mahārāja, dattupaññattaṃ yadidaṃ dāna’’ntiādīni vatvā nivāresi. So ‘‘are, ahaṃ attano santakampi na labhāmi dātuṃ, kiṃ me imehi pāpasahāyehī’’ti nibbinno rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tañca pāpasahāyaṃ garahanto imaṃ udānagāthamāha.
这首偈颂的简要含义是这样:一个人因为具备十种邪见,所以是恶人;他又看到对他人没有利益,所以叫“见无利益者”;他沉溺于身恶行等不正之行。想要利益自己的良家子,应当避开这样的恶友——也就是见无利益、沉溺于不正之行的人。“自己不亲近”是说:凭自己的力量,不应亲近他。但如果自己受他人控制,又能怎么办呢?这话就是这个意思。“执取”就是贪著,意思是由于邪见而到处黏着。“放逸”是指心沉溺在五种欲乐里,或者缺少善法的修习。对这样的朋友,不应亲近,不应结交,不应侍奉,而应像犀牛角一样独自而行。巴利
Tassāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – yvāyaṃ dasavatthukāya pāpadiṭṭhiyā samannāgatattā pāpo, paresampi anatthaṃ passatīti anatthadassī, kāyaduccaritādimhi ca visame niviṭṭho, taṃ atthakāmo kulaputto pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayetha, anatthadassiṃ visame niviṭṭhaṃ. Sayaṃ na seveti attano vasena taṃ na seveyya. Yadi pana parassa vaso hoti, kiṃ sakkā kātunti vuttaṃ hoti. Pasutanti pasaṭaṃ, diṭṭhivasena tattha tattha lagganti attho. Pamattanti kāmaguṇesu vossaṭṭhacittaṃ, kusalabhāvanārahitaṃ vā. Taṃ evarūpaṃ sahāyaṃ na seve na bhaje na payirupāse, aññadatthu eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
114 多闻这一颂的来历是什么?据说过去在迦叶世尊的教法时期,有八位志求辟支菩提的菩萨出家,圆满了去而复返的修行义务后,投生到了天界。这些情节都和“无过失食者”那首偈颂里说的一样。但这里有一处不同:国王请这些辟支佛坐下后,问道:“你们是什么人?”他们回答:“大王,我们是多闻者。”国王心想:“我叫闻梵授,对听闻从不满足。来吧,我要在他们面前听种种善巧的说法。”他满心欢喜,供养了净手水,亲自侍奉饮食。吃完饭,他在僧团上座面前坐下,说:“尊者,请说法。”那位上座只说了句“大王,愿您安乐,愿贪欲灭尽”,就起身离开了。国王想:“这人不是多闻者,第二位应该是多闻的吧。明天我去听他宣说种种善巧的法。”于是邀请他第二天应供。就这样,他依次邀请了所有八位。这些辟支佛也各自说了一句“愿嗔恚灭尽”“愿愚痴灭尽”“愿趣灭尽”“愿有灭尽”“愿轮回灭尽”“愿依着灭尽”“愿渴爱灭尽”,每人只是各自的那一句有所不同,其余部分都和第一位说的一样,说完也都起身离开了。巴利
114.Bahussutanti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane aṭṭha paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannātiādi sabbaṃ anavajjabhojīgāthāya vuttasadisameva. Ayaṃ pana viseso – paccekabuddhe nisīdāpetvā rājā āha – ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, bahussutā nāmā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘ahaṃ sutabrahmadatto nāma, sutena tittiṃ na gacchāmi, handa, nesaṃ santike vicitranayadhammadesanaṃ sossāmī’’ti attamano dakkhiṇodakaṃ datvā parivisitvā bhattakiccapariyosāne saṅghattherassa santike nisīditvā ‘‘dhammakathaṃ, bhante, kathethā’’ti āha. So ‘‘sukhito hotu, mahārāja, rāgakkhayo hotū’’ti vatvā uṭṭhito. Rājā ‘‘ayaṃ na bahussuto, dutiyo bahussuto bhavissati, sve tassa vicitradhammadesanaṃ sossāmī’’ti svātanāya nimantesi. Evaṃ yāva sabbesaṃ paṭipāṭi gacchati, tāva nimantesi, te sabbepi ‘‘dosakkhayo hotu, mohakkhayo, gatikkhayo, bhavakkhayo, vaṭṭakkhayo, upadhikkhayo, taṇhakkhayo hotū’’ti evaṃ ekekapadaṃ visesetvā sesaṃ paṭhamasadisameva vatvā uṭṭhahiṃsu.
国王听了以后心想:“这些人嘴上说‘我们是多闻者’,可讲出来的话却没什么丰富的内容,他们说的到底是什么意思?”于是就开始仔细琢磨他们那些话的含义。他这样思惟:“愿贪欲灭尽。”在琢磨的过程中他明白了:“贪欲一旦灭尽,嗔恨和愚痴也会灭尽,还有其他各种各样的烦恼也都会随之灭尽。”想通这一点后,他心里非常欢喜:“这些沙门才是真正意义上的多闻者啊。就好比一个人用手指去指大地或虚空,他指出的并不只是指尖那么一小块地方,而是整片大地、整个虚空都被指出来了。同样,他们每说一个道理,实际上就把无量无边的道理都包含在内了。”于是国王生起了这样的愿望:“什么时候我也能成为这样多闻的人呢?”他怀着对这种多闻境界的向往,舍弃了王位,出家修行,通过修观亲证了辟支菩提,然后说出了这首优陀那偈。巴利
Tato rājā – ‘‘ime ‘bahussutā maya’nti bhaṇanti, na ca tesaṃ vicitrakathā, kimetehi vutta’’nti tesaṃ vacanatthaṃ upaparikkhitumāraddho. Atha ‘‘rāgakkhayo hotū’’ti upaparikkhanto ‘‘rāge khīṇe dosopi mohopi aññataraññatarepi kilesā khīṇā hontī’’ti ñatvā attamano ahosi ‘‘nippariyāyabahussutā ime samaṇā. Yathāpi hi purisena mahāpathaviṃ vā ākāsaṃ vā aṅguliyā niddisantena na aṅgulimattova padeso niddiṭṭho hoti. Api ca kho pana sakalapathavī ākāsā eva niddiṭṭhā honti. Evaṃ imehi ekekaṃ atthaṃ niddisantehi aparimāṇā atthā niddiṭṭhā hontī’’ti. Tato so ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ bahussuto bhavissāmī’’ti tathārūpaṃ bahussutabhāvaṃ patthento rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthamabhāsi.
在这里,简要的含义是这样:所谓“多闻”,有两种多闻者——对三藏及其义理完全通达无遗的,是“教理多闻”;通达道果、明与神通的,是“证悟多闻”。(偈中说的多闻者)是通晓圣典、持守佛法的人。又因为具足殊胜的身业、语业和意业,所以是“殊胜者”。他具备应辩、无碍辩,以及应辩与无碍辩兼具的辩才,所以是“具辩才者”。或者,也可以从教理、问难、证得这三个方面来理解三种具辩才者:如果有人对教理能够明辨通达,他就是“教理辩才者”;如果有人向他人反复探问义理、智、特相以及合理与不合理之处时,问难的辩才能够顺畅显现,他就是“问难辩才者”;如果有人已经通达道果等,他就是“证得辩才者”。应当亲近这样一位多闻、持法、殊胜、具辩才的善友。依靠他的威德力,便能了知种种不同的义利——或者分为自利、他利、自他二利,或者分为现世利益、来世利益、究竟利益——然后,在诸如“我在过去世是否存在”等应当生起疑惑的地方,调伏疑惑,断除犹豫,彻底消除之后,如此成办一切应作之事,便独自游行,如犀牛角一般。巴利
Tatthāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – bahussutanti duvidho bahussuto tīsu piṭakesu atthato nikhilo pariyattibahussuto ca, maggaphalavijjābhiññāpaṭivedhako paṭivedhabahussuto ca. Āgatāgamo dhammadharo. Uḷārehi pana kāyavacīmanokammehi samannāgato uḷāro. Yuttapaṭibhāno ca muttapaṭibhāno ca yuttamuttapaṭibhāno ca paṭibhānavā. Pariyattiparipucchādhigamavasena vā tividho paṭibhānavā veditabbo. Yassa hi pariyatti paṭibhāti, so pariyattipaṭibhānavā. Yassa atthañca ñāṇañca lakkhaṇañca ṭhānāṭṭhānañca paripucchantassa paripucchā paṭibhāti, so paripucchāpaṭibhānavā. Yassa maggādayo paṭividdhā honti, so adhigamapaṭibhānavā. Taṃ evarūpaṃ bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ bhajetha mittaṃ uḷāraṃ paṭibhānavantaṃ. Tato tassānubhāvena attatthaparatthaubhayatthabhedato vā diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthabhedato vā anekappakārāni aññāya atthāni, tato ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhāna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20) kaṅkhāṭṭhāniyesu vineyya kaṅkhaṃ vicikicchaṃ vinetvā vināsetvā evaṃ katasabbakicco eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
115 “嬉戏、喜乐”这句话是怎么来的呢?据说在波罗奈城,有一位名叫“装饰梵授”的国王。他清早喝完粥或吃完饭,就用各种装饰品把自己打扮起来,然后在大镜子里看自己的全身,凡是觉得不满意的地方,就把它去掉,再换上别的装饰品来打扮。有一天他正这样弄着,吃饭的时间——正午已经到了。他打扮到一半,只好拿块布裹了头,先吃了饭,然后去午休。起来以后又照样打扮,一直到太阳落山。第二天、第三天也都是这样。后来,他因为一直沉迷于打扮,背上生了个疮。他心里想:“唉!我拼尽全力打扮,却对这无常的装饰品始终不满足,还生起了贪欲。而这贪欲,听说正是会让人堕入恶趣的法。好,我现在就要调伏这贪欲。”于是他舍弃了王位,出家修行,修观而亲证辟支菩提,然后说出了这首优陀那偈。巴利
115.Khiḍḍaṃ ratinti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira vibhūsakabrahmadatto nāma rājā pātova yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā bhuñjitvā nānāvidhavibhūsanehi attānaṃ vibhūsāpetvā mahāādāse sakalaṃ sarīraṃ disvā yaṃ na icchati, taṃ apanetvā aññena vibhūsanena vibhūsāpeti. Tassa ekadivasaṃ evaṃ karontassa bhattavelā majjhanhikā sampattā. Vippakatavibhūsitova dussapaṭṭena sīsaṃ veṭhetvā bhuñjitvā divāseyyaṃ upagañchi. Punapi uṭṭhahitvā tatheva karoto sūriyo oggato. Evaṃ dutiyadivasepi tatiyadivasepi. Athassa evaṃ maṇḍanappasutassa piṭṭhirogo udapādi. Tassa etadahosi – ‘‘aho re, ahaṃ sabbathāmena vibhūsantopi imasmiṃ kappake vibhūsane asantuṭṭho lobhaṃ uppādesiṃ, lobho ca nāmesa apāyagamanīyo dhammo, handāhaṃ lobhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthamabhāsi.
在这里,嬉戏和喜乐前面已经讲过了。所谓欲乐,是指事欲带来的快乐。因为事欲本身作为快乐的所缘等,也被称为快乐。就像经里说的:有色之乐,随顺于乐。因此,对嬉戏、喜乐和欲乐,在这个世间不装饰它,不把它看作装饰,不把它执为圆满或核心,不这样执取。所谓不期求,就是因为不做那种装饰,所以恒常不期待、不希求、没有渴爱。远离装饰处,说真实语:这里装饰有两种——在家者的装饰和出家者的装饰。缠头布、花鬘、香等装饰,叫在家者的装饰。打磨钵等装饰,叫出家者的装饰。装饰本身就是装饰处,所以以三种远离而远离装饰处。因为所说的话不虚妄,所以说真实语。应当这样理解其义。巴利
Tattha khiḍḍā ca rati ca pubbe vuttāva. Kāmasukhanti vatthukāmasukhaṃ. Vatthukāmāpi hi sukhassa visayādibhāvena ‘‘sukha’’nti vuccanti. Yathāha – ‘‘atthi rūpaṃ sukhaṃ sukhānupatita’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.60). Evametaṃ khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ kāmasukhañca imasmiṃ okāsaloke analaṅkaritvā alanti akatvā, etaṃ tappakanti vā sārabhūtanti vā evaṃ aggahetvā. Anapekkhamānoti tena analaṅkaraṇena anapekkhaṇasīlo apihāluko nittaṇho. Vibhūsaṭṭhānā virato saccavādīti tattha vibhūtā duvidhā – agārikavibhūsā ca anagārikavibhūsā ca. Sāṭakaveṭhanamālāgandhādivibhūsā agārikavibhūsā nāma. Pattamaṇḍanādivibhūsā anagārikavibhūsā. Vibhūsā eva vibhūsaṭṭhānaṃ, tasmā vibhūsaṭṭhānā tividhāya viratiyā virato. Avitathavacanato saccavādīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
116 “儿子和妻子”这个偈颂是怎么来的呢?据说在波罗奈城,国王的儿子年纪很小就受了灌顶,登上了王位。他就像第一首偈颂里说的那位辟支菩萨一样,享受着王权的荣华富贵。有一天他心想:“我治理国家,让很多人受苦。为了吃一顿饭,我何必造这些恶业呢?来吧,让我去追求安乐。”于是他舍弃了王位,出家修行,修观而悟得辟支菩提,说出了这首优陀那偈。巴利
116.Puttañcadāranti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira rañño putto daharakāleyeva abhisitto rajjaṃ kāresi. So paṭhamagāthāya vuttapaccekabodhisatto viya rajjasiriṃ anubhavanto ekadivasaṃ cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ rajjaṃ kārento bahūnaṃ dukkhaṃ karomi, kiṃ me ekabhattatthāya iminā pāpena, handa, sukhamuppādemī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,“财”是指珍珠、摩尼珠、琉璃、螺贝、宝石、珊瑚、银、金等宝物。“谷”是指稻、米、大麦、小麦、稗、黍、豆等七种谷物,以及其他蔬菜。“亲”是指亲戚、同族、朋友、技艺伙伴这四种亲属关系。“如分”是指各自依自己的本分而存在。其余部分如前所述。巴利
Tattha dhanānīti muttāmaṇiveḷuriyasaṅkhasilāpavāḷarajatajātarūpādīni ratanāni. Dhaññānīti sālivīhiyavagodhumakaṅguvarakakudrūsakappabhedāni satta sesāparaṇṇāni ca. Bandhavānīti ñātibandhugottabandhumittabandhusippabandhuvasena catubbidhabandhave. Yathodhikānīti sakasakaodhivasena ṭhitāniyeva. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
117 “这是结缚”这句话是怎么来的?据说在波罗奈城,有一位名叫帕达娄罗梵授的国王。他每天清晨喝过粥或吃过饭之后,就在三座宫殿里观看三种表演。所谓三种表演,就是从先前国王那时传下来的、从紧挨着的上一位国王那时传下来的,以及在他自己当政时期兴起来的。有一天清晨,他去了年轻舞女的宫殿。那些舞女心想:“我们要让国王开心。”就像帝释天王的仙女一样,她们表演了极其迷人的舞蹈、歌唱和音乐。国王并不满足,心想:“对年轻人来说,这没什么稀奇的。”于是又去了中年舞女的宫殿,那些舞女也同样表演。他在那里也照样不满足,又去了老年舞女的宫殿,那些舞女也同样表演。国王看到那些已经换过两三代国王的老舞女,因为年老,舞姿像骨头架子在动,歌声也不甜美了,就再次回到年轻舞女的宫殿,又去中年舞女的宫殿,这样来回走动,哪里都不满意。他心想:“这些舞女像帝释天王的仙女一样,想让我开心,拼尽全力表演舞蹈、歌唱和音乐。而我却在哪里都不满足,只是不断增长贪欲。这贪欲是导向恶趣的法。来吧,我要压制这贪欲。”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,修观禅而证得辟支菩提,说出了这首优陀那偈。巴利
117.Saṅgo esoti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira pādalolabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So pātova yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā bhuñjitvā tīsu pāsādesu tividhāni nāṭakāni passati. Tividhā nāma nāṭakā pubbarājato āgataṃ, anantararājato āgataṃ, attano kāle uṭṭhitanti. So ekadivasaṃ pātova daharanāṭakapāsādaṃ gato. Tā nāṭakitthiyo ‘‘rājānaṃ ramāpessāmā’’ti sakkassa devānamindassa accharāyo viya atimanoharaṃ naccagītavāditaṃ payojesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘anacchariyametaṃ daharāna’’nti asantuṭṭho hutvā majjhimanāṭakapāsādaṃ gato, tāpi nāṭakitthiyo tatheva akaṃsu. So tatthapi tatheva asantuṭṭho hutvā mahallakanāṭakapāsādaṃ gato , tāpi tatheva akaṃsu. Rājā dve tayo rājaparivaṭṭe atītānaṃ tāsaṃ mahallakabhāvena aṭṭhikīḷanasadisaṃ naccaṃ disvā gītañca amadhuraṃ sutvā punadeva daharanāṭakapāsādaṃ, puna majjhimanāṭakapāsādanti evampi vicaritvā katthaci asantuṭṭho cintesi – ‘‘imā nāṭakitthiyo sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ accharāyo viya maṃ ramāpetukāmā sabbathāmena naccagītavāditaṃ payojesuṃ. Svāhaṃ katthaci asantuṭṭho lobhaṃ vaḍḍhemi. Lobho ca nāmesa apāyagamanīyo dhammo, handāhaṃ lobhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
它的意思是:“这是结缚”,指的是自己所享用的对象。因为众生在那里执著黏着,就像大象陷进泥沼一样,所以叫“结缚”。“这里的乐很少”:在享受五欲功德的时候,因为要以颠倒想生起,或者因为属于欲界法,从低劣的意义上说,这种乐很少;就像被闪电照亮时看见跳舞的快乐一样,是短暂的,也就是说只是暂时的。“味少,而这里的苦更多”:这里,前面所说的“诸比丘,缘这五种欲功德而生起的快乐和喜悦,这就是欲的味”,与这里接着说的“诸比丘,什么是欲的过患?在这里,良家子以某种技艺谋生,不论是算数还是计算”等等方式所说的苦相比,那点味就像一滴水那么少,而苦却更多,像四大海的水那么多。因此说“味少,而这里的苦更多”。“这是钩”:先显示味,然后像鱼钩一样把人拉过去,这就是五种欲功德。这样知道之后,有智慧的人,也就是有智慧、聪明的善男子,把这一切都舍弃,像犀牛角一样独自游行。巴利
Tassattho – saṅgo esoti attano upabhogaṃ niddisati. So hi sajjanti tattha pāṇino kaddame paviṭṭho hatthī viyāti saṅgo. Parittamettha sokhyanti ettha pañcakāmaguṇūpabhogakāle viparītasaññāya uppādetabbato kāmāvacaradhammapariyāpannato vā lāmakaṭṭhena sokhyaṃ parittaṃ, vijjuppabhāya obhāsitanaccadassanasukhaṃ iva ittaraṃ, tāvakālikanti vuttaṃ hoti. Appassādo dukkhamevettha bhiyyoti ettha ca yvāyaṃ ‘‘yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, ayaṃ kāmānaṃ assādo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.166) vutto, so yamidaṃ ‘‘ko ca, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo, idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yena sippaṭṭhānena jīvikaṃ kappeti, yadi muddāya yadi gaṇanāyā’’ti evamādinā (ma. ni. 1.167) nayenettha dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ upanidhāya appo udakabindumatto hoti, atha kho dukkhameva bhiyyo bahu, catūsu samuddesu udakasadisaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘appassādo dukkhamevettha bhiyyo’’ti. Gaḷo esoti assādaṃ dassetvā ākaḍḍhanavasena baḷiso viya eso, yadidaṃ pañcakāmaguṇā. Iti ñatvā matimāti evaṃ jānitvā buddhimā paṇḍito puriso sabbametaṃ pahāya eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
118 “破网而出”这句话是怎么来的呢?据说在波罗奈城,有一位名叫阿尼瓦塔梵授的国王。他一旦上了战场,不打赢就绝不撤退;开始做别的事情,不完成也绝不罢手,所以人们给他起了这个名字。有一天,他去御花园。就在那时,发生了森林大火。大火烧着枯草、青草等一切草木,一刻不停地向前蔓延。国王看到这情景,心中生起了这样的联想:“就像这场森林大火一样,十一种火燃烧着一切众生,毫不退缩地向前烧去,带来极大的痛苦。我什么时候才能为了止息这些痛苦,像这大火一样,用圣道智火焚烧烦恼,永不退缩地前进呢?”又过了一会儿,他看见渔夫们在河里捕鱼。一条大鱼钻进了渔网,却破网逃走了。渔夫们喊道:“鱼破网跑了!”国王听到这句话,又生起了这样的联想:“我什么时候才能用圣道智冲破渴爱和邪见的网,无碍无著地前行呢?”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,开始观禅,最终证得辟支菩提,并说出了这首优陀那偈。巴利
118.Sandālayitvānāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira anivattabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So saṅgāmaṃ otiṇṇo ajinitvā aññaṃ vā kiccaṃ āraddho aniṭṭhapetvā na nivattati, tasmā naṃ evaṃ sañjāniṃsu. So ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchati. Tena ca samayena davaḍāho uṭṭhāsi. So aggi sukkhāni ceva haritāni ca tiṇādīni dahanto anivattamāno eva gacchati. Rājā taṃ disvā tappaṭibhāganimittaṃ uppādesi. ‘‘Yathāyaṃ davaḍāho, evameva ekādasavidho aggi sabbe satte dahanto anivattamāno gacchati mahādukkhaṃ uppādento, kudāssu nāmāhampi imassa dukkhassa nivattanatthaṃ ayaṃ aggi viya ariyamaggañāṇagginā kilese dahanto anivattamāno gaccheyya’’nti? Tato muhuttaṃ gantvā kevaṭṭe addasa nadiyaṃ macche gaṇhante. Tesaṃ jālantare paviṭṭho eko mahāmaccho jālaṃ bhetvā palāyi. Te ‘‘maccho jālaṃ bhetvā gato’’ti saddamakaṃsu. Rājā tampi vacanaṃ sutvā tappaṭibhāganimittaṃ uppādesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi ariyamaggañāṇena taṇhādiṭṭhijālaṃ bhetvā asajjamāno gaccheyya’’nti? So rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi, imañca udānagāthamabhāsi.
在第二句偈里,“网”指的是线编成的网。“水”就是水,在水里游走的就叫“水行者”,这是鱼的别名。在水里游的,就是“水中水行者”。这里说的是那条在河水里冲破渔网游走的鱼。第三句偈里,“烧过”指被火烧过的地方。就像火不会再回到已经烧过的地方,也不会再烧到那里;同样,被圣道智之火焚毁了欲乐之地后,就再也不回头,也不会再去了——这就是要表达的意思。其余部分按前面说的方式来理解。巴利
Tassā dutiyapāde jālanti suttamayaṃ vuccati. Ambūti udakaṃ, tattha caratīti ambucārī, macchassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Salile ambucārī salilambucārī. Tasmiṃ nadīsalile jālaṃ bhetvā gataambucārīvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatiyapāde daḍḍhanti daḍḍhaṭṭhānaṃ vuccati. Yathā aggi daḍḍhaṭṭhānaṃ puna na nivattati, na tattha bhiyyo āgacchati, evaṃ maggañāṇagginā daḍḍhakāmaguṇaṭṭhānaṃ anivattamāno tattha bhiyyo anāgacchantoti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
119 “眼下垂”这个说法是怎么来的呢?据说在波罗奈城,有一位名叫眼馋梵授的国王,就像脚痒梵授一样,沉迷于看戏。不过两人有个不同之处:那位国王是因为不满足而到处跑;这位国王则是看了这一出那一出戏后极其欢喜,通过看戏的轮转来增长渴爱,四处游荡。据说,他看到一位为了看戏而来的居士妻子,就生起了贪欲。随后他心生警惧,想道:“唉,我这样增长渴爱,将成为恶趣的填充者。来吧,我要制服它。”于是他出家修行,修观,证悟了辟支菩提。他责备自己过去的所作所为,说出了这首彰显对治功德的优陀那颂。巴利
119.Okkhittacakkhūti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira cakkhulolabrahmadatto nāma rājā pādalolabrahmadatto viya nāṭakadassanaṃ anuyutto hoti. Ayaṃ pana viseso – so asantuṭṭho tattha tattha gacchati. Ayaṃ taṃ taṃ nāṭakaṃ disvā atīva abhinanditvā nāṭakadassanaparivattanena taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhento vicarati. So kira nāṭakadassanatthaṃ āgataṃ aññataraṃ kuṭumbiyabhariyaṃ disvā rāgaṃ uppādesi. Tato saṃvegaṃ āpajjitvā puna ‘‘are, ahaṃ imaṃ taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhento apāyaparipūrako bhavissāmi, handa, naṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano purimapaṭipattiṃ garahanto tappaṭipakkhaguṇadīpikaṃ imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
这里,“眼目低垂”是指眼睛向下看。把七节颈椎依次摆正,为了避开不该看的、只看该看的,所以只说注视前方一轭之远;并不是用下巴去顶住胸骨。因为那样低垂眼目,并不符合沙门的威仪。“不摇足”是指:不像脚痒的人那样,心里想着“一个人里要当第二个,两个人里要当第三个”,一心想挤进人群;他远离了长途游走和来回折返。“守护根门”:在六根当中,因为意根在这里已另外说明,所以就其余诸根而说为守护根门。“善护意”:意就是心本身,能守护这个心的,就是善护意者。意思是说,他的心被守护到不被烦恼劫夺。“不流露”:由于这样的行持,他在各种所缘上都没有烦恼的流露。“不被烧燃”:就是不被烦恼之火所烧。或者说,在外不流露,在内不被烧燃。其余内容如前所说。巴利
Tattha okkhittacakkhūti heṭṭhākhittacakkhu, sattagīvaṭṭhikāni paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapetvā parivajjanagahetabbadassanatthaṃ yugamattaṃ pekkhamānoti vuttaṃ hoti. Na tu hanukaṭṭhinā hadayaṭṭhiṃ saṅghaṭṭento. Evañhi okkhittacakkhutā na samaṇasāruppā hoti. Na ca pādaloloti ekassa dutiyo, dvinnaṃ tatiyoti evaṃ gaṇamajjhaṃ pavisitukāmatāya kaṇḍūyamānapādo viya abhavanto, dīghacārikaanivattacārikavirato. Guttindriyoti chasu indriyesu idha manindriyassa visuṃ vuttattā vuttāvasesavasena ca gopitindriyo. Rakkhitamānasānoti mānasaṃ eva mānasānaṃ, taṃ rakkhitamassāti rakkhitamānasāno. Yathā kilesehi na viluppati, evaṃ rakkhitacittoti vuttaṃ hoti. Anavassutoti imāya paṭipattiyā tesu tesu ārammaṇesu kilesaanvassavavirahito. Apariḍayhamānoti kilesaggīhi apariḍayhamāno. Bahiddhā vā anavassuto, ajjhattaṃ apariḍayhamāno. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
120 “放下之后”这个说法的由来是什么?据说在波罗奈城,还有另一位名叫四个月梵授的国王,每过四个月就到园林里去游玩一次。有一天,正是夏季的中间那个月,他进入园林时,在园林门口看见一棵巴利恰答咖黑檀树,叶子覆盖、枝条为花朵所装饰,就摘了一朵花,然后进了园林。接着,有个大臣心想:“国王摘了最顶上的一朵花。”他站在象背上,也摘了一朵。就这样,整个随行队伍都跟着摘了花。那些觉得光摘花还不过瘾的人,连叶子也一起摘了。那棵树花和叶子都没了,只剩下光秃秃的树干。傍晚时分,国王从园林出来,看见那棵树,心想:“这棵树怎么了?我来的时候,它那些像宝石一样颜色的枝条间,还点缀着珊瑚似的花朵,现在却花和叶子都没了。”他一边这样想着,一边看见不远处有一棵没开花、枝叶茂密的树。看到之后,他心里生起这样的念头:“这棵树因为枝条上开满了花,对很多人来说都很诱人,结果转眼之间就遭了殃。而另一棵树,正因为它不让人贪著,所以还是老样子。这王位就像那棵开花的树一样,让人贪著;而出家做比丘的生活,就像那棵不开花的树一样,不让人贪著。所以,趁这王位还没有像那棵树一样被夺走之前,我应当像另一棵枝叶完好的树那样,像巴利恰答咖树一样,用袈裟遮覆自身,出家去。”于是,他舍弃王位,出家修行,修观之后证悟了辟支菩提,说出了这首感兴偈。巴利
120.Ohārayitvāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññopi cātumāsikabrahmadatto nāma rājā catumāse catumāse uyyānakīḷaṃ gacchati. So ekadivasaṃ gimhānaṃ majjhimamāse uyyānaṃ pavisanto uyyānadvāre pattasañchannaṃ pupphālaṅkatasākhāviṭapaṃ pāricchattakakoviḷāraṃ disvā ekaṃ pupphaṃ gahetvā uyyānaṃ pāvisi. Tato ‘‘raññā aggapupphaṃ gahita’’nti aññataropi amacco hatthikkhandhe ṭhito ekameva pupphaṃ aggahesi. Etenevupāyena sabbo balakāyo aggahesi. Pupphehi anassādentā pattampi gaṇhiṃsu. So rukkho nippattapuppho khandhamattova ahosi. Rājā sāyanhasamaye uyyānā nikkhamanto taṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ kato ayaṃ rukkho, mamāgamanavelāya maṇivaṇṇasākhantaresu pavāḷasadisapupphālaṅkato ahosi, idāni nippattapuppho jāto’’ti cintento tasseva avidūre apupphitarukkhaṃ sañchannapalāsaṃ addasa. Disvā cassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ rukkho pupphabharitasākhattā bahujanassa lobhanīyo ahosi, tena muhutteneva byasanaṃ patto. Ayaṃ panañño alobhanīyattā tatheva ṭhito. Idañcāpi rajjaṃ pupphitarukkho viya lobhanīyaṃ, bhikkhubhāvo pana apupphitarukkho viya alobhanīyo. Tasmā yāva idampi ayaṃ rukkho viya na viluppati, tāva ayamañño sañchannapatto yathā pāricchattako, evaṃ kāsāvena sañchanno hutvā pabbajeyya’’nti. So rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,“披着袈裟出家”这一句,应当这样理解:离开家之后,穿上袈裟衣。剩下的内容按照前面所说的方法就能明白,所以不再详细展开。巴利
Tattha kāsāyavattho abhinikkhamitvāti imassa pādassa gehā nikkhamitvā kāsāyavatthanivattho hutvāti evamattho veditabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva sakkā viññātunti na vitthāritanti.
121 121. 关于“诸味”,这件事是怎么来的呢?据说,从前有位波罗奈国王,被大臣的儿子们簇拥着,在园林里一座石板砌成的池塘中嬉戏。他的厨师取来各种肉类的精华,做成一顿极为精致、宛如不死甘露般的午膳,端到国王面前。国王对那味道起了贪著,一点也不分给别人,自己一个人吃了。他玩水玩到很晚才出来,于是匆匆忙忙地吃。以前和他一起吃饭的那些人,他一个也没想起来。后来他生起反省:“唉!我做了恶事,被对味道的贪爱所压倒,把所有人都忘了,只顾自己一个人吃。来吧,我要制伏这味爱!”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,修观而亲证辟支菩提。为了责备自己过去的所作所为,并显示与之相反的功德,他说出了这首自说偈。巴利
121.Rasesūti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā uyyāne amaccaputtehi parivuto silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ kīḷati. Tassa sūdo sabbamaṃsānaṃ rasaṃ gahetvā atīva susaṅkhataṃ amatakappaṃ antarabhattaṃ pacitvā upanāmesi. So tattha gedhamāpanno kassaci kiñci adatvā attanāva bhuñji. Udakaṃ kīḷanto ativikāle nikkhanto sīghaṃ sīghaṃ bhuñji. Yehi saddhiṃ pubbe bhuñjati, na tesaṃ kañci sari. Atha pacchā paṭisaṅkhānaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘aho! Mayā pāpaṃ kataṃ, yvāyaṃ rasataṇhābhibhūto sabbajanaṃ vissaritvā ekakova bhuñjiṃ, handa, naṃ rasataṇhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano purimapaṭipattiṃ garahanto tappaṭipakkhaguṇadīpikaṃ imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,“于诸味”是指在酸、甜、苦、辣、咸、涩等种种可尝的味道中。“不贪著”就是说不生起贪心,也就是不让渴爱生起。“不馋”是指对于各种不同的味道,不会这样纷乱:“我要尝这个,我要尝那个。”“不养他人”是指没有需要抚养的同住弟子等人。意思是说,只以维持身体为满足。或者说,从前我在园林里时,惯于对种种味道生起贪著,还养活他人;现在不再那样,而是舍弃了那种因馋而贪著诸味的渴爱,通过不再让未来另一个以渴爱为根源的生命体生起,所以说不养他人。另外,从破坏意义来说,烦恼被称为“其他”;因为不养育那些烦恼,所以叫“不养他人”,这是这里的含义。“次第乞食”是指不越次乞食、按顺序乞食,不跳过挨家挨户的次序,不管富人家还是穷人家,都一家接一家不间断地入内乞食,这就是它的意思。“于家家心不系缚”是指在刹帝利家等任何人家中,心都不因烦恼而执著,像月亮一样,始终如新来之人,这就是它的意思。其余内容依照前面所说。巴利
Tattha rasesūti ambilamadhuratittakakaṭukaloṇakhārikakasāvādibhedesu sāyanīyesu. Gedhaṃ akaranti giddhiṃ akaronto, taṇhaṃ anuppādentoti vuttaṃ hoti. Aloloti ‘‘idaṃ sāyissāmi, idaṃ sāyissāmī’’ti evaṃ rasavisesesu anākulo. Anaññaposīti posetabbakasaddhivihārikādivirahito. Kāyasandhāraṇamattena santuṭṭhoti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathā vā pubbe uyyāne rasesu gedhakaraṇasīlo aññaposī āsiṃ, evaṃ ahutvā yāya taṇhāya lolo hutvā rasesu gedhaṃ karoti, taṃ taṇhaṃ hitvā āyatiṃ taṇhāmūlakassa aññassa attabhāvassānibbattāpanena anaññaposīti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā atthabhañjanakaṭṭhena kilesā ‘‘aññe’’ti vuccanti, tesaṃ aposanena anaññaposīti ayamettha attho. Sapadānacārīti avokkammacārī anupubbacārī, gharapaṭipāṭiṃ achaḍḍetvā aḍḍhakulañca daliddakulañca nirantaraṃ piṇḍāya pavisamānoti attho. Kule kule appaṭibaddhacittoti khattiyakulādīsu yattha katthaci kilesavasena alaggacitto, candopamo niccanavako hutvāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
122 “断除五盖”这句话是怎么来的呢?据说在波罗奈城,有一位国王证得了初禅。他为了守护禅那,舍弃王位,出家修行,修习观禅,证得辟支菩提。为了展示自己修行上的成就,他说出了这首自说偈。巴利
122.Pahāya pañcāvaraṇānīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā paṭhamajjhānalābhī ahosi. So jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ patvā attano paṭipattisampadaṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
这里说的“五盖”,就是五种盖,它们在《蛇经》等经典中已经从含义上解释过了。不过,因为这些盖就像云雾遮挡日月一样遮挡心,所以被称为“心的遮盖”。“断除”是指依靠近行定或安止定把它们舍弃、消除,这就是这里的意思。“随烦恼”是指那些接近并扰乱心的不善法,也就是《中部·布喻经》等经典中所说的贪欲等。“悉断除”是指全部驱除,也就是通过观道智来断除,这是它的含义。“一切”是指毫无剩余。这样,止观圆满的人,因为最初的道智已经断除了对见的执著,所以成为“无所依者”;又通过其余的道智彻底切断了对三界中情爱的染着,这里说的就是“渴爱与贪染”。因为情爱本身与功德相违,所以被称为“爱著之过患”。其余内容,按照前面所说的方式理解即可。巴利
Tattha pañcāvaraṇānīti pañca nīvaraṇāni eva, tāni uragasutte (su. ni. 1 ādayo) atthato vuttāni. Tāni pana yasmā abbhādayo viya candasūriye ceto āvaranti, tasmā ‘‘āvaraṇāni cetaso’’ti vuttāni. Tāni upacārena vā appanāya vā pahāya vijahitvāti attho . Upakkileseti upagamma cittaṃ vibādhente akusaladhamme, vatthopamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.70 ādayo) vutte abhijjhādayo vā. Byapanujjāti panuditvā, vipassanāmaggena pajahitvāti attho. Sabbeti anavasese. Evaṃ samathavipassanāsampanno paṭhamamaggena diṭṭhinissayassa pahīnattā anissito, sesamaggehi chetvā tedhātukaṃ sinehadosaṃ, taṇhārāganti vuttaṃ hoti. Sineho eva hi guṇapaṭipakkhato sinehadosoti vutto. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
123 “置于背后”这个说法的由来是什么?据说在波罗奈城,有一位国王证得了第四禅。他为了守护禅那,舍弃王位出家,修观后悟得了辟支菩提。为了展示自己修行成就的圆满,他说出了这首自说偈。巴利
123.Vipiṭṭhikatvānāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā catutthajjhānalābhī ahosi. Sopi jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano paṭipattisampadaṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
在这里,“把它抛到背后”意思是放到身后,也就是舍弃、远离。“乐与苦”指身体上的舒服和不舒服。“喜悦与忧愁”指心理上的舒服和不舒服。“舍”指第四禅的舍。“止”就是第四禅的定。“清净”是说:因为已经从五盖、寻、伺、喜、乐这九种对立状态中彻底解脱出来,所以极其清净,就像提炼过的黄金一样,远离了一切杂染。这就是它的意思。巴利
Tattha vipiṭṭhikatvānāti piṭṭhito katvā, chaḍḍetvā vijahitvāti attho . Sukhañca dukkhanti kāyikaṃ sātāsātaṃ. Somanassadomanassanti cetasikaṃ sātāsātaṃ. Upekkhanti catutthajjhānupekkhaṃ. Samathanti catutthajjhānasamādhiṃ eva. Visuddhanti pañcanīvaraṇavitakkavicārapītisukhasaṅkhātehi navahi paccanīkadhammehi vimuttattā atisuddhaṃ, niddhantasuvaṇṇamiva vigatūpakkilesanti attho.
这段的义解是这样的:把乐和苦先放到一边——意思是,苦在初禅的近行定阶段就已经放下,乐在第三禅的近行定阶段就已经放下。然后把前面那个“ca”移到后面,理解成“喜悦和忧也先放到一边”。这样就说明:喜悦在第四禅的近行定阶段放下,忧在第二禅的近行定阶段放下。这些确实是它们按方便说被断除的地方。但如果从究竟说、不按方便说来说,那么苦的断除处是初禅,忧的断除处是第二禅,乐的断除处是第三禅,喜悦的断除处是第四禅。正如经中所说:“成就初禅而住时,那里生起的苦根完全无余灭尽……”等等这一切,在《法集论注》里已经说过。就像先前在初禅、第二禅、第三禅中,把苦、忧、乐放到一边;同样,在这里的第四禅中,把喜悦放到一边,通过这样的修行方式获得舍、止和清净,然后独自而行。其余部分和前面说的一样。巴利
Ayaṃ pana yojanā – vipiṭṭhikatvāna sukhañca dukkhañca pubbeva, paṭhamajjhānūpacāreyeva dukkhaṃ tatiyajjhānūpacāreyeva sukhanti adhippāyo. Puna ādito vuttaṃ ca-kāraṃ parato netvā ‘‘somanassaṃ domanassañca vipiṭṭhikatvāna pubbevā’’ti adhikāro. Tena somanassaṃ catutthajjhānūpacāre, domanassañca dutiyajjhānūpacāreyevāti dīpeti. Etāni hi etesaṃ pariyāyato pahānaṭṭhānāni. Nippariyāyato pana dukkhassa paṭhamajjhānaṃ, domanassassa dutiyajjhānaṃ, sukhassa tatiyajjhānaṃ, somanassassa catutthajjhānaṃ pahānaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati etthuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī’’tiādikaṃ (saṃ. ni. 5.510) sabbaṃ aṭṭhasāliniyā dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 165) vuttaṃ. Yathā pubbevāti tīsu paṭhamajjhānādīsu dukkhadomanassasukhāni vipiṭṭhikatvā evamettha catutthajjhāne somanassaṃ vipiṭṭhikatvā imāya paṭipadāya laddhānupekkhaṃ samathaṃ visuddhaṃ eko careti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
124 124.“已发起精进”这个说法是怎么来的?据说,有一位边地小国的国王,拥有一支一千名战士的军队,国土虽小,智慧却很大。有一天他想:“我虽然国土小,但凭智慧完全可以拿下整个赡部洲。”于是派使者去见邻国国王,说:“七天之内,要么把王位交给我,要么就开战。”然后他召集自己的大臣们,说:“我没跟你们商量就干了这件冒险的事,已经向某某国王发出了这样的通牒,现在该怎么办?”大臣们说:“大王,可以把那个使者追回来。”国王说:“追不回来了,他肯定已经走了。”大臣们说:“既然这样,大王,您可把我们全毁了。与其被别人用武器杀死受苦,不如我们互相砍死,或者自己砍死自己,或者上吊,或者服毒。”就这样,他们一个个都只称赞死路一条。于是国王说:“我要这些人有什么用?喂,我的战士在哪里?”这时,一千名战士站了出来,说:“大王,我是战士!大王,我是战士!”巴利
124.Āraddhavīriyoti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira paccantarājā sahassayodhabalakāyo rajjena khuddako, paññāya mahanto ahosi. So ekadivasaṃ ‘‘kiñcāpi ahaṃ khuddako rajjena, paññavatā pana sakkā sakalajambudīpaṃ gahetu’’nti cintetvā sāmantarañño dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘sattāhabbhantare me rajjaṃ vā detu yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. Tato so attano amacce sannipātāpetvā āha – ‘‘mayā tumhe anāpucchāyeva sāhasaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ, amukassa rañño evaṃ pesitaṃ, kiṃ kātabba’’nti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘sakkā, mahārāja, so dūto nivattetu’’nti. ‘‘Na sakkā, gato bhavissatī’’ti. ‘‘Yadi evaṃ vināsitamhā tayā, tena hi dukkhaṃ aññassa satthena marituṃ, handa, mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ paharitvā marāma, attānaṃ paharitvā marāma, ubbandhāma, visaṃ khādāmā’’ti. Evaṃ etesu ekameko maraṇameva saṃvaṇṇeti. Tato rājā ‘‘kiṃ me imehi, atthi, bhaṇe, mayhaṃ yodhā’’ti āha. Atha ‘‘ahaṃ mahārāja yodho, ahaṃ mahārāja yodho’’ti yodhasahassaṃ uṭṭhahi.
国王说:“我要仔细考察这些人。”于是让人搭起一座大火堆,然后说:“喂,我做了这件冒险的事,我的大臣们反对此事,现在我要走进火堆里去。谁愿意跟我一起进去?谁愿意为我舍弃生命?”这话一说完,五百名战士就站起来说:“大王,我们愿意进去。”接着国王对另外五百名战士说:“孩子们,你们现在打算怎么办?”他们回答说:“大王,这可不是大丈夫该做的事,这是女人的行为。再说,大王已经派使者去见敌国国王了,我们要和那位国王战斗,战死沙场。”于是国王说:“你们已经为我舍弃了生命。”便集合了象、马、车、步四种兵组成的军队,由那一千名战士围绕着,前往王国边境,在那里驻扎下来。巴利
Rājā ‘‘ete upaparikkhissāmī’’ti mahantaṃ citakaṃ sajjāpetvā āha – ‘‘mayā, bhaṇe, idaṃ sāhasaṃ kataṃ, taṃ me amaccā paṭikkosanti, svāhaṃ citakaṃ pavisissāmi. Ko mayā saddhiṃ pavisissati, kena mayhaṃ jīvitaṃ pariccatta’’nti? Evaṃ vutte pañcasatā yodhā uṭṭhahiṃsu ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, pavisissāmā’’ti. Tato rājā itare pañcasate āha – ‘‘tumhe dāni, tātā, kiṃ karissathā’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘nāyaṃ, mahārāja, purisakāro, itthicariyā esā, apica mahārājena paṭirañño dūto pesito, te mayaṃ tena raññā saddhiṃ yujjhitvā marissāmā’’ti. Tato rājā ‘‘pariccattaṃ tumhehi mama jīvita’’nti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā tena yodhasahassena parivuto gantvā rajjasīmāya nisīdi.
那个敌国国王听说这件事后,骂道:“哼,那个小国王连给我当奴仆都不配!”他怒气冲冲,率领全部军队出发迎战。小国王看见对方大军压来,就对部下说:“弟兄们,你们人不多,全部集中起来,拿好剑和盾,快速径直冲到那位国王面前去。”他们照办了。于是敌军被截成两半,让出了通路。他们活捉了那位国王,带回去交给自己的国王——当时他们的国王正说着“我要杀了他”迎面而来。敌国国王乞求饶命。国王给了他无畏的保证,让他发誓效忠,把他收归自己掌控之下。然后国王带着他,又去征讨另一位国王,驻兵在对方国境线上,派人传话:“要么把王国交给我,要么开战。”那位国王说:“我连打一仗都受不了。”便交出了王国。用这个办法,他把所有国王都收服了,最后连波罗奈城的国王也抓到了。巴利
Sopi paṭirājā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā ‘‘are, so khuddakarājā mama dāsassāpi nappahotī’’ti dussitvā sabbaṃ balakāyaṃ ādāya yujjhituṃ nikkhami. Khuddakarājā taṃ abbhuyyātaṃ disvā balakāyaṃ āha – ‘‘tātā, tumhe na bahukā, sabbe sampiṇḍitvā asicammaṃ gahetvā sīghaṃ imassa rañño purato ujukaṃ eva gacchathā’’ti. Te tathā akaṃsu. Athassa sā senā dvidhā bhinditvā antaramadāsi. Te taṃ rājānaṃ jīvaggāhaṃ gahetvā attano rañño ‘‘taṃ māressāmī’’ti āgacchantassa adaṃsu. Paṭirājā taṃ abhayaṃ yāci. Rājā tassa abhayaṃ datvā sapathaṃ kārāpetvā attano vase katvā tena saha aññaṃ rājānaṃ abbhuggantvā tassa rajjasīmāya ṭhatvā pesesi – ‘‘rajjaṃ vā me detu yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. So ‘‘ahaṃ ekayuddhampi na sahāmī’’ti rajjaṃ niyyādesi. Etenupāyena sabbe rājāno gahetvā ante bārāṇasirājānampi aggahesi.
他由一百位国王簇拥着,统治整个赡部洲的国土时,心里想:“我以前是个小人物,如今凭自己智慧上的成就,成了整个赡部洲的大国王。可是我这智慧只跟世间的努力连在一起,既不能让人厌离,也不能让人离欲。我何不用这份智慧去寻求出世间法呢?”于是他把国土交给波罗奈城的国王,把妻儿留在自己的家乡,舍弃一切出了家,开始修观,最终悟得了独觉菩提。为了展示自己精进上的成就,他说了这首感兴偈。巴利
So ekasatarājaparivuto sakalajambudīparajjaṃ anusāsanto cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ pubbe khuddako ahosiṃ, somhi idāni attano ñāṇasampattiyā sakalajambudīpamaṇḍalassa issaro rājā jāto. Taṃ kho pana me ñāṇaṃ lokiyavīriyasampayuttaṃ, neva nibbidāya na virāgāya saṃvattati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ iminā ñāṇena lokuttaradhammaṃ gaveseyya’’nti. Tato bārāṇasirañño rajjaṃ datvā puttadārañca sakajanapadeyeva ṭhapetvā sabbaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano vīriyasampattiṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
在这其中,已经发起精进的人,就是“已发精进者”。以此显示他自己具有大精进。究竟义称为涅槃,对究竟义的证得就是“究竟义的证得”,即对那究竟义的证得。以此显示通过发起精进所应当证得的果。以“心不退缩”这一句,显示被精进支撑的心与心所不退缩的状态。以“无懈怠的行为”这一句,显示在站立、经行等活动中身体不陷于疲弱。以“坚固的精勤”这一句,显示如“纵然只剩皮肤、筋和腱……”这样生起的奋力精进;依次修学等而如此奋力的人,被称为“以身体亲证究竟真理”。或者,以此显示与圣道相应的精进。那精进因为修习圆满而坚固,又因为完全从一切对立面出离而是真正的精勤,所以具足那精进的人也因坚固的精勤而被称为“坚固精勤”。“具足力与力”是指在圣道刹那,具足身体的力量和智慧的力量。或者说,具足作为力量本身之力,也就是具足坚固的智慧之力。以此说明那精进与观智相应,从而成立瑜伽精勤的状态。或者,也可以按前分、中分、增上三种精进来配合这三句。其余部分应依前面所说的方法理解。巴利
Tattha āraddhaṃ vīriyaṃ assāti āraddhavīriyo. Etena attano mahāvīriyataṃ dasseti. Paramattho vuccati nibbānaṃ, paramatthassa patti paramatthapatti, tassā paramatthapattiyā. Etena vīriyārambhena pattabbaṃ phalaṃ dasseti. Alīnacittoti etena vīriyūpatthambhānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ alīnataṃ dasseti. Akusītavuttīti etena ṭhānacaṅkamādīsu kāyassa anavasīdanaṃ dasseti. Daḷhanikkamoti etena ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru cā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.184; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196) evaṃ pavattaṃ padahanavīriyaṃ dasseti, yaṃ taṃ anupubbasikkhādīsu padahanto ‘‘kāyena ceva paramatthasaccaṃ sacchikarotī’’ti vuccati. Atha vā etena maggasampayuttaṃ vīriyaṃ dasseti. Tampi daḷhañca bhāvanāpāripūrigatattā, nikkamo ca sabbaso paṭipakkhā nikkhantattā, tasmā taṃsamaṅgīpuggalopi daḷho nikkamo assāti ‘‘daḷhanikkamo’’ti vuccati. Thāmabalūpapannoti maggakkhaṇe kāyathāmena ca ñāṇabalena ca upapanno. Atha vā thāmabhūtena balena upapanno, thirañāṇabalūpapannoti vuttaṃ hoti. Etena tassa vīriyassa vipassanāñāṇasampayogaṃ dīpento yogapadhānabhāvaṃ sādheti. Pubbabhāgamajjhimaukkaṭṭhavīriyavasena vā tayopi pādā yojetabbā. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
125 “独坐”是怎么来的呢?这首偈颂的由来,和前面那首“障碍偈”一样,没有什么差别。不过从义解来说,这里“独坐”的意思是:从种种众生行中退回来,远离尘刺,独自依止一边,也就是独处的状态,这叫作身远离。所谓“禅那”,因为能烧毁敌对之法,又能专注观照所缘的相,所以称为心远离。其中,八种等至因为能烧毁五盖等敌对法,又能专注观照遍处等所缘,所以叫“禅那”。观、道、果因为能烧毁众生想等敌对法,又能专注观照诸行的相,所以也叫“禅那”。但这里指的是专注观照所缘这一层意思。像这样,不舍弃、不放下、不抛弃这独坐与禅那。于诸法中,是指在适合观照的五蕴等法中。常,是指持续、不断、无间断。随法而行者,是指以那些法为所缘,随顺观法而修行的人。或者,这里的“法”是指九种出世间法,随顺那些法的法叫“随法”,这是观的别名。本来应该说“于诸法常为随法而行者”,为了偈颂格律的方便,才用了“于诸法中”这个语法形式。已审察诸有的过患,是指以那称为随法行的观,在三种有中审察无常等过患。像这样,通过成就了称为身远离、心远离的观这条修行道路,就可以说他已证得,应当独自而行。应当这样理解其关联。巴利
125.Paṭisallānanti kā uppatti? Imissā gāthāya āvaraṇagāthāya viya uppatti, natthi koci viseso. Atthavaṇṇanāya panassā paṭisallānanti tehi tehi sattasaṅkhārehi paṭinivattitvā sallānaṃ, ekamantasevitā ekībhāvo kāyavivekoti attho. Jhānanti paccanīkajhāpanato ārammaṇalakkhaṇūpanijjhānato ca cittaviveko vuccati. Tattha aṭṭha samāpattiyo nīvaraṇādipaccanīkajhāpanato kasiṇādiārammaṇūpanijjhānato ca ‘‘jhāna’’nti vuccati. Vipassanāmaggaphalāni sattasaññādipaccanīkajhāpanato lakkhaṇūpanijjhānato ca ‘‘jhāna’’ni vuccati. Idha pana ārammaṇūpanijjhānameva adhippetaṃ. Evametaṃ paṭisallānañca jhānañca ariñcamāno ajahamāno anissajjamāno. Dhammesūti vipassanūpagesu pañcakkhandhādidhammesu. Niccanti satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ. Anudhammacārīti te dhamme ārabbha pavattanena anugataṃ vipassanādhammaṃ caramāno. Atha vā dhammesūti ettha dhammāti navalokuttaradhammā, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ anulomo dhammoti anudhammo, vipassanāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha ‘‘dhammānaṃ niccaṃ anudhammacārī’’ti vattabbe gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ vibhattibyattayena ‘‘dhammesū’’ti vuttaṃ siyā. Ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesūti tāya anudhammacāritāsaṅkhātāya vipassanāya aniccākārādidosaṃ tīsu bhavesu samanupassanto evaṃ imāya kāyacittavivekasikhāpattavipassanāsaṅkhātāya paṭipadāya adhigatoti vattabbo eko careti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā.
126 “爱尽”是怎么来的呢?据说,从前波罗奈国有一位国王,以极大的王威,在城中右绕巡行。因为他的身体相好庄严,众生一见就倾心,走在前面的也转身回来看他,走在后面的也看,走在两边的也看。其实世间人本来就是这样,看佛陀、看满月、看大海之王,永远都看不够。那时,有一位居士的妻子站在高楼上,打开狮子窗往下看。国王看见了她,心被系住了,就命令一位大臣:“你去查一下,这女人是有丈夫还是没丈夫。”大臣查清楚后禀报:“有丈夫,陛下。”国王于是想:“我有两万舞女,像天女一样,只让我一个人享受,我竟然还不满足,还对别人的妻子生起了贪爱。这贪爱一旦生起,只会把人拖进恶趣。”他看到了贪爱的过患,心想:“来吧,我要制伏它!”于是舍弃王位,出家修行,修观而证得辟支菩提,然后说出了这首优陀那偈。巴利
126.Taṇhakkhayanti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā mahaccarājānubhāvena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karoti. Tassa sarīrasobhāya āvajjitahadayā sattā purato gacchantāpi nivattitvā tameva ullokenti, pacchato gacchantāpi, ubhohi passehi gacchantāpi. Pakatiyā eva hi buddhadassane puṇṇacandasamuddarājadassane ca atitto loko. Atha aññatarā kuṭumbiyabhariyāpi uparipāsādagatā sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā olokayamānā aṭṭhāsi. Rājā taṃ disvā paṭibaddhacitto hutvā amaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘jānāhi tāva, bhaṇe, ‘ayaṃ itthī sasāmikā vā asāmikā vā’’’ti? So ñatvā ‘‘sasāmikā, devā’’ti ārocesi. Atha rājā cintesi – ‘‘imā vīsatisahassanāṭakitthiyo devaccharāyo viya maṃ eva ekaṃ abhiramāpenti, so dānāhaṃ etāpi atussitvā parassa itthiyā taṇhaṃ uppādesiṃ. Sā uppannā apāyameva ākaḍḍhatī’’ti taṇhāya ādīnavaṃ disvā ‘‘handa, naṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
在这里,“爱尽”就是涅槃,也就是像这样看清爱欲的过患之后,使它不再生起。“不放逸者”是指持续不断地精勤修行、恭敬认真地去做的人。“不哑不愚者”是指说话不结巴、不口齿不清的人;或者也可以理解为既不哑也不愚,也就是说他是聪明、善巧的人。因为他有能带来利益和安乐的听闻,所以叫“多闻者”,也就是说他成就了圣教。“具念者”是指对很久以前做过的事等都能回忆起来的人。“已遍知法者”是指通过审察诸法而完全了知法的人。“决定者”是指依圣道达于决定性的人。“具勤勉者”是指具足正勤精进的人。这一段文应当按逆序来连结。同样地,具足上述不放逸等法者,以能达成决定性的勤勉而成为“具勤勉者”,以那勤勉而达成决定性的状态而成为“决定者”,由此证得阿罗汉果而成为“已遍知法者”。因为阿罗汉再无需要遍知之事,所以被称为“已遍知法者”。正如所说:“凡已遍知法者,以及此处众多有学者。”其余则如前所说。巴利
Tattha taṇhakkhayanti nibbānaṃ, evaṃ diṭṭhādīnavāya vā taṇhāya appavattiṃ. Appamattoti sātaccakārī, sakkaccakārī. Aneḷamūgoti alālāmukho. Atha vā aneḷo ca amūgo ca, paṇḍito byattoti vuttaṃ hoti. Hitasukhasampāpakaṃ sutamassa atthīti sutavā, āgamasampannoti vuttaṃ hoti. Satīmāti cirakatādīnaṃ anussaritā. Saṅkhātadhammoti dhammūpaparikkhāya pariññātadhammo. Niyatoti ariyamaggena niyatabhāvappatto. Padhānavāti sammappadhānavīriyasampanno. Uppaṭipāṭiyā esa pāṭho yojetabbo. Evameva tehi appamādādīhi samannāgato niyāmasampāpakena padhānena padhānavā, tena padhānena sampattaniyāmato niyato, tato arahattappattiyā saṅkhātadhammo. Arahā hi puna saṅkhātabbābhāvato ‘‘saṅkhātadhammo’’ti vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekhā puthū idhā’’ti (su. ni. 1044; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 7). Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
127 “犹如狮子”这个说法的来源是什么?据说,有位波罗奈国王在远处有一座花园。他清早起身前往花园,途中下车,走到一处有水的地方,心想:“我要洗洗脸。”就在那个地方,一头母狮生下幼狮后,出去觅食了。国王的侍从看见那只幼狮,禀报说:“陛下,是只幼狮。”国王想:“听说狮子对谁都不害怕。”为了试探它,就命人敲打大鼓等乐器。幼狮听到那声音,照样躺着不动。于是又敲到第三次。它在第三次时抬起头,环视了整群人,然后又照样躺下。这时国王说:“趁它母亲还没回来,我们走吧。”他一边走一边想:“这刚出生的幼狮尚且不惊慌、不害怕,我什么时候才能舍弃由渴爱和邪见带来的恐惧,不再惊慌、不再害怕呢?”他带着这个所缘继续前行,又看见渔夫们捕了鱼,绑在树枝上,张开渔网,风吹过网时毫无阻碍地穿过。他由此得到一个观想:“我什么时候才能撕破渴爱、邪见和愚痴之网,这样毫无滞着地前行呢?”巴利
127.Sīhovāti kā uppatti? Aññatarassa kira bārāṇasirañño dūre uyyānaṃ hoti, so pageva uṭṭhāya uyyānaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge yānā oruyha udakaṭṭhānaṃ upagato ‘‘mukhaṃ dhovissāmī’’ti. Tasmiñca padese sīhī sīhapotakaṃ janetvā gocarāya gatā. Rājapuriso taṃ disvā ‘‘sīhapotako, devā’’ti ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘sīho kira kassaci na bhāyatī’’ti taṃ upaparikkhituṃ bheriādīni ākoṭāpesi, sīhapotako taṃ saddaṃ sutvāpi tatheva sayi. Atha yāvatatiyaṃ ākoṭāpesi. So tatiyavāre sīsaṃ ukkhipitvā sabbaṃ parisaṃ oloketvā tatheva sayi. Atha rājā ‘‘yāvassa mātā nāgacchati, tāva gacchāmā’’ti vatvā gacchanto cintesi – ‘‘tadahujātopi sīhapotako na santasati na bhāyati, kudāssu nāmāhampi taṇhādiṭṭhiparitāsaṃ chaḍḍetvā na santaseyyaṃ na bhāyeyya’’nti? So taṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā gacchanto puna kevaṭṭehi macche gahetvā sākhāsu bandhitvā pasārite jāle vātaṃ asaṅgaṃyeva gacchamānaṃ disvā tasmiṃ nimittaṃ aggahesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi taṇhādiṭṭhimohajālaṃ phāletvā evaṃ asajjamāno gaccheyya’’nti?
然后他去了花园,坐在石板池塘边,看见风吹来时莲花俯身碰到水面,风停后又回到原位立着,却没有被水沾湿。他从这件事上取了一个相:“什么时候我也能像这些莲花一样,生在水中却不被水沾湿,生在世间却不被世间沾污而安住呢?”他一次又一次地想:“应当像狮子、像风、像莲花那样,不惊恐、不滞着、不染污。”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,以观智亲证辟支菩提,然后说出这首优陀那偈。巴利
Atha uyyānaṃ gantvā silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyā tīre nisinno vātabbhāhatāni padumāni onamitvā udakaṃ phusitvā vātavigame puna yathāṭhāne ṭhitāni udakena anupalittāni disvā tasmiṃ nimittaṃ aggahesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi yathā etāni udake jātāni udakena anupalittāni tiṭṭhanti. Evaṃ loke jāto lokena anupalitto tiṭṭheyya’’nti. So punappunaṃ ‘‘yathā sīho vāto padumāni, evaṃ asantasantena asajjamānena anupalittena bhavitabba’’nti cintetvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
这里说的“狮子”有四种:草狮、白狮、黑狮、鬃狮。其中鬃狮被称为最殊胜的,这里指的就是鬃狮。“风”按东风等方向分,有很多种。“莲花”按红、白等颜色分,也有很多种。其中无论哪一种风、哪一种莲花,都可以用来打比方。
在这里,所谓恐惧,是因为对自我有贪恋;而对自我的贪恋,就是爱染的黏着。这种贪恋,不论是与邪见相应的贪,还是与邪见不相应的贪,归根到底还是爱欲。至于愚昧滞着,则是没有审察能力的人因愚痴而产生的,愚痴就是无明。
在这两者当中,通过止(寂止)来断除爱欲,通过观(内观)来断除无明。所以,以止断除对自我的贪恋之后,就能像狮子听到各种声音、面对无常和苦等现象时一样,不惊恐;以观断除愚痴之后,就能像风对于网一样,在诸蕴、诸处、诸界等法中不被缠住;同样以止断除贪和与贪相应的邪见之后,就能像莲花不被水沾染一样,不被对一切生存和享乐的贪爱所染污。
在这里,止以戒为立足处,止属于定,定属于观。当这两法(止与观)成就时,戒蕴、定蕴、慧蕴这三蕴也就同时成就了。其中,以戒蕴他成为勇者,就像狮子听到各种声音、遇到令人嗔怒的因缘时,不会因为想要发怒而惊恐;以慧蕴他通达诸法自性,就像风对于网一样,在诸蕴、处、界等法的种种分别中不被粘住;以定蕴他远离贪欲,就像莲花不被水沾染一样,不被贪欲所染。
这样,通过止与观,通过戒、定、慧三蕴,按照各自相应的方式,以断除爱欲、无明和另外三种不善根来说,应当知道他是“不惊恐、不滞着、不染污”的。其余部分和前面所说的一样。巴利
Tattha sīhoti cattāro sīhā – tiṇasīho, paṇḍusīho, kāḷasīho, kesarasīhoti. Tesaṃ kesarasīho aggamakkhāyati. So idha adhippeto. Vāto puratthimādivasena anekavidho. Padumaṃ rattasetādivasena. Tesu yo koci vāto yaṃ kiñci padumañca vaṭṭatiyeva. Tattha yasmā santāso nāma attasinehena hoti, attasineho ca nāma taṇhālepo, sopi diṭṭhisampayuttena vā diṭṭhivippayuttena vā lobhena hoti, sopi ca taṇhāyeva. Sajjanaṃ pana tattha upaparikkhādivirahitassa mohena hoti, moho ca avijjā. Tattha samathena taṇhāya pahānaṃ, vipassanāya avijjāya. Tasmā samathena attasinehaṃ pahāya sīhova saddesu aniccadukkhādīsu asantasanto, vipassanāya mohaṃ pahāya vātova jālamhi khandhāyatanādīsu asajjamāno, samatheneva lobhaṃ lobhasampayuttadiṭṭhiñca pahāya, padumaṃva toyena sabbabhavabhogalobhena alippamāno. Ettha ca samathassa sīlaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, samatho samādhissa, samādhi vipassanāyāti evaṃ dvīsu dhammesu siddhesu tayo khandhā siddhāva honti. Tattha sīlakkhandhena sūro hoti. So sīhova saddesu āghātavatthūsu kujjhitukāmatāya na santasati, paññākkhandhena paṭividdhasabhāvo vātova jālamhi khandhādidhammabhede na sajjati, samādhikkhandhena vītarāgo padumaṃva toyena rāgena na lippati. Evaṃ samathavipassanāhi sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhehi ca yathāsambhavaṃ taṇhāvijjānaṃ tiṇṇañca akusalamūlānaṃ pahānavasena asantasanto asajjamāno alippamāno ca veditabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
128 “犹如狮子”这句话是怎么来的呢?据说,有一位波罗奈国王,为了平息边境的叛乱,不走村庄之间的道路,而是取道直穿森林的路,率领大军前进。那时候,在一座山脚下,有一头狮子正躺着晒太阳,享受着清晨的阳光。国王的随从看见后,就禀告了国王。国王说:“听说狮子是不害怕的。”于是命人敲响大鼓、小鼓等各种乐器,狮子照样躺着不动。国王又命人敲了第二次,狮子还是照样躺着。敲到第三次时,狮子心想:“这人是冲着我来的敌人。”于是四足稳稳站定,发出狮子吼。听到这吼声,骑象的人等纷纷从大象等坐骑上下来,钻进草丛里,象群和马群四散奔逃。国王的坐象也驮着国王,一路冲撞着密林逃走了。国王控制不住,抓住树枝吊在那里,最后掉到地上,沿着一条只容一人通过的小路,来到了独觉佛们居住的地方。在那里,他问独觉佛们:“各位尊者,你们听到声音了吗?”“听到了,大王。”“那是谁的声音呢,尊者?”“先是鼓、螺等的声音,后来是狮子的声音。”“尊者,你们不害怕吗?”“大王,我们不害怕任何声音。”“那么,尊者,我也能做到这样吗?”“能做到,大王,如果你出家的话。”“尊者,我出家。”于是独觉佛们让他出家,按照前面所说的方式教他修行规范。他也按照前面所说的方式修观,证得独觉菩提后,说出了这首优陀那偈。巴利
128.Sīho yathāti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā paccantaṃ kupitaṃ vūpasametuṃ gāmānugāmimaggaṃ chaḍḍetvā ujuṃ aṭavimaggaṃ gahetvā mahatiyā senāya gacchati. Tena ca samayena aññatarasmiṃ pabbatapāde sīho bālasūriyātapaṃ tappamāno nipanno hoti. Taṃ disvā rājapurisā rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘sīho kira na santasatī’’ti bheripaṇavādisaddaṃ kārāpesi, sīho tatheva nipajji. Dutiyampi kārāpesi, sīho tatheva nipajji. Tatiyampi kārāpesi, tadā ‘‘sīho mama paṭisattu atthī’’ti catūhi pādehi suppatiṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā sīhanādaṃ nadi. Taṃ sutvā hatthārohādayo hatthiādīhi orohitvā tiṇagahanāni paviṭṭhā, hatthiassagaṇā disāvidisā palātā. Rañño hatthīpi rājānaṃ gahetvā vanagahanāni pothayamāno palāyi . Rājā taṃ sandhāretuṃ asakkonto rukkhasākhāya olambitvā pathaviṃ patitvā ekapadikamaggena gacchanto paccekabuddhānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha paccekabuddhe pucchi – ‘‘api, bhante, saddamassutthā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kassa saddaṃ, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Paṭhamaṃ bherisaṅkhādīnaṃ, pacchā sīhassā’’ti . ‘‘Na bhāyittha, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Na mayaṃ, mahārāja, kassaci saddassa bhāyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sakkā pana, bhante, mayhampi edisaṃ kātu’’nti? ‘‘Sakkā, mahārāja, sace pabbajissasī’’ti. ‘‘Pabbajāmi, bhante’’ti. Tato naṃ pabbājetvā pubbe vuttanayeneva ābhisamācārikaṃ sikkhāpesuṃ. Sopi pubbe vuttanayeneva vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
在这里,能忍、能杀、行动迅疾,所以是狮子。这里指的是鬃毛狮子。因为有牙齿和力量,所以叫有牙力者。强力地、征服地这两个词要和“行”连在一起,构成强力而行者、征服而行者。其中,压制住之后再行动,就是强力而行者;征服、威慑、制伏之后再行动,就是征服而行者。这只狮子以身体的力量来强力而行,以威光来征服而行。假如有人问:什么是强力地、征服地而行?那就把属于格的“诸野兽”当作宾格来理解,回答为:强力地、征服地对待诸野兽而行。边远的,意思是遥远的。坐卧具,意思是居住的地方。其余内容按前面已说的方法就能理解,所以不再详细解释。巴利
Tattha sahanā ca hananā ca sīghajavattā ca sīho. Kesarasīhova idha adhippeto. Dāṭhā balamassa atthīti dāṭhabalī. Pasayha abhibhuyyāti ubhayaṃ cārī-saddena saha yojetabbaṃ pasayhacārī abhibhuyyacārīti. Tattha pasayha niggahetvā caraṇena pasayhacārī, abhibhavitvā santāsetvā vasīkatvā caraṇena abhibhuyyacārī. Svāyaṃ kāyabalena pasayhacārī, tejasā abhibhuyyacārī, tattha sace koci vadeyya – ‘‘kiṃ pasayha abhibhuyya cārī’’ti, tato migānanti sāmivacanaṃ upayogatthe katvā ‘‘mige pasayha abhibhuyya cārī’’ti paṭivattabbaṃ. Pantānīti dūrāni. Senāsanānīti vasanaṭṭhānāni. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva sakkā jānitunti na vitthāritanti.
129 “慈与舍”这个说法的由来是什么呢?据说,有一位国王得到了慈等禅那。他想:“王位是禅那之乐的障碍。”为了守护禅那,他舍弃王位出家,修习观法,亲自证悟了辟支菩提,于是说出这首优陀那偈颂。巴利
129.Mettaṃ upekkhanti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira rājā mettādijhānalābhī ahosi. So ‘‘jhānasukhantarāyo rajja’’nti jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
在这里,以“愿一切众生快乐”这类方式,希望给众生带来利益和安乐的心,就是慈。以“啊,愿他们能从这苦中解脱”这类方式,希望拔除众生的不利和痛苦的心,就是悲。以“这些尊贵的有情确实在欢喜,他们欢喜得真好啊”这类方式,希望众生不离开利益和安乐的心,就是喜。以“他们将依自己的业而显现”的态度,对苦乐保持旁观舍置,就是舍。不过,为了让偈颂的语句顺畅,先说了慈,接着说了舍,喜则放在后面说。所谓“解脱”,是指这四者都从各自的对立法中解脱出来,所以称为解脱。因此说:“慈、舍、悲、解脱,适时修习,以及喜。”巴利
Tattha ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhitā bhavantū’’tiādinā nayena hitasukhūpanayanakāmatā mettā. ‘‘Aho vata imamhā dukkhā mucceyyu’’ntiādinā nayena ahitadukkhāpanayanakāmatā karuṇā. ‘‘Modanti vata bhonto sattā, modanti sādhu suṭṭhū’’tiādinā nayena hitasukhāvippayogakāmatā muditā. ‘‘Paññāyissanti sakena kammenā’’ti sukhadukkhaajjhupekkhanatā upekkhā. Gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ pana uppaṭipāṭiyā mettaṃ vatvā upekkhā vuttā, muditā ca pacchā. Vimuttinti catassopi etā attano paccanīkadhammehi vimuttattā vimuttiyo. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘mettaṃ upekkhaṃ karuṇaṃ vimuttiṃ, āsevamāno muditañca kāle’’ti.
这里,“修习”是指:以三种禅、四种禅的方式修习慈、悲、喜,以第四禅的方式修习舍。“适时”是指:修习慈之后,从慈定出来,再修悲;从悲定出来,再修喜;从喜定或其他离喜的禅那出定后,再修舍——这样修习,就叫做“适时修习”;也可以说是在适合修习的安稳时候修习。“与一切世间无诤”是指:在十方一切众生世间,心不与任何众生相违。因为修习慈等之后,众生就不再显得可厌,对众生的嗔恨对立也就平息了。因此说“与一切世间无诤”。这是这里的简要解释,详细内容在《法集论注》中关于慈等的解说里已经讲过。其余部分和前面所说的一样。巴利
Tattha āsevamānoti tisso tikacatukkajjhānavasena, upekkhaṃ catutthajjhānavasena bhāvayamāno . Kāleti mettaṃ āsevitvā tato vuṭṭhāya karuṇaṃ, tato vuṭṭhāya muditaṃ, tato itarato vā nippītikajjhānato vuṭṭhāya upekkhaṃ āsevamāno eva ‘‘kāle āsevamāno’’ti vuccati, āsevituṃ vā phāsukakāle. Sabbena lokena avirujjhamānoti dasasu disāsu sabbena sattalokena avirujjhamāno. Mettādīnañhi bhāvitattā sattā appaṭikūlā honti, sattesu ca virodhibhūto paṭigho vūpasammati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno’’ti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana mettādikathā aṭṭhasāliniyā dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 251) vuttā. Sesaṃ vuttasadisamevāti.
130 “贪与嗔”这一颂的缘起是什么?据说,在王舍城附近,住着一位名叫摩登伽的独觉佛,他是所有独觉佛中最后一位。那时,我们的菩萨出生了,天神们为了供养菩萨而前来,见到那位菩萨,便说道:“朋友,朋友,佛陀已经出现在世间了!”他从灭尽定中出定,听到这话,观察到自己的寿命即将终结,知道雪山中有一座叫大悬崖的山,是独觉佛们般涅槃的地方。于是他腾空而去,到了那里,把先前已般涅槃的独觉佛的遗骨堆投入悬崖,然后坐在石板上,说出了这首优陀那偈。巴利
130.Rāgañca dosañcāti kā uppatti? Rājagahaṃ kira nissāya mātaṅgo nāma paccekabuddho viharati sabbapacchimo paccekabuddhānaṃ. Atha amhākaṃ bodhisatte uppanne devatāyo bodhisattassa pūjanatthāya āgacchantiyo taṃ disvā ‘‘mārisā, mārisā, buddho loke uppanno’’ti bhaṇiṃsu. So nirodhā vuṭṭhahanto taṃ sutvā attano jīvitakkhayaṃ disvā himavante mahāpapāto nāma pabbato paccekabuddhānaṃ parinibbānaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha ākāsena gantvā pubbe parinibbutapaccekabuddhassa aṭṭhisaṅghātaṃ papāte pakkhipitvā silātale nisīditvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
这里,贪、嗔、痴已经在《蛇经》里讲过了。“诸结”指的是十种结缚,这些结缚已经被各个道逐一摧毁。“于寿命坏灭无所畏惧”:所谓寿命坏灭,是指死心的坏灭。因为对生命的贪爱已经断除,所以面对寿命坏灭时无所畏惧。到这里,他先显示了自己证入有余涅槃界,而在偈颂结束时,则以无余涅槃界般涅槃。巴利
Tattha rāgadosamohā uragasutte vuttāva. Saṃyojanānīti dasa saṃyojanāni, tāni ca tena tena maggena sandālayitvā. Asantasaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhīti jīvitasaṅkhayo vuccati cuticittassa paribhedo. Tasmiñca jīvitasaṅkhaye jīvitanikantiyā pahīnattā asantasanti. Ettāvatā sopādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ attano dassetvā gāthāpariyosāne anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyīti.
131 “结交”这个词是怎么来的呢?据说,在波罗奈城,有一位国王正像开头那首偈颂所说的那样,统治着一个繁荣富足的王国。后来他得了重病,剧烈的苦受不断生起。两万名宫女围着他,给他揉手揉脚等等。大臣们心想:“这位国王恐怕活不成了,来吧,我们还是为自己找个依靠吧。”于是他们去到另一位国王那里,请求侍奉他。他们在那里殷勤服侍,却什么也没得到。国王病好之后问道:“某某和某某去哪儿了?”听说了这件事后,他只是摇了摇头,沉默不语。那些大臣听说“国王病好了”,又因为在那边什么也得不到,被极度的困苦所逼迫,就再次回来,礼敬国王后站在一旁。国王问他们:“孩子们,你们去哪儿了?”他们回答说:“我们看到大王身体虚弱,害怕失去生计,就去了某某地方。”国王摇了摇头,心想:“我何不再把那种病表现出来一次,看看他们还会不会这样做?”于是,他像之前被疾病击中一样,表现出强烈的感受,装作生病的样子。宫女们又像从前一样围着他,做完全相同的事。那些大臣也照样再次带着更多的人离开了。就这样,国王前后三次都做得和之前一模一样,那些人也照样离开了。到了第四次,国王看见他们又来了,心想:“唉!这些人真是做了难做的事啊,他们竟然抛下生病的我,毫不牵挂地走了。”他因此心生厌离,舍弃王位,出家修行,通过观照证得了辟支菩提,然后说出这首优陀那偈。巴利
131.Bhajantīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā ādigāthāya vuttappakārameva phītaṃ rajjaṃ samanusāsati. Tassa kharo ābādho uppajji, dukkhā vedanā pavattanti. Vīsatisahassitthiyo taṃ parivāretvā hatthapādasambāhanādīni karonti. Amaccā ‘‘na dānāyaṃ rājā jīvissati, handa, mayaṃ attano saraṇaṃ gavesāmā’’ti cintetvā aññatarassa rañño santikaṃ gantvā upaṭṭhānaṃ yāciṃsu. Te tattha upaṭṭhahantiyeva, na kiñci labhanti. Rājā ābādhā vuṭṭhahitvā pucchi – ‘‘itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca kuhi’’nti? Tato taṃ pavattiṃ sutvāva sīsaṃ cāletvā tuṇhī ahosi. Tepi amaccā ‘‘rājā vuṭṭhito’’ti sutvā tattha kiñci alabhamānā paramena pārijuññena pīḷitā punadeva āgantvā rājānaṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Tena ca raññā ‘‘kuhiṃ, tātā, tumhe gatā’’ti vuttā āhaṃsu – ‘‘devaṃ dubbalaṃ disvā ājīvikabhayenamhā asukaṃ nāma janapadaṃ gatā’’ti. Rājā sīsaṃ cāletvā cintesi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ tameva ābādhaṃ dassessaṃ, kiṃ punapi evaṃ kareyyuṃ, no’’ti? So pubbe rogena phuṭṭho viya bāḷhaṃ vedanaṃ dassento gilānālayaṃ akāsi. Itthiyo samparivāretvā pubbasadisameva sabbaṃ akaṃsu. Tepi amaccā tatheva puna bahutaraṃ janaṃ gahetvā pakkamiṃsu. Evaṃ rājā yāvatatiyaṃ sabbaṃ pubbasadisaṃ akāsi, tepi tatheva pakkamiṃsu. Tato catutthampi te āgate disvā rājā – ‘‘aho! Ime dukkaraṃ akaṃsu, ye maṃ byādhitaṃ pahāya anapekkhā pakkamiṃsū’’ti nibbinno rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
在这里,“结交”是指用身体去亲近、依附和侍奉。“侍奉”是指用合掌等礼节,以及“我能为您做什么”这种顺从的态度去照料。利益就是他们的原因,所以叫“以利益为原因”——除了结交和侍奉之外,没有别的原因,利益本身就是他们的原因,也就是说,他们是为了利益才去侍奉。如今,不带利益计较的朋友实在难得,因为人们总是想着“我能从这人身上得到什么”,带着这种谋求自身利益的目的去结交,这就是有原因;而纯粹——巴利
Tattha bhajantīti sarīrena allīyantā payirupāsanti. Sevantīti añjalikammādīhi kiṃkārapaṭissāvitāya ca paricaranti. Kāraṇaṃ attho etesanti kāraṇatthā, bhajanāya ca sevanāya ca nāññaṃ kāraṇamatthi, attho eva nesaṃ kāraṇaṃ, atthahetu sevantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Nikkāraṇādullabhā ajja mittāti ‘‘ito kiñci lacchāmā’’ti evaṃ attapaṭilābhakāraṇena nikkāraṇā, kevalaṃ –
能帮上忙的朋友,能与你同甘共苦的朋友,
能开示利益的朋友,和心怀悲悯的朋友。巴利
‘‘Upakāro ca yo mitto, yo mitto sukhadukkhako; Atthakkhāyī ca yo mitto, yo mitto anukampako’’ti. (dī. ni. 3.265) –
具备如是所说圣者友情的朋友,今天很难遇到。Attaṭṭhapaññā(以自己为立足点的慧):是说他们的慧只立足于自身,意思是只看自己,不看别人。也有写成Attatthapaññā的版本,那个的意思是只看自己的利益,不看别人的利益。据说还有一种古本写成Diṭṭhatthapaññā,那个的意思是他们的慧只放在当下已经见到的利益上,不考虑长远的利益。也就是说,只看现世的利益,不看后世的利益,这就是它要表达的意思。Asucī(不净):是说身、语、意三方面的行为不清净、不高尚。巴利
Evaṃ vuttena ariyena mittabhāvena samannāgatā dullabhā ajja mittā. Attaṭṭhapaññāti attani ṭhitā etesaṃ paññā. Attānameva oloketi, na aññanti attho. ‘‘Attatthapaññā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa attano atthameva oloketi, na paratthanti attho. ‘‘Diṭṭhatthapaññā’’ti ayampi kira porāṇapāṭho, tassa sampati diṭṭheyeva atthe etesaṃ paññā , na āyatinti attho. Diṭṭhadhammikatthaṃyeva oloketi, na samparāyikatthanti vuttaṃ hoti. Asucīti asucinā anariyena kāyavacīmanokammena samannāgatā.
“犀牛角”这个词的意思是:就像用刀砍树之类的东西,或者用自己的角把山之类的东西磨成粉末一样到处走动,所以叫“犀牛”。角(visāṇa)和毒(visa)相似,所以叫“角”。又像刀(khagga)一样,所以叫“刀”。有刀角的那种野兽就是犀牛,那头犀牛的状态就叫“犀牛角”。意思是:独觉佛应该像犀牛一样,独自一人,没有同伴,没有帮手,独自行动,独自安住,独自活动,独自维持生活。巴利
Khaggavisāṇakappoti khaggena rukkhādayo chindanto viya sakasiṅgena pabbatādayo cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ kurumāno vicaratīti khaggavisāṇo. Visasadisā āṇāti visāṇā. Khaggaṃ viyāti khaggaṃ. Khaggaṃ visāṇaṃ yassa migassa soyaṃ migo khaggavisāṇo, tassa khaggavisāṇassa kappo khaggavisāṇakappo. Khaggavisāṇasadiso paccekabuddho eko adutiyo asahāyo careyya vihareyya vatteyya yapeyya yāpeyyāti attho.
132 戒行清净:戒行特别清净,也就是由四种清净而清净的戒。智慧善清净:智慧极为清净,因为远离贪等烦恼,所以是清净的道果智慧、无碍解智慧等。善定:心被好好地安放,心安置在近处。常修警寤:醒觉就是清醒,意思是超越睡眠;醒觉的状态就是警寤,致力于警寤就是常修警寤。观者:具有特别观照“无常、苦、无我”的习性,意思是安立在观照中而住。见法殊胜者:具有特别观见十善法、四圣谛法或九种出世间法的习性。进入道支、觉支者:与正见等道支、念觉支等觉支结合、相应的圣法。殊胜知者:特别了知者,即了知者的意思。巴利
132.Visuddhasīlāti visesena suddhasīlā, catupārisuddhiyā suddhasīlā. Suvisuddhapaññāti suṭṭhu visuddhapaññā, rāgādivirahitattā parisuddhamaggaphalapaṭisambhidādipaññā. Samāhitāti saṃ suṭṭhu āhitā, santike ṭhapitacittā. Jāgariyānuyuttāti jāgaraṇaṃ jāgaro, niddātikkamoti attho. Jāgarassa bhāvo jāgariyaṃ, jāgariye anuyuttā jāgariyānuyuttā. Vipassakāti ‘‘aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattā’’ti visesena passanasīlā, vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā viharantīti attho. Dhammavisesadassīti dasakusaladhammānaṃ catusaccadhammassa navalokuttaradhammassa vā visesena passanasīlā. Maggaṅgabojjhaṅgagateti sammādiṭṭhādīhi maggaṅgehi satisambojjhaṅgādīhi bojjhaṅgehi gate sampayutte ariyadhamme. Vijaññāti visesena jaññā, jānantāti attho.
133 由观无我而证得的空解脱,由观苦而证得的无愿解脱,以及由观无常而证得的无相解脱。已修习,意思是已增长、已培育。那些已经累积了资粮的智者,在佛陀的教法中不趋向、不证得声闻的身份和声闻的地位,他们这些已累积资粮的智者,就成为自生者、自己自然成就的辟支胜者、独觉佛。巴利
133.Suññatāppaṇihitañcānimittanti anattānupassanāvasena suññatavimokkhañca dukkhānupassanāvasena appaṇihitavimokkhañca, aniccānupassanāvasena animittavimokkhañca. Āsevayitvāti vaḍḍhetvā. Ye katasambhārā dhīrā janā jinasāsanamhi sāvakattaṃ sāvakabhāvaṃ na vajanti na pāpuṇanti, te dhīrā katasambhārā sayambhū sayameva bhūtā paccekajinā paccekabuddhā bhavanti.
134 他们具有什么性质?他们具足广大法,圆满广大资粮,具有多种法身,以种种法自性为体。又问:他们具有什么性质?答案是:他们以心为主宰,随心动转,具足禅那。他们已渡过一切苦流,即已渡过、超越整个轮回之流;因为远离了忿怒、骄慢等烦恼,所以内心踊跃欢喜,意念寂静安宁。他们以五蕴、十二处、三十二身分、四谛、缘起等方式,习惯于观见究竟义、最上义。以不动摇、无所畏惧之义,他们如狮子一般,与狮子相似。如犀牛角者,意为像犀牛角一样,因为不与人群结伴共住。巴利
134. Kiṃ bhūtā? Mahantadhammā pūritamahāsambhārā bahudhammakāyā anekadhammasabhāvasarīrā. Punapi kiṃ bhūtā? Cittissarā cittagatikā jhānasampannāti attho. Sabbadukkhoghatiṇṇā sakalasaṃsāraoghaṃ tiṇṇā atikkantā udaggacittā kodhamānādikilesavirahitattā somanassacittā santamanāti attho. Paramatthadassī pañcakkhandhadvādasāyatanadvattiṃsākārasaccapaṭiccasamuppādādivasena paramatthaṃ uttamatthaṃ dassanasīlā. Acalābhītaṭṭhena sīhopamā sīhasadisāti attho. Khaggavisāṇakappā khaggavisāṇamigasiṅgasadisā gaṇasaṅgaṇikābhāvenāti attho.
135 根寂静:因为眼根等诸根不在各自的对象上活动,所以根的本性就是寂静的。意寂静:指心寂静,意思是说,由于没有烦恼,心和思惟的本性都是寂静的。定:指心很好地专一。在边地众生中行持:指在边远地区的众生中,以悲悯等心行持的习性。在此世和他世如灯燃烧发光:意思是说,因为能利益整个世间,所以在此世和他世都像灯一样燃烧发光。独觉佛常为利益:意思是说,这些独觉佛恒常、一切时候,都为了一切世间的利益而行。巴利
135.Santindriyāti cakkhundriyādīnaṃ sakasakārammaṇe appavattanato santasabhāvaindriyā . Santamanāti santacittā, nikkilesabhāvena santasabhāvacittasaṅkappāti attho. Samādhīti suṭṭhu ekaggacittā. Paccantasattesu patippacārāti paccantajanapadesu sattesu dayākaruṇādīhi paticaraṇasīlā. Dīpā parattha idha vijjalantāti sakalalokānuggahakaraṇena paraloke ca idhaloke ca vijjalantā dīpā padīpasadisāti attho. Paccekabuddhā satataṃ hitāmeti ime paccekabuddhā satataṃ sabbakālaṃ sakalalokahitāya paṭipannāti attho.
136 已断除一切盖障的人中至尊:这些独觉佛是众人中的至尊、最上者,因为他们已经断除了欲贪盖等全部五种盖,所以叫“已断除一切盖障者”。“如坚固黄金之光”:意思是他们的光明显现如同赤金、赡部洲金的光泽。“必定是世间最值得供养的人”:意思是他们确实是世间最上布施的应供者,值得也适合接受最高的供养;因为他们没有烦恼,所以是清净而殊胜的布施的合格接受者。“这些独觉佛恒常圆满”:这些以独觉之智证悟的佛陀,恒常、时时安住于快乐与圆满之中;即使七天不吃食物,也能依靠灭尽定和果定的力量而保持圆满。巴利
136.Pahīnasabbāvaraṇājanindāti te paccekabuddhā janānaṃ indā uttamā kāmacchandanīvaraṇādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ pañcāvaraṇānaṃ pahīnattā pahīnasabbāvaraṇā. Ghanakañcanābhāti rattasuvaṇṇajambonadasuvaṇṇapabhā sadisaābhāvantāti attho. Nissaṃsayaṃ lokasudakkhiṇeyyāti ekantena lokassa sudakkhiṇāya aggadānassa paṭiggahetuṃ arahā yuttā, nikkilesattā sundaradānapaṭiggahaṇārahāti attho. Paccekabuddhā satatappitāmeti ime paccekañāṇādhigamā buddhā satataṃ niccakālaṃ appitā suhitā paripuṇṇā, sattāhaṃ nirāhārāpi nirodhasamāpattiphalasamāpattivasena paripuṇṇāti attho.
137 独觉佛是各自分别从正自觉者那里分开的、与正自觉者不同、不共的其他佛陀。或者——巴利
137. Patiekā visuṃ sammāsambuddhato visadisā aññe asādhāraṇabuddhā paccekabuddhā. Atha vā –
前缀、不变词和后缀,这三种。
语法学家们说,它有不同的含义和不同的对象。巴利
‘‘Upasaggā nipātā ca, paccayā ca ime tayo; Nekenekatthavisayā, iti neruttikābravu’’nti. –
因为“pati”这个前缀具有单一前缀的性质,所以它作为主、作为所有者,能令众多施主即使只布施极少的食物,也能因此达到天界和解脱。比如,在《担粮者本生》中,独觉佛接受了担粮者的一份饭食,当场就吃下去,让诸天发出赞叹,当天就让那个穷困的人得到了长者的地位,并为他弄到了千万财富。在《棘刺火炭本生》中,魔王化现出棘刺火炭坑,坑上覆盖着莲花蕊,菩萨踩过莲花蕊,把团食布施给独觉佛,独觉佛接受了这份团食,就在菩萨眼前腾空而去,让菩萨生起喜悦。又如莲花胜王后的儿子大生王,因为王后的祈请,独觉佛从香醉山腾空而来接受布施,让大生菩萨和王后都生起喜悦。同样,在没有佛陀出世的时期,整个赡部洲出现饥荒怖畏时,波罗奈城有一位长者,因为饥荒,把原本装满并守护的六万座粮仓中的稻谷全部耗尽,把埋在地下的谷物和装在百万瓮中的谷物也都吃光,甚至把涂在所有宫殿墙壁上的谷泥都刮下来吃掉。那时只剩下大约一升的谷物。他心想:“吃完这些,今天就会死。”于是躺了下来。这时,一位独觉佛从香醉山过来,站在他家门口。长者看见他,生起净信,不惜舍弃生命,把谷物倒进了独觉佛的钵中。独觉佛回到住处,凭借自己的神通,在长者眼前,与五百位独觉佛一起享用了这些食物。当时,他们把煮饭的锅盖好,放在那里。巴利
Vuttattā patisaddassa ekaupasaggatā pati padhāno hutvā sāmibhūto anekesaṃ dāyakānaṃ appamattakampi āhāraṃ paṭiggahetvā saggamokkhassa pāpuṇanato. Tathā hi annabhārassa bhattabhāgaṃ paṭiggahetvāpassantasseva bhuñjitvā devatāhi sādhukāraṃ dāpetvā tadaheva taṃ duggataṃ seṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ pāpetvā koṭisaṅkhadhanuppādanena ca, khadiraṅgārajātake (jā. aṭṭha. 1.1.khadiraṅgārajātakavaṇṇanā) mārena nimmitakhadiraṅgārakūpopariuṭṭhitapadumakaṇṇikaṃ madditvā bodhisattena dinnaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paṭiggahetvā tassa passantasseva ākāsagamanena somanassuppādanena ca, padumavatīaggamahesīputtānaṃ mahājanakarañño deviyā ārādhanena gandhamādanato ākāsena āgamma dānapaṭiggahaṇena mahājanakabodhisattassa ca deviyā ca somanassuppādanena ca, tathā abuddhuppāde chātakabhaye sakalajambudīpe uppanne bārāṇasiseṭṭhino chātakabhayaṃ paṭicca pūretvā rakkhite saṭṭhisahassakoṭṭhāgāre vīhayo khepetvā bhūmiyaṃ nikhātadhaññāni ca cāṭisahassesu pūritadhaññāni ca khepetvā sakalapāsādabhittīsu mattikāhi madditvā limpitadhaññāni ca khepetvā tadā nāḷimattamevāvasiṭṭhaṃ ‘‘idaṃ bhuñjitvā ajja marissāmā’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā sayantassa gandhamādanato eko paccekabuddho āgantvā gehadvāre aṭṭhāsi. Seṭṭhi taṃ disvā pasādaṃ uppādetvā jīvitaṃ pariccajamāno paccekabuddhassa patte okiri. Paccekabuddho vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā attano ānubhāvena passantasseva seṭṭhissa pañcapaccekabuddhasatehi saha paribhuñji. Tadā bhattapacitaukkhaliṃ, pidahitvā ṭhapesuṃ.
长者睡醒后,饥饿袭来,他便起身对妻子说:“去看看饭吧,哪怕只有一点米汤饭也好。”这位受过良好教养的妻子没有说“不是全都布施出去了吗”,而是直接掀开了锅盖。就在那一刻,锅里装满了香米饭,那米饭如同素馨花蕾一般,香气扑鼻。她和长者都心满意足,他们自己、全家上下以及全城的人都吃到了饭。用勺子舀走的地方,马上又装满了。六万座粮仓里都装满了香稻。整个赡部洲的居民都从长者家里取来谷种,过上了安乐的生活。如此,在无数众生群体中,在导向安乐、护持、令至天界与解脱之事上成为主人与所有者,所以叫“独觉佛”。“独觉佛之善说”,是指独觉佛以教诫和教导的方式善加宣说、讲述的话语。“流布于含天神的世间”,意思是在包括天界在内的众生世间中流传、存在。“听闻之后,那些愚者不照着做”,是指那些愚痴之人,对独觉佛如此善说的话语不依教奉行,也不放在心上,这些愚者便在种种苦中、在轮回之苦中,一次又一次地受生,流转奔波。巴利
Niddamokkantassa seṭṭhino chātatte uppanne so vuṭṭhahitvā bhariyaṃ āha – ‘‘bhatte ācāmakabhattamattaṃ olokehī’’ti. Susikkhitā sā ‘‘sabbaṃ dinnaṃ nanū’’ti avatvā ukkhaliyā pidhānaṃ vivari. Sā ukkhali taṅkhaṇeva sumanapupphamakuḷasadisassa sugandhasālibhattassa pūritā ahosi. Sā ca seṭṭhi ca santuṭṭhā sayañca sakalagehavāsino ca sakalanagaravāsino ca bhuñjiṃsu. Dabbiyā gahitagahitaṭṭhānaṃ puna pūritaṃ. Sakalasaṭṭhisahassakoṭṭhāgāresu sugandhasāliyo pūresuṃ. Sakalajambudīpavāsino seṭṭhissa gehatoyeva dhaññabījāni gahetvā sukhitā jātā. Evamādīsu anekasattanikāyesu sukhotaraṇaparipālanasaggamokkhapāpanesu pati sāmibhūto buddhoti paccekabuddho. Paccekabuddhānaṃ subhāsitānīti paccekabuddhehi ovādānusāsanīvasena suṭṭhu bhāsitāni kathitāni vacanāni. Caranti lokamhi sadevakamhīti devalokasahite sattaloke caranti pavattantīti attho. Sutvā tathā ye na karonti bālāti tathārūpaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ subhāsitavacanaṃ ye bālā janā na karonti na manasi karonti, te bālā dukkhesu saṃsāradukkhesu punappunaṃ uppattivasena caranti pavattanti, dhāvantīti attho.
138 独觉佛的善说,是指他们为了从四恶趣中解脱而善巧说出的话语。这些话像什么样子呢?就像不断流淌、滴落的蜂蜜一样,是甘甜的话语。那些注重修行、按照教法所说的去实践的智者,听到这样甘甜的话语后,就会照着去做。这些智者成为见到真理的人,也就是见到四圣谛的人,他们拥有智慧,与智慧相伴。巴利
138.Paccekabuddhānaṃ subhāsitānīti suṭṭhu bhāsitāni caturāpāyato muccanatthāya bhāsitāni vacanāni. Kiṃ bhūtāni? Avassavantaṃ pagghantaṃ khuddaṃ madhuṃ yathā madhuravacanānīti attho. Ye paṭipattiyuttā paṇḍitajanāpi paṭipattīsu vuttānusārena pavattantā tathārūpaṃ madhuravacanaṃ sutvā vacanakarā bhavanti, te paṇḍitajanā saccadasā catusaccadassino sapaññā paññāsahitā bhavantīti attho.
139 由独觉胜者所说:所谓“胜者”,就是战胜了烦恼、已经征服了烦恼的人。那些胜者,也就是独觉佛,由他们说出、讲出的言语,是宏大、有力量、清晰显明、流传不断的。这些言语,是由释迦族的狮子——释迦王族之狮、乔达摩如来,在出家并成佛之后,作为人中最上者、最殊胜者,加以阐明、显明、宣说的。这是前后关联的意思。那么目的是什么呢?文中说“为了了知法”。意思是为了让人特别地了知九种出世间法。巴利
139.Paccekabuddhehijinehi bhāsitāti kilese jinanti jiniṃsūti jinā, tehi jinehi paccekabuddhehi vuttā bhāsitā kathitā. Kathā uḷārā ojavantā pākaṭā santi pavattanti. Tā, kathā sakyasīhena sakyarājavaṃsasīhena gotamena tathāgatena abhinikkhamitvā buddhabhūtena naruttamena narānaṃ uttamena seṭṭhena pakāsitā pākaṭīkatā desitāti sambandho. Kimatthanti āha ‘‘dhammavijānanattha’’nti. Navalokuttaradhammaṃ visesena jānāpanatthanti attho.
140 为了悲悯世间,这些是他们的:因为悲悯世间,缘于对世间的悲悯,这些言语、这些偈颂才被说出。意思是,这些是那些独觉佛以种种方式示现、特别示现、宣说的。为了增长悚惧和厌离:为了增长智者的悚惧,也为了增长无着、增长专一、增长慧、增长智,由自生之狮——无师自悟、自成自觉、无所畏惧的乔达摩正自觉者——宣说了这些言语,开显、揭示、阐明了这些偈颂。iti这个词是表示结束的语气词。巴利
140.Lokānukampāya imāni tesanti lokānukampatāya lokassa anukampaṃ paṭicca imāni vacanāni imā gāthāyo. Tesaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ vikubbitāni visesena kubbitāni bhāsitānīti attho. Saṃvegasaṅgamativaḍḍhanatthanti paṇḍitānaṃ saṃvegavaḍḍhanatthañca asaṅgavaḍḍhanatthaṃ ekībhāvavaḍḍhanatthañca mativaḍḍhanatthaṃ paññāvaḍḍhanatthañca sayambhusīhena anācariyakena hutvā sayameva bhūtena jātena paṭividdhena sīhena abhītena gotamena sammāsambuddhena imāni vacanāni pakāsitāni, imā gāthāyo pakāsitā vivaritā uttānīkatāti attho. Itīti parisamāpanatthe nipāto.
3-1. 舍利弗长老譬喻的注释巴利
3-1. Sāriputtattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
紧接着,为了解说收录长老譬喻的偈颂,世尊说:“那么,请听长老譬喻。”其中“阿他”(atha)和“譬喻”(apadāna)这两个词的含义,前面已经讲过了。这里“长老”(thera)这个词,则可以用在时间久远、坚固、施设、名称、年长等多种含义上。比如在“久雨所湿之物朽坏成粉末”等经文里(长部2.379;中部1.112),指的是时间,意思是“被雨长久浸湿的”。在“长老尚且大”等句子里,指的是坚固,意思是“戒行坚固”。在“这位具寿长老”等句子里,指的是施设,意思是“仅仅是世间称谓”。在“准陀长老、布萨长老”等句子里,指的是名称,意思是“如此命名的”。在“此孩童于我诸子中为长老”等句子里,指的是年长,意思是“年长的孩童”。而在这里,这个词兼有时间和坚固两重含义。所以,久住于世间的,称为“长老”;或者具足极其坚固的戒、行、柔和等功德的,也称为“长老”。长老和长老们,合称“诸长老”。诸长老的譬喻(即因行),就是“长老譬喻”。那么,请听这长老譬喻——这就是前后文的关联。在雪山不远处,有座叫兰巴迦的山等等——这是具寿舍利弗长老的譬喻,以及具寿大目犍连长老的事迹,应当如此理解。巴利
Tadanantaraṃ therāpadānasaṅgahagāthāyo saṃvaṇṇetuṃ ‘‘atha therāpadānaṃ suṇāthā’’ti āha. Atha-apadāna-saddānamattho heṭṭhā vuttova. Ettha thera-saddo panāyaṃ kālathirapaññattināmadheyyajeṭṭhādīsu anekesu atthesu vattati. Tathā hi ‘‘therovassikāni pūtīni cuṇṇakajātānī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.379; ma. ni. 1.112) kāle, therovassikāni cirakālaṃ ovassikānīti attho. ‘‘Theropi tāva mahā’’iccādīsu thire thirasīloti attho. ‘‘Therako ayamāyasmā mahallako’’tiādīsu paññattiyaṃ , lokapaññattimattoti attho. ‘‘Cundatthero phussatthero’’tiādīsu nāmadheyye, evaṃ katanāmoti attho. ‘‘Thero cāyaṃ kumāro mama puttesū’’tiādīsu jeṭṭhe, jeṭṭho kumāroti attho. Idha panāyaṃ kāle ca thire ca vattati. Tasmā ciraṃ kālaṃ ṭhitoti thero, thiratarasīlācāramaddavādiguṇābhiyutto vā theroti vuccati. Thero ca thero ceti therā, therānaṃ apadānaṃ kāraṇaṃ therāpadānaṃ, taṃ therāpadānaṃ suṇāthāti sambandho. Himavantassa avidūre, lambako nāma pabbatotiādi āyasmato sāriputtattherassa apadānaṃ, tassāyasmato mahāmoggallānattherassa ca vatthu evaṃ veditabbaṃ –
据说,在过去,从这一劫算起,十万劫再加一不可计数劫之前,具寿舍利弗出生在一个婆罗门富豪家庭,名叫萨拉达青年。大目犍连出生在一个居士富豪家庭,名叫吉祥增长居士。他们两人从小就是一起玩泥沙的好朋友。其中,萨拉达青年在父亲去世后继承了家里的财产。有一天,他独自在安静的地方想:“众生必定会死,所以我应该出家,去寻找解脱之道。”于是他去找朋友,说:“朋友,我想出家。你能跟我一起出家吗?”对方回答说:“我不能。”他便说:“那好吧,我自己去出家。”于是他让人打开宝库,向穷人、乞丐等广行大布施,然后走到山脚下,出家做了仙人。他出家之后,大约有七万四千名婆罗门青年也跟着他出家。他证得了五神通和八等至,又教那些结发苦行者修遍处,他们也都证得了五神通和八等至。巴利
Atīte kira ito kappato satasahassakappādhike ekaasaṅkhyeyyamatthake āyasmā sāriputto brāhmaṇamahāsālakule nibbattitvā nāmena saradamāṇavo nāma ahosi. Mahāmoggallāno gahapatimahāsālakule nibbattitvā nāmena sirivaḍḍhanakuṭumbiko nāma ahosi. Te ubhopi sahapaṃsukīḷanasahāyā ahesuṃ. Tesu saradamāṇavo pitu accayena kulasantakaṃ dhanaṃ paṭipajjitvā ekadivasaṃ rahogato cintesi – ‘‘imesaṃ sattānaṃ maraṇaṃ nāma ekantikaṃ, tasmā mayā ekaṃ pabbajjaṃ upagantvā vimokkhamaggo gavesitabbo’’ti sahāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘samma, ahaṃ pabbajitukāmo. Kiṃ tvaṃ pabbajituṃ sakkhissasī’’ti vatvā tena ‘‘na sakkhissāmī’’ti vutte ‘‘hotu ahameva pabbajissāmī’’ti ratanakoṭṭhāgārāni vivarāpetvā kapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ mahādānaṃ datvā pabbatapādaṃ gantvā isipabbajjaṃ pabbaji. Tassa pabbajitassa anupabbajjaṃ pabbajitā catusattatisahassamattā brāhmaṇaputtā ahesuṃ. So pañca abhiññāyo aṭṭha ca samāpattiyo nibbattetvā tesampi jaṭilānaṃ kasiṇaparikammaṃ ācikkhi. Te sabbepi pañcābhiññā aṭṭha ca samāpattiyo nibbattisuṃ.
那时,名为无比见的正自觉者出现在世间,转动了殊胜的法轮,把众生从轮回的大洪流中救渡出来。有一天,他想摄受萨拉达苦行者及其弟子们,就独自一人,没有同伴,拿着钵和衣,以神通从空中前往。为了让苦行者知道“我已成就佛果”,他就在苦行者正看着的时候,从空中降下,站在地上。萨拉达苦行者仔细观察世尊身上那些大人相,断定“这位就是遍知一切的佛陀”,于是上前迎接,铺设好座位,请世尊坐下。世尊坐在铺设好的座位上。萨拉达苦行者坐在世尊身旁一边。巴利
Tena samayena anomadassī nāma sammāsambuddho loke uppajjitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko satte saṃsāramahoghato tāretvā ekadivasaṃ saradatāpasassa ca antevāsikānañca saṅgahaṃ kattukāmo eko adutiyo pattacīvaramādāya ākāsena gantvā ‘‘buddhabhāvaṃ me jānātū’’ti tāpasassa passantasseva ākāsato otaritvā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāsi. Saradatāpaso satthu sarīre mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni upadhāretvā ‘‘sabbaññubuddhoyevāya’’nti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā paccuggamanaṃ katvā āsanaṃ paññāpetvā adāsi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Saradatāpaso satthu santike ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
那时,他的弟子们——大约七万四千名结发修行者——带着各种精美又有营养的水果回来了。他们看见世尊,生起清净的信心,又看了看自己老师和世尊坐在一起的姿态,就说:“老师,我们以前以为没有人比您更伟大了,可是这个人看起来比您更伟大。”老师回答说:“孩子们,你们在说什么?你们想拿一粒芥子去跟高达六千八百万由旬的须弥山比大小吗?不要拿我来跟一切知佛陀相比。”那些苦行者听了老师的话,都说:“这位真是了不起的人中至尊啊!”于是全部伏倒在世尊脚下,顶礼世尊。巴利
Tasmiṃ samaye tassa antevāsikā catusattatisahassamattā jaṭilā paṇītapaṇītāni ojavantāni phalāphalāni gahetvā āgatā satthāraṃ disvā sañjātapasādā attano ācariyassa satthu ca nisinnākāraṃ oloketvā ‘‘ācariya, mayaṃ pubbe ‘tumhehi mahantataro koci natthī’ti maññāma, ayaṃ pana puriso tumhehi mahantataro maññe’’ti āhaṃsu. Kiṃ vadetha, tātā, sāsapena saddhiṃ aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyojanasatasahassubbedhaṃ sineruṃ samaṃ kātuṃ icchatha, sabbaññubuddhena maṃ tulaṃ mā karitthāti. Atha te tāpasā ācariyassa vacanaṃ sutvā ‘‘yāva mahā vatāyaṃ purisuttamo’’ti sabbeva pādesu nipatitvā satthāraṃ vandiṃsu.
这时,他们的老师对他们说:“孩子们,我们没有什么配得上供养世尊的应施之物,而世尊已经在这个乞食时分来到这里了。来吧,我们尽自己所能来供养吧。你们各自带来的那些上等果物,都拿过来。”于是他让人把果物取来,自己洗净双手,亲手把果物放进如来的钵里。世尊刚一接受这些果物,天神们就投入了天界的食物。那位苦行者还亲自滤了水献上。之后,吃完饭,世尊坐下时,他叫来所有弟子,在世尊面前说些亲切的话,然后坐在一边。世尊心想:“两位上首弟子应该和比丘僧团一起来。”就在那时,由十万漏尽者随从的两位上首弟子到了,他们礼敬世尊后,站在一旁。巴利
Atha te ācariyo āha – ‘‘tātā, satthu anucchaviko no deyyadhammo natthi, satthā ca bhikkhācaravelāya idhāgato, handa, mayaṃ deyyadhammaṃ yathābalaṃ dassāma. Tumhehi yaṃ yaṃ paṇītaṃ phalāphalaṃ ābhataṃ, taṃ taṃ āharathā’’ti āharāpetvā hatthe dhovitvā sayaṃ tathāgatassa patte patiṭṭhāpesi. Satthārā phalāphale paṭiggahitamatte devatā dibbojaṃ pakkhipiṃsu. Tāpaso udakampi sayameva parissāvetvā adāsi. Tato bhojanakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā satthari nisinne sabbe antevāsike pakkosāpetvā satthu santike sāraṇīyaṃ kathaṃ kathento nisīdi. Satthā ‘‘dve aggasāvakā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ āgacchantū’’ti cintesi. Tāvadeva satasahassakhīṇāsavaparivārā aggasāvakā āgantvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu.
于是,萨拉达苦行者把弟子们叫过来,吩咐道:“孩子们,应该用花座来供养佛陀和比丘僧众,所以你们去采集鲜花吧。”他们立刻用神通力取来颜色和香气都具足的鲜花,为佛陀铺设了一由旬大小的花座,为两位上首弟子铺设了三伽乌他大小的花座,为其余比丘铺设了半由旬等大小不同的花座,为僧团中刚入门的比丘铺设了约一牛吼地大小的花座。花座铺设好后,萨拉达苦行者在如来面前合掌祈请:“尊者,为了给我一份恩德,请登上这座花座。”世尊坐上了花座。世尊坐下后,两位上首弟子和其余比丘也各自坐到了自己的座位上。世尊心想“愿他们获得大果报”,便进入了灭尽定。知道世尊已入定后,两位上首弟子和其余比丘也进入了灭尽定。那位苦行者则连续七天不间断地为世尊举着花伞站立。其他人吃了林中的根果之后,在其余时间里都合掌站立。七天过后,世尊从灭尽定中出来,对第一位上首弟子尼沙巴长老说:“请为这些苦行者随喜花座。”长老站在声闻波罗蜜智的境界上,为他们作了花座的随喜。他开示结束时,世尊又对第二位上首弟子阿诺玛长老说:“你也为他们说法吧。”他也遍取三藏佛语,为他们说法。然而,听了他们两人的说法,并没有人现证诸法。于是,世尊站在佛陀的境界上,开始说法。说法结束时,除了萨拉达苦行者以外,其余四万四千结发苦行者全都证得了阿拉汉果。世尊对他们说“来吧,比丘们”,伸出了手。他们立刻消失了苦行者的形貌,成为持有八种修行资具的比丘,就像六十岁的老长老一样。巴利
Tato saradatāpaso antevāsike āmantesi – ‘‘tātā, satthu bhikkhusaṅghassa ca pupphāsanena pūjā kātabbā, tasmā pupphāni āharathā’’ti. Te tāvadeva iddhiyā vaṇṇagandhasampannāni pupphāni āharitvā buddhassa yojanappamāṇaṃ pupphāsanaṃ paññāpesuṃ, ubhinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ tigāvutaṃ , sesabhikkhūnaṃ aḍḍhayojanikādibhedaṃ, saṅghanavakassa usabhamattaṃ paññāpesuṃ. Evaṃ paññattesu āsanesu saradatāpaso tathāgatassa purato añjaliṃ paggayha ‘‘bhante, mayhaṃ anuggahatthāya imaṃ pupphāsanaṃ atiruhathā’’ti āha. Nisīdi bhagavā pupphāsane . Satthari nisinne dve aggasāvakā sesabhikkhū ca attano attano pattāsane nisīdiṃsu. Satthā ‘‘tesaṃ mahapphalaṃ hotū’’ti nirodhaṃ samāpajji. Satthu samāpannabhāvaṃ ñatvā dve aggasāvakāpi sesabhikkhūpi nirodhaṃ samāpajjiṃsu. Tāpaso sattāhaṃ nirantaraṃ satthu pupphacchattaṃ dhārento aṭṭhāsi. Itare vanamūlaphalaṃ paribhuñjitvā sesakāle añjaliṃ paggayha aṭṭhaṃsu. Satthā sattāhassa accayena nirodhato vuṭṭhahitvā aggasāvakaṃ nisabhattheraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tāpasānaṃ pupphāsanānumodanaṃ karohī’’ti. Thero sāvakapāramīñāṇe ṭhatvā tesaṃ pupphāsanānumodanaṃ akāsi. Tassa desanāvasāne satthā dutiyaṃ aggasāvakaṃ anomattheraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tvampi imesaṃ dhammaṃ desehī’’ti. Sopi tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ sammasitvā tesaṃ dhammaṃ kathesi. Dvinnampi desanāya dhammābhisamayo nāhosi. Atha satthā buddhavisaye ṭhatvā dhammadesanaṃ ārabhi. Desanāvasāne ṭhapetvā saradatāpasaṃ avasesā sabbepi catusattatisahassajaṭilā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Satthā te ‘‘etha bhikkhavo’’ti hatthaṃ pasāresi. Te tāvadeva antarahitatāpasavesā aṭṭhaparikkhāradharā saṭṭhivassikatthero viya ahesuṃ.
萨拉达苦行者却想:“啊,但愿我将来也能像这位尼沙巴长老一样,成为某位佛陀的声闻弟子。”因为他在闻法时生起了这样的念头,心散乱到别处去了,没能证悟道果。随后他礼敬导师,发下了那样的愿。导师看出他会毫无障碍地成就,就授记说:“从今以后,经过十万劫再加一不可数劫,他将成为名叫乔达摩的正等正觉者的上首声闻弟子,名叫舍利弗。”授记之后,导师说了法,在比丘僧众的围绕下腾空而去。萨拉达苦行者又去到朋友吉祥增长那里,说:“朋友,我在无比见世尊的足下发愿,要成为未来乔达摩正等正觉者的上首声闻弟子,你也发愿成为他的第二声闻弟子吧。”吉祥增长听了这番教导,就在自己家门前平整出一块约八犁见方的地面,撒上以炒谷为第五种的种种鲜花,搭起覆有青莲花的帐幕,铺设佛座,也为比丘们铺好座位,备办了盛大的恭敬供养。然后由萨拉达苦行者去邀请导师。他办了七天大布施,用贵重的衣料供养以佛陀为首的比丘僧众,并发愿成为第二声闻弟子。导师看出他会毫无障碍地成就,就照前面那样授记,饭后随喜完毕便离开了。吉祥增长满心欢喜,一生行善,在第二个心识刹那往生到欲界天。萨拉达苦行者修习了四梵住,往生到梵天界。巴利
Saradatāpaso pana ‘‘aho vatāhampi ayaṃ nisabhatthero viya anāgate ekassa buddhassa sāvako bhaveyya’’nti desanākāle uppannaparivitakkatāya aññavihito hutvā maggaphalāni paṭivijjhituṃ nāsakkhi. Atha satthāraṃ vanditvā tathā paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthā anantarāyena samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘ito kappasatasahassādhikaṃ ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ atikkamitvā gotamassa nāma sammāsambuddhassa aggasāvako sāriputto nāma bhavissatī’’ti byākaritvā dhammakathaṃ vatvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivāro ākāsaṃ pakkhandi. Saradatāpasopi sahāyassa sirivaḍḍhassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘samma, mayā anomadassissa bhagavato pādamūle anāgate uppajjanakassa gotamasammāsambuddhassa aggasāvakaṭṭhānaṃ patthitaṃ, tvampi tassa dutiyasāvakaṭṭhānaṃ patthehī’’ti. Sirivaḍḍho taṃ upadesaṃ sutvā attano nivesanadvāre aṭṭhakarīsamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ samatalaṃ kāretvā lājapañcamāni pupphāni vikiritvā nīluppalacchadanaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā buddhāsanaṃ paññāpetvā bhikkhūnampi āsanāni paññāpetvā mahantaṃ sakkārasammānaṃ sajjetvā saradatāpasena satthāraṃ nimantāpetvā sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ mahārahehi vatthehi acchādetvā dutiyasāvakabhāvāya paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthā tassa anantarāyena samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā vuttanayena byākaritvā bhattānumodanaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Sirivaḍḍho haṭṭhapahaṭṭho yāvajīvaṃ kusalakammaṃ katvā dutiyacittavāre kāmāvacaradevaloke nibbatti. Saradatāpaso cattāro brahmavihāre bhāvetvā brahmaloke nibbatti.
从那时起,他们两人之间的事就不再提了。不过,早在我们的世尊出世之前,萨拉达苦行者就已经投生到王舍城附近伍巴提沙村一位名叫色舍利的婆罗门女腹中,取得了结生。就在同一天,他的朋友也投生到王舍城附近拘离村一位名叫目犍利的婆罗门女腹中,取得了结生。所以,目犍连因为是目犍利婆罗门女之子,就叫目犍连。或者说,他出生于目犍利族,所以叫目犍连。还有一种说法:他母亲年幼时,父母常对她说“别摔倒,别摔倒”,由此得名“穆吉利”,所以她的儿子就叫目犍连。另外还有一种解释:在证得入流道等圣道、执取并通达该圣道方面,他具备足够的能力,所以叫目犍连。据说,这两个家族直到第七代都是世交。他们两家在同一天举行了安胎仪式,怀胎满十个月后出生,家人为他们各自安排了六十六位乳母。到了命名那天,色舍利婆罗门女的儿子因为是伍巴提沙村中首要家族的子弟,被取名为伍巴提沙;另一个因为是拘离村中首要家族的子弟,被取名为拘离。他们两人都在众多随从的围绕下长大,长大后精通了一切技艺。巴利
Tato paṭṭhāya tesaṃ ubhinnampi antarā kammaṃ na kathitaṃ. Amhākaṃ pana bhagavato uppattito puretarameva saradatāpaso rājagahassa avidūre upatissāgāme rūpasāriyā brāhmaṇiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Taṃdivasamevassa sahāyopi rājagahasseva avidūre kolitagāme moggaliyā brāhmaṇiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Tasmā moggallāno moggaliyā brāhmaṇiyā puttoti moggallāno. Moggaligottena jātoti vā moggallāno. Atha vā mātukumārikakāle tassā mātāpitūhi vuttaṃ – ‘‘mā uggali mā uggalī’’ti vacanamupādāya ‘‘muggalī’’ti nāmaṃ. Tassā muggaliyā puttoti moggallāno. Atha vā sotāpattimaggādimaggassa lābhe ādāne paṭivijjhane alaṃ samatthoti moggallānoti. Tāni kira dve kulāni yāva sattamā kulaparivaṭṭā ābaddhasahāyāneva. Tesaṃ dvinnaṃ ekadivasameva gabbhaparihāramadaṃsu. Dasamāsaccayena jātānampi tesaṃ chasaṭṭhi dhātiyo paṭṭhapesuṃ. Nāmaggahaṇadivase rūpasārībrāhmaṇiyā puttassa upatissagāme jeṭṭhakulassa puttattā upatissoti nāmaṃ kariṃsu. Itarassa kolitagāme jeṭṭhakulassa puttattā kolitoti nāmaṃ kariṃsu. Te ubhopi mahatā parivārena vaḍḍhantā vuddhimanvāya sabbasippānaṃ pāraṃ agamaṃsu.
有一天,他们在王舍城观看山顶节的庆典,看见大众聚集在一起,因为智慧已经成熟,就如实观察,生起了悚惧感:“这些人全都会在不到一百年之内走进死亡的口中。”于是他们下定决心:“我们必须寻求解脱之法,而寻求此法,应当先出家。”便和五百位年轻人一起,在散若耶游方者的门下出家了。从他们出家那时起,散若耶就获得了利养和名声的顶峰。他们只用几天就学遍了散若耶的全部教法,却没在其中看到任何实质,于是对它感到厌离,便到处向被认为是智者的沙门、婆罗门提问。那些被问的人回答不了,反而是他们俩替那些人解答问题。就这样,他们在寻求解脱的过程中立下约定:“我们之中谁先证得不死,就要告诉另一个人。”巴利
Athekadivasaṃ te rājagahe giraggasamajjaṃ passantā mahājanaṃ sannipatitaṃ disvā ñāṇassa paripākaṃ gatattā yoniso ummujjantā ‘‘sabbepime oraṃ vassasatāva maccumukhaṃ pavisantī’’ti saṃvegaṃ paṭilabhitvā ‘‘amhehi mokkhadhammo pariyesitabbo, tañca pariyesantehi ekā pabbajjā laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti nicchayaṃ katvā pañcamāṇavakasatehi saddhiṃ sañcayassa paribbājakassa santike pabbajiṃsu. Tesaṃ pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya sañcayo lābhaggayasaggappatto ahosi. Te katipāheneva sabbaṃ sañcayassa samayaṃ parimajjitvā tattha sāraṃ adisvā tato nibbijjitvā tattha tattha paṇḍitasammate samaṇabrāhmaṇe pañhaṃ pucchanti, te tehi puṭṭhā na sampādenti. Aññadatthu teyeva tesaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjenti. Evaṃ te mokkhaṃ pariyesantā katikaṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘amhesu yo paṭhamaṃ amataṃ adhigacchati, so itarassa ārocetū’’ti.
那时,我们的导师已经证得正自觉,转动了殊胜的法轮,并依次调伏了以优楼频螺迦叶为首的一千名结发外道,正住在王舍城。有一天,游方者优波提舍前往游方者的林园,路上看见阿说示长老在王舍城托钵乞食,心想:“我从来没见过威仪这样圆满的出家者,他一定证得了寂静之法。”于是生起净信,想向长老提问,便跟在长老身后一路随行。长老得到食物后,走到一个合适的地方准备用餐。游方者把自己的游方者坐具铺好,请长老坐下。吃完饭,又用自己的水瓶给长老供水。他就这样尽了弟子对老师的义务,等长老吃完饭,与他互相问候之后,问道:“你的老师是谁?你认同谁的法?”长老便指向正自觉者。他又问:“那位尊者的老师主张什么?”长老心想:“我要让他看到这教法的甚深之处。”于是说明自己出家不久,以简要的方式为他说法,诵出这首偈颂:“诸法因缘生……”游方者只听到前两句,就安立在具足千种理趣的入流道果上。偈颂后两句诵完时,他已证得入流果。但当他证得入流果后,更高的殊胜证悟没有继续生起,他察觉到“这里面一定有原因”,便对长老说:“尊者,请不要再往下说法了,这么多就够了。我们的导师住在哪里?”长老说:“在竹林精舍。”他说:“尊者,您先走,我要去解除对朋友许下的承诺,带他一起来。”于是以五体投地的方式顶礼,右绕长老,送别之后,便前往游方者的林园。巴利
Tena ca samayena amhākaṃ satthari paṭhamābhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke anupubbena uruvelakassapādike sahassajaṭile dametvā rājagahe viharante ekadivasaṃ upatisso paribbājako paribbājakārāmaṃ gacchanto āyasmantaṃ assajittheraṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ disvā ‘‘na mayā evarūpo ākappasampanno pabbajito diṭṭhapubbo, santadhammena nāma ettha bhavitabba’’nti sañjātapasādo pañhaṃ pucchituṃ āyasmantaṃ udikkhanto piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Theropi laddhapiṇḍapāto paribhuñjituṃ patirūpaṃ okāsaṃ gato. Paribbājako attano paribbājakapīṭhaṃ paññāpetvā adāsi. Bhattakiccapariyosāne cassa attano kuṇḍikāya udakaṃ adāsi. Evaṃ so ācariyavattaṃ katvā katabhattakiccena therena saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā – ‘‘ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’ti pucchi. Thero sammāsambuddhaṃ apadisi. Puna tena ‘‘kiṃ vādī panāyasmato satthā’’ti puṭṭho ‘‘imassa sāsanassa gambhīrataṃ dassessāmī’’ti attano navakabhāvaṃ pavedetvā saṅkhepavasena cassa sāsanadhammaṃ kathento ‘‘ye dhammā hetuppabhavā’’ti (mahāva. 60; apa. thera 1.1.286) gāthamāha. Paribbājako paṭhamapadadvayameva sutvā sahassanayasampanne sotāpattimaggaphale patiṭṭhahi. Itaraṃ padadvayaṃ sotāpannakāle niṭṭhāsi. Gāthāpariyosāne pana sotāpanno hutvā uparivisese apavattante ‘‘bhavissati ettha kāraṇa’’nti sallakkhetvā theraṃ āha – ‘‘mā, bhante, upari dhammadesanaṃ vaḍḍhayittha, ettakameva alaṃ, kahaṃ amhākaṃ satthā vasatī’’ti? ‘‘Veḷuvane’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, tumhe purato gacchatha, ahaṃ mayhaṃ sahāyassa katapaṭiññaṃ mocetvā taṃ gahetvā āgamissāmī’’ti pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā theraṃ uyyojetvā paribbājakārāmaṃ agamāsi.
游方者拘律陀远远看见他走来,心想:“他今天的面容气色跟往常不一样,必定是此人已证得了不死。”于是便推想他获得了殊胜的证悟,就问他是否证得了不死。优波提舍回答说:“贤友,我已证得不死。”并为他诵出了同一首偈颂。偈颂诵完时,拘律陀便安立于入流果,然后问道:“我们的导师在哪里?”“在竹林精舍。”“那么,贤友,走吧,我们去拜见导师。”优波提舍一向敬重师长,所以想向散若耶宣示导师的功德,也带他一起去导师那里。但散若耶被利养所害,不愿做弟子,便拒绝说:“我怎么能从一个大缸变成一只灌水的小瓶。”他们用种种理由都无法说服他,于是便和那二百五十位愿意听从教导的随行弟子一起,前往竹林精舍。导师远远看见他们走来,便说道:“这将是我的一对声闻弟子,是最优秀的双贤。”随后,导师针对与会大众的根性说法,使那些随行大众安立于阿拉汉果,并以“善来,比丘!”的方式授予他们具足戒。和他们一样,这两位首座弟子当下也获得了神通变化而成的钵与衣。至于上三道(入流果以上的三道)的修证之事,尚未完成。为什么?因为声闻波罗蜜智极为广大。巴利
Kolitaparibbājako taṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘mukhavaṇṇo na aññadivasesu viya addhānena amataṃ adhigataṃ bhavissatī’’ti tenevassa visesādhigamaṃ sambhāvetvā amatādhigamaṃ pucchi. Sopissa ‘‘āvuso, amatamadhigata’’nti paṭijānitvā tameva gāthaṃ abhāsi. Gāthāpariyosāne kolito sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahitvā āha – ‘‘kahaṃ no satthā’’ti? ‘‘Veḷuvane’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, āvuso, āyāma, satthāraṃ passissāmā’’ti. Upatisso sabbakālampi ācariyapūjakova, tasmā sañcayassa satthu guṇe pakāsetvā tampi satthu santikaṃ netukāmo ahosi. So lābhāsāpakato antevāsikabhāvaṃ anicchanto ‘‘na sakkomi cāṭi hutvā udakasiñcanaṃ hotu’’nti paṭikkhipi. Te anekehi kāraṇehi taṃ saññāpetuṃ asakkontā attano ovāde vattamānehi aḍḍhuteyyasatehi antevāsikehi saddhiṃ veḷuvanaṃ agamaṃsu. Satthā te dūratova āgacchante disvā ‘‘etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ bhavissati, aggaṃ bhaddayuga’’nti vatvā tesaṃ parisāya cariyavasena dhammaṃ desetvā arahatte patiṭṭhāpetvā ehibhikkhubhāvena upasampadaṃ adāsi. Yathā tesaṃ evaṃ aggasāvakānampi iddhimayapattacīvaraṃ āgatameva. Uparimaggattayakiccaṃ pana na niṭṭhāsi. Kasmā? Sāvakapāramīñāṇassa mahantatāya.
在这两人当中,具寿大目犍连出家后第七天,在摩揭陀国的卡拉瓦拉村修沙门法。当他陷入昏沉睡眠时,导师警策了他。他去除昏沉睡眠后,继续聆听界业处,就在听闻的当下证得了上三道,达到了声闻波罗蜜智的顶点。具寿舍利弗出家过了半个月,与导师一起住在王舍城的猪掘洞。当时导师正为他的外甥——游方者长爪——宣说《受摄经》。舍利弗随着说法的进程运转智慧,就像吃别人准备好的丰盛饭菜一样,轻松地达到了声闻波罗蜜智的顶点。就这样,两位首座弟子都在导师面前达到了声闻波罗蜜智的顶点。巴利
Tesu āyasmā mahāmoggallāno pabbajitato sattame divase magadharaṭṭhe kallavālagāme samaṇadhammaṃ karonto thinamiddhe okkamante satthārā saṃvejito thinamiddhaṃ vinodetvā dhātukammaṭṭhānaṃ suṇanto eva uparimaggattayaṃ adhigantvā sāvakapāramīñāṇassa matthakaṃ pāpuṇi. Āyasmā sāriputto pabbajjāya addhamāsaṃ atikkamitvā satthārā saddhiṃ rājagahe sūkarakhataleṇe viharanto attano bhāgineyyassa dīghanakhaparibbājakassa vedanāpariggahasuttante (ma. ni. 2.201 ādayo) desiyamāne desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā parassa vaḍḍhitaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjanto viya sāvakapāramīñāṇassa matthakaṃ pāpuṇi. Iti dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ satthu samīpe eva sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ matthakaṃ pattaṃ.
舍利弗尊者已经达到声闻波罗蜜智的顶点,他心中思惟:“我是以什么业而得到这样的成就?”他知道了之后,便以喜悦和满足之情说出优陀那:“离雪山不远处……”等等。因此有这样的说法——巴利
Evaṃ pattasāvakapāramīñāṇo āyasmā sāriputto ‘‘kena kammena ayaṃ sampatti laddhā’’ti āvajjento taṃ ñatvā pītisomanassavasena udānaṃ udānento ‘‘himavantassa avidūre’’tiādimāha. Tena vuttaṃ –
离雪山不远的地方,有一座名叫蓝巴迦的山。
我的精舍建得很好,树叶屋也已经盖好了。巴利
‘‘Himavantassa avidūre, lambako nāma pabbato; Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā’’ti.
这里说到“雪山”:因为有雪,所以叫雪山。离那座雪山不远,就在附近,意思是与雪山相连的树林。“名为蓝巴迦山”:就是名叫蓝巴迦的一座沙土山。“为我善造的精舍”:在那座蓝巴迦山上,为我而造的精舍,也就是阿兰若住处。因为能从四面八方安稳地居住,所以叫精舍;又因为进入其中没有同等的疲劳辛苦,所以也叫精舍。这个阿兰若住处建造得很好,按夜间住处、白天住处、小屋、凉亭等,以美好的形式建成。“叶屋”:用香茅、芦苇等的叶子覆盖而成,是居住用的叶屋。巴利
Tattha himavantassāti himo assa atthīti himavā, tassa himavantassa avidūre samīpe, himālayapaṭibaddhavanehi attho. Lambako nāma pabbatoti evaṃnāmako paṃsumissakapabbato. Assamo sukato mayhanti tasmiṃ lambake pabbate mayhaṃ mamatthāya kato assamo araññavāso āsamantato samoti assamo. Natthi paviṭṭhānaṃ samo parissamo etthāti vā assamo, so itthambhūto araññavāso suṭṭhu kato, rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānakuṭimaṇḍapādivasena sundarenākārena katoti attho. Paṇṇasālāti usīrapabbajādīhi paṇṇehi chāditā nivasanapaṇṇasālāti attho.
小河岸边水浅,渡口又好,令人心里欢喜;
洁白的细沙铺满河岸,离我的精舍不远。巴利
‘‘Uttānakūlā nadikā, supatitthā manoramā; Susuddhapulinākiṇṇā, avidūre mamassamaṃ’’.
在这里,“浅岸”是指不深的河。“好渡口”是指优良的渡口。“令人悦意”是指合意、可爱。“善净沙遍布”的意思是,极其洁白、像珍珠粒一样的细沙遍布,显得厚密。这样的一条小河,就在我的精舍不远处。还应知道,这里的“assamaṃ(精舍)”虽然是业格词形,表达的却是处格的意义。巴利
Tattha uttānakūlāti agambhīrā nadī. Supatitthāti sundarapatitthā. Manoramā manallīnā manāpā. Susuddhapulinākiṇṇāti suṭṭhu dhavalamuttādalasadisavālukākiṇṇā gahanībhūtāti attho. Sā itthambhūtā nadikā kunnadī mamassamaṃ mayhaṃ assamassa avidūre samīpe ahosīti attho. ‘‘Assama’’nti ca sattamyatthe upayogavacananti veditabbaṃ.
没有沙砾,没有坑洼,味道甘美,没有难闻的气味;
那里有小河流淌,点缀着我的修行居所。巴利
‘‘Asakkharā apabbhārā, sādu appaṭigandhikā; Sandatī nadikā tattha, sobhayantā mamassamaṃ’’.
这里,“无石子”是因为前面说过“布满沙”,所以“无石子”就是指没有石子。“无陡岸”是指没有陡岸,也就是没有高深河岸的意思。“甜美而无恶臭”是指水味甘美、没有臭味。那条点缀我修行住处的小河——也就是小河——在那里流淌、流动,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Tattha asakkharāti ‘‘pulinākiṇṇā’’ti vuttattā asakkharā sakkharavirahitā. Apabbhārāti pabbhāravirahitā, agambhīrakūlāti attho. Sādu appaṭigandhikāti sādurasodakā duggandharahitā mayhaṃ assamapadaṃ sobhayantī nadikā khuddakanadī sandati pavattatīti attho.
鳄鱼、摩伽罗、鳄鱼和乌龟,也都在那里;
小河在那里流淌,点缀着我的精舍。巴利
‘‘Kumbhīlā makarā cettha, susumārā ca kacchapā; Sandati nadikā tattha, sobhayantā mamassamaṃ’’.
在这里,鳑鱒鱼、摩伽罗鱼、鳄鱼、凶猛鱼和龟鱼,在这条河里嬉戏生活,这是文句之间的连接。那条装点着我的精舍的小河在那里流淌、持续流动,这也是文句之间的连接。巴利
Tattha kumbhīlamacchā makaramacchā ca susumārā caṇḍamacchā ca kacchapamacchā ca ettha etissaṃ nadiyaṃ kīḷantā ahesunti sambandho. Mamassamaṃ sobhayantā nadikā khuddakanadī sandati pavattatīti sambandho.
叉尾鲇鱼、帕乌沙鱼、马恰鱼、巴拉迦鱼、蒙佳罗希答鱼;
瓦格拉鱼欢腾跳跃,把我的修行净舍点缀得格外好看。巴利
‘‘Pāṭhīnā pāvusā macchā, balajā muñjarohitā; Vaggaḷā papatāyantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
叉尾鲇、帕乌萨鱼、巴拉迦鱼、穆迦鱼、罗希佗鱼和瓦格拉鱼——所有这些鱼类,从这里那里四处跳落,随着河流一起游动,点缀着我的修行居所。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Pāṭhīnamacchā ca pāvusā macchā ca balajamacchā ca muñjamacchā rohitamacchā ca vaggaḷamacchā ca ete sabbe macchajātikā ito cito ca papatāyantā nadiyā saddhiṃ pavattantā mama assamapadaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
河的两岸,都是开着花、结着果的树。
它们从两边垂下来,把我的精舍装点得格外好看。巴利
‘‘Ubho kūlesu nadiyā, pupphino phalino dumā; Ubhato abhilambantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
在这里,“两岸”是指那条河的两边。那些常年开花、常年结果的树,从两边悬垂下来,沿着河的两岸向下低垂,把我的修行住处装点得很美——这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Tattha ubho kūlesūti tassā nadiyā ubhosu passesu dhuvapupphino dhuvaphalino rukkhā ubhato abhilambantā nadiyā ubho tīre heṭṭhā onamantā mama assamaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
芒果树、娑罗树、提罗迦树,还有喇叭花树和辛都瓦拉克树;
天界的芳香弥漫,花朵在我的精舍中盛开。巴利
‘‘Ambā sālā ca tilakā, pāṭalī sinduvārakā; Dibbagandhā sampavanti, pupphitā mama assame’’.
在这里,“芒果”指的是蜜芒果,还有婆罗树、底罗迦树、喇叭花树和蔓荆树。这些树一年到头都开着花。像天界的香气一样,芬芳在我的修行处周围飘来,四处弥漫——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Tattha ambāti madhupiṇḍiambā ca sālarukkhā ca tilakarukkhā ca pāṭalirukkhā ca sinduvārakarukkhā ca ete rukkhā niccakālaṃ pupphitā pupphantā. Dibbā gandhā iva mama assame sugandhā sampavanti samantato pavāyantīti attho.
瞻波迦树、沙喇喇树、尼波树,那伽树、奔那伽树、计陀迦树;
天界的芳香弥漫,花朵在我的精舍中盛开。巴利
‘‘Campakā saḷalā nīpā, nāgapunnāgaketakā; Dibbagandhā sampavanti, pupphitā mama assame’’.
在这里,瞻波树、娑罗罗树、开着像金轮一样花朵的尼波树、龙树、补那伽树,以及散发着香气的计得迦树——所有这些树都像天界的芳香一样,在我的修行居所中开花绽放,香气弥漫,阵阵飘送,芬芳远扬。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Tattha campakarukkhā ca saḷalarukkhā ca suvaṇṇavaṭṭalasadisapupphā nīparukkhā ca nāgarukkhā ca punnāgarukkhā ca sugandhayantā ketakarukkhā ca ete sabbe rukkhā dibbā gandhāriva mama assame pupphitā phullitā sampavanti sugandhaṃ suṭṭhu pavāyantīti attho.
无忧树也已盛开,阿底目多迦无忧树也已盛开,姊妹花鬘树也已盛开。
安哥拉树和宾比迦罗树,也都在我的修行精舍里开满了花。巴利
Asokā ca‘‘adhimuttā asokā ca, bhaginīmālā ca pupphitā; Aṅkolā bimbijālā ca, pupphitā mama assame’’.
在这里,无忧树开满了花,阿提穆答树开满了花,姊妹花鬘树开满了花,安耆罗迦树开满了花,宾比迦罗树也开满了花——这些树在我的精舍里盛开,把精舍点缀得庄严美丽。这就是句子之间的关联。巴利
Tattha pupphitā adhimuttakarukkhā ca pupphitā asokarukkhā ca pupphitā bhaginīmālā ca pupphitā aṅkolā ca pupphitā bimbijālā ca ete rukkhā mama assame phullitā sobhayantīti sambandho.
鸡踏迦花、芭蕉,还有垂花树、草尖刺草;
散发着天界的芬芳,庄严着我的静修林。巴利
‘‘Ketakā kandali ceva, godhukā tiṇasūlikā; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
在这里,“露兜树”是指香气芬芳的露兜树丛。芭蕉树、苟杜迦树和提那苏利迦草丛——所有这些树木都散发着天界的香气,让我的整个修行居所变得美丽庄严,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Tattha ketakāti sugandhaketakagacchā ca. Kandalirukkhā ca godhukarukkhā ca tiṇasūlikagacchā ca ete sabbe rukkhajātikā dibbagandhaṃ pavāyamānā mama assamaṃ sakalaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
翅子树和椰子花,还有众多阿萨那树和榄仁树;
散发着天界的芬芳,庄严着我的静修林。巴利
‘‘Kaṇikārā kaṇṇikā ca, asanā ajjunā bahū; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
这些迦尼迦罗树等树木,让我的整座修行草庵都变得庄严美好,还散发出天界的香气——这就是它们之间的关联。巴利
Ete kaṇikārādayo rukkhā mama assamaṃ sakalaṃ sobhayantā dibbagandhaṃ sampavāyantīti sambandho.
普那伽树、山普那伽树,还有开满花的黑檀树;
散发着天界的芬芳,庄严着我的静修林。巴利
‘‘Punnāgā giripunnāgā, koviḷārā ca pupphitā; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
富楼那树等树木散发着天界的香气,庄严我的修行居所,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Punnāgādayo rukkhā dibbagandhaṃ pavāyamānā mama assamaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
伍答拉咖树、库塔迦树、咖丹巴树和瓦库拉树,还有很多。
散发着天界的芬芳,庄严着我的静修林。巴利
‘‘Uddālakā ca kuṭajā, kadambā vakulā bahū; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
优陀罗迦等树木散发着天界香气,庄严着我的修行林园——这是(文句的)关联。巴利
Uddālakādayo rukkhā dibbagandhaṃ vāyamānā mama assamaṃ sobhayantīti sambandho.
阿拉卡树、伊西穆迦树、芭蕉树和马图伦吉树,
它们靠香水滋养长大,结出果实。巴利
‘‘Āḷakā isimuggā ca, kadalimātuluṅgiyo; Gandhodakena saṃvaḍḍhā, phalāni dhārayanti te’’.
在这里,这些阿拉迦树等树木,因为用旃檀等妙香香水浇灌而生长,结出金色果实,庄严着我的草庵,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Tattha ete āḷakādayo gacchā candanādisugandhagandhodakena vaḍḍhitvā suvaṇṇaphalāni dhārentā mama assamaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
有些红莲正在开花,有些则长出花蕊。
有些红莲已经开过了,花瓣落尽只剩花萼;而那时,另一些红莲正在池塘里盛开。巴利
‘‘Aññe pupphanti padumā, aññe jāyanti kesarī; Aññe opupphā padumā, pupphitā taḷāke tadā’’.
在这里,“有些莲花盛开”是说:在我草庵附近的池塘里,有些莲花正在盛开,有些多蕊莲花正在生出、出现,有些莲花已经凋谢,花瓣和花丝都掉落了。巴利
Tattha aññe pupphanti padumāti mama assamassa avidūre taḷāke aññe ekacce padumā pupphanti, ekacce kesarī padumā jāyanti nibbattanti, ekacce padumā opupphā vigalitapattakesarāti attho.
红莲结出莲蓬,莲茎向上伸展;
那时,菱角叶铺满池塘,显得格外好看。巴利
‘‘Gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti padumā, niddhāvanti muḷāliyo; Siṅghāṭipattamākiṇṇā, sobhanti taḷāke tadā’’.
在这里,“莲花结出莲房”是说:那时我身为苦行者,在我居住的时候,有些莲花在湖中结出花苞、开出花朵等等。藕,也就是莲花的根,从这边的淤泥深处四处伸展出去,像象牙一样穿行而出,这就是它的意思。莲花叶与花密布,成为一片茂密的丛聚,把湖泊点缀得很美,这就是它的意思。巴利
Tattha gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti padumāti tadā tāpasena hutvā mama vasanasamaye ekacce padumā taḷākabbhantare makuḷapupphādayo gaṇhanti. Muḷāliyo padumamūlā niddhāvanti ito kaddamabbhantarato hatthidāṭhā viya gacchantīti attho. Pattapupphamākiṇṇā gahanībhūtā siṅghāṭiyo sobhayantīti attho.
那义答、芒果香、乌答利、班度耆婆,
那时,池塘里开满了花,天界的香气四处飘散。巴利
‘‘Nayitā ambagandhī ca, uttalī bandhujīvakā; Dibbagandhā sampavanti, pupphitā taḷāke tadā’’.
那时,在我住的地方,池塘附近有那义答丛、芒果香丛、乌答利丛和班度耆婆丛,这些丛全都开了花,缀满花朵,散发着芬芳,把池塘点缀得很美——这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Tadā mama vasanasamaye taḷākassa samīpe nayitā ca gacchā ambagandhī ca gacchā uttalī nāma gacchā ca bandhujīvakā ca ete sabbe gacchā pupphitā pupphadhāritā sugandhavāhakā taḷākaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
叉尾鲇鱼、帕乌沙鱼、巴拉迦鱼、蒙佳罗希答鱼,
桑古拉鱼和玛古拉鱼,那时也住在这个池塘里。巴利
‘‘Pāṭhīnā pāvusā macchā, balajā muñjarohitā; Saṃgulā maggurā ceva, vasanti taḷāke tadā’’.
那时我住在这里的时候,叉尾鲇等鱼类毫无恐惧地生活在池塘里——这是句子的关联。巴利
Tadā mama vasanasamaye nibbhītā pāṭhīnādayo macchā taḷāke vasantīti sambandho.
鳄鱼、恒河鳄、执绳者和罗刹,
那时,水蛇和大蟒蛇都住在那片池塘里。巴利
‘‘Kumbhīlā susumārā ca, tantigāhā ca rakkhasā; Oguhā ajagarā ca, vasanti taḷāke tadā’’.
那时,在我居住的时候,这些鳄鱼之类的鱼在我修行处附近的池塘里,无所畏惧、没有危险地生活着——这就是其中的关联。巴利
Tadā mama vasanasamaye mama assamasamīpe taḷāke ete kumbhīlādayo macchā nibbhītā nirūpaddavā vasantīti sambandho.
鸽子、太阳鹅、鸳鸯,还有在河中觅食的鸟;
杜鹃、鹦鹉和鹩哥,都靠那片湖活着。巴利
‘‘Pārevatā ravihaṃsā, cakkavākā nadīcarā; Kokilā sukasāḷikā, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
在这里,依靠我住处附近的那个湖,鸽子、日鹅、河中鸳鸯、杜鹃、鹦鹉、鹩哥这些鸟都靠那个湖活命,这就是它们之间的关联。巴利
Tattha mama assamasamīpe saraṃ nissāya pārevatāpakkhī ca ravihaṃsāpakkhī ca nadīcarā cakkavākapakkhī ca kokilāpakkhī ca sukapakkhī ca sāḷikāpakkhī ca taṃ saraṃ upanissāya jīvantīti sambandho.
鹧鸪、秧鸡,林中波伽罗娑陀迦鸟。
丁迪巴鸟和幼小的鹦鹉,也都靠这个湖活命。巴利
‘‘Kukutthakā kuḷīrakā, vane pokkharasātakā; Dindibhā suvapotā ca, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
在这里,“咕咕塔鸟”是指一种叫这个名字的鸟,“鹬”也是指一种叫这个名字的鸟。林中的莲池鸟、丁迪巴鸟和幼小的鹦鹉,所有这些鸟都靠我精舍附近的那座湖活着。这就是它们之间的关联。巴利
Tattha kukutthakāti evaṃnāmikā pakkhī ca. Kuḷīrakāti evaṃnāmikā pakkhī ca. Vane pokkharasātakā pakkhī ca dindibhā pakkhī ca suvapotā pakkhī ca ete sabbe pakkhino taṃ mama assamasamīpe saraṃ nissāya jīvantīti sambandho.
天鹅、苍鹭、孔雀,还有杜鹃和红褐冠鸟;
帕玛卡鸟和命命鸟,都靠这个湖活命。巴利
‘‘Haṃsā koñcā mayūrā ca, kokilā tambacūḷakā; Pammakā jīvaṃjīvā ca, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
所有这些天鹅之类的鸟,都依靠那个湖维持生活、养活自己,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Sabbe ete haṃsādayo pakkhino taṃ saraṃ upanissāya jīvanti jīvikaṃ pālentīti attho.
猫头鹰、泡头鸟,还有成群的鸥鸟和鹰鸟,
大黑鸟和其他鸟类,都靠这个湖活命。巴利
‘‘Kosikā poṭṭhasīsā ca, kurarā senakā bahū; Mahākāḷā ca sakuṇā, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
在那里,猫头鹰、泡头鸟、鸥鸟、鹰鸟、大黑鸟,以及陆地上众多的鸟类,都生活在那个湖附近,靠那个湖维持生计——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Tattha kosikā ca pakkhī poṭṭhasīsā ca pakkhī kurarā ca pakkhī senakā ca pakkhī mahākāḷā ca pakkhī thale bahū pakkhino taṃ saraṃ tassa sarassa samīpe jīvanti jīvikaṃ kappentīti attho.
还有斑鹿、野猪、牦牛和许多犀牛;
还有罗希迦鸟、鹦鹉和鸽子,也都靠这个湖活着。巴利
‘‘Pasadā ca varāhā ca, camarā gaṇḍakā bahū; Rohiccā sukapotā ca, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
在这里,那些鹿等动物靠着那个湖、在湖的附近生活,维持着生命。这里的“那个湖”用的是业格形式,表示处所的意思。巴利
Tattha pasadādayo ete migā taṃ saraṃ tasmiṃ sarasamīpe, bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ, jīvitaṃ paripālentā viharantīti attho.
狮子、老虎和豹子,还有熊、狼和鬣狗;
三处发情的大象,依靠那个湖活命。巴利
‘‘Sīhabyagghā ca dīpī ca, acchakokataracchakā; Tidhā pabhinnamātaṅgā, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
这些狮子等四足众生,在湖边生活,远离种种灾患——这就是这里的语义关联。巴利
Ete sīhādayo catuppadā sarasamīpe upaddavarahitā jīvantīti sambandho.
紧那罗、猕猴,还有林农;
这些鹿和猎人,都靠那个湖活命。巴利
‘‘Kinnarā vānarā ceva, athopi vanakammikā; Cetā ca luddakā ceva, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
这里的意思是:这些名叫紧那罗之类的众生,就住在那个湖泊附近。巴利
Ettha ete evaṃnāmikā kinnarādayo sattā tasmiṃ sarasamīpe vasantīti attho.
柿子、毗耶罗果,还有蜜树果和决明果;
它们恒常结着果实,就在我的草庵不远处。巴利
‘‘Tindukāni piyālāni, madhukekā sumāriyo; Dhuvaṃ phalāni dhārenti, avidūre mamassamaṃ’’.
在这里,这些乌木之类的树,在冬天、夏天、雨季这三个时节里,始终在我草庵不远处结着甜美的果实——这就是这句话的关联。巴利
Tattha ete tindukādayo rukkhā dhuvaṃ hemantagimhavassānasaṅkhāte kālattaye mama assamato avidūre ṭhāne madhuraphalāni dhārentīti sambandho.
憍赏弥的沙勒树和楝树,都结满了甜美的果实;
它们必定会结果,就在我的草庵不远处。巴利
‘‘Kosambā saḷalā nimbā, sāduphalasamāyutā; Dhuvaṃ phalāni dhārenti, avidūre mamassamaṃ’’.
在那里,憍赏弥树等这些树结着精华之果、甘甜之果、最上之果,具足、善具足、成为具足,恒常结果,在我草庵旁边显得庄严——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Tattha ete kosambādayo rukkhā sāraphalā madhuraphalā uttamaphalā samāyutā saṃ suṭṭhu āyutā samaṅgībhūtā niccaṃ phaladhārino mama assamasamīpe sobhantīti attho.
诃子、余甘子,芒果、阎浮果和毗毕勒果;
枣树、粪果树和木橘树,它们都结着果实。巴利
‘‘Harītakā āmalakā, ambajambuvibhītakā; Kolā bhallātakā billā, phalāni dhārayanti te’’.
那些诃子等树长在我的精舍附近,常年挂着果实,这就是关联。巴利
Te harītakādayo rukkhā mama assamasamīpe jātā niccaṃ phalāni dhārayantīti sambandho.
阿卢瓦根、迦蓝芭根,还有比罗里根和塔迦拉尼根;
耆婆草和苏达迦草,在我的精舍里也很多。巴利
‘‘Āluvā ca kaḷambā ca, biḷālītakkaḷāni ca; Jīvakā sutakā ceva, bahūkā mama assame’’.
这些芋头之类的根果,又小又甜,在我的精舍附近有很多——这就是其中的关联。巴利
Ete āluvādayo mūlaphalā khuddā madhurasā mama assamasamīpe bahū santīti sambandho.
在离精舍不远的地方,有善化作的池塘。
水清澈,水清凉,渡处便利,令心可意。巴利
‘‘Assamassāvidūramhi, taḷākāsuṃ sunimmitā; Acchodakā sītajalā, supatitthā manoramā’’.
在这里,“离精舍不远”就是靠近精舍;“善化现的”是说化现得恰到好处,能自在地上下;“水清澈”是说水非常清净;“水清凉”是说水很凉;“有美好堤岸”是说岸边很美;“令人愉悦”是说让人心里欢喜——那些池塘就是这样存在的,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Tattha assamassāvidūramhi assamassa samīpe sunimmitā suṭṭhu ārohanaorohanakkhamaṃ katvā nimmitā acchodakā vippasannodakā sītajalā sītodakā supatitthā sundaratitthā manoramā somanassakarā taḷākā āsuṃ ahesunti attho.
被红莲和青莲覆盖,又与白莲相伴;
被曼陀罗花覆盖着,天界的香气四处飘散。巴利
‘‘Padumuppalasañchannā, puṇḍarīkasamāyutā; Mandālakehi sañchannā, dibbagandhopavāyati’’.
在那里,湖泊被红莲和青莲覆盖,满是白莲,又长满了曼陀罗花,成了一片密密的花丛;天界的香气从四面八方飘来、吹拂——这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Tattha padumehi ca uppalehi ca sañchannā paripuṇṇā puṇḍarīkehi samāyutā samaṅgībhūtā mandālakehi ca sañchannā gahanībhūtā taḷākā dibbagandhāni upavāyanti samantato vāyantīti attho.
就在这样一座枝繁叶茂、花开果熟的树林里,
那时,我住在善造而可爱的修行处。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ sabbaṅgasampanne, pupphite phalite vane; Sukate assame ramme, viharāmi ahaṃ tadā’’.
在这里,“一切支分具足”的意思是:那时我还是苦行者,住在森林里一座造得很好的、可爱的修行处;那片森林有河流等各部分,花、果、树木繁茂,像密林一样。巴利
Tattha evaṃ sabbaṅgasampanneti abbehi nadikādiavayavehi sampanne paripuṇṇe pupphaphalarukkhehi gahanībhūte vane sukate ramaṇīye assame araññāvāse tadā tāpasabhūtakāle ahaṃ viharāmīti attho.
到这里已经说明了林间住处的圆满,现在要说明自己戒等功德的圆满:巴利
Ettāvatā assamasampattiṃ dassetvā idāni attano sīlādiguṇasampattiṃ dassento –
具足戒行,具足禁戒与苦行,始终乐于禅修,常修禅定;
他证得了五种神通之力,名叫苏卢支的苦行者。世尊这样说:巴利
‘‘Sīlavā vatasampanno, jhāyī jhānarato sadā; Pañcābhiññābalappatto, suruci nāma tāpaso’’ti. – āha;
在这里,“具戒者”的意思是:具足五种戒,这些戒类似于与禅那相应的四遍清净戒。“具足誓愿者”是指:通过受持“从今以后,我不再过居家生活,也不再享受五种欲乐”这样的誓愿而具足。“入禅者”是指:以特相禅那和所缘禅那而修禅,习惯于修禅。“乐禅那者”是指:在这些禅那中乐于安住、投入,始终圆满具足。“证得五神通力”是指:具备神变通、天耳通、他心通、宿住随念通、天眼通这五种神通,即殊胜智慧之力,圆满具足,这就是其含义。连贯起来说:我名为苏卢支,成为苦行者后,就这样安住。巴利
Tattha sīlavāti jhānasampayuttacatupārisuddhisīlasadisehi pañcahi sīlehi sampuṇṇoti attho. Vatasampannoti ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya gharāvāsaṃ pañca kāmaguṇe vā na sevissāmī’’ti vatasamādānena sampanno. Jhāyīti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaārammaṇūpanijjhānehi jhāyī jhāyanasīlo. Jhānaratoti etesu jhānesu rato allīno sadā sampuṇṇo. Pañcābhiññābalappattoti iddhividhadibbasotaparacittavijānanapubbenivāsānussatidibbacakkhusaṅkhātāhi pañcahi abhiññāhi visesapaññāhi balasampanno, paripuṇṇoti attho. Nāmena suruci nāma tāpaso hutvā viharāmīti sambandho.
就这样,先用这些显示了自己功德的圆满,接着又显示徒众的圆满——巴利
Ettakena attano guṇasampattiṃ dassetvā parisasampattiṃ dassento –
有两万四千名弟子随侍在我身边;
所有这些婆罗门对我说,他出身高贵,享有盛名——这是开篇所说。巴利
‘‘Catuvīsasahassāni, sissā mayhaṃ upaṭṭhahuṃ; Sabbe maṃ brāhmaṇā ete, jātimanto yasassino’’ti. – ādimāha;
在这里,这两万四千位婆罗门都是我的弟子,出身高贵、种姓圆满、有名望、眷属具足,他们都来侍奉我,这就是其中的关联。巴利
Tattha ete sabbe catuvīsatisahassabrāhmaṇā mayhaṃ sissā jātimanto jātisampannā yasassino parivārasampannā maṃ upaṭṭhahunti sambandho.
在相、传说,以及词汇集和仪轨中,
精通文句的人,通达解释之学,在自己的法义中达到了究竟。巴利
‘‘Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sanighaṇḍusakeṭubhe; Padakā veyyākaraṇā, sadhamme pāramiṃ gatā’’.
在这里,“相”指的是相学。他能知道世间一切男女的相,也就是“具备这些相的人受苦,具备那些相的人享乐”。阐明这种相的著作就是“相”,也包括在那相学里。“传说”指的是阐明“据说如此、据说如彼”这类说法的著作。在相学和传说方面都达到了彼岸,也就是达到了圆满,这是前后关联的意思。阐述树木、山等名称的著作称为“尼犍度”。“规范论”是帮助诗人掌握行为方式和仪轨运用的论书。与尼犍度一起存在运作,所以叫“有尼犍度”;与规范论一起存在运作,所以叫“有规范论”。他们在具有尼犍度和规范论的三吠陀中达到了彼岸。“音韵”指精通名词、复合词、后缀、动词、分词等词类。“解释”指精通《旃陀罗文法》《波你尼文法》《迦罗波文法》等语法书。“于自法达到彼岸”的意思是:在自己的法,即婆罗门的法、三吠陀的学问中达到彼岸,也就是到达究竟、完全通达。这就是它的含义。巴利
Tattha lakkhaṇeti lakkhaṇasatthe. Sabbalokiyānaṃ itthipurisānaṃ ‘‘imehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgatā dukkhitā bhavanti, imehi sukhitā bhavantī’’ti lakkhaṇaṃ jānāti. Tappakāsako gantho lakkhaṇaṃ, tasmiṃ lakkhaṇe ca. Itihāseti ‘‘itiha āsa itiha āsā’’ti vuttavacanapaṭidīpake ganthe. Lakkhaṇe ca itihāse ca pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gatāti sambandho. Rukkhapabbatādīnaṃ nāmappakāsakaganthaṃ ‘‘nighaṇḍū’’ti vuccati. Keṭūbheti kiriyākappavikappānaṃ kavīnaṃ upakārako gantho. Nighaṇḍuyā saha vattatīti sanighaṇḍu, keṭubhena saha vattatīti sakeṭubhaṃ, tasmiṃ sanighaṇḍusakeṭubhe vedattaye pāramiṃ gatāti sambandho. Padakāti nāmapadasamāsataddhitākhyātakitakādipadesu chekā . Veyyākaraṇāni candapāṇinīyakalāpādibyākaraṇe chekā. Sadhamme pāramiṃ gatāti attano dhamme brāhmaṇadhamme vedattaye pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gatā pattāti attho.
对于灾异、预兆和种种征相,他们都善于辨别通晓;
在大地、地面和虚空中,我的弟子们都已善学通达。巴利
‘‘Uppātesu nimittesu, lakkhaṇesu ca kovidā; Pathabyā bhūmantalikkhe, mama sissā susikkhitā’’.
在这里,对于流星陨落、大地震动之类的灾变,对于好相与坏相,对于女相、男相和大人相,他们都善巧、精通。对于地、大地,对于整个世间,以及对于空中、虚空——总之在一切处,我的弟子们都已善加修学。巴利
Tattha ukkāpātabhūmikampādikesu uppātesu ca subhanimittāsubhanimittesu ca itthilakkhaṇapurisalakkhaṇamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu ca kovidā chekā. Pathaviyā ca bhūmiyā ca sakalaloke ca antalikkhe ākāse cāti sabbattha mama sissā susikkhitā.
这些人少欲又明智,吃得少,不贪求;
他们无论得到还是得不到,都知足,总是围绕在我身边。巴利
‘‘Appicchā nipakā ete, appāhārā alolupā; Lābhālābhena santuṭṭhā, parivārenti maṃ sadā’’.
在这里,“少欲”是指靠一点点东西就能维持生活。“明智”是指具备被称为明智的那种智慧。“少食”是指一天只吃一餐,也就是一日一食。“不贪”是指不会生起贪求和渴爱。“无论得与不得”是指得到也好、没得到也好,都知足、喜悦。这些弟子无论何时、恒常不断地围绕着我、侍奉我——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Tattha appicchāti appakenāpi yāpentā. Nipakāti nepakkasaṅkhātāya paññāya samannāgatā. Appāhārāti ekāhārā ekabhattikāti attho. Alolupāti lolupataṇhāya appavattanakā. Lābhālābhenāti lābhena alābhena ca santuṭṭhā somanassā ete mama sissā sadā niccakālaṃ maṃ parivārenti upaṭṭhahantīti attho.
入禅者乐于禅那,坚定又有智慧,内心寂静,心得安止;
那些渴望无所有处的人,总是围绕着我。巴利
‘‘Jhāyī jhānaratā dhīrā, santacittā samāhitā; Ākiñcaññaṃ patthayantā, parivārenti maṃ sadā’’.
在这里,修禅的人是指具备相审察禅那和所缘审察禅那的人,也可以指有修禅习惯的人。乐于禅那的人,是指对那些禅那感到欢喜、投入其中的人。坚定的人,是指具备坚定意志的人。心寂静的人,是指内心已经平息安静下来的人。得定的人,是指心专注于一处的人。无所有,是指没有障碍、没有束缚的状态。希求,就是想要、渴望的意思。整句连起来的意思是:我的这些弟子就是以这样的状态,一直围绕在我身边。巴利
Tattha jhāyīti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaārammaṇūpanijjhānehi samannāgatā. Jhāyanasīlā vā. Jhānaratāti tesu ca jhānesu ratā allīnā. Dhīrāti dhitisampannā. Santacittāti vūpasantamanā. Samāhitāti ekaggacittā. Ākiñcaññanti nippalibodhabhāvaṃ. Patthayantāti icchantā. Itthambhūtā me sissā sadā maṃ parivārentīti sambandho.
已达神通彼岸者,欣乐于祖先行境;
那些行于虚空、心志坚定的修行者们,总是围绕在我身边。巴利
‘‘Abhiññāpāramippattā, pettike gocare ratā; Antalikkhacarā dhīrā, parivārenti maṃ sadā’’.
在这里,“已达神通彼岸者”的意思是:在五种神通上都达到了究竟、修到了圆满。“乐于祖先的境界”的意思是:对于依佛陀许可、不用暗示而得到的食物感到欢喜。“行于空中者”的意思是:他们在虚空中来去行走。“坚定者”的意思是:他们心性坚固,即使遇到狮子、老虎等危险,也毫不恐惧。整句的意思是:我这群这样的苦行者,总是围绕在我身边。巴利
Tattha abhiññāpāramippattāti pañcasu abhiññāsu pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ pattā pūritāti attho. Pettike gocare ratāti buddhānuññātāya aviññattiyā laddhe āhāre ratāti attho. Antalikkhacarāti antalikkhena ākāsena gacchantā āgacchantā cāti attho. Dhīrāti thirabhūtā sīhabyagghādiparissaye acchambhitasabhāvāti attho. Evaṃbhūtā mama tāpasā sadā maṃ parivārentīti attho.
在六个感官之门上守护自己,内心不动摇,好好看住自己的根门;
那些智者也不与人群混杂,他们是我的弟子,难以接近。巴利
‘‘Saṃvutā chasu dvāresu, anejā rakkhitindriyā; Asaṃsaṭṭhā ca te dhīrā, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
在这里,关于眼等六门、色等六种所缘,说“防护、关闭、遮盖”,意思就是守护和保卫这些门。“无贪欲”是指没有渴爱。“守护根门”是指守护眼等诸根。“不混杂”是指不与亲戚和在家人混在一起。意思是说,他们不与亲戚、在家人交往混同。“难近”是指很难接近,无法靠近、触碰或冒犯,也就是不适合那样去接近。巴利
Tattha cakkhādīsu chasu dvāresu rūpādīsu chasu ārammaṇesu saṃvutā pihitā paṭicchannā, rakkhitagopitadvārāti attho. Anejā nittaṇhā rakkhitindriyā gopitacakkhādiindriyā asaṃsaṭṭhā ñātīhi gahaṭṭhehi amissībhūtāti attho. Durāsadāti duṭṭhu āsadā, āsādetuṃ ghaṭṭetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā ayoggāti attho.
通过结跏趺坐,以及站立和经行,
我的弟子们难以被战胜,他们就这样度过夜晚。巴利
‘‘Pallaṅkena nisajjāya, ṭhānacaṅkamanena ca; Vītināmenti te rattiṃ, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
在这里,我的弟子们舍弃躺卧,以盘腿结跏趺坐的坐姿,通过坐、站立和经行,以特别的方式度过、越过整个夜晚,这就是这里的关联。巴利
Tattha mama sissā pallaṅkena ūrubaddhāsanena seyyaṃ vihāya nisajjāya ca ṭhānena ca caṅkamena ca sakalaṃ rattiṃ visesena atināmenti atikkāmentīti sambandho.
面对能让人起贪的事物,他们不贪着;面对能让人起嗔的事物,他们不嗔恨;
面对能让人迷惑的事物,他们不迷惑。我的弟子们,难以被接近。巴利
‘‘Rajanīye na rajjanti, dussanīye na dussare; Mohanīye na muyhanti, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
我的弟子们——这些苦行者——处在这样的状态中:面对能让人贪染、容易生起贪染的事物,他们不贪染,也不让贪染生起;面对能让人起嗔、容易生起嗔恨的事物,他们不嗔恨,也不造作嗔恨;面对能让人愚痴、容易生起愚痴的事物,他们不愚痴,也不生起愚痴。这句话的意思是:他们成为了与智慧相应的人。巴利
Te itthambhūtā mama sissā tāpasā rajanīye rajjitabbe vatthusmiṃ na rajjanti rajjaṃ na uppādenti. Dussanīye dussitabbe dosaṃ uppādetuṃ yutte vatthumhi na dussare dosaṃ na karonti. Mohanīye mohituṃ yutte vatthumhi na muyhanti mohaṃ na karonti, paññāsampayuttā bhavantīti attho.
他们不停地考察并宣称神通。
他们以威猛之势震动大地,让人难以接近。巴利
‘‘Iddhiṃ vīmaṃsamānā te, vattanti niccakālikaṃ; Pathaviṃ te pakampenti, sārambhena durāsadā’’.
我的弟子们一直在探究“本来是一身,却能变成多身;变成多身之后,又能变回一身”这类神通变化,而且这种探究是持续不断的,这就是这里的关联。意思是说,我的弟子们能在空中、水中变现出大地,并在那里行走、站立等,还能使大地震动。意思是说,不能用逞强好胜、针锋相对、争吵斗诤的方式去触怒他们。巴利
Te mama sissā ‘‘ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotī’’tiādikaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.102) iddhivikubbanaṃ niccakālikaṃ vīmaṃsamānā vattantīti sambandho. Te mama sissā ākāsepi udakepi pathaviṃ nimminitvā iriyāpathaṃ pakampentīti attho. Sārambhena yugaggāhena kalahakaraṇena na āsādetabbāti attho.
那些弟子们正在玩耍,他们玩的是禅那之戏;
我的弟子们从阎浮树取来果实,他们难以接近。巴利
‘‘Kīḷamānā ca te sissā, kīḷanti jhānakīḷitaṃ; Jambuto phalamānenti, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
我的弟子们一边玩耍,一边玩着以初禅等为首的游戏,嬉戏、欢悦,这就是这句话的意思。所谓“从阎浮树取来果实”,意思是:以神通力前往雪山中那棵高达百由旬的阎浮树,取来像瓶罐那么大的阎浮果。巴利
Te mama sissā kīḷamānā paṭhamajjhānādikīḷaṃ kīḷanti laḷanti ramantīti attho. Jambutophalamānentīti himavantamhi satayojanubbedhajamburukkhato ghaṭappamāṇaṃ jambuphalaṃ iddhiyā gantvā ānentīti attho.
有些人前往西牛货洲,有些人前往东胜身洲;
还有一些北俱卢洲人,他们因寻求而难可接近。巴利
‘‘Aññe gacchanti goyānaṃ, aññe pubbavidehakaṃ; Aññe ca uttarakuruṃ, esanāya durāsadā’’.
在我的弟子当中,有些人前往牛货洲,有些人前往东胜身洲,有些人前往北俱卢洲。这些难以接近的人,就是为了到那些地方去寻求、探索、寻找资具而前往的。这是上下文之间的关联。巴利
Tesaṃ mama sissānaṃ antare aññe ekacce goyānaṃ aparagoyānaṃ dīpaṃ gacchanti, ekacce pubbavidehakaṃ dīpaṃ gacchanti, ekacce uttarakuruṃ dīpaṃ gacchanti, te durāsadā etesu ṭhānesu esanāya gavesanāya paccayapariyesanāya gacchantīti sambandho.
他们把担子发送到前面,自己却跟在后面走;
两万四千人把天空遮住了。巴利
‘‘Purato pesenti khāriṃ, pacchato ca vajanti te; Catuvīsasahassehi, chāditaṃ hoti ambaraṃ’’.
那些弟子在空中行走时,先把装满苦行者资具的担子向前抛送出去,让担子朝向自己前方,然后自己跟在担子后面走——这就是这句话的意思。当他们这样行走时,两万四千位苦行者遮住并覆盖了整个虚空,这就是其中的关联。巴利
Te mama sissā ākāsena gacchamānā khāriṃ tāpasaparikkhārabharitaṃ kājaṃ purato pesenti paṭhamaṃ abhimukhañca taṃ pesetvā sayaṃ tassa pacchato gacchantīti attho. Evaṃ gacchamānehi catuvīsasahassehi tāpasehi ambaraṃ ākāsatalaṃ chāditaṃ paṭicchannaṃ hotīti sambandho.
用火烹煮食物的、不用火烹煮食物的,还有用牙齿和石臼来吃食物的;
有些人用石头砸开来吃,有些人则只吃自然掉落的果实。巴利
‘‘Aggipākī anaggī ca, dantodukkhalikāpi ca; Asmena koṭṭitā keci, pavattaphalabhojanā’’.
在这里,有些我的弟子是吃火煮食物的,他们把果实、叶子之类煮过再吃;有些是不用火的,不用火煮,直接生吃;有些是用牙的,只用牙齿把皮剥开再吃;有些是用臼的,用臼捣碎再吃;有些是用石头捣碎、拿石块砸碎再吃;有些则是吃自然掉落的果实。这就是这里的关联。巴利
Tattha keci ekacce mama sissā aggipākī phalāphalapaṇṇādayo pacitvā khādanti, ekacce anaggī aggīhi apacitvā āmakameva khādanti, ekacce dantikā dantehiyeva tacaṃ uppāṭetvā khādanti. Ekacce udukkhalikā udukkhalehi koṭṭetvā khādanti. Ekacce asmena koṭṭitā pāsāṇena koṭṭetvā khādanti. Ekacce sayaṃpatitaphalāhārāti sambandho.
有些人入水沐浴,傍晚和清晨都修清净行;
用水为自己浇灌者,是我的弟子,难以接近。巴利
‘‘Udakorohaṇā keci, sāyaṃ pāto sucīratā; Toyābhisecanakarā, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
有些我的弟子很难接近,他们乐于清净、追求清净,傍晚和清晨都下水,也就是进入水中。还有些人做的是用水浇淋的事,也就是用水浇淋自己。巴利
Durāsadā mama sissā keci sucīratā suddhikāmā sāyaṃ pāto ca udakorohaṇā udakapavesakāti attho. Keci toyābhisecanakarā udakena attani abhisiñcanakarāti attho.
腋毛和指甲都长得很长,牙齿上结满牙垢,头上满是尘土;
我的弟子们带着戒的芬香,难以接近。巴利
‘‘Parūḷhakacchanakhalomā , paṅkadantā rajassirā; Gandhitā sīlagandhena, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
在这里,那些难以接近的我的弟子们,在腋下、两腋以及手脚等处,毛发长得又长又密,意思是长着长指甲和长体毛。因为没做剃除的工作,所以不修饰、不打扮,这是要表达的意思。牙齿污浊:因为没用砖粉、牛奶、石粉等磨白,所以牙齿沾满污垢。头发有尘垢:因为没有涂油等,所以头上积满灰尘。以戒香而芬芳:因为具足了与禅那、定、等至相应的戒,以世间戒香在一切处散发芬芳。我的弟子难以接近:因为具足上述这些功德,所以无法冒犯、无法攻击我的弟子,这就是其中的关联。巴利
Tattha te durāsadā mama sissā kacchesu ubhayakacchesu ca hatthapādesu ca parūḷhā sañjātā, dīghanakhalomāti attho. Khurakammarahitattā amaṇḍitā apasādhitāti adhippāyo. Paṅkadantāti iṭṭhakacuṇṇakhīrapāsāṇacuṇṇādīhi dhavalamakatattā malaggahitadantāti attho. Rajassirāti telamakkhanādirahitattā dhūlīhi makkhitasīsāti attho. Gandhitā sīlagandhenāti jhānasamādhisamāpattīhi sampayuttasīlena samaṅgībhūtattā lokiyasīlagandhena sabbattha sugandhībhūtāti attho. Mama sissā durāsadāti imehi vuttappakāraguṇehi samannāgatattā āsādetuṃ ghaṭṭetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā mama sissāti sambandho.
清早,结发者们聚在一起,具炽烈苦行;
他们宣扬得到什么、没得到什么,然后就飞上了天空。巴利
‘‘Pātova sannipatitvā, jaṭilā uggatāpanā; Lābhālābhaṃ pakittetvā, gacchanti ambare tadā’’.
在这里,“清晨聚集”中的“to”是第七格格尾,意思是“在早餐时分,他们聚集在我面前”。“显赫的苦行者”指具有公开、遍及苦行的人;“结发者”指蓄着发髻的苦行者。他们宣扬所得与所失,把大大小小的所得都公开之后,那时,便在天空中、虚空中行走。这是经文的关联。巴利
Tattha pātova sannipatitvāti sattamyatthe topaccayo, pātarāsakāleyeva mama santike rāsibhūtāti attho. Uggatāpanā pākaṭatapā patthaṭatapā jaṭilā jaṭādhārino tāpasā. Lābhālābhaṃ pakittetvā khuddake ca mahante ca lābhe pākaṭe katvā tadā tasmiṃ kāle ambare ākāsatale gacchantīti sambandho.
192 192. 接着,为了阐明他们这些人的功德,说了“etesaṃ pakkamantānaṃ”(他们这些人行走时)等话。其中意思是:这些苦行者无论在空中还是在地上行走时,他们的树皮衣会发出巨大的声响。天神们心生欢喜,即:对这样发出巨大声响而行走的他们,因听到羚羊皮衣的声音而感到满足,说道“善哉,善哉,尊者们”,天神们便生起欢喜、感到满足。这是经文的关联。巴利
192. Puna tesaṃyeva guṇe pakāsento etesaṃ pakkamantānantiādimāha. Tattha ākāse vā thale vā pakkamantānaṃ gacchantānaṃ etesaṃ tāpasānaṃ vākacīrajanito mahāsaddo pavattatīti attho. Muditā honti devatāti evaṃ mahāsaddaṃ pavattetvā gacchantānaṃ ajinacammasaddena santuṭṭhā ‘‘sādhu sādhu, ayyā’’ti somanassajātā devatā muditā santuṭṭhā hontīti sambandho.
193 那些仙人行于空中、游于虚空,他们朝南方等四方和四维离去。“依自身之力而稳固”:就是具备自己身体的力量或禅那的力量,随心所欲,想去哪里就去哪里。巴利
193.Disodisanti te isayo antalikkhacarā ākāsacārino dakkhiṇādisānudisaṃ pakkamanti gacchantīti sambandho. Sake balenupatthaddhāti attano sarīrabalena vā jhānabalena vā samannāgatā yadicchakaṃ yattha yattha gantukāmā, tattha tattheva gacchantīti sambandho.
194 194. 接着,为了说明这些(仙人)同样的威力,论师说了“pathavīkampakā ete”等话。那时,这些随欲而行、到处游走的仙人,能令大地震动、使大地摇晃,他们行于云中,行于虚空。所谓“uggatejā”,就是具有炽盛威力、广大威力,难以压制;因为无法用强力压制、征服他们,所以叫“难以压制”。就像大海不被他者动摇、不被搅乱一样,他们也不被他者动摇,无法被撼动。这就是其中的关联。巴利
194. Puna tesamevānubhāvaṃ pakāsento pathavīkampakā etetiādimāha. Tadā ete sabbattha icchācārā pathavīkampakā medanīsañcalanajātikā nabhacārino ākāsacārino. Uggatejāti uggatatejā patthaṭatejā duppasahā pasayha abhibhavitvā pavattituṃ asakkuṇeyyāti duppasahā. Sāgarova akhobhiyāti aññehi akhobhiyo anāluḷito sāgaro iva samuddo viya aññehi akhobhiyā kampetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā hontīti sambandho.
195 在我的弟子当中,有些是站立经行者,有些仙人具足站立和经行两种威仪,有些仙人持常坐不卧的头陀行、具足常坐的威仪,有些仙人只吃自然掉落在地上的树叶为食。因为他们具备这样的功德,所以难以亲近。这就是这段话的关联。巴利
195.Ṭhānacaṅkamino kecīti tesaṃ mama sissānaṃ antare ekacce isayo ṭhāniriyāpathacaṅkamaniriyāpathasampannā, ekacce isayo nesajjikā nisajjiriyāpathasampannā, ekacce isayo pavattabhojanā sayaṃpatitapaṇṇāhārā evarūpehi guṇehi yuttattā durāsadāti sambandho.
196 196. 赞叹他们所有人时,他说了“慈心住者”等话。其中,以“愿无量世界中的无量众生快乐”这样的方式,怀着以润泽为特征的慈心遍满而住,维持自身生命,这些人就是“慈心住者”。意思是:这些是我的弟子。所有这些仙人,都希望一切众生得到利益,都为一切众生寻求利益。他们不抬高自己,不把自己看得高人一等,没有我慢,不轻视任何人,不把任何人看低。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
196. Te sabbe thomento mettāvihārinotiādimāha. Tattha ‘‘aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu aparimāṇā sattā sukhī hontū’’tiādinā sinehalakkhaṇāya mettāya pharitvā viharanti, attabhāvaṃ pavattentīti mettāvihārino ete mama sissāti attho. Sabbe te isayo sabbapāṇinaṃ sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ hitesī hitagavesakā. Anattukkaṃsakā attānaṃ na ukkaṃsakā amānino kassaci kañci puggalaṃ na vambhenti nīcaṃ katvā na maññantīti attho.
197 197. 我的这些弟子,因为具足戒、定与等至的功德,就像狮子王一样无所畏惧、毫无恐惧;就像象王一样强健有力,具足身力与禅那力;就像虎王一样难以接近、不可触犯;他们来到我面前。这是经文的连接关系。巴利
197. Te mama sissā sīlasamādhisamāpattiguṇayuttattā sīharājā iva acchambhītā nibbhayā, gajarājā iva hatthirājā viya thāmavā sarīrabalajhānabalasampannā byaggharājā iva, durāsadā ghaṭṭetumasakkuṇeyyā mama santike āgacchantīti sambandho.
198 接着,为了显示自己的威神力,世尊说了“vijjādharā”等话。其中,持明者是指持诵明咒之类的人;住在树、山等处的陆地天神;住在地上和地面的龙;干闼婆天神;凶暴的罗刹;鸠槃荼天神;檀那婆天神;能随意变化的金翅鸟——他们都依止那个湖而生活。这是经文的连接关系。意思是说,他们住在那个湖中或湖的附近。巴利
198. Tato attano ānubhāvassa dassanalesena pakāsento vijjādharātiādimāha. Tattha mantasajjhāyādivijjādharā ca rukkhapabbatādīsu vasantā bhummadevatā ca bhūmaṭṭhathalaṭṭhā nāgā ca gandhabbadevā ca caṇḍā rakkhasā ca kumbhaṇḍā devā ca dānavā devā ca icchiticchitanimmānasamatthā garuḷā ca taṃ saraṃ upajīvantīti sambandho, tasmiṃ sare sarassa samīpe vasantīti attho.
199 他又赞叹自己那些苦行弟子的功德,说了“te jaṭā khāribharitā”等话。这些内容意思都很明白。“khāribhāra”指的是水瓶、澡罐之类苦行者用的器具。巴利
199. Punapi tesaṃyeva attano sissatāpasānaṃ guṇe vaṇṇento te jaṭā khāribharitātiādimāha. Taṃ sabbaṃ uttānatthameva. Khāribhāranti udañcanakamaṇḍaluādikaṃ tāpasaparikkhāraṃ.
207 207. 他又为了显示自己的功德,说了“uppāte supine cāpi”等话。其中,因为他已经在婆罗门诸技艺上达到成就,又精通星宿占读,所以当有人来问“这位王子的出生星宿是吉还是不吉”这类征兆,以及问梦中所现之事时,他能解说“这个梦是吉,这个梦是不吉”,善于讲说梦兆的应验;也善于讲说一切男女手足之相。那时,他作为苦行者,已经完全掌握了流传于整个赡部洲的咒语,以及相术咒语的各部分。这是这里的关联。巴利
207. Punapi attano guṇe pakāsento uppāte supine cāpītiādimāha. Tattha brāhmaṇasippesu nipphattiṃ gatattā nakkhattapāṭhe ca chekattā ‘‘imassa rājakumārassa uppannanakkhattaṃ subhaṃ asubha’’nti uppātalakkhaṇe ca supine ca pavattiṃ pucchitena ‘‘idaṃ supinaṃ subhaṃ, idaṃ asubha’’nti supinanipphattikathane ca sabbesaṃ itthipurisānaṃ hatthapādalakkhaṇakathane ca suṭṭhu sikkhito sakalajambudīpe pavattamānaṃ mantapadaṃ lakkhaṇamantakoṭṭhāsaṃ sabbaṃ ahaṃ tadā mama tāpasakāle dhāremīti sambandho.
208 208. 他为了开示自己的授记,而以佛陀功德为开头,说了“无比见”等话。其中,“不是低劣的”就是“无劣”,也就是无上。以肉眼、天眼、一切眼、法眼、佛眼看见、照见一切众生,这叫作“见”。那位世尊拥有无上的见,所以那位世尊就是“无比见”。由于具足福运等种种原因,世尊在世间最为殊胜、最为尊贵,所以是“世间最胜”,牛王、牛中王、大牛王这三种牛中最胜者。其中,统领百牛的是牛王,统领千牛的是牛中王,统领十万牛的是大牛王;而人中的大牛王就是“人雄”,也就是已通达一切法的正觉者。他喜爱远离,想要独处,于是前往雪山,即喜马拉雅山。这是上下文之间的关联。巴利
208. Attano byākaraṇaṃ buddhaguṇapubbaṅgamaṃ pakāsento anomadassītiādimāha. Tattha na omakanti anomaṃ. Maṃsacakkhudibbacakkhusamantacakkhudhammacakkhubuddhacakkhūhi sabbasattānaṃ passanaṃ dassanaṃ nāma, anomaṃ dassanaṃ yassa bhagavato so bhagavā anomadassī. Bhāgyavantatādīhi kāraṇehi bhagavā lokassa jeṭṭhaseṭṭhattā lokajeṭṭho usabho nisabho āsabhoti tayo gavajeṭṭhakā. Tattha gavasatajeṭṭhako usabho, gavasahassajeṭṭhako nisabho, gavasatasahassajeṭṭhako āsabho, narānaṃ āsabho narāsabho paṭividdhasabbadhammo, sambuddho vivekakāmo ekībhāvaṃ icchanto himavantaṃ himālayapabbataṃ upāgamīti sambandho.
209 “深入雪山”是指靠近雪山、进入雪山里面。其余内容的意思一看就明白。巴利
209.Ajjhogāhetvā himavantanti himavantasamīpaṃ ogāhetvā pavisitvāti attho. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
210-1 他看见那位安坐的世间导师,就像一朵燃烧着、光焰炽盛的蓝莲花,火祭的祭坛,像熊熊燃烧、光焰炽盛的大火堆,像天空中闪耀的闪电,像一棵盛开的娑罗树王——这是经文的连属关系。巴利
210-1.Jalitaṃ jalamānaṃ indīvarapupphaṃ iva, hutāsanaṃ homassa āsanaṃ, ādittaṃ ābhāyutaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ iva, gagane ākāse jotamānaṃ vijju iva, suṭṭhu phullaṃ sālarājaṃ iva, nisinnaṃ lokanāyakaṃ addasanti sambandho.
213 213. 天中天就是诸天之中的天。我看见了那位天中天之后,就观察他的相,也就是用来辨认三十二大人相的依据。我心里反复推量、思惟:“他到底是佛陀,还是不是佛陀?”有眼者,就是具足五种眼、拥有眼力的胜者。我是因为什么原因才看见他的?这是前后连属的意思。巴利
213. Devānaṃ devo devadevo, taṃ devadevaṃ disvāna tassa lakkhaṇaṃ dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasañjānanakāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Buddho nu kho na vā buddho’’ti upadhārayiṃ vicāresiṃ. Cakkhumaṃ pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumantaṃ jinaṃ kena kāraṇena passāmīti sambandho.
214 在具足最上行持者的最胜脚掌上,能看见千辐轮相。我看见世尊这些相之后,对如来就生起了决定,达到了确定,也就是没有疑惑的意思。其余内容容易理解。巴利
214.Caraṇuttame uttamapādatale sahassārāni cakkalakkhaṇāni dissanti, ahaṃ tassa bhagavato tāni lakkhaṇāni disvā tathāgate niṭṭhaṃ gacchiṃ sanniṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi, nissandeho āsinti attho. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
218 自生者,就是自然而生起的。无量升起,是指无量、无边功德的生起之处;这两个词都是呼语,是在称呼您。意思是:您善能将这个世间、这个有情世间从轮回中救拔出来,使之到达涅槃之地。一切众生来到您的跟前之后,就能渡过疑流,越过疑惑的大瀑流——这是前后文的关联。巴利
218.Sayambhū sayameva bhūtā. Amitodaya amitānaṃ aparimāṇānaṃ guṇānaṃ udaya uṭṭhānaṭṭhāna , idaṃ padadvayaṃ ālapanameva. Imaṃ lokaṃ imaṃ sattalokaṃ saṃ suṭṭhu uddharasi saṃsārato uddharitvā nibbānathalaṃ pāpesīti attho. Te sabbe sattā tava dassanaṃ āgamma āgantvā kaṅkhāsotaṃ vicikicchāmahoghaṃ taranti atikkamantīti sambandho.
219 苦行者赞叹世尊,说了“您是导师”等话。其中,“尊者!您是一切知者,是包括天界在内的世间的导师、老师。以最上的意义来说,您就是‘幢’——崇高;以照亮整个世间的意义来说,您就是‘旗’;因为在三界中高高升起,您就是‘柱’——像竖立起来的柱子一样。对于一切众生,您就是‘归依处’——最上应当趣向的地方;您就是‘依处’——可以安住立足之处。因为您破除世间的愚痴黑暗,您就是‘灯’——像油灯一样。‘两足至尊’就是说,在天、梵、人这些两足众生中,您是最上、最尊胜的。”这是前后关联的意思。巴利
219. Bhagavantaṃ thomento tāpaso tuvaṃ satthātiādimāha. Tattha, bhante, sabbaññu tuvaṃ sadevakassa lokassa satthā ācariyo uttamaṭṭhena tvameva ketu ucco, sakalaloke pakāsanaṭṭhena tvameva dhajo, lokattaye uggatattā tvameva yūpo ussāpitathambhasadiso, pāṇinaṃ sabbasattānaṃ tvameva parāyaṇo uttamagamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ tvameva patiṭṭhā patiṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ lokassa mohandhakāravidhamanato tvameva dīpo telapadīpo viya, dvipaduttamo dvipadānaṃ devabrahmamanussānaṃ uttamo seṭṭhoti sambandho.
220 220. 接着,他又以“能在海中量水”等话再次赞叹世尊。其中意思是:尊者,在深达八万四千由旬的大海里,海水或许还能用斗来计量、测量;可是尊者,一切知者,您的智慧却无法用“有这么多”来计量、测量。巴利
220. Puna bhagavantaṃyeva thomento sakkā samudde udakantiādimāha. Tattha caturāsītiyojanasahassagambhīre samudde udakaṃ āḷhakena pametuṃ minituṃ sakkā bhaveyya, bhante, sabbaññu tava ñāṇaṃ ‘‘ettakaṃ pamāṇa’’nti pametave minituṃ na tveva sakkāti attho.
221 尊者,把大地放在秤盘和秤架里,能够称得住;可是,一切知者,您的智慧却无法这样称得住。这就是这段话的关联。巴利
221.Tulamaṇḍale tulapañjare ṭhapetvā pathaviṃ medaniṃ dhāretuṃ sakkā, bhante, sabbaññu tava ñāṇaṃ dhāretuṃ na tu eva sakkāti sambandho.
222 尊者,全知者,就算用绳子或手指去测量整个虚空,也许还做得到;但您的智慧,那智慧的虚空,却根本无法这样去测量。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
222. Bhante, sabbaññu ākāso sakalantalikkhaṃ rajjuyā vā aṅgulena vā minituṃ sakkā bhaveyya, tava pana ñāṇaṃ ñāṇākāsaṃ na tu eva pametave minituṃ sakkāti attho.
223 在大海中,水有八万四千由旬深,海洋里所有的水,以及厚达二十四万由旬的大地,所有的土,就算把这些拿来和佛陀的智慧比较、衡量,想让它们相等,也是没法比的。用譬喻来说,这个譬喻根本对不上。智慧本身还要更殊胜——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
223.Mahāsamudde udakanti caturāsītiyojanasahassagambhīre sāgare akhilaṃ udakañca, catunahutādhikadviyojanasatasahassabahalaṃ akhilaṃ pathaviñca jahe jaheyya atikkameyya samaṃ kareyya buddhassa ñāṇaṃ upādāya gahetvā tuleyya samaṃ kareyya. Upamāto upamāvasena na yujjare na yojeyyuṃ. Ñāṇameva adhikanti attho.
224 “有眼者”是用五种眼来说具足五眼的人,这是称呼语。“与诸天共住的世间”是依处格义而作属格,指与天众一同存在的世间。在连同诸天的世间中,无论有多少众生、是哪些众生的心在活动,这所有有心的众生都进入你的智网之中,即已进入智网之内,这是前后关联。意思是:你以智网看见一切众生。巴利
224.Cakkhuma pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumanta, ālapanametaṃ. Saha devehi pavattassa lokassa, bhummatthe sāmivacanaṃ. Sadevake lokasmiṃ antare yesaṃ yattakānaṃ sattānaṃ cittaṃ pavattati. Ete tattakā sacittakā sattā tava ñāṇamhi antojālagatā ñāṇajālasmiṃ anto paviṭṭhāti sambandho, ñāṇajālena sabbasatte passasīti attho.
225 尊者,您是了知一切法的一切知者。您以与四道相应的智慧,证得了圆满殊胜的菩提涅槃,成为证悟者。您正是以这种智慧,摧伏并战胜了外道和异教徒。这就是本段的意思。巴利
225. Bhante , sabbaññu sabbadhammajānanaka, tvaṃ yena ñāṇena catumaggasampayuttena sakalaṃ uttamaṃ bodhiṃ nibbānaṃ patto adhigato asi bhavasi, tena ñāṇena paratitthiye aññatitthiye maddasī abhibhavasīti sambandho.
226 226. 结集法的长老们为了说明那位苦行者赞叹的方式,说了“以这些偈颂赞叹之后”这样的话。其中,“这些偈颂”是指:用这些偈颂作了赞叹、完成了赞叹之后。就名字而言,那位苦行者名叫苏卢支,但在其他注疏中(《增支部注》1.1.189-190;《法句经注》1.舍利弗长老的故事),他又以“萨拉达青年”的名字出现。按照注疏的传统,应以经文本身的读法为准。或者也可以这样解释:因为他有美好的喜好和意向,以涅槃为归宿,所以叫苏卢支;因为他常念于调伏诸根、持续精进,所以叫萨拉达。这样,两个都是他的名字。那位苏卢支苦行者铺开羚羊皮,坐在地上,避开了太近等六种坐姿的过失,萨拉达就这样坐下。这就是其含义。巴利
226. Tena tāpasena thomitākāraṃ pakāsentā dhammasaṅgāhakā therā imā gāthā thavitvānāti āhaṃsu. Tattha imā gāthāti ettakāhi gāthāhi thavitvāna thomanaṃ katvāna nāmena suruci nāma tāpaso sesaṭṭhakathāsu (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.189-190; dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.sāriputtattheravatthu) pana ‘‘saradamāṇavo’’ti āgato. So aṭṭhakathānayato pāṭhoyeva pamāṇaṃ, atha vā sundarā ruci ajjhāsayo nibbānālayo assāti suruci. Sarati gacchati indriyadamanāya pavattatīti sarado, iti dvayampi tasseva nāmaṃ. So surucitāpaso ajinacammaṃ pattharitvāna pathaviyaṃ nisīdi, accāsannādayo cha nisajjadose vajjetvā sarado nisīdīti attho.
227 227. 在这里,坐在那里的苦行者赞叹那位世尊的智慧,说了“八万四千”等话。其中,“八万四千”就是八万四千。“山王”就是须弥山王。“沉入大海”是指在广阔的大海中沉入、没入、进入。就在那时,同样数量的八万四千由旬高耸而出、极其高出——现在正在宣说。这就是它们之间的关联。巴利
227. Tattha nisinno tāpaso tassa bhagavato ñāṇameva thomento cullāsītisahassānītiādimāha . Tattha cullāsītisahassānīti caturāsītisahassāni, girirājā merupabbatarājā, mahaṇṇave sāgare ajjhogāḷho adhiogāḷho paviṭṭho, tāvadeva tattakāni caturāsītisahassāni accuggato atiuggato idāni pavuccatīti sambandho.
228 须弥山王高耸,又极其高峻。这座大须弥山,长、高、宽都是如此巨大。若把它按百千俱胝的数目来算,再碾碎成粉末,磨成细尘。巴利
228.Tāva accuggato tathā atiuggato neru, so mahāneru āyato uccato ca vitthārato ca evaṃ mahanto nerurājā koṭisatasahassiyo saṅkhāṇubhedena cuṇṇito cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ kato asi.
229 尊者,如果把您的智慧放在一个标尺上衡量,再把须弥山王的微尘一粒一粒放上去,每一粒代表一百、一千或者十万,那么这些微尘全都用尽了,您的智慧也还是无法测量、无法计算。这就是这段话的关联。巴利
229. Bhante, sabbaññu tava ñāṇaṃ lakkhe ṭhapiyamānamhi ñāṇe sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā satasahassaṃ vā ekekaṃ binduṃ katvā ṭhapite tadeva mahānerussa cuṇṇaṃ khayaṃ gaccheyya, tava ñāṇaṃ pametave pamāṇaṃ kātuṃ eva na sakkāti sambandho.
230 如果有人用一张网眼极细的网,把整个大海的水从四面八方团团围住,就像围上一圈围栏一样,那么这样围住之后,凡是水中出生的众生,就全都落进网里了。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
230.Sukhumacchikena sukhumacchiddena jālena yo sakalamahāsamudde udakaṃ parikkhipe samantato parikkhaṃ kareyya, evaṃ parikkhite ye keci pāṇā udake jātā sabbe te antojālagatā siyuṃ bhaveyyunti attho.
231 231. 为了说明那个譬喻,他接着说了“同样地确实……”等话。其中,就像水生的众生被困在网里一样,同样地,大雄啊,你为了证得大菩提而精进努力。而凡是那众多外道——那些邪见的外道师,一头扎进见的稠林,进入名为“见”的密林,被那种以从自身本性与从他方执取为特相的邪见所迷惑、所蒙蔽。巴利
231. Tamupameyyaṃ dassento tatheva hītiādimāha. Tattha yathā udajā pāṇā antojālagatā honti, tatheva mahāvīra mahābodhiadhigamāya vīriyakara. Ye keci puthu anekā titthiyā micchā titthakarā diṭṭhigahanapakkhandā diṭṭhisaṅkhātagahanaṃ paviṭṭhā parāmāsena sabhāvato parato āmasanalakkhaṇāya diṭṭhiyā mohitā pihitā santi.
232 你以清净无烦恼的智,无碍地照见一切法,以见一切法无障碍的特质,所有这些外道都落入网中,或者被收进智网——句义就是这样连接的。“Ñāṇaṃ te nātivattare”的意思是:那些外道无法超越你的智。巴利
232. Tava suddhena nikkilesena ñāṇena anāvaraṇadassinā sabbadhammānaṃ āvaraṇarahitadassanasīlena ete sabbe titthiyā antojālagatā ñāṇajālassanto pavesitā vā tathevāti sambandho. Ñāṇaṃ te nātivattareti tava ñāṇaṃ te titthiyā nātikkamantīti attho.
233 那位苦行者说完这些赞叹之后,为了显示世尊开始为自己授记,便说了“那时,世尊……”等话。其中,“那时”指的是那位苦行者赞叹世尊的时候;就在赞叹结束的那一刻,具足无量眷属、名声广大的无比见佛世尊,因为战胜了烦恼魔等,所以称为“胜者”。他从安止定中出定,以天眼遍观整个赡部洲——这就是句义的连接。巴利
233. Evaṃ vuttathomanāvasāne bhagavato attano byākaraṇārabbhaṃ dassetuṃ bhagavā tamhi samayetiādimāha. Tattha yasmiṃ samaye tāpaso bhagavantaṃ thomesi, tasmiṃ thomanāya pariyosānakāle saṅkhyātikkantaparivāratāya mahāyaso anomadassī bhagavā kilesamārādīnaṃ jitattā jino. Samādhimhā appitasamādhito vuṭṭhahitvā sakalajambudīpaṃ dibbacakkhunā olokesīti sambandho.
234-5 名叫最胜的弟子,是那位无比见佛世尊、牟尼的声闻弟子。世尊具足以寂默为名的智慧。这位最胜弟子为十万位漏尽者所围绕,这些漏尽者内心寂静,因烦恼止息而心安意静,是如是者,对可喜和不可喜的境界都不动摇,是如是者,具足六神通,是如是者,不被八种世间法所动摇,身业等清净无染。他了知佛陀的心念后,便来到世间导师面前,当下就靠近了。这就是句义的连接。巴利
234-5. Tassa anomadassissa bhagavato munino monasaṅkhātena ñāṇena samannāgatassa nisabho nāma sāvako santacittehi vūpasantakilesamānasehi tādīhi iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu akampiyasabhāvattā, tādibhi khīṇāsavehi suddhehi parisuddhakāyakammādiyuttehi chaḷabhiññehi tādīhi aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi akampanasabhāvehi satasahassehi parivuto buddhassa cittaṃ, aññāya jānitvā lokanāyakaṃ upesi, tāvadeva samīpaṃ agamāsīti sambandho.
236 他们这样来到之后,就停在世尊附近的虚空中,右绕世尊。然后他们全都合掌,恭敬礼拜,从虚空降落到世尊身边。这就是句义的关联。巴利
236. Te tathā āgatā samānā tattha bhagavato samīpe. Antalikkhe ākāse ṭhitā bhagavantaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ akaṃsu. Te sabbe pañjalikā namassamānā ākāsato buddhassa santike otaruṃ orohiṃsūti sambandho.
237 237. 接着,为了说明授记之前的前行因缘,经文说“世尊展露微笑”等语。这一切本身含义浅显易懂。巴利
237. Puna byākaraṇadānassa pubbabhāgakāraṇaṃ pakāsento sitaṃ pātukarītiādimāha. Taṃ sabbaṃ uttānatthameva.
241 那位以花称赞我的苦行者,他使我心悦意,用许多花来供养我,又再三地称赞、赞叹我的智慧。我要宣扬这位苦行者,让他为人所知。当我宣说的时候,你们要听我的话,把它听进耳里,放在心上。巴利
241.Yo maṃ pupphenāti yo tāpaso mayi cittaṃ pasādetvā anekapupphena maṃ pūjesi, ñāṇañca me anu punappunaṃ thavi thomesi, tamahanti taṃ tāpasaṃ ahaṃ kittayissāmi pākaṭaṃ karissāmi, mama bhāsato bhāsantassa vacanaṃ suṇotha savanavisayaṃ karotha manasi karotha.
250 世尊在给予授记时说:“在最后有中获得成就。”其中,“在最后有中”指当最终终结之有已至时;“获得成就”指他将获得人的身份,即出生在人间。那位名叫“殊胜”的婆罗门女,因为在容貌、财富、年龄、种姓、受用、福德等各方面都具足精华,所以称为“殊胜”,她将用子宫孕育他。巴利
250.Pacchimebhavasampatteti byākaraṇaṃ dadamāno bhagavā āha. Tattha pacchime pariyosānabhūte bhave sampatte sati. Manussattaṃ manussajātiṃ gamissati, manussaloke uppajjissatīti attho. Rūpasāradhanasāravayasārakulasārabhogasārapuññasārādīhi sārehi sāravantatāya sārī nāma brāhmaṇī kucchinā dhārayissati.
253 从不可计量的劫以来,就开始为授记作根本的铺垫。在这里,两位上首弟子各自圆满了波罗蜜,所用的时间是一个不可数劫再加十万劫。不过要知道,这是为了偈颂组合上的方便,才依据“中间劫”的说法这样讲的。巴利
253. Byākaraṇamūlamārabhi aparimeyye ito kappeti. Ettha dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ kappasatasahassañca pāramī pūritā, tathāpi gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ antarakappāni upādāya evaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
254 世尊授记说:“他名叫舍利弗,将来会成为上首弟子。”作了授记之后,为了称赞他,世尊说了“这条跋吉罗提河……”等话。在恒河、耶牟那河、萨罗浮河、摩希河、阿致罗筏底河这五条河当中,这条跋吉罗提河是第一大恒河,它从雪山流出,以雪山为发源地,以阿耨达池为源头,最终汇入大海、融入巨大的水体。就像这条河最终流入大海、抵达大海一样,这位舍利弗对自己的家世传承——三部吠陀——同样通达无碍,智慧没有障碍,智慧广大周遍。他在智慧上到达了彼岸,达到了自己作为声闻弟子的智慧的顶点,将以法味让一切众生满足、欢喜,使他们获得饱足。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
254. ‘‘Sāriputtoti nāmena, hessati aggasāvako’’ti byākaraṇamadāsi, byākaraṇaṃ datvā taṃ thomento so bhagavā ayaṃ bhāgīrathītiādimāha. Gaṅgā, yamunā, sarabhū, mahī, aciravatīti imāsaṃ pañcannaṃ gaṅgānaṃ antare ayaṃ bhāgīrathī nāma paṭhamamahāgaṅgā himavantā pabhāvitā himavantato āgatā anotattadahato pabhavā, mahodadhiṃ mahāudakakkhandhaṃ appayanti pāpuṇanti, mahāsamuddaṃ mahāsāgaraṃ appeti upagacchati yathā, tathā eva ayaṃ sāriputto sake tīsu visārado attano kule pavattamānesu tīsu vedesu visārado apakkhalitañāṇo patthaṭañāṇo. Paññāya pāramiṃ gantvā attano sāvakañāṇassa pariyosānaṃ gantvā, pāṇine sabbasatte tappayissati santappessati suhittabhāvaṃ karissatīti attho.
257 以雪山为起点,直到大海洋、那汇聚大量水的海为终点,在这两者之间——也就是这山与海二者之间的那片沙洲上,所有沙粒的数量,若真要计算,是无法计数的,已经超出了算数的范围。巴利
257.Himavantamupādāyāti himālayapabbataṃ ādiṃ katvā mahodadhiṃ mahāsamuddaṃ udakabhāraṃ sāgaraṃ pariyosānaṃ katvā etthantare etesaṃ dvinnaṃ pabbatasāgarānaṃ majjhe yaṃ pulinaṃ yattakā vālukarāsi atthi, gaṇanāto gaṇanavasena asaṅkhiyaṃ saṅkhyātikkantaṃ .
258 那沙洲也能无余地计算:意思是,就连那片沙洲也能毫无剩余地数清、算出来,这样的计算或许能够成立;但舍利弗的智慧,绝不会有尽头和终点——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
258.Tampi sakkā asesenāti taṃ pulinampi nisesena saṅkhātuṃ sakkā sakkuṇeyya bhaveyya, sā gaṇanā yathā hotīti sambandho. Tathā sāriputtassa paññāya anto pariyosānaṃ na tveva bhavissatīti attho.
259 当智被安立在相上、安立在智相上、安立在智的某一个部分上时,恒河沙就会灭尽、走向彻底耗尽——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
259.Lakkhe…pe…bhavissatīti lakkhe ñāṇalakkhe ñāṇassa ekasmiṃ kale ṭhapiyamānamhi ṭhapite sati gaṅgāya vālukā khīye parikkhayaṃ gaccheyyāti attho.
260 就像在深达八万四千由旬的四大海洋里,波浪、浪涌等种种波涛,按数量来算都是无量、无法计算的;同样,舍利弗的智慧也不会有边际、不会有终点——这就是这段话的关联。巴利
260.Mahāsamuddeti caturāsītiyojanasahassagambhīre catumahāsāgare ūmiyo gāvutādibhedā taraṅgarāsayo gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā saṅkhyāvirahitā yathā honti, tatheva sāriputtassa paññāya anto pariyosānaṃ na hessati na bhavissatīti sambandho.
261 具足如此智慧的舍利弗,因为世尊属于乔达摩族姓,就承事那位乔达摩——释迦族中的长者、释迦族的牛王、正自觉者,令其心生欢喜。他通过正行、奉行、戒律、威仪等让世尊的心欢悦之后,以智慧到达了声闻智的彼岸与终极,将成为那位世尊的上首弟子——这就是其中的关联。巴利
261. So evaṃ paññavā sāriputto gotamagottattā gotamaṃ sakyakule jeṭṭhakaṃ sakyapuṅgavaṃ sambuddhaṃ ārādhayitvā vattapaṭipattisīlācārādīhi cittārādhanaṃ katvā paññāya sāvakañāṇassa pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gantvā tassa bhagavato aggasāvako hessatīti sambandho.
262 他这样证得上首弟子的地位之后,将会随顺并护持那位释迦族之子——世尊——在可意与不可意之境中皆以不动摇的本性所转起、所显明的法轮与正法,使之不坏灭而住持下去。他将降下法雨,也就是被称为“法开示”的雨,不断降下、宣说、开示、揭示、分别、阐明。意思是:他将使法轮持续转动。巴利
262. So evaṃ aggasāvakaṭṭhānaṃ patto sakyaputtena bhagavatā iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu akampiyasabhāvena pavattitaṃ pākaṭaṃ kataṃ dhammacakkaṃ saddhammaṃ anuvattessati avinassamānaṃ dhāressati. Dhammavuṭṭhiyo dhammadesanāsaṅkhātā vuṭṭhiyo vassento desento pakāsento vivaranto vibhajanto uttānīkaronto pavattissatīti attho.
263 乔达摩是释迦族的牛王、世尊。他以殊胜的智慧遍知这一切、了知这一切之后,将在比丘僧团中、在圣众之间坐下,并把他安立在最尊贵的位置上——那于一切智慧等功德聚中令人悦乐的高位。这就是其中的关联。巴利
263. Gotamo sakyapuṅgavo bhagavā etaṃ sabbaṃ abhiññāya visesena ñāṇena jānitvā bhikkhusaṅghe ariyapuggalamajjhe nisīditvā aggaṭṭhāne sakalapaññādiguṇagaṇābhirame uccaṭṭhāne ṭhapessatīti sambandho.
264 264. 他这样得到授记之后,生起欢喜,借着喜与悦的力量发出感叹,说出“啊,我的业善作啊”等话。其中,“啊”是表示惊叹的叹词。对于无上见者世尊——也就是导师、尊长——以信心去做、做得极好的业,也就是福德的部分,说“啊”是惊叹,意思是具有不可思议的威力。我对那位世尊恭敬承事,积累福德资粮,在一切方面都达到了圆满功德聚的究竟、终点、最高顶点——对这样的世尊,“啊”是惊叹,这就是其中的关联。巴利
264. Evaṃ so laddhabyākaraṇo somanassappatto pītisomanassavasena udānaṃ udānento aho me sukataṃ kammantiādimāha. Tattha ahoti vimhayatthe nipāto. Anomadassissa bhagavato satthuno garuno sukataṃ suṭṭhu kataṃ saddahitvā kataṃ kammaṃ puññakoṭṭhāsaṃ aho vimhayaṃ acinteyyānubhāvanti attho. Yassa bhagavato ahaṃ kāraṃ puññasambhāraṃ katvā sabbattha sakalaguṇagaṇe pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gato paramaṃ koṭiṃ sampatto, so bhagavā aho vimhayoti sambandho.
265 “不可计量”是指在超越计算所能及的久远时间里所造的善业,在我如今这最后一生中,把它的果报和异熟显示了出来。“善解脱”:就像善射者射出的箭飞速而去一样,我依靠那份福德之果,烧尽了烦恼,也把烦恼烧灭了——这就是其中的意思。巴利
265.Aparimeyyeti saṅkhyātikkantakālasmiṃ kataṃ kusalakammaṃ, me mayhaṃ idha imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve phalaṃ vipākaṃ dassesi. Sumutto suṭṭhu vimutto chekena dhanuggahena khitto saravego iva ahaṃ tena puññaphalena kilese jhāpayiṃ jhāpesinti attho.
266 266. 他为了显示自己的精进,说了“无为”等话。其中,“无为”就是非有为,不是由各种因缘和合而造作出来的,这就是它的意思。他遍寻、寻觅那无为的涅槃:它因为没有烦恼的污秽而称为不动,是已积集资粮者的依止处。他在一切外道、一切外道师以及执持邪见的个人当中,一一辨别、反复考察,这些人说“我就是这样,我就是这样”,同时仍然在欲有等诸有中流转、轮回。这就是其中的关联。巴利
266. Attano eva vīriyaṃ pakāsento asaṅkhatantiādimāha. Tattha asaṅkhatanti na saṅkhataṃ, paccayehi samāgamma na katanti attho. Taṃ asaṅkhataṃ nibbānaṃ kilesakālussiyābhāvena acalaṃ katasambhārānaṃ patiṭṭhaṭṭhena padaṃ gavesanto pariyesanto sabbe titthiye sakale titthakare diṭṭhuppādake puggale vicinaṃ upaparikkhanto esāhaṃ eso ahaṃ bhave kāmabhavādike bhave saṃsariṃ paribbhaminti sambandho.
267-8 舍利弗尊者为了阐明自己的心意,说了“犹如病人……”等话。其中,“病人”是指被疾病折磨的人,他会去寻找药物。同样,我为了寻求无为、不死的境地——涅槃,在五百生、五百个身体中,不间断、不相离、无间隔地出家,修习仙人出家之道。这就是其中的关联。巴利
267-8. Attano adhippāyaṃ pakāsento yathāpi byādhito posotiādimāha. Tattha byādhitoti byādhinā pīḷito poso puriso osadhaṃ pariyeseyya yathā, tathā ahaṃ asaṅkhataṃ amataṃ padaṃ nibbānaṃ gavesanto abbokiṇṇaṃ avicchinnaṃ nirantaraṃ, pañcasataṃ jātipañcasatesu attabhāvesu isipabbajjaṃ pabbajinti sambandho.
271 我在低劣的邪见之道上四处游荡。巴利
271.Kutitthe sañcariṃ ahanti lāmake titthe gamanamagge ahaṃ sañcariṃ.
272 有个想要心材的人,也就是一个寻求心材的男子。他砍下芭蕉树后把它剖开,也就是把芭蕉树干砍下后劈成两半。他在那里找不到心材,也就是剖开之后,他在那芭蕉树干里找不到、也得不到心材,于是这个男子在心材方面就是空无、虚无的——这就是其中的关联。巴利
272.Sāratthiko poso sāragavesī puriso. Kadaliṃ chetvāna phālayeti kadalikkhandhaṃ chetvā dvedhā phāleyya. Na tattha sāraṃ vindeyyāti phāletvā ca pana tattha kadalikkhandhe sāraṃ na vindeyya na labheyya, so puriso sārena rittako tucchoti sambandho.
273 就像芭蕉树干没有心材,空洞无实;同样,世间那些执持种种邪见的外道众人,没有无为的涅槃,空洞无实——这就是其中的关联。“Seti”只是一个虚词而已。巴利
273. Yathā kadalikkhandho sārena ritto tuccho, tatheva tathā eva loke titthiyā nānādiṭṭhigatikā bahujjanā asaṅkhatena nibbānena rittā tucchāti sambandho. Seti nipātamattaṃ.
274 在最后一生、最后一次投生中,我出生在婆罗门家庭,是婆罗门的友人——这是这句话的意思。“舍弃了大财富”:像吐掉一团痰液那样,抛弃了庞大的财产积聚;我出家了,也就是远离耕种、经商等种种俗业的苦行者出家生活——这是这句话的意思。巴利
274.Pacchimabhave pariyosānajātiyaṃ brahmabandhu brāhmaṇakule jāto ahaṃ ahosinti attho. Mahābhogaṃ chaḍḍetvānāti mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ kheḷapiṇḍaṃ iva chaḍḍetvā, anagāriyaṃ kasivāṇijjādikammavirahitaṃ tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajiṃ paṭipajjinti attho.
275-7 能诵习吠陀的人……直到“牟尼在寂默中得定”这一段:“寂默”指的是智慧,具足这种寂默的人就是牟尼;心正确地安立在、安置在、定止于那个寂默中,这就是这句话的意思。不造被称为罪过的恶,所以叫“龙象”,这里指阿说示长老;意思是说,那位大龙象就像一朵完全绽放、盛开的莲花一样光彩照耀。巴利
275-7.Ajjhāyako…pe… muniṃ mone samāhitanti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ, tena monena samannāgato muni, tasmiṃ mone sammā āhitaṃ ṭhapitaṃ samāhitaṃ cittanti attho. Āgusaṅkhātaṃ pāpaṃ na karotīti nāgo, assajitthero, taṃ mahānāgaṃ suṭṭhu phullaṃ vikasitapadumaṃ yathā virocamānanti attho.
278-281 看见我……为了询问不死之道:这个意思本身就很清楚。巴利
278-281.Disvā me…pe…pucchituṃ amataṃ padanti uttānatthameva.
282 “在街道之间”是指已经进入街道中间、到达、来到那位长老跟前,走近他身边,然后我问——这是文句之间的关联。巴利
282.Vīthintareti vīthiantare anuppattaṃ sampattaṃ upagataṃ taṃ theraṃ upagantvāna samīpaṃ gantvā ahaṃ pucchinti sambandho.
284 大雄啊,你的教法是什么样的?在一切人天教法中,在诸位阿拉汉当中,他最先转法轮,证得阿拉汉果,因此称为大雄;又因为与他一同出生的眷属众多,名声广大。你的佛陀——这位大雄——的教法,也就是所说的法和法开示,究竟是什么样的?这是这里的关联。意思是:善面者啊,请你为我说说那善妙吉祥的教法吧!巴利
284.Kīdisaṃ te mahāvīrāti sakaladhitipurisasāsane arahantānamantare paṭhamaṃ dhammacakkapavattane, arahattappattamahāvīra, anujātaparivārabahulatāya mahāyasa te tava buddhassa kīdisaṃ sāsanaṃ dhammaṃ dhammadesanāsaṅkhātaṃ sāsananti sambandho. So bhadramukha, me mayhaṃ sādhu bhaddakaṃ sāsanaṃ kathayassu kathehīti attho.
285 285. 接着,为了说明当时他是怎么说的,就说了“他受我所问”等话。其中,“他”指阿说示长老;我曾问他“教法是什么样的”,他便把全部教法都讲了出来。全部教法,因为导师本身甚深而甚深,因为所开示的法与所证悟的真理甚深而甚深;又因为阐明究竟谛等方式而显得微细。这法就是涅槃,它能摧毁渴爱之箭,能灭尽、舍弃一切轮回之苦。这是这里的关联。巴利
285. Tato kathitākāraṃ dassento so me puṭṭhotiādimāha. Tattha soti assajitthero, me mayā puṭṭho ‘‘sāsanaṃ kīdisa’’nti kathito sabbaṃ kathaṃ kathesi. Sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ satthagambhīratāya gambhīraṃ desanādhammapaṭivedhagambhīratāya gambhīraṃ paramatthasaccavibhāvitādivasena nipuṇaṃ padaṃ nibbānaṃ taṇhāsallassa hantāraṃ vināsakaraṃ sabbassa saṃsāradukkhassa apanudanaṃ khepanakaraṃ dhammanti sambandho.
286 286. 接着,为了说明他所讲说的方式,说了“诸法”等。“从因而生”:是从因、从原因而生起,已生、已存在、已产生、已发生、已出现;凡是这些有因有缘、依自性而存在的法,它们是存在的、可得的、可被了知的——这是这里的关联。对于这些法,它们的因、它们的原因,如来已经说明、开示了。“以及它们的灭”:指那些因缘所生法的灭尽,也就是它们灭尽的本质。如此宣说的人便是“大沙门”。由于戒、定、慧等功德环绕而极其广大,也由于已经止息诸恶、摧毁诸恶,世尊称为大沙门;他这样教导,常开示因的止息等,是宣说者——这是意思。巴利
286. Tena kathitākāraṃ dassento ye dhammātiādimāha. Hetuppabhavā hetuto kāraṇato uppannā jātā bhūtā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā, ye dhammā ye sappaccayā sabhāvadhammā santi saṃvijjanti upalabhantīti sambandho. Tesaṃ dhammānaṃ hetuṃ kāraṇaṃ tathāgato āha kathesi. Tesañca yo nirodhoti tesaṃ hetudhammānaṃ yo nirodho nirujjhanasabhāvo, evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇoti sīlasamādhipaññādiguṇaparivāramahantatāya samitapāpattā viddhaṃsitapāpattā ca mahāsamaṇo bhagavā evaṃvādī hetuvūpasamanādivadanasīlo kathetāti attho.
287 287. 听完上面所说的法之后,为了显示自己亲证的方式,他说了“那是我”等话。这段话的意思很浅显易懂。巴利
287. Tato vuttadhammaṃ sutvā attanā paccakkhakatappakāraṃ dassento sohantiādimāha. Taṃ uttānameva.
289 正是这个法,就在当下这一刻。即使除此之外再没有别的,仅仅这样,就已经足以证得入流果了。同样地,这个法就是如此,这就是它的含义。你们已经亲自通达、亲证了无忧的境界,也就是涅槃。而我们呢,这个境界在无数百千劫里都未曾见过,就这样一直错过了。巴利
289.Eseva dhammo yaditāvadevāti sacepi ito uttariṃ natthi, ettakameva idaṃ sotāpattiphalameva pattabbaṃ. Tathā eso eva dhammoti attho. Paccabyatha paṭividdhatha tumhe asokaṃ padaṃ nibbānaṃ. Amhehi nāma idaṃ padaṃ bahukehi kappanahutehi adiṭṭhameva abbhatītaṃ.
290 “我为了寻法而四处奔走”这句话的意思是:我为了寻求法、寻求寂静的涅槃之境,曾游荡、徘徊于种种邪僻之处、卑劣之处、应受谴责之处。那我所应求取的目标,我已经达到、已经获得。如今,正是我不放逸、以不放逸而住的时候。巴利
290.Yvāhaṃdhammaṃ gavesantoti yo ahaṃ dhammaṃ santipadaṃ gavesanto pariyesanto kutitthe kucchitatitthe ninditabbatitthe sañcariṃ paribbhaminti attho. So me attho anuppattoti so pariyesitabbo attho mayā anuppatto sampatto, idāni pana me mayhaṃ nappamajjituṃ appamādena bhavituṃ kāloti attho.
291 阿说示长老让我满心欢喜,我生起喜悦,证得不动、不摇的涅槃境界后,为了寻找朋友果利答青年,便前往净修林。巴利
291. Ahaṃ assajinā therena tosito katasomanasso, acalaṃ niccalaṃ nibbānapadaṃ, patvāna pāpuṇitvā sahāyakaṃ kolitamāṇavaṃ gavesanto pariyesanto assamapadaṃ agamāsinti attho.
292 他从净修林那边远远看见我走过来,我那位受过良好训练的朋友,行住坐卧都具足威仪,便说了上面这段话。巴利
292.Dūratova mamaṃ disvāti assamapadato dūratova āgacchantaṃ mamaṃ disvā susikkhito me mama sahāyo ṭhānanisajjādiiriyāpathehi sampanno samaṅgībhūto idaṃ upari vuccamānavacanaṃ abravi kathesīti attho.
293 朋友,你的脸和眼睛都很清净,透着明亮的光彩,你拥有清净、美好、闪亮的面容和眼睛。你看起来就像一位牟尼。如此这般的你,已经证得不死,证得了不死之境——涅槃。我想问你:你是否已经证得了那个不变易的涅槃境地?此即其义。巴利
293. Bho sahāya, pasannamukhanettāsi pasannehi sobhanehi daddallamānehi mukhanettehi samannāgato asi. Munibhāvo iva te dissati paññāyati. Itthambhūto tvaṃ amatādhigato amataṃ nibbānaṃ adhigato asi, kacci accutaṃ nibbānapadaṃ adhigato adhigacchīti pucchāmīti attho.
294 你以与清净之色相应的样子而来,带着清净、明净的容色前来。就像被刺棒等调伏得不动摇的大象——如同经过三个月善加训练、已调伏的象,婆罗门,你已断除诸恶,已调伏、已善学,在涅槃之境中寂静安住。他这样问道。巴利
294.Subhānurūpoāyāsīti subhassa pasannavaṇṇassa anurūpo hutvā āyāsi āgacchasi. Āneñjakārito viyāti tomarādīhi kārito āneñjo hatthī viya dantova tīhi māsehi susikkhito iva bāhitapāpattā, brāhmaṇa dantadamatho sikkhitasikkho nibbānapade upasanto asīti pucchi.
295 他被这样问后,就说了“不死已被我……”等等。这段话的意思很清楚。巴利
295. Tena puṭṭho amataṃ mayātiādimāha. Taṃ uttānatthameva.
299 “思愿未达究竟”的意思是:发愿“愿在未来某位佛陀的教法中成为上首弟子”,这个祈愿还没有达到终点。我曾在那不该走的邪道上四处游荡。乔达摩尊者,世间最上者,因为得以亲见您,我的思愿、我的祈愿已经圆满——通过证得阿拉汉道、达到声闻波罗蜜智而圆满。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
299.Apariyositasaṅkappoti ‘‘anāgate ekassa buddhassa aggasāvako bhaveyya’’nti patthitapatthanāya koṭiṃ appattasaṅkappoti attho. Kutitthe agantabbamagge ahaṃ sañcariṃ paribbhamiṃ. Bhante gotama, lokajeṭṭha tava dassanaṃ āgamma patvā, mama saṅkappo mayhaṃ patthanā pūrito arahattamaggādhigamena sāvakapāramīñāṇassa pāpuṇanena paripuṇṇoti adhippāyo.
300 生长在大地上:意思是,它们在大地上出生,到了冬季就开花、绽放,散发出天界的香气,极其芬芳,四处飘散、弥漫,让一切众生、所有天人和人都感到喜悦,心生欢愉。巴利
300.Pathaviyaṃpatiṭṭhāyāti pathaviyaṃ nibbattā samaye hemantakāle pupphanti vikasanti, dibbagandhā sugandhā suṭṭhu pavanti pavāyanti, sabbapāṇinaṃ sabbe devamanusse tosenti somanassayutte karonti yathā.
301 同样地,大雄啊,我对您这样说:您具足大精进,是出自释迦族、拥有广大眷属的圣者。我安立在您的教法中之后,也正是在寻求、探寻以阿罗汉道智开花、绽放的时机。巴利
301.Tathevāhaṃ mahāvīrāti mahāvīriyavantasakyakulapasutamahāparivāra te tava sāsane patiṭṭhāya ahaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā pupphituṃ arahattamaggañāṇena vikasituṃ samayaṃ kālaṃ esāmi gavesāmi tathevāti sambandho.
302 “解脱花”:因为从一切烦恼中解脱出来,或者能使人解脱,所以叫“解脱”,指的是阿拉汉果的解脱这朵花;他正在寻找、探寻这朵花。而这又是指“从有轮回中解脱”:在欲有等诸有中流转、往来,就是“有轮回”;从那里解脱出来,就是“从有轮回中解脱”。关于“获得解脱花”:“解脱”是指已经积集了资粮的人依靠它而解脱、释放,所以叫解脱,也就是最上的果。“花”:应受调伏的人因为它而绽放,所以叫花。解脱本身就是花,所以叫“解脱花”。获得就叫“得”,解脱花的获得就是“获得解脱花”。他的意思是:通过这样获得解脱花、证得解脱花,我让一切生灵、一切众生都感到满足,使他们生起欢喜。巴利
302.Vimuttipupphanti sabbakilesehi vimuccanato vimocanato vā vimutti arahattaphalavimuttisaṅkhātaṃ pupphaṃ esanto gavesento, tañca kho bhavasaṃsāramocanaṃ kāmabhavādibhavesu saṃsaraṇaṃ gamanaṃ bhavasaṃsāraṃ, tato mocanaṃ bhavasaṃsāramocanaṃ. Vimuttipupphalābhenāti vimuccanaṃ vimuccanti vā katasambhārā etāyāti vimutti, aggaphalaṃ. Pupphanti vikasanti veneyyā etenāti pupphaṃ. Vimutti eva pupphaṃ vimuttipupphaṃ. Labhanaṃ lābho, vimuttipupphassa lābho vimuttipupphalābho. Tena vimuttipupphalābhena adhigamanena sabbapāṇinaṃ sabbasatte tosemi somanassaṃ pāpemīti attho.
303 在“凡于佛土之内”等语句中,“具眼者”指的是具足五种眼的人。宝经等护卫经的威力和神变,在多大范围内起作用,就在那么大的范围内——也就是名为一万亿轮围的佛土之中——除了大牟尼、正自觉者之外,在其余一切众生当中,没有任何别的人能在智慧上与你儿子相等、相似,而那就是我。其余部分意思浅显易懂。巴利
303.‘‘Yāvatābuddhakhettamhī’’tiādīsu cakkhuma pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumanta yattake ṭhāne ratanasuttādīnaṃ parittānaṃ āṇā ānubhāvo pavattati, tattake satasahassakoṭicakkavāḷasaṅkhāte buddhakhette ṭhapetvāna mahāmuniṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ vajjetvā avasesesu sattesu añño koci tava puttassa tuyhaṃ puttena mayā paññāya sadiso samo natthīti sambandho. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
308 已行道者:指具足四道的人、住于阿罗汉果的人,以及有学、具足果位的人——也就是具备下面三种果位的人。这八类圣比丘,都在希求、追寻最高的利益——涅槃,他们始终围绕、亲近、结交、侍奉那位有智慧的人。巴利
308.Paṭipannāti catumaggasamaṅgino ca phalaṭṭhā arahattaphale ṭhitā ca sekhā phalasamaṅgino heṭṭhimehi tīhi phalehi samannāgatā ca ete aṭṭha ariyabhikkhū, uttamatthaṃ nibbānaṃ āsīsakā gavesakā, taṃ paññavantaṃ parivārenti sadā sabbakālaṃ sevanti bhajanti payirupāsantīti attho.
310 他们热衷于修习、增长四种念处——也就是身随观、受随观、心随观、法随观——以及念觉支等七种觉支,这些善巧者全心投入其中。巴利
310. Kāyavedanācittadhammānupassanāsaṅkhātānaṃ catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ kusalā chekā satisambojjhaṅgādīnaṃ sattannaṃ sambojjhaṅgānaṃ bhāvanāyavaḍḍhanāya ratā allīnā.
你像月亮之王,又像群星之王那样光彩照人。巴利
.Uḷurājāva tārakarājā iva ca sobhasi.
315 315. 能承载树木、山岳、宝物、众生等,所以叫“地”。在地上生长、生起、长大的,就是“地生”,也就是树木。它们依靠大地站稳,生长、增长,达到成长和发育;它们达到广大、充盈、圆满,这些树木逐渐显出果实,成为结果实的。巴利
315. Rukkhapabbataratanasattādayo dhāretīti dharaṇī, dharaṇiyaṃ ruhā sañjātā vaḍḍhitā cāti dharaṇīruhā rukkhā. Pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya ruhanti vaḍḍhanti vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ āpajjanti. Vepullataṃ vipulabhāvaṃ paripūrabhāvaṃ pāpuṇanti, te rukkhā kamena phalaṃ dassayanti phaladhārino honti.
317-9 再者,为了赞叹世尊,又说出了“信度河、萨罗私婆蒂河”等语句。其中,所谓信度河等,指的是:恒河、名为萨罗私婆蒂的河、难提耶河、旃陀婆伽河、名为恒河的河、名为耶牟那的河、名为萨罗浮的河、名为摩醯的河。正如大海——大洋,对这些奔流而下的河流,一概接纳、接收、含容。那时,所有这些河流都舍弃了先前“信度河”等旧名、旧称、旧叫法,只以“大海”“海”而为人所知,显扬于世。同样地,正是如此,这四种姓——也就是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗这四类族姓,在你面前、在你身边出家之后,披着染色的袈裟,侍奉于你,他们也舍弃了先前“刹帝利”等的名称、称呼、叫法,只以“佛子”“世尊的亲子”而为人所知,显扬于世。巴利
317-9. Punapi bhagavantameva thomento sindhu sarassatītiādimāha. Tattha sindhuvādi nāma gaṅgā ca sarassatī nāma gaṅgā ca nandiyagaṅgā ca candabhāgāgaṅgā ca gaṅgā nāma gaṅgā ca yamunā nāma gaṅgā ca sarabhū nāma gaṅgā ca mahī nāma gaṅgā ca. Sandamānānaṃ gacchantīnaṃ etāsaṃ gaṅgānaṃ sāgarova samuddo eva sampaṭicchati paṭiggaṇhāti dhāreti. Tadā etā sabbagaṅgā purimaṃ nāmaṃ sindhuvādigaṅgātyādikaṃ purimaṃ nāmapaññattivohāraṃ jahanti chaḍḍenti sāgaroteva sāgaro iti eva ñāyati pākaṭā bhavati yathā. Tatheva tathā eva imecatubbaṇṇā khattiyabrāhmaṇavessasuddasaṅkhātā cattāro kulā tavantike tava antike samīpe pabbajitvā pattakāsāyacīvaradhārino paricarantā purimaṃ nāmaṃ khattiyādināmadheyyaṃ paññattivohāraṃ jahanti cajanti, buddhaputtāti buddhassa orasāti ñāyare pākaṭā bhaveyyuṃ.
320-4 就像月轮——那圆圆的月亮,因为远离了云、雾、尘、烟、罗睺这五种污垢,所以无垢、离垢、纯净;当它在虚空界中、在虚空的怀抱里运行时,以光芒压过所有星群,在世间超胜照耀,光辉夺目。同样地,正是如此,你……(中略)。巴利
320-4.Cando candamaṇḍalo abbhā mahikā rajo dhumo rāhūti pañcahi upakkilesehi virahitattā vimalo vigatamalo nimmalo, ākāsadhātuyā ākāsagabbhe gacchaṃ gacchanto, sabbe tārakasamūhe ābhāya maddamāno loke atirocati daddallati yathā. Tatheva tathā eva tvaṃ…pe….
325-7 就像红莲和白莲在水中出生、在水中长大,数量众多、多得数不清,它们被水、被泥浆和污泥沾染、黏附;同样,世间也有许许多多、无量的众生,在世间出生、在世间成长,被贪和嗔压迫、束缚,不断生长。就像红莲在泥里生长、生起一样。“凯萨利”指的就是莲花。巴利
325-7.Udake jātā udake saṃvaḍḍhā kumudā mandālakā ca bahū saṅkhātikkantā, toyena udakena kaddamakalalena ca upalimpanti allīyanti yathā, tatheva bahukā sattā aparimāṇā sattā loke jātā saṃvaḍḍhā rāgena ca dosena ca aṭṭitā bandhitā virūhare viruhanti. Kaddame kumudaṃ yathā viruhati sañjāyati. Kesarīti padumaṃ.
329-30 在欢喜月,也就是迦提月,因为经上说“在白莲花盛开的迦提月满月日”。水生花,比如莲花等,许多花朵开放、盛开,它们不会超过那个月,也就是不会超过迦提月——这是句中的关联。花开之时,意思是迦提月是花朵开放、盛开的时节。就像那些花盛开一样,你,释迦子,也已经绽放、盛开。你以解脱而绽放:你的弟子们,那些已经积聚资粮的比丘们,以解脱、以阿罗汉果智而绽放、盛开。又或者,就像水生莲花不会超过开花的时节,他们也不会越过你的教法、教诫和教示——这是句中的含义。巴利
329-30.Rammake māseti kattikamāse ‘‘komudiyā cātumāsiniyā’’ti vuttattā. Vārijā padumapupphādayo bahū pupphā pupphanti vikasanti, taṃ māsaṃ taṃ kattikamāsaṃ nātivattanti vārijāti sambandho. Samayo pupphanāya soti so kattikamāso pupphanāya vikasanāya samayo kāloti attho. Yathā pupphanti tatheva tvaṃ, sakyaputta, pupphito vikasito asi. Pupphito te vimuttiyāti te tuyhaṃ sissā katasambhārā bhikkhū vimuttiyā arahattaphalañāṇena pupphito vikasito. Yathā vārijaṃ padumaṃ pupphanasamayaṃ nātikkamati, tathā te sāsanaṃ ovādānusāsaniṃ nātivattanti nātikkamantīti attho.
333-4 就像“岩石之山”是指由岩石构成的雪山。它为一切众生、一切患病的有情提供药草,具足药草,是一切龙、一切阿修罗、一切天神的住处,像房屋一样。同样,大雄啊,你也像药草一样,能让一切众生从老、病、死等中解脱。正如那座雪山是龙等的住处,那些证得三明、六神通和神变究竟、到达终点的人,正是依靠你而安住——这就是句中的关联。这些偈颂的关联方式,无论从下往上还是从上往下,按譬喻和所喻来理解,都很容易明白。巴利
333-4.Yathāpi selo himavāti himavā nāma selamayapabbato. Sabbapāṇinaṃ sabbesaṃ byādhitānaṃ sattānaṃ osadho osadhavanto sabbanāgānaṃ sabbaasurānaṃ sabbadevānañca ālayo agārabhūto yathā, tatheva tvaṃ, mahāvīra, sabbapāṇinaṃ jarābyādhimaraṇādīhi pamocanato osadho viya. Yathā so himavā nāgādīnaṃ ālayo, tathā tevijjāya ca chaḷabhiññāya ca iddhiyā ca pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gatā pattā tuvaṃ nissāya vasantīti sambandho. Heṭṭhā vā upari vā upamāupameyyavasena gāthānaṃ sambandhanayā suviññeyyāva.
342 “了知倾向与随眠”这句话里,“倾向”指的是意乐和习性,“随眠”指的是已经变得强有力的烦恼。意思是说,了知“这个人是贪行者,这个人是嗔行者,这个人是痴行者”等等,也就是了知倾向、随眠以及烦恼的活动方式。“了知诸根的强弱”,就是对信根等五根,了知哪些是利根、哪些是钝根,哪些根器好、哪些根器差,哪些容易教导、哪些难以教导,这样来了知强弱。“了知能与不能之后”,就是认清“这个人有能力证悟我所说的法,这个人没有能力”,亲眼确认之后,尊者,您这位一切知者,就像覆盖四大洲的大云一样,以说法的无畏狮子吼发出雷声,让整个轮围世界变成同一个声音。巴利
342.Āsayānusayaṃ ñatvāti ettha āsayoti ajjhāsayo cariyā, anusayoti thāmagatakileso. ‘‘Ayaṃ rāgacarito, ayaṃ dosacarito, ayaṃ mohacarito’’tiādinā āsayañca anusayaṃ kilesapavattiñca jānitvāti attho. Indriyānaṃ balābalanti saddhindriyādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ tikkhindriyo mudindriyo svākāro dvākāro suviññāpayo duviññāpayoti evaṃ balābalaṃ jānitvā. Bhabbābhabbe viditvānāti ‘‘mayā desitaṃ dhammaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ ayaṃ puggalo bhabbo samattho, ayaṃ puggalo abhabbo’’ti viditvā paccakkhaṃ katvā, bhante, sabbaññu tvaṃ cātuddīpikamahāmegho viya dhammadesanāsīhanādena abhītanādena gajjasi sakalaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ ekaninnādaṃ karosi.
343-4 整个轮围界的内部,四周都坐满了与会大众。他们这样坐着,各自抱着不同的见解,执取种种不同的看法,互相争论,陷入疑惑而诤论不休。为了断除他们的疑惑,为了摧破他们的愚钝,您——牟尼,了知一切众生的心,了知心的运作,善于运用譬喻,精通譬喻与所喻之物,只需解说一个问题,仅凭这一次对问题的解答,就能断除坐满整个轮围界内所有众生的疑惑与犹豫,使他们不再有任何疑念——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
343-4.Cakkavāḷapariyantāti samantā cakkavāḷagabbhaṃ pūretvā parisā nisinnā bhaveyya. Te evaṃ nisinnā nānādiṭṭhī anekadassanagāhino vivadamānā dveḷhakajātā vivadanti, taṃ tesaṃ vimaticchedanāya dubuddhichindanatthāya sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ cittamaññāya cittācāraṃ ñatvā opammakusalo upamāupameyyesu dakkho tvaṃ, muni, ekaṃ pañhaṃ kathentova ekeneva pañhakathanena sakalacakkavāḷagabbhe nisinnānaṃ pāṇīnaṃ vimatiṃ saṃsayaṃ chindasi nikkaṅkhaṃ karotīti attho.
345 345.“像水草一样的人”:这里,浮在水面上、清晰可见的,叫“水草”,也就是青苔一类。和水草相似的,叫“像水草一样的人”,指的是人。就像水草覆盖在水面上,把水遮得看不见,铺展在水上待着;同样,大地也会被这些像水草一样的人填满,他们密密麻麻地站着,人与人之间没有一点空隙。所有这些站满大地的人,都双手合掌举到头顶,在头顶合掌,一起赞叹世间导师,宣说世间导师——佛陀的功德。巴利
345.Upadisasadisehevāti ettha udakassa upari dissanti pākaṭā hontīti upadisā, sevālā. Upadisehi sadisā upadisasadisā, manussā. Yathā hi upadisā sevālā udakaṃ adissamānaṃ katvā tassupari pattharitvā ṭhitā honti, tathā vasudhā pathavī tehi upadisasadisehi eva manussehi nirantaraṃ pattharitvā ṭhitehi pūritā bhaveyya. Te sabbeva pathaviṃ pūretvā ṭhitā manussā pañjalikā sirasi añjaliṃ paggahitā kittayuṃ lokanāyakaṃ lokanāyakassa buddhassa guṇaṃ katheyyuṃ.
346 所有那些天与人,就算用整整一劫、乃至全部劫的时间来赞叹、宣说他的功德,用种种样貌、种种方式去称扬那些功德,他们全都还是无法衡量、无法说尽、无法说清功德到底有多大。如来、正自觉者不可测度,功德超胜,无可限量。这段话就是为了显示功德之大。巴利
346.Te sabbe devamanussā kappaṃ vā sakalaṃ kappaṃ kittayantā guṇaṃ kathentāpi nānāvaṇṇehi nānappakārehi guṇehi kittayuṃ. Tathāpi te sabbe parimetuṃ guṇapamāṇaṃ kathetuṃ na pappeyyuṃ na sampāpuṇeyyuṃ na sakkuṇeyyuṃ. Appameyyo tathāgato sammāsambuddho aparimeyyo guṇātireko. Etena guṇamahantataṃ dīpeti.
347 我依靠自己的力量、自己的本事,以下面这些譬喻和所比喻的内容,称颂、赞叹了这位战胜烦恼的胜者——佛陀,就像他实际所是的那样。同样地,一切天与人,哪怕用一千万劫、十亿劫来称扬赞叹,也会这样赞叹宣说——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
347.Sakena thāmena attano balena heṭṭhā upamāupameyyavasena jino jitakileso buddho mayā kittito thomito yathā ahosi, evameva sabbe devamanussā kappakoṭīpi kappakoṭisatepi kittentā pakittayuṃ katheyyunti attho.
348 再者,为了显示功德的不可限量,所以说了“如果有某个天人……”等等。“把满水拖走”:就是把大海里满满的水从四面八方全部拖走。那个人只会得到疲惫,只会遭受痛苦——这就是其中的意思。巴利
348. Punapi guṇānaṃ appamāṇataṃ dīpetuṃ sace hi koci devo vātiādimāha. Pūritaṃ parikaḍḍheyyāti mahāsamudde pūritaudakaṃ samantato ākaḍḍheyya. So puggalo vighātaṃ dukkhameva labheyya pāpuṇeyyāti attho.
350 我宣说胜者的教法:胜者所宣说的全部三藏,我在宣说、在弘扬、在守护——这就是这句话的意思。法将军:他以智慧之法,成为世尊四众弟子的主导者和领众者,所以叫法将军。意思是:在释迦子世尊的教法中,在今天这个教法还在运转的时代,我就像转轮王的长子一样,守护着佛陀的全部教法。巴利
350.Vattemi jinasāsananti jinena bhāsitaṃ sakalaṃ piṭakattayaṃ vattemi pavattemi rakkhāmīti attho. Dhammasenāpatīti dhammena paññāya bhagavato catuparisasaṅkhātāya parisāya pati padhānoti dhammasenāpati. Sakyaputtassa bhagavato sāsane ajja imasmiṃ vattamānakāle cakkavattirañño jeṭṭhaputto viya sakalaṃ buddhasāsanaṃ pālemīti attho.
352-3 为了显示自己在轮回中的流转,所以说了“若任何人负担……”等话。若有人把重担——也就是头上的负担——放在头顶、顶在头上搬运,那么这个人无论何时,都会因这个重担而痛苦、受折磨、被极度压迫。这重担是沉重的负担,是满载的重担,是极其难荷的重担。同样地,我被贪欲之火、嗔怒之火、愚痴之火这三种火所灼烧,就像把须弥山拔起、举起、顶在头上一样,被存在的重担——也就是被轮回转生所带来的重担——所压满,在诸有中痛苦地轮回流转。这就是其中的关联。巴利
352-3. Attano saṃsāraparibbhamaṃ dassento yo koci manujo bhārantiādimāha. Yo koci manujo mānuso bhāraṃ sīsabhāraṃ matthake sīse ṭhapetvā dhāreyya vaheyya, sadā sabbakālaṃ so manujo tena bhārena dukkhito pīḷito atibhūto assa bhaveyya. Bhāro bharitabhāro bharito atīva bhārito. Tathā tena pakārena ahaṃ rāgaggidosaggimohaggisaṅkhātehi tīhi aggīhi ḍayhamāno, giriṃ uddharito yathā mahāmerupabbataṃ uddharitvā ukkhipitvā sīse ṭhapito bhavabhārena bhavasaṃsāruppattibhārena, bharito dukkhito bhavesu saṃsariṃ paribbhaminti sambandho.
354 “我已卸下重担”:从现在出家的时候起,那存在的重担就已经被我卸下、放下了。“诸有已被我摧毁”:所有九种存在都被我摧毁了。在释迦子世尊的教法中,有什么是应当做的、应当完成的?就是依照修行次第来摧毁烦恼这件事。这一切我都已经做完了——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
354.Oropitoca me bhāroti idāni pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya so bhavabhāro mayā oropito nikkhitto. Bhavā ugghāṭitā mayāti sabbe nava bhavā mayā viddhaṃsitā. Sakyaputtassa bhagavato sāsane yaṃ karaṇīyaṃ kattabbaṃ maggapaṭipāṭiyā kilesaviddhaṃsanakammaṃ atthi, taṃ sabbaṃ mayā katanti attho.
355 355. 接着,为了显示自己的殊胜之处,说出了“在佛土之中”等话。其中,“在佛土之中”:在名为一万个轮围世界的佛土范围内,除了释迦族的雄牛、释迦族中最尊贵的世尊之外,其余一切有情当中,没有任何一个人在智慧上能与我相等。因此说:“我在智慧上是最上的,没有与我相等的人。”巴利
355. Puna attano visesaṃ dassento yāvatā buddhakhettamhītiādimāha. Tattha yāvatā yattake dasasahassacakkavāḷasaṅkhāte buddhakhette sakyapuṅgavaṃ sakyakulajeṭṭhakaṃ bhagavantaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesasattesu kocipi paññāya me mayā samo natthīti dīpeti. Tenāha – ‘‘ahaṃ aggomhi paññāya, sadiso me na vijjatī’’ti.
356 接着,为了显示自己的威力,他说了“在定中”等话。这很容易理解。巴利
356. Puna attano ānubhāvaṃ pakāsento samādhimhītyādimāha. Taṃ suviññeyyameva.
360 “禅那解脱的速疾获得者”意思是:对于初禅等诸禅那,因为能从世间解脱出来,所以被称为“解脱”;而对于这八种出世间解脱,他是快速获得者,能迅速达到——这就是这句话的含义。巴利
360.Jhānavimokkhānakhippapaṭilābhīti paṭhamajjhānādīnaṃ jhānānaṃ lokato vimuccanato ‘‘vimokkha’’nti saṅkhaṃ gatānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ lokuttaravimokkhānañca khippalābhī sīghaṃ pāpuṇātīti attho.
362 像这样,为了表明即使自己有这样大的神通力,仍然对同梵行的修行者们怀着尊重与恭敬,他说了“已拔掉毒牙的”等话。其中,“已拔掉毒牙的”:就像一条被拔掉了可怕毒牙的蛇,就像一头被砍掉了角的公牛,如今我已经彻底放下了傲慢与自负,舍弃了族姓傲慢等一切傲慢与自负,怀着尊重、敬重和恭敬之心,走向僧团、亲近僧团。巴利
362. Evaṃ mahānubhāvassāpi attano sabrahmacārīsu gāravabahumānataṃ pakāsento uddhatavisovātiādimāha. Tattha uddhataviso uppāṭitaghoraviso sappo iva chinnavisāṇova chinditasiṅgo usabho iva ahaṃ idāni nikkhittamānadappova chaḍḍitagottamadādimānadappova gaṇaṃ saṅghassa santikaṃ garugāravena ādarabahumānena upemi upagacchāmi.
363 现在,为了显示自己的智慧广大,他说了“具有如此性质”等话。意思是:我这样广大的智慧,虽然是无形的,如果它是有形的,那我的智慧就会和那些拥有财富的大富豪、大地之主、国王们相等、一样了。这样显示了自己智慧的广大之后,他又用宿住随念智回忆起过去的业,说了“对无比见佛”等话。其中,“对无比见佛世尊”的意思是:我对无比见佛世尊所行的智慧称赞世尊所获得的果报,就是我的大智慧。巴利
363. Idāni attano paññāya mahattataṃ pakāsento yadirūpinītiādimāha. Evarūpā me mahatī paññā arūpinī samānā yadi rūpinī bhaveyya, tadā me mama paññā vasupatīnaṃ pathavissarānaṃ rājūnaṃ sameyya samā bhaveyyāti adhippāyo. Evaṃ attano paññāya mahattabhāvaṃ dassetvā tato pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena pubbe kammaṃ saritvā anomadassissātiādimāha. Tattha anomadassissa bhagavato mayā katāya ñāṇathomanāya phalaṃ etaṃ mama paññāmahattanti attho.
364 “已转起的法轮”这句话里,“轮”这个词,在“四轮车”这类说法里指的是车辆;在“世尊已转法轮”这类说法里指的是说法开示;在“转动一切众生之轮”这类说法里指的是布施所成的福德行;在“日夜转动轮”这类说法里指的是行住坐卧的威仪;在“贪求者之轮在头顶旋转”这类说法里指的是刀轮;在“转轮圣王以轮宝的威力而行”这类说法里指的是宝轮。而在这里,指的是说法开示。由具足如此功德的释迦子、乔达摩正自觉者所转起、所宣说的、名为三藏的法轮,我以正确而不颠倒的方式随顺而转,也就是跟随它、随它而行,加以宣说、作开示。这种随转,就是跟随已宣说的法之后再进行开示,也是对过去诸佛所作智慧称赞的果报——这就是其中的关联。巴利
364.Pavattitaṃdhammacakkanti ettha cakka-saddo panāyaṃ ‘‘catucakkayāna’’ntiādīsu vāhane vattati. ‘‘Pavattite ca pana bhagavatā dhammacakke’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 17; saṃ. ni. 5.1081) desanāyaṃ. ‘‘Cakkaṃ vattaya sabbapāṇina’’ntiādīsu (jā. 1.7.149) dānamayapuññakiriyāyaṃ. ‘‘Cakkaṃ vatteti ahoratta’’ntiādīsu iriyāpathe. ‘‘Icchāhatassa posassa, cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.1.104; 1.5.103) khuracakke ‘‘rājā cakkavattī cakkānubhāvena vattanako’’tiādīsu (itivu. 22; dī. ni. 1.258) ratanacakke. Idha panāyaṃ desanāyaṃ. Tādinā tādiguṇasamannāgatena sakyaputtena gotamasambuddhena pavattitaṃ desitaṃ piṭakattayasaṅkhātaṃ dhammacakkaṃ ahaṃ sammā aviparītena anuvattemi anugantvā vattemi, desemi desanaṃ karomi. Idaṃ anuvattanaṃ desitassa anugantvā pacchā desanaṃ purimabuddhānaṃ katāya ñāṇathomanāya phalanti sambandho.
365 接着,为了说明依靠善士、如理作意等所带来的福报,他说了“愿恶欲者任何时候都不要与我在一起”等话。其中,恶欲者,是怀着卑劣欲望的人;恶行者,是在行住坐卧等履行义务与相对义务方面懈怠的人;在禅那、三昧、道之修习等方面精进低下的人,是精进微弱的人;因为远离了教理的重担和观修的重担而少闻的人,是寡闻的人;对戒师、亲教师等缺乏行为规范的人,是行为不端的人。愿这样的人,无论何时、无论何处,都不要与我相遇、会合——这就是这段话的关联。巴利
365. Tato sappurisūpanissayayonisomanasikārādipuññaphalaṃ dassento mā me kadāci pāpicchotiādimāha. Tattha pāpiccho lāmakāya icchāya samannāgato pāpacārī puggalo ca ṭhānanisajjādīsu vattapaṭivattakaraṇe kusīto ca jhānasamādhimaggabhāvanādīsu hīnavīriyo ca ganthadhuravipassanādhuravirahitattā appassuto ca ācariyupajjhāyādīsu ācāravirahitattā anācāro ca puggalo kadāci kāle katthaci ṭhāne me mayā saha sameto samāgato mā ahu mā bhavatūti sambandho.
366 “多闻者”有两种:一种是教理上的多闻,一种是证悟上的多闻,所以多闻的人也有两类。“有智慧者”是指具备明与慧的人。“于戒善安住者”是指在四遍净戒、与道相应的戒、八支布萨戒等戒中,把心好好地安放、安住下来的人。“心寂止随转者”是指致力于心一境性的人。愿这样的人,就算站在我的头顶上——意思是,愿这样的人甚至站在我的头顶、我的头上。巴利
366.Bahussutoti pariyattipaṭivedhavasena duvidho bahussuto ca puggalo. Medhāvīti medhāya paññāya samannāgato ca. Sīlesu susamāhitoti catupārisuddhisīlamaggasampayuttasīlaaṭṭhaṅguposathasīlādīsu suṭṭhu āhito ṭhapitacitto ca. Cetosamathānuyuttoti cittassa ekībhāvamanuyutto ca puggalo. Api muddhani tiṭṭhatu evarūpo puggalo mayhaṃ muddhani sirasi api tiṭṭhatūti attho.
367 367. 他讲了自己所得到的果报利益之后,为了在那里劝导其他人,便说出“尊者们,我告诉你们”等话。这很容易理解。巴利
367. Attano laddhaphalānisaṃsaṃ vatvā tatthaññe niyojento taṃ vo vadāmi bhaddantetiādimāha. Taṃ suviññeyyameva.
368-9 当我最初、最先见到阿说示长老时,因为证得入流道而断除了有身见等烦恼,所以成了无垢、离垢的人;那位阿说示长老就是我的老师,是教导我出世间法的人。我因为听从他的教诫,今天成了法将。我在一切处、一切功德上都已达到究竟、到达终点,成为漏尽者,安住在无烦恼的境界中。巴利
368-9.Yamahanti yaṃ assajittheraṃ ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ ādimhi disvā sotāpattimaggapaṭilābhena sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ kilesānaṃ pahīnattā vimalo malarahito ahuṃ ahosi, so assajitthero me mayhaṃ ācariyo lokuttaradhammasikkhāpako ahuṃ. Ahaṃ tassa savanāya anusāsanena ajja dhammasenāpati ahuṃ. Sabbattha sabbesu guṇesu pāramiṃ patto pariyosānaṃ patto anāsavo nikkileso viharāmi.
370 370. 为了显示自己对老师的恭敬,他说了“那位是我的老师”等话。这里的语义关联是:那位名叫阿说示的长老,是世尊的弟子,曾经是我的老师;无论他住在哪个方向、哪个地区,我都会以那个方向、那个地区为头,也就是头朝向那一方。巴利
370. Attano ācariye sagāravaṃ dassento yo me ācariyotiādimāha. Yo assaji nāma thero satthu sāvako me mayhaṃ ācariyo āsi ahosi, so thero yassaṃ disāyaṃ yasmiṃ disābhāge vasati, ahaṃ taṃ disābhāgaṃ ussīsamhi sīsuparibhāge karomīti sambandho.
371 接着,为了说明自己已经获得了这样的地位,他说出了“我的业”等话。这里的语义关联是:乔达摩世尊是释迦族中最杰出的人,是释迦族的旗帜,他用一切知智回忆起并了知我过去所造的业,坐在比丘僧团中间,把我安置在了最高的位置,也就是上首弟子的位置。巴利
371. Tato attano ṭhānantarappattabhāvaṃ dassento mama kammantiādimāha. Gotamo bhagavā sakyapuṅgavo sakyakulaketu sabbaññutaññāṇena mama pubbe katakammaṃ saritvāna ñatvā bhikkhusaṅghamajjhe nisinno aggaṭṭhāne aggasāvakaṭṭhāne maṃ ṭhapesīti sambandho.
374 义无碍解、法无碍解、词无碍解、辩无碍解——这四种无碍解,以及它们的具体分类,在《无碍解道》里已经讲过了。无论是依四道四果来说,还是依色界禅那和无色界禅那来说,那八种解脱——也就是从轮回中解脱出来的法——还有神变通等六种神通,都已经亲自证得、直接现前了。“佛陀的教法已经完成”,意思是:佛陀的教导,也就是被称为教诫的教法,已经通过阿罗汉道智而圆满成就了。巴利
374. Atthapaṭisambhidā, dhammapaṭisambhidā, niruttipaṭisambhidā, paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāti imā catasso paṭisambhidā ca, tāsaṃ bhedo paṭisambhidāmagge (paṭi. ma. 1.76; vibha. 718) vuttoyeva. Catumaggacatuphalavasena vā rūpārūpajhānavasena vā aṭṭha vimokkhā saṃsāravimuccanadhammā ca iddhividhādayo cha abhiññāyo ca sacchikatā paccakkhaṃ katā. Kataṃ buddhassa sāsananti buddhassa anusiṭṭhi ovādasaṅkhātaṃ sāsanaṃ kataṃ arahattamaggañāṇena nipphāditanti attho.
“Itthaṃ sudaṃ”里的“itthaṃ”是表示指示的虚词,意思是“以这种方式”,用来说明整部舍利弗传记。“sudaṃ”是补足音节的虚词。“尊者”是表达尊重恭敬的称呼。“舍利弗”这位长老,是因母亲的名字而得名的。“这些偈颂”就是全部舍利弗长老传记的偈颂,他宣说了、讲述了这些偈颂。“iti”这个词是表示结束的虚词,意思是整部舍利弗传记到此结束。巴利
Itthaṃ sudanti ettha itthanti nidassanatthe nipāto, iminā pakārenāti attho. Tena sakalasāriputtāpadānaṃ nidasseti. Sudanti padapūraṇe nipāto. Āyasmāti garugāravādhivacanaṃ. Sāriputtoti mātu nāmavasena katanāmadheyyo thero. Imā gāthāyoti imā sakalā sāriputtattherāpadānagāthāyo abhāsi kathesi. Itisaddo parisamāpanatthe nipāto, sakalaṃ sāriputtāpadānaṃ niṭṭhitanti attho.
大目犍连长老传记的解释巴利
3-2. Mahāmoggallānattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
从“无比见世尊”等句开始,是尊者目犍连长老的譬喻经。这位长老在过去诸佛那里积集了善行,在一次次生命中不断积聚能导致轮回转生的福德,关于他在无比见世尊时代的事迹等,已在法将舍利弗长老的传记中说过。这位长老确实从出家那天算起,在第七天,住在摩揭陀国迦罗伐剌村附近修沙门法时,昏沉睡眠袭来,被导师以“目犍连,不要让你的精进空过”等语警策,驱除了昏沉睡眠,一边听世尊开示界业处,一边依照观修的次第,证得了上面三个道,并在证得最高果——阿罗汉果的那一刻,达到了弟子智的顶点。巴利
Anomadassībhagavātyādikaṃ āyasmato moggallānattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayañca thero purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto anomadassissa bhagavato kāletiādi sāriputtattherassa dhammasenāpatino vatthumhi vuttameva. Thero hi pabbajitadivasato paṭṭhāya sattame divase magadharaṭṭhe kallavālagāmakaṃ upanissāya samaṇadhammaṃ karonto thinamiddhe okkamante satthārā ‘‘moggallāna, mā tuccho tava vāyāmo’’tiādinā saṃvejito thinamiddhaṃ vinodetvā bhagavatā vuccamānaṃ dhātukammaṭṭhānaṃ suṇanto eva vipassanāpaṭipāṭiyā uparimaggattayaṃ adhigantvā aggaphalakkhaṇe sāvakañāṇassa matthakaṃ pāpuṇi.
375 375. 这样,证得第二弟子的身份之后,具寿大目犍连长老回忆起自己过去的业,以喜悦之情阐明过去所行的阿波陀那,说出“无比见世尊”等语。其中,“没有低劣、恶劣的见”,所以叫“无比见”。因为他的身体由三十二大人相庄严,即使天人整日、整月、整年乃至十万年看着他,也看不厌,所以他的容貌是看不够的;又因为他有见到无低劣、无恶劣的涅槃的习性,所以以“无比见”为名。由于具足吉祥等因,所以是世尊。“世间最胜”是指一切众生世间中最胜、最上。“人牛王”:因为像牛王一样,所以是牛王;人中的牛王,就是人牛王。那位世间最胜、人牛王、无比见世尊,被天众恭敬围绕、随侍,住在雪山。这是文句的关联。巴利
375. Evaṃ dutiyasāvakabhāvaṃ patvā āyasmā mahāmoggallānatthero attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassavasena pubbacariyaṃ apadānaṃ pakāsento anomadassī bhagavātiādimāha. Tattha na omaṃ alāmakaṃ dassanaṃ passanaṃ assāti anomadassī. Tassa hi dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitasarīrattā sakalaṃ divasaṃ sakalaṃ māsaṃ sakalaṃ saṃvaccharaṃ saṃvaccharasatasahassampi passantānaṃ devamanussānaṃ atittikaraṃ dassananti, anomaṃ alāmakaṃ nibbānaṃ dassanasīloti vā ‘‘anomadassī’’ti laddhanāmo bhāgyavantatādīhi kāraṇehi bhagavā. Lokajeṭṭhoti sakalasattalokassa jeṭṭho padhāno. Āsabhasadisattā āsabho, narānaṃ āsabho narāsabho. So lokajeṭṭho narāsabho anomadassī bhagavā devasaṅghapurakkhato devasamūhehi parivārito. Himavantamhi vihāsīti sambandho.
376 当他为了成为第二弟子,在第二次发愿时,那时我名叫婆楼那,投生为龙王。这就是这段话的意思。因此说:“那时我名叫婆楼那,是龙王。”“能随意变形”是指能随自己的意愿变化身形。“我施展变化”是指我能做出种种神通变化。“以大海为住处”是说:在曼遮利迦龙、地居龙、山居龙、恒河龙、海龙这些龙当中,我是海龙,住在大海之中,安住于那里。这就是其含义。巴利
376. Yadā dutiyasāvakabhāvāya dutiyavāre patthanaṃ akāsi, tadā nāmena varuṇo nāma ahaṃ nāgarājā hutvā nibbatto ahosinti attho. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘varuṇo nāma nāmena, nāgarājā ahaṃ tadā’’ti. Kāmarūpīti yadicchitakāmanimmānasīlo. Vikubbāmīti vividhaṃ iddhivikubbanaṃ karomi. Mahodadhinivāsahanti mañjerikā nāgā, bhūmigatā nāgā, pabbataṭṭhā nāgā, gaṅgāvaheyyā nāgā, sāmuddikā nāgāti imesaṃ nāgānaṃ antare sāmuddikanāgo ahaṃ mahodadhimhi samudde nivāsiṃ, vāsaṃ kappesinti attho.
377 舍弃了成群结队的随从,意思是:离开了那些总是围绕在自己身边的、属于自己的龙众眷属,独自一人。我让人奏起音乐,意思是:我安排了音乐,让人演奏。围绕在正觉者身边,意思是:天女们或龙女们从四面八方围绕着那位无与伦比的正觉者,用天界的乐声、歌声和言辞等来演奏,当时她们作了恰如其分的演奏。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
377.Saṅgaṇiyaṃ gaṇaṃ hitvāti niccaparivārabhūtaṃ sakaparivāraṃ nāgasamūhaṃ hitvā vinā hutvā . Tūriyaṃ paṭṭhapesahanti ahaṃ tūriyaṃ paṭṭhapesiṃ, vajjāpesinti attho. Sambuddhaṃ parivāretvāti anomadassisambuddhaṃ samantato sevamānā accharā nāgamāṇavikā vādesuṃ dibbavādehi gītā vākyādīhi vādesuṃ laddhānurūpato vajjesuṃ tadāti attho.
378 乐器正在演奏时,指的是人与龙的五种乐器正在演奏的时候。诸天奏乐,意思是四大王天的天神们演奏天界的乐器,让它们发出声音。听闻二者之声,是指听到了天与人双方的大鼓声。即使是三界都敬重的佛陀,也觉知到了,他了知、听闻——这就是这句话的意思。巴利
378.Vajjamānesu tūresūti manussanāgatūriyesu pañcaṅgikesu vajjamānesu . Devā tūrāni vajjayunti cātumahārājikā devā dibbatūriyāni vajjiṃsu vādesunti attho. Ubhinnaṃ saddaṃ sutvānāti ubhinnaṃ devamanussānaṃ bherisaddaṃ sutvā. Tilokagarusamānopi buddho sampabujjhatha jānāti suṇātīti attho.
379 邀请正等觉者及其声闻僧团,请他们明天来受供,并恭敬围绕、迎请之后,我回到自己的住处,也就是自己的龙宫。到了之后,铺设好座位,意思是把夜间住处、白天住处、小屋、凉亭、卧具、坐处等都铺设、准备好。我通报时间已到,就像以前的做法那样,我禀告说:“尊者,时间到了,饭食已经准备好了。”巴利
379.Nimantetvāna sambuddhanti sasāvakasaṅghaṃ sambuddhaṃ svātanāya nimantetvā parivāretvā. Sakabhavananti attano nāgabhavanaṃ upāgamiṃ. Gantvā ca āsanaṃ paññapetvānāti rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānakuṭimaṇḍapasayananisīdanaṭṭhānāni paññāpetvā sajjetvāti attho. Kālamārocayiṃ ahanti evaṃ katapubbavidhāno ahaṃ ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti kālaṃ ārocayiṃ viññāpesiṃ.
380 那时,那位世尊被一千位漏尽者围绕,作为引导世间的导师,光明普照一切方向,来到我的住处,抵达了。这就是这句话的意思。巴利
380.Khīṇāsavasahassehīti tadā so bhagavā arahantasahassehi parivuto lokanāyako sabbā disā obhāsento me bhavanaṃ upāgami sampattoti attho.
381 381. 为了向进入自己住处的世尊展示用餐的情形,他坐着说了“大雄”等话。这很容易理解。巴利
381. Attano bhavanaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ bhagavantaṃ bhojanākāraṃ dassento upaviṭṭhaṃ mahāvīrantiādimāha. Taṃ suviññeyyameva.
386 出生于甘蔗王族:他出生在甘蔗王代代相传的王族中,或者出生在整个赡部洲中显赫的王族里;因为血统,依血统而名为乔达摩的导师将出现于人界。巴利
386.Okkākakulasambhavoti okkākarañño paramparāgatarājakule uppanno sakalajambudīpe pākaṭarājakule uppanno vā gottena gottavasena gotamo nāma satthā manussaloke bhavissati.
388 注释引导语“So pacchā pabbajitvānāti”意为“他后来出家”。那位龙王后来在最后一生中,受到善根与福德资粮的激励和推动,在教法中出家,将成为乔达摩世尊的第二位上首弟子——佛陀作出了这样的授记。巴利
388.So pacchā pabbajitvānāti so nāgarājā pacchā pacchimabhave kusalamūlena puññasambhārena codito uyyojito sāsane pabbajitvā gotamassa bhagavato dutiyo aggasāvako hessatīti byākaraṇamakāsi.
389 已发动精进:是指在站立、坐下等各种姿势中都具有精进力。已坚定其心:是指把心志投向涅槃。在神通中已达究竟:就像《增支部》1.180、190中所说的“诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘弟子中,具神通者之最上者,即此大目犍连”,在决意神通、变化神通、业报生神通等方面,已经到达究竟、达到终点。断尽一切漏:所谓“漏”,是因为从一切处、通过流动、通过转起而得名,指那些欲有、见、无明等法;彻底遍知、从一切处了知后,将它们全部舍弃,从而成为无漏、无杂染。他将般涅槃:他将通过烦恼蕴的完全寂灭而般涅槃——这句话要这样来理解。巴利
389.Āraddhavīriyoti ṭhānanisajjādīsu iriyāpathesu vīriyavā. Pahitattoti nibbāne pesitacitto . Iddhiyā pāramiṃ gatoti ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ iddhimantānaṃ yadidaṃ mahāmoggallāno’’ti (a. ni. 1.180, 190) adhiṭṭhāniddhivikubbaniddhikammavipākajiddhiādīsu pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gato patto. Sabbāsaveti ā samantato savanato pavattanato ‘‘āsavā’’ti laddhanāme kāmabhavadiṭṭhiavijjādhamme sabbe pariññāya samantato aññāya jānitvā pajahitvā anāsavo nikkileso. Nibbāyissatīti kilesakhandhaparinibbānena nibbāyissatīti sambandho.
390 长老这样讲了自己因为福德而得到授记之后,又为了说明过去的恶行,接着说了“依靠恶友……”这一段。其中,“依靠恶友”就是把恶劣、下贱的朋友当作依靠、当作凭借,和他们交往,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
390. Evaṃ thero attano puññavasena laddhabyākaraṇaṃ vatvā puna pāpacariyaṃ pakāsento pāpamittopanissāyātiādimāha. Tattha pāpamitte pāpake lāmake mitte upanissāya nissaye katvā tehi saṃsaggo hutvāti attho.
这件事的来龙去脉是这样的:有一次,外道们聚在一起商量:“各位,你们知道吗,沙门乔达摩为什么获得了那么大的利养和恭敬?”有人说:“我们不知道。”又问:“你们真的不知道吗?”他们回答:“是的,我们知道。”——原来是因为一位叫目犍连的比丘。他上到天界,问天神们造了什么业,回来告诉人们:“做了这种事,就能得到这样的福报。”他又下到地狱,问投生在那里的众生造了什么业,回来告诉人们:“做了这种事,就要承受这样的痛苦。”人们听了他的话,就纷纷送来大量的利养和恭敬。外道们想:“要是我们能把他杀掉,这些利养和恭敬就会归我们了,这是个好办法。”于是大家一致同意,说:“不管用什么办法,都要把他杀掉。”他们指使自己的侍从,凑了一千个钱币,叫来一伙杀人的强盗,对他们说:“沙门乔达摩有个弟子叫大目犍连长老,住在黑岩。你们去那里把他杀掉。”说完就把那一千个钱币给了他们。强盗们贪图钱财,答应了,说:“我们去把那位长老杀掉。”于是他们来到长老住的地方,把那里团团围住。长老察觉到自己被包围了,就从钥匙孔里出去,离开了。强盗们那天没见到长老,第二天又去围住他住的地方。长老察觉后,从屋顶的尖顶处破开,飞入空中。就这样,第一个月和第二个月,强盗们都抓不到长老。到了最后一个月,长老知道自己过去所造之业已经成熟,逃不掉了,就没有离开。强盗们打他,把他打得骨头碎得像米粒一样。然后他们以为他死了,就把尸体扔到一堆灌木丛上,走了。巴利
Tatrāyamanupubbī kathā – ekasmiṃ samaye titthiyā sannipatitvā mantesuṃ – ‘‘jānāthāvuso, kena kāraṇena samaṇassa gotamassa lābhasakkāro mahā hutvā nibbatto’’ti? ‘‘Na jānāma’’. ‘‘Tumhe pana na jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, jānāma’’ – moggallānaṃ nāma ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ nissāya uppanno . So hi devalokaṃ gantvā devatāhi katakammaṃ pucchitvā āgantvā manussānaṃ kathesi – ‘‘idaṃ nāma katvā evarūpaṃ sampattiṃ labhantī’’ti. Niraye nibbattānampi kammaṃ pucchitvā āgantvā manussānaṃ kathesi – ‘‘idaṃ nāma katvā evarūpaṃ dukkhaṃ anubhavantī’’ti. Manussā tassa kathaṃ sutvā mahantaṃ lābhasakkāraṃ abhiharanti. Sace taṃ māretuṃ sakkhissāma, so lābhasakkāro amhākaṃ nibbattissati, attheso upāyoti sabbe ekacchandā hutvā ‘‘yaṃkiñci katvā taṃ māressāmā’’ti attano upaṭṭhāke samādapetvā kahāpaṇasahassaṃ labhitvā purisaghātake core pakkosāpetvā ‘‘mahāmoggallānatthero nāma samaṇassa gotamassa sāvako kāḷasilāyaṃ vasati, tumhe tattha gantvā taṃ mārethā’’ti tesaṃ taṃ sahassaṃ adaṃsu. Corā dhanalābhena sampaṭicchitvā ‘‘theraṃ māressāmā’’ti gantvā tassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ parivāresuṃ. Thero tehi parikkhittabhāvaṃ ñatvā kuñcikacchiddena nikkhamitvā pakkāmi. Corā taṃ divasaṃ theraṃ adisvā punekadivasaṃ tassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ parikkhipiṃsu. Thero ñatvā kaṇṇikāmaṇḍalaṃ bhinditvā ākāsaṃ pakkhandi. Evaṃ te paṭhamamāsepi, majjhimamāsepi theraṃ gahetuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Pacchimamāse pana sampatte thero attanā katakammassa ākaḍḍhanabhāvaṃ ñatvā na apagacchi. Corā taṃ paharantā taṇḍulakamattāni aṭṭhīni karontā bhindiṃsu. Atha naṃ ‘‘mato’’ti saññāya ekasmiṃ gumbapiṭṭhe khipitvā pakkamiṃsu.
长老心想:“我要先见过导师、礼敬导师,然后才般涅槃。”于是他用禅那裹覆自己的身体,从空中飞到导师身边,礼敬导师后说:“尊者,我要般涅槃了。”“目犍连,你要般涅槃了吗?”“是的,尊者。”“你打算去哪里般涅槃?”“尊者,去黑岩一带。”“既然如此,目犍连,你先为我说法,然后再去吧。因为像你这样的弟子,我今后再也见不到了。”他说:“好的,尊者,我会照办。”于是礼敬导师后,腾身跃入空中,像舍利弗长老在般涅槃那天一样,示现种种神通,宣说正法,再次礼敬导师,然后前往黑岩一带,般涅槃了。“长老被贼人杀害了”这一消息,就这样传遍了整个赡部洲。巴利
Thero , ‘‘satthāraṃ passitvā vanditvāva parinibbāyissāmī’’ti attabhāvaṃ jhānaveṭhanena veṭhetvā ākāsena satthu santikaṃ gantvā satthāraṃ vanditvā ‘‘bhante, parinibbāyissāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Parinibbāyissasi, moggallānā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kattha gantvā parinibbāyissasī’’ti? ‘‘Kāḷasilāpadesaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, moggallāna, mayhaṃ dhammaṃ kathetvā yāhi. Tādisassa hi me sāvakassa na dāni dassanaṃ atthī’’ti. So ‘‘evaṃ karissāmi, bhante’’ti satthāraṃ vanditvā ākāsaṃ uppatitvā sāriputtatthero viya parinibbānadivase nānappakārā iddhiyo katvā dhammaṃ kathetvā satthāraṃ vanditvā kāḷasilāpadesaṃ gantvā parinibbāyi. ‘‘Theraṃ kira corā māresu’’nti ayaṃ kathā sakalajambudīpe patthari.
阿阇世王为了搜捕盗贼,派出了密探。那些盗贼在酒铺里喝酒,喝得醉醺醺的,其中一个人拍打另一个人的背,把他打倒在地。那人吓唬他说:“喂,你这没教养的东西,你为什么拍我的背把我打倒?哼,你这恶贼,大目犍连长老是你先打的吗?”对方说:“怎么,你不知道是我先打的吗?”密探们听到他们这样“是我打的,是我打的”地争执着,就把那些盗贼全都抓起来,禀报了国王。国王把那些盗贼叫来审问:“是你们杀了长老吗?”“是的,大王。”“是谁指使你们的?”“是那些裸形沙门,大王。”国王下令把那五百个裸形沙门抓来,连同那五百个盗贼一起,在王宫庭院里挖了齐肚脐深的坑,把他们埋进去,用稻草盖住,然后点火烧。等知道他们都被烧焦了之后,又下令用铁犁在他们身上犁,把他们全都犁成碎块。那时,比丘们在法堂里议论起来:“大目犍连长老竟然落得这样一个与他不相称的死法。”世尊来了,问道:“比丘们,你们现在聚在一起谈论什么?”比丘们回答“我们是在谈论这件事”之后,世尊说:“比丘们,目犍连这一生确实遭遇了不相称的死亡,但对他过去所造的业来说,却是相称的。”有人问:“尊者,他过去造了什么业呢?”世尊便详细地讲述了出来。巴利
Rājā ajātasattu core pariyesanatthāya carapurise payojesi. Tesu coresu surāpāne suraṃ pivantesu maddesu eko ekassa piṭṭhiṃ paharitvā pātesi. So taṃ santajjento ‘‘ambho dubbinīta tvaṃ, kasmā me piṭṭhiṃ paharitvā pātesi, kiṃ pana, are duṭṭhacora, tayā mahāmoggallānatthero paṭhamaṃ pahato’’ti āha. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ mayā paṭhamaṃ pahatabhāvaṃ na jānāsī’’ti? Evaṃ etesaṃ ‘‘mayā pahato, mayā pahato’’ti vadantānaṃ sutvā te carapurisā sabbe te core gahetvā rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā te core pakkosāpetvā pucchi – ‘‘tumhehi thero mārito’’ti? ‘‘Āma, devā’’ti. ‘‘Kehi tumhe uyyojitā’’ti? ‘‘Naggasamaṇehi, devā’’ti. Rājā pañcasate naggasamaṇe gāhāpetvā pañcasatehi corehi saddhiṃ rājaṅgaṇe nābhipamāṇesu āvāṭesu nikhaṇāpetvā palālehi paṭicchādetvā aggiṃ dāpesi. Atha nesaṃ jhāmabhāvaṃ jānitvā ayanaṅgalehi kasāpetvā sabbe khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ kārāpesi. Tadā bhikkhū dhammasabhāyaṃ kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ – ‘‘mahāmoggallānatthero attano ananurūpamaraṇaṃ patto’’ti. Satthā āgantvā ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘imāya nāma, bhante’’ti vutte ‘‘moggallānassa, bhikkhave, imasseva attabhāvassa ananurūpaṃ maraṇaṃ, pubbe pana tena katakammassa anurūpamevā’’ti vatvā ‘‘kiṃ panassa, bhante, pubbakamma’’nti puṭṭho taṃ vitthāretvā kathesi.
比丘们,过去在波罗奈城,有一个良家子,亲自舂米、煮饭等,照料父母。那时他的父母对他说:“孩子,你一个人在家里和在林子里干活,太累了,我们给你娶一个年轻姑娘吧。”他回答说:“爸、妈,只要你们还活着,我就亲手侍奉你们。”虽然被他拒绝了,父母还是一再请求,最终给他娶了妻子。那女子只侍奉了几天,后来连看见他们都不愿意,抱怨说:“没法跟你父母住在同一个地方。”丈夫不听她的话,她就趁他外出时,把麻絮碎片和粥沫拿起来,到处撒。他回来问:“这是怎么回事?”她就说:“这是那两个老瞎眼干的,他们到处走动,把整个家都弄脏了,没法跟他们住在一起。”她就这样一次又一次地说,即使是这样一位圆满波罗蜜的众生,也和父母分裂了。他想:“算了,我要让他们知道该受什么报应。”他让父母吃完饭,说:“爸、妈,听说有个地方,你们的亲戚盼着你们去,我们去那里吧。”他让父母坐上牛车,带着他们走。到了森林中间时,他说:“爸,抓住缰绳,牛认得棍子的意思会走的,这地方有强盗住,我下去走走。”他把缰绳交到父亲手里,下车走了,然后变换声音,弄出强盗起来的声音。父母听到声音,以为是强盗起来了,就说:“孩子,强盗起来了,我们老了,你自己逃命吧。”他不顾父母哭喊,继续发出强盗的声音,把他们打死,扔在森林里,然后回来了。巴利
Atīte, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ eko kulaputto sayameva koṭṭanapacanādīni karonto mātāpitaro paṭijaggi. Athassa mātāpitaro ‘‘tāta, tvaṃ ekakova gehe ca araññe ca kammaṃ karonto kilamasi, ekaṃ te kumārikaṃ ānessāmā’’ti vatvā ‘‘ammatātā, yāva tumhe jīvatha, tāva vo sahatthā upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti tena paṭikkhittāpi punappunaṃ yācitvā kumārikaṃ ānesuṃ. Sā katipāhameva te upaṭṭhahitvā pacchā tesaṃ dassanamapi anicchantī – ‘‘na sakkā tava mātāpitūhi saddhiṃ ekaṭṭhāne vasitu’’nti ujjhāyitvā tasmiṃ attano kathaṃ aggaṇhante tassa bahigatakāle makacivākakhaṇḍāni ca yāgupheṇake ca gahetvā tattha tattha ākiritvā tenāgantvā ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti puṭṭhā ‘‘imesaṃ mahallakaandhānaṃ etaṃ kammaṃ, sabbaṃ gehaṃ kiliṭṭhā karontā vicaranti, na sakkā etehi saddhiṃ ekaṭṭhāne vasitu’’nti evaṃ tāya punappunaṃ kathiyamānāya evarūpopi pūritapāramī satto mātāpitūhi saddhiṃ bhijji. So ‘‘hotu, jānissāmi nesaṃ kattabbakamma’’nti te bhojetvā ‘‘ammatātā, asukaṭṭhāne nāma tumhākaṃ ñātakā āgamanaṃ paccāsīsanti, tattha gamissāmā’’ti te yānakaṃ āropetvā ādāya gacchanto aṭavimajjhaṃ pattakāle ‘‘tāta, rasmiyo gaṇhatha, goṇā daṇḍasaññāya gamissanti, imasmiṃ ṭhāne corā vasanti, ahaṃ otaritvā carāmī’’ti pitu hatthe rasmiyo datvā otaritvā gacchanto saddaṃ parivattetvā corānaṃ uṭṭhitasaddamakāsi. Mātāpitaro saddaṃ sutvā ‘‘corā uṭṭhitā’’ti saññāya ‘‘tāta, corā uṭṭhitā, mahallakā mayaṃ, tvaṃ attānameva rakkhāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. So mātāpitaro viravantepi corasaddaṃ karonto koṭṭetvā māretvā aṭaviyaṃ khipitvā paccāgami.
导师讲完他过去的那段业之后,为了把前后因缘衔接起来而说法,说出了这些偈颂:“比丘们,目犍连造了这样的业,在地狱里受了无数百千年的煎熬,剩下的余业又让他在一百世的生命里同样被打成粉末而死。目犍连就是这样得到了与自己所作之业相应的死亡。那五百个盗贼和五百个外道,因为一起诬害我那没有过错的儿子,也同样得到了与恶行相应的死。要知道,对没有过错的人起恶心加害,确实会因为十种原因而招致灾祸和毁灭。”巴利
Satthā idaṃ tassa pubbakammaṃ kathetvā ‘‘bhikkhave, moggallāno ettakaṃ kammaṃ katvā anekavassasatasahassāni niraye paccitvā tāva pakkāvasesena attabhāvasate evameva koṭṭetvā saṃcuṇṇo maraṇaṃ patto, evaṃ moggallānena attano kammānurūpameva maraṇaṃ laddhaṃ. Pañcahi corasatehi saddhiṃ pañcatitthiyasatānipi mama puttaṃ appaduṭṭhaṃ dussetvā anurūpameva maraṇaṃ labhiṃsu. Appaduṭṭhesu hi padussanto dasahi kāraṇehi anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇātiyevā’’ti anusandhiṃ ghaṭetvā dhammaṃ desento imā gāthā abhāsi –
他用棍棒伤害那些不应被棍棒伤害、没有过错的人;
他会很快落到十种处境中的某一种。
感受粗恶的伤害,或身体的破裂;
或者患上重病,或者心识迷乱;
或者遭到国王降下的灾祸,或者被人恶毒诽谤;
要么是亲人的毁灭,要么是财富的毁坏。
Athavassa 的家宅被炽热大火烧毁;
这个愚痴的人身体坏灭之后,就会堕入地狱。巴利
‘‘Yo daṇḍena adaṇḍesu, appaduṭṭhesu dussati; Dasannamaññataraṃ ṭhānaṃ, khippameva nigacchati. ‘‘Vedanaṃ pharusaṃ jāniṃ, sarīrassa va bhedanaṃ; Garukaṃ vāpi ābādhaṃ, cittakkhepaṃ va pāpuṇe. ‘‘Rājato vā upasaggaṃ, abbhakkhānaṃ va dāruṇaṃ; Parikkhayaṃ va ñātīnaṃ, bhogānaṃ va pabhaṅgunaṃ. ‘‘Athavassa agārāni, aggi ḍahati pāvako; Kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṃ sopapajjatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 137-140);
393 致力于远离,就是以各种方式投入远离、独处,被引导进入并实际运用这种远离。乐于修定,就是欢喜、耽着于初禅等的修习。对于一切漏,即所有烦恼,在遍知、了知并断除之后,他安住于无漏、无烦恼的状态——这就是这段话的关联。巴利
393.Pavivekamanuyuttoti pakārena vivekaṃ ekībhāvaṃ anuyutto yojito yuttappayutto. Samādhibhāvanāratoti paṭhamajjhānādibhāvanāya rato allīno ca. Sabbāsave sakalakilese, pariññāya jānitvā pajahitvā, anāsavo nikkileso viharāmīti sambandho.
394 现在,为了显示他自己凭借福德资粮而修成的往昔善行的果报,说出了“大地甚深”等话。巴利
394. Idāni attano puññasambhāravasena pubbacaritassa phalaṃ dassento dharaṇimpi sugambhīrantiādimāha.
这里按顺序说明:被佛陀催促,就是被正等正觉者催促、打发走。在比丘僧团注视下,就是在庞大的比丘僧团眼前。他以脚趾摇动鹿子母讲堂,就是毗舍佉大优婆夷在东园建造的那座以千柱装饰的大讲堂,他用自己的脚趾把它摇动了。有一次,世尊住在东园那座上述的讲堂里,许多新出家不久的比丘坐在讲堂上层,没有把导师放在心上,开始聊些畜生论之类的话。世尊听到后,想让他们生起警醒,并让他们成为能领受自己说法的法器,就叫来大目犍连尊者说:“目犍连,你看到那些新比丘沉迷于畜生论了吗?”长老听了这话,明白导师的心意,就进入以水遍为所缘、能引发神通的第四禅。出定后,他决意:“讲堂所在的地方变成水。”然后用脚趾敲击讲堂顶上的塔尖,讲堂就倾斜了,向一侧停住。他又敲了一次,讲堂又向另一侧停住。那些比丘害怕、惊恐,担心讲堂倒塌,就从那里出来,站在世尊身边。导师观察他们的根性后,为他们说法。他们听了法之后,有的证得入流果,有的证得一来果,有的证得不来果,有的证得阿罗汉果。这个义理应当由《讲堂摇动经》来说明。巴利
Tatrāyamanupubbīkathā – buddhena coditoti sammāsambuddhena codito uyyojito. Bhikkhusaṅghassa pekkhatoti mahato bhikkhusaṅghassa passantassa. Migāramātupāsādaṃ, pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayīti pubbārāme visākhāya mahāupāsikāya kāritaṃ sahassatthambhapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ mahāpāsādaṃ attano pādaṅguṭṭhena kampesiṃ. Ekasmiñhi samaye pubbārāme yathāvuttapāsāde bhagavati viharante sambahulā navakatarā bhikkhū uparipāsāde nisinnā satthārampi acintetvā tiracchānakathaṃ kathetumāraddhā. Taṃ sutvā bhagavā te saṃvejetvā attano dhammadesanāya bhājanabhūte kātukāmo āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānattheraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘passasi tvaṃ, moggallāna, nave bhikkhū tiracchānakathamanuyutte’’ti taṃ sutvā thero satthu ajjhāsayaṃ ñatvā abhiññāpādakaṃ āpokasiṇārammaṇaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya ‘‘pāsādassa patiṭṭhitokāsaṃ udakaṃ hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāya pāsādamatthake thupikaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhena pahari, pāsādo onamitvā ekena passena aṭṭhāsi. Punapi pahari, aparenapi passena aṭṭhāsi. Te bhikkhū bhītā saṃviggā pāsādassa patanabhayena tato nikkhamitvā bhagavato samīpe aṭṭhaṃsu. Satthā tesaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā dhammaṃ desesi. Taṃ sutvā tesu keci sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahiṃsu, keci sakadāgāmiphale, keci anāgāmiphale, keci arahattaphale patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Svāyamattho pāsādakampanasuttena dīpetabbo.
韦迦亚塔宫殿:这韦迦亚塔宫殿在三十三天,高一千由旬,装饰着无数突拱和尖顶阁楼。在天神与阿修罗的战争中,打败阿修罗后,帝释天王站在城中央时,这座宫殿因是在胜利中升起建成的,所以得名“韦迦亚塔”(胜利)。这里指的就是这座宫殿。这位长老也用脚趾让它震动。有一次,世尊住在东园时,帝释天王前来,问关于渴爱灭尽的解脱。世尊为他解答。他听后满心欢喜,顶礼右绕,回到自己的天界。那时,大目犍连尊者心想:“这位帝释到世尊那里,问了这样甚深、与涅槃相关的问题,世尊也作了解答。他到底是明白了才回去的,还是没明白就回去了呢?我不如去天界弄清楚这件事。”于是他立刻前往三十三天,向帝释问这件事。帝释因为沉迷天界的福报而分心散乱。长老为了让他生起警醒,就用脚趾震动了韦迦亚塔宫殿。因此说:巴利
Vejayantapāsādanti so vejayantapāsādo tāvatiṃsabhavane yojanasahassubbedho anekasahassaniyyūhakūṭāgārapaṭimaṇḍito devāsurasaṅgāme asure jinitvā sakke devānaminde nagaramajjhe ṭhite uṭṭhito vijayantena nibbattattā ‘‘vejayanto’’ti laddhanāmo pāsādo, taṃ sandhāyāha – ‘‘vejayantapāsāda’’nti, tampi ayaṃ thero pādaṅguṭṭhena kampeti. Ekasmiñhi samaye bhagavantaṃ pubbārāme viharantaṃ sakko devarājā upasaṅkamitvā taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ pucchi. Tassa bhagavā vissajjesi. So taṃ sutvā attamano pamudito abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā attano devalokameva gato. Athāyasmā mahāmoggallāno evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ sakko bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evarūpaṃ gambhīranibbānapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi, bhagavatā ca pañho vissajjito, kiṃ nu kho jānitvā gato, udāhu ajānitvā . Yaṃnūnāhaṃ devalokaṃ gantvā tamatthaṃ jāneyya’’nti? So tāvadeva tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ gantvā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ tamatthaṃ pucchi. Sakko dibbasampattiyā pamatto hutvā vikkhepaṃ akāsi. Thero tassa saṃvegajananatthaṃ vejayantapāsādaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhena kampesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
他只用大脚趾就震动了韦迦亚塔宫殿;
他依靠神通力的加持,让众天神都感到警醒震悚。巴利
‘‘Yo vejayantapāsādaṃ, pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi; Iddhibalenupatthaddho, saṃvejesi ca devatā’’ti. (ma. ni. 1.513);
这段的意思应该依据《小渴爱灭尽解脱经》(中部1.390等)来说明。摇动的情形前面已经说过了。“他询问帝释”这句话,是针对前面长老问渴爱灭尽解脱这件事说的。所以经文说:“贤友,你知道渴爱灭尽解脱吗?”帝释回答了他。这是说,长老摇动宫殿之后,帝释心里感到警醒,舍弃放逸,如理作意,然后回答了问题。因为他那时完全是按照导师所教导的法门来说的,所以说“被问到时如实回答”。其中,“他询问帝释”是说大目犍连长老问帝释天王:对于导师所教导的渴爱灭尽解脱,你是不是真正把握了?这里用的是现在时,实际指的是过去的事。“贤友,你知道吗”意思是:贤友,你知道吗?知道什么?就是“渴爱灭尽解脱”——导师为你所讲的渴爱灭尽解脱,这样来问“你知道吗?”或者,“渴爱灭尽解脱”也可以理解为在问《渴爱灭尽解脱经》的教说。巴利
Ayaṃ panattho – cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttisuttena (ma. ni. 1.390 ādayo) dīpetabbo. Kampitākāro heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. ‘‘Sakkaṃ so paripucchatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.513) yathāvuttameva therassa taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttipucchaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘apāvuso, jānāsi, taṇhakkhayavimuttiyo’’ti? Tassa sakko viyākāsi. Idaṃ therena pāsādakampane kate saṃviggahadayena pamādaṃ pahāya yoniso manasi karitvā pañhassa byākatabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Satthārā desitaniyāmeneva hi so tadā kathesi. Tenāha – ‘‘pañhaṃ puṭṭho yathātatha’’nti (ma. ni. 1.513). Tattha sakkaṃ so paripucchatīti sakkaṃ devarājaṃ mahāmoggallānatthero satthārā desitāya taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiyā sammadeva gahitabhāvaṃ pucchi. Atītatthe hi idaṃ vattamānavacanaṃ. Apāvuso, jānāsīti āvuso, api jānāsi, kiṃ jānāsi? Taṇhakkhayavimuttiyoti (ma. ni. 1.513) taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiyo satthārā tuyhaṃ desitā, tathā ‘‘kiṃ jānāsī’’ti pucchati. Taṇhakkhayavimuttiyoti vā taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttisuttassa desanaṃ pucchati.
“梵天”是指大梵天。“在善法堂的集会中”是说在名为善法堂的集会堂里。不过这个善法堂是在梵天界,不在三十三天。没有哪个天界是没有善法堂的。“贤友,你过去持有的那个见解,现在还在吗?”意思是:没有任何沙门或婆罗门有能力到达这个梵天界。在导师来这儿之前,你持有那个见解,难道现在它还没有消失吗?“你看见在梵天界中闪耀放光……”意思是:你看见世尊在梵天界中飞过,被摩诃劫宾那、大迦叶等弟子围绕,进入火界定而坐,放射光明——你看见这样的情形吗?因为有一次,梵天在梵天界的善法堂集会中坐下,心里在想:“有没有哪位沙门或婆罗门有这样大的神通,能来到这里?”世尊知道梵天的心意后,就去了那里,坐在梵天头顶上方的虚空中,进入火界定,放出光明,同时意念大目犍连等弟子前来。随着他这么一想,那些弟子也到了那里,顶礼导师,知道导师的心意后,也进入火界定,各自面向一方坐下,放出光明。整个梵天界变成一片光明。导师知道梵天的心已经成熟,就开示了阐明四圣谛的法。说法结束时,众多梵天众安立于圣道与圣果之中。针对这件事,以“贤友,你那个见解现在还在吗?”这个偈颂来追问。这个义理应当依《婆迦梵天经》来说明。那里确实这样说:巴利
Brahmānanti mahābrahmānaṃ. Sudhammāyābhito sabhanti (ma. ni. 1.513) sudhammāya sabhāya. Ayaṃ pana brahmaloke sudhammā sabhā, na tāvatiṃsabhavane. Sudhammāsabhāvirahito devaloko nāma natthi. ‘‘Ajjāpi te, āvuso, sā diṭṭhi, yā te diṭṭhi pure ahū’’ti imaṃ brahmalokaṃ upagantuṃ samattho natthi koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā. Satthu idhāgamanato pubbe yā tuyhaṃ diṭṭhi ahosi, kiṃ ajjāpi idānipi sā diṭṭhi na vigatāti? Passasi vītivattantaṃbrahmaloke pabhassaranti brahmaloke vītipatantaṃ mahākappinamahākassapādīhi sāvakehi parivāritassa tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nisinnassa sasāvakassa bhagavato okāsaṃ passasīti attho. Ekasmiñhi samaye bhagavā brahmaloke sudhammāya sabhāya sannipatitvā sannisinnassa ‘‘atthi nu kho koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā evaṃmahiddhiko, so idha āgantuṃ sakkuṇeyyā’’ti cintentassa brahmuno cittamaññāya tattha gantvā brahmuno matthake ākāse nisinno tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā obhāsaṃ muñcanto mahāmoggallānādīnaṃ āgamanaṃ cintesi. Saha cintanena tepi tattha gantvā satthāraṃ vanditvā satthu ajjhāsayaṃ ñatvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā paccekadisāsu nisīditvā obhāsaṃ vissajjesuṃ. Sakalabrahmaloko ekobhāso ahosi. Satthā brahmuno kallacittataṃ ñatvā catusaccapakāsanaṃ dhammaṃ desesi. Desanāpariyosāne anekāni brahmasahassāni maggaphalesu patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Taṃ sandhāya codento ajjāpi te, āvuso, sā diṭṭhīti gāthamāha. Ayaṃ panattho bakabrahmasuttena (saṃ. ni. 1.175) dīpetabbo. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ (saṃ. ni. 1.176) –
有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位梵天心里生起了这样的恶见:“没有任何沙门或婆罗门能来到这里。”世尊以心了知那位梵天心中的想法后,就像力气大的人弯曲手臂或伸直手臂那样迅速,从祇园隐没,出现在那个梵天世界里。于是世尊在那位梵天上方的虚空中,盘腿而坐,进入火界定。巴利
‘‘Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa brahmuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – ‘natthi samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā yo idha āgaccheyyā’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tassa brahmuno cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya , pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya; evameva jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pāturahosi. Atha kho bhagavā tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā.
这时,具寿大目犍连心里想:“世尊现在住在哪里呢?”具寿大目犍连以清净、超越常人的天眼,看见世尊正坐在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,进入火界定。看见之后,就像一位强壮的人屈伸手臂那样迅速,他从祇园隐没,出现在那位梵天的世界里。接着,具寿大目犍连面向东方,在那位梵天上方的虚空中结跏趺坐,进入火界定,坐的位置比世尊稍低一些。巴利
‘‘Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi ‘kahaṃ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī’ti? Addasa kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisinnaṃ tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ. Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya; evameva jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno puratthimaṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ bhagavato.
这时,具寿大迦叶心里这样想:“世尊现在住在哪里呢?”具寿大迦叶以清净、超越常人的天眼,看见世尊正在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界。见后,就像大力士屈伸手臂一样,他从祇园隐没,出现在那个梵天世界。随后,具寿大迦叶面向南方,在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界,坐的位置比世尊稍低。巴利
‘‘Atha kho āyasmato mahākassapassa etadahosi – ‘kahaṃ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī’ti? Addasa kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhagavantaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisinnaṃ tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ. Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso…pe… evameva jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ bhagavato.
这时,具寿摩诃劫宾那心里这样想:世尊现在住在哪里呢?具寿摩诃劫宾那以清净、超越凡人的天眼,看见世尊正在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界。见后,就像大力士屈伸手臂那样,具寿摩诃劫宾那从祇园隐没,出现在那梵天界。随后,具寿摩诃劫宾那面向西方,在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界,座位比世尊稍低。巴利
‘‘Atha kho āyasmato mahākappinassa etadahosi – ‘kahaṃ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī’ti? Addasa kho āyasmā mahākappino bhagavantaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisinnaṃ tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ. Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso…pe… evameva jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākappino pacchimaṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ bhagavato.
这时,具寿阿那律心里这样想:“世尊现在住在哪里呢?”具寿阿那律以清净、超越凡人的天眼,看见世尊在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入了火界定。看见之后,就像力气大的人屈伸手臂那样快,他从祇园隐没,出现在那个梵天界。随后,具寿阿那律面向北方,在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入了火界定,位置比世尊稍低一些。巴利
‘‘Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa etadahosi – ‘kahaṃ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī’ti? Addasa kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisinnaṃ tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ. Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso…pe… evameva jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho uttaraṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ bhagavato’’.
那时,尊者大目犍连用偈颂对那位梵天说:巴利
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ brahmānaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
贤友,你以前有过的那个见解,现在还在吗?
你看见那正在梵天界中超越的光辉者了吗?
朋友,我过去有的那种见解,现在已经没有了。
我看见那已超越生死轮回、在梵天界中清净光明者。
这样的我,今天怎么能说“我是常住的、是永恒的”呢?巴利
‘‘Ajjāpi te āvuso sā diṭṭhi, yā te diṭṭhi pure ahu; Passasi vītivattantaṃ, brahmaloke pabhassara’’nti. ‘‘Na me mārisa sā diṭṭhi, yā me diṭṭhi pure ahu; Passāmi vītivattantaṃ, brahmaloke pabhassaraṃ; Svāhaṃ ajja kathaṃ vajjaṃ, ahaṃ niccomhi sassato’’ti.
那时,世尊让那位梵天感到警醒之后,就像力气大的人……一样,从梵天世界消失,出现在祇园。于是,那位梵天对一位梵众说:“来吧,朋友,你去尊者大目犍连那里,到了之后对尊者大目犍连这样说:‘朋友目犍连,世尊的其他弟子中,还有没有像目犍连、迦叶、摩诃劫宾那、阿那律那样具有如此大神力、如此大威力的呢?’”那位梵众回答梵天说:“好的,朋友。”然后就去了尊者大目犍连那里,到了之后对尊者大目犍连这样说:“朋友目犍连,世尊的其他弟子中,还有没有像目犍连、迦叶、摩诃劫宾那、阿那律那样具有如此大神力、如此大威力的呢?”于是,尊者大目犍连用偈颂对那位梵众说:巴利
‘‘Atha kho bhagavā taṃ brahmānaṃ saṃvejetvā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso…pe… evameva tasmiṃ brahmaloke antarahito jetavane pāturahosi. Atha kho so brahmā aññataraṃ brahmapārisajjaṃ āmantesi – ‘ehi tvaṃ, mārisa, yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkama, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ evaṃ vadehi – ‘‘atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṃmahiddhikā evaṃmahānubhāvā seyyathāpi bhavaṃ moggallāno kassapo kappino anuruddho’’ti? ‘Evaṃ, mārisā’ti kho so brahmapārisajjo tassa brahmuno paṭissutvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ etadavoca – ‘atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṃmahiddhikā evaṃmahānubhāvā seyyathāpi bhavaṃ moggallāno kassapo kappino anuruddho’ti ? Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ brahmapārisajjaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
三明具足者、神通成就者、善知他心者;
诸漏已尽的阿罗汉们,是佛陀的众多弟子。巴利
‘‘Tevijjā iddhipattā ca, cetopariyāyakovidā; Khīṇāsavā arahanto, bahū buddhassa sāvakā’’ti.
那时,那位梵众天听了尊者大目犍连的话,欢喜赞同之后,就走到那位梵天那里。到了以后,他对那位梵天这样说:“贤友,尊者大目犍连这样说——”巴利
‘‘Atha kho so brahmapārisajjo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā yena so brahmā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ brahmānaṃ etadavoca – ‘āyasmā mārisa mahāmoggallāno evamāha –
三明具足者、神通成就者、善知他心者;
诸漏已尽的阿罗汉们,是佛陀的众多弟子。巴利
‘‘‘Tevijjā iddhipattā ca, cetopariyāyakovidā; Khīṇāsavā arahanto, bahū buddhassa sāvakā’’’ti. –
那位梵众天众说了这番话。那位梵天很满意,对那位梵众天众所说的话表示赞同。巴利
Idamavoca so brahmapārisajjo. Attamano ca so brahmā tassa brahmapārisajjassa bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti (saṃ. ni. 1.176).
这句话是针对这个意思说的:这个道理,应当通过《巴迦梵天经》来说明。巴利
Idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ panattho bakabrahmasuttena dīpetabbo’’ti.
“大尼鲁山之巅”:这是用山顶来指代整座须弥山王。“以解脱而见”:意思是依靠禅那解脱、以神通而见。“林”:指赡部洲,因为那里林木茂密,所以称为“林”,因此说“赡部洲之主”。“东胜神洲人”:指东胜神洲这个地方以及那里的人。“地居人”:地居人指的是西牛货洲和北俱卢洲的人,他们因为没有房屋住处,所以称为“地居人”。这些也全都被他看见了,这是上下文的关系。这个道理应当通过降伏难陀乌巴难达来说明——据说有一次,给孤独居士听了世尊说法后,邀请说:“尊者,明天请带着五百位比丘来我家接受饮食供养。”然后就离开了。那天清晨,世尊观察一万个世界时,一位名叫难陀乌巴难达的龙王出现在他的智慧领域里。世尊心想:“这位龙王出现在我的智域中,会发生什么呢?”于是进一步观察,见到他有皈依的因缘,又想:“这位龙王持有邪见,对三宝没有净信,谁能让他脱离邪见呢?”这时便看到了大目犍连长老。于是天亮之后,世尊整理好身体,对尊者阿难说:“阿难,通知五百位比丘:‘如来要去天界巡行。’”那一天,难陀乌巴难达的娱乐场地也已布置好。他坐在天宝座上,天盖撑在上方,被三类伎乐和龙众围绕,正看着摆在天器中的饮食。巴利
Mahānerunokūṭanti (ma. ni. 1.513) kūṭasīsena sakalameva sinerupabbatarājaṃ vadasi. Vimokkhena apassayīti (ma. ni. 1.513) jhānavimokkhena nissayena abhiññāyena passayīti adhippāyo. Vananti (ma. ni. 1.513) jambudīpaṃ. So hi vanabāhullatāya ‘‘vana’’nti vutto. Tenāha ‘‘jambumaṇḍassa issaro’’ti. Pubbavidehānanti (ma. ni. 1.513) pubbavidehaṭṭhānañca pubbavidehanti attho. Ye ca bhūmisayā narāti (ma. ni. 1.513) bhūmisayā narā nāma aparagoyānauttarakurukā ca manussā. Te hi gehābhāvato ‘‘bhūmisayā’’ti vuttā. Tepi sabbe apassayīti sambandho. Ayaṃ panattho nandopanandadamanena dīpetabbo – ekasmiṃ kira samaye anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ sutvā ‘‘sve, bhante, pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ mayhaṃ gehe bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti nimantetvā pakkāmi. Taṃdivasañca bhagavato paccūsasamaye dasasahassilokadhātuṃ olokentassa nandopanando nāma nāgarājā ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchi. Bhagavā ‘‘ayaṃ nāgarājā mayhaṃ ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchati, kiṃ nu kho bhavissatī’’ti āvajjento saraṇagamanassa upanissayaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ micchādiṭṭhiko tīsu ratanesu appasanno, ko nu kho imaṃ micchādiṭṭhiko vimoceyyā’’ti āvajjento mahāmoggallānattheraṃ addasa. Tato pabhātāya rattiyā sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ ārocehi – ‘tathāgato devacārikaṃ gacchatī’’’ti. Taṃdivasañca nandopanandassa āpānabhūmiṃ sajjayiṃsu. So dibbaratanapallaṅke dibbena setacchattena dhāriyamāno tividhanāṭakehi ceva nāgaparisāya ca parivuto dibbabhājanesu upaṭṭhāpitaannapānaṃ olokayamāno nisinno hoti. Atha kho bhagavā yathā nāgarājā passati, tathā katvā tassa vimānamatthakeneva pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ tāvatiṃsadevalokābhimukho pāyāsi.
那时,难陀乌巴难达龙王心里生起了这样一个邪恶的见解:“这些秃头沙门,竟然在我们上方的天界——三十三天的宫殿里进进出出。从今以后,我绝不让这些人在我头顶上扬起脚尘还能走过去。”于是他起身来到须弥山脚下,舍弃了原来的身形,用蛇身盘绕须弥山七圈,把蛇冠竖在上面,再用蛇冠向下罩住,把三十三天的宫殿整个包覆起来,让它消失不见。巴利
Tena kho pana samayena nandopanandassa nāgarājassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti ‘‘ime hi nāma muṇḍasamaṇakā amhākaṃ uparibhavanena devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ bhavanaṃ pavisantipi nikkhamantipi, na dāni ito paṭṭhāya imesaṃ amhākaṃ matthake pādapaṃsuṃ okirantānaṃ gantuṃ dassāmī’’ti uṭṭhāya sinerupādaṃ gantvā taṃ attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā sineruṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari phaṇaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ avakujjena phaṇena pariggahetvā adassanaṃ gamesi.
那时,具寿赖吒和罗对世尊这样说:“尊者,以前我站在这个地方,能看见须弥山,看见须弥山周围,看见三十三天,看见毗阇延多,看见毗阇延多宫殿上的幢幡。尊者,现在是什么原因、什么因缘,我既看不见须弥山……也看不见毗阇延多宫殿上的幢幡了呢?”“赖吒和罗,这是因为名叫难陀乌巴难达的龙王对你们起了嗔怒,用身体盘绕须弥山七圈,又用头冠从上方盖住,制造了一片黑暗,就停在那里。”“尊者,我来降伏它。”世尊没有同意。接着,具寿跋提、具寿罗睺罗等所有比丘也依次起身,世尊都没有允许。巴利
Atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘pubbe, bhante, imasmiṃ padese ṭhito sineruṃ passāmi, sineruparibhaṇḍaṃ passāmi, tāvatiṃsaṃ passāmi, vejayantaṃ passāmi, vejayantassa pāsādassa uparidhajaṃ passāmi. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yaṃ etarahi neva sineruṃ passāmi…pe… na vejayantassa pāsādassa uparidhajaṃ passāmī’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ, raṭṭhapāla, nandopanando nāma nāgarājā tumhākaṃ kupito sineruṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari phaṇena paṭicchādetvā andhakāraṃ katvā ṭhito’’ti. ‘‘Damemi naṃ, bhante’’ti. Na bhagavā naṃ anujāni. Atha kho āyasmā bhaddiyo, āyasmā rāhuloti anukkamena sabbepi bhikkhū uṭṭhahiṃsu. Bhagavā anujāni.
最后,大目犍连尊者说:“尊者,我来降伏他。”世尊允许了:“目犍连,去降伏他吧。”尊者舍弃了自己的身形,变现出一条巨大的龙王之身,用蛇身把难陀乌巴难达缠绕了十四圈,把自己的头冠放在他的头冠上面,连同须弥山一起用力挤压。龙王放出烟来。尊者也说:“不是只有你身上有烟,我身上也有。”于是也放出烟。龙王的烟伤不了尊者,尊者的烟却让龙王受不了。接着龙王放出火来,尊者又说:“不是只有你身上有火,我身上也有。”于是也放出火。龙王的火伤不了尊者,尊者的火却让龙王受不了。龙王心想:“他连同须弥山一起挤压我,还这样喷烟喷火。”就问:“你是谁?”尊者答道:“难陀,我是目犍连。”“尊者,请您以比丘的本相安住吧。”巴利
Avasāne mahāmoggallānatthero – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, damemi na’’nti āha. ‘‘Damehi, moggallānā’’ti bhagavā anujāni. Thero attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā mahantaṃ nāgarājavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā nandopanandaṃ cuddasakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā tassa phaṇamatthake attano phaṇaṃ ṭhapetvā sinerunā saddhiṃ abhinippīḷesi. Nāgarājā dhūmāyi. Theropi ‘‘na tuyhaṃyeva sarīre dhūmo atthi, mayhampi atthī’’ti dhūmāyi. Nāgarājassa dhūmo theraṃ na bādhati, therassa pana dhūmo nāgarājaṃ bādhati. Tato nāgarājā pajjali, theropi ‘‘na tuyhaṃyeva sarīre aggi atthi, mayhampi atthī’’ti pajjali. Nāgarājassa tejo theraṃ na bādhati, therassa pana tejo nāgarājānaṃ bādhati. Nāgarājā – ‘‘ayaṃ maṃ sinerunā abhinippīḷetvā dhūmāyati ceva pajjalati cā’’ti cintetvā ‘‘bho, tuvaṃ kosī’’ti paṭipucchi. ‘‘Ahaṃ kho, nanda, moggallāno’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, attano bhikkhubhāvena tiṭṭhāhī’’ti.
长老舍弃了自己的身体形态,从龙王的右耳孔进去,从左耳孔出来;又从左耳孔进去,从右耳孔出来。同样地,从右鼻孔进去,从左鼻孔出来;从左鼻孔进去,从右鼻孔出来。然后龙王张开了嘴,长老从嘴里进去,在龙王的肚子里来回经行。世尊说:“目犍连,你注意,这条龙有大神通。”长老回答:“尊者,我的四神足已经修习、多修习,作为车乘、作为基础,实行、熟习、善加精勤。尊者,难陀乌巴难达且放在一边,像他这样的龙王,就算来一百条、一千条,我也能降伏。”等等。巴利
Thero taṃ attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā tassa dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotena pavisitvā vāmakaṇṇasotena nikkhami, vāmakaṇṇasotena pavisitvā dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotena nikkhami. Tathā dakkhiṇanāsasotena pavisitvā vāmanāsasotena nikkhami, vāmanāsasotena pavisitvā dakkhiṇanāsasotena nikkhami. Tato nāgarājā mukhaṃ vivari, thero mukhena pavisitvā antokucchiyaṃ pācīnena ca pacchimena ca caṅkamati. Bhagavā – ‘‘moggallāna, manasi karohi, mahiddhiko nāgo’’ti āha. Thero ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bhante, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, tiṭṭhatu, bhante, nandopanando, ahaṃ nandopanandasadisānaṃ nāgarājānaṃ satampi sahassampi dameyya’’ntiādimāha.
龙王心想:“他进来的时候我没能看见,现在他出去的时候,我要把他夹在牙缝里吃掉。”于是说道:“尊者,请出来吧,别在我肚子里来回经行折腾我了。”长老出来后,站在外面。龙王一看见他,心想“就是这个人”,便喷出鼻息。长老随即进入第四禅,那鼻息连他一根汗毛都吹不动。据说,其他比丘从一开始就能施展一切神通,但到了这个关头,却没法这么快就入定,所以世尊不允许他们去降伏龙王。巴利
Nāgarājā cintesi – ‘‘pavisanto tāva me na diṭṭho, nikkhamanakāle dāni naṃ dāṭhantare pakkhipitvā khādissāmī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘nikkhamatha, bhante, mā maṃ antokucchiyaṃ aparāparaṃ caṅkamanto bādhayitthā’’ti āha. Thero nikkhamitvā bahi aṭṭhāsi. Nāgarājā ‘‘ayaṃ so’’ti disvā nāsavātaṃ vissajji, thero catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajji, lomakūpampissa vāto cāletuṃ nāsakkhi. Avasesā bhikkhū kira ādito paṭṭhāya sabbapāṭihāriyāni kātuṃ sakkuṇeyyuṃ, imaṃ pana ṭhānaṃ patvā evaṃ khippanisantino hutvā samāpajjituṃ na sakkhissantīti nesaṃ bhagavā nāgarājadamanaṃ nānujāni.
龙王心想:“我用鼻息连这个沙门的一根汗毛都吹不动,这个沙门有大神通。”长老舍弃了原来的身形,变化成金翅鸟的样子,展现出金翅鸟的威猛之风,追赶龙王。龙王也舍弃了原来的身形,变化成一个年轻人的模样,一边说“尊者,我皈依您”,一边顶礼长老的双足。长老说:“难陀,导师来了,走吧,我们一起去。”于是降伏了龙王,让他失去毒性,带着他来到世尊面前。龙王礼敬世尊,说:“尊者,我皈依您。”世尊说:“龙王,愿你快乐。”随后,世尊在比丘僧团的围绕下,前往给孤独的住所。巴利
Nāgarājā ‘‘ahaṃ imassa samaṇassa nāsavātena lomakūpampi cāletuṃ nāsakkhi, mahiddhiko so samaṇo’’ti cintesi. Thero attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā supaṇṇarūpaṃ abhinimminitvā supaṇṇavātaṃ dassento nāgarājānaṃ anubandhi. Nāgarājā taṃ attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti vadanto therassa pāde vandi. Thero ‘‘satthā, nanda, āgato, ehi gamissāmā’’ti nāgarājānaṃ dametvā nibbisaṃ katvā gahetvā bhagavato santikaṃ agamāsi. Nāgarājā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti āha. Bhagavā ‘‘sukhī hohi, nāgarājā’’ti vatvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto anāthapiṇḍikassa nivesanaṃ agamāsi.
给孤独长者问道:“尊者,为什么今天来得这么晚?”世尊回答说:“目犍连和难陀乌巴难达之间发生了一场战斗。”给孤独长者又问:“那么,尊者,谁赢了,谁输了?”世尊回答说:“目犍连赢了,难陀输了。”给孤独长者说:“尊者,请世尊答应我,让我连续七天依次供养饮食,并连续七天向长老表达敬意。”说完之后,他在那七天里,以佛陀为首的五百位比丘作了盛大的供养。因此说:“应当由降伏难陀乌巴难达者来说明。”巴利
Anāthapiṇḍiko ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, atidivā āgatatthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Moggallānassa ca nandopanandassa ca saṅgāmo ahosī’’ti. ‘‘Kassa pana, bhante, jayo, kassa parājayo’’ti? ‘‘Moggallānassa jayo, nandassa parājayo’’ti. Anāthapiṇḍiko ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā sattāhaṃ ekapaṭipāṭiyā bhattaṃ sattāhaṃ therassa sakkāraṃ karissāmī’’ti vatvā sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhānaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ mahāsakkāraṃ akāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘nandopanandadamanena dīpetabbo’’ti.
有一次,世尊住在东园——毗舍佉大近事女所建、以千间房舍庄严的殿堂里……(中略)……也令天众生起悚惧。因此说:巴利
Ekasmiñhi samaye pubbārāme visākhāya mahāupāsikāya kāritasahassagabbhapaṭimaṇḍite pāsāde bhagavati viharante…pe… saṃvejesi ca devatāti. Tena vuttaṃ –
即使那大地极其深邃、厚实,难以摧毁;
我凭神通力到达了圆满,能用左脚拇指撼动它。巴利
‘‘Dharaṇimpi sugambhīraṃ, bahalaṃ duppadhaṃsiyaṃ; Vāmaṅguṭṭhena khobheyyaṃ, iddhiyā pāramiṃ gato’’ti.
在这里,“已到达神通的彼岸”的意思是:已经达到并获得了以变现神通为代表的各种神通的终极境界。巴利
Tattha iddhiyā pāramiṃ gatoti vikubbaniddhiādiiddhiyā pariyosānaṃ gato patto.
395 “我慢”是指“我是具足智慧、戒行和定力的人”这类心态。它的意思是:我看不到自己有这样的我慢,也不会宣称自己有。为了说明这一点,才说“我没有慢”。从沙弥开始,也就是以沙弥为起点,直到整个比丘僧团,我都怀着尊重之心、恭敬之心,致以敬重与推崇,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
395.Asmimānanti ahamasmi paññāsīlasamādhisampannotiādi asmimānaṃ na passāmi na akkhāmīti attho. Tadeva dīpento māno mayhaṃ na vijjatīti āha. Sāmaṇere upādāyāti sāmaṇere ādiṃ katvā sakale bhikkhusaṅghe garucittaṃ gāravacittaṃ ādarabahumānaṃ ahaṃ karomīti attho.
396 从这劫以来不可计量:从我们出现的这劫算起,用中间劫等来推算,劫数不可计量,意思是在一阿僧祇劫之上再加十万劫的顶点。我发起了那些业:我圆满了成就上首弟子地位的福德资粮。我已到达那个境地:我已到达那个声闻地,证得了称为漏尽的涅槃,已经成就了。巴利
396.Aparimeyye ito kappeti ito amhākaṃ uppannakappato antarakappādīhi aparimeyye ekaasaṅkhyeyyassa upari satasahassakappamatthaketi attho. Yaṃ kammamabhinīharinti aggasāvakabhāvassa padaṃ puññasampattiṃ pūresiṃ. Tāhaṃ bhūmimanuppattoti ahaṃ taṃ sāvakabhūmiṃ anuppatto āsavakkhayasaṅkhātaṃ nibbānaṃ patto asmi amhīti attho.
397 我已亲自证得并现前了知:义无碍解等四种无碍解,入流道等八种解脱,神变等六种神通。我已完成了佛陀世尊的教诫所摄的教法,也就是通过修满戒行,使世尊的教法达到圆满。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
397. Atthapaṭisambhidādayo catasso paṭisambhidā sotāpattimaggādayo aṭṭha vimokkhā iddhividhādayo cha abhiññāyo me mayā sacchikatā paccakkhaṃ katā. Buddhassa bhagavato ovādānusāsanīsaṅkhātaṃ sāsanaṃ mayā kataṃ sīlapaṭipattinipphādanavasena pariyosāpitanti attho.
“这样”是指以这种方式,按照前面所说的顺序。就这样,他在同一尊无等见佛面前两次得到了授记。怎么回事呢?按照前面所说的方式,他身为长者时,在那位世尊面前得到了授记;从那里死后,投生到海中的龙宫。因为寿命很长,他又在同一尊世尊面前献上供养,邀请世尊,供食世尊,并作了大供养。那时,世尊也为他作了授记。“善”是补足音节的虚词。“尊者”是亲切的称呼、表示恭敬尊重的称呼。“大目犍连长老说了这些譬喻偈”,意思是已经宣说了。“如是”是表示结束的虚词。巴利
Itthanti iminā pakārena heṭṭhā vuttakkamena. Evaṃ so ekasseva anomadassībuddhassa santike dvikkhattuṃ byākaraṇaṃ labhi. Kathaṃ? Heṭṭhā vuttanayena seṭṭhi hutvā tassa bhagavato santike laddhabyākaraṇo tato cuto sāmuddike nāgabhavane nibbatto tasseva bhagavato santike dīghāyukabhāvena upahāraṃ katvā nimantetvā bhojetvā mahāpūjaṃ akāsi. Tadāpi bhagavā byākaraṇaṃ kathesi. Sudanti padapūraṇe nipāto. Āyasmāti piyavacanaṃ garugāravādhivacanaṃ. Mahāmoggallānatthero imā apadānagāthāyo abhāsittha kathesi. Itīti parisamāpanatthe nipāto.
3-3. 大迦叶长老譬喻注巴利
3-3. Mahākassapattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
“莲华上世尊”等偈颂,是尊者大迦叶长老的《譬喻经》。这位长老也曾在过去诸佛那里积集善行,在一次次投生中不断累积福德资粮,作为趋向解脱的助缘。在莲华上世尊的时代,他出生在天鹅城,是一位名叫韦德哈的居士,拥有八亿财产。他归依佛、归依法、归依僧,作为近事男而生活。某个布萨日,他清早吃完美食后,受持布萨戒,带着香、花等物品前往精舍,供养世尊,顶礼之后,坐在一边。巴利
Padumuttarassabhagavatotyādikaṃ āyasmato mahākassapattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññasambhārāni upacinanto padumuttarabhagavato kāle haṃsavatīnagare vedeho nāma asītikoṭivibhavo kuṭumbiko ahosi. So buddhamāmako, dhammamāmako, saṅghamāmako, upāsako hutvā viharanto ekasmiṃ uposathadivase pātova subhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya gandhapupphādīni gahetvā vihāraṃ gantvā satthāraṃ pūjetvā vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
就在那时,导师把第三弟子大牛王长老立为头陀行第一,说道:“比丘们,在我的比丘弟子中,头陀行第一的就是牛王。”这位近事男听了之后,心生欢喜。说法结束、大众起身离去后,他礼敬导师,邀请道:“尊者,请明天接受我的供养。”导师说:“近事男,比丘僧团很大啊。”“尊者,有多少呢?”“有八百六十万比丘。”他说:“尊者,请连一位沙弥也不留在寺院里,带着全体比丘接受我的供养吧。”导师默然答应了。近事男知道导师已经答应,就回家准备了一场大供养。第二天,他派人去告诉导师时间到了。导师拿着钵和衣,被比丘僧团围绕,来到近事男家,在铺好的座位上坐下。接受净水之后,他一边接受粥等食物,一边受用饮食。近事男也坐在导师身边。巴利
Tasmiñca khaṇe satthā mahānisabhattheraṃ nāma tatiyasāvakaṃ ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhutavādānaṃ yadidaṃ nisabho’’ti etadagge ṭhapesi. Upāsako taṃ sutvā pasanno dhammakathāvasāne mahājane uṭṭhāya gate satthāraṃ vanditvā ‘‘sve, bhante, mayhaṃ bhikkhaṃ adhivāsethā’’ti nimantesi. ‘‘Mahā kho, upāsaka, bhikkhusaṅgho’’ti. ‘‘Kittako, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassa’’nti. ‘‘Bhante, ekaṃ sāmaṇerampi vihāre asesetvā mayhaṃ bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti. Satthā adhivāsesi. Upāsako satthu adhivāsanaṃ ñatvā gehaṃ gantvā mahādānaṃ sajjetvā punadivase satthu kālaṃ ārocāpesi. Satthā pattacīvaramādāya bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto upāsakassa gharaṃ gantvā paññattāsane nisinno dakkhiṇodakāvasāne yāguādīni sampaṭicchanto bhattavissaggaṃ akāsi. Upāsakopi satthu santike nisīdi.
那时,大公牛长老正沿街托钵,走上了那条街。近事男看见他,就起身走过去,向长老顶礼,说:“尊者,请把钵给我。”长老把钵递给他。“尊者,请进来吧,导师也在屋里坐着呢。”“不用了,近事男。”他便接过长老的钵,装满食物再还回去。然后跟着长老走了一段,才返回,坐到导师身边,这样问:“尊者,我对大公牛长老说‘导师也在屋里坐着’,他都不肯进来。难道他有什么功德比您还高吗?”诸佛对赞叹他人的功德从不吝惜,所以导师这样说:“近事男,我们是坐在屋里等候钵食,那位比丘却不是这样坐着等食物。我们住在村落边的住处,他只住在森林里。我们住在有遮蔽的地方,他只住在露天。”世尊就这样讲说他的功德——“他有这样的功德,还有那样的功德”——像在把大海填满一样。巴利
Tasmiṃ antare mahānisabhatthero piṇḍāya caranto tameva vīthiṃ paṭipajji. Upāsako disvā uṭṭhāya gantvā theraṃ vanditvā ‘‘pattaṃ, bhante, dethā’’ti āha. Thero pattaṃ adāsi. ‘‘Bhante, idheva pavisatha, satthāpi gehe nisinno’’ti. ‘‘Na vaṭṭissati, upāsakā’’ti. So therassa pattaṃ gahetvā piṇḍapātassa pūretvā adāsi. Tato theraṃ anugantvā nivatto satthu santike nisīditvā evamāha – ‘‘mahānisabhatthero, bhante, ‘satthāpi gehe nisinno’ti vuttepi pavisituṃ na icchi. Atthi nu kho etassa tumhākaṃ guṇehi atirekaguṇo’’ti? Buddhānañca vaṇṇamaccheraṃ nāma natthi, tasmā satthā evamāha – ‘‘upāsaka, mayaṃ bhikkhaṃ āgamayamānā gehe nisīdāma, so bhikkhu na evaṃ nisīditvā bhikkhaṃ udikkhati. Mayaṃ gāmantasenāsane vasāma, so araññeyeva vasati. Mayaṃ channe vasāma, so abbhokāseyeva vasatī’’ti bhagavā ‘‘ayañca ayañcetassa guṇo’’ti mahāsamuddaṃ pūrayamāno viya tassa guṇaṃ kathesi.
这位近事男就像在燃烧的灯里添了油一样,信心变得更加明亮,他心里想:“我何必再去求别的成就呢?不如我就在未来某位佛陀面前,发愿成为头陀行者中第一的人吧。”于是他又邀请世尊,按照同样的方式连续七天做了大布施。到第七天,他向以佛陀为首的广大比丘僧团供养了三衣,然后伏在世尊脚下,这样说道:“尊者,我这七天布施时,一直现前慈的身业、慈的语业、慈的意业。我不以这些求任何天界的成就,也不求帝释、魔、梵天的成就。只愿我做的这些业,能在未来某位佛陀面前,成为我证得像大公牛长老那样的地位之后,又在受持十三头陀支的人中成为第一的资粮。”世尊便观察:“他所求的地位很大,能不能成呢?”见能够成,就授记说:“你所求的地位很合你心意。未来十万劫结束时,会有一位名叫乔达摩的佛陀出世,那时你会成为他的第三位弟子,名叫大迦叶长老。”这位近事男听了以后,认为“诸佛说的话绝不会有第二种”,于是把那成就看得好像第二天就能得到一样。他尽形寿布施、受持戒律并守护,做了种种福业,命终之后投生到天界。巴利
Upāsakopi pakatiyā jalamānadīpo telena āsitto viya suṭṭhutaraṃ pasanno hutvā cintesi – ‘‘kiṃ mayhaṃ aññāya sampattiyā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ anāgate ekassa buddhassa santike dhutavādānaṃ aggabhāvatthāya patthanaṃ karissāmī’’ti. So punapi satthāraṃ nimantetvā teneva niyāmena satta divase mahādānaṃ datvā sattame divase buddhappamukhassa mahābhikkhusaṅghassa ticīvarāni datvā satthu pādamūle nipajjitvā evamāha – ‘‘yaṃ me, bhante, satta divase dānaṃ dentassa mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ, imināhaṃ na aññaṃ devasampattiṃ vā sakkamārabrahmasampattiṃ vā patthemi, idaṃ pana me kammaṃ anāgate ekassa buddhassa santike mahānisabhattherena pattaṭṭhānantaraṃ pāpuṇanatthāya terasadhutaṅgadharānaṃ aggabhāvassa adhikāro hotū’’ti. Satthā ‘‘mahantaṃ ṭhānaṃ iminā patthitaṃ, samijjhissati nu kho, no’’ti olokento samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā āha – ‘‘manāpaṃ te ṭhānaṃ patthitaṃ, anāgate satasahassakappāvasāne gotamo nāma buddho uppajjissati, tassa tvaṃ tatiyasāvako mahākassapatthero nāma bhavissasī’’ti byākāsi. Taṃ sutvā upāsako ‘‘buddhānaṃ dve kathā nāma natthī’’ti punadivase pattabbaṃ viya taṃ sampattiṃ amaññittha. So yāvatāyukaṃ dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ samādāya rakkhitvā nānappakāraṃ puññakammaṃ katvā kālaṃkatvā sagge nibbatti.
从那时起,他在天界和人间享受福报。到了距今九十一劫的时候,毗婆尸佛依止槃头摩帝城,住在安稳的鹿野苑。他从天界命终,投生到一个衰败的婆罗门家庭。那时,世尊毗婆尸在成佛后第七年说法,引起了巨大的轰动。整个赡部洲的天神都传告说:“导师要说法了。”这位婆罗门听到了这个消息。他只有一件下裙,他妻子也只有一件,两人共用一件上衣。全城的人都叫他“一衣婆罗门”。每逢婆罗门集会时,他就把妻子留在家里,自己披上那件衣服出门;到了妇女集会时,他就自己留在家里,让妻子披上那件衣服出门。说法那天,他对妻子说:“贤妻,你是夜里去听法,还是白天去?”妻子说:“夫君,我是女人,天生胆小,夜里不敢去听,我白天去。”于是她把婆罗门留在家里,自己披上那件衣服,和女居士们一起去寺院,礼拜导师后坐在一边听法,听完又和女居士们一起回来。然后婆罗门把她留在家里,自己披上那件衣服去了寺院。巴利
Tato paṭṭhāya devamanussesu sampattiṃ anubhavanto ito ekanavutikappe vipassisammāsambuddhe bandhumatīnagaraṃ upanissāya kheme migadāye viharante devalokā cavitvā aññatarasmiṃ parijiṇṇabrāhmaṇakule nibbatti. Tasmiñca kāle vipassī bhagavā sattame saṃvacchare dhammaṃ kathesi, mahantaṃ kolāhalaṃ ahosi. Sakalajambudīpe devatā ‘‘satthā dhammaṃ kathessatī’’ti ārocesuṃ. Brāhmaṇo taṃ sāsanaṃ assosi. Tassa nivāsanasāṭako ekoyeva, tathā brāhmaṇiyā. Pārupanaṃ pana dvinnampi ekameva. So sakalanagare ‘‘ekasāṭakabrāhmaṇo’’ti paññāyi . So brāhmaṇo kenacideva kiccena brāhmaṇānaṃ sannipāte sati brāhmaṇiṃ gehe ṭhapetvā sayaṃ taṃ vatthaṃ pārupitvā gacchati, brāhmaṇīnaṃ sannipāte sati sayaṃ gehe acchati, brāhmaṇī taṃ vatthaṃ pārupitvā gacchati. Tasmiṃ pana divase so brāhmaṇiṃ āha – ‘‘bhoti, kiṃ tvaṃ rattiṃ dhammaṃ suṇissasi, udāhu divā’’ti? ‘‘Sāmi, ahaṃ mātugāmo bhīrukajātikā rattiṃ sotuṃ na sakkomi, divā sossāmī’’ti taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gehe ṭhapetvā taṃ vatthaṃ pārupitvā upāsikāhi saddhiṃ vihāraṃ gantvā satthāraṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisinnā dhammaṃ sutvā upāsikāhi saddhiṃ agamāsi. Atha brāhmaṇo taṃ gehe ṭhapetvā taṃ vatthaṃ pārupitvā vihāraṃ gato.
那时,导师坐在众人中间装饰好的法座上,手里拿着彩绘的扇子,像是在从天上倾泻银河,又像是在以须弥山为搅棒搅动大海一样,开示法语。那位婆罗门坐在人群边缘听法,才到初夜时分,一种遍满全身的五色喜就生了起来。他把披着的衣叠好,心想:“我要把它布施给十力者。”可就在这时,那能显出千百种过患的悭吝心生了起来。他想:“你和婆罗门妻只有这一件衣,再没有别的遮身之物,不披衣就没法出门走动。”于是他怎么也不肯布施。初夜过去,到了中夜,同样的喜又生了起来。他照样想了想,照样还是不肯布施。中夜过去,到了后夜,同样的喜又生了起来。这时他战胜了悭吝,把衣叠好,放在导师脚前。然后他左手叉腰,右手一拍,高声喊了三遍:“我胜了!我胜了!”巴利
Tasmiñca samaye satthā parisamajjhe alaṅkatadhammāsane nisinno cittabījaniṃ gahetvā ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya sineruṃ manthaṃ katvā sāgaraṃ nimmanthento viya ca dhammakathaṃ kathesi. Brāhmaṇassa parisapariyantena nisinnassa dhammaṃ suṇantassa paṭhamayāmeyeva sakalasarīraṃ pūrayamānā pañcavaṇṇā pīti uppajji. So pārutavatthaṃ saṅgharitvā ‘‘dasabalassa dassāmī’’ti cintesi. Athassa ādīnavasahassaṃ dassayamānaṃ maccheraṃ uppajji. So ‘‘brāhmaṇiyā tuyhañca ekameva vatthaṃ, aññaṃ kiñci pārupanaṃ nāma natthi, apārupitvā bahi vicarituṃ na sakkomī’’ti sabbathāpi adātukāmo ahosi. Athassa nikkhante paṭhame majjhimayāmeti tatheva pīti uppajji. So tatheva cintetvā tatheva adātukāmo ahosi. Athassa majjhime yāme nikkhante pacchimayāmepi tatheva pīti uppajji. Tadā so maccheraṃ jinitvā vatthaṃ saṅgharitvā satthu pādamūle ṭhapesi. Tato vāmahatthaṃ ābhujitvā dakkhiṇena hatthena apphoṭetvā ‘‘jitaṃ me, jitaṃ me’’ti tikkhattuṃ nadi.
那时,槃头摩王正坐在法座后面的帷帐里听法。对国王来说,“我赢了”这种喊声听着很不舒服。国王就命令一个侍从:“去,问问他在说什么。”婆罗门被侍从过来一问,就说:“别人骑上象车之类,拿着刀盾之类去打败敌军,那不算稀奇。而我呢,就像一头弯角牛从后面冲过来,我用木槌砸破它的脑袋把它赶跑一样,战胜了悭吝之心,把身上披的布施给了十力者。我战胜了悭吝,这才稀奇。”侍从回来,把这件事禀告了国王。国王说:“我们真不知道什么才配得上十力者,这位婆罗门却知道。”于是对他生起信心,派人送去一对衣布。婆罗门看到后心想:“之前我默默坐着时,国王什么都没给;等我称扬导师的功德,他才给了。这是因为导师的功德才有的,只有导师才配得上。”于是把那对衣布也施给了十力者。国王问:“婆罗门怎么做的?”听说“那对衣布也被他施给如来了”,又另外送了两对衣布过去,他也同样施给了导师。国王又说“再送四对”,就这样一直送到三十二对衣布。这时婆罗门心想:“这样越送越多地收下,简直像是在索要一样。”于是为自己留一对,为婆罗门妻留一对,共拿了两对,剩下三十对全都施给了如来。从那时起,他就成了亲近信赖导师的人。巴利
Tasmiṃ samaye bandhumā rājā dhammāsanassa pacchato antosāṇiyaṃ nisinno dhammaṃ suṇāti. Rañño ca nāma ‘‘jitaṃ me’’ti saddo amanāpo hoti. Rājā purisaṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe, etaṃ puccha – ‘kiṃ so vadatī’’’ti? Brāhmaṇo tenāgantvā pucchito ‘‘avasesā hatthiyānādīni āruyha asicammādīni gahetvā parasenaṃ jinanti, na taṃ acchariyaṃ. Ahaṃ pana pacchato āgacchantassa kūṭagoṇassa muggarena sīsaṃ bhinditvā taṃ palāpento viya maccheracittaṃ jinitvā pārutavatthaṃ dasabalassa adāsiṃ, taṃ me jitaṃ maccheraṃ acchariya’’nti āha. So āgantvā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘amhe, bhaṇe, dasabalassa anurūpaṃ na jānāma, brāhmaṇo jānātī’’ti tassa pasīditvā vatthayugaṃ pesesi. Taṃ disvā brāhmaṇo cintesi – ‘‘rājā mayhaṃ tuṇhī nisinnassa paṭhamaṃ kiñci adatvā satthu guṇe kathentassa adāsi, satthu guṇe paṭicca idaṃ uppannaṃ, satthuyeva anucchavika’’nti tampi vatthayugaṃ dasabalassa adāsi. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ brāhmaṇena kata’’nti pucchitvā ‘‘tampi tena vatthayugaṃ tathāgatasseva dinna’’nti sutvā aññānipi dve vatthayugāni pesesi, so tānipi satthu adāsi. Puna rājā ‘aññānipi cattārī’ti evaṃ vatvā yāva evaṃ dvattiṃsa vatthayugāni pesesi. Atha brāhmaṇo ‘‘idaṃ vaḍḍhetvā vaḍḍhetvā gahaṇaṃ viya hotī’’ti attano atthāya ekaṃ, brāhmaṇiyā ekanti dve vatthayugāni gahetvā, tiṃsa yugāni tathāgatasseva adāsi. Tato paṭṭhāya ca so satthu vissāsiko jāto.
后来有一天,国王在寒冷的时候,看见他在导师面前听法,就把自己身上披的、价值十万的红毛毯送给他,说:“从今以后,你就披着这个听法。”他心想:“这条毛毯对我有什么用?不过是盖在这个臭皮囊上罢了。”于是他去香室里,把毛毯张挂在如来床座的上方,做成天盖,就走了。又有一天,国王一早去精舍,在香室里导师面前坐下。就在那时,六色佛光映照在毛毯上,毛毯显得极其璀璨。国王抬头一看,认了出来,说:“尊者,这是我们的毛毯,是我们送给一衣婆罗门的。”“大王,你们供养了婆罗门,婆罗门供养了我。”国王心想:“婆罗门懂得怎样才合适,我们却不懂。”于是生起净信,把所有对人类有用的东西都按八乘八的倍数备好,作了名为“一切八”的布施,并把婆罗门安置在国师的位置上。那位婆罗门也知道“所谓八乘八就是六十四”,便准备了六十四份签食,终生布施、持戒,命终之后从那里往生天界。巴利
Atha taṃ rājā ekadivasaṃ sītasamaye satthu santike dhammaṃ suṇantaṃ disvā satasahassagghanakaṃ attano pārutaṃ rattakambalaṃ datvā āha – ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya imaṃ pārupitvā dhammaṃ suṇāhī’’ti. So ‘‘kiṃ me iminā kambalena imasmiṃ pūtikāye upanītenā’’ti cintetvā antogandhakuṭiyaṃ tathāgatassa mañcassa upari vitānaṃ katvā agamāsi. Athekadivasaṃ rājā pātova vihāraṃ gantvā antogandhakuṭiyaṃ satthu santike nisīdi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe chabbaṇṇā buddharasmiyo kambale paṭihaññanti, kambalo ativiya virocittha. Rājā ullokento sañjānitvā āha – ‘‘amhākaṃ, bhante, esa kambalo, amhehi ekasāṭakabrāhmaṇassa dinno’’ti. ‘‘Tumhehi, mahārāja, brāhmaṇo pūjito, brāhmaṇena mayaṃ pūjitā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘brāhmaṇo yuttaṃ aññāsi, na maya’’nti pasīditvā yaṃ manussānaṃ upakārabhūtaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ aṭṭhaṭṭhakaṃ katvā sabbaṭṭhakaṃ nāma dānaṃ datvā purohitaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Sopi ‘‘aṭṭhaṭṭhakaṃ nāma catusaṭṭhi hotī’’ti catusaṭṭhisalākabhattāni upaṭṭhapetvā yāvajīvaṃ dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ rakkhitvā tato cuto sagge nibbatti.
后来,他从那一世命终之后,在这个劫中,也就是在拘那含佛和迦叶佛两位世尊之间,投生在波罗奈城的一个居士家庭里。他长大后过着在家生活。有一天,他到树林里去散步经行。那时候,有一位独觉佛在河边缝制袈裟,因为顺风的风力不够,就把衣料叠起来准备放好。他看见后问道:“尊者,您为什么叠起来放呢?”回答说:“顺风的风力不够。”他说:“尊者,请用这个吧。”于是布施了一件上衣,并发了愿:“愿我在每一次投生之处,都不要有任何损失。”巴利
Puna tato cuto imasmiṃ kappe bhagavato koṇāgamanassa bhagavato kassapassa cāti dvinnaṃ antare bārāṇasiyaṃ kuṭumbiyakule nibbatto. So vaḍḍhimanvāya gharāvāsaṃ vasanto ekadivasaṃ araññe jaṅghavihāraṃ vicarati. Tasmiñca samaye paccekabuddho nadītīre cīvarakammaṃ karonto anuvāte appahonte saṅgharitvā ṭhapetumāraddho. So taṃ disvā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, saṅgharitvā ṭhapethā’’ti āha. ‘‘Anuvāto nappahotī’’ti. ‘‘Iminā, bhante, karothā’’ti uttarisāṭakaṃ datvā ‘‘nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne me kāci hāni mā hotū’’ti patthanaṃ akāsi.
她在家中和姊妹一起跟妻子争吵时,一位独觉佛进来乞食。她的姊妹把团食供养给独觉佛后,针对他的妻子发愿说:愿能避开这样的愚人一百由旬。妻子站在庭院里听到了,就说:别让他吃她供养的饭。她拿过钵,把饭倒掉,装满泥浆,递了过去。姊妹看到后说:愚人哪,你骂我、打我都行,可对一位已经圆满了两个无数劫波罗蜜的独觉佛,把钵里的饭倒掉换成泥浆,这太不应该了。这时妻子生起了反省。她说:尊者,请等一下。她倒掉泥浆,洗净钵,用香粉擦过,盛满上等饭食和四种甜味,再浇上色泽如莲花苞的酥油,让钵闪闪发光,放到独觉佛手中,发愿说:愿这团食光明闪耀,愿我的身体也这样光明闪耀。独觉佛随喜后,腾空而去。这对夫妻活到寿命尽时,命终后生到天界。后来又从那里命终,那男子在迦叶正等正觉佛的时代,投生在波罗奈一个拥有八亿财富的家庭;那女子也投生为同样一位长者的女儿。他长大后,娶的正是那位长者的女儿。由于她过去恶业不可意果报的力量,刚进夫家,从门槛开始,整座房子就像打开了厕所一样,臭气弥漫。少年问:这臭气是谁的?听说是长者女儿,就说:把她赶出去。于是把她遣回自己家。她就这样被赶走,在七个地方都被退回。巴利
Gharepissa bhaginiyā saddhiṃ bhariyāya kalahaṃ karontiyā paccekabuddho piṇḍāya pāvisi. Athassa bhaginī paccekabuddhassa piṇḍapātaṃ datvā tassa bhariyaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘evarūpaṃ bālaṃ yojanasate parivajjeyya’’nti patthanaṃ ṭhapesi. Sā gehaṅgaṇe ṭhitā sutvā ‘‘imāya dinnabhattaṃ esa mā bhuñjatū’’ti pattaṃ gahetvā bhattaṃ chaḍḍetvā kalalassa pūretvā adāsi. Itarā disvā ‘‘bāle, maṃ tāva akkosa vā pahara vā, evarūpassa pana dve asaṅkhyeyyāni pūritapāramissa paccekabuddhassa pattato bhattaṃ chaḍḍetvā kalalaṃ dātuṃ na yutta’’nti āha. Athassa bhariyāya paṭisaṅkhānaṃ uppajji. Sā ‘‘tiṭṭhatha, bhante’’ti kalalaṃ chaḍḍetvā pattaṃ dhovitvā gandhacuṇṇena ubbaṭṭetvā paṇītabhattassa catumadhurassa ca pūretvā upari āsittena padumagabbhavaṇṇena sappinā vijjotamānaṃ pattaṃ paccekabuddhassa hatthe ṭhapetvā ‘‘yathā ayaṃ piṇḍapāto obhāsajāto, evaṃ obhāsajātaṃ me sarīraṃ hotū’’ti patthanaṃ akāsi. Paccekabuddho anumoditvā ākāsaṃ pakkhandi. Tepi dve jāyampatikā yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cutā sagge nibbattiṃsu. Puna tato cavitvā upāsako kassapasammāsambuddhakāle bārāṇasiyaṃ asītikoṭivibhavasampanne kule nibbatti, itarāpi tādisasseva seṭṭhino dhītā hutvā nibbatti, tassa vayappattassa tameva seṭṭhidhītaraṃ ānayiṃsu. Tassā pubbe aniṭṭhavipākassa pāpakammassa ānubhāvena patikulaṃ paviṭṭhamattāya ummārantarato paṭṭhāya sakalaṃ gehaṃ ugghāṭitavaccakūpo viya duggandhaṃ jātaṃ. Kumāro ‘‘kassāyaṃ gandho’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘seṭṭhikaññāyā’’ti sutvā ‘‘nīharatha na’’nti tassāyeva kulagharaṃ pesesi. Sā teneva nīhārena sattasu ṭhānesu paṭinivatti.
那时,迦叶佛般涅槃了。人们用价值十万的金砖,开始建造一座高一由旬的塔。塔正在建造时,那位长者的女儿心想:“我在七个地方都被退回来,活着还有什么用?”她让人把自己的首饰毁掉,做成一块金砖,长一肘、宽一拃、厚四指。然后她拿了雌黄和雄黄团,又带了八把青莲花,前往建塔的地方。就在那时,一圈砖正围着合拢过来,还缺一块接合的砖。长者的女儿对工匠说:“请把我这块砖放在这里。”工匠说:“善女子,你来得正好,你自己放吧。”她就爬上去,用油调和雌黄和雄黄团,用那胶黏物把金砖安放好,再在上面用八把青莲花作了供养,然后礼拜,并发愿说:“愿我无论投生到哪里,身体都散发旃檀香,口中散发青莲花香。”之后她礼拜塔,右绕而行,回家去了。巴利
Tena samayena kassapadasabalo parinibbāyi. Tassa satasahasagghanikāhi suvaṇṇiṭṭhakāhi yojanubbedhaṃ cetiyaṃ ārabhiṃsu. Tasmiṃ cetiye kariyamāne sā seṭṭhidhītā cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ sattasu ṭhānesu paṭinivattā, kiṃ me jīvitenā’’ti attano ābharaṇabhaṇḍaṃ bhañjāpetvā suvaṇṇiṭṭhakaṃ kāresi ratanāyataṃ vidatthivitthiṇṇaṃ caturaṅgulubbedhaṃ. Tato haritālamanosilāpiṇḍaṃ gahetvā aṭṭha uppalapupphahatthake ādāya cetiyakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ gatā. Tasmiñca khaṇe ekā iṭṭhakāpanti parikkhipitvā āgacchamānā ghaṭaniṭṭhakāya ūnā hoti. Seṭṭhidhītā vaḍḍhakiṃ āha ‘‘imaṃ me iṭṭhakaṃ ettha ṭhapethā’’ti. ‘‘Amma bhaddake, kāle āgatāsi, sayameva ṭhapehī’’ti. Sā āruyha telena haritālamanosilāpiṇḍaṃ yojetvā tena bandhanena iṭṭhakaṃ patiṭṭhapetvā upari aṭṭhahi uppalapupphahatthakehi pūjaṃ katvā vanditvā ‘‘nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne me kāyato candanagandho vāyatu, mukhato uppalagandho’’ti patthanaṃ katvā cetiyaṃ vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā gehaṃ agamāsi.
就在那一刻,当初她最先被带到其家的那位长者之子,因她而正念生起。城里也正喧嚷着庆祝星宿节。他问侍从们:“先前带回来的那位长者女儿在哪里?”“在娘家,主人。”“去把她带来,我要庆祝星宿节。”他们去了,向她行礼后站在一旁。她问:“年轻人,你们来做什么?”他们就把事情告诉了她。“年轻人,我用首饰供养了塔,现在我没有首饰了。”他们回去禀告了长者的儿子。他说:“把她带来,她会得到首饰的。”他们便把她带来了。她刚一进屋,整座房子就弥漫着旃檀香和青莲花香。长者的儿子问她:“贤妻,你身上原先散发的是臭味,现在你身上散发旃檀香,口中散发青莲花香,这是怎么回事?”她便从头开始,把自己做过的事告诉了他。长者的儿子生起清净信心,说道:“佛陀的教法确实能导向解脱!”便用毛织的幔布覆盖了那一由旬的金塔,并在各处用如车轮般大小的金莲花作庄严。那些金莲花有十二肘长的垂饰。巴利
Tasmiṃyeva khaṇe sā yassa seṭṭhiputtassa paṭhamaṃ gehaṃ nītā, tassa taṃ ārabbha sati udapādi. Nagarepi nakkhattaṃ saṅghuṭṭhaṃ hoti. So upaṭṭhāke āha ‘‘idha ānītā seṭṭhidhītā kuhi’’nti? ‘‘Kulagehe, sāmī’’ti. ‘‘Ānetha naṃ, nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmī’’ti. Te gantvā taṃ vanditvā ṭhitā. ‘‘Kiṃ, tātā, āgatatthā’’ti tāya puṭṭhā tassā taṃ pavattiṃ ācikkhiṃsu. ‘‘Tātā, mayā ābharaṇabhaṇḍehi cetiyaṃ pūjitaṃ, ābharaṇaṃ me natthī’’ti. Te gantvā seṭṭhiputtassa ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Ānetha naṃ, piḷandhanaṃ labhissatī’’ti. Te taṃ ānayiṃsu. Tassā saha gehapavesanena sakalagehaṃ candanagandho ceva uppalagandho ca vāyi. Seṭṭhiputto taṃ pucchi – ‘‘bhadde, tava sarīrato paṭhamaṃ duggandho vāyi, idāni pana te sarīrato candanagandho, mukhato uppalagandho vāyati, kimeta’’nti? Sā ādito paṭṭhāya attanā katakammaṃ ārocesi. Seṭṭhiputto ‘‘niyyānikaṃ vata buddhasāsana’’nti pasīditvā yojanikaṃ suvaṇṇacetiyaṃ kambalakañcukena paṭicchādetvā tattha tattha rathacakkapamāṇehi suvaṇṇapadumehi alaṅkari. Tesaṃ dvādasahatthā olambakā honti.
他在那里活到寿命尽时,死后生到天界;又从那里死后,投生在离波罗奈城大约一由旬的一户大臣家里。他的妻子则从天界死后,投生到王室,成了国王的大公主。等他们长大成人后,青年所住的村子里敲锣打鼓地庆祝星宿节。他对母亲说:“妈妈,给我衣服,我要去参加星宿节。”母亲拿出一件洗好的衣服给他。他说:“妈妈,这件太粗了。”母亲又拿出另一件给他,他也同样拒绝了。于是母亲对他说:“孩子,像我们出生的这种人家,没有福气得到比这更细软的衣服。”“既然这样,妈妈,那我就去能得到它的地方。”“孩子,我真希望你今天就能得到波罗奈城的王位。”他向母亲行礼说:“我走了,妈妈。”“去吧,孩子。”他凭着福德的安排出了门,来到波罗奈城,在御花园里的一块吉祥石板上,用衣服连头盖住,躺了下来。那时正是波罗奈国王去世后的第七天。巴利
So tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cuto sagge nibbattitvā, puna tato cavitvā bārāṇasito yojanamatte ṭhāne aññatarasmiṃ amaccakule nibbatti. Bhariyā panassa devalokato cavitvā rājakule jeṭṭharājadhītā hutvā nibbatti. Tesu vayappattesu kumārassa vasanagāme nakkhattaṃ saṅghuṭṭhaṃ. So mātaraṃ āha – ‘‘amma, sāṭakaṃ me dehi, nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmī’’ti. Sā dhotavatthaṃ nīharitvā adāsi. ‘‘Amma, thūlamida’’nti āha. Sā aññaṃ nīharitvā adāsi. So tampi paṭikkhipi. Atha naṃ mātā āha – ‘‘tāta, yādise gehe mayaṃ jātā, natthi no ito sukhumatarassa paṭilābhāya puñña’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi labhanaṭṭhānaṃ gacchāmi, ammā’’ti. ‘‘Putta, ahaṃ ajjeva tuyhaṃ bārāṇasinagararajjapaṭilābhaṃ icchāmī’’ti. So mātaraṃ vanditvā ‘‘gacchāmi, ammā’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha, tātā’’ti. So pana puññaniyāmena nikkhamitvā bārāṇasiṃ gantvā uyyāne maṅgalasilāpaṭṭe sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nipajji. So ca bārāṇasirañño kālaṅkatassa sattamo divaso hoti.
大臣们处理完国王的丧葬事宜后,坐在王宫庭院里商议:“国王只有一个女儿,没有儿子。没有国王的国土会衰亡,谁有资格当国王呢?”大家说:“你来当吧,你来当吧。”国师说:“不该再多方察看了,我们把福车放出去吧。”他们给四匹莲花色的骏马套上车,把五种国王御用之物和白伞盖放在车上,放出车乘,又让人在后面奏起乐器。车从东门出去,朝御花园的方向驶去。有人说:“它因为熟悉,朝御花园去了,我们让它掉头吧。”国师说:“不要让它掉头。”车到了之后,向右绕了那位青年一圈,然后停在他面前,像是准备好让他登车的样子。国师掀开盖衣的一角,察看他的脚底,说道:“且不说此洲,就是在两千小洲围绕的四大洲中,此人也有资格统治王国。”接着说道:“奏乐!”就这样命令奏乐三次。巴利
Amaccā rañño sarīrakiccaṃ katvā rājaṅgaṇe nisīditvā mantayiṃsu – ‘‘rañño ekā dhītāva atthi, putto natthi, arājakaṃ rajjaṃ nassissati, ko rājā bhavituṃ arahatī’’ti? ‘‘Tvaṃ hohi, tvaṃ hohī’’ti. Purohito āha – ‘‘bahuṃ oloketuṃ na vaṭṭati, phussarathaṃ vissajjessāmā’’ti. Te kumudavaṇṇe cattāro sindhave yojetvā pañcavidharājakakudhabhaṇḍaṃ setacchattañca tasmiṃ ṭhapetvā rathaṃ vissajjetvā pacchato tūriyāni paggaṇhāpesuṃ. Ratho pācīnadvārena nikkhamitvā uyyānābhimukho agamāsi. ‘‘Paricayena uyyānābhimukho gacchati, nivattemā’’ti keci āhaṃsu. Purohito ‘‘mā nivattayitthā’’ti āha. Ratho gantvā kumāraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā āruhanasajjo hutvā aṭṭhāsi. Purohito pārupanakaṇṇaṃ apanetvā pādatalāni olokento ‘‘tiṭṭhatu ayaṃ dīpo, dvisahassaparittadīpavāresu catūsu mahādīpesu esa rajjaṃ kāretuṃ yutto’’ti vatvā ‘‘tūriyāni paggaṇhathā’’ti tikkhattuṃ tūriyāni paggaṇhāpeti.
这时,王子睁开眼睛,看着他们问道:“你们是为了什么事情来的?”他们回答:“大王,王位归您了。”他又问:“你们的国王在哪里?”他们回答:“已经生到天界了,主人。”他问:“过了几天了?”他们回答:“今天已经是第七天了。”他问:“没有儿子或女儿吗?”他们回答:“有女儿,大王,没有儿子。”他说:“那我就来治理国家吧。”他们立刻让人建起灌顶堂,用各种装饰品把公主打扮好,带到御花园,为王子举行了灌顶仪式。他灌顶之后,他们给他送来一件价值十万的衣服。他说:“诸位,这是什么?”他们回答:“是穿的衣服,大王。”他说:“诸位,这难道不粗糙吗?”他们回答:“大王,在人间受用的衣服里,没有比这更柔软的了。”他问:“你们的国王就穿这样的衣服?”他们回答:“是的,大王。”他说:“我看你们的国王没什么福报。”接着他说:“拿金水壶来,我会有衣服的。”他让人取来金水壶,起身洗手、漱口,用手捧起水,向东方洒去。坚硬的大地裂开,八棵如意树升了起来。他又捧水,向南、西、北四个方向依次洒去。每个方向各升起八棵,总共三十二棵如意树。他穿上一件天衣,又披上一件,然后说:“在难陀王的领土内,击鼓巡告:‘纺纱女们不得纺纱。’”说完,他撑起伞盖,盛装打扮,乘上最好的象背,进入城中,登上宫殿,享受极大的富贵。巴利
Atha kumāro mukhaṃ vivaritvā olokento ‘‘kena kammena āgatatthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Deva, tumhākaṃ rajjaṃ pāpuṇātī’’ti. ‘‘Rājā vo kaha’’nti? ‘‘Devattaṃ gato, sāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kati divasā atikkantā’’ti ? ‘‘Ajja sattamo divaso’’ti. ‘‘Putto vā dhītā vā natthī’’ti ? ‘‘Dhītā atthi, deva, putto natthī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi karissāmi rajja’’nti. Te tāvadeva abhisekamaṇḍapaṃ kāretvā rājadhītaraṃ sabbālaṅkārehi alaṅkaritvā uyyānaṃ ānetvā kumārassa abhisekaṃ akaṃsu. Athassa katābhisekassa satasahassagghanakaṃ vatthaṃ upanayiṃsu. So ‘‘kimidaṃ, tātā’’ti āha. ‘‘Nivāsanavatthaṃ, devā’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, tātā, thūla’’nti? ‘‘Manussaparibhogavatthesu ito mudutaraṃ natthi, devā’’ti. ‘‘Tumhākaṃ rājā evarūpaṃ nivāsesī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, devā’’ti. ‘‘Na maññe puññavā tumhākaṃ rājā’’ti ‘‘suvaṇṇabhiṅgāraṃ āharatha, labhissāmi vattha’’nti suvaṇṇabhiṅgāraṃ āharāpetvā uṭṭhāya hatthe dhovitvā mukhaṃ vikkhāletvā hatthena udakaṃ gahetvā puratthimadisāyaṃ abbhukkiri. Ghanapathaviṃ bhinditvā aṭṭha kapparukkhā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Puna udakaṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇapacchimauttaradisāyanti evaṃ catūsu disāsu abbhukkiri. Sabbadisāsu aṭṭhaaṭṭhakaṃ katvā dvattiṃsa kapparukkhā uṭṭhahiṃsu. So ekaṃ dibbadussaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā ‘‘nandarañño vijite suttakantikā itthiyo ‘mā suttaṃ kantiṃsū’ti evaṃ bheriṃ carāpethā’’ti vatvā chattaṃ ussāpetvā alaṅkatapaṭiyatto hatthikkhandhavaragato nagaraṃ pavisitvā pāsādaṃ abhiruyha mahāsampattiṃ anubhavi.
日子一天天过去,王后看到国王的福报,生起怜悯之心,说:“哎呀,真像一位苦行僧啊!”国王问:“王后,怎么了?”她回答:“陛下,您的福报实在太大了,这是过去深信诸佛、行善积德所感的果报。现在您怎么不为将来种下福德的因缘呢?”国王说:“布施给谁呢?没有持戒的人啊。”王后说:“陛下,赡部洲并不是没有阿拉汉。您准备好布施,我来找阿拉汉。”第二天,国王在东门准备好了布施。王后清早受持布萨支,登上宫殿顶层,面向东方,以胸俯卧,说:“如果这个方向有阿拉汉,请明天来接受我们的施食。”但那个方向并没有阿拉汉,那些供养就给了贫苦的乞丐。巴利
Evaṃ gacchante kāle devī rañño sampattiṃ disvā ‘‘aho vata tapassī’’ti kāruññākāraṃ dassesi. ‘‘Kimidaṃ, devī’’ti puṭṭhā ‘‘atimahatī, deva, te sampatti, atīte buddhānaṃ saddahitvā katakalyāṇassa phalaṃ, idāni anāgatassa paccayaṃ puññaṃ na karothā’’ti āha. Kassa dassāma, sīlavanto natthīti. ‘‘Asuñño, deva, jambudīpo arahantehi; tumhe, deva, dānaṃ sajjetha, ahaṃ arahante lacchāmī’’ti āha. Punadivase rājā pācīnadvāre dānaṃ sajjāpesi. Devī pātova uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya uparipāsāde puratthābhimukhā urena nipajjitvā ‘‘sace etissāya disāya arahanto atthi, sve āgantvā amhākaṃ bhikkhaṃ gaṇhantū’’ti āha. Tassaṃ disāyaṃ arahanto nāhesuṃ, taṃ sakkāraṃ kapaṇayācakānaṃ adaṃsu.
第二天,在南门准备好供养,同样没找到应供的人;再过一天在西门的准备也一样。到了在北门准备供养的那天,王后同样发出邀请时,住在雪山的莲花母之子——五百位独觉佛中,上首的大莲花独觉佛对兄弟们说:“诸位贤友,难陀王邀请你们,请接受吧。”他们接受了邀请,第二天在阿耨达池洗了脸,从空中飞来,降落在北门。人们看见后,就去禀告国王:“陛下,五百位独觉佛来了。”国王和王后一同前去礼拜,请独觉佛们登上宫殿,在那里设斋供养。饭后,国王跪在上座长老的脚下,王后跪在新学比丘的脚下,说:“尊者,愿你们不因资具而劳累,也愿我们的功德不退失,请答应终生住在这里。”让他们答应后,又在御花园里建了五百座叶庵、五百条经行处,把一切居住条件都准备齐全,请他们住在那里。巴利
Punadivase dakkhiṇadvāre sajjetvā tatheva dakkhiṇeyyaṃ nālattha, punadivasepi pacchimadvāre tatheva. Uttaradvāre sajjitadivasena pana deviyā tatheva nimantentiyā himavante vasantānaṃ padumavatiyā puttānaṃ pañcasatānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ jeṭṭhako mahāpadumapaccekabuddho bhātike āmantesi – ‘‘mārisā, nandarājā tumhe nimanteti, adhivāsetha tassā’’ti. Te adhivāsetvā punadivase anotattadahe mukhaṃ dhovitvā ākāsenāgantvā uttaradvāre otariṃsu. Manussā disvā gantvā ‘‘pañcasatā, deva, paccekabuddhā āgatā’’ti rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā saddhiṃ deviyā gantvā vanditvā paccekabuddhe pāsādaṃ āropetvā tatra nesaṃ dānaṃ datvā bhattakiccāvasāne rājā saṅghattherassa, devī saṅghanavakassa pādamūle nipatitvā ‘‘ayyā, bhante, paccayehi na kilamissanti, mayañca puññena na parihāyissāmī, amhākaṃ yāvajīvaṃ idha nivāsāya paṭiññaṃ dethā’’ti paṭiññaṃ kāretvā uyyāne pañca paṇṇasālāsatāni, pañca caṅkamanasatānīti sabbākārena nivāsanaṭṭhānāni sampādetvā tattha vasāpesuṃ.
日子一天天过去,边境发生了叛乱。国王对王后说:“我要去平定边境,你千万不要疏忽对独觉佛们的照料。”嘱咐完就出发了。国王还没回来,独觉佛们的寿行就已经耗尽。大莲花独觉佛整夜沉浸在禅那之乐中,到了黎明时分,扶着栏杆板站着,就在那个姿势下以无余涅槃界般涅槃了。其余的独觉佛也都是同样的方式,全部般涅槃。第二天,王后布置好独觉佛们的座位,撒了花,熏了香,坐在那里等着他们来。等了很久不见人来,就派了人去:“去吧,孩子们,去看看尊者们是不是身体不舒服。”那些人去了,打开大莲花叶庵的门,在里面没看到他,就走到经行处,见他扶着栏杆板站着,便上前礼拜说:“尊者,时候到了。”已经般涅槃的遗体怎么会说话呢?他们心想“大概是在睡觉吧”,就用手去摸他的脚背,感觉脚又冷又僵硬,才知道已经般涅槃了。再到第二位那里,同样知道了;又到第三位那里……就这样知道所有独觉佛都已般涅槃,便回到王宫。王后问:“独觉佛们在哪里?”他们回答:“已经般涅槃了,夫人。”王后痛哭流涕地出来,和市民们一起前往那里,举行了隆重的礼敬仪式,为独觉佛们料理后事,让人收取舍利,建塔供养。巴利
Evaṃ kāle gacchante rañño paccante kupite rājā ‘‘ahaṃ paccantaṃ vūpasametuṃ gacchāmi, tvaṃ paccekabuddhesu mā pamajjā’’ti deviṃ ovaditvā gato. Tasmiṃ anāgateyeva paccekabuddhānaṃ āyusaṅkhārā khīṇā. Mahāpadumapaccekabuddho tiyāmarattiṃ jhānakīḷaṃ kīḷitvā aruṇuggamanasamaye ālambanaphalakaṃ ālambitvā ṭhitakova anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi. Etenupāyena sesāpīti sabbeva parinibbutā. Punadivase devī paccekabuddhānaṃ nisīdanaṭṭhānāni sajjetvā pupphāni vikiritvā dhūpaṃ vāsetvā tesaṃ āgamanaṃ olokentī nisinnā āgamanaṃ adisvā purise pesesi – ‘‘gacchatha, tātā, jānātha kiṃ ayyānaṃ aphāsuka’’nti? Te gantvā mahāpadumassa paṇṇasālāya dvāraṃ vivaritvā tattha taṃ apassantā caṅkamanaṃ gantvā ālambanaphalakaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ disvā vanditvā ‘‘kālo, bhante’’ti āhaṃsu. Parinibbutasarīraṃ kiṃ kathessati, te ‘‘niddāyati maññe’’ti vatvā piṭṭhipāde hatthena parāmasitvā pādānaṃ sītalatāya ceva thaddhatāya ca parinibbutabhāvaṃ ñatvā dutiyassa santikaṃ gantvā tatheva ñatvā puna tatiyassāti evaṃ sabbepi parinibbutabhāvaṃ ñatvā rājakulaṃ āgamiṃsu. ‘‘Kahaṃ, tātā, paccekabuddhā’’ti puṭṭhā ‘‘parinibbutā, devī’’ti āhaṃsu. Devī kandantī rodantī nikkhamitvā nāgarehi saddhiṃ tattha gantvā sādhukīḷitaṃ kāretvā paccekabuddhānaṃ sarīrakiccaṃ kāretvā dhātuyo gāhāpetvā cetiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
国王平定边境叛乱后回到京城,问前来迎接的王后:“贤妻,你没有疏忽照料独觉佛们吧?尊者们身体还好吗?”王后回答:“他们已经般涅槃了,陛下。”国王听了这话,心里想:“连这样有智慧的人都会死,我们怎么能得到解脱呢?”他没有进城,直接去了御花园,叫人把长子召来,把王位交给他,然后自己出家做了沙门修行。王后也想:“国王都出家了,我还留在这里做什么?”于是也在御花园出家。两人都修习禅那,命终之后投生到了梵天界。巴利
Rājā paccantaṃ vūpasametvā āgato paccuggamanaṃ āgataṃ deviṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ, bhadde, tvaṃ paccekabuddhesu na pamajjasi, nirogā ca ayyā’’ti? ‘‘Parinibbutā, devā’’ti. Taṃ sutvā rājā cintesi – ‘‘evarūpānampi paṇḍitānaṃ maraṇaṃ uppajjati, amhākaṃ kuto mokkhā’’ti? So nagaraṃ apavisitvā uyyānameva gantvā jeṭṭhaputtaṃ pakkosāpetvā tassa rajjaṃ niyyātetvā sayaṃ samaṇapabbajjaṃ pabbaji. Devīpi ‘‘raññe pabbajite ahaṃ kiṃ karissāmī’’ti tatheva uyyāne pabbaji. Dvepi jhānaṃ bhāvetvā tato cutā brahmaloke nibbattiṃsu.
当他们还住在那儿的时候,我们的导师出现在世间,转动了无上法轮,依次来到王舍城。导师住在那里时,这个毕钵离童子出生在摩揭陀国的大渡头婆罗门村,是迦毗罗婆罗门之妻所生。而跋陀·迦毗罗则出生在摩陀罗国的沙嘎喇城,是懦尸亚族婆罗门之妻所生。他们渐渐长大,毕钵离童子到了二十岁、跋陀到了十六岁时,父母看着儿子,再三催促说:“孩子,你已经成年了,该成家延续家族血脉了。”童子说:“别再说这种话了。只要你们还在世,我就奉养你们;等你们去世后,我就出家去。”过了几天,父母又提起这件事,他还是拒绝了。从那时起,母亲就不停地劝说。巴利
Tesu tattheva vasantesu amhākaṃ satthā loke uppajjitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko anupubbena rājagahaṃ pāpuṇi. Satthari tattha paṭivasante ayaṃ pippalimāṇavo magadharaṭṭhe mahātitthabrāhmaṇagāme kapilabrāhmaṇassa bhariyāya kucchimhi nibbatto. Ayaṃ bhaddakāpilānī maddaraṭṭhe sāgalanagare kosiyagottabrāhmaṇassa bhariyāya kucchimhi nibbattā. Tesaṃ anukkamena vaḍḍhamānānaṃ pippalimāṇavassa vīsatime, bhaddāya soḷasame vaye sampatte mātāpitaro puttaṃ oloketvā ‘‘tāta, tvaṃ vayappatto, kulavaṃsaṃ patiṭṭhapetuṃ yutto’’ti ativiya nippīḷiyiṃsu. Māṇavo āha – ‘‘mayhaṃ sotapathe evarūpaṃ kathaṃ mā kathayittha, ahaṃ yāva tumhe dharatha, tāva paṭijaggissāmi, tumhākaṃ accayena nikkhamitvā pabbajissāmī’’ti. Te katipāhaṃ atikkamitvā puna kathayiṃsu. Sopi puna paṭikkhipi. Tato paṭṭhāya mātā nirantaraṃ kathetiyeva.
青年人心想:“我要让母亲明白。”于是他拿出一千尼卡沙的赤金,让金匠打造了一尊女子金像。金像经过擦洗、打磨等工序完成后,他给金像穿上红衣,用金色的鲜花和种种装饰品装扮起来,然后说:“母亲,如果能遇到这样的对象,我就留在家里;如果遇不到,我就不留了。”那位有智慧的婆罗门女心想:“我儿子有福,行过布施,发过愿,过去修福时并不是独自一人做的,一定有一位和他一起修过福业的人,才会有这样像金像一般的容貌。”她召来八位婆罗门,用各种好东西款待他们,把金像安放在车上,吩咐道:“诸位贤士,去吧。你们在哪户人家看到有种姓、家族、财富等和我们相当的这样的女子,就把这尊金像作为凭证交给她。”巴利
Māṇavo ‘‘mātaraṃ saññāpessāmī’’ti rattasuvaṇṇassa nikkhasahassaṃ datvā suvaṇṇakārehi itthirūpakaṃ kāretvā tassa majjanaghaṭṭanādikammapariyosāne taṃ rattavatthaṃ nivāsetvā suvaṇṇasampannehi pupphehi ceva nānālaṅkārehi ca alaṅkārāpetvā ‘‘amma, evarūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ labhanto gehe vasissāmi, alabhanto na vasissāmī’’ti. Paṇḍitā brāhmaṇī cintesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ putto puññavā dinnadāno katābhinīhāro pubbe puññāni karonto na ekakova akāsi, addhā etena saha katapuññā suvaṇṇarūpakapaṭibhāgā bhavissatī’’ti. Aṭṭha brāhmaṇe pakkosāpetvā sabbabhogehi santappetvā suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ rathe āropetvā ‘‘gacchatha, tātā, yattha amhehi jātigottabhogādisamānakule evarūpaṃ dārikaṃ passatha, tattha idameva suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ saccākāraṃ katvā dethā’’ti uyyojesi.
那些婆罗门心想:“这是我们的分内之事。”于是动身出发,商量道:“我们去哪里找呢?听说有个叫摩陀罗国的地方,那里有女子们的居所,我们就去摩陀罗国吧。”于是他们来到摩陀罗国的娑迦罗城。到了之后,把那尊金像放在沐浴的渡口,然后坐在一边。那时,跋陀的乳母给跋陀沐浴打扮完毕,自己走去水边沐浴,看见那尊金像,心想:“这是谁家没教养的女子,跑到这里站着?”她拍了拍金像的背,才知道是金像,心里生起一个念头:“这倒像我家小姐。”但又说:“不过,这跟小姐穿戴起来的模样还是没法比。”那些婆罗门便问她:“听说你家小姐就是这般模样?”她答道:“我家小姐比这尊金像还要美上百倍、千倍。她即使待在一间没有灯、十二肘大的屋子里,身体的光也能驱散黑暗。”他们说:“那我们就去她父母那里吧。”于是把金像抬上车,跟着那位乳母走,来到憍尸迦族家门口站定,通报说他们来了。巴利
Te ‘‘amhākaṃ nāma etaṃ kamma’’nti nikkhamitvā ‘‘kattha labhissāma, maddaraṭṭhaṃ nāma itthāgāraṃ, maddaraṭṭhaṃ gamissāmā’’ti maddaraṭṭhe sāgalanagaraṃ agamaṃsu. Attha taṃ suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ nhānatitthe ṭhapetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha bhaddāya dhātī bhaddaṃ nhāpetvā alaṅkaritvā sayaṃ nhāyituṃ udakatitthaṃ gantvā suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ disvā ‘‘kissāyaṃ avinītā idhāgantvā ṭhitā’’ti piṭṭhipasse paharitvā suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ ñatvā ‘‘ayyadhītā meti saññaṃ uppādesi, ayaṃ pana ayyadhītāya nivāsanapaṭiggahitāyapi asadisā’’ti āha. Atha naṃ te brāhmaṇā ‘‘evarūpā kira te sāmidhītā’’ti pucchiṃsu. Sā ‘‘imāya suvaṇṇapaṭimāya sataguṇena sahassaguṇena mayhaṃ ayyadhītā abhirūpatarā’’, tathā hi ‘‘appadīpepi dvādasahatthe gabbhe nisinnā sarīrobhāsena tamaṃ vidhamatī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tena hi tassā mātāpitūnaṃ santikaṃ gacchāmā’’ti suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ rathe āropetvā taṃ dhātiṃ anugantvā kosiyagottassa gharadvāre ṭhatvā āgamanaṃ ārocayiṃsu.
婆罗门殷勤招待后问道:“你们从哪里来?”他们回答说:“我们从摩揭陀国大渡头村迦毗罗婆罗门家里来,就是为了这件事来的。”他说:“好啊,贤侄们,那位婆罗门和我们种姓、族姓、财富都相当,我们把女儿给他吧。”于是收下了聘礼。他们给迦毗罗婆罗门捎去消息:“我们已经得到名叫跋陀的姑娘,该办的事您知道了。”迦毗罗婆罗门听到这个消息后,就告诉毕钵离童子说:“已经得到姑娘了。”毕钵离童子心想:“我本来以为找不到,他们却传话说‘得到了’。我无意娶亲,还是写封信去回绝吧。”于是独自写了一封信:“跋陀应当找一个与自己种姓、族姓、财富相当的丈夫。我要出家修行,希望她日后不要后悔。”跋陀听说“有人要把我许配给某某”,也独自写了一封信:“贤子应当找一个与自己种姓、族姓、财富相当的姑娘。我要出家,希望他日后不要后悔。”两封信在半路上碰到了一起。有人问:“这是谁的信?”回答说:“是毕钵离童子寄给跋陀的。”又问:“这又是谁的信?”回答说:“是跋陀寄给毕钵离童子的。”送信的人把两封信都读了一遍,说:“看看这两个孩子干的好事!”就把信撕碎扔到树林里,另外仿写了两封内容差不多的信,分别往两边送去。就这样,虽然两个年轻人并不情愿,但因为旁人写了相似的信从中撮合,他们最终还是走到了一起。巴利
Brāhmaṇo paṭisanthāraṃ katvā ‘‘kuto āgatatthā’’ti pucchi. Te ‘‘magadharaṭṭhe mahātitthagāme kapilabrāhmaṇassa gharato iminā nāma kāraṇena āgatamhā’’ti āhaṃsu. ‘‘Sādhu, tātā, amhehi samajātigottavibhavo so brāhmaṇo, dassāma dārika’’nti paṇṇākāraṃ gaṇhi. Te kapilabrāhmaṇassa sāsanaṃ pahiṇiṃsu – ‘‘laddhā no bhaddā nāma dārikā, kattabbaṃ jānāthā’’ti. Taṃ sāsanaṃ sutvā pippalimāṇavassa ārocayiṃsu ‘‘laddhā dārikā’’ti. Pippalimāṇavo ‘‘ahaṃ ‘na labhissantī’ti cintesiṃ, ime ‘laddhā’ti pesenti, anatthiko hutvā paṇṇaṃ pesessāmī’’ti rahogato paṇṇaṃ likhi ‘‘bhaddā attano jātigottabhogānurūpaṃ patiṃ labhatu, ahaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbajissāmi, mā pacchā vippaṭisārinī ahosī’’ti. Bhaddāpi ‘‘asukassa kira maṃ dātukāmā’’ti sutvā rahogatā paṇṇaṃ likhi – ‘‘ayyaputto attano jātigottabhogānurūpaṃ dārikaṃ labhatu, ahaṃ pabbajissāmi, mā pacchā vippaṭisārī bhavāhī’’ti. Dvepi paṇṇāni antarāmagge samāgacchiṃsu. ‘‘Idaṃ kassa paṇṇa’’nti? ‘‘Pippalimāṇavena bhaddāya pahita’’nti. ‘‘Idaṃ kassā’’ti? ‘‘Bhaddāya pippalimāṇavassa pahita’’nti ca vutte te dvepi vācetvā ‘‘passatha dārakānaṃ kamma’’nti phāletvā araññe chaḍḍetvā aññaṃ taṃsamānaṃ paṇṇaṃ likhitvā ito etto ca pesesuṃ. Iti kumārassa kumārikāya ca sadisaṃ paṇṇaṃ lokassādarahitamevāti anicchamānānampi tesaṃ dvinnaṃ samāgamo ahosi.
就在当天,毕钵离童子也让人取来了一串花环给跋陀。跋陀把那串花环放在床铺中间。两人吃完晚饭,就准备上床睡觉。毕钵离童子从右边上床,跋陀从左边上去,然后说:哪一侧的花枯萎了,就知道那一侧的人起了贪欲之心;这串花环我们谁都不许碰。可是他们因为害怕碰到对方的身体,整整一夜都没能入睡,就这样熬到天亮。白天里,他们连笑都不笑一下。他们不被世间的欲乐所沾染,只要父母还在世,就不去操心家业;直到父母去世后,才开始打理家产。这位童子拥有巨大的财富。有一次他擦洗身体,搓下来的死皮像金粉一样,用摩揭陀的量器一量,足足有十二摩揭陀升那么多。他有六十座用机械装置连通的大湖,田地产业广达十二由旬,还有十四个规模堪比阿努拉德普勒的村庄,十四支象军,十四支马军,十四支车军。巴利
Taṃdivasameva pippalimāṇavopi bhaddaṃ ekaṃ pupphadāmaṃ gaṇhāpesi. Bhaddāpi tāni sayanamajjhe ṭhapesi. Ubhopi bhuttasāyamāsā sayanaṃ āruhituṃ ārabhiṃsu. Tesu māṇavo dakkhiṇapassena sayanaṃ āruhi, bhaddā vāmapassena abhiruhitvā āha – ‘‘yassa passe pupphāni milāyanti, tassa rāgacittaṃ uppannanti vijānissāma, imaṃ pupphadāmaṃ na allīyitabba’’nti. Te pana aññamaññaṃ sarīrasamphassabhayena sakalarattiṃ niddaṃ anokkamantāva vītināmesuṃ. Divā pana hasitamattampi nākaṃsu. Te lokāmisena asaṃsaṭṭhā yāva mātāpitaro dharanti, tāva kuṭumbaṃ avicāretvā tesu kālaṅkatesu vicārayiṃsu. Mahatī māṇavassa sampatti. Ekadivasaṃ sarīraṃ ubbaṭṭetvā chaḍḍetabbaṃ suvaṇṇacuṇṇaṃ eva magadhanāḷiyā dvādasanāḷimattaṃ laddhuṃ vaṭṭati. Yantabaddhāni saṭṭhi mahātaḷākāni, kammanto dvādasayojaniko, anurādhapurappamāṇā cuddasagāmā, cuddasa hatthānīkāni, cuddasa assānīkāni, cuddasa rathānīkāni.
有一天,他骑上装饰华美的坐骑,在众人簇拥下前往农作的地方,站在田边,看见乌鸦等鸟从犁过的地方把蚯蚓等小虫叼出来吃,就问:“孩子们,这些在吃什么?”回答说:“在吃蚯蚓,主人。”他又问:“这些所造的恶业算谁的?”回答说:“算您的,主人。”他于是想:“如果这些所造的恶业算在我头上,那八十七俱胝的财富对我有什么用?十二由旬的产业有什么用?那些水车灌溉的湖沼有什么用?那十四个村庄有什么用?我要把这一切都交给跋陀迦毗罗尼,然后离家出家。”巴利
So ekadivasaṃ alaṅkataassaṃ āruyha mahājanaparivuto kammantaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā khettakoṭiyaṃ ṭhito naṅgalehi chinnaṭṭhānato kākādayo sakuṇe gaṇḍuppādādike pāṇake uddharitvā khādante disvā ‘‘tātā, ime kiṃ khādantī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Gaṇḍuppāde, ayyā’’ti. ‘‘Etehi katapāpaṃ kassa hotī’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ, ayyā’’ti. So cintesi – ‘‘sace etehi katapāpaṃ mayhaṃ hoti, kiṃ me karissati sattaasītikoṭidhanaṃ, dvādasayojanakammanto kiṃ karissati, kiṃ yantabaddhāni taḷākāni, kiṃ cuddasa gāmāni, sabbametaṃ bhaddāya kāpilāniyā niyyātetvā nikkhamma pabbajissāmī’’ti.
那时,跋达迦毗罗尼正在内院把三个芝麻罐摊开,被保姆们围着坐在那里。她看见乌鸦在啄食芝麻里的小虫,就问道:“阿姨,它们在吃什么?”——“在吃小虫,夫人。”——“这不善业算谁的?”——“算您的,夫人。”她便想:“我其实只要得到四肘布和一小筒饭就够了;可如果这些杀生的事算在我头上,那就算轮回上千次,我也抬不起头来。等夫君一回来,我就把一切都交给他,然后离家出家。”巴利
Bhaddā kāpilānī tasmiṃ khaṇe antaravatthusmiṃ tayo tilakumbhe pattharitvā dhātīhi parivutā nisinnā kāke tilapāṇake khādamāne disvā ‘‘ammā, kiṃ ime khādantī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Pāṇake, ayye’’ti. ‘‘Akusalaṃ kassa hotī’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ, ayye’’ti. Sā cintesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ catuhatthaṃ vatthaṃ nāḷikodanamattañca laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, yadi panetaṃ etehi kataṃ akusalaṃ mayhaṃ hoti, bhavasahassenapi vaṭṭato sīsaṃ ukkhipituṃ na sakkā, ayyaputte āgatamatteyeva sabbaṃ tassa niyyātetvā nikkhamma pabbajissāmī’’ti.
青年男子回来后洗了澡,登上高楼,坐在一张极其贵重的坐垫上,仆人们随即端来与转轮王相称的饭食。两人吃完,等侍从都退下后,便独自坐在一个舒适的地方。然后青年男子对跋陀说:“跋陀,你来到这个家时,带来了多少财产?”“五万五千车,夫君。”“那些全部,加上这个家里八十七俱胝的珍宝、六十座水车灌溉的湖等,诸如此类种种家产,我全都交给你。”“那你要去哪里,夫君?”“我要出家。”“夫君,我也正是盼着你回来,才一直坐着等;我也要出家。”这时,三有在他们面前显现,就像一间着了火的草屋。他们说了句“我们要出家”,便让人从市场买来染成袈裟色的布料和陶钵,互相剃了头发,说道:“我们以世间所有的阿拉汉为见证,就这样出家。”出家后,他们把钵放进袋子里,挂在肩上,从高楼上走了下来。家里的奴仆和雇工,没有一个人认得出他们。巴利
Māṇavo āgantvā nhatvā pāsādaṃ āruyha mahārahe pallaṅke nisīdi, athassa cakkavattino anucchavikabhojanaṃ upanayiṃsu. Dvepi bhuñjitvā parijane nikkhante rahogatā phāsukaṭṭhāne nisīdiṃsu. Tato māṇavo bhaddaṃ āha – ‘‘bhadde, imaṃ gharaṃ āgacchantī kittakaṃ dhanamāharasī’’ti? ‘‘Pañcapaṇṇāsa sakaṭasahassāni, ayyā’’ti. ‘‘Sabbaṃ taṃ, yā ca imasmiṃ ghare sattāsīti koṭiyo yantabaddhāni saṭṭhi taḷākānīti evamādibhedā sampatti atthi, taṃ sabbaṃ tuyheva niyyātemī’’ti. ‘‘Tumhe pana kuhiṃ gacchatha, ayyā’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Ayya, ahampi tumhākaṃ āgamanaṃ olokayamānā nisinnā, ahampi pabbajissāmī’’ti. Tesaṃ ādittapaṇṇakuṭi viya tayo bhavā upaṭṭhahanti. Te ‘‘pabbajissāmā’’ti vatvā antarāpaṇato kāsāyarasapītāni cīvarāni mattikāpatte ca āharāpetvā aññamaññaṃ kese ohāretvā ‘‘ye loke arahanto atthi, te uddissa amhākaṃ pabbajjā’’ti pabbajitvā thavikāsu patte pakkhipitvā aṃse laggetvā pāsādato otariṃsu. Gehe dāsesu ca kammakāresu ca na koci sañjāni.
于是他们离开婆罗门村,经过奴隶村门口往前走的时候,奴隶村的居民从他们的举止神态认出了他们。那些人哭着扑倒在他们脚前,说:“主人,你们为什么要让我们变成无依无靠的人?”他们回答说:“我们想,‘三有就像着了火的草屋’,所以出家了。就算我们一个一个把你们放为自由人,一百年也不够。你们自己洗净头发,去过自由人的生活吧。”说完,就在那些人的哭声中离开了。巴利
Atha ne brāhmaṇagāmato nikkhamitvā dāsagāmadvārena gacchante ākappakutavasena dāsagāmavāsino sañjāniṃsu. Te rodantā pādesu patitvā ‘‘kiṃ amhe anāthe karotha, ayyā’’ti āhaṃsu. ‘‘Mayaṃ, bhaṇe, ‘tayo bhavā ādittapaṇṇasālā viyā’ti pabbajimha, sace tumhesu ekekaṃ bhujissaṃ karoma, vassasatampi nappahoti. Tumheva tumhākaṃ sīsaṃ dhovitvā bhujissā hutvā jīvathā’’ti vatvā tesaṃ rodantānaṃyeva pakkamiṃsu.
长老走在前面,转身回头看了看,心里想:“这位跋陀迦毗罗尼,是整个赡部洲都找不出第二个的女子,却跟在我后面走。确实有可能有人会这样想:‘这些出家人也离不开女人,做这种不合出家人身份的事。’要是有人因此起了恶念,就会堕入恶道。我得离开她,自己走才行。”他起了这个念头后,继续往前走,看到一条岔路,就站在岔路口前。跋陀也跟上来,顶礼之后站在一旁。长老对她说:“跋陀,像你这样的女子跟在我后面走,大家看见了会想‘这些出家人也离不开女人’,从而对我们起恶心,就会堕入恶道。在这个岔路口,你走这边,我走那边。”“好的,尊者。女人会成为出家人的障碍,也会让人以为‘出家人也离不开女人’,从而指责我们的过错。”她说完,右绕三圈,在四个方位以五体投地的方式礼拜,双手合十举到额前,那十指相合的双手光洁明亮,说道:“十万劫那么长的时间里结下的情谊,今天断了。您是走右边路的人,右边的路适合您;我们是女人,属于左边这一类,左边的路适合我们。”礼拜之后,她就上路了。就在他们分开的那一刻,这片大地仿佛在说:“我虽然能承载铁围山、须弥山这些,却承载不了你们的功德。”它这样哭喊着,震动了起来。空中响起了像雷一样的声音,铁围山也轰鸣起来。巴利
Thero purato gacchanto nivattitvā olokento cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ bhaddā kāpilānī sakalajambudīpagghanikā itthī mayhaṃ pacchato āgacchati, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ kocideva evaṃ cinteyya ‘ime pabbajitāpi vinā bhavituṃ na sakkonti, ananucchavikaṃ karontī’ti. Evaṃ koci pāpakena manasā padūsetvā apāyapūrako bhaveyya, imaṃ pahāya mayā gantuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā purato gacchanto dvedhāpathaṃ disvā tassa matthake aṭṭhāsi. Bhaddāpi āgantvā vanditvā aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ āha – ‘‘bhadde, tādisiṃ itthiṃ mama pacchato āgacchantiṃ disvā ‘ime pabbajitāpi vinā bhavituṃ na sakkontī’ti amhesu paduṭṭhacitto mahājano apāyapūrako bhaveyya. Imasmiṃ dvedhāpathe tvaṃ etaṃ gaṇha, ahaṃ ekena gamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Āma, ayya, mātugāmo ‘pabbajitānaṃ palibodho, pabbajitāpi vinā na bhavantī’ti amhākaṃ dosaṃ dasseyyu’’nti tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā catūsu ṭhānesu pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ paggayha ‘‘satasahassakappapamāṇe addhāne kato mittasanthavo ajja bhijjati, tumheva dakkhiṇā nāma, tumhākaṃ dakkhiṇamaggo vaṭṭati, mayaṃ mātugāmā nāma vāmajātikā, amhākaṃ vāmamaggo vaṭṭatī’’ti vanditvā maggaṃ paṭipajji. Tesaṃ dvedhābhūtakāle ayaṃ mahāpathavī ‘‘ahaṃ cakkavāḷasinerupabbatādayo dhāretuṃ sakkontīpi tumhākaṃ guṇe dhāretuṃ na sakkomī’’ti vadantī viya viravamānā akampittha. Ākāse asanisaddo viya pavatti, cakkavāḷapabbato unnādi.
正等正觉的佛陀也坐在竹林大寺的一间小屋里,听到大地震动的声响,便作意观察:“大地究竟为什么震动?”他观察到:“毕钵罗青年和跋陀迦毗罗尼是为了我,才舍弃了无可估量的殊胜成就而出家。在他们分别的地方,因为两人功德的力量,发生了这场大地震动。我也应该去摄受他们。”于是佛陀从香室出来,亲自拿起钵和衣,没有告诉八十位大长老中的任何一位,就向前迎出三由旬的路,来到王舍城和那烂陀之间的多子榕树下,盘腿坐下。但他坐下的样子,并不像某个穿粪扫衣的人那样随便坐着,而是显现出佛陀的威仪,放出八十肘长的佛光坐着。就在那一刻,像棕榈伞盖、车轮、尖顶屋那么大的佛光向四面八方散射奔流,仿佛千百个月亮和千百个太阳同时升起,把那片树林照得通体光明。三十二大人相的庄严光辉,像群星点缀的虚空,又像开满莲花和睡莲的水面,把树林内部映照得灿烂辉煌。这棵榕树的树干本来是白色的,叶子是青色的,成熟的叶子是红色的,但就在那一天,整棵榕树都变成了金黄色。巴利
Sammāsambuddhopi veḷuvanamahāvihāre kuṭiyaṃ nisinno pathavīkampanasaddaṃ sutvā ‘‘kissa nu kho pathavī kampatī’’ti āvajjento ‘‘pippalimāṇavo ca bhaddā ca kāpilānī maṃ uddissa appameyyaṃ sampattiṃ pahāya pabbajitā, tesaṃ viyogaṭṭhāne ubhinnaṃ guṇabalena ayaṃ pathavīkampo jāto, mayāpi etesaṃ saṅgahaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti gandhakuṭito nikkhamma sayameva pattacīvaramādāya asītimahātheresu kañci anāpucchā tigāvutamaggaṃ paccuggamanaṃ katvā rājagahassa ca nālandāya ca antare bahuputtanigrodhamūle pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisīdi. Nisinno pana aññatarapaṃsukūliko viya anisīditvā buddhavesaṃ gahetvā asītihatthā buddharaṃsiyo vissajjento nisīdi. Iti tasmiṃ khaṇe paṇṇacchattasakaṭacakkakūṭāgārādippamāṇā buddharaṃsiyo ito cito ca vippharantiyo vidhāvantiyo candasahassasūriyasahassauggamanakālaṃ viya kurumānā taṃ vanantaraṃ ekobhāsaṃ akaṃsu. Dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasiriyā samujjalatārāgaṇena viya gaganaṃ, supupphitakamalakuvalayena viya salilaṃ vanantaraṃ virocittha. Nigrodharukkhassa khandho pakatiyā seto hoti, pattāni nīlāni pakkāni rattāni. Tasmiṃ pana divase sabbo nigrodho suvaṇṇavaṇṇova ahosi.
大迦叶长老看见他,心想:“这个人将会是我的导师,我就是为了他才出家的。”从看见他的那一刻起,他就一路躬身前行,在三个地方顶礼,然后说道:“尊者,世尊是我的导师,我是弟子;尊者,世尊是我的导师,我是弟子。”于是世尊对他说:“迦叶,如果你对大地做这样的礼敬,大地也承受不了。而你知道如来有这样广大的功德,你所做的礼敬,连我的一根毫毛都动不了。坐下吧,迦叶,我要把继承权给你。”于是世尊用三番教诫给他授了具足戒。授戒之后,世尊从多子榕树下出发,让长老跟在后面做随行沙门,然后上路了。导师的身体庄严,具足三十二大人相;大迦叶长老则具足七大人相。他就像被系在金色大船后面一样,一步一步紧跟着导师走。导师走了一小段路,就从路上岔开,在一棵树下做出要坐下的样子。长老知道导师想坐下,就把自己那件碎布僧伽梨叠成四层,铺好了。巴利
Mahākassapatthero taṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ amhākaṃ satthā bhavissati, imaṃ ahaṃ uddissa pabbajito’’ti diṭṭhaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya onato gantvā tīsu ṭhānesu vanditvā ‘‘satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmi, satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) āha. Atha naṃ bhagavā āha – ‘‘kassapa, sace tvaṃ imaṃ nipaccakāraṃ mahāpathaviyā kareyyāsi, sāpi dhāretuṃ na sakkuṇeyya. Tathāgatassa pana evaṃ guṇamahantataṃ jānatā tayā kato nipaccakāro mayhaṃ lomampi cāletuṃ na sakkoti. Nisīda, kassapa, dāyajjaṃ te dassāmī’’ti. Athassa bhagavā tīhi ovādehi upasampadaṃ adāsi. Datvā ca bahuputtanigrodhamūlato nikkhamitvā theraṃ pacchāsamaṇaṃ katvā maggaṃ paṭipajji. Satthu sarīraṃ dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavicittaṃ, mahākassapassa sattamahāpurisalakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ, so kañcananāvāya pacchābaddho viya satthu padānupadikaṃ anugañchi. Satthā thokaṃ maggaṃ gantvā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisajjākāraṃ dassesi. Thero ‘‘satthā nisīditukāmo’’ti ñatvā attano paṭapilotikaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ catugguṇaṃ katvā paññapesi.
导师在那里坐下,用手抚摸着那件衣,说道:“迦叶,你这件碎布僧伽梨确实很柔软。”长老明白导师是在说他的僧伽梨柔软,想必是想披上它,就说:“尊者,请世尊披上这件僧伽梨。”“迦叶,那你披什么呢?”“如果能得到世尊的内衣穿,我就披上它,尊者。”世尊说:“迦叶,你能持用这件我受用已久、已经破旧的粪扫衣吗?因为我接受这件粪扫衣的那天,大地以水界为边都震动了。这件佛所曾受用过的旧衣,不是功德微小的人能持用的,只有具足能力、能圆满修行、宿生就是粪扫衣行者的人,才适合持用。”说完,便和长老交换了衣。巴利
Satthā tattha nisīditvā hatthena cīvaraṃ parimajjanto ‘‘mudukā kho tyāyaṃ, kassapa, paṭapilotikā saṅghāṭī’’ti āha (saṃ. ni. 2.154). So ‘‘satthā me saṅghāṭiyā mudubhāvaṃ kathesi, pārupitukāmo bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘pārupatu, bhante, bhagavā saṅghāṭi’’nti āha. ‘‘Kiṃ tvaṃ pārupissasi, kassapā’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ nivāsanaṃ labhanto pārupissāmi, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, kassapa, imaṃ paribhogajiṇṇaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhāretuṃ sakkhissasi, mayā hi imassa paṃsukūlassa gahitadivase udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahāpathavī kampi, imaṃ buddhaparibhogajiṇṇacīvaraṃ nāma na sakkā parittaguṇena dhāretuṃ, paṭibalenevidaṃ paṭipattipūraṇasamatthena jātipaṃsukūlikena dhāretuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vatvā therena saddhiṃ cīvaraṃ parivattesi.
就这样交换了衣服之后,世尊披上长老的衣,长老披上导师的衣。就在那一刻,连没有知觉的大地也仿佛在说:“尊者,您做了一件极难做到的事!过去从来没有过您把自己披的衣和弟子交换的事,我承受不了您的功德。”大地这样说着,震动起来,一直震到水界。长老心里也想:“我已经得到了诸佛受用过的衣,现在还有什么需要再往上求的呢?”他没有生起骄慢,就在导师面前受持了十三头陀支,大约七天还是凡夫,到第八天就证得了与四无碍解一起生起的阿罗汉果。于是导师用“比丘们,迦叶像月亮一样接近各家,身体收摄、心也收摄,总是像新学比丘一样,在各家不冒失”这样的话来称赞他。后来,导师坐在圣众中间时,又说:“比丘们,在我的比丘弟子中,主张头陀行的人里,这位大迦叶最为第一。”把他安立在头陀说者的首位。巴利
Evaṃ cīvaraṃ parivattetvā therassa cīvaraṃ bhagavā pārupi, satthu cīvaraṃ thero. Tasmiṃ khaṇe acetanāpi ayaṃ mahāpathavī ‘‘dukkaraṃ, bhante, akattha, attano pārutacīvaraṃ sāvakena parivattitapubbaṃ nāma nāhosi, ahaṃ tumhākaṃ guṇaṃ dhāretuṃ na sakkomī’’ti vadantī viya udakapariyantaṃ katvā kampi. Theropi ‘‘laddhaṃ me buddhānaṃ paribhogacīvaraṃ, kiṃ me idāni uttari kattabba’’nti unnatiṃ akatvā satthu santikeyeva terasa dhutaguṇe samādāya sattadivasamattaṃ puthujjano ahosi. Aṭṭhame divase saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Atha naṃ satthā ‘‘kassapo, bhikkhave, candūpamo kulāni upasaṅkamati, apakasseva kāyaṃ apakassa cittaṃ niccanavako kulesu appagabbho’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.146) evamādinā pasaṃsitvā aparabhāge ariyagaṇamajjhe nisinno ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhutavādānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākassapo’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 191) dhutavādānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi.
398 398. 世尊将具寿大迦叶安立在这个“第一”的位置上之后,大迦叶已经获得了大弟子的身份。他回忆起自己过去的业,以欢喜的心情开示自己往昔所修的行迹,于是说出“莲华上世尊”等话。其中,“莲华上”是说:那位世尊从母胎出来的时候起,每当他落脚时,脚一踩下,就有十万瓣的红莲花破开大地涌出来。因此他得到了这个名字。“世尊”的意思是:在一切众生群体中,每一类众生修满一百种善行,而世尊修得的善德是这种善行的一百倍。“如如不动者”:于可意与不可意境,皆证得不动不摇之相。“世间依怙入涅槃”:意为作为众生界之依怙处的世尊以五蕴般涅槃而入灭、隐没不见之时。“作礼敬与赞颂”:在包含诸天的世间中,由于世尊被尊称为“导师”,他们便以“善哉”欢呼踊跃而行礼敬与赞颂。巴利
398. Evaṃ bhagavatā etadaggaṭṭhāne ṭhapito āyasmā mahākassapo mahāsāvakabhāvaṃ patto attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassavasenaṃ pubbacaritāpadānaṃ pakāsento padumuttarassa bhagavatotiādimāha. Tattha padumuttarassāti tassa kira bhagavato mātukucchito nikkhamanakālato paṭṭhāya pādānaṃ nikkhepanasamaye akkantakkantapāde satasahassapattā padumā pathaviṃ bhinditvā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Tasmāssa taṃ nāmaṃ ahosi. Sakalasattanikāyesu ekekena satasatapuññe kate tassa puññassa sataguṇapuññānaṃ katattā bhagavatoti attho. Lokajeṭṭhassa tādinoti sattalokassa padhānabhūtassa iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu akampiyabhāvaṃ pattattā tādino. Nibbute lokanāthamhīti sattalokassa paṭisaraṇabhūte bhagavati khandhaparinibbānena parinibbute, adassanaṃ gateti attho. Pūjaṃ kubbanti santhunoti sadevakassa lokassa sāsanato ‘‘satthā’’ti laddhanāmassa bhagavato sādhukīḷaṃ kīḷantā pūjaṃ karontīti sambandho.
399 人们为火葬而堆柴成堆,从四面八方带着欢喜和满足,以各种方式作供养,这就是“人们堆火”的意思。当那些人心生紧迫感、感到恐惧时,我的喜悦和欢笑就生起、显现了。巴利
399.Aggiṃcinantī janatāti janasamūhā āḷāhanatthāya aggiṃ cinantā rāsiṃ karontā āsamantato moditā santuṭṭhā pakārena moditā santuṭṭhā pūjaṃ karontīti sambandho. Tesusaṃvegajātesūti tesu janasamūhesu saṃvegappattesu utrāsaṃ labhantesu me mayhaṃ pīti hāso udapajjatha pātubhavīti attho.
400 把亲戚朋友召集到一起,意思是把我的亲戚和朋友们聚拢起来,汇成一群。大精进的世尊已经入般涅槃,隐没不见了——我说了这句话。来吧,我们一起做供养吧!这里的 handa 是表示催促、放开的虚词,意思是:因为这个缘故,我们所有聚在一起的人,一起来做供养。seti 也是虚词。巴利
400.Ñātimitte samānetvāti mama bandhusahāye samānetvā rāsiṃ katvā. Mahāvīro bhagavā parinibbuto adassanaṃ agamāsīti idaṃ vacanaṃ abraviṃ kathesinti sambandho. Handa pūjaṃ karomaseti handāti vossaggatthe nipāto, tena kāraṇena mayaṃ sabbe samāgatā pūjaṃ karomāti attho. Seti nipāto.
401 他们回答“善哉”之后,意思是:我的这些亲戚朋友听到“善哉”这句话——也就是“殊妙”“美好”——之后,接受了我的话,就为我生起了更多、更增上的欢笑和喜悦。巴利
401.Sādhūti te paṭissutvāti te mama ñātimittā sādhu iti sundaraṃ bhaddakaṃ iti paṭisuṇitvā mama vacanaṃ sampaṭichitvā me mayhaṃ bhiyyo atirekaṃ hāsaṃ pītiṃ janiṃsu uppādesunti attho.
402 于是,为了展示自己积集的福德,他说出了“于佛陀世间依怙”等话。这里的前后关联是:那座供养殿高一百肘,巍然耸立,宽一百五十肘,升在虚空中,珍贵而精制,以美妙的方式建造;我亲自去做,也让别人去做,积起了福德聚、福德堆。巴利
402. Tato attano katapuññasañcayaṃ dassento buddhasmiṃ lokanāthamhītiādimāha. Satahatthaṃ uggataṃ ubbiddhaṃ diyaḍḍhahatthasataṃ vitthataṃ, vimānaṃ nabhasi ākāse uggataṃ agghiyaṃ, sukataṃ sundarākārena kataṃ, katvā kāretvā ca puññasañcayaṃ puññarāsiṃ kāhāsiṃ akāsinti sambandho.
403 在那里造作了供养物,意思是在那个供养塔庙的地方,用棕榈叶和棕榈叶条装饰得五彩斑斓、庄严辉煌,造作了供养物。自己造作,也让人造作之后,使自己的心清净生信,然后供养那座最上的塔庙——也就是安放佛陀舍利的最殊胜塔庙。这里的关联是这样。巴利
403.Katvāna agghiyaṃ tatthāti tasmiṃ cetiyapūjanaṭṭhāne tālapantīhi tālapāḷīhi cittitaṃ sobhitaṃ agghiyaṃ katvāna kāretvā ca sakaṃ cittaṃ attano cittaṃ pasādetvā cetiyaṃ pūjayuttamanti uttamaṃ buddhadhātunidhāpitaṃ cetiyaṃ pūjayinti sambandho.
404 404. 为了显示那座塔庙的广大威力,他说了“如火堆”等话。其中,“如火堆”的意思是:那座塔庙就像虚空中燃烧的大火堆、大火聚一样,以七宝闪耀;又像开满花朵、盛放绽放的沙罗树王;在虚空中,像因陀罗柱,又像彩虹,向四方照耀、闪烁。应当这样连接理解。巴利
404. Tassa cetiyassa mahimaṃ dassento aggikkhandhovātiādimāha. Tattha aggikkhandhovāti ākāse jalamāno aggikkhandhova aggirāsi iva taṃ cetiyaṃ sattahi ratanehi jalati phullito vikasitapuppho sālarukkharājā iva ākāse indalaṭṭhīva indadhanu iva ca catuddisā catūsu disāsu obhāsati vijjotatīti sambandho.
405 在那里让心生出净信:在那光芒闪耀的舍利室中,让自己的心清净、生起欢喜;凭着这份心的净信,造作了许多种种不同的善业福德。随后,我忆念起“在舍利室和教法中,我造了这么多福德”,命终之后,就像从睡梦中醒来一样,我投生到了三十三天。巴利
405.Tatthacittaṃ pasādetvāti tasmiṃ jotamānadhātugabbhamhi cittaṃ manaṃ pasādetvā somanassaṃ katvā tena cittappasādena bahuṃ anekappakāraṃ kusalaṃ puññaṃ katvāna ‘‘dhātugabbhe ca sāsane ca ettakāni puññāni mayā katānī’’ti evaṃ puññakammaṃ saritvāna kālaṃkatvā tidasaṃ tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ suttappabuddho viya ahaṃ upapajjiṃ jātoti sambandho.
406 406. 为了显示自己在所生的天界中获得的福报,他说了“千乘”等话。其中,他站在由一千匹信度骏马所牵引的天车之上。意思是:我的宫殿以七层地基善加构建,高耸、挺拔、巍峨。巴利
406. Attano uppannadevaloke laddhasampattiṃ dassento sahassayuttantiādimāha. Tattha hayavāhiṃ sindhavasahassayojitaṃ dibbarathaṃ adhiṭṭhito. Sattahi bhūmīhi saṃ suṭṭhu uggataṃ ubbiddhaṃ uccaṃ mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ vimānaṃ ahosīti attho.
407 在那座天宫里,有一千座全部由黄金打造、通体纯金的尖顶宫殿。“有”就是“存在”的意思。它们以自己的威力和自身威能,照亮并闪耀着全部十个方向——这就是整句的关联。巴利
407. Tasmiṃ vimāne sabbasovaṇṇamayā sakalasovaṇṇamayāni kūṭāgārasahassāni ahuṃ ahesunti attho. Sakatejena attano ānubhāvena sabbā dasa disā pabhāsayaṃ obhāsentāni jalanti vijjotantīti sambandho.
408 在那座我所化现的天宫里,还有别的凸出回廊和正殿。它们是什么造成的呢?是红珊瑚和红宝石造成的。那时,那些凸出回廊也以光芒照亮四方。巴利
408. Tasmiṃ mayhaṃ pātubhūtavimāne aññepi niyyūhā pamukhasālāyo santi vijjanti. Kiṃ bhūtā? Lohitaṅgamayā rattamaṇimayā tadā tepi niyyūhā catasso disā ābhāya pabhāya jotantīti sambandho.
410 我在整个六天界的一切天人之中都是超胜的,我战胜他们。若问“这是谁的果报?”意思是:这就是我所造福德业的果报。巴利
410.Sabbedeve sakalachadevaloke deve abhibhomi abhibhavāmi. Kassa phalanti ce? Mayā katassa puññakammassa idaṃ phalanti attho.
411 接着,为了说明人所获得的成就,他讲了“在六万劫时”这一段。其中意思是:从这一劫往下算,在第六万劫的开头,我曾是名叫乌比达的转轮王,统治四大洲,威震四方,战胜了一切敌人,住在土地上,治理国家。巴利
411. Tato manussasampattiṃ dassento saṭṭhikappasahassamhītiādimāha. Tattha ito kappato heṭṭhā saṭṭhisahassakappamatthake cāturanto catumahādīpavanto vijitāvī sabbaṃ paccatthikaṃ vijitavanto ahaṃ ubbiddho nāma cakkavattī rājā hutvā pathaviṃ āvasiṃ rajjaṃ kāresinti sambandho.
412-4 同样,在贤劫中——因为这一劫有五位佛陀出现,所以叫贤劫——我三十次,也就是三十生,成为四大洲的主宰、最上者,具足轮宝等七宝,精勤于自己的事业,喜好并践行十种王法的转轮王。接着为了显示他做转轮王时所享受的成就,说了“那里也有我的宫殿”等话。其中,在那转轮王的国土里,我的宫殿像因陀罗柱一样高耸,像闪电一样在空中闪耀,有七层等种种高低不同的构造,长与高各二十四由旬,宽十二由旬。因为一切人的心都被它吸引,所以这座城叫“喜乐城”。并说明:这座城有坚固的城墙和城门,有的高十二肘,有的高三十肘。巴利
412-4.Tatheva bhaddake kappeti pañcabuddhapaṭimaṇḍitattā bhaddake nāma kappe. Tiṃsakkhattuṃ tiṃsajātiyā catudīpamhi issaro padhāno cakkaratanādīhi sattahi ratanehi sampanno samaṅgībhūto sakakammābhiraddho attano kamme dasa rājadhamme abhiraddho allīno cakkavattī rājā amhī ahosinti sambandho. Attano cakkavattikāle anubhūtasampattiṃ dassento ‘‘tatthāpi bhavanaṃ mayha’’ntiādimāha. Tattha tasmiṃ cakkavattirajjamhi mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ mama pāsādaṃ indalaṭṭhīva uggataṃ ākāse ṭhitavijjotamānā vijjullatā iva uggataṃ sattabhūmikādibhedehi uccaṃ āyāmato dīghato ca uccato ca catuvīsatiyojanaṃ vitthārato dvādasayojanaṃ ahosīti sambandho. Sabbesaṃ janānaṃ manaṃ allīnabhāvena rammaṇaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosīti attho. Daḷhehi dvādasahatthehi vā tiṃsahatthehi vā uccehi pākāratoraṇehi sampannanti dasseti.
415-20 从那里再一半,就是二百五十由旬,这是意思。所谓“放入二十五”,意思是二十个店铺紧密相连、中间没有间断的街道划分。所谓“生于婆罗门族”,就是出生在婆罗门家庭,生得好。其余部分因为前面已经说过,所以很容易理解。巴利
415-20.Tadaḍḍhakaṃ tato aḍḍhakaṃ aḍḍhatiyasatayojananti attho. Pakkhittā paṇṇavīsatīti vīsatiāpaṇapakkhittaṃ nirantaraṃ vīthiparicchedanti attho. Brāhmaññakulasambhūtoti brāhmaṇakule sujāto. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā suviññeyyamevāti.
3-4. 阿那律长老譬喻的注疏。巴利
3-4. Anuruddhattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
“善慧世尊”等语,是尊者阿那律长老的譬喻(阿波陀那)。这位长老在过去诸佛那里积集了善行,在一次次生命中不断积聚能导向解脱的福德。在莲华上世尊的时代,他出生在一个富足丰饶的居士家庭。成年后,有一天他前往精舍,在世尊面前听法,看到世尊把一位比丘安立为天眼第一,自己也发愿想要得到那个位置。于是他为有十万比丘围绕的世尊举办了七天大布施,到第七天,把最上等的衣服供养给世尊和比丘僧团,然后发了愿。世尊看到他没有任何障碍、必定成就,就授记说:“未来在乔达摩正自觉者的教法中,你将成为天眼第一。”他也在那里继续修福。世尊般涅槃后,在那座七由旬高的黄金塔处,他用许多铜盆、灯树和灯盏,心中作意“愿这成为天眼智的助缘”,举行了盛大的燃灯供养。就这样,他一生修福,在天界和人间流转。到了迦叶世尊的时代,他出生在波罗奈城的一个居士家庭。长大成人后,世尊已般涅槃,众人建好了一座一由旬高的黄金塔。他把许多铜盆装满熟酥,每盆中间各放一块糖团,让盆口一个接一个相触,绕着塔摆了一圈。他自己拿的铜盆也装满熟酥,点燃一千支灯芯,顶在头上,整夜绕着塔行走。巴利
Sumedhaṃbhagavantāhantiādikaṃ āyasmato anuruddhattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle vibhavasampanne kuṭumbikakule nibbatti. Vayappatto ekadivasaṃ vihāraṃ gantvā satthu santike dhammaṃ suṇanto satthārā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapentaṃ disvā sayampi taṃ dānaṃ patthetvā satasahassabhikkhuparivārassa bhagavato sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā sattame divase bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca uttamāni vatthāni datvā paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthāpissa anantarāyena samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘anāgate gotamassa sammāsambuddhassa sāsane dibbacakkhukānaṃ aggo bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Sopi tattha puññāni karonto satthari parinibbute sattayojanike kanakathūpe bahukaṃsapātiyo dīparukkhehi dīpakapallikāhi ca ‘‘dibbacakkhuñāṇassa upanissayo hotū’’ti uḷāraṃ dīpapūjaṃ akāsi. Evaṃ yāvajīvaṃ puññāni katvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto kassapassa bhagavato kāle bārāṇasiyaṃ kuṭumbikagehe nibbattitvā viññutaṃ patto satthari parinibbute niṭṭhite yojanike kanakathūpe bahukaṃsapātiyo sappimaṇḍassa pūretvā majjhe ca ekekaṃ guḷapiṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā mukhavaṭṭiyā mukhavaṭṭiṃ phusāpento cetiyaṃ parikkhipāpesi. Attanā gahitakaṃsapātiṃ sappimaṇḍassa pūretvā sahassavaṭṭiyo jālāpetvā sīse ṭhapetvā sabbarattiṃ cetiyaṃ anupariyāyi.
他这样在那一世也尽形寿行善,之后投生到天界。在天界住满天寿后,从那里命终。当时佛陀还没有出世,他又投生在波罗奈城的一户贫苦人家,名叫“安那婆罗”。他在一位名叫须摩那长者的家中做工维持生活。有一天,他看见一位名叫优波离咤的独觉佛,从灭尽定中出定,从香山以神通从空中来到波罗奈城门,降落后披好袈裟,在城中挨家挨户乞食。他见了之后,心里生起清净的信心,就接过独觉佛的钵,把自己留着吃的那份饭放进钵里,想要布施给这位独觉佛。他的妻子也把自己那份饭放了进去。他拿过去,交到独觉佛手中。独觉佛接受后,作了随喜祝福就离开了。那天,住在须摩那长者伞盖上的天神高声随喜赞叹说:“啊,这布施!这是无上的布施!已在优波离咤那里好好地建立了!”须摩那长者听到后,心想:“能让天神这样随喜赞叹,这才是最殊胜的布施啊!”于是便向安那婆罗请求分享这份功德。安那婆罗就把功德回向给了他。须摩那长者因此满心欢喜,给了他一千金币,并说:“从今以后,你不用再亲手做苦工了。去建一座像样的房子,安心常住吧。”巴利
Evaṃ tasmimpi attabhāve yāvajīvaṃ kusalaṃ katvā devaloke nibbattitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cuto anuppanne buddhe bārāṇasiyaṃyeva duggatakule nibbatti, ‘‘annabhāro’’tissa nāmaṃ ahosi. So sumanaseṭṭhissa nāma gehe kammaṃ karonto jīvati. Ekadivasaṃ so upariṭṭhaṃ nāma paccekabuddhaṃ nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhāya gandhamādanapabbatato ākāsenāgantvā bārāṇasīnagaradvāre otaritvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā nagare piṇḍāya carantaṃ disvā pasannamānaso pattaṃ gahetvā attano atthāya ṭhapitaṃ bhāgabhattaṃ patte pakkhipitvā paccekabuddhassa dātukāmo ārabhi. Bhariyāpissa attano bhāgabhattañca tattheva pakkhipi. So taṃ netvā paccekabuddhassa hatthe ṭhapesi. Paccekabuddho taṃ gahetvā anumodanaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Taṃ divasaṃ sumanaseṭṭhissa chatte adhivatthā devatā – ‘‘aho dānaṃ, paramadānaṃ, upariṭṭhe suppatiṭṭhita’’nti mahāsaddena anumodi. Taṃ sutvā sumanaseṭṭhi – ‘‘evaṃ devatāya anumoditaṃ idameva uttamadāna’’nti cintetvā tattha pattiṃ yāci. Annabhāro pana tassa pattiṃ adāsi. Tena pasannacitto sumanaseṭṭhi tassa sahassaṃ datvā ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya tuyhaṃ sahatthena kammakaraṇakiccaṃ natthi, patirūpaṃ gehaṃ katvā niccaṃ vasāhī’’ti āha.
因为从灭尽定中出来的独觉佛,接受他布施的饭团,当天就能产生广大的果报,所以须摩那长者去国王那里时,就带着那饭团去了。国王却以敬重的目光看着它。长者说:“大王,这确实值得一看。”于是就把当时那人所做的善业,以及自己也曾给他一千金币的事告诉了国王。国王听后很满意,给了他一千金币,并命令他说:“你在某个地方建座房子住下吧。”就给他指定了建房的地址。他让人清理那块地时,许多巨大的宝藏罐子从地里冒了出来。他看到后报告了国王。国王让人把所有财宝取出来堆成一堆,看后问道:“这么多财宝,这城里谁家有?”回答说:“谁家也没有,陛下。”国王便说:“那么,从今天起,这个安那婆罗在这城里就叫大财主长者吧。”当天就为他升起了长者伞盖。巴利
Yasmā nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhitassa paccekabuddhassa dinnapiṇḍapāto taṃ divasameva uḷāravipāko hoti, tasmā sumanaseṭṭhi rañño santikaṃ gacchanto taṃ gahetvā agamāsi. Rājā pana taṃ ādaravasena olokesi. Seṭṭhi – ‘‘mahārāja, ayaṃ oloketabbayuttoyevā’’ti vatvā tadā tena katakammaṃ attanāpissa sahassadinnabhāvañca kathesi. Taṃ sutvā rājā tassa tussitvā sahassaṃ datvā ‘‘asukasmiṃ ṭhāne gehaṃ katvā vasāhī’’ti gehaṭṭhānamassa āṇāpesi. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ sodhāpentassa mahantā mahantā nidhikumbhiyo uṭṭhahiṃsu. So tā disvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā sabbaṃ dhanaṃ uddharāpetvā rāsikataṃ disvā – ‘‘ettakaṃ dhanaṃ imasmiṃ nagare kassa gehe atthī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Na kassaci, devā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi ayaṃ annabhāro imasmiṃ nagare mahādhanaseṭṭhi nāma hotū’’ti taṃ divasameva tassa seṭṭhichattaṃ ussāpesi.
他做长者的时候,一辈子都在行善,死后投生到天界。在天界和人间长久地轮转之后,在我们世尊即将降生的那个时期,他在迦毗罗卫城白饭王的释迦族家中投胎。他出生后,被取名为阿那律。他是摩诃男释迦的弟弟,也就是世尊叔父的儿子。他天生极其娇贵,福报极大,连饭食都只出现在金盘里。有一天,他母亲心想:“我儿子连‘没有’这个词都不知道,我得让他知道。”于是她让人拿一个空金盘,用另一个金盘盖住,给他送去。半路上,天神用天界的糕点把空盘填满了。这位福报极大的人,在三季各自相应的三座宫殿里,被盛装打扮的舞女们围绕着,像天神一样享受着极大的富贵。巴利
So seṭṭhi hutvā yāvajīvaṃ kalyāṇakammaṃ katvā devaloke nibbatto, dīgharattaṃ devamanussesu saṃsaritvā amhākaṃ bhagavato uppajjanakakāle kapilavatthunagare sukkodanasakkassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Tassa jātassa anuruddhoti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. So mahānāmasakkassa kaniṭṭhabhātā bhagavato cūḷapitu putto paramasukhumālo mahāpuñño ahosi. Suvaṇṇapātiyaṃyeva cassa bhattaṃ uppajji. Athassa mātā ekadivasaṃ ‘‘mama putto natthīti padaṃ na jānāti, taṃ jānāpessāmī’’ti cintetvā ekaṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ tucchakaṃyeva aññāya suvaṇṇapātiyā pidahitvā tassa pesesi, antarāmagge devatā taṃ, dibbapūvehi pūresuṃ. Evaṃ mahāpuñño tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavikesu tīsu pāsādesu alaṅkatanāṭakitthīhi parivuto devo viya mahāsampattiṃ anubhavi.
我们的菩萨那时也从兜率天去世,投生到净饭大王的王后腹中,渐渐长大,在家中度过了二十九年,然后出家修行。他次第修行,最终在菩提树下证得一切知智,在菩提座处度过七个七天,随后到仙人堕处的鹿野苑转法轮,利益世间众生,然后前往王舍城,住在竹林园中。那时,净饭大王心想:“听说我儿子已经到了王舍城。去吧,去把我儿子请回来。”于是派了十位大臣,每人带着上千随从。这些人全都以“善来,比丘”的方式出家成了比丘。后来,优陀夷长老请求世尊外出游化,世尊便由两万漏尽比丘围绕,离开王舍城,来到迦毗罗卫城。在亲族聚会上,世尊示现种种神变,宣说了配合神变的法义,让大众饮下不死甘露。第二天,世尊拿着衣钵站在城门口,心中思惟:“诸佛回到故乡,有什么惯例?”知道“次第乞食是惯例”后,就开始次第乞食。净饭王听说“你儿子在乞食”,急忙赶来,在半路上听了法,然后把世尊请进自己宫中,做了盛大的供养和礼敬。世尊在那里做了应当做的摄受亲族之事,度罗睺罗王子出家。不久之后,世尊离开迦毗罗卫城,在末罗国游化,到了阿奴毗耶芒果林。巴利
Amhākampi bodhisatto tasmiṃ samaye tusitapurā cavitvā suddhodanamahārājassa aggamahesiyā kucchimhi nibbattitvā anukkamena vuddhippatto ekūnatiṃsa vassāni agāramajjhe vasitvā mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā anukkamena paṭividdhasabbaññutaññāṇo bodhimaṇḍe sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā isipatane migadāye dhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā lokānuggahaṃ karonto rājagahaṃ gantvā veḷuvane vihāsi. Tadā suddhodanamahārājā – ‘‘putto kira me rājagahaṃ anuppatto; gacchatha, bhaṇe, mama puttaṃ ānethā’’ti sahassasahassaparivāre dasa amacce pesesi. Te sabbe ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajiṃsu. Tesu udāyittherena cārikāgamanaṃ āyācito bhagavā vīsatisahassakhīṇāsavaparivuto rājagahato nikkhamitvā kapilavatthupuraṃ gantvā ñātisamāgame anekāni pāṭihāriyāni dassetvā pāṭihāriyavicittaṃ dhammadesanaṃ kathetvā mahājanaṃ amatapānaṃ pāyetvā dutiyadivase pattacīvaramādāya nagaradvāre ṭhatvā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho kulanagaraṃ āgatānaṃ sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇa’’nti āvajjamāno ‘‘sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caraṇaṃ āciṇṇa’’nti ñatvā sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya carati. Rājā ‘‘putto te piṇḍāya caratī’’ti sutvā turitaturito āgantvā antaravīthiyaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā attano nivesanaṃ pavesetvā mahantaṃ sakkārasammānaṃ akāsi. Bhagavā tattha kattabbaṃ ñātisaṅgahaṃ katvā rāhulakumāraṃ pabbājetvā nacirasseva kapilavatthunagarato mallaraṭṭhe cārikaṃ caramāno anupiyambavanaṃ pāpuṇi.
那时,净饭大王把释迦族人召集起来,说道:“如果我的儿子继续在家生活,他会成为转轮王,具足七宝,有刹帝利大众围绕;我的孙子罗睺罗王子也会和刹帝利大众一起随侍在他身边。你们也应当明白这个道理。如今我的儿子已经成佛,他的随从也应该是刹帝利。你们每家各送一个男孩出家吧。”这话一说完,当即就有八万两千名刹帝利青年一起出家了。巴利
Tasmiṃ samaye suddhodanamahārājā sākiyagaṇaṃ sannipātetvā āha – ‘‘sace mama putto agāraṃ ajjhāvasissa, rājā abhavissa cakkavattī sattaratanasampanno khattiyagaṇaparivāro, nattāpi me rāhulakumāro khattiyagaṇena saddhiṃ taṃ parivāretvā acarissa, tumhepi etamatthaṃ jānātha. Idāni pana mama putto buddho jāto, khattiyāvāssa parivārā hontu, tumhe ekekakulato ekekaṃ dārakaṃ dethā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte ekappahāreneva dveasītisahassakhattiyakumārā pabbajiṃsu.
那时,释迦族的家主摩诃男来到自己的弟弟阿那律·释迦面前,对他说:“亲爱的阿那律,如今一位又一位出身显赫的释迦族青年都跟随世尊出家了,从在家走向了出家。可是我们家族里,还没有一个人从在家走向出家。所以,要么你出家,要么我出家吧。”阿那律听了这话,对居家生活生不起任何喜乐,于是自己作为第七人,从在家走向了出家。他出家的详细过程,在《破僧犍度》(律藏·小品330节起)中已有记载。到了阿努比亚之后,在这些出家人当中,就在那个雨安居期间,跋提长老证得阿罗汉果,阿那律长老修成天眼,提婆达多修成八种定,阿难长老安立于入流果,跋古长老和金毗罗长老后来才证得阿罗汉果。所有这些长老,在他们各自成就的方面,过去所发的誓愿和志向都会显现出来。这位阿那律长老从法将(舍利弗尊者)那里领受了禅修业处,前往支提国的东竹林修习沙门道法。他思惟了七项大人之思惟,到第八项时感到疲劳。世尊知道“阿那律在第八项大人之思惟上感到疲劳”,心想“我要满他的愿”,于是去到那里,坐在为他敷设的殊胜佛座上,为他圆满解说了第八项大人之思惟,又开示了以四种资具知足之修习为庄严的圣种大道,然后从空中飞起,回到了跋沙迦林。巴利
Tasmiṃ samaye mahānāmo sakko kuṭumbasāmiko, so attano kaniṭṭhaṃ anuruddhaṃ sakkaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘etarahi, tāta anuruddha, abhiññātā abhiññātā sakyakumārā bhagavantaṃ pabbajitaṃ anupabbajanti, amhākañca kulā natthi koci agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, tena hi tvaṃ vā pabbajāhi, ahaṃ vā pabbajissāmī’’ti. Taṃ sutvā anuruddho gharāvāse ruciṃ akatvā attasattamo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. Tassa pabbajjānukkamo saṅghabhedakakkhandhake (cūḷava. 330 ādayo) āgatoyeva. Evaṃ anupiyaṃ gantvā pabbajitesu pana tesu tasmiṃyeva antovasse bhaddiyatthero arahattaṃ pāpuṇi, anuruddhatthero dibbacakkhuṃ nibbattesi, devadatto aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattesi, ānandatthero sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi, bhagutthero ca kimilatthero ca pacchā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tesaṃ sabbesampi therānaṃ attano attano āgataṭṭhānesu pubbapatthanābhinīhāro āvi bhavissati. Ayaṃ anuruddhatthero dhammasenāpatissa santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā cetiyaraṭṭhe pācīnavaṃsadāyaṃ gantvā samaṇadhammaṃ karonto satta mahāpurisavitakke vitakkesi, aṭṭhame kilamati. Satthā ‘‘anuruddho aṭṭhame mahāpurisavitakke kilamatī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘tassa saṅkappaṃ pūressāmī’’ti tattha gantvā paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno aṭṭhamaṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ pūretvā catupaccayasantosabhāvanārāmapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ mahāariyavaṃsapaṭipadaṃ kathetvā ākāse uppatitvā bhesakalāvanameva gato.
长老在如来刚离开时,就成了具足三明、漏尽的大阿罗汉。他心里想:“导师知道我的心意后前来,为我圆满了第八项大人之思惟,并把它赐给了我。我的愿望如今已经实现。”于是,他针对诸佛的说法教导以及自己所证悟的法,说出了这些优陀那偈颂:巴利
Thero tathāgate gatamatteyeva tevijjo mahākhīṇāsavo hutvā ‘‘satthā mayhaṃ manaṃ jānitvā āgantvā aṭṭhamaṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ pūretvā adāsi, so ca me manoratho matthakaṃ patto’’ti buddhānaṃ dhammadesanaṃ attano ca paṭivedhadhammaṃ ārabbha imā udānagāthā abhāsi –
导师知道了我心里的想法,这位世间无上的导师,
以意所成之身,依神通而接近。
当我心里生起这个念头时,他就进一步为我开示。
佛陀乐于无戏论,也开示了无戏论之法。
我明白了那个法之后,就满心欢喜地安住在佛陀的教法里。
三明已经证得,佛陀的教法已经完成。巴利
‘‘Mama saṅkappamaññāya, satthā loke anuttaro; Manomayena kāyena, iddhiyā upasaṅkami. ‘‘Yadā me ahu saṅkappo, tato uttari desayi; Nippapañcarato buddho, nippapañcamadesayi. ‘‘Tassāhaṃ dhammamaññāya, vihāsiṃ sāsane rato; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsana’’nti. (theragā. 901-903);
后来,导师住在祇园大寺时,把他安立在第一的位置上,说:“在具足天眼的比丘中,阿那律是第一。”巴利
Atha naṃ aparabhāge satthā jetavane mahāvihāre viharanto ‘‘dibbacakkhukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anuruddho aggo’’ti (a. ni. 1.192) aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi.
421 421. 他这样从世尊那里得到天眼通第一的位置后,忆起自己过去的业,就以喜悦之情宣说自己过去所修的本行事迹,开头说“我见到善慧世尊……”等等。其中,“善慧”:那位世尊具备殊胜的安立智、道果智、观智以及四无碍解等被称为“慧”的功德,所以是善慧。那位善慧者,因为具足福德,所以是世尊,是世间最尊贵、最上、最精进者,最先从轮回中出来,是众人的领袖和引导者,远离人群聚集,已离喧闹,住在独处——我见到了这样安住独处的世尊。这是文句的连接关系。巴利
421. Evaṃ so bhagavato santikā dibbacakkhukānaṃ aggaṭṭhānaṃ labhitvā attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassavasena pubbacaritāpadānaṃ pakāsento sumedhaṃ bhagavantāhantiādimāha. Tattha sundarā upaṭṭhāpanapaññā maggaphalapaññā vipassanāpaññā catupaṭisambhidādisaṅkhātā medhā yassa bhagavato so sumedho, taṃ sumedhaṃ bhāgyasampannattā bhagavantaṃ lokassa jeṭṭhaṃ seṭṭhaṃ padhānabhūtaṃ saṃsārato paṭhamaṃ niggataṃ narānaṃ āsabhaṃ purecārikaṃ vūpakaṭṭhaṃ vivekabhūtaṃ gaṇasaṅgaṇikārāmato apagataṃ viharantaṃ ahaṃ addasanti sambandho.
422 422. 因为一切法都是自己觉悟的,所以称为正自觉者。“走近后”就是走到附近、来到近旁的意思。“合掌后”就是把十指并拢放在头顶上,就是这个意思。剩下的内容意思都很浅显易懂。巴利
422. Sabbadhammānaṃ sayameva buddhattā sambuddhaṃ, upagantvāna samīpaṃ gantvāti attho. Añjaliṃ paggahetvānāti dasaṅgulipuṭaṃ muddhani katvāti attho. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
430 “白天和夜晚都能看见”:意思是,当他投生到天界或人界的时候,用肉眼就能看见四周一由旬之内的一切。巴利
430.Divā rattiñca passāmīti tadā devaloke ca manussaloke ca uppannakāle maṃsacakkhunā samantato yojanaṃ passāmīti attho.
431 “以智见千世界”:意思是用智慧之眼看见一千个轮围世界。“在导师的教法中”:这里指的是如今乔达摩世尊的教法。“供灯布施、供养灯烛,得此果报”:意思是靠供灯这个果报,证得天眼,得到并生起了天眼。巴利
431.Sahassalokaṃ ñāṇenāti paññācakkhunā sahassacakkavāḷaṃ passāmīti attho. Satthu sāsaneti idāni gotamassa bhagavato sāsane. Dīpadānassa dīpapūjāya idaṃ phalaṃ, iminā phalena dibbacakkhuṃ anuppatto paṭiladdho uppādesinti attho.
富楼那·满慈子长老譬喻注巴利
3-5. Puṇṇamantāṇiputtattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
“通晓圣典、持咒”等语,是具寿富楼那·满慈子长老的譬喻。
这位长老在过去诸佛那里曾积集善行,在一次次投生中不断积累能导向解脱的福业。在莲华上佛出世之前很久,他就出生在天鹅城的一个婆罗门富豪家庭,渐渐长大成人。后来,莲华上佛出世,为那些能够被度化的人说法时,他按照前面所说的方式,和大众一起来到精舍,坐在人群边上听法。他看见导师把一位比丘安置在说法第一的位置上,心里就想:“我将来也应该成为这样的人。”说法结束后,大众起身,他上前邀请佛陀,并像前面所说的那样做了盛大的供养,然后对世尊这样说:“尊者,我以这个功德不希求别的什么成就,只希望就像这位比丘在第七天被您亲自安置在说法第一的位置上那样,我将来也能在某一位佛陀的教法中,成为说法第一的人。”他这样发了愿。导师观察未来,看到他的愿望能够实现,就授记说:“在未来十万劫之后,将会有一位名叫乔达摩的佛陀出世,你会在他的教法中出家,成为说法第一的人。”巴利
Ajjhāyakomantadharotiādikaṃ āyasmato puṇṇassa mantāṇiputtattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato uppattito puretarameva haṃsavatīnagare brāhmaṇamahāsālakule nibbattitvā anukkamena viññutaṃ patto. Aparabhāge padumuttare bhagavati uppajjitvā bodhaneyyānaṃ dhammaṃ desente heṭṭhā vuttanayena mahājanena saddhiṃ vihāraṃ gantvā parisapariyante nisīditvā dhammaṃ suṇanto satthāraṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ dhammakathikānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapentaṃ disvā ‘‘mayāpi anāgate evarūpena bhavituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti cintetvā desanāvasāne uṭṭhitāya parisāya satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā nimantetvā heṭṭhā vuttanayena mahāsakkāraṃ katvā bhagavantaṃ evamāha – ‘‘bhante, ahaṃ iminā adhikārena na aññaṃ sampattiṃ patthemi, yathā paneso bhikkhu sattamadivasamatthake tumhehi dhammakathikānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapito, evaṃ ahampi anāgate ekassa buddhassa sāsane dhammakathikānaṃ aggo bhaveyya’’nti patthanaṃ akāsi. Satthā anāgataṃ oloketvā tassa patthanāya samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘anāgate kappasatasahassamatthake gotamo nāma buddho uppajjissati, tassa sāsane pabbajitvā tvaṃ dhammakathikānaṃ aggo bhavissasī’’ti byākāsi.
他尽自己一生行善,死后在十万劫中积累福德资粮,在天界和人间不断轮回。到了我们世尊的时代,他在迦毗罗卫城附近一个叫多那婆罗门村的婆罗门富豪家里,作为憍陈如长老的外甥出生了。人们给他取名叫富楼那。当导师证得正等觉、转起殊胜法轮之后,逐渐住在王舍城附近时,他在憍陈如长老座下出家,受了具足戒,精进用功,把出家人该做的一切都做到了圆满。他心想“我要去见十力尊”,就和舅舅长老一起来到导师面前,但在迦毗罗卫附近就停了下来,如理作意地修行,不久便让观成熟,证得了阿拉汉果。巴利
So yāvatāyukaṃ kalyāṇakammaṃ katvā tato cuto kappasatasahassaṃ puññasambhāraṃ sambharanto devamanussesu saṃsaritvā amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle kapilavatthunagarassa avidūre doṇavatthunāmake brāhmaṇagāme brāhmaṇamahāsālakule aññāsikoṇḍaññattherassa bhāgineyyo hutvā nibbatti. Tassa puṇṇoti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. So satthari abhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke anukkamena rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharante aññāsikoṇḍaññassa santike pabbajitvā laddhūpasampado padhānamanuyuñjanto sabbaṃ pabbajitakiccaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā ‘‘dasabalassa santikaṃ gamissāmī’’ti mātulattherena saddhiṃ satthu santikaṃ āgantvā kapilavatthusāmantāyeva ohiyitvā yoniso manasikāre kammaṃ karonto nacirasseva vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi.
在富楼那长老座下出家的善男子有五百人。长老用十种论事来教导他们。他们全都依照十种论事接受教导,安住在长老的教诫中,证得了阿罗汉果。他们知道自己出家的任务已经圆满完成,就来到亲教师面前,说:“尊者,我们出家的任务已经达到究竟,也获得了十种论事,现在是我们去见十力尊的时候了。”长老听了他们的话,心想:“导师知道我已获得十种论事。我说法时,从不离开十种论事而说。如果我去了,这些比丘全都会围绕着我一起去。这样带着一群人前去见十力尊,不合适。还是让他们先去见十力尊吧。”于是对他们说:“贤友们,你们先走,去见十力尊,以我的名义顶礼如来的双足,我也会沿着你们走过的路随后赶来。”那些长老比丘全都是十力尊的同乡,全都是漏尽者,全都获得了十种论事。他们遵从亲教师的嘱咐,礼敬长老后,便次第游行,走完六十由旬的路程,到达王舍城的竹林大寺,顶礼十力尊的双足后,坐在一边。诸佛世尊向来有与来访比丘互相问候的习惯。世尊便以“比丘们,还过得去吧”等话,亲切地问候他们,然后问:“比丘们,你们从哪里来?”他们回答“从家乡来”之后,世尊又问:“比丘们,在家乡那里,哪位比丘被同乡的出家同修们这样称赞——自己少欲,也对比丘们讲说少欲之法?”他们回答说:“尊者,是富楼那尊者,满答尼之子。”巴利
Tassa pana puṇṇattherassa santike pabbajitā kulaputtā pañcasatā ahesuṃ. Thero te dasakathāvatthūhi ovadi. Tepi sabbe dasakathāvatthūhi ovaditā tassa ovāde ṭhatvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇitvā attano pabbajitakiccaṃ matthakappattaṃ ñatvā upajjhāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante, mayaṃ pabbajitakiccassa matthakaṃ pattā, dasannañca kathāvatthūnaṃ lābhino, samayo dāni no dasabalaṃ passitu’’nti, thero tesaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā cintesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ dasakathāvatthulābhitaṃ satthā jānāti. Ahaṃ dhammaṃ desento dasakathāvatthūni amuñcitvāva desemi, mayi ca gacchante sabbepime bhikkhū maṃ parivāretvā gacchissanti, evaṃ me gaṇena saddhiṃ gantvā ayuttaṃ dasabalaṃ passituṃ, ime tāva dasabalaṃ passituṃ gacchantū’’ti. Atha te evamāha – ‘‘āvuso, tumhe purato gantvā dasabalaṃ passatha, mama vacanena tathāgatassa pāde vandatha, ahampi tumhākaṃ gatamaggena āgacchissāmī’’ti. Tepi therā sabbe dasabalassa jātibhūmiraṭṭhavāsino sabbe khīṇāsavā sabbe dasakathāvatthulābhino upajjhāyassa ovādaṃ acchinditvā theraṃ vanditvā anupubbena cārikaṃ carantā saṭṭhiyojanamaggaṃ atikkamma rājagahe veḷuvanamahāvihāraṃ gantvā dasabalassa pāde vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammoditunti bhagavā tehi saddhiṃ ‘‘kacci, bhikkhave, khamanīya’’ntiādinā nayena madhurapaṭisanthāraṃ katvā ‘‘kuto ca tumhe, bhikkhave, āgatatthā’’ti pucchitvā puna tehi ‘‘jātibhūmito’’ti vutte ‘‘ko nu kho, bhikkhave, jātibhūmiyaṃ jātibhūmakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ evaṃ sambhāvito ‘attanā ca appiccho appicchakathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā’’’ti (ma. ni. 1.252) dasakathāvatthulābhiṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchi. Tepi ‘‘puṇṇo nāma, bhante, āyasmā mantāṇiputto’’ti ārocayiṃsu.
舍利弗尊者听了他们的话,很想见到富楼那长老。那时,导师从王舍城去了舍卫城。富楼那长老听说十力者已经到了那里,心想“我要去见导师”,就动身前往,结果在香室里就见到了如来。导师为他说法。长老听完法,礼敬了十力者,为了独处静修而去了安达林,在一棵树下坐着度过白天。舍利弗长老听说他来了,也一路低头寻找,看准了地方,就走到那棵树下坐着的长老跟前,和他互相问候寒暄,然后向长老请教那清净道次第的问题。富楼那长老对他提出的每一个问题都作了回答,用御车譬喻让他极为满意。他们彼此随喜赞叹对方的善说。巴利
Tesaṃ kathaṃ sutvā āyasmā sāriputto theraṃ dassanakāmo ahosi. Atha satthā rājagahato sāvatthiṃ agamāsi. Puṇṇattheropi dasabalassa tattha āgatabhāvaṃ sutvā ‘‘satthāraṃ passissāmī’’ti gantvā antogandhakuṭiyaṃyeva tathāgataṃ sampāpuṇi. Satthā tassa dhammaṃ desesi. Thero dhammaṃ sutvā dasabalaṃ vanditvā paṭisallānatthāya andhavanaṃ gantvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Sāriputtattheropi tassāgamanaṃ sutvā sīsānulokiko gantvā okāsaṃ sallakkhetvā tasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā therena saddhiṃ sammoditvā taṃ visuddhikkamaṃ (ma. ni. 1.257) pucchi. Sopissa pucchitapucchitaṃ byākaronto rathavinītūpamāya ativiya cittaṃ ārādhesi. Te aññamaññassa subhāsitaṃ samanumodiṃsu.
434 后来,当导师坐在比丘僧团中间时,把这位长老立为第一,说:“比丘们,在我的比丘弟子中,说法第一的,就是富楼那。”他回忆起过去世所造的业,以喜悦之心讲述过去生的行迹,于是说出“教师”等话。其中,“教师”是指教导、训练许多婆罗门的人。“持咒者”是指持守咒语的人,意思是,以读诵、听闻、布施的方式持守那被称为第四吠陀的典籍。“于三吠陀”是指对于被称为梨俱吠陀、夜柔吠陀、娑摩吠陀这三部吠陀,以智慧应当持守、因而名为“吠陀”的三部吠陀典籍,他已经到达彼岸、达到究竟。意思是说,已经到达终点。“我被弟子们围绕”是说,我被那些常随左右的弟子们围绕着。“我前往人中最上者”是说,我前往人中最上的世尊,意思是走近他。其余部分很容易理解。巴利
434. Atha naṃ satthā aparabhāge bhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe nisinno theraṃ ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave , mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammakathikānaṃ yadidaṃ puṇṇo’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 196) etadagge ṭhapesi. So pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassavasena pubbacaritāpadānaṃ vibhāvento ajjhāyakotiādimāha. Tattha ajjhāyakoti anekabrāhmaṇānaṃ vācetā sikkhāpetā. Mantadharoti mantānaṃ dhāretāti attho, vedasaṅkhātassa catutthavedassa sajjhāyanasavanadānānaṃ vasena dhāretāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tiṇṇaṃ vedānanti iruvedayajuvedasāmavedasaṅkhātānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ ñāṇena dhāretabbatā ‘‘vedo’’ti laddhanāmesu tīsu vedaganthesu pāraṃ pariyosānaṃ gatoti attho . Purakkhatomhi sissehīti mama niccaparivārabhūtehi sissehi parivuto ahaṃ amhi. Upagacchiṃ naruttamanti narānaṃ uttamaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃ, samīpaṃ gatoti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
438 “通达阿毗达摩的理趣”意思是:我在那位佛陀住世的时代,精通阿毗达摩的义理。“以论事的清净”意思是:在《论事》这部论书中很清净、很善巧;或者说,在少欲、知足等十种论事上很善巧。凭借这种论事的清净,我让一切修行者和智者都明白、觉悟之后,就安住在无漏、无烦恼的状态中,继续住留生活。巴利
438.Abhidhammanayaññūhanti ahaṃ tadā tassa buddhassa kāle abhidhammanayakovidoti attho. Kathāvatthuvisuddhiyāti kathāvatthuppakaraṇe visuddhiyā cheko, appicchasantuṭṭhikathādīsu dasasu kathāvatthūsu vā cheko, tāya kathāvatthuvisuddhiyā sabbesaṃ yatijanānaṃ paṇḍitānaṃ viññāpetvāna bodhetvāna anāsavo nikkileso viharāmi vāsaṃ kappemi.
439 从这以五佛庄严的贤劫起,在五百劫中,出现了名声远扬、广为人知的转轮王。他们具足轮宝等七宝,是赡部洲等四大洲的主宰,最为尊胜,这样的转轮王四位四位地出现。其余内容按照前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
439.Ito pañcasate kappeti ito pañcabuddhapaṭimaṇḍitato bhaddakappato pañcasate kappe suppakāsakā suṭṭhu pākaṭā cakkaratanādi sattahi ratanehi sampannā jambudīpādicatudīpamhi issarā padhānā caturo cattāro cakkavattirājāno ahesunti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
3-6. 优波离长老譬喻的注释巴利
3-6. Upālittheraapadānavaṇṇanā
“在天鹅城”这一段,是尊者优波离长老的譬喻故事。这位长老同样在过去诸佛那里积攒过善根,在一次次轮回中不断积累能导向解脱的福德。到了莲华上佛的时代,他出生在天鹅城里一个富裕的婆罗门家庭。有一天,他在导师身边听法,看到导师把一位比丘安排在持律者中的最高位置,于是就对导师做了功德业,并发愿将来也能得到那个位置。巴利
Nagarehaṃsavatiyātiādikaṃ āyasmato upālittherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle haṃsavatīnagare vibhavasampanne brāhmaṇakule nibbatto. Ekadivasaṃ satthu santike dhammakathaṃ suṇanto satthāraṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ vinayadharānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapentaṃ disvā satthu adhikārakammaṃ katvā taṃ ṭhānantaraṃ patthesi.
他一生行善,在人天之间轮回,到了现在这尊佛出世的时代,出生在一个理发师家庭里。大家给他取名叫优波离。他长大后,成了阿那律等六位刹帝利王族青年的好朋友。当如来住在阿那律园时,那六位刹帝利青年准备出家离俗,他也跟着他们一起离开家,出了家。他出家的具体经过,在律藏《小品》等处已有记载。出家并受具足戒之后,他从导师那里领受了禅修业处,然后说:“尊者,请允许我住在森林里。”导师说:“比丘住在森林里,只会增长禅定这一项修行;如果你住在我身边,就能同时圆满修观和学教这两项任务。”他接受了导师的话,精进修观,不久就证得了阿罗汉果。导师也亲自把整部律藏教给了他。后来,他裁决了婆楼迦车事件、阿图迦事件和童子迦叶事件这三件事。导师对每一次裁决都加以赞叹,并以这三次裁决为因缘,把这位长老安立在持律者中最上首的位置。巴利
So yāvajīvaṃ kusalaṃ katvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto imasmiṃ buddhuppāde kappakagehe nibbatto. Upālītissa nāmaṃ akaṃsu. So vayappatto anuruddhādīnaṃ channaṃ khattiyānaṃ piyasahāyo hutvā tathāgate anupiyambavane viharante pabbajjāya nikkhamantehi chahi khattiyehi saddhiṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Tassa pabbajjāvidhānaṃ pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 330 ādayo) āgatameva. So pabbajitvā upasampanno hutvā satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā ‘‘mayhaṃ, bhante, araññavāsaṃ anujānāthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Bhikkhu araññe vasantassa ekameva dhuraṃ vaḍḍhissati, mayhaṃ pana santike vasantassa vipassanādhurañca ganthadhurañca paripūressatī’’ti. So satthu vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā vipassanāya kammaṃ karonto nacirasseva arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Satthāpi naṃ sayameva sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ uggaṇhāpesi. So aparabhāge bhārukacchavatthuṃ ajjukavatthuṃ kumārakassapavatthunti imāni tīṇi vatthūni vinicchini. Satthā ekekasmiṃ vinicchaye sādhukāraṃ datvā tayo vinicchaye aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā theraṃ vinayadharānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi.
441 441 他这样达到了第一的位置后,回忆起自己过去所造的业,心生欢喜,便开始说明过去生的本行,说出“在天鹅城”等话。其中,“在天鹅城”:那座城的城墙围成一圈,形状像天鹅盘旋环绕,所以那座城就叫天鹅城。或者也可以说,数不清的天鹅住在城里的池塘、莲池、湖泊、小水洼等处,从这里那里到处游走,因为它们住在这里,所以叫天鹅城;也就是在那座天鹅城里。“名叫善生的婆罗门”:因为出生得很好,所以叫善生;按照“不被指责、不被呵斥”这种说法,意思是他的出身无可挑剔。“有八十俱胝的积聚”:是说有八十俱胝的财富堆积,这位名叫善生的婆罗门拥有极多的钱财和粮食,财富粮食多得无法计算。这就是它们之间的关联。巴利
441. Evaṃ so etadaggaṭṭhānaṃ patvā attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassappatto taṃ pubbacaritāpadānaṃ pakāsento nagare haṃsavatiyātiādimāha. Tattha haṃsavatiyāti haṃsāvaṭṭaākārena vati pākāraparikkhepo yasmiṃ nagare, taṃ nagaraṃ haṃsavatī. Atha vā anekasaṅkhā haṃsā taḷākapokkharaṇīsarapallalādīsu nivasantā ito cito ca vidhāvamānā vasanti etthāti haṃsavatī, tassā haṃsavatiyā. Sujāto nāma brāhmaṇoti suṭṭhu jātoti sujāto, ‘‘akkhitto anupakuṭṭho’’ti vacanato agarahito hutvā jātoti attho. Asītikoṭinicayoti asītikoṭidhanarāsiko pahūtadhanadhaññavā asaṅkhyeyyadhanadhaññavā brāhmaṇo sujāto nāma ahosinti sambandho.
442 再者,为了显示他同样的伟大,又说了“教授者”等话。其中,“教授者”是指教导他人三吠陀等的人。“持明者”:“明”称为慧,意思是具有阿闼婆吠陀、语法等知识的智慧。“于三吠陀达彼岸”:意思是对称为梨俱吠陀、夜柔吠陀、娑摩吠陀的这三部吠陀,已经达到终点。“于相论”:意思是在相论、即阐明佛陀、辟支佛、转轮王、女人、男人等手足等中所见之相的典籍中。“于史诗”:在阐明“如是过去,如是过去”之古事的典籍中。“于自法”:在自法、婆罗门法中,已到达彼岸、到达终点、到达边际。巴利
442. Punapi tasseva mahantabhāvaṃ dassento ajjhāyakotiādimāha. Tattha ajjhāyakoti paresaṃ vedattayādiṃ vācetā. Mantadharoti mantā vuccati paññā, athabbanavedabyākaraṇādijānanapaññavāti attho. Tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragūti iruvedayajuvedasāmavedasaṅkhātānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pariyosānaṃ pattoti attho. Lakkhaṇeti lakkhaṇasatthe, buddhapaccekabuddhacakkavattiitthipurisānaṃ hatthapādādīsu dissamānalakkhaṇapakāsanakaganthe cāti attho. Itihāseti ‘‘itiha āsa itiha āsā’’ti porāṇakathāppakāsake ganthe. Sadhammeti sakadhamme brāhmaṇadhamme pāramiṃ gato pariyosānaṃ koṭiṃ gato pattoti attho.
443 “游行者”是指那些尼干陀的弟子,他们当时全都持有种种不同的见解,在大地地面上行走——这是句中的关联。巴利
443.Paribbājāti ye nigaṇṭhasāvakā, te sabbe nānādiṭṭhikā tadā mahiyā pathavītale carantīti sambandho.
445 只要胜者还没有出现,那么在这段时间里,就不存在“佛陀”这个说法,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
445. Yāva yattakaṃ kālaṃ jino nuppajjati, tāva tattakaṃ kālaṃ buddhoti vacanaṃ natthīti attho.
446 446. “随着时间流逝,昼夜不断”——白天和黑夜合起来就是“昼夜”,意思是经过了许多年。剩下的内容很容易理解。巴利
446.Accayena ahorattanti aho ca ratti ca ahorattaṃ, bahūnaṃ saṃvaccharānaṃ atikkamenāti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
454 满陀尼子的意思是:他是名叫满陀尼的理发师之女的儿子;因为月圆和日圆,他得名“满”,这就是这个词的含义。他将成为那位导师的弟子——这是上下文之间的关联。巴利
454.Mantāṇiputtoti mantāṇīnāmāya kappakadhītuyā putto, māsapuṇṇatāya divasapuṇṇatāya puṇṇoti laddhanāmoti attho. Tassa satthussa sāvako hessati bhavissatīti sambandho.
455 那位莲华上世尊以这种方式,以美妙的仪态称赞了能带来喜悦的善喜,并为他作了授记。这就是这段话的意思。他让一切大众都心生欢喜,使他们感到喜悦,同时展示、彰显了自己的力量。这是上下文之间的关联。巴利
455.Evaṃ kittayi so buddhoti so padumuttaro bhagavā evaṃ iminā pakārena sunandaṃ sundarākārena somanassadāyakaṃ kittayi byākaraṇamadāsīti attho. Sabbaṃ janaṃ sakalajanasamūhaṃ sādhukaṃ hāsayanto somanassaṃ karonto sakaṃ balaṃ attano balaṃ dassayanto pākaṭaṃ karontoti sambandho.
456 接着,为了用别的说法显示自己的威力,他说出了“合掌”等话。那时,在佛陀出世以前的时代,所有的人都向双手合十的苦行者苏难陀行礼,这是句子的关联。“在佛陀处修造善业”:意思是,他虽然受到众人这样的尊敬,却没有生起“我被人尊敬”的傲慢,反而在佛陀的教法中做了更多的修行,净化了自己的去向和投生,使之变得清净。巴利
456. Tato anantaraṃ attano ānubhāvaṃ aññāpadesena dassento katañjalītiādimāha. Tadā tasmiṃ buddhuppādato purimakāle sunandaṃ tāpasaṃ katañjalipuṭā sabbe janā namassantīti sambandho. Buddhe kāraṃ karitvānāti evaṃ so sabbajanapūjitopi samāno ‘‘pūjitomhī’’ti mānaṃ akatvā buddhasāsane adhikaṃ kiccaṃ katvā attano gatiṃ jātiṃ sodhesi parisuddhamakāsīti attho.
457 听了牟尼——那位正等正觉者——的话。“牟尼之语”这里为了偈颂组合的方便,把长音ā缩短,说成“vaca”。意思是:听闻牟尼这句话——“在未来世,将会有一位名叫乔达摩的导师出现于世间”,于是心想:“我要以能见到乔达摩世尊的那种方式,去造作特别的善行、积集福德资粮。”这就是我的意图、思愿和作意。这是上下文的关联。巴利
457.Sutvāna munino vacanti tassa sammāsambuddhassa vācaṃ, gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ ā-kārassa rassaṃ katvā ‘‘vaca’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Anāgatamhi addhāne gotamo nāma nāmena satthā loke bhavissatī’’ti imaṃ munino vacanaṃ sutvā yathā yena pakārena gotamaṃ bhagavantaṃ passāmi, tathā tena pakārena kāraṃ adhikakiccaṃ puññasambhāraṃ kassāmi karissāmīti me mayhaṃ saṅkappo cetanāmanasikāro ahu ahosīti sambandho.
458 我这样想之后,就是心里这样盘算:我要去做这件事。我思量了自己该做的事,意思是:我应当修什么样的福德呢?我到底在做什么样的业呢?意思是:我在做、在圆满什么样的福德业呢?在无上的福田中,意思是:在没有比它更殊胜、能承载一切福德的皈依处——三宝之中。巴利
458.Evāhaṃ cintayitvānāti ‘‘ahaṃ kāraṃ karissāmī’’ti evaṃ cintetvā. Kiriyaṃ cintayiṃ mamāti ‘‘mayā kīdisaṃ puññaṃ kattabbaṃ nu kho’’ti kiriyaṃ kattabbakiccaṃ cintayinti attho. Kyāhaṃ kammaṃ ācarāmīti ahaṃ kīdisaṃ puññakammaṃ ācarāmi pūremi nu khoti attho. Puññakkhette anuttareti uttaravirahite sakalapuññassa bhājanabhūte ratanattayeti attho.
459 这位“诵经比丘”说的是:这位比丘因为善于讽诵经典、读诵文句,所以得名“诵者”。在佛陀的教法中,所有诵经者、读经者当中,他在律藏方面被列为最上首,被立为第一。那位比丘所得到的那个地位,我渴望、我希求,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
459.Ayañca pāṭhiko bhikkhūti ayaṃ bhikkhu sarabhaññavasena ganthapāṭhapaṭhanato vācanato ‘‘pāṭhiko’’ti laddhanāmo bhikkhu. Buddhasāsane sabbesaṃ pāṭhīnaṃ pāṭhakavācakānaṃ antare vinaye ca agganikkhitto aggo iti ṭhapito. Taṃ ṭhānaṃ tena bhikkhunā pattaṭṭhānantaraṃ ahaṃ patthaye patthemīti attho.
460 接着,为了说明自己积累福德的方法,他诵出了“我这无量的财富”等话。这里的“我”(me)指“我的”;“无量”(amitaṃ)指无法衡量、没有边际的财富堆;“不可动摇”(akkhobhaṃ)指无法被搅动、动摇不了的,像大海一样,与大海相同。整句的意思是:他以那样的财富、那样的资财,为佛陀建造园林。其余内容意思都很浅显易懂。巴利
460. Tato paraṃ attano puññakaraṇūpāyaṃ dassento idaṃ me amitaṃ bhogantiādimāha. Me mayhaṃ amitaṃ pamāṇavirahitaṃ bhogarāsiṃ akkhobhaṃ khobhetuṃ asakkuṇeyyaṃ sāgarūpamaṃ sāgarasadisaṃ tena bhogena tādisena dhanena buddhassa ārāmaṃ māpayeti sambandho. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
474 佛陀坐在比丘僧团中间,接受了那座由他善加建造、令人修建的僧园之后,说了这段话,用来阐明那座僧园的功德利益。这就是上下文的关系。巴利
474. Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā sambuddho tena suṭṭhu māpitaṃ kāritaṃ saṅghārāmaṃ paṭiggahetvā tassārāmassānisaṃsadīpakaṃ idaṃ vacanaṃ abravi kathesīti sambandho.
475 怎么说的呢?那位布施僧园的苦行者,把用精舍、洞窟、会堂、殿堂、楼阁、围墙等善加建造、妥善布置的僧园奉献给了佛陀——他是以与喜悦相应的心来布施的。我要称扬他,也就是说,我要让那位苦行者广为人知、清楚显明。你们听我说:意思是请你们聆听我正在说的这番话,倾耳专注,心不散乱地留意。巴利
475. Kathaṃ? Yo soti yo saṅghārāmadāyako tāpaso sumāpitaṃ kuṭileṇamaṇḍapapāsādahammiyapākārādinā suṭṭhu sajjitaṃ saṅghārāmaṃ buddhassa pādāsi pa-kārena somanassasampayuttacittena adāsi. Tamahaṃ kittayissāmīti taṃ tāpasaṃ ahaṃ pākaṭaṃ karissāmi, uttāniṃ karissāmīti attho. Suṇātha mama bhāsatoti bhāsantassa mayhaṃ vacanaṃ suṇātha, ohitasotā avikkhittacittā manasi karothāti attho.
476 为了说明布施僧园所带来的果报,世尊说了“象、马、车、步兵”等话。这个意思很容易理解。巴利
476. Tena dinnārāmassa phalaṃ dassento hatthī assā rathā pattītiādimāha. Taṃ suviññeyyameva.
477 布施僧园会在来世带来可享受的福报,也就是令人满意的果报,这就是布施僧园的果与异熟。巴利
477.Saṅghārāmassidaṃ phalanti idaṃ āyatiṃ anubhavitabbasampattisaṅkhātaṃ iṭṭhaphalaṃ saṅghārāmadānassa phalaṃ vipākanti attho.
478 八万六千:就是六千加八万,也就是八万六千位打扮得漂漂亮亮、精心装饰、收拾得妥妥当当的女子。身着各色彩衣璎珞:意思是她们穿着各种颜色、各种样式的衣服,佩戴着种种装饰。佩戴宝珠耳环:意思是耳朵上垂挂着珍珠串和宝石装饰。巴利
478.Chaḷāsītisahassānīti chasahassāni asītisahassāni samalaṅkatā suṭṭhu alaṅkatā sajjitā nāriyo itthiyo vicittavatthābharaṇāti vicittehi anekarūpehi vatthehi ābharaṇehi ca samannāgatā. Āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalāti olambitamuttāhāramaṇikañcitakaṇṇāti attho.
479 为了赞叹那些女人容貌的殊胜美丽,说了“眼如弯弓”等话。其中,“眼如弯弓”是说那些女人眼睛又大,像摩尼珠球一样,眼轮像蜜蜂一样圆,所以叫眼如弯弓、目如蜂轮。“含笑”是说她们天性爱笑,姿态优雅妩媚。“妙相”是说她们身体各部分美好,值得称叹。“细腰”是说她们腹部纤细。其余内容浅显易懂。巴利
479. Tāsaṃ itthīnaṃ rūpasobhātisayaṃ vaṇṇento āḷārapamhātiādimāha. Tattha āḷārāni mahantāni akkhīni maṇiguḷasadisāni yāsaṃ itthīnaṃ tā āḷārapamhā bhamarānamiva mandalocanāti attho. Hasulā hāsapakati, līlāvilāsāti attho. Susaññāti sundarasaññitabbasarīrāvayavā. Tanumajjhimāti khuddakaudarapadesā. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
484 他是那位乔达摩世尊的法中继承人,也就是分得法的一份、分享法的人。“亲子”的意思是:从胸口生出来的。他听闻了具备松音、重音等十种音素之智、在喉、腭、唇等五个部位接触而宣说的法之后,依照预流道等道的次第灭尽一切烦恼,安住在阿罗汉果中,因此就像是从佛陀胸口生出来的儿子,这就是“亲子”的意思。“法之所化”的意思是:由法、由平等、不用棍棒、不用刀剑所化生,将来会显现出来,这就是这句话的意思。“名为优波离”:虽然他的母亲给他取的名字是满慈子,但他和阿那律等人一起去出家,亲近刹帝利,与他们融洽相处,身与心都具足,因此将来会以“优波离”这个名字成为大师的声闻弟子,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
484.Tassadhammesu dāyādoti tassa gotamassa bhagavato dhammesu dāyādo dhammakoṭṭhāsabhāgī. Orasoti urasi jāto, sithiladhanitādidasavidhabyañjanabuddhisampannaṃ kaṇṭhatāluoṭṭhādipañcaṭṭhāne ghaṭṭetvā desitadhammaṃ sutvā sotāpattimaggādimaggapaṭipāṭiyā sabbakilese khepetvā arahatte ṭhitabhāvena urasi jātaputtoti attho. Dhammanimmitoti dhammena samena adaṇḍena asatthena nimmito pākaṭo bhavissasīti attho. Upāli nāma nāmenāti kiñcāpi so mātu nāmena mantāṇiputtanāmo, anuruddhādīhi pana saha gantvā pabbajitattā khattiyānaṃ upasamīpe allīno yutto kāyacittehi samaṅgībhūtoti upālīti nāmena satthu sāvako hessati bhavissatīti attho.
485 在律中到达了彼岸:在律藏中达到了顶点、走到了尽头、抵达了终点。又对处与非处善巧:意思是对合理与不合理都很精通、很娴熟。住持胜者的教法:把胜者所说的教导,也就是胜者的三藏,通过诵读、听闻、思惟、受持等方式加以保持,意思是牢牢记住。将住于无漏:意思是成为没有烦恼的人,以行、住、坐、卧四种威仪安住,令自身不退转地延续下去。巴利
485.Vinaye pāramiṃ patvāti vinayapiṭake koṭiṃ pariyosānaṃ patvā pāpuṇitvā. Ṭhānāṭṭhāne ca kovidoti kāraṇākāraṇe ca dakkho chekoti attho. Jinasāsanaṃ dhārentoti jinena vuttānusāsaniṃ jinassa piṭakattayaṃ vācanasavanacintanadhāraṇādivasena dhārento, sallakkhentoti attho. Viharissatināsavoti nikkileso catūhi iriyāpathehi aparipatantaṃ attabhāvaṃ harissati pavattessatīti attho.
487 从不可计数的(劫)开始,以数十万为起点。“我祈愿你的教法”:意思是“愿我在乔达摩世尊的教法中成为持律者之首”,我祈愿、渴望你的教法。“那个利益是我的”:那个被称为最上第一等地位的利益,已由我证得。“一切结的灭尽”:意思是一切诸结的灭尽已由我证得,也就是证得了涅槃。巴利
487.Aparimeyyupādāyāti anekasatasahasse ādiṃ katvā. Patthemi tava sāsananti ‘‘gotamassa bhagavato sāsane vinayadharānaṃ aggo bhaveyya’’nti tuyhaṃ sāsanaṃ patthemi icchāmīti attho. So me atthoti so etadaggaṭṭhānantarasaṅkhāto attho me mayā anuppattoti attho. Sabbasaṃyojanakkhayoti sabbesaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ khayo mayā anuppattoti sambandho, nibbānaṃ adhigatanti attho.
488 就像一个人被国王的刑罚吓住、折磨,被刺穿在矛桩上,被固定在矛桩上,被绑缚在矛桩上,在矛桩上得不到也享受不到愉悦甜美的快乐,只想要解脱、只求脱身一样。这就是这里的关联。巴利
488. Rājadaṇḍena tajjito pīḷito sūlāvuto sūle āvuto āvuṇito poso puriso sūle sātaṃ madhurasukhaṃ avindanto nānubhavanto parimuttiṃva parimocanameva icchati yathāti sambandho.
489-90 大雄,英雄中最殊胜的人!我被“有”的惩罚和“生”的惩罚所吓唬、所逼迫,被业之矛刺穿,也就是被善业和恶业的矛刺穿。我承受着渴爱的感受,被渴爱的灼热折磨、压倒,痛苦不堪。在“有”中,在轮回中,我找不到、得不到甜美之乐。我被贪火、嗔火、痴火这三火燃烧,也就是被地狱火、劫末火、苦火这三火燃烧,因此我寻求解脱,寻求解脱的办法。这里的关联是:就像一个人逃过国王的惩罚后,寻求彻底解脱;同样,我遭受“有”的惩罚,也寻求解脱。巴利
489-90.Mahāvīra vīrānamantare vīruttama ahaṃ bhavadaṇḍena jātidaṇḍena, tajjito pīḷito kammasūlāvuto kusalākusalakammasūlasmiṃ āvuto santo saṃvijjamāno, pipāsāvedanāya pipāsāturabhāvena aṭṭito abhibhūto dukkhāpito bhave sātaṃ saṃsāre madhuraṃ sukhaṃ na vindāmi na labhāmi. Rāgaggidosaggimohaggisaṅkhātehi, narakaggikappuṭṭhānaggidukkhaggisaṅkhātehi vā tīhi aggīhi ḍayhanto parimuttiṃ parimuccanupāyaṃ gavesāmi pariyesāmi tathevāti sambandho. Yathā rājadaṇḍaṃ ito gato patto parimuttiṃ gavesati, tathā ahaṃ bhavadaṇḍappatto parimuttiṃ gavesāmīti sambandho.
491-2 接着,为了通过比喻和所比喻之物的方式,说明从轮回中得到解脱,他说了“如被毒所咬者”等话。其中,“被毒所咬者”是指被蛇毒从四周咬伤,也就是被蛇咬的意思。或者,“被毒所咬者”是指吞下剧毒,也就是吃毒的人。如果有人是吃毒者,被那样的毒所折磨,为了消除、灭掉那毒,就会去寻找作为对治方法的药。在寻找时,他会看到那能灭毒、除毒的药。他喝下自己看到的药之后,就因为从毒中解脱的因缘而变得快乐。这就是这里的关联。巴利
491-2. Puna saṃsārato mocanaṃ upamopameyyavasena dassento yathāvisādotiādimāha. Tattha visena sappavisena ā samantato daṃsīyittha daṭṭho hotīti visādo, sappadaṭṭhoti attho. Atha vā visaṃ halāhalavisaṃ adati gilatīti visādo, visakhādakoti attho. Yo puriso visādo, tena tādisena visena paripīḷito, tassa visassa vighātāya vināsāya upāyanaṃ upāyabhūtaṃ agadaṃ osadhaṃ gaveseyya pariyeseyya, taṃ gavesamāno visaghātakaṃ visanāsakaṃ agadaṃ osadhaṃ passeyya dakkheyya. So taṃ attano diṭṭhaṃ osadhaṃ pivitvā visamhā visato parimuttiyā parimocanakāraṇā sukhī assa bhaveyya yathāti sambandho.
493 “同样地,我”是说:就像那个人被毒蛇咬伤,或者吃了毒之后,用某种方法喝下药而变得安乐;同样地,我被无明和愚痴紧紧地逼迫。“我寻求正法之药”的意思是:我寻求那被称为正法的药。巴利
493.Tathevāhanti yathā yena pakārena so naro visahato, savisena sappena daṭṭho visakhādako vā osadhaṃ pivitvā sukhī bhaveyya, tatheva tena pakārena ahaṃ avijjāya mohena saṃ suṭṭhu pīḷito. Saddhammāgadamesahanti ahaṃ saddhammasaṅkhātaṃ osadhaṃ esaṃ pariyesantoti attho.
494-5 我为了灭除轮回苦毒而寻求法药,寻找法药。我看见释迦的教法,意思是:我看见了出自释迦族、乔达摩的教法。一切药中最上,意思是:在一切药之中,那被称为释迦教法的法药是最上、最殊胜的。能拔除一切箭,是说饮下能去除、平息贪箭等一切箭的法药,也就是被称为法的药之后,灭除了一切毒,即整个轮回的苦毒。不老不死,是说灭除那种苦毒之后,我证得了不老、不死、清凉的涅槃——因为远离了贪等热恼而成为清凉——我亲自触证了它。巴利
494-5.Dhammāgadaṃ gavesantoti saṃsāradukkhavisassa vināsāya dhammosadhaṃ gavesanto. Addakkhiṃ sakyasāsananti sakyavaṃsapabhavassa gotamassa sāsanaṃ saddakkhinti attho. Aggaṃ sabbosadhānaṃ tanti sabbesaṃ osadhānaṃ antare taṃ sakyasāsanasaṅkhātaṃ dhammosadhaṃ aggaṃ uttamanti attho. Sabbasallavinodananti rāgasallādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ sallānaṃ vinodanaṃ vūpasamakaraṃ dhammosadhaṃ dhammasaṅkhātaṃ osadhaṃ pivitvā sabbaṃ visaṃ sakalasaṃsāradukkhavisaṃ samūhaniṃ nāsesinti sambandho. Ajarāmaranti taṃ dukkhavisaṃ samūhanitvā ajaraṃ jarāvirahitaṃ amaraṃ maraṇavirahitaṃ sītibhāvaṃ rāgapariḷāhādivirahitattā sītalabhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ ahaṃ phassayiṃ paccakkhamakāsinti sambandho.
496 496. 接着,为了显示烦恼黑暗的譬喻,说了“譬如被非人折磨的人”等话。其中,“譬如”是指:就像一个人被非人、被夜叉折磨、逼迫,被非人附体、被夜叉附体所折磨而痛苦,为了从非人和夜叉的附体中解脱出来,他会去寻找驱鬼的医师。巴利
496. Puna kilesatamassa upamaṃ dassento yathā bhūtaṭṭitotiādimāha. Tattha yathā yena pakārena bhūtaṭṭito bhūtena yakkhena aṭṭito pīḷito poso puriso bhūtaggāhena yakkhaggāhena pīḷito dukkhito bhūtasmā yakkhaggāhato parimuttiyā mocanatthāya bhūtavejjaṃ gaveseyya.
497 他在寻找的时候,会见到一位精通驱鬼术、非常善巧能干的驱鬼医师。那位驱鬼医师就会驱除、消灭那个被夜叉附体的人身上的附体,并且连根带底一起拔掉,让它将来不再生起,彻底摧毁消灭。这是上下文之间的关联。巴利
497. Taṃ gavesamāno ca bhūtavijjāya suṭṭhu kovidaṃ chekaṃ bhūtavejjaṃ passeyya, so bhūtavejjo tassa yakkhaggahitassa purisassa āvesabhūtaṃ vihane vināseyya, samūlañca mūlena saha āyatiṃ anāsevakaṃ katvā vināsaye viddhaṃseyyāti sambandho.
498 大雄啊,最殊胜的英雄!我被那黑暗——也就是烦恼的黑暗——所抓住、所逼迫。正是这样,我以同样的方式,为了从那种黑暗、从烦恼的黑暗中彻底解脱出来,而寻求智之光、慧之光。这就是上下文之间的关联。巴利
498.Mahāvīra vīruttama tamaggāhena kilesandhakāraggāhena pīḷito ahaṃ tatheva tena pakāreneva tamato kilesandhakārato parimuttiyā mocanatthāya ñāṇālokaṃ paññāālokaṃ gavesāmīti sambandho.
499 接着,就在那之后,他见到了能洗净烦恼黑暗、灭除烦恼之暗的释迦牟尼——这是这句话的意思。那位释迦牟尼为我驱除了黑暗,也就是烦恼的昏暗,就像驱鬼的医师驱除被鬼附身的人身上的鬼一样,把它远远赶走——这是上下文之间的关联。巴利
499. Atha tadanantaraṃ kilesatamasodhanaṃ kilesandhakāranāsakaṃ sakyamuniṃ addasanti attho. So sakyamuni me mayhaṃ tamaṃ andhakāraṃ kilesatimiraṃ bhūtavejjova bhūtakaṃ yakkhaggahitaṃ iva vinodesi dūrī akāsīti sambandho.
500 我这样解脱之后,就彻底截断了轮回之流,也就是轮回的暴流;我挡住了渴爱之流,也就是渴爱的大暴流,让它完全止息,一点不剩,不再生起——这就是这句话的意思。“我拔除了一切有”:就是拔除了欲有等一切九种有,把它们灭尽——这就是这句话的意思。就像驱鬼的医师从根上拔除一样,从根上把它拔掉、灭尽——这是上下文之间的关联。巴利
500. So ahaṃ evaṃ vimutto saṃsārasotaṃ saṃsārapavāhaṃ saṃ suṭṭhu chindiṃ chedesiṃ, taṇhāsotaṃ taṇhāmahoghaṃ nivārayiṃ niravasesaṃ appavattiṃ akāsinti attho. Bhavaṃ ugghāṭayiṃ sabbanti kāmabhavādikaṃ sabbaṃ navabhavaṃ ugghāṭayiṃ vināsesinti attho. Mūlato vināsento bhūtavejjo iva mūlato ugghāṭayinti sambandho.
501 接着,为了说明寻求涅槃的譬喻,说了“犹如”等话。其中,因为它吞食沉重的大龙,所以叫金翅鸟;或者,因为它抓取沉重的大龙,所以叫金翅鸟王。为了捉住自己的食物——自己活动范围内的、名叫“pannaga”的龙(它以种种方式游走,不落入他人手中),它俯冲而下,用双翼扇起的风,从四面八方把方圆百由旬的大湖大海搅得翻腾汹涌——这是语义上的连接。巴利
501. Tato nibbānapariyesanāya upamaṃ dassento yathātiādimāha. Tattha garuṃ bhāriyaṃ nāgaṃ gilatīti garuḷo. Garuṃ vā nāgaṃ lāti ādadātīti garuḷo, garuḷarājā. Attano bhakkhaṃ sakagocaraṃ pannagaṃ pakārena parahatthaṃ na gacchatīti pannagoti laddhanāmaṃ nāgaṃ gahaṇatthāya opatati avapatati, samantā samantato yojanasataṃ satayojanappamāṇaṃ mahāsaraṃ mahāsamuddaṃ attano pakkhavātehi vikkhobheti āloḷeti yathāti sambandho.
502 那只金翅鸟生性喜欢在空中飞行,它抓住那条龙,让龙的头朝下倒吊着,用各种方式到处折磨它、伤害它,然后牢牢抓住,随心所欲地飞向自己想去的地方——这就是这一句的语义关联。巴利
502.So supaṇṇo vihaṅgamo vehāsagamanasīlo pannagaṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā adhosīsaṃ olambetvā viheṭhayaṃ tattha tattha vividhena heṭhanena heṭhento ādāya daḷhaṃ gahetvā yena kāmaṃ yattha gantukāmo, tattha pakkamati gacchatīti sambandho.
503 尊者大雄!就像一只强壮有力的金翅鸟抓住龙之后飞走,同样地,我为了寻求那不被因缘所造作的无为涅槃,在圆满修行的过程中,以彻底断除的方式,清除、洗净了一千五百种烦恼过失。这就是句义上的关联。巴利
503. Bhante mahāvīra, yathā garuḷo balī balavā pannagaṃ gahetvā pakkamati, tathā eva ahaṃ asaṅkhataṃ paccayehi akataṃ nibbānaṃ gavesanto paṭipattipūraṇavasena pariyesanto dose sakaladiyaḍḍhakilesasahasse vikkhālayiṃ visesena samucchedappahānena sodhesiṃ ahanti sambandho.
504 就像金翅鸟抓住龙吃掉之后安住那样,同样,我已见、正见着殊胜之法、最上之法,领受并享用了那寂静之境——涅槃之境,无上、无可超越,连同道与果,然后安住。这就是句义上的关联。巴利
504. Yathā garuḷo pannagaṃ gahetvā bhuñjitvā viharati, tathā ahaṃ dhammavaraṃ uttamadhammaṃ diṭṭho passanto etaṃ santipadaṃ nibbānapadaṃ anuttaraṃ uttaravirahitaṃ maggaphalehi ādāya gahetvā vaḷañjetvā viharāmīti sambandho.
505 现在,为了说明涅槃难以得到,就说了“有一种藤蔓叫如意蔓”等话。其中,因为一切天神的欲求都在这藤蔓上,所以它叫如意蔓。它生长在杂色藤蔓林里,也就是长满了种种奇妙藤蔓、茂密成林的园林中。这藤蔓要过一千年,或者超过一千年,才结出一个果,才拿到一个果。巴利
505. Idāni nibbānassa dullabhabhāvaṃ dassento āsāvatī nāma latātiādimāha. Tattha sabbesaṃ devānaṃ āsā icchā etissaṃ latāyaṃ atthīti āsāvatī nāma latā, cittalatāvane anekavicittāhi latāhi gahanībhūte vane uyyāne jātā nibbattāti attho. Tassā latāya vassasahassena vassasahassaccayena ekaṃ phalaṃ nibbattate ekaṃ phalaṃ gaṇhāti.
506 三十三天的天神们,对于那株如意蔓,即使它要经过那么漫长的时间才结果,他们仍然在它还在结果的过程中就侍奉它、亲近它。这株名为如意的蔓,是蔓中最殊胜的蔓,就这样成了诸天所喜爱的。这就是句义的关联。巴利
506.Taṃ devāti taṃ āsāvatiṃ lataṃ tāva dūraphalaṃ tattakaṃ cirakālaṃ atikkamitvā phalaṃ gaṇhantaṃ saṃvijjamānaṃ devā tāvatiṃsadevatā payirupāsanti bhajanti, sā āsāvatī nāma latuttamā latānaṃ antare uttamalatā evaṃ devānaṃ piyā ahosīti sambandho.
507 “以十万为起点”就是把十万年作为计算的开始。“尊者,我侍奉那位牟尼”:所谓“牟那”,就是智;尊者,牟尼就是有智慧的人、一切知者,我侍奉、亲近那位世尊。“早晚礼敬”,就是在傍晚和早晨这两个时段,一天两次礼敬、鞠躬致敬。就像三十三天的天神们在傍晚和早晨亲近、侍奉如意蔓一样。这就是句义之间的关联。巴利
507.Satasahassupādāyāti satasahassasaṃvaccharaṃ ādiṃ katvā. Tāhaṃ paricare munīti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ, bhante, muni ñāṇavanta sabbaññu, ahaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ paricare payirupāsāmi. Sāyaṃpātaṃ namassāmīti sāyanhasamayañca pubbaṇhasamayañcāti dvikkhattuṃ namassāmi paṇāmaṃ karomi. Yathā devā tāvatiṃsā devā viya āsāvatīlataṃ sāyaṃpātañca payirupāsantīti sambandho.
508 侍奉不会白费:因为正是以见佛为因,才证得了涅槃,所以侍奉佛陀、履行应做的修行,不会白费、不会落空;那礼敬和作礼的举动,也同样不会白费、不会落空。确实如此,即使是从远方而来、从漫长的轮回旅途而来,对于这个正在现前的佛陀出世之时,我没有错过、没有越过,它也没有越过我而消逝。意思就是:它没有越过我而去。巴利
508.Avañjhā pāricariyāti yasmā buddhadassanahetu nibbānappatti ahosi, tasmā buddhapāricariyā vattapaṭipattikiriyā avañjhā atucchā namassanā paṇāmakiriyā ca amoghā atucchā. Tathā hi dūrāgataṃ dūrato saṃsāraddhānato āgatampi, santaṃ saṃvijjamānaṃ khaṇoyaṃ ayaṃ buddhuppādakkhaṇo na virādhayi nātikkami, maṃ atikkamitvā na gatoti attho.
509 因为见到佛陀,我证得了涅槃。当我观察、审察自己未来将在诸有中如何结生时,我再也看不到它了——这就是这句话的意思。所谓“无依著”,就是远离了蕴的依著和烦恼的依著,已经解脱,脱离了一切烦恼;已经寂静,因为没有烦恼的灼热而内心安宁,我这样行走——这就是这句话的意思。巴利
509. Buddhadassanahetu nibbānappatto ahaṃ āyatiṃ uppajjanakabhave mama paṭisandhiṃ vicinanto upaparikkhanto na passāmīti sambandho. Nirūpadhi khandhūpadhikilesūpadhīhi virahito vippamutto sabbakilesehi vinābhūto upasanto kilesapariḷāhābhāvena santamānaso carāmi ahanti sambandho.
510 接着,为了显示自己见佛的譬喻,又说了“犹如莲花”等话。借着日光、借着与日光接触,莲花就绽放、盛开;大雄、最胜雄者,我也是这样,借着佛光——也就是由佛陀、世尊所说法之光的威力而绽放。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
510. Puna attano buddhadassanāya upamaṃ dassento yathāpi padumaṃ nāmātiādimāha. Sūriyaraṃsena sūriyaraṃsisamphassena yathā padumaṃ nāma api pupphati vikasati mahāvīra vīruttama ahaṃ tathā eva buddharaṃsena buddhena bhagavatā desitadhammaraṃsippabhāvena pupphitoti attho.
511-12 再者,为了说明见佛就是见涅槃,说了“如白鹭”等话。其中,在白鹭的种族里,也就是白鹭这一类中,任何时候、任何情况下都没有雄性。既然没有雄性,白鹭又怎么受孕怀胎呢?当乌云轰鸣、发出声响时,那些雌白鹭听到雷声,就在任何时候都能受孕、持卵,这就是意思所在。只要云不轰鸣、不发出声音,它们就在那么长的时间里一直长久地持胎、持卵。当云在某个时候以各种方式轰鸣之后下雨,倾泻下雨水时,它们就在那时从持胎的重负中解脱出来,把卵产下,这就是意思所在。巴利
511-12. Puna buddhadassanena nibbānadassanaṃ dīpento yathā balākātiādimāha. Tattha balākayonimhi balākajātiyaṃ sadā sabbasmiṃ kāle pumā puriso yathā na vijjati. Pume avijjamāne kathaṃ balākānaṃ gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hotīti ce? Meghesu gajjamānesu saddaṃ karontesu meghagajjanaṃ sutvā tā balākiniyo sadā sabbakāle gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti aṇḍaṃ dhārentīti attho. Yāva yattakaṃ kālaṃ megho na gajjati megho saddaṃ na karoti, tāva tattakaṃ kālaṃ ciraṃ cirakālena gabbhaṃ aṇḍaṃ dhārenti. Yadā yasmiṃ kāle megho pavassati pakārena gajjitvā vassati vuṭṭhidhāraṃ paggharati, tadā tasmiṃ kāle bhārato gabbhadhāraṇato parimuccanti aṇḍaṃ pātentīti attho.
513 513. 从那以后,为了说明所比喻之成就,说了“莲华上佛”等话。当莲华上佛以法云——也就是被称为通俗说与究竟说的云——雷鸣般地说法、开示时,我顺着那法云的声音、随着那音声,在那时纳受了法胎,即作为出离依止的布施、持戒等福德资粮之胎。我就是这样纳受的。这是上下文之间的关联。巴利
513. Tato paraṃ upameyyasampadaṃ dassento padumuttarabuddhassātiādimāha. Padumuttarassa buddhassa dhammameghena vohāraparamatthadesanāsaṅkhātameghena gajjato gajjantassa desentassa dhammameghassa saddena ghosānusārena ahaṃ tadā dhammagabbhaṃ vivaṭṭūpanissayaṃ dānasīlādipuññasambhāragabbhaṃ agaṇhiṃ gahesiṃ tathāti sambandho.
514 我从百千劫开始算起,把福德之胎——也就是布施、持戒等福德资粮——一直持守并圆满。只要法云还没有轰隆作响,还没有被佛陀宣说,也就是法的开示还没有发生,我就不能从轮回之胎的重负中解脱,不能脱离,不能分离。这是前后文的关联。巴利
514.Satasahassupādāya kappasatasahassaṃ ādiṃ katvā puññagabbhaṃ dānasīlādipuññasambhāraṃ ahaṃ dharemi pūremi. Yāva dhammamegho dhammadesanā na gajjati buddhena na desīyati, tāva ahaṃ bhārato saṃsāragabbhabhārato nappamuccāmi na mocemi na visuṃ bhavāmīti sambandho.
515 尊者,释迦牟尼是释迦族出身的人。当您在某个时候,在您父亲净饭大王的可爱、悦意的迦毗罗卫城——那座名叫迦毗罗卫的城市里,以法云轰鸣、宣说法音时,就在那个时候,我从轮回的胎藏重负中解脱出来,成了解脱者。这是前后连接的关系。巴利
515. Bhante, sakyamuni sakyavaṃsappabhava yadā yasmiṃ kāle suddhodanamahārājassa tava pitu ramme ramaṇīye kapilavatthave kapilavatthunāmake nagare tuvaṃ dhammameghena gajjati ghoseti, tadā tasmiṃ kāle ahaṃ bhārato saṃsāragabbhabhārato parimucciṃ mutto ahosinti sambandho.
516 接着,为了说明他自己所证得的道与果,他说了“空”等这些话。其中,因为“我”和“我所”等都不存在,所以是空解脱;因为贪、嗔、痴等一切烦恼的相都不存在,所以是无相解脱;因为渴爱和愿求都不存在,所以是无愿解脱。我证得并修习了圣道,这就是它们之间的关联。还有,四种沙门果我全都亲自证得了。所谓“我这样解开了法”,意思是我这样解开了、摧毁了一切法的缠结和密林。巴利
516. Tato paraṃ attanā adhigate maggaphale dassento suññatantiādimāha. Tattha attaattaniyādīnaṃ abhāvato suññataṃ vimokkhañca rāgadosamohasabbakilesanimittānaṃ abhāvato, animittaṃ vimokkhañca taṇhāpaṇidhissa abhāvato, appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhañca ariyamaggaṃ adhigañchiṃ bhāvesinti sambandho. Caturo ca phale sabbeti cattāri sāmaññaphalāni sabbāni sacchi akāsinti attho. Dhammevaṃ vijaṭayiṃ ahanti ahaṃ evaṃ sabbadhamme jaṭaṃ gahanaṃ vijaṭayiṃ viddhaṃsesinti attho.
517 接着,为了显示自己已经证得的殊胜成就,他讲了“从不可计量的劫以来”等话。其中,“不可计量”就是无法计算,意思是没办法按年数来推算、计算。从那个不可计量的劫开始算起,作为起点,我这样发愿:“愿我将来在乔达摩世尊的教法里,成为持律者中的第一。”这里用的是现在时动词,但表达的是过去的意思,也就是“曾经发愿”。所谓“那个利益”,就是指这个愿所代表的利益,我已经得到、已经成就了。无上的寂静境界——涅槃,我已经证得、达到了。这就是它们之间的关联。巴利
517. Tato paraṃ attanā adhigatavisesameva dassento aparimeyyupādāyātiādimāha. Tattha na parimeyyoti aparimeyyo, saṃvaccharagaṇanavasena pametuṃ saṅkhātuṃ asakkuṇeyyoti attho. Taṃ aparimeyyaṃ kappaṃ upādāya ādiṃ katvā tava sāsanaṃ tuyhaṃ sāsanaṃ ‘‘anāgate gotamassa bhagavato sāsane vinayadharānaṃ aggo bhaveyya’’nti evaṃ patthemi. Atītatthe vattamānavacanaṃ, patthesinti attho. So me atthoti so patthanāsaṅkhāto attho me mayā anuppatto nipphāditoti attho. Anuttaraṃ santipadaṃ nibbānaṃ anuppattaṃ adhigatanti sambandho.
518 我已经证得了,所以在律和律藏中达到了顶点,达到了究竟。就像在莲华上世尊的教法里,那位名叫帕提卡的仙人比丘是持律者中第一、广为人知那样,我也是如此。在持律这方面,没有另一个和我同等的人。也就是说,在持律上,没有别人能和我相比。我受持并圆满这被称为教诫和训示的教法。巴利
518. So ahaṃ adhigatattā vinaye vinayapiṭake pāramiṃ patto pariyosānappatto. Yathāpi pāṭhiko isīti yathā padumuttarassa bhagavato sāsane vinayadharānaṃ aggo isi bhikkhu pāṭhiko pākaṭo ahosi, tathevāhanti attho. Na me samasamo atthīti vinayadhāritāya me mayā samasamo samāno añño na atthīti attho. Sāsanaṃ ovādānusāsanīsaṅkhātaṃ sāsanaṃ dhāremi pūremīti attho.
519 再者,为了显示自己的殊胜,他又说了“于律及犍度中”等偈颂。其中,“律”指两部《分别》;“犍度”指《大品》和《小品》;“三节”指三僧残、三波逸提等类内容;“第五”指《附随》。在这整个律藏当中,我没有疑惑,没有犹豫。对于律藏所包含的字母,也就是a等字母,以及辅音,也就是ka等辅音,我也没有疑惑、没有迟疑。这就是前后文的关联。巴利
519. Punapi attano visesaṃ dassento vinaye khandhake cāpītiādimāha. Tattha vinayeti ubhatovibhaṅge. Khandhaketi mahāvaggacūḷavagge. Tikacchede cāti tikasaṅghādisesatikapācittiyādike ca. Pañcameti parivāre ca. Ettha etasmiṃ sakale vinayapiṭake mayhaṃ vimati dveḷhakaṃ natthi na saṃvijjati. Akkhareti vinayapiṭakapariyāpanne a-kārādike akkhare. Byañjaneti ka-kārādike byañjane vā me vimati saṃsayo natthīti sambandho.
520 在“惩治与对治”中:对于恶比丘的惩治,以及对于有罪比丘给予别住等的对治,在应做与不应做、有理由与无理由这些方面,他都善巧、娴熟,这就是这句话的意思。在“接纳”方面,就是依据呵责等羯磨的止息而重新接纳、让入僧团,他也善巧。在“出罪”方面,就是令从罪中出离、使其成为无犯,他也善巧,这是前后衔接的意思。在一切方面都达到究竟:就是在一切律仪羯磨中都达到了终点,也就是娴熟、善巧的意思。巴利
520.Niggahepaṭikamme cāti pāpabhikkhūnaṃ niggahe ca sāpattikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ parivāsadānādike paṭikamme ca ṭhānāṭṭhāne ca kāraṇe ca akāraṇe ca kovido chekoti attho. Osāraṇe ca tajjanīyādikammassa paṭippassaddhivasena osāraṇe pavesane ca. Vuṭṭhāpane ca āpattito vuṭṭhāpane nirāpattikaraṇe ca chekoti sambandho. Sabbattha pāramiṃ gatoti sabbasmiṃ vinayakamme pariyosānaṃ patto, dakkho chekoti attho.
521 在律和犍度中:也就是在如上所说的律与犍度中,安立、确立了经文语句。从两方面解开:就是从律和犍度两方面产生、解开、引出方法。就作用来说:我作接纳。这是它的意思。巴利
521.Vinaye khandhake cāpīti vuttappakāre vinaye ca khandhake ca, padaṃ suttapadaṃ nikkhipitvā paṭṭhapetvā. Ubhato viniveṭhetvāti vinayato khandhakato cāti ubhayato nibbattetvā vijaṭetvā nayaṃ āharitvā. Rasatoti kiccato. Osareyyaṃ osāraṇaṃ karomīti attho.
522 对于言说表达很善巧:在“树、布、瓶、花环、心”这类日常说法中,他是内行。对于义与非义也很精通:对能带来增长的利益和导致损减的损害都很精通、很在行,这就是这句话的意思。“我没有不了知的”:在律藏中,乃至在整个三藏中,我没有任何不了知、不知道、不清楚的地方,这就是这句话的意思。“在导师的教法中独一第一”:在佛陀的教法中,我在持律者当中是独一无二的第一、最上、最胜,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
522.Niruttiyā ca kusaloti ‘‘rukkho paṭo kumbho mālā citta’’ntiādīsu vohāresu cheko. Atthānatthe ca kovidoti atthe vaḍḍhiyaṃ anatthe hāniyañca kovido dakkhoti attho. Anaññātaṃ mayā natthīti vinayapiṭake sakale vā piṭakattaye mayā anaññātaṃ aviditaṃ apākaṭaṃ kiñci natthīti attho. Ekaggo satthu sāsaneti buddhasāsane ahameva eko vinayadharānaṃ aggo seṭṭho uttamoti attho.
523 我在色法上善巧:就是说,在如今这个时代,在释迦子世尊的教法和圣典中,我通过精通色法、观察色法、以及善巧地判断律藏,消除一切疑惑,灭尽所有疑问,这就是它们之间的关联。我断除一切疑惑:意思是说,我断除、止息、彻底消灭关于过去、现在、未来三时生起的一切十六种疑惑,比如“我过去是否存在”等等。巴利
523.Rūpadakkhe ahaṃ ajjāti ajja etarahi kāle sakyaputtassa bhagavato sāsane pāvacane ahaṃ rūpadakkhe rūpadassane vinayavinicchayadassane sabbaṃ kaṅkhaṃ sakalaṃ saṃsayaṃ vinodemi vināsemīti sambandho. Chindāmi sabbasaṃsayanti ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahamatītamaddhāna’’ntiādikaṃ (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20; mahāni. 174) kālattayaṃ ārabbha uppannaṃ sabbaṃ soḷasavidhaṃ kaṅkhaṃ chindāmi vūpasamemi sabbaso viddhaṃsemīti attho.
524 “句与随句”中,“句”指前一句,“随句”指后一句;“字母”指每一个单独的字母;“字音”指轻音、重音等十种字音发音方式。“序分”指“尔时”等开篇的序文部分。“结分”指末尾的结语部分。“于一切处善巧”意思是:在这六个方面都精通。巴利
524.Padaṃ anupadañcāpīti padaṃ pubbapadañca anupadaṃ parapadañca akkharaṃ ekekamakkharañca byañjanaṃ sithiladhanitādidasavidhaṃ byañjanavidhānañca. Nidāneti tena samayenātiādike nidāne ca. Pariyosāneti nigamane. Sabbattha kovidoti sabbesu chasu ṭhānesu chekoti attho.
525 从此以后,为了显示世尊本身的功德,说了“犹如一位强有力的国王……”等等。其中,“犹如强有力的国王”:就像一位拥有体力和军力、或者拥有强大军队的国王,他压制了敌国国王的军队,将其彻底击垮、驱散,然后让对方遭受热恼、折磨和痛苦。“战胜了会遇”:就是与敌军会遇、交战,战胜并彻底击败,获得胜利。“就在那里建城”:意思是在那个被征服的地方,建造一座以宫殿、高楼等装饰的居住之处,也就是令人建造的意思。巴利
525. Tato paraṃ bhagavatoyeva guṇe pakāsento yathāpi rājā balavātiādimāha. Tattha yathā balavā thāmabalasampanno senābalasampanno vā rājā, paraṃ paresaṃ paṭirājūnaṃ senaṃ niggaṇhitvā nissesato gahetvā palāpetvā vā, tape tapeyya santapeyya dukkhāpeyya. Vijinitvāna saṅgāmanti saṅgāmaṃ parasenāya samāgamaṃ yuddhaṃ vijinitvā visesena jinitvā jayaṃ patvā. Nagaraṃ tattha māpayeti tattha tasmiṃ vijitaṭṭhāne nagaraṃ pāsādahammiyādivibhūsitaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ māpaye kārāpeyyāti attho.
526 在已经建好的城里,要让人建造城墙,也就是用石灰刷白的砖砌城墙——这里是前后相连的说明。至于壕沟,则要让人建造泥壕、水壕和干壕。为了美化城市,要竖立门柱,也要建造大门楼,以及四层等不同样式的门楼。还要建造种种高台,也就是四层等各类极其高耸的高台,而且要建造很多。这就是上下文相连的意思。巴利
526.Pākāraṃ parikhañcāpīti tattha māpitanagare pākāraṃ sudhādhavalaiṭṭhakāmayapākārañca kārayeti sambandho. Parikhañcāpi kaddamaparikhaṃ, udakaparikhaṃ, sukkhaparikhañca api kāraye. Esikaṃ dvārakoṭṭhakanti nagarasobhanatthaṃ ussāpitaesikāthambhañca mahantaṃ koṭṭhakañca catubhūmakādidvārakoṭṭhakañca kāraye. Aṭṭālake ca vividheti catubhūmakādibhede atiuccaaṭṭālake ca vividhe nānappakārake bahū kāraye kārāpeyyāti sambandho.
527 不仅要建造城墙等,还要建造十字路口,也就是四条道路交汇的地方,以及街巷,也就是城内的道路——这是上下文的意思关联。所谓“妥善划分的市场”,意思是建造一个划分清楚、分成各个区域、拥有成百上千间店铺的市场。“应当在那里建造会堂”:在那座建好的城市里,应当建造会堂,也就是处理法务诉讼的厅堂。为了裁决利益与非利益、增长与衰退,应当建造裁决的厅堂——这是上下文的意思关联。巴利
527.Siṅghāṭakaṃ caccarañcāti na kevalaṃ pākārādayo kāraye, siṅghāṭakaṃ catumaggasandhiñca caccaraṃ antarāvīthiñca kārayeti sambandho. Suvibhattantarāpaṇanti suṭṭhu vibhattaṃ vibhāgato koṭṭhāsavantaṃ antarāpaṇaṃ anekāpaṇasahassaṃ kārāpeyyāti attho. Kārayeyya sabhaṃ tatthāti tasmiṃ māpitanagare sabhaṃ dhammādhikaraṇasālaṃ kāraye. Atthānatthavinicchayaṃ vaḍḍhiñca avaḍḍhiñca vinicchayakaraṇatthaṃ vinicchayasālaṃ kārayeti sambandho.
528 为了摧毁敌人,也就是为了击退敌国国王。为了分辨有漏洞和没漏洞,也就是要分辨过失和非过失。为了守护兵力,指的是守护由象兵、马兵、车兵、步兵组成的军队整体。那位城主国王,会把将军——也就是军队的统帅、大官——安排到相应的职位上,把他安置在那里。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
528.Nigghātatthaṃ amittānanti paṭirājūnaṃ paṭibāhanatthaṃ. Chiddāchiddañca jānitunti dosañca adosañca jānituṃ. Balakāyassa rakkhāyāti hatthiassarathapattisaṅkhātassa balakāyassa senāsamūhassa ārakkhaṇatthāya so nagarasāmiko rājā, senāpaccaṃ senāpatiṃ senānāyakaṃ mahāmattaṃ ṭhapeti ṭhānantare patiṭṭhapetīti attho.
529 国王为了守护黄金、白银、珍珠、摩尼等王室财物,从四面八方加以保护,心想“愿我的财物不要毁坏”,于是把那位善于储藏、擅长守护、聪明能干的男子——也就是守护财物、保护财物的人——安置在宝库里。这就是上下文之间的关联。巴利
529.Ārakkhatthāyabhaṇḍassāti jātarūparajatamuttāmaṇiādirājabhaṇḍassa ārakkhaṇatthāya samantato gopanatthāya me mayhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ mā vinassīti nidhānakusalaṃ rakkhaṇe kusalaṃ chekaṃ naraṃ purisaṃ bhaṇḍarakkhaṃ bhaṇḍarakkhantaṃ so rājā bhaṇḍāgāre ṭhapetīti sambandho.
530 对国王忠心的人,就是那位对国王忠心、把国王当作自己人、偏袒国王的智者。他希望国王增长,就是说,他希望这位国王增长、兴旺。对于这样一个智者,国王就把裁决诤事的权力交给他,以此尽朋友之谊。这是上下文之间的关联。巴利
530.Mamatto hoti yo raññoti yo paṇḍito rañño mamatto māmako pakkhapāto hoti. Vuddhiṃ yassa ca icchatīti assa rañño vuddhiñca virūḷhiṃ yo icchati kāmeti, tassa itthambhūtassa paṇḍitassa rājā adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchayādhipaccaṃ deti mittassa mittabhāvassa paṭipajjitunti sambandho.
531 在灾异方面,是指对流星坠落、方位燃烧等灾异的了解。在征相方面,是指对老鼠咬断东西等事,能识别“这是吉祥的征相,这是不吉祥的征相”这类征相学问的了解。在相貌方面,是指对男女手足相貌识别的学问。对于这些学问精通、善巧,能教导众多弟子语法,持诵称为三吠陀的咒语,这样的智者,国王就把他安置在国师的职位上,也就是放在国师的位置。这是上下文的关系。巴利
531.Uppātesūti ukkāpātadisāḍāhādiuppātesu ca. Nimittesūti mūsikacchinnādīsu ‘‘idaṃ nimittaṃ subhaṃ, idaṃ nimittaṃ asubha’’nti evaṃ nimittajānanasatthesu ca. Lakkhaṇesu cāti itthipurisānaṃ hatthapādalakkhaṇajānanasatthesu ca kovidaṃ chekaṃ ajjhāyakaṃ anekesaṃ sissānaṃ byākaraṇavācakaṃ mantadharaṃ vedattayasaṅkhātamantadhārakaṃ paṇḍitaṃ so rājā porohicce purohitaṭṭhānantare ṭhapetīti sambandho.
532 具足这些支:具备上述这些支分、组成部分,具足圆满,这样的国王就被称为“刹帝利”——这是所宣说的,此即关联。那些将军等大臣恒常、一切时都守护、保护这位国王。像什么呢?就像鸳鸯鸟守护自己受苦、遭遇不幸的亲属一样,即如鸳鸯鸟一般——这是意思。巴利
532.Etehaṅgehi sampannoti etehi vuttappakārehi aṅgehi avayavehi sampanno samaṅgībhūto so rājā ‘‘khattiyo’’ti pavuccati kathīyatīti sambandho. Sadā rakkhanti rājānanti ete senāpaccādayo amaccā sadā sabbakālaṃ taṃ rājānaṃ rakkhanti gopenti. Kimiva? Cakkavākova dukkhitaṃ dukkhappattaṃ sakañātiṃ rakkhanto cakkavāko pakkhī ivāti attho.
533 同样地,大雄啊:最上的雄者,就像那位国王具足将军等支分,关闭城门而安住;同样地,你已杀敌、已摧破对手,如同刹帝利王,对包括天人在内的世间——与诸天共同存在的世间——是法王,以法、以平等而治,因为圆满了十波罗蜜法而成为王,所以被称为、被说为“法王”。这就是前后文的关联。巴利
533.Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīrāti vīruttama, yathā so rājā senāpaccādiaṅgasampanno nagaradvāraṃ thaketvā paṭivasati, tatheva tuvaṃ hatāmitto nihatapaccatthiko khattiyo iva sadevakassa lokassa saha devehi pavattamānassa lokassa dhammarājā dhammena samena rājā dasapāramitādhammaparipūraṇena rājabhūtattā ‘‘dhammarājā’’ti pavuccati kathīyatīti sambandho.
534 把一切外道都清除掉:以法王的身份,把所有与法王对立的外道都清除、彻底消灭,一个不剩,连他们的徒众也一并清除;又把带着魔军的、有自在力的魔也清除掉。驱散那片黑暗:就是把叫作“黑暗”的愚痴之暗驱散、消灭。建立法城:就是建成、化现、安立起由三十七菩提分法所成的城,或者说是由蕴、处、界、缘起、力、觉支、甚深理趣、周遍发趣法所构成的城。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
534.Titthiye nīharitvānāti dhammarājabhāvena paṭipakkhabhūte sakalatitthiye nīharitvā nissesena haritvā nibbisevanaṃ katvā sasenakaṃ dhārañcāpi senāya saha vasavattimārampi nīharitvā . Tamandhakāraṃvidhamitvāti tamasaṅkhātaṃ mohandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā viddhaṃsetvā. Dhammanagaraṃ sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammasaṅkhātaṃ, khandhāyatanadhātupaṭiccasamuppādabalabojjhaṅgagambhīranayasamantapaṭṭhānadhammasaṅkhātaṃ vā nagaraṃ amāpayi nimmini patiṭṭhāpesīti attho.
535 戒是那里的城墙:在那已经建立起来的法城之中,四遍清净戒就是城墙。你的智是城门楼:你的智——也就是一切知智、意乐随眠智、未来分智、过去分智等——就是城门楼,这是这句话的意思。信是你的旗柱,大雄啊:尊者,你精进不懈,从燃灯佛足下那时起,为了成就一切知智而生的净信,就像一根竖立起来、用种种装饰庄严过的柱子,这是这句话的意思。门卫就是防护:你的六根防护,也就是守护、保护、看护,就是门卫,也就是守门者,这是这句话的意思。巴利
535.Sīlaṃ pākārakaṃ tatthāti tasmiṃ patiṭṭhāpite dhammanagare catupārisuddhisīlaṃ pākāraṃ. Ñāṇaṃ te dvārakoṭṭhakanti te tuyhaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaāsayānusayañāṇaanāgataṃsañāṇaatītaṃsañāṇādikameva ñāṇaṃ dvārakoṭṭhakanti attho. Saddhā te esikā vīrāti, bhante, asithilaparakkama te tuyhaṃ dīpaṅkarapādamūlato pabhuti sabbaññutaññāṇakāraṇā saddahanasaddhā ussāpitaalaṅkāraalaṅkatathambhoti attho. Dvārapālo ca saṃvaroti te tuyhaṃ chadvārikasaṃvaro rakkhāvaraṇagutti dvārapālo dvārarakkhakoti attho.
536 念处是你的城楼,也就是你那带有圆顶的四念处城楼。尊者,具足智慧的牟尼啊,智慧是你的广场——你的神变等各种智慧就是广场,意思是道路交汇处的城市大街。神足是你的十字路口——你的欲、勤、心、观这四种神足就是十字路口,也就是四条道路交汇处。法道善建立——由三十七菩提分法所构成的那条道路已被妥善铺设、整备完成,意思就是那座法城。巴利
536.Satipaṭṭhānamaṭṭālanti te tuyhaṃ catusatipaṭṭhānaaṭṭālamuṇḍacchadanaṃ. Paññā te caccaraṃ muneti, bhante, mune ñāṇavanta te tuyhaṃ pāṭihāriyādianekavidhā paññā caccaraṃ maggasamodhānaṃ nagaravīthīti attho. Iddhipādañca siṅghāṭanti tuyhaṃ chandavīriyacittavīmaṃsasaṅkhātā cattāro iddhipādā siṅghāṭaṃ catumaggasanti. Dhammavīthi sumāpitanti sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammasaṅkhātāya vīthiyā suṭṭhu māpitaṃ sajjitaṃ, taṃ dhammanagaranti attho.
537 在你的这座法城里,经、阿毗达摩和律,也就是全部佛语——包括修多罗、祇夜等九分教——就是法堂,也就是裁决法义的集会厅。巴利
537.Suttantaṃ abhidhammañcāti tava tuyhaṃ ettha dhammanagare suttantaṃ abhidhammaṃ vinayañca kevalaṃ sakalaṃ suttageyyādikaṃ navaṅgaṃ buddhavacanaṃ dhammasabhā dhammādhikaraṇasālāti attho.
538 空与无相:通过无我随观证得的空住,以及通过无常随观证得的无相住。无愿住:通过苦随观证得的无愿住。不动:不动摇、不颤动的,由四种沙门果所构成的不动住。以及灭:一切苦的彻底灭尽——涅槃。这就是你的法屋:这九种出世间法就是你的法屋,也就是你居住的住所。巴利
538.Suññataṃ animittañcāti anattānupassanāvasena paṭiladdhaṃ suññatavihārañca, aniccānupassanāvasena paṭiladdhaṃ animittavihārañca. Vihārañcappaṇihitanti dukkhānupassanāvasena paṭiladdhaṃ appaṇihitavihārañca. Āneñjañcāti acalaṃ aphanditaṃ catusāmaññaphalasaṅkhātaṃ āneñjavihārañca. Nirodho cāti sabbadukkhanirodhaṃ nibbānañca. Esā dhammakuṭī tavāti esā sabbanavalokuttaradhammasaṅkhātā tava tuyhaṃ dhammakuṭi vasanagehanti attho.
539 以智慧之力,在具足智慧的人当中最为第一,所以被称为“智慧第一”。世尊就这样把他安立、安置在这个位置上。这位长老在应当做的事上,以辩才和智慧都很善巧,对于恰当应对的辩才也很精通娴熟,以舍利弗之名而广为人知。他就是你的法将军——因为他受持你所宣说的三藏法蕴,所以成为主将,履行将军的职责。巴利
539.Paññāyaaggo nikkhittoti paññāvasena paññavantānaṃ aggo. Iti bhagavatā nikkhitto ṭhapito thero paṭibhāne ca paññāya kattabbe kicce, yuttamuttapaṭibhāne vā kovido cheko nāmena sāriputtoti pākaṭo tava tuyhaṃ dhammasenāpati tayā desitassa piṭakattayadhammasamūhassa dhāraṇato pati padhāno hutvā senākiccaṃ karotīti attho.
540 尊者牟尼啊,他对死与再生很善巧,对死亡和投生都熟悉、在行。他达到了神通的彼岸,也就是对“一身变成多身,多身变成一身”等所说的种种神通,已经到达终点、完全证得。他名叫拘利陀,就是目犍连长老,是你的国师。巴利
540.Cutūpapātakusaloti bhante muni, cutūpapāte cutiyā upapattiyā ca kusalo cheko. Iddhiyā pāramiṃ gatoti ‘‘ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.238; paṭi. ma. 1.102) vuttāya iddhippabhedāya pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gato patto nāmena kolito nāma moggallānatthero porohicco tava tuyhaṃ purohitoti sambandho.
541 尊者牟尼啊,他是古老传承的持有者,是拥有智慧的古老传承的秉持者,或者说是代代相传的了知者。他具有强大的威光,威名显赫,难以被侵犯,难以被触碰恼害,没有人能够对付他。所谓“以头陀说者的功德而为第一”,是指他宣说并教导三衣支等十三种头陀支,因此以宣说头陀的功德、以头陀支的功德,他最为第一、最为殊胜,这就是大迦叶长老。他是你的裁决者,在仲裁事务中居于首要地位。巴利
541.Porāṇakavaṃsadharoti bhante mune, ñāṇavantaṃ porāṇassa vaṃsassa dhārako, paramparajānanako vā uggatejo pākaṭatejo, durāsado āsādetuṃ ghaṭṭetuṃ dukkho asakkuṇeyyoti attho. Dhutavādiguṇenaggoti tecīvarikaṅgādīni terasa dhutaṅgāni vadati ovadatīti dhutavādīguṇena dhutaṅgaguṇena aggo seṭṭho mahākassapatthero tava tuyhaṃ akkhadasso vohārakaraṇe padhānoti attho.
542 尊者牟尼啊,阿难被称为“多闻且持法者”:因为他从世尊和比丘僧团那里听闻并受持了八万四千法蕴,所以是多闻;又因为他受持了六十万部数的经藏教法,以及念处等究竟法,所以是持法者,这就是阿难。而“教法中一切读诵者”:在佛陀的教法中,一切讽诵、读诵的比丘当中,他最为第一、最为殊胜,因此得名“一切读诵者”,就是阿难长老。“法护是您的”:他是您的法的守护者、保护者,也就是三藏法库的守护者,意思是掌管法库的人。巴利
542.Bahussuto dhammadharoti bhante mune, bahūnaṃ caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānaṃ sutattā bhagavatā bhikkhusaṅghato ca uggahitattā bahussuto anekesaṃ chasatasahassasaṅkhyānaṃ āgamadhammānaṃ satipaṭṭhānādīnañca paramatthadhammānaṃ dhāraṇato dhammadharo ānando. Sabbapāṭhī ca sāsaneti buddhasāsane sabbesaṃ pāṭhīnaṃ paṭhantānaṃ sajjhāyantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aggo seṭṭhoti sabbapāṭhī nāmena ānando nāma thero. Dhammārakkho tavāti tava tuyhaṃ dhammassa piṭakattayadhammabhaṇḍassa ārakkho rakkhako pālako, dhammabhaṇḍāgārikoti attho.
543 “超越这一切”:世尊——具足吉祥的正自觉者——超越了舍利弗等这些有大神力的长老,把他们搁在一边,唯独把我立为标准,把注意力放在我身上,意思是“他心中认定就是我”。“把决断交给了我”:世尊把通晓律的智者所宣说、阐明的律的决断、对罪过的审查,完完全全交给了我,就是把这份担子压在了我身上。巴利
543.Etesabbe atikkammāti bhagavā bhagyavā sammāsambuddho ete sāriputtādayo mahānubhāvepi there atikkamma vajjetvā mamaṃyeva pamesi pamāṇaṃ akāsi, manasi akāsīti attho. Vinicchayaṃ me pādāsīti vinayaññūhi paṇḍitehi desitaṃ pakāsitaṃ vinaye vinicchayaṃ dosavicāraṇaṃ me mayhaṃ bhagavā pādāsi pakārena adāsi, mayhameva bhāraṃ akāsīti sambandho.
544 如果有任何比丘,作为佛陀的弟子,向我提出跟律有关的问题,也就是任何关于律的问题,那么对于他所问的那个问题,我心里没有思索、疑惑、犹豫。对于那个义理,也就是所问的义理,我会加以解说,这就是这里的关联。巴利
544.Yo koci vinaye pañhanti yo koci bhikkhu buddhasāvako vinayanissitaṃ pañhaṃ maṃ pucchati, tattha tasmiṃ pucchitapañhe me mayhaṃ cintanā vimati kaṅkhā natthi. Tañhevatthaṃ taṃ eva pucchitaṃ atthaṃ ahaṃ kathemīti sambandho.
545 在佛陀教令所及的范围内,也就是在佛陀教法所覆盖的一切地方,除了那位大牟尼、正等正觉者以外,在律中、在律藏中、在作律的裁决时,没有像我这样的人;只有我最第一,哪里还会有比我更超胜的呢?巴利
545.Yāvatā buddhakhettamhīti yāvatā yattake ṭhāne buddhassa āṇākhette taṃ mahāmuniṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ ṭhapetvā vinaye vinayapiṭake vinayavinicchayakaraṇe vā mādiso mayā sadiso natthi, ahameva aggo, bhiyyo mamādhiko kuto bhavissatīti sambandho.
546 乔达摩世尊坐在比丘僧团当中,坐在比丘僧团中间,这样作狮子吼。怎么作呢?在律中,在《经分别》两分、《犍度》中的《大品》和《小品》,以及由“ca”这个字带出的《附随》里,他说:没有谁和优波离相等、相似。他就是这么作狮子吼的。巴利
546.Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā bhikkhusaṅghamajjhe nisinno gotamo bhagavā evaṃ gajjati sīhanādaṃ karoti. Kathaṃ? Vinaye ubhatovibhaṅge, khandhakesu mahāvaggacūḷavaggesu, ca-saddena parivāre, upālissa upālinā samo sadiso natthīti evaṃ gajjati.
547 “凡是”这个词,指的是:只要是佛陀所说的、佛陀所开示的九分教——契经、祇夜等导师的教法、大师的开示,这一切都含摄在律中,纳入律内,以律为根本。这就是具有如此见地的人所见的。巴利
547.Yāvatāti yattakaṃ buddhabhaṇitaṃ buddhena desitaṃ navaṅgaṃ suttageyyādisatthusāsanaṃ satthunā pakāsitaṃ sabbaṃ vinayogadhaṃ taṃ vinaye antopaviṭṭhaṃ vinayamūlakaṃ iccevaṃ passino passantassa.
548 乔达摩——这位释迦族的雄牛、释迦族中最杰出的人——用宿命智回忆起我过去所发的愿行,也就是“我的业”,并且亲自现见、了知之后,来到比丘僧团中间说:“诸比丘,在我的比丘弟子中,持律第一的,就是这位优波离。”就这样把我安立在这个第一的位置上。这就是这里的关联。巴利
548.Mama kammaṃ saritvānāti gotamo sakyapuṅgavo sakyavaṃsappadhāno, mama kammaṃ mayhaṃ pubbapatthanākammaṃ atītaṃsañāṇena saritvāna paccakkhato ñatvā bhikkhusaṅghamajjhe gato ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī’’ti (a. ni. 1.219, 228) maṃ etadagge ṭhāne ṭhapesīti sambandho.
549 从十万劫开始,我一直渴望、追求的这个地位,如今我已经得到、证得、获得了;在律这方面,我已经到达彼岸,达到了顶点。巴利
549.Satasahassupādāyāti satasahassakappe ādiṃ katvā yaṃ imaṃ ṭhānaṃ apatthayiṃ patthesiṃ, so me attho mayā anuppatto adhigato paṭiladdho vinaye pāramiṃ gato koṭiṃ pattoti attho.
550 我曾是释迦族、释迦王族中令人欢喜、给人带来喜悦的人,过去生中是个理发师。彻底舍弃了那一生、那个家族、那种投生之后,我生为大仙正自觉者的儿子,被称为释迦子,意思是能执持教法。巴利
550.Sakyānaṃ sakyavaṃsarājūnaṃ nandijanano somanassakārako ahaṃ pure pubbe kappako āsiṃ ahosiṃ, taṃ jātiṃ taṃ kulaṃ taṃ yoniṃ vijahitvā visesena jahitvā chaḍḍetvā mahesino sammāsambuddhassa putto jāto sakyaputtoti saṅkhyaṃ gato sāsanadhāraṇatoti attho.
551 551. 此后,为了说明自己投生到奴隶家庭的事迹,说了“从此第二劫”等话。其中关联是:从这贤劫往下,在第二劫时,有一位名叫安阇沙的刹帝利国王,他威光无量,威力不可称量,名声广大,随从眷属不计其数,拥有无数百千俱胝的财富,是大富者,是大地之主、大地的掌管者和守护者。巴利
551. Tato paraṃ attano dāsakule nibbattanāpadānaṃ dassento ito dutiyake kappetiādimāha. Tattha ito bhaddakappato heṭṭhā dutiye kappe nāmena añjaso nāma khattiyo eko rājā anantatejo saṅkhyātikkantatejo amitayaso pamāṇātikkantaparivāro mahaddhano anekakoṭisatasahassadhanavā bhūmipālo pathavīpālako rakkhako ahosīti sambandho.
552 “他的国王”是说:我是那位国王的儿子,名叫檀香,是刹帝利种姓的王子。这就是其中的关联。那时的我,被出身带来的骄傲、名声带来的骄傲和财富带来的骄傲所支撑,变得僵直、自大、高高在上。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
552.Tassa raññoti tassa tādisassa rājino putto ahaṃ candano nāma khattiyo khattiyakumāro ahosinti sambandho. So ahaṃ jātimadena ca yasamadena ca bhogamadena ca upatthaddho thambhito unnatoti attho.
553 十万头象,是指十万头大象。它们都是良种象,出生在良种象族中,在三处发情——也就是眼、耳和颊囊这三处——发情液从中流出滴落。它们用一切装饰品打扮自己,佩戴着所有象饰,时时刻刻都围绕着我。这就是上下文之间的关联。巴利
553.Nāgasatasahassānīti satasahassahatthino mātaṅgā mātaṅgakule jātā tidhā pabhinnā akkhikaṇṇakosasaṅkhātehi tīhi ṭhānehi pabhinnā madagaḷitā sabbālaṅkārabhūsitā sabbehi hatthālaṅkārehi alaṅkatā sadā sabbakālaṃ maṃ parivārentīti sambandho.
554 那时,我被自己的军队和兵力团团围住,想去花园,心里盼着去,于是骑上那头名叫“吉祥”的象,出城而去。这就是上下文之间的关联。巴利
554.Sabalehi paretohanti tadā tasmiṃ kāle ahaṃ sabalehi attano senābalehi pareto parivārito uyyānaṃ gantukāmako icchanto sirikaṃ nāma nāgaṃ hatthiṃ āruyha abhiruhitvā nagarato nikkhaminti sambandho.
555 他具备“行”的十五种法——以戒律防护为首的那些行法,守护根门,关闭眼等六门,善于守护,妥善保护身心。这位名叫天作的正觉者、独觉佛,来到我的面前,出现在我眼前。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
555.Caraṇena ca sampannoti sīlasaṃvarādipannarasacaraṇadhammena samannāgato guttadvāro pihitacakkhādichadvāro susaṃvuto suṭṭhu rakkhitakāyacitto devalo nāma sambuddho paccekasambuddho, mama mayhaṃ purato sammukhe āgacchi pāpuṇīti attho.
556 “驱使吉祥象”的意思是:我看见那位前来的独觉佛后,就驱使那头名叫“吉祥”的象迎面冲向佛陀,冒犯他、冲撞他、恼害他。这就是这段话的含义。“由此生起愤怒”的意思是:因为被我那样极度逼迫、强行驱使,那头象王就对我生起了愤怒,于是它的脚抬不起来,抬不动,就那样一动不动。这就是这段话的含义。巴利
556.Pesetvāsirikaṃ nāganti taṃ āgataṃ paccekabuddhaṃ disvā ahaṃ sirikaṃ nāma nāgaṃ abhimukhaṃ pesetvā buddhaṃ āsādayiṃ ghaṭṭesiṃ padussesinti attho. Tato sañjātakopo soti tato tasmā mayā atīva pīḷetvā pesitattā so hatthināgo mayi sañjātakopo padaṃ attano pādaṃ nuddharate na uddharati, niccalova hotīti attho.
557 看见一头心性恶劣的象,意思是:看到那头心性恶劣、满怀愤怒的象之后,我对佛和独觉佛生起了嗔怒,生起了嗔恨。恼害了正觉者,意思是:我恼害、折磨了名叫提婆罗的独觉佛之后,就前往了园林。这就是其中的关联。巴利
557.Nāgaṃ duṭṭhamanaṃ disvāti duṭṭhamanaṃ kuddhacittaṃ nādaṃ disvā ahaṃ buddhe paccekabuddhe kopaṃ akāsiṃ dosaṃ uppādesinti attho. Vihesayitvā sambuddhanti devalaṃ paccekasambuddhaṃ vihesayitvā viheṭhetvā ahaṃ uyyānaṃ agamāsinti sambandho.
558 我在那种冒犯里得不到安乐。意思是说,我得不到那种由冒犯带来的甜美快乐。我的头就像在燃烧一样,意思是我的脑袋仿佛正在着火。我被灼烧所烧,意思是:因为对独觉佛生起了嗔怒,我后来被追悔的灼热所烧,内心炽热。巴利
558.Sātaṃ tattha na vindāmīti tasmiṃ āsādane sātaṃ na vindāmi. Āsādananimittaṃ madhuraṃ sukhaṃ na labhāmīti attho. Siro pajjalito yathāti siro mama sīsaṃ pajjalito yathā pajjalamānaṃ viya hotīti attho. Pariḷāhena ḍayhāmīti paccekabuddhe kopassa katattā pacchānutāpapariḷāhena ḍayhāmi uṇhacitto homīti attho.
559 “连同大海的边界”的意思是:正是凭着那恶业的力量,对我来说,这连同大海边界、以大海为尽头的整个大地,就像着了火、烧起来了一样显现出来。“去到父亲面前”的意思是:当这样的恐惧生起时,我走到自己父王面前,说了这番话。巴利
559.Sasāgarantāti teneva pāpakammabalena sasāgarantā sāgarapariyosānā sakalamahāpathavī me mayhaṃ ādittā viya jalitā viya hoti khāyatīti attho. Pitu santikupāgammāti evaṃ bhaye uppanne ahaṃ attano pitu rañño santikaṃ upāgamma upagantvā idaṃ vacanaṃ abraviṃ kathesinti attho.
560 就像一条完全被激怒的毒蛇,又像一堆熊熊燃烧的烈火,也像一头疯狂、三处迸裂的獠牙、殊胜的大象——那位如此而来的独觉佛,是自生者、自觉成佛者,我竟冒犯了他、冲撞了他。这就是其中的关联。巴利
560.Āsīvisaṃvakupitanti āsīvisaṃ sabbaṃ kupitaṃ kuddhaṃ iva jalamānaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ iva mattaṃ tidhā pabhinnaṃ dantiṃ dantavantaṃ kuñjaraṃ uttamaṃ hatthiṃ iva ca āgataṃ yaṃ paccekabuddhaṃ sayambhuṃ sayameva buddhabhūtaṃ ahaṃ āsādayiṃ ghaṭṭesinti sambandho.
561 “佛陀被我冒犯了”的意思是:那位独觉佛被我冒犯、被我冲撞了。他被称为“凶猛”,是因为别人根本没办法触犯他。他苦行卓绝,苦行名声远扬;他是胜利者,战胜了五种魔。就是这样一位具足如此功德的独觉佛,被我冲撞了——这就是这段话的意思。“趁我们都还没毁灭之前”的意思是:因为对那位独觉佛做了不恭敬的事,我们全都会毁灭,会以种种方式消亡,就像化为灰烬一样——这就是其含义。“我们要请求那位牟尼原谅”的意思是:趁我们还没毁灭,我们要恳求那位独觉佛、那位牟尼的原谅——这就是前后文之间的关联。巴利
561.Āsādito mayā buddhoti so paccekabuddho mayā āsādito ghaṭṭito ghoro aññehi ghaṭṭetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā ghoro, uggatapo pākaṭatapo jino pañca māre jitavā evaṃguṇasampanno paccekabuddho mayā ghaṭṭitoti attho. Purā sabbe vinassāmāti tasmiṃ paccekabuddhe kataanādarena sabbe mayaṃ vinassāma vividhenākārena nassāma, bhasmā viya bhavāmāti attho. Khamāpessāma taṃ muninti taṃ paccekabuddhaṃ muniṃ yāva na vinassāma, tāva khamāpessāmāti sambandho.
562 如果我们不让他平息下来——那位自我调伏、心得调伏、入于等持、心念专一的独觉佛,如果我们不去平息他、不求得他的宽恕——那么不出七天,在第七天之前,不超过七天,我的整个国土就会彻底被摧毁、消亡。巴利
562.No ce taṃ nijjhāpessāmāti attadantaṃ damitacittaṃ samāhitaṃ ekaggacittaṃ taṃ paccekabuddhaṃ no ce nijjhāpessāma khamāpessāma. Orena sattadivasā sattadivasato orabhāge sattadivase anatikkamitvā sampuṇṇaṃ raṭṭhaṃ me sabbaṃ vidhamissati vinassissati.
563 须弥佉罗、拘私耶等——这四位国王,也就是须弥佉罗等四人,因为触犯、冲撞了仙人,对他们不加尊重,结果自己和整个国家、地方上的居民一起陷入悲惨境地,走向毁灭。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
563.Sumekhalo kosiyo cāti ete sumekhalādayo cattāro rājāno isayo āsādayitvā ghaṭṭetvā anādaraṃ katvā saraṭṭhakā saha raṭṭhajanapadavāsīhi duggatā vināsaṃ gatāti attho.
564 当诸仙人愤怒时:当那些以身体自制等自制、寂静、修梵行的最上行者、最胜行者——这些仙人——在某时愤怒、心生忧恼,那时,他们就能毁灭连同大海、山脉以及诸天在内的整个世界——这是文句的关联。巴利
564.Yadākuppanti isayoti yadā yasmiṃ kāle saññatā kāyasaññamādīhi saññatā santā brahmacārino uttamacārino seṭṭhacārino isayo kuppanti domanassā bhavanti, tadā sasāgaraṃ sapabbataṃ sadevakaṃ lokaṃ vināsentīti sambandho.
565 “在三千由旬之内”的意思是:我知道了那些仙人的威神力,为了请求他们宽恕、为了表白和披露自己的过失,便在方圆三千由旬的地方把人们召集起来——这就是文句之间的关联。“我走近自生者”的意思是:我走近自生者,也就是那位独觉佛,来到他跟前——这就是其含义。巴利
565.Tiyojanasahassamhīti tesaṃ isīnaṃ ānubhāvaṃ ñatvā te khamāpetuṃ accayaṃ aparādhaṃ desanatthāya pakāsanatthāya tiyojanasahassappamāṇe padese purise sannipātayinti sambandho. Sayambhuṃ upasaṅkaminti sayambhuṃ paccekabuddhaṃ upasaṅkamiṃ samīpaṃ agamāsinti attho.
566 所有和我聚集在一起的众人,衣服都湿透了,湿衣和上衣被水浸湿,头也湿了,头发也湿了。他们双手合掌,把合拢的手掌举到头顶,在那位佛陀、独觉佛的脚前俯身扑倒、趴伏下来,说出这样的话:“大雄啊,请您原谅”等语。他们说了这番话、讲了这些——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
566.Allavatthāti mayā saddhiṃ rāsibhūtā sabbe janā allavatthā udakena tintavatthauttarāsaṅgā allasirā tintakesā pañjalīkatā muddhani kataañjalipuṭā buddhassa paccekamunino pāde pādasamīpe nipatitvā nipajjitvā idaṃ vacanamabravunti ‘‘khamassu tvaṃ, mahāvīrā’’tiādikaṃ vacanaṃ abravuṃ kathesunti attho.
567 大雄、最胜的勇士啊,尊者独觉佛,我因为无知而对您犯下的过错,请您宽恕,请您消除,不要放在心上——这就是这段话的意思。众人,也就是人群,特别向那位世尊恳求。请消除我们由嗔恨和愚痴所造成的内心焦灼痛苦的热恼,请您为我们消除它,让它减轻;请不要毁灭我们整个国家和地方上的全体民众,不要让他们灭亡——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
567.Mahāvīra vīruttama bhante paccekabuddha, mayā tumhesu aññāṇena kataṃ aparādhaṃ khamassu tvaṃ vinodehi, mā manasi karohīti attho . Jano janasamūho taṃ bhagavantaṃ abhi visesena yācati. Pariḷāhaṃ dosamohehi katacittadukkhapariḷāhaṃ amhākaṃ vinodehi tanuṃ karohi, no amhākaṃ raṭṭhaṃ sakalaraṭṭhajanapadavāsino mā vināsaya mā vināsehīti attho.
568 所有的人类、天神、檀那婆,连同波诃罗陀等阿修罗以及罗刹,无论何时,从一切时中,都用铁制的大锤砸碎、劈裂我的头,我的头顶。巴利
568.Sadevamānusā sabbeti sabbe mānusā sadevā sadānavā pahārādādīhi asurehi saha sarakkhasā ayomayena kūṭena mahāmuggarena sadā sabbakālaṃ me siraṃ mayhaṃ matthakaṃ bhindeyyuṃ padāleyyuṃ.
569 接着,为了说明诸佛具有堪忍性、没有嗔怒,说了“火不会停留在水中”等话。其中意思是:就像火不会停留在水里、无法在水里站住;就像种子不会在石头山上生长;就像小虫不会在解毒药里存活;同样,嗔怒——也就是心的激愤和不悦——在通达真理的诸佛和独觉佛那里不会生起,也不会出现。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
569. Tato paraṃ buddhānaṃ khamitabhāvañca kopābhāvañca pakāsento dake aggi na saṇṭhātītiādimāha. Tattha yathā udake aggi na saṇṭhāti na patiṭṭhāti, yathā bījaṃ sele silāmaye pabbate na viruhati, yathā agade osadhe kimi pāṇako na saṇṭhāti. Tathā kopo cittappakopo dummanatā buddhe paṭividdhasacce paccekabuddhe na jāyati na uppajjatīti attho.
570 再者,为了显示诸佛的威神力,又说了“犹如大地”等话。其中,“犹如大地”的意思是:大地稳固,不动不摇,佛陀也是如此——不为所动。“犹如大海”的意思是:大海深广不可测量,无法衡量、无法估量,佛陀也是如此——不可测量。“犹如虚空”的意思是:虚空无碍、无边、没有尽头,佛陀也是如此——不可扰动,无法被摇动或搅乱。巴利
570. Punapi buddhānaṃ ānubhāvaṃ pakāsento yathā ca bhūmītiādimāha. Tattha yathā ca bhūmi pathavī acalā niccalā, tathā buddho acaloti attho. Yathā sāgaro mahāsamuddo appameyyo pametuṃ pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyo, tathā buddho appameyyoti attho. Yathā ākāso aphuṭṭhākāso anantako pariyosānarahito, evaṃ tathā buddho akkhobhiyo khobhetuṃ āloḷetuṃ asakkuṇeyyoti attho.
571 接着,为了说明独觉佛忍耐的话语,说了“诸大雄恒常忍耐”等话。其中,“大雄”是指具有最上精进力的佛陀们;“苦行者”是指他们因为烧热种种恶行而得到“苦行”这个名称,具备这样的精进;“忍耐者”是指具备忍耐;“宽恕者”是指能宽恕他人的过失;“忍受者”是指能承受;“恒常”是指一切时候都存在——这是词与词之间的关联。“对于忍耐者、宽恕者和忍受者”的意思是:那些佛陀是忍耐者,与忍耐相应;是宽恕者,能宽恕他人的过失;是忍受者,能忍受他人的过失;对于这些忍耐者、宽恕者和忍受者来说,不存在因贪欲等而走入歧途的情况。巴利
571. Tato paraṃ paccekabuddhassa khamanavacanaṃ dassento sadākhantā mahāvīrātiādimāha. Tattha mahāvīrā uttamavīriyavantā buddhā tapassino pāpānaṃ tapanato ‘‘tapo’’ti laddhanāmena vīriyena samannāgatā khantā ca khantiyā ca sampannā khamitā ca paresaṃ aparādhaṃ khamitā sahitā sadā sabbakālaṃ bhavantīti sambandho. Khantānaṃ khamitānañcāti tesaṃ buddhānaṃ khantānaṃ khantiyā yuttānaṃ khamitānaṃ parāparādhakhamitānaṃ sahitānañca gamanaṃ chandādīhi agatigamanaṃ na vijjatīti attho.
572 说完这番话后,这位正等正觉的辟支佛,为了消除众生心中生起的热恼,就在那时、那一刻,在聚集起来的、包括国王在内的大众面前,升上了虚空。巴利
572. Iti idaṃ vacanaṃ vatvā sambuddho paccekasambuddho pariḷāhaṃ sattānaṃ uppannadāhaṃ vinodayaṃ vinodayanto mahājanassa purato sannipatitassa sarājakassa mahato janakāyassa sammukhato tadā tasmiṃ kāle nabhaṃ ākāsaṃ abbhuggami uggañchīti attho.
573 “因为那个业,具慧者啊”:具慧者,就是具足坚定毅力的人。我因为那个业,也就是对独觉佛所做的不敬之业,在这最后一生中,投生到了卑贱、低劣的状态,成了给国王们做理发师的贱民种姓。这就是这段话的意思。“很好地超越那出身”:就是很好地超越、越过了那依附他人的出身。“进入了无畏城”:就是进入了没有怖畏的涅槃城、大涅槃城。这就是“进入”的意思。巴利
573.Tena kammenahaṃ dhīrāti dhīra dhitisampanna ahaṃ tena kammena paccekabuddhe katena anādarakammena imasmiṃ pacchimattabhave hīnattaṃ lāmakabhāvaṃ rājūnaṃ kappakakammakaraṇajātiṃ ajjhupāgato sampattoti attho. Samatikkamma taṃ jātinti taṃ parāyattajātiṃ saṃ suṭṭhu atikkamma atikkamitvā. Pāvisiṃ abhayaṃ puranti bhayarahitaṃ nibbānapuraṃ nibbānamahānagaraṃ pāvisiṃ paviṭṭho āsinti attho.
574 那时也一样,大雄啊——大雄就是最殊胜的英雄——就在我冒犯那位独觉佛的时候,那位自生独觉佛还是消除了因我的冒犯而生起的热恼,以及身心的逼迫与不安,把它远远地除去了。后来,我因为追悔而燃烧,因为悔恨而焦灼,备受煎熬;他看见我已经清楚地认识到那确实是过失,便让我求得宽恕,容忍了我那过错。这就是上下文之间的关联。巴利
574.Tadāpi maṃ mahāvīrāti vīruttama tadāpi tasmiṃ paccekabuddhassa āsādanasamaye api sayambhū paccekabuddho pariḷāhaṃ āsādanahetu uppannaṃ kāyacittadarathaṃ vinodesi dūrīakāsi. Ḍayhamānaṃ tato eva pacchānutāpena kukkuccena ḍayhamānaṃ santapantaṃ maṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ dosaṃ dosato dassane suṭṭhu saṇṭhitaṃ disvā khamāpayi taṃ aparādhaṃ adhivāsesīti sambandho.
575 “如今,大雄啊,对我”:大雄,就是最上的英雄。如今,即使在与您相遇的时候,世尊也让我这个被三火燃烧、正在受苦的人,得到了清凉。这三火,或者指贪火、嗔火、痴火,或者指地狱火、饿鬼火、轮回火。所谓清凉,就是由于灭除了忧恼而身心寂静的状态,也就是涅槃。那三火,就是上面所说的那三种火,世尊已经把它们熄灭、止息了。这是上下文之间的关联。巴利
575.Ajjāpi maṃ mahāvīrāti vīruttama, ajjāpi tuyhaṃ samāgamakāle api, tihaggībhi rāgaggidosaggimohaggisaṅkhātehi vā nirayaggipetaggisaṃsāraggisaṅkhātehi vā tīhi aggīhi ḍayhamānaṃ dukkhamanubhavantaṃ maṃ bhagavā sītibhāvaṃ domanassavināsena santakāyacittasaṅkhātaṃ sītibhāvaṃ nibbānameva vā apāpayi sampāpesi. Tayo aggī vuttappakāre te tayo aggī nibbāpesi vūpasamesīti sambandho.
576 他这样向世尊说明了自己出身低贱之后,现在为了引导其他人也来听闻佛法,便教导说“凡有能够专心倾听的人”等等。这里,“凡你们中有能够专心倾听的人”,意思是:你们当中如果有人能够留意倾听、把耳朵专注地竖起来听,那么你们就听正在教诫的我的话,并且用心去领会。我要为你们讲说其中的义理:也就是说,我将按照我所见到的方式——我所见到的涅槃之境——以那样的方式,为你们讲说被称为涅槃的究竟之义。这就是其中的关联。巴利
576. Evaṃ attano hīnāpadānaṃ bhagavato dassetvā idāni aññepi tassa savane niyojetvā ovadanto ‘‘yesaṃ sotāvadhānatthī’’tiādimāha. Tattha yesaṃ tumhākaṃ sotāvadhānaṃ sotassa avadhānaṃ ṭhapanaṃ atthi vijjati, te tumhe bhāsato sāsantassa mama vacanaṃ suṇātha manasi karotha. Atthaṃ tumhaṃ pavakkhāmīti yathā yena pakārena mama mayā diṭṭhaṃ padaṃ nibbānaṃ, tathā tena pakārena nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ paramatthaṃ tumhākaṃ pavakkhāmīti sambandho.
577 为了说明这一点,他接着说“轻视了那位自证悟者”等等。其中,“自证悟者”是指自己自然觉悟、以圣洁的种姓而生、心地寂静、入定的独觉佛;“轻视了”就是对他不恭敬、不尊重。因为造作了那不善业,如今在现在这个时刻,我投生在了低贱的族姓中,投生在了要依附他人的理发师族姓中,我已经出生了。巴利
577. Taṃ dassento sayambhuṃ taṃ vimānetvātiādimāha. Tattha sayambhuṃ sayameva bhūtaṃ ariyāya jātiyā jātaṃ santacittaṃ samāhitaṃ paccekabuddhaṃ vimānetvā anādaraṃ katvā tena kammena katenākusalena ajja imasmiṃ vattamānakāle ahaṃ nīcayoniyaṃ parāyattajātiyaṃ kappakajātiyaṃ jāto nibbatto amhi bhavāmi.
578 别让你们的时机白白溜走:你们不要错过佛陀出世的时机,别让它滑过去。确实,那些已经错过时机、错过佛陀出世时机的众生会悲伤,他们这样悲伤:“我们是没福气的人,是愚痴的人。”这就是这段话的意思。你们要在自己的利益上、在自己的成长上努力,要精进。你们已经得到、达成、获得了这个时机,也就是佛陀出世的时机。这就是它的意思。巴利
578.Mā vo khaṇaṃ virādhethāti buddhuppādakkhaṇaṃ vo tumhe mā virādhetha gaḷitaṃ mā karotha, hi saccaṃ khaṇātītā buddhuppādakkhaṇaṃ atītā atikkantā sattā socare socanti, ‘‘mayaṃ alakkhikā dummedhā bhavāmā’’ti evaṃ socantīti attho. Sadatthe attano atthe vuḍḍhiyaṃ vāyameyyātha vīriyaṃ karotha. Vo tumhehi khaṇo buddhuppādakkhaṇo samayo paṭipādito nipphādito pattoti attho.
579 此后,为了用譬喻和所譬喻的事物来显示轮回众生的过患,世尊接着说了“对某些人是呕吐……”等话。其中,对某些人来说是呕吐,就是向上涌出;对某些人来说是泻下,就是向下流泄;对某些人来说是哈拉哈拉毒,就是让人昏迷的毒;对某些人来说是药物,就是保护的方法。世尊就是这样依次宣说的。这就是其中的关联。巴利
579. Tato paraṃ saṃsāragatānaṃ ādīnavaṃ upamāupameyyavasena dassento ekaccānañca vamanantiādimāha. Ekaccānaṃ kesañci puggalānaṃ vamanaṃ uddhaṃ uggiraṇaṃ ekaccānaṃ virecanaṃ adhopaggharaṇaṃ eke ekaccānaṃ halāhalaṃ visaṃ mucchākaraṇavisaṃ, ekaccānaṃ puggalānaṃ osadhaṃ rakkhanupāyaṃ bhagavā evaṃ paṭipāṭiyā akkhāsīti sambandho.
580 世尊宣说了行道者的呕吐——即舍弃轮回、解脱轮回——这是针对行道者、具备八支圣道的圣者们说的,这是其中的关联。对于住果者,即已得果位而安住的人,宣说了泻下——即从轮回中流出。对于得果者,即已得果位而安住的人,宣说了涅槃之药。对于寻求者,即那些寻求人天成就与涅槃成就、正在追求的人,宣说了作为福田的僧伽。这是其中的关联。巴利
580.Vamanaṃ paṭipannānanti paṭipannānaṃ maggasamaṅgīnaṃ vamanaṃ saṃsārachaḍḍanaṃ saṃsāramocanaṃ bhagavā akkhāsīti sambandho. Phalaṭṭhānaṃ phale ṭhitānaṃ virecanaṃ saṃsārapaggharaṇaṃ akkhāsi. Phalalābhīnaṃ phalaṃ labhitvā ṭhitānaṃ nibbānaosadhaṃ akkhāsi. Gavesīnaṃ manussadevanibbānasampattiṃ gavesīnaṃ pariyesantānaṃ puññakhettabhūtaṃ saṅghaṃ akkhāsīti sambandho.
581 与教法对立者,即与教法为敌者,被称为剧毒、可怖、罪恶、不善。关联如此。如同毒蛇——对没有信心、造作恶业的人来说,因为他们在轮回中带来痛苦,所以就像毒蛇。毒蛇只要被看见就能把人烧成灰烬,因为它有“见毒”;被它咬到的人会被烧灼、受苦。那剧毒也同样让那个没有信心、造作恶业的人燃烧,在四种恶趣中被灼烧、被烧干。这就是其中的关联。巴利
581.Sāsanena viruddhānanti sāsanassa paṭipakkhānaṃ halāhalaṃ kutūhalaṃ pāpaṃ akusalaṃ akkhāsīti sambandho. Yathā āsīvisoti assaddhānaṃ katapāpānaṃ puggalānaṃ saṃsāre dukkhāvahanato āsīvisasadisaṃ yathā āsīviso diṭṭhamattena bhasmakaraṇato diṭṭhaviso sappo attanā daṭṭhaṃ naraṃ jhāpeti ḍayhati dukkhāpeti. Taṃ naraṃ taṃ assaddhaṃ katapāpaṃ naraṃ halāhalavisaṃ evaṃ jhāpeti catūsu apāyesu ḍayhati sosesīti sambandho.
582 582. 就像只要喝下一次“哈拉哈拉”这种剧毒,就会夺走生命、将其毁灭。同样,一个人如果背离了佛陀的教法,在教法中犯了过错,那么他会在百千万亿劫、无数劫中被烧灼、被焚烧。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
582.Sakiṃpītaṃ halāhalanti visaṃ halāhalaṃ pītaṃ sakiṃ ekavāraṃ jīvitaṃ uparundhati nāseti. Sāsanena sāsanamhi virajjhitvā aparādhaṃ katvā puggalo kappakoṭimhi koṭisaṅkhye kappepi ḍayhati nijjhāyatīti attho.
583 583. 这样显示了不信者的果报之后,现在为了显示诸佛的威力,说出以“忍耐”等开头的偈颂。其中,那位宣说呕吐物等的佛陀,以忍耐——即安忍,以无害——即不伤害众生,以具足慈心——即拥有慈心的素质,度化了包括诸天在内的世间,令其超越、涅槃。因此之故,诸佛是你们不应违逆、无法与之敌对的,你们应当依佛陀的教法而行。这就是此句的意涵。巴利
583. Evaṃ assaddhānaṃ puggalānaṃ phalavipākaṃ dassetvā idāni buddhānaṃ ānubhāvaṃ dassento khantiyātiādimāha. Tattha yo buddho vamanādīni akkhāsi, so buddho khantiyā khamanena ca avihiṃsāya sattānaṃ avihiṃsanena ca mettacittavatāya ca mettacittavantabhāvena ca sadevakaṃ saha devehi vattamānaṃ lokaṃ tāreti atikkamāpeti nibbāpeti, tasmā kāraṇā buddhā vo tumhehi avirādhiyā virujjhituṃ na sakkuṇeyyā, buddhasāsane paṭipajjeyyāthāti attho.
584 得到利养或得不到利养,他们都不执著、不亲近、不黏着。在恭敬、尊重和轻慢、不敬之中,佛陀们像大地一样不动摇。因此,那些佛陀是你们不应违逆、不应与之对立的,你们不可能对他们生起违逆。这就是这句话的意思。巴利
584. Lābhe ca alābhe ca na sajjanti na bhajanti na lagganti. Sammānane ādarakaraṇe ca vimānane anādarakaraṇe ca acalā pathavīsadisā buddhā bhavanti, tasmā kāraṇā te buddhā tumhehi na virodhiyā na virodhetabbā virujjhituṃ asakkuṇeyyāti attho.
585 585. 为了显示诸佛的平等心,说出了以“提婆达多”等开头的偈颂。其中,在杀者和不杀者等一切众生之中,牟尼是平等者、心平等者,意思是佛陀牟尼。巴利
585. Buddhānaṃ majjhattataṃ dassento devadattetiādimāha. Tattha vadhakāvadhakesu sabbesu sattesu samako samamānaso muni buddhamunīti attho.
586 这些佛陀没有对抗,也就是没有粗暴、怀有恶意的心,不存在,也找不到。这些佛陀也没有贪染,也就是没有染著、黏附,不存在,也找不到。因此,结合“对杀者与亲生儿子等”这一句,意思是:佛陀对一切众生都是平等的,心是平等的。巴利
586.Etesaṃ paṭigho natthīti etesaṃ buddhānaṃ paṭigho caṇḍikkaṃ dosacittataṃ natthi na saṃvijjati. Rāgomesaṃ na vijjatīti imesaṃ buddhānaṃ rāgopi rajjanaṃ allīyanaṃ na vijjati, na upalabbhati, tasmā kāraṇā, vadhakassa ca orasassa cāti sabbesaṃ samako samacitto buddho hotīti sambandho.
587 再者,为了显示诸佛本身的威神之力,而说了“在路上看见袈裟”等偈颂。其中,“沾满粪秽、混杂着粪便的袈裟”,就是用染料染成的衣布,是仙人的旗帜、圣者的旗帜、圣者的资具。“在路上,被丢弃在道路上”:看见之后,合掌,也就是把十指并拢,做成合掌的样子,放在头顶上,用头顶去礼敬这仙人的旗帜、阿罗汉果的旗帜、能昭示佛陀、独觉佛和声闻弟子的衣布。应当恭敬它、尊重它、供养它,这就是这段话的意思。巴利
587. Punapi buddhānaṃyeva ānubhāvaṃ dassento panthe disvāna kāsāvantiādimāha. Tattha mīḷhamakkhitaṃ gūthasammissaṃ kāsāvaṃ kasāvena rajitaṃ cīvaraṃ isiddhajaṃ ariyānaṃ dhajaṃ parikkhāraṃ, panthe magge chaḍḍitaṃ disvāna passitvā añjaliṃ katvā dasaṅgulisamodhānaṃ añjalipuṭaṃ sirasi katvā sirasā sirena vanditabbaṃ isiddhajaṃ arahattaddhajaṃ buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakadīpakaṃ cīvaraṃ namassitabbaṃ mānetabbaṃ pūjetabbanti attho.
588 “已经过去的”指已经逝去、已经寂灭。凡是现在正在世的佛陀,以及未来尚未出生、尚未存在、尚未产生、尚未出现的佛陀。以这面旗帜而清净:意思是,以这面仙人的旗帜——这件袈裟,这些佛陀得以清净,变得纯净,散发光辉。因此,由于这个原因,这些佛陀应当被恭敬,应当被礼敬,应当被顶礼,这就是意思。另有一种读法是“这应当被恭敬”,它的意思是:这面仙人的旗帜应当被恭敬。巴利
588.Abbhatītāti abhi atthaṅgatā nibbutā. Ye ca buddhā vattamānā idāni jātā ca ye buddhā anāgatā ajātā abhūtā anibbattā apātubhūtā ca ye buddhā. Dhajenānena sujjhantīti anena isiddhajena cīvarena ete buddhā sujjhanti visuddhā bhavanti sobhanti. Tasmā tena kāraṇena ete buddhā namassiyā namassitabbā vanditabbāti attho. ‘‘Etaṃ namassiya’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa etaṃ isiddhajaṃ namassitabbanti attho.
589 接着,为了显示自己的功德,说了“与师尊相似”等偈颂。其中,“与师尊相似”是指与佛陀相似。“善律”是指美善的律,以善妙的方式调伏三门。我以心——以心意——受持它,并通过听闻受持等方式加以省察。这就是它的意思。我礼敬律——律藏,对律生起尊重,无论何时何地都安住其中。这就是它的意思。巴利
589. Tato paraṃ attano guṇaṃ dassento satthukappantiādimāha. Tattha satthukappaṃ buddhasadisaṃ suvinayaṃ sundaravinayaṃ sundarākārena dvārattayadamanaṃ hadayena cittena ahaṃ dhāremi savanadhāraṇādinā paccavekkhāmīti attho. Vinayaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ namassamāno vandamāno vinaye ādaraṃ kurumāno viharissāmi sabbadā sabbasmiṃ kāle vāsaṃ kappemīti attho.
590 律是我的依靠:律藏是我的依靠处,以听闻、受持、作意、学习、提问而进行的方式,是我的依靠处,是我的家,这就是这句话的意思。律是我的站立处和经行处:律是我以听闻等职责的实行而站立的地方和经行的地方。我以律为住处:在律藏中,在律的教法中,我以听闻、受持而进行的方式安住、安歇,我这样安住。律是我的行境:律藏是我的行境、我的滋养、我的食物,意思是说,我以恒常受持和作意的方式依止它。巴利
590.Vinayo āsayo mayhanti vinayapiṭakaṃ mayhaṃ okāsabhūtaṃ savanadhāraṇamanasikaraṇauggahaparipucchāpavattanavasena okāsabhūtaṃ gehabhūtanti attho. Vinayo ṭhānacaṅkamanti vinayo mayhaṃ savanādikiccakaraṇena ṭhitaṭṭhānañca caṅkamanaṭṭhānañca. Kappemi vinaye vāsanti vinayapiṭake vinayatantiyā savanadhāraṇapavattanavasena vāsaṃ sayanaṃ kappemi karomi. Vinayo mama gocaroti vinayapiṭakaṃ mayhaṃ gocaro āhāro bhojanaṃ niccaṃ dhāraṇamanasikaraṇavasenāti attho.
591 在律中达到彼岸:指在整部律藏中达到了圆满和究竟。又于止息中善巧:对于波罗夷等七种犯聚的止息、平息和出罪,善巧、娴熟;或者指在诤事的止息中——巴利
591.Vinaye pāramippattoti sakale vinayapiṭake pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ patto. Samathe cāpi kovidoti pārājikādisattāpattikkhandhānaṃ samathe vūpasame ca vuṭṭhāne ca kovido cheko, adhikaraṇasamathe vā –
争论、非难,以及犯戒事的诉讼;
还有应作诤,这些被认为是四种诤事。巴利
‘‘Vivādaṃ anuvādañca, āpattādhikaraṇaṃ tathā; Kiccādhikaraṇañceva, caturādhikaraṇā matā’’ti. –
另外,对于以上所说的各种诤事——巴利
Vuttādhikaraṇesu ca –
当面忆念律、不痴认罪、自认。
多数决、此罪更重,以及如草覆地。巴利
‘‘Sammukhā sativinayo, amūḷhapaṭiññākaraṇaṃ; Yebhuyya tassapāpiyya, tiṇavatthārako tathā’’ti. –
对于以上所说的七种灭诤法,他极为精通、极为善巧——这就是这句话的意思。“优波离,礼敬那位大雄”——尊者大雄!您在四大不可数劫又十万劫中,为了证得一切知智而精勤努力,是教导诸天与人类的导师,优波离比丘向您的双足顶礼、恭敬礼拜。这就是“礼敬”的意思。巴利
Evaṃ vuttesu ca sattasu adhikaraṇasamathesu atikovido chekoti attho. Upāli taṃ mahāvīrāti bhante mahāvīra, catūsu asaṅkhyeyyesu kappasatasahassesu sabbaññutaññāṇādhigamāya vīriyavanta satthuno devamanussānaṃ anusāsakassa taṃ tava pāde pādayuge upāli bhikkhu vandati paṇāmaṃ karotīti attho.
592 我出家以后,向正自觉者行礼、鞠躬致敬;又明白了那位世尊所宣说的九种出世间法具有善法的性质,也就是美妙的法性,于是也向法行礼。我将从一个村庄到另一个村庄,从一座城市到另一座城市,四处游行。这就是这段前后的关联。巴利
592. So ahaṃ pabbajitvā sambuddhaṃ namassamāno paṇāmaṃ kurumāno dhammassa ca tena bhagavatā desitassa navalokuttaradhammassa sudhammataṃ sundaradhammabhāvaṃ jānitvā dhammañca namassamāno gāmato gāmaṃ purato punaṃ nagarato nagaraṃ vicarissāmīti sambandho.
593 我的烦恼已经被烧尽了。我以亲证阿罗汉道的智慧,把我心相续中所有一千五百种烦恼都烧尽、令其干枯、彻底干枯、摧毁殆尽。一切“有”都已被铲除。欲有等九种有,都已被我铲除、彻底拔除、丢弃、摧毁。一切漏都已灭尽。欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏,这四种漏都已灭尽,从四面八方彻底走向消亡。如今,在这证得阿罗汉果的时刻,所谓“后有”的再生——也就是再次存在、再次出生——已经不存在了。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
593.Kilesājhāpitā mayhanti mayā paṭividdhaarahattamaggañāṇena mayhaṃ cittasantānagatā sabbe diyaḍḍhasahassasaṅkhā kilesā jhāpitā sositā visositā viddhaṃsitā. Bhavā sabbe samūhatāti kāmabhavādayo sabbe nava bhavā mayā samūhatā saṃ suṭṭhu ūhatā khepitā viddhaṃsitā. Sabbāsavā parikkhīṇāti kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavoti sabbe cattāro āsavā parikkhīṇā parisamantato khayaṃ pāpitā. Idāni imasmiṃ arahattappattakāle punabbhavo punuppattisaṅkhāto bhavo bhavanaṃ jāti natthīti attho.
594 接着,他依殊胜的喜悦之力发出优陀那感叹,说出“欢迎”等话。其中,在无上佛陀——最胜佛陀的面前、近处,或者在同一座城里,我的到来是受欢迎的、善来的、美好的到来,确实完全如此。这是句义的关联。“三明”:宿命明、天眼明、漏尽明,已经证得、获得、现前亲证,这就是含义。“已作佛陀之教法”:佛陀、世尊所宣说的教导、教法,已经完成;也就是圆满履行了应当行持的义务,专心作意于业处,通过证得阿拉汉道智而达成,这就是含义。巴利
594. Uttari somanassavasena udānaṃ udānento svāgatantiādimāha. Tattha buddhaseṭṭhassa uttamabuddhassa santike samīpe ekanagare vā mama āgamanaṃ svāgataṃ suṭṭhu āgamanaṃ sundarāgamanaṃ vata ekantena āsi ahosīti sambandho. Tisso vijjāti pubbenivāsadibbacakkhuāsavakkhayavijjā anuppattā sampattā, paccakkhaṃ katāti attho. Kataṃ buddhassa sāsananti buddhena bhagavatā desitaṃ anusiṭṭhi sāsanaṃ kataṃ nipphāditaṃ vattapaṭipattiṃ pūretvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karitvā arahattamaggañāṇādhigamena sampāditanti attho.
595 四无碍解:也就是义无碍解等四种智慧,已经亲证、已经现前证知。以及八解脱:四种道智和四种果智,这八种就是从轮回中解脱出来的方法,已经亲证。这是文句之间的关联。六通已经亲证——巴利
595.Paṭisambhidā catassoti atthapaṭisambhidādayo catasso paññāyo sacchikatā paccakkhaṃ katā. Vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhimeti cattāri maggañāṇāni cattāri phalañāṇānīti ime aṭṭha vimokkhā saṃsārato muccanūpāyā sacchikatāti sambandho. Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatāti –
神变通、天耳通、他心智通,
宿命智、天眼智和漏尽智。巴利
‘‘Iddhividhaṃ dibbasotaṃ, cetopariyañāṇakaṃ; Pubbenivāsañāṇañca, dibbacakkhāsavakkhaya’’nti. –
这六种神通已经亲自证得、直接现见。通过现证这些智,佛陀的教法就算真正落实了——这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Imā cha abhiññā sacchikatā paccakkhaṃ katā. Imesaṃ ñāṇānaṃ sacchikaraṇena buddhassa sāsanaṃ katanti attho.
“Itthan”这个词,是依照下面所说的方式。“Sudan”只是一个用来补足句子的虚词。具寿优波离长老,这位具备坚固戒等功德的声闻弟子,诵出了这些阐明前世行迹的偈颂,这就是“说示”的意思。巴利
Itthanti iminā heṭṭhā vuttappakārena. Sudanti padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Āyasmā upāli theroti thirasīlādiguṇayutto sāvako imā pubbacaritāpadānadīpikā gāthāyo abhāsittha kathayitthāti attho.
3-7. 阿若憍陈如尊者行迹的注释巴利
3-7. Aññāsikoṇḍaññattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
“莲华上正自觉者”等偈颂,是具寿憍陈如尊者的行迹。据说,这位尊者曾在过去诸佛那里积集善根,在生生世世中不断累积能导向解脱的福业。到了莲华上世尊的时代,他出生在天鹅城一户大富居士家中。长大后,有一天在导师面前听法,看见导师把一位比丘安立在教法中“第一位通达法、最先了知法者”的位置上。他见了以后,自己也希求那样的位置,于是为有十万比丘围绕的世尊举办七天大布施,并发了愿。导师看出他将来不会遇到障碍,就为他授记未来的成就。他一生都在做福业;世尊般涅槃后,众人建塔时,他让人在塔内造了一座宝屋,又围绕塔造了价值千金的珍宝装饰。巴利
Padumuttarasambuddhantiādikaṃ āyasmato aññāsikoṇḍaññattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayaṃ kira purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle haṃsavatīnagare gahapatimahāsālakule nibbattitvā viññutaṃ patvā ekadivasaṃ satthu santike dhammaṃ suṇanto satthāraṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ attano sāsane paṭhamaṃ paṭividdhadhammarattaññūnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapentaṃ disvā sayampi taṃ ṭhānantaraṃ patthento satasahassabhikkhuparivārassa bhagavato sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthāpissa anantarāyataṃ disvā bhāviniṃ sampattiṃ byākāsi. So yāvajīvaṃ puññāni karonto satthari parinibbute cetiye patiṭṭhāpiyamāne antocetiye ratanagharaṃ kārāpesi, cetiyaṃ parivāretvā sahassaratanagghikāni ca kāresi.
他这样做了种种福业之后,从那里命终,在天界和人间之间流转。到了毗婆尸世尊的时代,他投生为一个名叫大黑的居士。他在大约八卡利沙大小的田里,把稻穗剥开,用取出的稻米煮成没有掺入其他东西的纯牛奶粥,又在里面加入蜂蜜、酥油、糖等,供养了以佛陀为首的僧团。那些剥开稻穗取过米的地方,又重新长满了。在稻苗生长的时候,他供养了最先长出的苗;收割的时候,供养了最先割下的收成;编稻束的时候,供养了最先编成的稻束;捆扎成把的时候,供养了最先捆好的把;还供养了打谷场上最先的收成、器物中最先的收成、量谷时最先的收成、入仓时最先的收成。就这样,同一种庄稼,他在九个时机供养了最先收获的部分。而且那庄稼长得比平常更加丰饶。巴利
So evaṃ puññāni katvā tato cavitvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto vipassissa bhagavato kāle mahākālo nāma kuṭumbiko hutvā aṭṭhakarīsamatte khette sāligabbhaṃ phāletvā gahitasālitaṇḍulehi asambhinnakhīrapāyāsaṃ sampādetvā tattha madhusappisakkarādayo pakkhipitvā buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa adāsi. Sāligabbhaṃ phāletvā gahitagahitaṭṭhānaṃ puna pūrati. Puthukakāle puthukaggaṃ nāma adāsi. Lāyane lāyanaggaṃ, veṇikaraṇe veṇaggaṃ, kalāpādikaraṇe kalāpaggaṃ, khalaggaṃ, bhaṇḍaggaṃ, minaggaṃ koṭṭhagganti evaṃ ekasasse nava vāre aggadānaṃ adāsi, tampi sassaṃ atirekataraṃ sampannaṃ ahosi.
他这样一生行善积福,死后投生到天界,在天界和人间不断轮回转生。早在我们的世尊降生之前,他就已经投生在迦毗罗卫城附近一个叫“土堆”的婆罗门村里,出生在一个婆罗门大家族。因为姓氏的关系,他得名“憍陈如”。长大后,他学通了三部吠陀,又在相术咒法方面达到了精通。那时候,我们的菩萨从兜率天下降,投生在迦毗罗卫城净饭大王的王宫里。菩萨命名那天,一百零八位婆罗门被请来,其中八位婆罗门被请上高台为菩萨看相。他在那八人中最年轻,看到大人相圆满具足后,便断定:“此人必定成佛。”从此就一直盼望着菩萨出家。巴利
Evaṃ yāvajīvaṃ puññāni katvā tato cuto devaloke nibbattitvā devesu ca manussesu ca saṃsaranto amhākaṃ bhagavato uppattito puretarameva kapilavatthunagarassa avidūre doṇavatthunāmake brāhmaṇagāme brāhmaṇamahāsālakule nibbatti. Tassa koṇḍaññoti gottato āgataṃ nāmaṃ ahosi. So vayappatto tayo vede uggahetvā lakkhaṇamantesu ca pāraṃ agamāsi. Tena samayena amhākaṃ bodhisatto tusitapurato cavitvā kapilavatthupure suddhodanamahārājassa gehe nibbatti. Tassa nāmaggahaṇadivase aṭṭhuttarasatesu brāhmaṇesu upanītesu ye aṭṭha brāhmaṇā lakkhaṇapariggahaṇatthaṃ mahātalaṃ upanītā. So tesu sabbanavako hutvā mahāpurisassa lakkhaṇanipphattiṃ disvā ‘‘ekaṃsena ayaṃ buddho bhavissatī’’ti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā mahāsattassa abhinikkhamanaṃ udikkhanto vicarati.
菩萨也是在众多眷属的围绕中逐渐长大,随着年岁增长而发育成熟,智慧也趋于成熟。到二十九岁那年,他举行大出家,在阿诺玛河畔出家,然后渐次前往乌鲁韦拉,精勤修习苦行。那时,憍陈如青年听说大士已经出家,就与相师婆罗门的儿子跋波青年等一起,共五人出家,渐次来到菩萨身边,侍奉他六年。后来因为菩萨食用粗劣食物,他心生厌离,便离开那里,前往仙人堕处。那时,菩萨因为食用粗劣食物而恢复了体力,在吠舍佉月满月之日,坐在菩提树下的不败座上,降伏了三魔,成为正等觉者。他在菩提场度过了七个七天,知道五群比丘的智慧已经成熟,就在阿沙陀月满月之日前往仙人堕处,为他们宣说《转法轮经》。说法结束时,憍陈如长老与一亿八千万梵天众一起证得预流果。然后,在半月第五日,因宣说《无我相经》,他现证了阿罗汉果。巴利
Bodhisattopi kho mahatā parivārena vaḍḍhamāno anukkamena vuddhippatto ñāṇaparipākaṃ gantvā ekūnatiṃsatime vasse mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamanto anomānadītīre pabbajitvā anukkamena uruvelaṃ gantvā padhānaṃ padahi. Tadā koṇḍañño māṇavo mahāsattassa pabbajitabhāvaṃ sutvā lakkhaṇapariggāhakabrāhmaṇānaṃ puttehi vappamāṇavādīhi saddhiṃ attapañcamo pabbajitvā anukkamena bodhisattassa santikaṃ upasaṅkamitvā chabbassāni taṃ upaṭṭhahanto tassa oḷārikāhāraparibhogena nibbinno apakkamitvā isipatanaṃ agamāsi. Atha kho bodhisatto oḷārikāhāraparibhogena laddhakāyabalo vesākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ bodhirukkhamūle aparājitapallaṅke nisinno tiṇṇaṃ mārānaṃ matthakaṃ madditvā abhisambuddho hutvā sattasattāhaṃ bodhimaṇḍeyeva vītināmetvā pañcavaggiyānaṃ ñāṇaparipākaṃ ñatvā āsāḷhīpuṇṇamāyaṃ isipatanaṃ gantvā tesaṃ dhammacakkapavattanasuttantaṃ (mahāva. 13 ādayo; saṃ. ni. 5.1081) kathesi. Desanāpariyosāne koṇḍaññatthero aṭṭhārasahi brahmakoṭīhi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Atha pañcamiyaṃ pakkhassa anattalakkhaṇasuttantadesanāya (mahāva. 20 ādayo; saṃ. ni. 3.59) arahattaṃ sacchākāsi.
596 他证得阿罗汉果之后,这样观察思惟:“我过去是造了什么业,才证得了这出世间的快乐?”他以现量直接照见自己过去所造的业,内心充满欢喜,便以自说偈颂的方式,展示自己往昔所修的行迹,说出了以“莲华上正自觉者”开头的偈颂。其中的含义和前面所说的一样。“世间最上的导师”:意思是在一切众生世间中最为尊上、最为首要。“导师”特别是指能引导应当受教化的众生,渡过轮回大海,到达彼岸的不死大涅槃,所以叫导师,就是这位导师。“佛地”——佛的境界,即一切知智,证得、通达此者,名为“证得佛地”,即证得佛地者、获得一切知智者、成为佛的意思。“我最初见到”:意思是我在毗舍佉月满月之夜的黎明时分,最初见到了成佛的莲华上正自觉者。巴利
596. Evaṃ so arahattaṃ patvā ‘‘kiṃ kammaṃ katvā ahaṃ lokuttarasukhaṃ adhigatomhī’’ti upadhārento attano pubbakammaṃ paccakkhato ñatvā somanassavasena pubbacaritāpadānaṃ udānavasena dassento padumuttarasambuddhantiādimāha. Tassattho heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. Lokajeṭṭhaṃ vināyakanti sakalassa sattalokassa jeṭṭhaṃ padhānanti attho. Visesena veneyyasatte saṃsārasāgarassa paratīraṃ amatamahānibbānaṃ neti sampāpetīti vināyako, taṃ vināyakaṃ. Buddhabhūmimanuppattanti buddhassa bhūmi patiṭṭhānaṭṭhānanti buddhabhūmi, sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, taṃ anuppatto paṭividdhoti buddhabhūmimanuppatto, taṃ buddhabhūmimanuppattaṃ, sabbaññutappattaṃ buddhabhūtanti attho. Paṭhamaṃ addasaṃ ahanti paṭhamaṃ vesākhapuṇṇamiyā rattiyā paccūsasamaye buddhabhūtaṃ padumuttarasambuddhaṃ ahaṃ addakkhinti attho.
597 在菩提树根附近:凡是聚集在菩提树旁的夜叉们,成堆成群,双手合十,把合拢的十指举到头顶,向已成正觉、已成就佛果的那位佛陀礼敬、顶礼。应当这样理解前后文的关联。巴利
597.Yāvatā bodhiyā mūleti yattakā bodhirukkhasamīpe yakkhā samāgatā rāsibhūtā sambuddhaṃ buddhabhūtaṃ taṃ buddhaṃ pañjalīkatā dasaṅgulisamodhānaṃ añjalipuṭaṃ sirasi ṭhapetvā vandanti namassantīti sambandho.
598 所有天人满心欢喜:意思是,来到佛陀成道之处的那些天人,全都内心欢喜,在空中往来行走——应当这样理解它们之间的关联。“驱散黑暗者”:意思是这位佛陀已经彻底驱除、灭尽了极其深重的黑暗,也就是无明,已经证得了这样的境界。巴利
598.Sabbe devā tuṭṭhamanāti buddhabhūtaṭṭhānaṃ āgatā te sabbe devā tuṭṭhacittā ākāse sañcarantīti sambandho. Andhakāratamonudoti ativiya andhakāraṃ mohaṃ nudo khepano ayaṃ buddho anuppattoti attho.
599 那些被欢喜所充满的天人,具足了喜悦和欢悦,他们发出巨大的呼声、宏大的喧响,意思是说:我们将在正自觉者的教法中烧尽烦恼和染污之法。应当这样理解其中的关联。巴利
599.Tesaṃ hāsaparetānanti hāsehi pītisomanassehi samannāgatānaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ mahānādo mahāghoso avattatha pavattati, sammāsambuddhasāsane kilese saṃkilese dhamme jhāpayissāmāti sambandho.
600 了知天人之语:以言辞与赞叹语一同宣说出的诸天之声,了知之后,我满心欢喜,以与喜悦俱行的欢喜之心,向已成佛陀的圣者,供养了最初的饮食。应当这样理解其中的关联。巴利
600.Devānaṃ giramaññāyāti vācāya thutivacanena saha udīritaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ jānitvā haṭṭho haṭṭhena cittena somanassasahagatena cittena ādibhikkhaṃ paṭhamaṃ āhāraṃ buddhabhūtassa ahaṃ adāsinti sambandho.
602 “七日大出离”:意思是,我完成大出离之后,精进修行七日,证得了被称为阿罗汉道智的菩提,它是一切知智的依处;我已证得、已获得。这就是这段话的含义。“这是我第一餐”:意思是,这顿饭是用来维持身体的,是由那位天子最先供养给我这个修梵行、行持最上者的。巴利
602.Sattāhaṃabhinikkhammāti mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā sattāhaṃ padhānaṃ katvā sabbaññutaññāṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ arahattamaggañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ bodhiṃ ajjhagamaṃ adhigañchiṃ ahanti attho. Idaṃ me paṭhamaṃ bhattanti idaṃ bhattaṃ sarīrayāpanaṃ brahmacārissa uttamacārissa me mayhaṃ iminā devaputtena paṭhamaṃ dinnaṃ ahosīti attho.
603 “确实,从兜率天来到这里”:这位天子从兜率天宫来到这人间,把我的食物带来供养给我。我要称赞这位天子,讲述他的事迹,让他为人所知。请你们听我说话——应当这样理解其中的关联。从这里开始,我们只解释那些不容易理解的词句。巴利
603.Tusitā hi idhāgantvāti tusitabhavanato idha manussaloke āgantvā yo devaputto me mama bhikkhaṃ upānayi adāsi, taṃ devaputtaṃ kittayissāmi kathessāmi pākaṭaṃ karissāmi. Bhāsato bhāsantassa mama vacanaṃ suṇāthāti sambandho. Ito paraṃ anuttānapadameva vaṇṇayissāma.
607 “三十三天”是指三十三天宫。“从家”是说:菩萨从自己出生的婆罗门家出离、出家之后,那位(天子)将与在六年中修苦行的菩萨同住。应当这样理解其中的关联。巴利
607.Tidasāti tāvatiṃsabhavanā. Agārāti attano uppannabrāhmaṇagehato nikkhamitvā pabbajitvā cha saṃvaccharāni dukkarakārikaṃ karontena bodhisattena saha vasissatīti sambandho.
608 从那时起算的第七年,也就是从他出家的时候开始算起,到第七个年头。意思是:佛陀将会宣说真理——他修了六年苦行之后,在第七年成佛,然后在波罗奈的仙人堕处鹿野苑,通过开演《转法轮经》,宣说苦、集、灭、道这四圣谛。名为衮丹雅的那一位,是依名字来称呼的,也就是以名字和姓氏来说,叫做衮丹雅。他将最先证悟——意思是,在五群比丘当中,他将第一个、从一开始就亲自证得入流道智,也就是现量体证。巴利
608.Tato sattamake vasseti tato pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya sattame saṃvacchare. Buddho saccaṃ kathessatīti chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ katvā sattamasaṃvacchare buddho hutvā bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye dhammacakkapavattanasuttantadesanāya dukkhasamudayanirodhamaggasaccasaṅkhātaṃ catusaccaṃ kathessatīti attho. Koṇḍañño nāma nāmenāti nāmena gottanāmavasena koṇḍañño nāma. Paṭhamaṃ sacchikāhitīti pañcavaggiyānamantare paṭhamaṃ ādito eva sotāpattimaggañāṇaṃ sacchikāhiti paccakkhaṃ karissatīti attho.
609 “随出家”的意思是:跟着已经出家的菩萨一起出走,跟随他出家。同样地,跟随他出家之后,我善修、善作、坚固地成就了精进努力,这就是这句话的意思。“为了焚烧烦恼”的意思是:为了让烦恼干涸、彻底摧毁烦恼,我出家进入了无家法——即远离务农、经商等在家不善事的教法,并加以修习实践。这就是这句话的意思。巴利
609.Nikkhantenānupabbajinti nikkhantena bodhisattena saha nikkhamitvā anupabbajinti attho. Tathā anupabbajitvā mayā padhānaṃ vīriyaṃ sukataṃ suṭṭhu kataṃ daḷhaṃ katvā katanti attho. Kilese jhāpanatthāyāti kilese sosanatthāya viddhaṃsanatthāya anagāriyaṃ agārassa ahitaṃ kasivaṇijjādikammavirahitaṃ sāsanaṃ pabbajiṃ paṭipajjinti attho.
610 佛陀已经到达并了知一切,所以称为“已往全知者”。这里的意思是:他了知一切所知——无论是指过去、未来、现在的一切,还是指诸行、变化、相、涅槃、施设这些被称为所知的内容。这位佛陀与诸天一起住在世间时,来到鹿野苑的精舍,到达之后,用我所亲证的入流道智,敲响不死之鼓,也就是宣说伟大不死涅槃的鼓。这就是这段话的含义。巴利
610.Abhigantvānasabbaññūti sabbaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ vā saṅkhāravikāralakkhaṇanibbānapaññattisaṅkhātaṃ ñeyyaṃ vā jānanto devehi saha vattamāne satta loke buddho migāraññaṃ migadāya vihāraṃ abhigantvā upasaṅkamitvā me mayā sacchikatena iminā sotāpattimaggañāṇena amatabheriṃ amatamahānibbānabheriṃ ahari pahari dassesīti attho.
611 因此我是最初的入流者,如今以阿罗汉道智,证得了不死、寂静、寂灭自性、所应到达、所应证得的境界——无上、无更在其上的涅槃,这便是证得的意思。彻底遍知诸漏:即以断除的遍知,彻底遍知欲漏等一切诸漏,并予以舍断,我无漏、无烦恼而安住,或以行住坐卧而住。至于四无碍解等偈颂,其义如前所说。巴利
611.So dānīti so ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ sotāpanno idāni arahattamaggañāṇena amataṃ santaṃ vūpasantasabhāvaṃ padaṃ pajjitabbaṃ pāpuṇitabbaṃ, anuttaraṃ uttaravirahitaṃ nibbānaṃ patto adhigatoti attho. Sabbāsave pariññāyāti kāmāsavādayo sabbe āsave pariññāya pahānapariññāya pajahitvā anāsavo nikkileso viharāmi iriyāpathavihārena vāsaṃ kappemi. Paṭisambhidā catassotyādayo gāthāyo vuttatthāyeva.
后来,导师在祇园大精舍里,坐在比丘僧众中间为他铺设的殊胜佛座上,为了说明他最初通达法的情形,说:“比丘们,在我的声闻比丘中,年资第一的,就是这位憍陈如。”(A.N.1.188)并把他安置在这个第一的位置上。这位长老想要避开两位上首弟子对自己行的最高恭敬,也不喜欢住在村边住所的喧闹环境,乐于独处而住;又觉得对前来亲近自己的在家人和出家人行款待之事也是戏论,于是向导师告辞,进入雪山,由六牙象王侍奉,在六牙湖岸边住了十二年。有一天,帝释天王来到这样安住的长老那里,礼敬后站在一旁,这样说:“尊者,请为我说法。”长老便以佛的庄严方式,为他说了含摄四谛、贯穿三相、关联空性、以种种方式善巧庄严、汇入不死之境的法。帝释听了之后,表达自己的净信说:巴利
Atha naṃ satthā aparabhāge jetavanamahāvihāre bhikkhusaṅghamajjhe paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno paṭhamaṃ paṭividdhadhammabhāvaṃ dīpento ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ rattaññūnaṃ yadidaṃ aññāsikoṇḍañño’’ti (a. ni. 1.188) etadagge ṭhapesi. So dvīhi aggasāvakehi attani kariyamānaṃ paramanipaccakāraṃ, gāmantasenāsane ākiṇṇavihārañca pariharitukāmo, vivekābhiratiyā viharitukāmo ca attano santikaṃ upagatānaṃ gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ paṭisanthārakaraṇampi papañcaṃ maññamāno satthāraṃ āpucchitvā himavantaṃ pavisitvā chaddantehi nāgehi upaṭṭhiyamāno chaddantadahatīre dvādasa vassāni vasi. Evaṃ tattha vasantaṃ theraṃ ekadivasaṃ sakko devarājā upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā ṭhito evamāha ‘‘sādhu me, bhante, ayyo dhammaṃ desetū’’ti. Thero tassa catusaccagabbhaṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ suññatāpaṭisaṃyuttaṃ nānānayavicittaṃ amatogadhaṃ buddhalīlāya dhammaṃ desesi. Taṃ sutvā sakko attano pasādaṃ pavedento –
听了这有大滋味的法之后,我更加生起净信。
法已被宣说为离贪,彻底不执取。巴利
‘‘Esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi, sutvā dhammaṃ mahārasaṃ; Virāgo desito dhammo, anupādāya sabbaso’’ti. (theragā. 673) –
他作了赞叹。这位长老在六牙湖岸边住了十二年,临近般涅槃时,他前往世尊那里,请求允许入般涅槃,得到允许后,就回到那里般涅槃了。巴利
Thutiṃ akāsi. Thero chaddantadahatīre dvādasa vassāni vasitvā upakaṭṭhe parinibbāne satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā parinibbānaṃ anujānāpetvā tattheva gantvā parinibbāyīti.
3-8. 宾头卢婆罗堕阇长老譬喻注巴利
3-8. Piṇḍolabhāradvājattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
“名为莲华上佛……”这一段,是尊者宾头卢婆罗堕阇的譬喻。
这位尊者也在过去诸佛那里积集过善行,在一次次轮回投生中不断积累福德,作为趋向解脱的助缘。在莲华上世尊住世的时代,他投生为狮子,住在山脚下的一个洞穴里。世尊为了帮助他,趁他外出觅食时,走进他居住的洞穴,进入灭尽定坐下。狮子觅食回来,站在洞口,看见世尊,满心欢喜,用水中和陆地上的花来供养,让心生起净信;为了保护世尊,它还赶走其他猛兽,一天三次发出狮子吼,安住在随念佛陀之中。就像第一天那样,它连续供养了七天。世尊想:“七天过后,我从灭尽定出来,应当为他带来利益——这只狮子有这样的助缘。”于是就在狮子眼前腾空而起,回到了寺院。巴利
Padumuttaronāma jinotiādikaṃ āyasmato piṇḍolabhāradvājassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle sīhayoniyaṃ nibbattitvā pabbatapāde guhāyaṃ vihāsi. Bhagavā tassa anuggahaṃ kātuṃ gocarāya pakkantakāle tassa sayanaguhaṃ pavisitvā nirodhaṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi. Sīho gocaraṃ gahetvā nivatto guhadvāre ṭhatvā bhagavantaṃ disvā haṭṭhatuṭṭho jalajathalajapupphehi pūjaṃ katvā cittaṃ pasādento bhagavato ārakkhaṇatthāya aññe vāḷamige apanetuṃ tīsu velāsu sīhanādaṃ nadanto buddhagatāya satiyā aṭṭhāsi. Yathā paṭhamadivase, evaṃ sattāhaṃ pūjesi. Bhagavā ‘‘sattāhaccayena nirodhā vuṭṭhahitvā vaṭṭissati imassa ettako upanissayo’’ti tassa passantasseva ākāsaṃ pakkhanditvā vihārameva gato.
狮子无法承受与佛陀分离的痛苦,命终之后,投生在天鹅城一个非常富有的家庭里。长大后,他和城里的人一起去精舍,听了世尊说法,生起净信,就以佛陀为首的比丘僧团做了七天大布施。他一生都在修福,死后在天界和人间不断流转,到了我们世尊的时代,在乔赏弥投生为优填王的国师之子,名叫婆罗堕阇。他成年后学通三部吠陀,教五百个青年婆罗门念咒,但因为食量太大、行为不合群,被那些人抛弃了。他到了王舍城,看到世尊和比丘僧团得到很多利养和恭敬,就在这教法中出家,可是吃东西时还是不知节制。世尊用善巧方法让他安住在知量上,又让他修观,不久他就证得了六种神通。证得六通之后,他在世尊面前说:“声闻弟子该证得的,我都已经证得了。”又在比丘僧团中说:“谁对道或果有疑惑,就来问我。”这样发出了狮子吼。因此,世尊把他列为第一,说:“诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘中,作狮子吼第一的,就是这位宾头卢婆罗堕阇。”(《增支部》1.188, 195)巴利
Sīho buddhaviyogadukkhaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto kālaṃ katvā haṃsavatīnagare mahābhogakule nibbattitvā vayappatto nagaravāsīhi saddhiṃ vihāraṃ gantvā satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā pasanno sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ pavattetvā yāvajīvaṃ puññāni katvā aparāparaṃ devamanussesu saṃsaranto amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle kosambiyaṃ rañño udenassa purohitassa putto hutvā nibbatti. Bhāradvājotissa nāmaṃ ahosi. So vayappato tayo vede uggahetvā pañca māṇavakasatāni mante vācento mahagghasabhāvena ananurūpācārattā tehi pariccatto rājagahaṃ gantvā bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca lābhasakkāraṃ disvā sāsane pabbajitvā bhojane amattaññū hutvā viharati. Satthārā upāyena mattaññutāya patiṭṭhāpento vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nacirasseva chaḷabhiñño ahosi. Chaḷabhiñño pana hutvā bhagavato sammukhā ‘‘yaṃ sāvakehi pattabbaṃ, taṃ mayā anuppatta’’nti, bhikkhusaṅghe ca ‘‘yassa magge vā phale vā kaṅkhā atthi, so maṃ pucchatū’’ti sīhanādaṃ nadi. Tena taṃ bhagavā – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sīhanādikānaṃ yadidaṃ piṇḍolabhāradvājo’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 195) etadagge ṭhapesi.
613 613. 他这样达到了最上的地位之后,回忆起过去所积的福德资粮,以喜悦之心阐明自己福业的行迹,于是说出“莲华上佛……”等偈颂。其中的含义前面已经讲过。“Purato himavantassa”的意思是在雪山(雪山)的东方。“Cittakūṭevasī tadā”的意思是:当我身为兽王狮子,住在雪山附近的时候,那时有一位名叫莲华上佛的导师,因为种种药草和种种珍宝使彩峰山色彩斑斓,而住在彩峰山的山顶——应当这样联系起来理解。巴利
613. Evaṃ etadaggaṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā pubbe katapuññasambhāraṃ saritvā somanassavasena attano puññakammāpadānaṃ vibhāvento padumuttarotiādimāha. Tassattho heṭṭhā vuttova. Purato himavantassāti himālayapabbatato pubbadisābhāgeti attho. Cittakūṭevasī tadāti yadā ahaṃ sīho migarājā hutvā himavantapabbatasamīpe vasāmi, tadā padumuttaro nāma satthā anekehi ca osadhehi, anekehi ca ratanehi cittavicittatāya cittakūṭe cittapabbatasikhare vasīti sambandho.
614 Abhītarūpo tatthāsinti的意思是:我于彼处是无畏的兽王,本性无所畏惧、毫无恐惧,āsiṃ即ahosiṃ。Catukkamoti的意思是:能够向四方行步。Yassa saddaṃ suṇitvānāti的意思是:听闻那位兽王的狮子吼后,众多的人和众多的有情都受到压制,特别被镇伏,心生恐惧。巴利
614.Abhītarūpo tatthāsinti abhītasabhāvo nibbhayasabhāvo migarājā tattha āsiṃ ahosinti attho. Catukkamoti catūhi disāhi kamo gantuṃ samattho. Yassa saddaṃ suṇitvānāti yassa migarañño sīhanādaṃ sutvā bahujjanā bahusattā vikkhambhanti visesena khambhanti bhāyanti.
615 我以对世尊的敬信,执取一朵盛开的莲花,去亲近人中最上者、人中至尊、最殊胜、最崇高的正等觉者,也就是来到他跟前。当佛陀从灭尽定出定时,我把那朵花献上去供养。巴利
615.Suphullaṃ padumaṃ gayhāti bhagavati pasādena supupphitapadumapupphaṃ ḍaṃsitvā. Narāsabhaṃ narānaṃ āsabhaṃ uttamaṃ seṭṭhaṃ sambuddhaṃ upagacchiṃ, samīpaṃ agaminti attho. Vuṭṭhitassa samādhimhāti nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhitassa buddhassa taṃ pupphaṃ abhiropayiṃ pūjesinti attho.
616 向四方礼敬之后,是说:向四个方向礼敬之后,让自己的心变得清净,以恭敬之心安住下来,然后发出狮子吼——那无所畏惧的吼声。巴利
616.Catuddisaṃ namassitvāti catūsu disāsu namassitvā sakaṃ cittaṃ attano cittaṃ pasādetvā ādarena patiṭṭhapetvā sīhanādaṃ abhītanādaṃ anadiṃ ghosesinti attho.
617 接着,为了说明佛陀所给予的授记,他诵出了“莲华上”等偈颂。这一段的意思本身很容易明白。巴利
617. Tato buddhena dinnabyākaraṇaṃ pakāsento padumuttarotiādimāha. Taṃ uttānatthameva.
618 “Vadataṃ seṭṭho”的意思是:在那些自称“我们是佛陀,我们是佛陀”的外道中,最胜、最上的佛陀已经到来——应该这样连接。对于已经到来的世尊,我们将听闻他的法,“sossāma”就是“我们将听闻”的意思。巴利
618.Vadataṃ seṭṭhoti ‘‘mayaṃ buddhā, mayaṃ buddhā’’ti vadantānaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ seṭṭho uttamo buddho āgatoti sambandho. Tassa āgatassa bhagavato taṃ dhammaṃ sossāma suṇissāmāti attho.
619 那些被欢喜和喜悦所压倒、征服、充满的天与人。“世间导者”指世间的导师,能引导人到达天界和解脱,他宣扬、阐明、讲述了我的声音、我的狮子吼;他是具有远见、能看见未来时代的大牟尼,在众牟尼当中最伟大的牟尼。剩下的偈颂都很容易理解。巴利
619.Tesaṃhāsaparetānanti hāsehi somanassehi paretānaṃ abhibhūtānaṃ samannāgatānaṃ tesaṃ devamanussānaṃ. Lokanāyakoti lokassa nāyako saggamokkhasampāpako mama saddaṃ mayhaṃ sīhanādaṃ pakittesi pakāsesi kathesi, dīghadassī anāgatakāladassī mahāmuni munīnamantare mahanto muni. Sesagāthā suviññeyyameva.
622 名叫莲花的人会成为转轮王,在六十四次投生中享有自在、权威和王权,统治王国,这就是这段话的意思。巴利
622. Nāmena padumo nāma cakkavattī hutvā catusaṭṭhiyā jātiyā issariyaṃ issarabhāvaṃ rajjaṃ kārayissatīti attho.
623 “Kappasatasahassamhi”是处格形式,用来表达属格的意思,也就是“在十万劫的尽头”。巴利
623.Kappasatasahassamhīti sāmyatthe bhummavacanaṃ, kappasatasahassānaṃ pariyosāneti attho.
624 “在已开示的教法之中”的意思是:那位乔达摩世尊把三藏都开示、宣说出来了。“将成为梵天亲族”的意思是:那时,在乔达摩世尊住世的时代,这只兽王狮子将投生在婆罗门家庭中。“从梵天亲族出家”的意思是:从婆罗门家庭出离之后,他将在那位世尊的教法中出家——应当这样连接起来理解。巴利
624.Pakāsite pāvacaneti tena gotamena bhagavatā piṭakattaye pakāsite desiteti attho. Brahmabandhu bhavissatīti tadā gotamassa bhagavato kāle ayaṃ sīho migarājā brāhmaṇakule nibbattissatīti attho. Brahmaññā abhinikkhammāti brāhmaṇakulato nikkhamitvā tassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajissatīti sambandho.
625 心已朝向精勤努力,就是被策动去实践精进的心。因为那些被称为“依”的烦恼不存在,所以是无依。因为烦恼的热恼不存在,所以是寂静。对于一切漏、所有漏,以遍知而舍断,成为无漏、离烦恼,他将以蕴般涅槃而寂灭,成为已寂灭——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
625.Padhānapahitattoti vīriyakaraṇatthaṃ pesitacitto. Upadhisaṅkhātānaṃ kilesānaṃ abhāvena nirupadhi. Kilesadarathānaṃ abhāvena upasanto. Sabbāsave sakalāsave pariññāya pahāya anāsavo nikkileso nibbāyissati khandhaparinibbānena nibbuto bhavissatīti attho.
626 “Vijane pantaseyyamhi”的意思是:在远离人群嘈杂、偏僻遥远的林野住处。“Vāḷamigasamākule”的意思是:黑狮子等凶暴兽群出没、聚集混杂的地方。其余内容跟前面已经说过的意思一样。巴利
626.Vijane pantaseyyamhīti janasambādharahite dūrāraññasenāsaneti attho. Vāḷamigasamākuleti kāḷasīhādīhi caṇḍamigasaṅgehi ākule saṃkiṇṇeti attho. Sesaṃ vuttatthamevāti.
3-9. 柯提罗林长老譬喻的注疏巴利
3-9. Khadiravaniyattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
以“恒伽跋耆罗提”等语开头的,是尊者柯提罗林长老的譬喻。这位长老也曾在过去诸佛那里积下善根,在生生世世中不断积集能助成解脱的福德。到了莲华上世尊的时代,他出生在天鹅城一个摆渡船夫家里,在恒河的帕耶格渡口以撑船为生。有一天,他看见世尊和声闻僧团来到恒河岸边,心里生起清净的信心,就把船筏连结起来,以盛大的供养和恭敬把世尊和僧团渡到对岸。随后,他看见一位比丘被导师安立于林中住比丘中最上首的地位,便祈愿自己将来也能得到那样的地位,于是向世尊和比丘僧团大行布施,并发了愿。世尊便授记,他的这个愿不会落空。巴利
Gaṅgābhāgīrathī nāmātiādikaṃ āyasmato khadiravaniyattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle haṃsavatīnagare titthanāvikakule nibbattitvā mahāgaṅgāya payāgatitthe titthanāvāya kammaṃ karonto ekadivasaṃ sasāvakasaṅghaṃ bhagavantaṃ gaṅgātīraṃ upagataṃ disvā pasannamānaso nāvāsaṅghāṭaṃ yojetvā mahantena pūjāsakkārena paratīraṃ pāpetvā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ satthārā āraññakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapiyamānaṃ disvā taṃ ṭhānantaraṃ patthetvā bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca mahādānaṃ pavattetvā paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Bhagavā tassa patthanāya avañjhabhāvaṃ byākāsi.
从那时起,他不断积累福德,在天界与人间流转轮回,享尽两界的福报。直到这位佛陀出世时,他投生在摩揭陀国的那罗村,入于一位名叫鲁帕舍利的婆罗门女腹中。他长大成年后,父母想用家庭束缚把他拴住,就把这事告诉了他。他听说舍利弗长老已经出家,顿时生起悚惧:“我的兄长伍巴提沙尊者,连这样的富贵都能舍弃去出家,难道我还要去承受他吐掉的口水吗?”于是像一头不靠近陷阱的鹿一样,他瞒过亲属,被因缘具足所催促,来到比丘们那里,说明自己是法将的弟弟,并表达了自己想出家的意愿。比丘们让他出家,等他满二十岁后为他授了具足戒,并指导他修行的业处。他领受业处后,进入柯提罗林,在休息中精勤努力,因为智慧已经成熟,不久便证得六通,成为阿拉汉。证得阿拉汉后,为了礼敬世尊和法将,他收拾好住处,带着衣钵出发,一路来到舍卫城,进入祇园精舍,礼敬世尊和法将后,在祇园住了几天。那时,世尊坐在圣众中间,把他安立在林中住比丘中最上首的位置,宣告说:“比丘们,在我的声闻弟子中,林中住比丘里最上首的,就是离婆多。”巴利
So tato paṭṭhāya puññāni upacinanto devamanussesu saṃsaranto ubhayasampattiyo anubhavitvā imasmiṃ buddhuppāde magadharaṭṭhe nālakagāme rūpasāriyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā kucchimhi nibbatti. Taṃ vayappattaṃ mātāpitaro gharabandhanena bandhitukāmā hutvā tassa ārocesuṃ. So sāriputtattherassa pabbajitabhāvaṃ sutvā ‘‘mayhaṃ jeṭṭhabhātā ayyo upatisso imaṃ vibhavaṃ chaḍḍetvā pabbajito, tena vantaṃ kheḷapiṇḍaṃ kathāhaṃ anubhavissāmī’’ti jātasaṃvego pāsaṃ anupagacchamānamigo viya ñātake vañcetvā hetusampattiyā codiyamāno bhikkhūnaṃ santikaṃ gantvā dhammasenāpatino kaniṭṭhabhāvaṃ nivedetvā attano pabbajjāya chandaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū taṃ pabbājetvā paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ upasampādetvā kammaṭṭhāne niyojesuṃ. So kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā khadiravanaṃ pavisitvā vissamanto ghaṭento vāyamanto ñāṇassa paripākaṃ gatattā nacirasseva chaḷabhiñño arahā ahosi. So arahā hutvā satthāraṃ dhammasenāpatiñca vandituṃ senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya nikkhamitvā anupubbena sāvatthiṃ patvā jetavanaṃ pavisitvā satthāraṃ dhammasenāpatiñca vanditvā katipāhaṃ jetavane vihāsi. Atha naṃ satthā ariyagaṇamajjhe nisinno āraññakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āraññakānaṃ yadidaṃ revato’’ti (a. ni. 1.198, 203).
628 他这样到达了最上首的地位之后,回忆起自己过去所造的业,怀着欢喜与愉悦,宣说自己前世所行的故事,于是说出了“恒河、跋耆罗提”等偈颂。其中,“恒河”:因为流淌时像唱歌一样发出声响,所以叫恒河。另一种说法,“go”叫做大地,因为它在大地上奔流运行,所以叫恒河。它从阿耨达池流出,右绕三圈后所经之处,叫“旋流恒河”;从山顶流经之处,叫“厚流恒河”;穿过山体流经之处,叫“暗流恒河”;之后冲击厚实的山,在虚空中流过五由旬之处,叫“虚空恒河”;冲开它坠落之处,形成方圆五由旬的池塘,再冲破池岸,在那里又像五指分开一样成为五道水流,分别名为恒河、耶牟那、萨罗补、摩希、阿致罗筏底。由于以这五个名字把赡部洲分成五部分、五块区域,在这五部分、五块区域中来回流转,所以叫“跋耆罗提”。这条恒河也就是跋耆罗提,所以合称“恒河跋耆罗提”。本来应该说“跋耆罗提恒河”,但为了偈颂韵律顺口,才按旧有的读法来说,应当这样理解。“从雪山流出”:所谓“雪山”,因为它伤害众生——用寒冷打击、摧毁、扰乱他们,所以叫“hima”;具有“hima”的,就叫“雪山”;从这雪山开始流出、运行、流淌的,就叫“从雪山流出”。“在险滩处,我是船夫”:在那恒河急流汹涌、险恶的渡口处,我出生在渔夫家族,成为船夫——意思是“我曾是”。 “我渡人至此岸”:对于所有来到的人,我把他们从彼岸渡到此岸——意思是“我渡、我令渡”。巴利
628. Evaṃ etadaggaṭṭhānaṃ patvā attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā pītisomanassavasena pubbacaritāpadānaṃ pakāsento gaṅgā bhāgīrathītiādimāha. Tattha gaṅgāti gāyamānā ghosaṃ kurumānā gacchatīti gaṅgā. Atha vā go vuccati pathavī, tasmiṃ gatā pavattāti gaṅgā. Anotattadahaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā gataṭṭhāne āvaṭṭagaṅgāti ca pabbatamatthakena gataṭṭhāne bahalagaṅgāti ca tiracchānapabbataṃ vijjhitvā gataṭṭhāne umaṅgagaṅgāti ca tato bahalapabbataṃ paharitvā pañcayojanaṃ ākāsena gataṭṭhāne ākāsagaṅgāti ca tassā patitaṭṭhānaṃ bhinditvā jātaṃ pañca yojanaṃ pokkharaṇīkūlaṃ bhinditvā tattha pana pañcaṅguli viya pañca dhārā hutvā gaṅgā yamunā sarabhū mahī aciravatīti pañca nāmā hutvā jambudīpaṃ pañca bhāgaṃ pañca koṭṭhāsaṃ katvā pañca bhāge pañca koṭṭhāse itā gatā pavattāti bhāgīrathī. Gaṅgā ca sā bhāgīrathī ceti gaṅgābhāgīrathī. ‘‘Bhāgīrathī gaṅgā’’ti vattabbe gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ pubbacariyavasena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Himavantā pabhāvitāti satte hiṃsati sītena hanati matheti āloḷetīti himo, himo assa atthīti himavā, tato himavantato paṭṭhāya pabhāvitā pavattā sandamānāti himavantapabhāvitā. Kutitthe nāviko āsinti tassā gaṅgāya caṇḍasotasamāpanne visamatitthe kevaṭṭakule uppanno nāviko āsiṃ ahosinti attho. Orime ca tariṃ ahanti sampattasampattamanusse pārimā tīrā orimaṃ tīraṃ ahaṃ tariṃ tāresinti attho.
629 莲华上导师:在一切两足众生中最为殊胜,能引导众生趣向涅槃,是善于调御的导师——莲华上正觉者,他使我的福德成就得以圆满。与十万自在者、十万漏尽者一起,为了渡过恒河水流而到达渡口——应当这样连接上下文。巴利
629.Padumuttaro nāyakoti dvipadānaṃ uttamo satte nibbānaṃ nāyako pāpanako padumuttarabuddho mama puññasampattiṃ nipphādento. Vasīsatasahassehi khīṇāsavasatasahassehi gaṅgāsotaṃ tarituṃ titthaṃ pattoti sambandho.
630 见到那位已经到来的正自觉者后,把木匠们好好建造、制作、完成的许多船汇集起来,两艘两艘并在一起,在船上搭起帐篷顶盖,供养、礼敬人中之牛王、莲华上正自觉者——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
630.Bahū nāvā samānetvāti sampattaṃ taṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ disvā vaḍḍhakīhi suṭṭhu saṅkhataṃ kataṃ nipphāditaṃ bahū nāvāyo samānetvā dve dve nāvāyo ekato katvā tassā nāvāya upari maṇḍapachadanaṃ katvā narāsabhaṃ padumuttarasambuddhaṃ paṭimāniṃ pūjesinti attho.
631 “而来正自觉者”:正自觉者这样乘着那条拼连起来的船来到那里,又登上了那条最胜之船——这是上下文的关联。“导师立于水中央”:已登船的导师站在恒河水中央,宣说了这些与喜悦相应的偈颂——这是上下文的关联。巴利
631.Āgantvānaca sambuddhoti evaṃ saṅghaṭitāya nāvāya tattha āgantvāna tañca nāvakaṃ nāvamuttamaṃ āruhīti sambandho. Vārimajjhe ṭhito satthāti nāvamārūḷho satthā gaṅgājalamajjhe ṭhito samāno imā somanassapaṭisaṃyuttagāthā abhāsatha kathesīti sambandho.
632 那位把正觉者渡过去的人:就是那位船夫,他把正觉者渡过了恒河的水流。还有漏尽的僧团:他不仅渡了正觉者,也把漏尽、没有烦恼的僧团渡了过去——这就是这段话的意思。以那份净信心:凭着渡船时生起的、与喜悦相应的净信心,他将来会在天界的六层欲天中享受快乐,体验天上的种种福报——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
632.Yo so tāresi sambuddhanti yo so nāviko gaṅgāsotāya sambuddhaṃ atāresi. Saṅghañcāpi anāsavanti na kevalameva sambuddhaṃ tāresi, anāsavaṃ nikkilesaṃ saṅghañcāpi tāresīti attho. Tena cittapasādenāti tena nāvāpājanakāle uppannena somanassasahagatacittapasādena devaloke chasu kāmasaggesu ramissati dibbasampattiṃ anubhavissatīti attho.
633 你将在天界投生时,你那座善加建造、精工而成的天宫,会以船的形状、船的样子出现并显现出来——这就是这段话的意思。所谓“空中有花盖”,是说由于过去建造船上顶盖这件事的果报,今后无论你走到哪里,空中都会有花朵织成的伞盖一直覆盖在你上方——应当这样把上下文连起来理解。巴利
633.Nibbattissatite byamhanti devaloke uppannassa te tuyhaṃ byamhaṃ vimānaṃ sukataṃ suṭṭhu nibbattaṃ nāvasaṇṭhitaṃ nāvāsaṇṭhānaṃ nibbattissati pātubhavissatīti attho. Ākāse pupphachadananti nāvāya uparimaṇḍapakatakammassa nissandena sabbadā gatagataṭṭhāne ākāse pupphachadanaṃ dhārayissatīti sambandho.
634 从造作福德之时算起,经过八万五千劫之后,将会出现一位名叫塔拉卡的转轮王,他是刹帝利种姓,统御四方,是四大洲的主宰,所向必胜,战胜一切——应当这样连接上下文。其余的偈颂意思浅显易懂。巴利
634.Aṭṭhapaññāsakappamhīti ito puññakaraṇakālato paṭṭhāya aṭṭhapaṇṇāsakappaṃ atikkamitvā nāmena tārako nāma cakkavattī khattiyo cāturanto catūsu dīpesu issaro vijitāvī jitavanto bhavissatīti sambandho. Sesagāthā uttānatthāva.
637 他名叫离婆多,是因为出生在离婆多星宿之下,所以得到“离婆多”这个名字。他将成为梵天亲族,也就是婆罗门之子,会投生在婆罗门家中——这就是这句话的意思。巴利
637.Revato nāma nāmenāti revatīnakkhattena jātattā ‘‘revato’’ti laddhanāmo brahmabandhu brāhmaṇaputtabhūto bhavissati brāhmaṇakule uppajjissatīti attho.
639 他将般涅槃,不再有烦恼:也就是没有烦恼,将依诸蕴的般涅槃而般涅槃。巴利
639.Nibbāyissatināsavoti nikkileso khandhaparinibbānena nibbāyissati.
640 “我的精进是能负轭拉车的精进”:意思是,我被莲华上佛世尊这样授记之后,依次修行,达到了波罗蜜的顶点。我的精进是不松懈的精进,是能负轭、能拉车、能承载重担的精进,它运载、承载着我走向安稳、无怖畏的涅槃。这就是这段话的意思。“我持着最后之身”:意思是,现在我在正自觉者的教法中,持着这最后的身。这是上下文之间的关联。巴利
640.Vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayhanti evaṃ padumuttarena bhagavatā byākato ahaṃ kamena pāramitākoṭiṃ patvā me mayhaṃ vīriyaṃ asithilavīriyaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ dhuravāhaṃ dhurādhāraṃ yogehi khemassa nibbhayassa nibbānassa adhivāhanaṃ āvahanaṃ ahosīti attho. Dhāremi antimaṃ dehanti idānāhaṃ sammāsambuddhasāsane pariyosānasarīraṃ dhāremīti sambandho.
后来,他回到自己出生的村子,把三个姐妹——遮罗、优波遮罗、尸须波遮罗——的儿子,也就是他的三个外甥遮罗、优波遮罗、尸须波遮罗带来,让他们出家,并安排他们修习业处。他们便专心投入业处的修行而安住。巴利
So aparabhāge attano jātagāmaṃ gantvā ‘‘cālā, upacālā, sīsūpacālā’’ti tissannaṃ bhaginīnaṃ putte ‘‘cālā, upacālā, sīsūpacālā’’ti tayo bhāgineyye ānetvā pabbājetvā kammaṭṭhāne niyojesi. Te kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuttā vihariṃsu.
那时,长老忽然得了某种病。舍利弗长老听说后,心想“我要去探望离婆多,并问他证悟的境界”,就前去看望。离婆多长老远远看见法将军走来,为了让那些沙弥生起正念而教导他们,便诵出了“遮罗”开头的偈颂。其中,“遮罗、优波遮罗、尸苏波遮罗”是对他们的称呼。因为这三个孩子是以阴性词形得名的,所以即使出家后也仍然这样叫他们。也有人说他们的名字是“遮利、优波遮利、尸苏波遮利”。为了说明用“遮罗”等词呼唤他们的用意,偈颂先问“你们是否安住于正念”,然后说出理由:“射毛者已经来到你们这里。”“正念”就是具足正念。“确实”表示强调。“已来”就是已经来了。“你们”是就你们而言。“如同射毛者”就是像能射穿毛发的人一样。这里的简要意思是:你们的舅父长老,智慧锐利、迅捷、能透彻决断,就像射毛者一样,如同导师一般来到了;所以,你们要提起沙门的想,安住在正念正知中,对已证得的修行境界不要放逸。巴利
Tasmiñca samaye therassa kocideva ābādho uppanno, taṃ sutvā sāriputtatthero – ‘‘revatassa gilānapucchanaṃ adhigamapucchanañca karissāmī’’ti upagañchi. Revatatthero dhammasenāpatiṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvā tesaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ satuppādavasena ovadiyamāno cāletigāthaṃ abhāsittha. Tattha cāle upacāle sīsūpacāleti tesaṃ ālapanaṃ. Cālā, upacālā, sīsūpacālāti hi itthiliṅgavasena laddhanāmā tayo dārakā pabbajitāpi tathā vohariyyanti. ‘‘Cālī, upacālī, sīsūpacālīti tesaṃ nāmānī’’ti ca vadanti. Yadatthaṃ ‘‘cāle’’tiādinā āmantanaṃ kataṃ, taṃ dassento ‘‘patissatā nu kho viharathā’’ti vatvā tattha kāraṇaṃ āha – ‘‘āgato vo vālaṃ viya vedhī’’ti. Patissatāti patissatikā . Khoti avadhāraṇe. Āgatoti āgañchi. Voti tumhākaṃ. Vālaṃ viya vedhīti vālavedhi viya. Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – tikkhajavananibbedhikapaññatāya vālavedhirūpo satthukappo tumhākaṃ mātulatthero āgato, tasmā samaṇasaññaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā satisampajaññayuttā eva hutvā viharatha, yathādhigate vihāre appamattā bhavathāti.
那些沙弥听了之后,先对法将军做了迎接等该做的礼数。两位舅父长老互相问候的时候,他们就在不远处入定坐下。法将军和离婆多长老寒暄完毕,就从座位上起身,走到那些沙弥跟前。沙弥们因为早就定好了时间,见长老走过来,就起身顶礼,站在一旁。长老问他们:“你们依什么住处而住?”他们回答:“依这个住处,依那个住处。”长老连对这些孩子也这样教导。他赞叹长老说:“我的兄弟真是说真实语的人,确实在随法而行。”说完就离开了。这里剩下的内容意思都很清楚。巴利
Taṃ sutvā te sāmaṇerā dhammasenāpatissa paccuggamanādivattaṃ katvā ubhinnaṃ mātulattherānaṃ paṭisanthāravelāyaṃ nātidūre samādhiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdiṃsu. Dhammasenāpati revatattherena saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā uṭṭhāyāsanā te sāmaṇere upasaṅkami. Te tathā kālaparicchedassa katattā there upasaṅkamante uṭṭhahitvā vanditvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Thero – ‘‘katarakataravihārena viharathā’’ti pucchitvā tehi ‘‘imāya imāyā’’ti vutte dārakepi evaṃ vinento – ‘‘mayhaṃ bhātiko saccavādī vata dhammassa anudhammacāri’’nti theraṃ pasaṃsanto pakkāmi. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.
阿难长老譬喻的注释巴利
3-10. Ānandattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
“从园门而出”等段落,是尊者阿难长老的譬喻(阿波陀那)。这位长老也曾在过去诸佛那里积集善行,在一次次轮回中不断积累能助成解脱的福德。在莲华上佛的时代,他出生在天鹅城,是世尊同父异母的弟弟,名叫善意。他的父亲叫难陀王。等难陀王的儿子善意王子成年后,父王把距天鹅城一百二十由旬的一座富庶之城交给了他。他时常回来拜见世尊和父王。那时,国王亲自恭敬地侍奉世尊和十万人的比丘僧团,不让别人来侍奉。巴利
Ārāmadvārā nikkhammātiādikaṃ āyasmato ānandattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle haṃsavatīnagare satthu vemātikabhātā hutvā nibbatti. Sumanotissa nāmaṃ ahosi. Pitā panassa nandarājā nāma. So attano puttassa sumanakumārassa vayappattassa haṃsavatīnagarato vīsayojanasate ṭhāne bhoganagaraṃ adāsi. So kadāci kadāci āgantvā satthārañca pitarañca passati. Tadā rājā satthārañca satasahassaparimāṇaṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca sayameva sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahi, aññesaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ na deti.
那时,边境发生了叛乱。王子没有向国王禀报,就自己把叛乱平定了。国王听说后,心里非常高兴,说道:“我先赐给你一个恩典,你挑吧。”王子说:“我想在三个月里侍奉导师和比丘僧团,让这一生不白白度过。”国王说:“这做不到,说别的吧。”王子说:“陛下,刹帝利说话没有说两遍的道理,就请把这个恩典给我吧,别的我都不需要。只要导师同意,就等于已经给了我。”国王想:“我去了解一下导师的意思。”就去了寺院。正好那时世尊进了香室。王子走到比丘们跟前说:“尊者,我是来拜见世尊的,请让我见见他。”比丘们说:“有位叫善意的长老是世尊的侍者,你到他那里去吧。”王子来到那位长老那里说:“尊者,请引我去见世尊。”于是,那位长老就在王子眼前没入地下,来到世尊面前,禀报说:“世尊,王子来看您了。”世尊说:“那么,比丘,你到外面去铺设座位吧。”长老又拿起佛座,没入香室之中,然后出现在王子眼前的庭院里,在香室庭院铺好了座位。王子看到这一幕,心里生起这样的念头:“这位比丘真是了不起啊。”巴利
Tena samayena paccanto kupito ahosi. Kumāro tassa kupitabhāvaṃ rañño anārocetvā sayameva taṃ vūpasamesi. Taṃ sutvā rājā tuṭṭhamānaso ‘‘varaṃ te tāva dammi, gaṇhāhī’’ti āha. Kumāro ‘‘satthāraṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca temāsaṃ upaṭṭhahanto jīvitaṃ avañjhaṃ kātuṃ icchāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Etaṃ na sakkā, aññaṃ vadehī’’ti. ‘‘Deva, khattiyānaṃ dve kathā nāma natthi, etaṃ me dehi, na mayhaṃ aññenattho, sace satthā anujānāti, dinnamevā’’ti. So ‘‘satthu cittaṃ jānissāmī’’ti vihāraṃ gato. Tena ca samayena bhagavā gandhakuṭiṃ paviṭṭho hoti. So bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ dassanāya āgato, dassetha ma’’nti. Bhikkhū ‘‘sumano nāma thero satthu upaṭṭhāko, tassa santikaṃ gacchāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. So therassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘satthāraṃ, bhante, dassethā’’ti āha. Atha thero tassa passantasseva pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘rājaputto, bhante, tumhākaṃ dassanāya āgato’’ti āha. ‘‘Tena hi bhikkhu bahi āsanaṃ paññapehī’’ti. Thero punapi buddhāsanaṃ gahetvā antogandhakuṭiyaṃ nimujjitvā tassa passantassa bahipariveṇe pātubhavitvā gandhakuṭipariveṇe āsanaṃ paññāpesi. Kumāro taṃ disvā ‘‘mahanto vatāyaṃ bhikkhū’’ti cittaṃ uppādesi.
世尊也从香室出来,在已经铺好的座位上坐下。王子向世尊行礼、问候之后,问道:“尊者,这位长老在您的教法里,我想应该是很受器重的吧?”世尊说:“是的,王子,很受器重。”王子又问:“尊者,他是做了什么才这样受器重呢?”世尊说:“因为做了布施等种种福德。”王子说:“世尊,我也希望将来在佛陀的教法里,像这位长老一样受到器重。”于是他在驻营地,连续七天向以佛陀为首的僧团供养食物。到第七天,他说:“尊者,我已经从父王那里得到了侍奉您们三个月的恩准,请您们接受我三个月的雨安居。”他得知世尊答应了,就带着世尊和随行大众出发,每隔一由旬就为世尊和比丘僧团建一座适合居住的精舍,让他们沿途各处安住。最后,在他住处附近,有一座他用十万金买下、名叫“美丽园”的园林,他又用十万金建了一座精舍,把世尊一行迎进了那座精舍。巴利
Bhagavāpi gandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā paññattāsane nisīdi. Rājaputto satthāraṃ vanditvā paṭisanthāraṃ katvā ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, thero tumhākaṃ sāsane vallabho maññe’’ti? ‘‘Āma, kumāra, vallabho’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ katvā, bhante, esa vallabho’’ti? ‘‘Dānādīni puññāni katvā’’ti. ‘‘Bhagavā, ahampi ayaṃ thero viya anāgate buddhasāsane vallabho hotukāmo’’ti so buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa sattāhaṃ khandhāvāre bhattaṃ datvā sattame divase, ‘‘bhante, mayā pitu santikā tumhākaṃ temāsaṃ paṭijagganavaro laddho, temāsaṃ me vassāvāsaṃ adhivāsethā’’ti vatvā satthu adhivāsanaṃ viditvā saparivāraṃ bhagavantaṃ gahetvā yojane yojane satthu bhikkhusaṅghassa ca vasanānucchavike vihāre kāretvā tattha tattha vasāpento attano vasanaṭṭhānasamīpe satasahassena kīte sobhananāmake uyyāne satasahassena kāritaṃ vihāraṃ pavesāpetvā –
我花十万金买下,又花十万金建造;
这座名叫“美丽”的园林,请您接受吧,大牟尼。巴利
‘‘Satasahassena me kītaṃ, satasahassena kāritaṃ; Sobhanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ, paṭiggaṇha mahāmunī’’ti. –
他洒了水。在雨安居开始那天,他为世尊举行了盛大的布施,并嘱咐妻儿和大臣们:“你们要用这种方式继续布施。”他让他们负责布施和其他该办的事务,自己则住在须摩那长老住处附近,就在自己的住处侍奉了世尊三个月。临近自恣时,他进入村庄,举行了七天的大布施。到第七天,他把三衣放在世尊和比丘僧团脚下,顶礼之后发愿说:“尊者,从我入雨安居以来所修的福德,不是为了帝释天的种种富贵享受,而是愿我也能像须摩那长老那样,在未来成为一位佛陀的侍者和亲信。”世尊看到他未来没有障碍,就为他授记,然后离开了。巴利
Udakaṃ pātesi. So vassūpanāyikadivase satthu mahādānaṃ pavattetvā ‘‘iminā nīhārena dānaṃ dadeyyāthā’’ti puttadāre amacce ca dāne kiccakaraṇe ca niyojetvā sayaṃ sumanattherassa vasanaṭṭhānasamīpeyeva vasanto evaṃ attano vasanaṭṭhāne satthāraṃ temāsaṃ upaṭṭhahi. Upakaṭṭhāya pana pavāraṇāya gāmaṃ pavisitvā sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā sattame divase satthu bhikkhusaṅghassa ca pādamūle ticīvare ṭhapetvā vanditvā ‘‘bhante, yadetaṃ mayā khandhāvārato paṭṭhāya puññaṃ kataṃ, na taṃ sakkasampattiādīnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, atha kho ahampi sumanatthero viya anāgate ekassa buddhassa upaṭṭhāko vallabho bhaveyya’’nti patthanaṃ akāsi. Satthā tassa anantarāyataṃ disvā byākaritvā pakkāmi.
他在那位佛出世的时代,做了十万年的善业,此后又在一次次投生中到处积累殊胜的善业,在天界和人间流转。到了迦叶佛的时代,他出生在一个良家,长大后,看见一位长老进城乞食,就做了一件上衣用来承接钵,以此供养那位长老。之后他又投生到天界,从天界命终后,成为波罗奈王。他见到八位独觉佛,便供养他们饮食,在自己的吉祥园林里建了八座草庐,又为他们的坐处准备了八张全由宝石制成的座椅和宝石脚架,这样侍奉了一万年。这些都是他广为人知的事迹。巴利
So tasmiṃ buddhuppāde vassasatasahassaṃ puññāni katvā tato parampi tattha tattha bhave uḷārāni puññakammāni upacinitvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto kassapabhagavato kāle kulagehe nibbatto viññutaṃ patvā ekassa therassa piṇḍāya carato pattaggahaṇatthaṃ uttarasāṭakaṃ katvā pūjaṃ akāsi. Puna sagge nibbattitvā tato cuto bārāṇasirājā hutvā aṭṭha paccekabuddhe disvā te bhojetvā attano maṅgaluyyāne aṭṭha paṇṇasālāyo kāretvā tesaṃ nisīdanatthāya aṭṭha sabbaratanamayapīṭhe ceva maṇiādhārake ca paṭiyādetvā dasavassasahassāni upaṭṭhānaṃ akāsi, etāni pākaṭāni.
他在十万劫那么长的时间里,一生又一生、在各种存在中不断积累福德,和我们的菩萨一起投生到兜率天。从那里命终后,他投生在甘露饭王的家里。因为他的出生让所有亲族都感到欢喜,所以就得名叫“阿难”。他渐渐长大,在(菩萨)出家后,证得正等正觉、转动殊胜法轮之后,世尊最先前往迦毗罗卫城。世尊离开那里时,阿难和跋提亚等人为了跟随世尊而一起出家,随世尊出城,在世尊身边出家。他在具寿满慈子面前听了说法后,证得了入流果。巴利
Kappasatasahassaṃ pana tattha tattha bhave puññāni upacinanto amhākaṃ bodhisattena saddhiṃ tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cuto amitodanasakkassa gehe nibbattitvā sabbe ñātake ānandite karonto jātoti ānandotveva nāmaṃ labhi. So anukkamena vayappatto katābhinikkhamane sammāsambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke paṭhamaṃ kapilavatthuṃ gantvā tato nikkhamante bhagavati tassa parivāratthaṃ pabbajituṃ nikkhamantehi bhaddiyādīhi saddhiṃ nikkhamitvā bhagavato santike pabbajitvā āyasmato puṇṇassa mantāṇiputtassa santike dhammakathaṃ sutvā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi.
那时,世尊刚成佛的最初二十年里,还没有固定的侍者。有时是那伽萨摩罗拿着钵和衣随行,有时是那耆多,有时是优波婆那,有时是善星,有时是沙弥准陀,有时是娑竭陀,有时是弥醯。他们大多数人不能让导师满意。有一天,世尊在香室精舍里,坐在铺设好的殊胜佛座上,被比丘僧团围绕,对比丘们说:“比丘们,我现在已经老了。有些比丘,当我说‘我走这条路’时,他们却走另一条路;有些比丘把我的钵和衣放在地上。你们要认出一个能固定侍奉我的比丘。”比丘们听了这话,心中生起了法悚惧。这时,具寿舍利弗起身,礼敬世尊后说:“尊者,让我来侍奉您吧。”世尊拒绝了。同样地,以大目犍连为首,除了具寿阿难之外,所有大弟子都起身说:“我来侍奉,我来侍奉。”世尊也都拒绝了。巴利
Tena ca samayena bhagavato paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsativassāni anibaddhā upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ. Ekadā nāgasamālo pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vicarati, ekadā nāgito, ekadā upavāno, ekadā sunakkhatto, ekadā cundo samaṇuddeso, ekadā sāgato, ekadā meghiyo, te yebhuyyena satthu cittaṃ nārādhayiṃsu. Athekadivasaṃ bhagavā gandhakuṭipariveṇe paññattavarabuddhāsane bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto nisinno bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhikkhave, idāni mahallako ekacce bhikkhū ‘iminā maggena gacchāmī’ti vutte aññena maggena gacchanti, ekacce mayhaṃ pattacīvaraṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipanti, mayhaṃ nibaddhupaṭṭhākaṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ vijānathā’’ti. Taṃ sutvā bhikkhūnaṃ dhammasaṃvego udapādi. Athāyasmā sāriputto uṭṭhāya bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumhe upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti āha. Taṃ bhagavā paṭikkhipi. Etenupāyena mahāmoggallānaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbe mahāsāvakā ‘‘ahaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmi , ahaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti uṭṭhahiṃsu ṭhapetvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ. Tepi bhagavā paṭikkhipi.
阿难却只是静静地坐着。这时,比丘们对他说:“贤友,你也去请求做导师的侍者吧。”阿难说:“靠请求得来的侍者之位,算什么呢?如果导师愿意,他自己会说。”于是世尊说:“诸比丘,不必让别人去催促阿难,他自己明白之后,就会来侍奉我。”之后,比丘们又说:“起来吧,贤友阿难,去向导师请求侍者之位吧。”长老便起身说道:“尊者,如果世尊不把他自己得到的上等衣服给我,不把上等团食给我,不让我住在单独的香室,不带我一起去接受邀请,那我就不会侍奉世尊。”他提出这四项拒绝,是为了堵住别人的非议:“得到这么多好处,侍奉导师算什么负担呢?”接着他又说:“尊者,如果世尊愿意接受由我接下的邀请;如果我能立刻把从远方来的人带去见世尊;如果我一生起疑惑,就能立刻到世尊那里请问;如果世尊能为我重新解说一遍他背对我时所说的法,那我就侍奉世尊。”他提出这四项请求,是为了堵住别人的非议:“连这样的照顾都得不到,那还当什么侍者?”同时也是为了圆满他作为法藏守护者的身份。他这样取得了八项条件,成为固定的侍者。正是为了这个侍者之位,他证得了在十万大劫中圆满的诸波罗蜜的果报。巴利
Ānando pana tuṇhīyeva nisīdi. Atha naṃ bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘āvuso, tvampi satthu upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācāhī’’ti. ‘‘Yācitvā laddhupaṭṭhānaṃ nāma kīdisaṃ hoti? Sace ruccati, satthā sayameva vakkhatī’’ti. Atha bhagavā – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ānando aññehi ussāhetabbo, sayameva jānitvā maṃ upaṭṭhahissatī’’ti āha. Tato bhikkhū ‘‘uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānanda, satthāraṃ upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero uṭṭhahitvā ‘‘sace me, bhante, bhagavā attanā laddhaṃ paṇītaṃ cīvaraṃ na dassati, paṇītaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ na dassati, ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasituṃ na dassati, nimantanaṃ gahetvā na gamissati, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Ettake guṇe labhato satthu upaṭṭhānaṃ ko bhāro’’ti upavādamocanatthaṃ ime cattāro paṭikkhepā, ‘‘sace, bhante, bhagavā mayā gahitaṃ nimantanaṃ gamissati, sacāhaṃ desantarato āgatāgate tāvadeva dassetuṃ labhāmi, yadā me kaṅkhā uppajjati, tāvadeva bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchituṃ labhāmi, sace bhagavā parammukhā desitaṃ dhammaṃ puna mayhaṃ byākarissasi, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmi’’. ‘‘Ettakampi satthu santike anuggahaṃ na labhatī’’ti upavādamocanatthañceva dhammabhaṇḍāgārikabhāvaparipūraṇatthañca imā catasso yācanāti ime aṭṭha vare gahetvā nibaddhupaṭṭhāko ahosi. Tasseva ṭhānantarassa atthāya kappasatasahassaṃ pūritānaṃ pāramīnaṃ phalaṃ pāpuṇi.
他从得到侍者职位那天开始,就用两种水、三种齿木,以及照料手脚、按摩背部、打扫香室和周边环境等事务来侍奉十力者。他整天待在导师身边,心里清楚:“到了这个时候,该给导师取这个,该做那个。”到了夜里,他拿起一支大火炬,绕着香室和周边巡行九圈,为的是导师一叫就能立刻应答,也为了驱除自己的昏沉和睡意。那时,导师正坐在祇园精舍的圣众中间,用种种方式称赞他,把他安置在多闻者、具念者、正行者、坚忍者以及侍者比丘中的最上位置。巴利
So upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasabalaṃ duvidhena udakena tividhena dantakaṭṭhena hatthapādaparikammena piṭṭhiparikammena gandhakuṭipariveṇasammajjanenāti evamādīhi kiccehi upaṭṭhahanto – ‘‘imāya nāma velāya satthu idaṃ nāma laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, idaṃ nāma kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti divasabhāgaṃ santikāvacaro hutvā rattibhāge mahantaṃ daṇḍadīpikaṃ gahetvā gandhakuṭipariveṇaṃ navavāre anupariyāyati satthari pakkosante paṭivacanadānāya, thinamiddhavinodanatthaṃ. Atha naṃ satthā jetavane ariyagaṇamajjhe nisinno anekapariyāyena pasaṃsitvā bahussutānaṃ satimantānaṃ gatimantānaṃ dhitimantānaṃ upaṭṭhākānañca bhikkhūnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi.
这位大长老被导师在五个方面列为第一,具备四种稀有难得的品质,守护着导师的法藏。世尊般涅槃之后,他还是有学。像前面说的那样,比丘们鼓励他,天神也警策他,他于是生起紧迫感,心想:“明天就要结集法了,可我一个还有应作之事的有学,去和无学的长老们一起参加集会诵出法,这实在不合适。”他发起精进,开始修观,大半夜都在修观,在经行道上却没能达到精进的平衡。于是他离开经行道,走进精舍,坐在床上,正要躺下,身体刚转过去——头还没碰到枕头,脚刚离开地面,就在那一瞬间,心不执取任何事物,从诸漏中解脱,成为具足六通的人。巴利
Evaṃ satthārā pañcasu ṭhānesu etadagge ṭhapito catūhi acchariyabbhūtadhammehi samannāgato satthu dhammakosārakkho ayaṃ mahāthero sekhova samāno satthari parinibbute heṭṭhā vuttanayena bhikkhūhi samuttejito devatāya ca saṃvejito ‘‘sveyeva ca dāni dhammasaṅgīti kātabbā, na kho pana metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāyaṃ sekho sakaraṇīyo asekhehi therehi saddhiṃ dhammaṃ gāyituṃ sannipātaṃ gantu’’nti sañjātussāho vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā bahudeva rattiṃ vipassanāya kammaṃ karonto caṅkame vīriyasamataṃ alabhitvā tato vihāraṃ pavisitvā sayane nisīditvā sayitukāmo kāyaṃ āvaṭṭesi. Apattañca sīsaṃ bimbohanaṃ, pādā ca bhūmito muttamattā, ekasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci, chaḷabhiñño ahosi.
644 这位具足六神通等功德、在侍者等功德上达到最上地位的尊者,回忆起自己过去的业行,以喜悦之心开示前世所修的事迹,于是说出“从园门出去……”等话。其中,“从园门出去”是说:为了给一切众生说法,从精舍大门走出去,在门外附近搭好的殿堂中央,坐在铺设好的殊胜佛座上,那位名叫莲华上佛的大牟尼、正自觉者。“降下不死之雨”:是以说法的大甘露之流降下法雨。“熄灭了大众”:是说他熄灭了、平息了大众心相续中的烦恼之火,使大众饮下涅槃甘露,到达寂静清凉。巴利
644. Evaṃ chaḷabhiññādiguṇapaṭimaṇḍito upaṭṭhākādiguṇehi etadaggaṭṭhānaṃ patto attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassavasena pubbacaritāpadānaṃ dassento ārāmadvārā nikkhammātiādimāha. Tattha ārāmadvārāti sabbasattānaṃ dhammadesanatthāya vihāradvārato nikkhamitvā bahidvārasamīpe katamaṇḍapamajjhe supaññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno padumuttaro nāma mahāmuni sammāsambuddho. Vassanto amataṃ vuṭṭhinti dhammadesanāmahāamatadhārāhi dhammavassaṃ vassanto. Nibbāpesi mahājananti mahājanassa cittasantānagatakilesaggiṃ nibbāpesi vūpasamesi, mahājanaṃ nibbānāmatapānena santiṃ sītibhāvaṃ pāpesīti attho.
645 “十万贤者”:这是为了显示眷属的圆满而说的。他们具足六种神通,也就是神变通等各类智慧;因为具足大神力,能在一个刹那间前往无数百千世界;这些大神通者、贤者,是十万位漏尽者,像影子一样从不离开,始终围绕在正觉者莲华上佛世尊身边,听闻正法。巴利
645.Satasahassaṃ te dhīrāti parivārasampattiṃ dassento āha. Chahi abhiññāhi iddhividhādiñāṇakoṭṭhāsehi samannāgatā anekasatasahassacakkavāḷesu khaṇena gantuṃ samatthāhi iddhīhi samannāgatattā mahiddhikāte dhīrā satasahassakhīṇāsavā chāyāva anapāyinīti katthaci anapagatā chāyā iva taṃ sambuddhaṃ padumuttaraṃ bhagavantaṃ parivārenti parivāretvā dhammaṃ suṇantīti attho.
646 那时世尊正在说法,我坐在象背上——这句话的意思是:我当时正坐在大象背上。那顶令人向往的殊胜白伞撑在我头顶,而我坐在象背上,这是前后文的关联。看见善妙庄严的相:我看见相好庄严、令人欢喜的正觉者在宣说妙法,我心中就生起了喜悦、知足和欢喜。巴利
646.Hatthikkhandhagato āsinti tadā bhagavato dhammadesanāsamaye ahaṃ hatthipiṭṭhe nisinno āsiṃ ahosinti attho. Setacchattaṃvaruttamanti patthetabbaṃ uttamaṃ setacchattaṃ mama matthake dhārayanto hatthipiṭṭhe nisinnoti sambandho. Sucārurūpaṃ disvānāti sundaraṃ cāruṃ manohararūpavantaṃ dhammaṃ desiyamānaṃ sambuddhaṃ disvā me mayhaṃ vitti santuṭṭhi somanassaṃ udapajjatha uppajjatīti attho.
647 从象背上下来:看到世尊端坐在那里,我就从象背上下来,走到人中至尊、人中雄者跟前,也就是到了他近前。我的宝伞:那把我所有、以珍宝装饰的伞,撑在最胜佛陀的头顶上——这是前后关联的意思。巴利
647.Oruyha hatthikkhandhamhāti taṃ bhagavantaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā hatthipiṭṭhito oruyha orohitvā narāsabhaṃ naravasabhaṃ upagacchiṃ samīpaṃ gatoti attho. Ratanamayachattaṃ meti ratanabhūsitaṃ me mayhaṃ chattaṃ buddhaseṭṭhassa matthake dhārayinti sambandho.
648 了知我的心意:意思是,那位在诸仙人中极为伟大的莲华上世尊,知道因我的净信而生起的心愿之后,就停下他正在宣说的法谈,为了给我授记而说出这些偈颂。巴利
648.Mama saṅkappamaññāyāti mayhaṃ pasādena uppannaṃ saṅkappaṃ ñatvā isīnaṃ antare mahantabhūto so padumuttaro bhagavā. Taṃ kathaṃ ṭhapayitvānāti taṃ attanā desiyamānaṃ dhammakathaṃ ṭhapetvā mama byākaraṇatthāya imā gāthā abhāsatha kathesīti attho.
649 “怎么说呢?”这是针对“那位……”等等而说的。这里的关联是:那位王子曾经把装饰着金饰的伞盖撑在我头顶上。我要称扬他,也就是说,我要把那位王子宣扬出来、让他为人所知。“请听我说”:意思是请你们专心倾听我说的话,并放在心上。巴利
649. Kathanti ce? Yo sotiādimāha. Soṇṇālaṅkārabhūsitaṃ chattaṃ yo so rājakumāro me matthake dhāresīti sambandho. Tamahaṃ kittayissāmīti taṃ rājakumāraṃ ahaṃ kittayissāmi pākaṭaṃ karissāmi. Suṇotha mama bhāsatoti bhāsantassa mama vacanaṃ suṇotha ohitasotā manasi karothāti attho.
650 这位王子从这里的人间命终之后,将往生兜率天,在那里安住、生活。在那里,他被天女们簇拥在前、围绕在身边,将享受兜率天的种种殊胜快乐。这就是这段话的关联。巴利
650.Ito gantvā ayaṃ posoti ayaṃ rājakumāro ito manussalokato cuto tusitaṃ gantvā āvasissati tattha viharissati. Tattha accharāhi purakkhato parivārito tusitabhavanasampattiṃ anubhossatīti sambandho.
651 “三十四次”是指:从兜率天死后,投生到三十三天,将在三十四次中成为天王、统治天界,这是前后文的关联。“军队首领八百次”是指:从三十三天死后,投生到人间,成为军队首领,统领四支军队,在八百世中做地方小王,之后将住于拥有许多殊胜宝物的大地,在广阔土地上生活——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
651.Catuttiṃsakkhattunti tusitabhavanato cavitvā tāvatiṃsabhavane uppanno catuttiṃsavāre devindo devarajjaṃ karissatīti sambandho. Balādhipo aṭṭhasatanti tāvatiṃsabhavanato cuto manussaloke uppanno balādhipo caturaṅginiyā senāya adhipo padhāno aṭṭhasatajātīsu padesarājā hutvā vasudhaṃ anekaratanavaraṃ pathaviṃ āvasissati puthabyaṃ viharissatīti attho.
652 五十八次:意思是他在五十八世中会成为转轮王。他将统治整个赡部洲大地,行使广大无量的地方王权。巴利
652.Aṭṭhapaññāsakkhattunti aṭṭhapaññāsajātīsu cakkavattī rājā bhavissatīti attho. Mahiyā sakalajambudīpapathaviyā vipulaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ padesarajjaṃ kārayissati.
654 “释迦族的族旗”意思是:他将成为释迦王族那面旗帜般的佛陀的亲属。巴利
654.Sakyānaṃkulaketussāti sakyarājūnaṃ kulassa dhajabhūtassa buddhassa ñātako bhavissatīti attho.
655 “热勤者”就是有精进力。“审慎者”就是具备被称为审慎的智慧。在多闻、博学状态、受持三藏方面,他是精通、善巧的。“谦恭而行者”就是不轻视他人、不刚硬,远离身体轻浮等顽固状态,他将能诵持一切,成为受持全部三藏的人。这就是前后文的关联。巴利
655.Ātāpīti vīriyavā. Nipakoti nepakkasaṅkhātāya paññāya samannāgato. Bāhusaccesu bahussutabhāvesu piṭakattayadhāraṇesu kovido cheko. Nivātavutti anavaññattiko athaddho kāyapāgabbiyādithaddhabhāvavirahito sabbapāṭhī sakalapiṭakattayadhārī bhavissatīti sambandho.
656 656. 心已投入精进的人:这位阿难长老,他的心已被推动去精进修行。寂静、无依著:远离了贪的依著、嗔的依著、痴的依著,因为入流道所应断的烦恼已经断除,所以寂静,身心都寂静。巴利
656.Padhānapahitatto soti so ānandatthero vīriyakaraṇāya pesitacitto. Upasanto nirūpadhīti rāgūpadhidosūpadhimohūpadhīhi virahito, sotāpattimaggena pahātabbakilesānaṃ pahīnattā upasanto santakāyacitto.
657 有森林住者:就是生在森林、生在大林里的人。六十岁者:就是到了六十岁时,具有年岁之力。三处破者:就是从眼、耳孔、颞颥这三处流漏液汁。象族者:就是生在象族中。辕牙者:就是牙齿像车辕一样。适合王乘者:就是适合作为国王的坐骑。正如存在这些被称为魁杰之象的龙象、象王,同样地,也有数以十万计的、被称为漏尽者的智者、具大神通的阿拉汉龙象。所有这些阿拉汉龙象,都属于佛陀这位龙王。于誓愿中,他们则非然:意思是说,在誓愿方面,他们并非如此——难道所有这些象王都因为恐惧而无法安住于自己的本性吗?剩余部分,由于已按前述方式解释,其义自明。巴利
657.Santi āraññakāti araññe bhavā mahāvane jātā. Saṭṭhihāyanāti saṭṭhivassakāle hāyanabalā . Tidhā pabhinnāti akkhikaṇṇakosasaṅkhātehi tīhi ṭhānehi bhinnamadā. Mātaṅgāti mātaṅgahatthikule jātā. Īsādantāti rathīsāsadisadantā. Urūḷhavā rājavāhanā. Kuñjarasaṅkhātā nāgā hatthirājāno santi saṃvijjanti yathā, tathā satasahassasaṅkhyā khīṇāsavasaṅkhātā paṇḍitā mahiddhikā arahantanāgā santi, sabbe te arahantanāgā buddhanāgarājassa. Na honti paṇidhimhi teti te paṇidhimhi tādisā na honti, kiṃ sabbe te bhayabhītā sakabhāvena saṇṭhātuṃ asamatthāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā uttānatthamevāti.
《譬喻经义注》巴利
Apadāna-aṭṭhakathā